e424b3
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424 (b)(3)
File No. 333-161842
PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
|
|
|
Offer to Exchange
Cash and Shares of Common Stock
for
2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024
(CUSIP No. 628852AG0)
|
|
Disclosure Statement
for
Solicitation of Acceptances of
Prepackaged Plan of Reorganization
|
THIS EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE SOLICITATION PERIOD FOR THE
PREPACKAGED PLAN WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON OCTOBER 19, 2009, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER
TERMINATED BY US. AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE
STATEMENT, WE HAVE NO INTENTION OF EXTENDING SUCH DATE.
NCI Building Systems, Inc. is proposing a financial
restructuring to address an immediate need for liquidity in
light of a potentially imminent default under, and acceleration
of, our existing credit facility, which may occur as early as
November 6, 2009 (which may, in turn, also lead to a
default under, and acceleration of, our other indebtedness,
including the $180.0 million in principal amount of
2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024,
which we refer to as the convertible notes), and the high
likelihood that we will be required to repurchase the
convertible notes on November 15, 2009, the first scheduled
mandatory repurchase date under the convertible notes indenture.
We are proposing to effect the financial restructuring through
one of the following two approaches:
|
|
|
|
|
an out-of-court financial restructuring, which we refer to as
the recapitalization plan, consisting of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
this exchange offer to acquire any and all of the convertible
notes for cash and shares of our common stock, par value $0.01
per share, in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this prospectus/disclosure statement and
in the related letter of transmittal;
|
|
|
|
a $250.0 million investment, which we refer to as the
CD&R investment, by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund VIII, L.P., which we refer to as the CD&R Fund, a
fund managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., which
we refer to as CD&R, a leading private equity investment
firm, involving a private placement to the CD&R Fund of a
newly created series of our preferred stock, par value $1.00 per
share, to be designated as the Series B Cumulative
Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, which we refer to as
the Series B convertible preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the refinancing of our existing credit facility, which we refer
to as the term loan refinancing, under which we and the lenders
under our existing credit agreement will enter into an amendment
to our existing credit agreement, providing for, among other
things, the repayment of approximately $143.3 million of
the $293.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit facility and a
modification of the terms and maturity of the
$150.0 million balance; and
|
|
|
|
the ABL financing, pursuant to which we will enter into an
agreement for a $125.0 million asset-based loan facility;
|
OR, IN THE ALTERNATIVE
(if conditions to completion of the recapitalization plan are
not satisfied or waived)
|
|
|
|
|
an in-court financial restructuring, through which we would seek
to accomplish the results contemplated by the recapitalization
plan through the effectiveness of a prepackaged plan of
reorganization, which we refer to as the prepackaged plan,
acceptances for which we are soliciting in compliance with
chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code,
which we refer to as the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
|
We refer to the financial restructuring, whether accomplished
through the recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, as
the restructuring. For a description of this exchange offer and
the procedures for tendering convertible notes, see The
Exchange Offer. For a description of the prepackaged plan
and the procedures for submitting ballots, see The
Prepackaged Plan.
We have entered into
lock-up and
voting agreements, each of which we refer to as a
lock-up
agreement and which collectively we refer to as the
lock-up
agreements, with the holders of convertible notes and holders of
obligations under our existing credit agreement, pursuant to
which such holders have agreed, in accordance with the terms of
the applicable
lock-up
agreement, (1) to the extent that they hold convertible
notes, to tender their convertible notes in this exchange offer;
(2) to the extent that they hold obligations under our
existing credit agreement, to support the term loan refinancing
by accepting their portion of the repayment contemplated thereby
and by executing an amendment to our existing credit agreement
substantially in the form attached as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth in Annex L; and (3) to
vote all of their convertible notes and obligations under our
existing credit facility in favor of the prepackaged plan, among
other things. Including the holders that are subject to a
lock-up
agreement, we have commitments from holders of convertible notes
holding more than 79% of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding convertible notes, and commitments or consents from
100% of lenders under our existing credit agreement, to support
the restructuring and vote their convertible notes
and/or
obligations in favor of the prepackaged plan.
Holders of convertible notes will receive $500 in cash and
390 shares of common stock for each $1,000 principal amount
of convertible notes and related accrued interest that we accept
in the exchange offer. In the alternative, under the prepackaged
plan, holders of convertible notes will receive the same
consideration for each $1,000 principal amount of convertible
notes and related accrued interest. The closing of this exchange
offer is conditioned upon, among other things, at least 95% of
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding convertible notes
being validly tendered and not withdrawn, which we refer to as
the minimum tender condition, the receipt of proceeds from the
CD&R investment (which is itself subject to several
conditions, including the consummation of the term loan
refinancing and the ABL financing and the expiration or
termination of any waiting period required to consummate the
CD&R investment under the Austrian Cartel Act of 2005,
which we refer to as the Austrian Act) and the effectiveness of
the registration statement of which this prospectus/disclosure
statement forms a part. See The Exchange
OfferConditions to Completion of the Exchange Offer.
The shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this
exchange offer, or in the alternative, pursuant to the
prepackaged plan, have been authorized to be listed on the New
York Stock Exchange, which we refer to as the NYSE, subject to
official notice of issuance. Our common stock is traded on the
NYSE under the symbol NCS. We will not receive any
proceeds from this exchange offer. See Source and Use of
Proceeds.
We urge you to carefully read the Risk Factors
section beginning on page 28 before you make any decision
regarding this exchange offer or the prepackaged plan.
NONE OF THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, THE PREPACKAGED PLAN NOR THE
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY HAVE BEEN APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY
STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY BANKRUPTCY COURT, NOR HAS THE
SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY BANKRUPTCY COURT
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE IN THE UNITED STATES.
The Dealer-Manager for the Exchange Offer is:
Greenhill & Co.,
LLC
October 19, 2009
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii
NONE OF NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC., THE CD&R FUND,
CD&R, GREENHILL & CO., LLC (THE DEALER-MANAGER),
MORROW & CO., LLC (THE INFORMATION AGENT),
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. (THE EXCHANGE AGENT),
FINANCIAL BALLOTING GROUP LLC (THE VOTING AGENT) OR ANY OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS MAKING ANY RECOMMENDATION AS TO WHETHER
YOU SHOULD TENDER YOUR CONVERTIBLE NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE
OFFER OR VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PREPACKAGED PLAN. YOU MUST
MAKE YOUR OWN DECISION WHETHER TO TENDER CONVERTIBLE
NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WHETHER TO VOTE TO ACCEPT
OR REJECT THE PREPACKAGED PLAN.
This prospectus/disclosure statement incorporates important
business and financial information about us from documents that
we have filed with the SEC but have not been included in, or
delivered with, this prospectus/disclosure statement. For a
listing of the documents that we have incorporated by reference
into this prospectus/disclosure statement, see
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.
This information is available without charge upon written or
oral request to NCI Building Systems, Inc., 10943 North Sam
Houston Parkway West, Houston, Texas 77064, Attn: Investor
Relations Department, or made by telephone at
(281) 897-7788.
To obtain timely delivery, holders of convertible notes must
request the information no later than the fifth business day
prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.
We have not authorized any person to provide any information
or to make any representation in connection with the exchange
offer or the prepackaged plan other than the information
contained or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus/disclosure statement or the accompanying letter of
transmittal or ballot, and if any person provides any of this
information or makes any representation of this kind, that
information or representation must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by us.
The Company is not aware of any jurisdiction in which the
making of the exchange offer or the tender of convertible notes
in connection therewith would not be in compliance with the laws
of such jurisdiction. If you are in a jurisdiction where offers
to sell, or solicitations of offers to purchase, the securities
offered by this prospectus/disclosure statement are unlawful, or
if you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types
of activities, then the offer and solicitation presented in this
document does not extend to you. In those jurisdictions where
the securities, blue sky or other laws require this exchange
offer, or the solicitation of acceptances to the prepackaged
plan, to be made by a licensed broker or dealer and the
dealer-manager or any of its affiliates is such a licensed
broker or dealer in such jurisdictions, this exchange offer, or
the solicitation of acceptances to the prepackaged plan, shall
be deemed to be made by the dealer-manager or such affiliate (as
the case may be) on our behalf in such jurisdictions. The
exchange offer and solicitation of acceptances of the
prepackaged plan are being made on the basis of this
prospectus/disclosure statement and the accompanying letter of
transmittal or ballot and are subject to the terms and
conditions described herein. Any decision to participate in the
exchange offer or to vote on the prepackaged plan must be based
on the information contained in this prospectus/disclosure
statement, the accompanying letter of transmittal or the ballot,
or specifically incorporated by reference herein. In making an
investment decision, prospective investors must rely on their
own examination of us and the terms of the restructuring and the
new securities, including the merits and risks involved.
Prospective investors should not construe anything in this
prospectus/disclosure statement as legal, business or tax
advice. Each prospective investor should consult its advisors as
needed to make its investment decision and to determine whether
it is legally permitted to participate in the exchange offer or
to vote on the prepackaged plan under applicable legal
investment or similar laws or regulations.
Each prospective investor must comply with all applicable
laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction in which it
participates in this exchange offer or in the solicitation for
acceptances to the prepackaged plan, or in which it possesses or
distributes this prospectus/disclosure statement, and must
obtain any consent, approval or permission required by it for
participation in this exchange offer or in the solicitation for
acceptances to the prepackaged plan, under the laws and
regulations in force in any jurisdiction to which it is subject,
and none of us, the dealer-manager, the information agent, the
exchange agent, the voting agent, CD&R, the CD&R Fund
or any of our or their respective representatives shall have any
responsibility therefor.
iv
Neither CD&R nor the CD&R Fund is making this
exchange offer or soliciting votes for the prepackaged plan, and
none of CD&R, the CD&R Fund, any of their respective
affiliates or any of their, or their respective affiliates
representatives is responsible for the accuracy of any
information in this prospectus/disclosure statement.
The information contained in this prospectus/disclosure
statement is as of the date of this prospectus/disclosure
statement only and is subject to change or amendment without
notice. Neither the delivery of this prospectus/disclosure
statement, nor any sale made hereunder, shall under any
circumstances create any implication that there has been no
change in our affairs since the date on the front cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement or that the information
incorporated by reference herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date of such information.
This prospectus/disclosure statement contains summaries
believed to be accurate and materially complete with respect to
certain documents, but reference is made to the actual documents
for complete information. Copies of documents referred to herein
will be made available to prospective investors upon request to
the information agent or the voting agent.
In this prospectus/disclosure statement and in the documents
incorporated by reference herein, we rely on and refer to
information and statistics regarding our industry. We obtained
this market data from independent industry publications or other
publicly available information. Although we believe that these
sources are reliable, we and the dealer-manager have not
independently verified the accuracy and completeness of this
information and the estimated information and statistics
contained in such publications or publicly available information
are inherently uncertain, involve risks and uncertainties and
are subject to change based on various factors, including those
discussed in Risk Factors.
All references to NCI refer to NCI Building
Systems, Inc. only and all references to we,
our, ours, us, the
Company and similar terms are to NCI Building
Systems, Inc., and its subsidiaries, unless the context
otherwise requires.
v
QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE RESTRUCTURING
The following are some questions and answers regarding the
restructuring, including the recapitalization plan (which
includes this exchange offer) and the prepackaged plan. It does
not contain all of the information that may be important to you.
You should carefully read this prospectus/disclosure statement,
including the information incorporated by reference into this
prospectus/disclosure statement, to understand fully the terms
of the restructuring, the recapitalization plan (which includes
this exchange offer) and the prepackaged plan, as well as the
other considerations that are important to you in making your
investment decision. You should pay special attention to the
Risk Factors beginning on page 28 and
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements beginning on page 52.
General
|
|
|
Q: |
|
What is the purpose of the restructuring? |
|
A: |
|
The purpose of the restructuring is to address the
Companys immediate need for liquidity in light of a
potentially imminent default under, and acceleration of, our
existing credit facility, which may occur as early as
November 6, 2009 (which may, in turn, also lead to a
default under, and acceleration of, our other indebtedness,
including the convertible notes indenture), and the high
likelihood that we will be required to repurchase the
convertible notes on November 15, 2009, the first scheduled
mandatory repurchase date under the convertible notes indenture. |
|
|
|
The restructuring consists of four related transactions: |
|
|
|
the CD&R investment, which involves the sale
and issuance to the CD&R Fund of 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock for
$250.0 million;
|
|
|
|
the retirement of the convertible notes;
|
|
|
|
the term loan refinancing, which involves the
refinancing of our existing credit facility under which we will
repay approximately $143.3 million of the
$293.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit facility and enter into an
amendment to our existing credit agreement providing for a
modification of the terms and maturity of the
$150.0 million balance; and
|
|
|
|
the ABL financing, which involves our entry into a
$125.0 million asset-based loan facility.
|
|
|
|
Each of the transactions comprising the restructuring may be
accomplished through either the out-of-court recapitalization
plan or, in the alternative, the in-court prepackaged plan. If
the restructuring is being accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, the retirement of the convertible notes
tendered in the exchange offer would be accomplished through
this exchange offer and the refinancing of our existing credit
facility would be accomplished through an amendment to our
existing credit agreement. In the alternative, if the
restructuring is being accomplished through the prepackaged
plan, the retirement of the convertible notes as well as the
refinancing of our existing credit facility would be
accomplished through the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan.
See The Restructuring. |
The closing of the exchange offer is conditioned on the
satisfaction or, with the consent of the CD&R Fund, waiver
of the minimum tender condition, which requires that at least
95% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding convertible
notes are validly tendered and not withdrawn in this exchange
offer. If the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, we intend, but are not required, to
retire any remaining convertible notes outstanding after the
consummation of this exchange offer by exercising our redemption
right under the convertible notes indenture on or after
November 20, 2009; if we do not so exercise our redemption
right, such remaining convertible notes will otherwise be
retired pursuant to the terms of the convertible notes indenture.
For a more detailed description of this exchange offer, see
The Exchange Offer.
|
|
|
Q: |
|
What is the recapitalization plan? |
|
A: |
|
The recapitalization plan is one method to accomplish the
restructuring. Under the recapitalization plan: |
1
|
|
|
|
|
the CD&R investment would be effected through a
private placement transaction;
|
|
|
|
the retirement of the convertible notes tendered in
this exchange offer would be effected through this exchange
offer, pursuant to which the Company is offering to acquire any
and all of its outstanding convertible notes in exchange for
cash and shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
the term loan refinancing would be effected through
an amendment to our existing credit agreement by us and the
lenders under our existing credit agreement; and
|
|
|
|
the ABL financing would be effected through our
entry into the ABL agreement.
|
|
|
|
If the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, we intend, but are not required, to
retire any remaining convertible notes outstanding after the
consummation of this exchange offer by exercising our redemption
right under the convertible notes indenture on or after
November 20, 2009; if we do not so exercise our redemption
right, such remaining convertible notes will otherwise be
retired pursuant to the terms of the convertible notes indenture. |
|
|
|
See The Restructuring and The Exchange
Offer. |
|
Q: |
|
What is the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
The prepackaged plan is an alternative to the recapitalization
plan for accomplishing the restructuring. In the event that the
conditions to the recapitalization plan are not satisfied or,
with the prior consent of the CD&R Fund, waived (including,
for example, the minimum tender condition) but we receive
acceptances from a sufficient number of holders of impaired
claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged
plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired class of claims, as an
alternative to the recapitalization plan, we may elect and,
under the terms of the investment agreement, we may be required,
to seek confirmation of the prepackaged plan in a
chapter 11 proceeding. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementCommencement of a
Reorganization Case in Connection with the Prepackaged Plan
Covenant. |
|
|
|
Under the prepackaged plan, holders of convertible notes (as
well as the holders of all other claims and interests other than
the lenders under our existing credit agreement) would receive
the same treatment with respect to their claims (and interests)
as they would receive in the recapitalization plan, the
CD&R Fund would receive the same 250,000 shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock contemplated by the CD&R
investment and the Company would enter into the ABL agreement.
Existing holders of our common stock would continue to hold such
common stock. Under the prepackaged plan, lenders under our
existing credit agreement would receive the same treatment with
respect to their claims (and interests) as they would receive in
the recapitalization plan except that the maturity of the term
loans that would remain outstanding after giving effect to the
term loan refinancing would mature on the date that is five
years from the closing of the restructuring, as compared to four
years and six months from the closing under the recapitalization
plan (see The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan
Refinancing). |
|
|
|
See The Prepackaged Plan. |
|
Q: |
|
In what circumstances will we file the prepackaged plan
instead of close the exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
We will file the prepackaged plan instead of close the exchange
offer if: (1) we are unable to complete the
recapitalization plan because the minimum tender condition is
not satisfied or waived (which minimum tender condition requires
that at least 95% of the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding convertible notes are validly tendered and not
withdrawn), or because less than all of the lenders under our
existing credit facility consent to entering into the amended
credit agreement, but (2) holders of convertible notes or
obligations under our credit agreement holding, in either case,
at least
two-thirds
(2/3)
in amount and more than
one-half
(1/2)
in number of the claims in the applicable class who actually
cast ballots vote to accept the prepackaged plan. In such
circumstances, we will seek to accomplish the restructuring, on
the same economic terms as the recapitalization plan, by way of
the prepackaged plan. See Questions and Answers About the
RestructuringWhat is the Prepackaged Plan? and
SummaryThe Prepackaged Plan. |
2
|
|
|
|
|
For the prepackaged plan to be confirmed by the bankruptcy court
without invoking the cram-down provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code, each class of claims or interests that is
impaired must vote to accept the prepackaged plan. An impaired
class of claims is deemed to accept a plan of reorganization if
the holders of at least
two-thirds
(2/3)
in amount and more than
one-half
(1/2)
in number of the claims in such class who actually cast ballots
vote to accept the prepackaged plan. |
|
|
|
Pursuant to the lock-up agreements, each holder of convertible
notes and obligations under our credit agreement that executed a
lock-up agreement has irrevocably agreed, in accordance with the
terms of the applicable lock-up agreement, to vote all of its
convertible notes and obligations under our existing credit
facility in favor of the prepackaged plan. Such holders who are
parties to the lock-up agreements represent more than 79% of the
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible notes.
We have entered into lock-up agreements with the holders of
convertible notes and holders of obligations under our existing
credit agreement, pursuant to which such holders have agreed, in
accordance with the terms of the applicable lock-up agreement,
(1) to the extent that they hold convertible notes, to
tender their convertible notes in this exchange offer;
(2) to the extent that they hold obligations under our
existing credit agreement, to support the term loan refinancing
by accepting their portion of the repayment contemplated thereby
and by executing an amendment to our existing credit agreement
substantially in the form attached as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth in Annex L; and (3) to
vote all of their convertible notes and obligations under our
existing credit facility in favor of the prepackaged plan, among
other things. Including the holders that are subject to a
lock-up agreement, we have commitments from holders of
convertible notes holding more than 79% of the aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding convertible notes, and
commitments or confirmation of intent from lenders under our
existing credit agreement holding more than two-thirds
(2/3)
of the outstanding principal amount of the obligations under
existing credit agreement, to support the restructuring and vote
their convertible notes and/or obligations in favor of the
prepackaged plan. See The RestructuringThe Lock-Up
Agreements. If such holders also represent more than
one-half
(1/2)
of the number of the claims in the applicable class who actually
cast ballots (which cannot be determined until all ballots have
been cast), then we will have received sufficient votes from the
convertible noteholders to approve the prepackaged plan with
respect to the impaired class of convertible notes claims. |
|
|
|
The confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan are
subject to certain conditions that may not be satisfied and are
different from those under the recapitalization plan (including
the exchange offer). We cannot assure you that all requirements
for confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan will
be satisfied or that the bankruptcy court will conclude that the
requirements for confirmation and effectiveness of the
prepackaged plan have been satisfied. See The Prepackaged
PlanConfirmation of the Prepackaged Plan and
The Prepackaged PlanConditions to Effective Date of
the Prepackaged Plan. |
|
|
|
The effective date of the prepackaged plan will not occur until
the conditions set forth below have been satisfied or waived:
(1) the confirmation order has been entered and no stay of
such order is in effect; (2) the receipt of proceeds from
the CD&R investment; (3) the consummation of the term
loan refinancing; and (4) the consummation of the ABL
financing. See The Prepackaged PlanConditions to the
Effective Date of the Prepackaged Plan. |
|
Q: |
|
What are the expected results of the restructuring, either
accomplished through the recapitalization plan or the
prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
The restructuring, if successful, will increase the
Companys capital and liquidity levels and reduce the
amount of our outstanding debt. Specifically, upon the
completion of the restructuring, we expect our indebtedness to
be reduced from approximately $473.7 million as of
August 2, 2009 to approximately $150.4 million at the
closing of the restructuring, consisting of $150.0 million
in principal amount of term loans under the amended credit
agreement and $0.4 million of our industrial revenue bond.
See Capitalization and Source and Use of
Proceeds. |
|
|
|
The ABL financing contemplated by the restructuring will provide
us with up to $125.0 million in liquidity, subject to
availability under a borrowing base, for working capital
purposes and future expansion. Based on its discussions with
prospective lenders under the ABL agreement, the Company expects
that because of borrowing base constraints, initial availability
under the ABL agreement will be substantially less than the |
3
|
|
|
|
|
$125.0 million commitment, and may be as low as
$45.0 million. We have been in discussions with prospective
lenders regarding the terms of the ABL agreement to give effect
to the ABL financing and the Company has finalized with such
prospective lenders the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R and confirmed participation from such prospective
lenders for the full availability under such facility. While the
form of ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R has been
agreed to in principle with such prospective lenders, and the
Company has been informed that the prospective lenders have
indicated their willingness to enter into the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R in connection with the
consummation of the CD&R investment, no loan commitment
letter from any such prospective lender has been received by the
Company. |
|
|
|
Assuming we are able to complete the restructuring, we expect
that, for the foreseeable future, cash generated from
operations, together with the proceeds of the ABL financing,
will be sufficient to allow us to fund our operations, to
increase working capital as necessary to support our strategy
and to fund planned capital expenditures and expansions
(including approximately $5 million expected for the
remainder of fiscal 2009). |
|
Q: |
|
What are the
lock-up
agreements? |
|
A: |
|
We have entered into lock-up agreements with the holders of
convertible notes and holders of obligations under our existing
credit agreement, pursuant to which such holders have agreed, in
accordance with the terms of the applicable lock-up agreement,
(1) to the extent that they hold convertible notes, to
tender their convertible notes in this exchange offer;
(2) to the extent that they hold obligations under our
existing credit agreement, to support the term loan refinancing
by accepting their portion of the repayment contemplated thereby
and by executing an amendment to our existing credit agreement
substantially in the form attached as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth in Annex L; and (3) to
vote all of their convertible notes and obligations under our
existing credit facility in favor of the prepackaged plan, among
other things. Including the holders that are subject to a
lock-up agreement, we have commitments from holders of
convertible notes holding more than 79% of the aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding convertible notes, and
commitments or confirmation of intent from lenders under our
existing credit agreement holding more than two-thirds (2/3) of
the outstanding principal amount of the obligations under
existing credit agreement, to support the restructuring and vote
their convertible notes and/or obligations in favor of the
prepackaged plan. See The RestructuringThe Lock-Up
Agreements. |
|
Q: |
|
Why is it important that I tender my convertible notes and
vote to accept the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
If we do not complete the restructuring either through the
recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, because the
conditions to the recapitalization plan and the prepackaged plan
have not been satisfied or waived or otherwise, we will face an
immediate liquidity crisis. If we do not complete the
restructuring, we do not expect, and we cannot assure you, that
we will have, or have access to, sufficient liquidity
(1) to meet our debt repayment/repurchase obligations,
including any potential acceleration of our existing credit
facility, which may occur as early as November 6, 2009
(which may, in turn, also lead to a default under, and
acceleration of, our other indebtedness, including the
convertible notes indentures) and (2) to meet our
obligation to repurchase the convertible notes at the option of
the holders thereof on November 15, 2009, the next
scheduled repurchase date. |
|
|
|
Due to our non-compliance as of August 2, 2009 with the
required leverage, senior leverage and interest coverage ratios
in our existing credit agreement, our outstanding indebtedness
of approximately $293.3 million thereunder may be declared
immediately due and payable as early as November 6, 2009,
the date the current waiver from the lenders under our existing
credit agreement expires. In the event that we do not repay such
borrowings upon acceleration, the lenders under our existing
credit agreement could exercise their remedies as secured
creditors with respect to the collateral securing such
borrowings. A failure to pay or refinance such borrowings will
also result in a default under the convertible notes indenture,
which convertible notes could also then be declared immediately
due and payable, and under our swap agreement, which could then
be terminated by the counterparty thereto. If all such
indebtedness, which totaled approximately $473.7 million as
of August 2, 2009 and such amounts payable pursuant to the
termination of the swap agreement were to become due and payable
on November 6, 2009, it would result in a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, operations and debt service
capabilities. As of August 2, 2009, excluding restricted
cash, we had a |
4
|
|
|
|
|
current cash balance of approximately $105.4 million to
address our liquidity needs. For a description of our
non-compliance with the financial ratio covenants under our
existing credit agreement, see our quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended August 2, 2009, our current reports
on
Form 8-K
filed on May 21, 2009, July 15, 2009 and
August 27, 2009 and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference. |
|
|
|
In the event that we experience a liquidity crisis as described
above, it could likely result in our filing for bankruptcy
protection pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code on terms other than
as contemplated by the prepackaged plan. If we commence such a
bankruptcy filing, holders of convertible notes may receive
consideration that is substantially less than what is being
offered under the restructuring. See Risk
FactorsRisk Relating to NOT Accepting the Exchange Offer
or Rejecting the Prepackaged Plan for more information on
the possible consequences if the restructuring is not
successfully completed. |
|
|
|
Both this exchange offer and the prepackaged plan are subject to
certain conditions. In particular, this exchange offer is
subject to the satisfaction of the minimum tender condition that
at least 95% of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding convertible notes must have been validly tendered
and not withdrawn in this exchange offer, and confirmation and
effectiveness of the prepackaged plan requires the receipt of
acceptances from a sufficient number of holders of impaired
claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged
plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired claims classes. |
|
|
|
Accordingly, it is important that you tender your convertible
notes for exchange in this exchange offer and vote to accept the
prepackaged plan to avoid the adverse consequences described
above. |
This
Exchange Offer
|
|
|
Q: |
|
Who is making this exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
NCI Building Systems, Inc. (the issuer of the convertible notes)
is making this exchange offer. |
|
Q: |
|
What amount of convertible notes are you seeking in this
exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
We are seeking to acquire any and all outstanding convertible
notes. |
|
Q: |
|
What will I receive in this exchange offer if I tender my
convertible notes and they are accepted? |
|
A: |
|
For each $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes that you
tender and not withdraw in this exchange offer and that we
accept, you will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this prospectus/disclosure statement and the letter
of transmittal, receive $500 in cash and 390 shares of
common stock. The cash payment and the shares of common stock to
be issued pursuant to this exchange offer will be in full
satisfaction of the principal amount of, and any accrued but
unpaid interest through the consummation of this exchange offer
on, the convertible notes so tendered and accepted. |
|
|
|
Assuming that all Series B convertible preferred stock were
converted to common stock and an equity value based on the
midpoint enterprise valuation of the Company of
$450 million, the cash and stock consideration offered in
this exchange offer represents value of approximately $987.50
per $1,000 in principal amount of convertible notes. |
|
Q: |
|
Who may participate in this exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
All holders of convertible notes may participate in this
exchange offer. |
|
Q: |
|
Does the success of this exchange offer depend on the
participation of any minimum number of holders of convertible
notes? |
|
A: |
|
Yes. This exchange offer is subject to the satisfaction of the
minimum tender condition, which means that at least 95% of the
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible notes
must have been validly tendered and not withdrawn in this
exchange offer. The satisfaction of the minimum tender condition
is a condition to the closing of the CD&R investment and
the term loan refinancing under the recapitalization plan. If
this condition is not met, subject to applicable laws and our
obligation under the investment agreement, we |
5
|
|
|
|
|
may amend this exchange offer. Under the investment agreement,
however, we are prohibited from waiving any condition to this
exchange offer or making any changes to the terms and conditions
to this exchange offer without the prior consent of the
CD&R Fund. In addition, any change to the minimum tender
condition could result in a termination of the
lock-up
agreements. |
|
|
|
We may extend this exchange offer beyond the initial expiration
date without the prior consent of the CD&R Fund for a
period of not more than 10 business days if, at such date, any
of the conditions to this exchange offer have not been satisfied
or, with the prior written consent of the CD&R Fund,
waived, and, subject to the termination of the investment
agreement, we are required to extend this exchange offer if it
expires before the registration statement of which this
prospectus/disclosure statement forms a part is declared
effective. |
|
Q: |
|
How do I tender my convertible notes in this exchange
offer? |
|
A: |
|
Please follow the procedures for tendering your convertible
notes in this exchange offer described in
The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering
Convertible Notes. For further information contact the
information agent or the dealer-manager at the addresses or
telephone numbers on the back cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement or consult your broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance. |
|
Q: |
|
How long will this exchange offer remain open? |
|
A: |
|
This exchange offer and the withdrawal rights will expire at
11:59 p.m., New York City time, on October 19, 2009,
or any subsequent time or date to which this exchange offer is
extended. |
|
|
|
As more fully described below, we may extend the expiration date
or amend any of the terms or conditions of this exchange offer
for any reason, subject to applicable laws and our obligations
under the investment agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementThe Exchange
Offer; Solicitation of Acceptances of the Prepackaged
Plan). The last date on which tenders will be accepted,
whether on October 19, 2009, or any later date to which
this exchange offer may be extended, is referred to as the
expiration date. |
|
|
|
Subject to our obligations under the investment agreement and
applicable laws, we have the right to: |
|
|
|
extend the expiration date and retain all tendered
convertible notes, subject to your right to withdraw your
tendered convertible notes; and
|
|
|
|
waive any condition in our sole discretion or
otherwise amend any of the terms or conditions of this exchange
offer in any respect.
|
|
|
|
Under the investment agreement, we are prohibited from waiving
any condition to this exchange offer or making any changes to
the terms and conditions to this exchange offer without the
prior consent of the CD&R Fund. We may extend this exchange
offer beyond the initial expiration date without the prior
consent of the CD&R Fund for a period of not more than 10
business days, if, at such date, any of the conditions to this
exchange offer have not been satisfied or, with the prior
written consent of the CD&R Fund, waived, and, subject to
the termination of the investment agreement, we are required to
extend this exchange offer if it expires before the registration
statement of which this prospectus/disclosure statement forms a
part is declared effective. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementThe Exchange
Offer; Solicitation of Acceptances of the Prepackaged
Plan. Any change to the minimum tender condition could
result in the termination of the lock-up agreements. |
|
|
|
If we extend the expiration date, we will issue a press release
or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the next business day after the scheduled
expiration date. If we extend the expiration date, you must
tender your convertible notes on or prior to the date identified
in such press release or public announcement if you wish to
participate in this exchange offer. If we amend any of the terms
or conditions of this exchange offer, we will issue a press
release or other public announcement. See The Exchange
OfferExtensions; Amendments. |
|
|
|
We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to
terminate this exchange offer and not accept for exchange any
convertible notes (1) if any of the conditions to this
exchange offer have not been satisfied or |
6
|
|
|
|
|
validly waived by us, subject to applicable laws and our
obligations under the investment agreement or (2) in order
to comply in whole or in part with any applicable law. See
The Exchange OfferExtensions; Amendments. |
|
Q: |
|
When will I receive cash and shares of common stock if I
tender my convertible notes in the exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to this
exchange offer, all convertible notes validly tendered to the
exchange agent by 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date will be accepted for exchange. The cash and
shares of common stock will be delivered promptly after the
expiration date. See The Exchange OfferAcceptance of
Convertible Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Cash and Shares of
Common Stock. |
|
Q: |
|
Can I withdraw my tender of convertible notes? |
|
A: |
|
Unless you are a party to a
lock-up
agreement and are otherwise restricted by such
lock-up
agreement, you may withdraw tendered convertible notes at any
time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date. You must send a written withdrawal notice to
the exchange agent, or comply with the appropriate procedures of
DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program, which we refer to as
ATOP. If you change your mind, you may re-tender your
convertible notes by again following the tender procedures at
any time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date. See The Exchange OfferWithdrawal
Rights. |
|
Q: |
|
What risks should I consider in deciding whether or not to
tender my convertible notes? |
|
A: |
|
In deciding whether to participate in this exchange offer, you
should carefully consider the discussion of risks and
uncertainties affecting the Company, this exchange offer, the
prepackaged plan and the common stock described in the section
titled Risk Factors and the documents incorporated
by reference into this prospectus/disclosure statement. |
|
Q: |
|
If this exchange offer is consummated, but I do not tender my
convertible notes, how will my rights be affected? |
|
A: |
|
If this exchange offer is consummated and you do not exchange
your convertible notes in this exchange offer, or if your
convertible notes are not accepted for exchange, unless the
restructuring is being accomplished through the prepackaged
plan, you will continue to hold your convertible notes and will
be entitled to all the rights and subject to all the limitations
applicable to the convertible notes. If you continue to hold
your convertible notes, you have the right to require that we
repurchase the convertible notes (1) upon the closing of
the exchange offer because such closing would result in a
designated event under the convertible notes indenture, at a
repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, including additional amounts, if
any, plus under certain circumstances, if the restructuring
occurs on or prior to November 15, 2009, a make-whole
premium payable solely in shares of our common stock (other than
cash paid in lieu of fractional shares) and (2) after five,
10 and 15 years from the date of the issuance of the
convertible notes, at 100% of their principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, beginning November 15,
2009, and we will be required to repurchase any outstanding
convertible notes for which you deliver a written repurchase
notice to the paying agent, subject to certain conditions in the
indenture under which the convertible notes are issued. |
|
|
|
Unless we consummate the restructuring, however, we do not
expect, and we cannot assure you, that we will have, or have
access to, sufficient liquidity to meet our debt obligations,
including any potential acceleration of our indebtedness and our
obligation to repurchase the convertible notes at the option of
the holders thereof on November 15, 2009, the next
scheduled repurchase date. Furthermore, due to our
non-compliance as of August 2, 2009 with the required
leverage, senior leverage and interest coverage ratios in our
existing credit agreement, our outstanding indebtedness of
approximately $293.3 million thereunder, which is senior to
the convertible notes, may be declared immediately due and
payable as early as November 6, 2009, the date of
expiration of the current waiver from the lenders under our
existing credit agreement. In the event that we do not repay
such borrowings upon acceleration, lenders under our existing
credit agreement could exercise their remedies as secured
creditors with respect to the collateral securing such
borrowings. A failure to pay or |
7
|
|
|
|
|
refinance such borrowings will also result in a default under
the convertible notes indenture, which could also then be
declared immediately due and payable, and under our swap
agreement, which could then be terminated by the counterparty
thereto. If all such indebtedness, which totaled approximately
$473.7 million as of August 2, 2009, and such amounts
payable pursuant to the termination of the swap agreement, were
to become due and payable on November 6, 2009, it would
result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
operations and debt service capabilities. As of August 2,
2009, excluding restricted cash, we had a current cash balance
of approximately $105.4 million to address our liquidity
needs. For a description of our non-compliance with the
financial ratio covenants under our existing credit agreement,
see our quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended August 2, 2009, our current reports
on
Form 8-K
filed on May 21, 2009, July 15, 2009 and
August 27, 2009 and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference. |
|
|
|
See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to NOT Accepting the
Exchange Offer or Rejecting the Prepackaged Plan. |
|
Q: |
|
What happens if my convertible notes are not accepted in this
exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
If we do not accept your convertible notes for exchange for any
reason, the unaccepted convertible notes will be returned to you
without expense and the convertible notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the account of the exchange agent at DTC will be
credited to your account at DTC. See The Exchange
OfferReturn of Convertible Notes Not Accepted for
Exchange. |
|
Q: |
|
What is the source for the financial resources to make
payment? |
|
A: |
|
Assuming 100% of the convertible notes are tendered and accepted
in this exchange offer, approximately $90.0 million is
required to pay the cash consideration for all of the
convertible notes. |
|
|
|
We expect to use a portion of the proceeds from the CD&R
investment to fund the aggregate cash payment in this exchange
offer. If we are unable to consummate the CD&R investment,
we will not be able to accomplish the restructuring. |
|
Q: |
|
If I decide to tender my convertible notes, will I have to
pay any fees or commissions in connection with this exchange
offer? |
|
A: |
|
If you are the record owner of your convertible notes and you
tender your convertible notes directly to the exchange agent,
you will not have to pay any fees or commissions. If you hold
your convertible notes through a custodian or nominee, and your
custodian or nominee tenders the convertible notes on your
behalf, your custodian or nominee may charge you a fee for doing
so. You should consult with your custodian or nominee to
determine whether any charges will apply. Additionally, we will
pay all other expenses related to this exchange offer and the
solicitation of acceptances to the prepackaged plan, except any
commissions or concessions of any broker or dealer other than
the dealer-manager. The Company will also pay any transfer taxes
applicable to the exchange of the convertible notes pursuant to
the exchange offer, except in circumstances described in the
letter of transmittal. |
|
Q: |
|
Are there dissenters rights in connection with this
exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
Holders of convertible notes do not have dissenters rights
of appraisal in connection with this exchange offer. |
|
Q: |
|
Whom do I call if I have any questions about how to tender my
convertible notes or any other questions relating to this
exchange offer? |
|
A: |
|
Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the
procedures for tendering convertible notes pursuant to this
exchange offer may be directed to Morrow & Co., LLC,
as the information agent, at its address and telephone number
set forth on the back cover of this prospectus/disclosure
statement. |
|
|
|
You may also contact Greenhill & Co., LLC, as the
dealer-manager, at its address and telephone number set forth on
the back over of this prospectus/disclosure statement with any
questions you may have regarding this exchange offer. |
8
The
Prepackaged Plan
|
|
|
Q: |
|
Who is soliciting votes on the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
NCI Building Systems, Inc. is soliciting votes on the
prepackaged plan. |
|
Q: |
|
Why is NCI soliciting votes on the prepackaged plan if the
restructuring can be accomplished through the recapitalization
plan? |
|
A: |
|
We have prepared the prepackaged plan as an alternative to the
recapitalization plan for accomplishing the restructuring, if
the conditions to completion of the recapitalization plan,
including, for example, the minimum tender condition, are not
met or waived, but we receive acceptances from a sufficient
number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired class of
claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the
Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation through the
nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes. The prepackaged plan
consists of a plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code that would effect the same transactions
contemplated by the recapitalization plan, including the
issuance of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock
in connection with the CD&R investment, the payment of cash
and the issuance of shares of common stock in exchange for
convertible notes, the term loan refinancing and the ABL
financing. Under the prepackaged plan, holders of convertible
notes (as well as the holders of all other claims and interests
other than the lenders under our existing credit agreement)
would receive the same treatment with respect to their claims
(and interests) as they would receive in the recapitalization
plan, the CD&R Fund would receive the same
250,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock
contemplated by the CD&R investment and the Company would
enter into the ABL agreement. Existing holders of our common
stock would continue to hold such common stock. Under the
prepackaged plan, lenders under our existing credit agreement
would receive the same treatment with respect to their claims
(and interests) as they would receive in the recapitalization
plan except that the maturity of the term loans that would
remain outstanding after giving effect to the term loan
refinancing would mature on the date that is five years from the
closing of the restructuring, as compared to four years and six
months from the closing under the recapitalization plan (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan Refinancing). See The
Prepackaged Plan. |
|
|
|
For the prepackaged plan to be confirmed by the bankruptcy court
without invoking the cram-down provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code, each class of claims or interests that is
impaired must vote to accept the prepackaged plan. An impaired
class of claims (such as holders of convertible notes) is deemed
to accept a plan of reorganization if the holders of at least
two-thirds (2/3) in amount and more than one-half (1/2) in
number of the claims in such class who actually cast ballots
vote to accept the prepackaged plan. If the prepackaged plan is
confirmed by the bankruptcy court, it will bind all holders of
claims and equity interests in the Company regardless of whether
they voted for, against, or did not vote at all on, the
prepackaged plan. |
|
|
|
Therefore, assuming the prepackaged plan satisfies the other
requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, a significantly smaller
number of claim holders can bind other claim holders to the
terms of the prepackaged plan to accomplish the restructuring
than are required to effect this exchange offer and the other
transactions contemplated by the recapitalization plan. |
|
|
|
The confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan are
subject to certain conditions that may not be satisfied and are
different from those under the recapitalization plan. We cannot
assure you that all requirements for confirmation and
effectiveness of the prepackaged plan will be satisfied or that
the bankruptcy court will conclude that the requirements for
confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan have been
satisfied. See The Prepackaged PlanConfirmation of
the Prepackaged Plan and The Prepackaged
PlanConditions to Effective Date of the Prepackaged
Plan. |
|
Q: |
|
Who is eligible to vote for the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
Generally, holders of claims or interests in classes that are
impaired (other than classes that receive nothing under the
prepackaged plan and are, therefore, deemed to reject it) are
eligible to vote on the prepackaged plan. As more fully
explained in this prospectus/disclosure statement, a claim or
equity interest is impaired, |
9
|
|
|
|
|
generally speaking, if its treatment under a plan of
reorganization alters the terms of, or rights associated with,
that claim or interest. The rights in respect of the convertible
notes would be altered by the prepackaged plan and consequently
holders of convertible notes may vote on the prepackaged plan. |
|
|
|
For the purposes of the prepackaged plan, we have organized the
various claims and interests against the Company into different
classes. Holders of claims impaired by the prepackaged plan that
are entitled to vote on the prepackaged plan will vote on the
prepackaged plan by class. Under the prepackaged plan, members
of the same class are treated the same. The claims of the
lenders under our existing credit agreement are classified under
the prepackaged plan as Class 3 claims, and the claims of
holders of convertible notes are separately classified under the
prepackaged plan as Class 5 claims. The holders of
Class 3 claims and Class 5 claims are impaired and are
eligible to vote on the prepackaged plan. The holders of all
other claims (other than holders of certain claims relating to
section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code who are deemed to
reject the prepackaged plan and are not entitled to vote) are
unimpaired and are not eligible to vote on the prepackaged plan.
However, any party in interest may object to the prepackaged
plan, regardless of whether such party is impaired and entitled
to vote or unimpaired and not entitled to vote. Indeed, pursuant
to section 1109(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, a party in
interest may raise and may appear and be heard on any issue in a
chapter 11 case. See The Prepackaged Plan of
ReorganizationSummary of Classification and Treatment of
Claims and Equity Interests under the Prepackaged Plan and
The Prepackaged PlanSummary of Distributions under
the Prepackaged Plan, for a description of the various
classes of claims and equity interests under the prepackaged
plan and their treatment. |
|
Q: |
|
What will I receive under the prepackaged plan if it is
confirmed and consummated? |
|
A: |
|
For each $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, you will,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure statement and the prepackaged plan,
receive $500 in cash and 390 shares of common stock. The
cash payment and shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to
the prepackaged plan will be in full satisfaction of the claims
with respect to the convertible notes, including principal and
accrued interest. |
|
Q: |
|
What vote is needed to confirm the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
The Bankruptcy Code provides that only holders of claims
entitled to vote and who actually cast a ballot will be counted
for purposes of determining whether acceptances from a
sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired
class of claims have been received to allow the prepackaged plan
to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired claims classes. Failure by a
holder to deliver an original, duly completed and signed ballot
will not be counted as a vote to accept or reject the
prepackaged plan. See The Prepackaged PlanVote
Required for Class Acceptance of the Prepackaged Plan. |
|
|
|
For the prepackaged plan to be confirmed by the bankruptcy court
without invoking the cram-down provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code, each class of claims or interests that is
impaired must vote to accept the prepackaged plan. An impaired
class of claims (such as holders of convertible notes) is deemed
to accept a plan of reorganization if the holders of at least
two-thirds (2/3) in amount and more than one-half (1/2) in
number of the claims in such class who actually cast ballots
vote to accept the prepackaged plan. Under the prepackaged plan,
the claims held by the lenders under our existing credit
agreement and the claims held by holders of convertible notes
constitute separate impaired classes of claims. Under the
prepackaged plan, other classes of claims against and interests
in the Company (other than holders of certain claims relating to
section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code who are deemed to
reject the prepackaged plan and are not entitled to vote) are
unimpaired and, therefore, conclusively presumed to accept the
prepackaged plan. These other classes deemed to be unimpaired
include existing holders of our common stock, notwithstanding
that the prepackaged plan contemplates that such holders
interest in the Company will be diluted. Shares of our common
stock are governed by our existing certificate of incorporation
and bylaws and Delaware law, and, irrespective of the
prepackaged plan or any bankruptcy case, are subject to dilution
on account of the issuance by the Company of preferred stock and
additional common stock. Under our existing certificates of
incorporation and by-laws (the terms of which will remain the
same after the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan) and
Delaware law, our board of directors has been and will be vested
with the authority to fix and determine the relative rights and
preferences of any series of preferred stock, including voting
rights of such series, and to issue shares of common stock, in
each case, within the limitations set forth in our restated |
10
|
|
|
|
|
certificate of incorporation. As further described under
Description of Capital Stock, our authorized capital
stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par
value $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $1.00 per share. The issuance of the shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock to the CD&R Fund
and the issuance of the shares of common stock to holders of the
convertible notes under the prepackaged plan are both within the
authority of our board of directors and within the number of
authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common
stock and other limitations set forth in our existing restated
certificates of incorporation (which will remain in effect after
the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan). Thus, the
prepackaged plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable and
contractual rights to which such common stock entitles the
holders of such common stock. See The Prepackaged
PlanConfirmation of the Prepackaged Plan Without
Acceptance by All Classes of Impaired Claims. Assuming
that we complete the restructuring and all outstanding
convertible notes are retired, based on the number of shares of
common stock authorized, issued and outstanding as of
September 4, 2009, at the closing of, and after giving
effect to, the restructuring, existing holders of our common
stock would hold approximately 7.0% of our voting power. |
|
|
|
The bankruptcy court may disagree with our classification of
claims and interests and any party in interest may challenge our
classification of claims and interests. If the bankruptcy court
concludes that the classification of claims and interests under
the prepackaged plan does not comply with the requirements of
the Bankruptcy Code, the prepackaged plan may not be confirmed.
See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Prepackaged
PlanThe bankruptcy court may disagree with our
classification of claims and interests. |
|
|
|
If the prepackaged plan is confirmed by the bankruptcy court, it
would bind all holders of claims and equity interests in the
Company regardless of whether they voted for, against, or did
not vote at all on, the prepackaged plan. Therefore, assuming
the prepackaged plan satisfies the other requirements of the
Bankruptcy Code, a significantly smaller number of claim holders
can bind other claim holders to the terms of the prepackaged
plan than are required to effect this exchange offer and the
other transactions contemplated by the recapitalization plan.
Additionally, since claims and equity interests are grouped in
classes for the purpose of voting on the prepackaged plan,
holders of claims and interests may be bound by the decisions of
other claim or interest holders in a way that they otherwise
would not outside of bankruptcy. |
|
|
|
If we do not receive acceptances from a sufficient number of
holders of impaired claims in an impaired class of claims to
allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy
Code, including confirmation through the nonconsensual
cram-down provisions of section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code with respect to non-accepting impaired claims
classes, the prepackaged plan will not be confirmed or become
effective. |
|
Q: |
|
What are the effects of the prepackaged plan? |
|
|
|
Under the prepackaged plan, holders of convertible notes (as
well as the holders of all other claims and interests other than
the lenders under our existing credit agreement) would receive
the same treatment with respect to their claims (and interests)
as they would receive in the recapitalization plan, the
CD&R Fund would receive the same 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock contemplated by the
CD&R investment and the Company would enter into the ABL
agreement. Existing holders of our common stock would continue
to hold such common stock. Under the prepackaged plan, lenders
under our existing credit agreement would receive the same
treatment with respect to their claims (and interests) as they
would receive in the recapitalization plan except that the
maturity of the term loans that would remain outstanding after
giving effect to the term loan refinancing would mature on the
date that is five years from the closing of the restructuring,
as compared to four years and six months from the closing under
the recapitalization plan (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan Refinancing). See
SummaryLiquidity and The Prepackaged
Plan. |
|
Q: |
|
When is the deadline for submitting ballots? |
|
A: |
|
The ballots must be received by the voting agent by
11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the voting deadline, or
October 19, 2009. If the voting deadline is extended, then
the ballots must be received by the voting agent by any such
extended voting deadline. In the case of an extension, we will
notify the voting agent and issue a press release or other
public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the scheduled voting
deadline. Ballots must be sent by mail, hand delivery or
overnight courier to the |
11
|
|
|
|
|
voting agent, Financial Balloting Group LLC, by the voting
deadline. Electronic and facsimile ballots will not be accepted. |
|
|
|
See The Prepackaged PlanHolders of Claims Entitled
to Vote; Voting Record Date and The Prepackaged
PlanSolicitation and Voting ProceduresVoting
Deadline. |
|
Q: |
|
How do I vote on the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
Please follow the procedures for voting on the prepackaged plan
described in the section titled The Prepackaged
PlanSolicitation and Voting ProceduresVoting
Instructions. |
|
|
|
For further information, contact the voting agent at its address
and telephone number on the back cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement or consult your broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance. |
|
|
|
Only the beneficial owners of convertible notes and/or term
loans and other obligations under our existing credit agreement
(or their authorized signatories) as of the voting record date
are eligible to vote on the prepackaged plan. |
|
Q: |
|
Can I revoke my vote? |
|
A: |
|
Unless you are a party to a
lock-up
agreement or are otherwise restricted by such
lock-up
agreement, any party who has previously submitted to the voting
agent prior to the voting deadline a properly completed ballot
may revoke such ballot and change its vote by submitting to the
voting agent, prior to the voting deadline, a subsequent
properly completed ballot for acceptance or rejection of the
prepackaged plan. |
|
Q: |
|
Whom do I call if I have any questions about how to submit
ballots or any other questions relating to the prepackaged
plan? |
|
A: |
|
Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the
procedures for voting on the prepackaged plan, as well as
requests for additional copies of this prospectus/disclosure
statement and the ballot, may be directed to Financial Balloting
Group, LLC, as the voting agent, at its address and telephone
number set forth on the back cover of this prospectus/disclosure
statement. |
|
Q: |
|
What risks should I consider in deciding whether to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan? |
|
A: |
|
In deciding whether to vote to accept or reject the prepackaged
plan, you should carefully consider the discussion of risks and
uncertainties affecting the Company, this exchange offer, the
prepackaged plan and the common stock described in the section
titled Risk Factors and the risk factors described
in the documents incorporated by reference into this
prospectus/disclosure statement. |
12
SUMMARY
This summary highlights some of the information contained, or
incorporated by reference, in this prospectus/disclosure
statement to help you understand our business and the
restructuring, including the recapitalization plan (which
includes this exchange offer) and the prepackaged plan. It does
not contain all of the information that may be important to you.
You should carefully read this prospectus/disclosure statement,
including the information incorporated by reference into this
prospectus/disclosure statement, to understand fully the terms
of the restructuring, the recapitalization plan (which includes
this exchange offer) and the prepackaged plan, as well as the
other considerations that are important to you in making your
investment decision. You should pay special attention to the
Risk Factors beginning on page 28 and
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements beginning on page 52.
Our
Business
We are a leading North American integrated manufacturer and
supplier of metal coil coating services, metal building
components and engineered metal buildings systems. Of the
$236 billion nonresidential construction industry in 2008,
we primarily serve the low-rise nonresidential construction
market (five stories or less), which, according to FW
Dodge/McGraw-Hill, represents approximately 88% of the total
nonresidential construction industry. Our broad range of
products is used in repair, retrofit and new construction
activities, primarily in North America.
We provide metal coil coating services for commercial and
construction applications, servicing both internal and external
customers. We design, engineer, manufacture and market what we
believe is one of the most comprehensive lines of metal
components and engineered building systems in the industry, with
a reputation for high quality and superior engineering and
design. We go to market with well-recognized brands, which
allows us to compete effectively within a broad range of
end-user markets, including industrial, commercial,
institutional and agricultural. Our service versatility allows
us to support the varying needs of our diverse customer base,
which includes general contractors and subcontractors,
developers, manufacturers, distributors and a network of over
4,400 authorized builders across North America.
We are comprised of a family of companies operating
manufacturing facilities across the United States and Mexico,
with additional sales and distribution offices throughout the
United States and Canada. Our broad geographic footprint, along
with our
hub-and-spoke
distribution system, allows us to efficiently supply a broad
range of customers with high quality customer service and
reliable deliveries.
The Company was founded in 1984 and reincorporated in Delaware
in 1991. In 1998, we acquired Metal Building Components, Inc.
and doubled our revenue base. With the merger, we became the
largest domestic manufacturer of nonresidential metal
components. In 2006, we acquired Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation, which operates the Ceco Building Systems, Star
Building Systems and Robertson Building Systems divisions of our
business and is a leader in the metal buildings industry. This
transaction has created an organization with greater product and
geographic diversification, a stronger customer base and a more
extensive distribution network than either company had
separately.
Our principal offices are located at 10943 North Sam Houston
Parkway West, Houston, Texas 77064, and our telephone number is
(281) 897-7788.
Our website address is www.ncilp.com. The information
contained on our website is not part of this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
Liquidity
We believe that the completion of the restructuring through the
recapitalization plan, or, in the alternative, through the
prepackaged plan, is critical to our continuing viability. The
restructuring, if successful, will increase the Companys
capital and liquidity levels and reduce the amount of its
outstanding debt. Specifically, upon the completion of the
restructuring, we expect our indebtedness to be reduced from
approximately $473.7 million as of August 2, 2009 to
approximately $150.4 million at the closing of the
restructuring, consisting of $150.0 million in principal
amount of term loans under the amended credit agreement and
$0.4 million of our industrial revenue bond. See
Capitalization and Source and Use of
Proceeds.
13
The ABL financing contemplated by the restructuring would
provide us with up to $125.0 million in liquidity, subject
to availability under a borrowing base, for working capital
purposes and future expansion. Based on discussions with
prospective lenders under the ABL agreement, however, we expect
that, because of borrowing base constraints, initial
availability under the ABL agreement would be substantially less
than the $125.0 million commitment, and may be as low as
$45.0 million. We have been in discussions with prospective
lenders regarding the terms of the ABL agreement to give effect
to the ABL financing and the Company has finalized with such
prospective lenders the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R and confirmed participation for the full
availability under such ABL financing. While the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R has been agreed to in
principle with such prospective lenders, and the Company has
been informed that the prospective lenders have indicated their
willingness to enter in to the form of ABL agreement attached
hereto as Annex R in connection with the consummation of
the CD&R investment, no loan commitment letter from any
such prospective lender has been received by the Company.
Assuming we are able to complete the restructuring, we expect
that, for the foreseeable future, cash generated from
operations, together with the proceeds of the ABL financing,
will be sufficient to allow us to fund our operations, to
increase working capital as necessary to support our strategy
and to fund planned capital expenditures and expansions,
including approximately $5.0 million expected, for the
remainder of fiscal 2009.
The
Restructuring
|
|
|
The Restructuring |
|
This exchange offer and solicitation of acceptances to the
prepackaged plan are part of, and are being conducted pursuant
to, the restructuring, which may be accomplished through an
out-of-court recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, if
the conditions to the recapitalization plan are not satisfied or
waived, through an in-court prepackaged plan. The restructuring
consists of four related transactions: |
|
|
|
the CD&R investment, which involves the sale
and issuance to the CD&R Fund of 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock for
$250.0 million;
|
|
|
|
the retirement of all convertible notes;
|
|
|
|
the term loan refinancing, which involves the
refinancing of our existing credit facility under which we will
repay approximately $143.3 million of the
$293.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit facility and enter into an
amendment to our existing credit agreement providing for a
modification of the terms and maturity of the
$150.0 million balance; and
|
|
|
|
the ABL financing, which involves our entry into a
$125.0 million asset-based loan facility.
|
|
|
|
Each of the transactions comprising the restructuring may be
accomplished through either the out-of-court recapitalization
plan or, in the alternative, the in-court prepackaged plan. If
the restructuring is accomplished through the recapitalization
plan, the retirement of the convertible notes tendered in the
exchange offer would be accomplished through this exchange offer
and the refinancing of our existing credit facility would be
accomplished through an amendment to our existing credit
agreement. In the alternative, if the restructuring is
accomplished through the prepackaged plan, the retirement of the
convertible notes as well as the refinancing of our existing
credit facility would be accomplished through the effectiveness
of the prepackaged plan. See The Restructuring. |
14
|
|
|
|
|
The closing of the exchange offer is conditioned on the
satisfaction or, with the consent of the CD&R Fund, waiver
of the minimum tender condition, which requires that at least
95% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding convertible
notes are validly tendered and not withdrawn in this exchange
offer. If the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, we intend, but are not required, to
retire any remaining convertible notes outstanding after the
consummation of this exchange offer by exercising our redemption
right under the convertible notes indenture on or after
November 20, 2009; if we do not so exercise our redemption
right, such remaining convertible notes will otherwise be
retired pursuant to the terms of the convertible notes indenture. |
|
|
|
For a more detailed description of this exchange offer, see
The Exchange Offer. |
|
|
|
See Liquidity above and The
Restructuring for a discussion of the anticipated effects
of the restructuring. |
|
Pro Forma Capitalization |
|
Assuming that we complete the restructuring and all outstanding
convertible notes are retired through the exchange offer or the
prepackaged plan, based on the number of shares of common stock
authorized, issued and outstanding as of September 4, 2009, at
the closing of, and after giving effect to, the restructuring: |
|
|
|
holders of convertible notes would receive
70,200,000 shares of our common stock in the aggregate (or
approximately 24.5% of our voting power);
|
|
|
|
the CD&R Fund would receive 250,000 shares
of Series B convertible preferred stock convertible into
196,109,194 shares of common stock based on the initial
conversion price (assuming that we have sufficient authorized
but unissued shares to permit such conversion, which, after
giving effect to the restructuring, we do not expect to have
(see SummaryThe RestructuringCD&R
Investment)) (or approximately 68.5% of our voting power);
and
|
|
|
|
our current stockholders would continue to hold
approximately 19,981,585 shares of our common stock in the
aggregate (or approximately 7.0% of our voting power).
|
|
|
|
See Capitalization. |
|
Lock-Up
Agreements |
|
We have entered into lock-up agreements with the holders of
convertible notes and holders of obligations under our existing
credit agreement, pursuant to which such holders have agreed, in
accordance with the terms of the applicable lock-up agreement,
(1) to the extent that they hold convertible notes, to
tender their convertible notes in this exchange offer;
(2) to the extent that they hold obligations under our
existing credit agreement, to support the term loan refinancing
by accepting their portion of the repayment contemplated thereby
and by executing an amendment to our existing credit agreement
substantially in the form attached as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth in Annex L; and (3) to vote
all of their convertible notes and obligations under our
existing credit facility in favor of the prepackaged plan, among
other things. Including the holders that are subject to a
lock-up agreement, we have commitments from holders of
convertible notes holding more than 79% of the aggregate
principal |
15
|
|
|
|
|
amount of the outstanding convertible notes, and commitments or
confirmation of intent from lenders under our existing credit
agreement holding more than two-thirds
(2/3)
of the outstanding principal amount of the obligations under
existing credit agreement, to support the restructuring and vote
their convertible notes and/or obligations in favor of the
prepackaged plan. See The Restructuring-The Lock-Up
Agreements. |
|
CD&R Investment |
|
Pursuant to the investment agreement, the CD&R Fund has
agreed to purchase from the Company an aggregate of
250,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock, which represents approximately 68.5% of our voting power
after giving effect to the restructuring (based on the number of
shares of common stock authorized, issued and outstanding as of
September 4, 2009), for a total purchase price of
$250.0 million in cash. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R Investment. |
|
|
|
The obligation of the CD&R Fund to purchase the shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock is subject to certain
conditions, including the satisfaction or, with the consent of
the CD&R Fund, waiver, of the conditions to this exchange
offer or the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan, the
consummation of the term loan refinancing (see Term
Loan Refinancing below) and the ABL financing (see
ABL Financing below) and the expiration or
termination of any waiting period required to consummate the
CD&R investment under the Austrian Act. The investment
agreement may be terminated by the CD&R Fund or the Company
under specified circumstances. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementConditions to the
CD&R Investment and The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementTermination of the
Investment Agreement. |
|
|
|
Holders of Series B convertible preferred stock will
participate equally and ratably with the holders of common stock
in all cash dividends paid on the shares of the common stock on
an as-converted basis. In addition to such dividends, the
Series B convertible preferred stock will accrue dividends
at a rate per annum of 12.00% if paid in kind or at a
rate per annum of 8.00% if paid in cash, which would be
reduced to a rate per annum of 0.00% if, at any time
after the
30-month
anniversary of the closing of the restructuring, the trading
price per share of common stock equals or exceeds two times a
specified target price (which is equal to $1.2748 at the closing
of the restructuring, but is subject to adjustments thereafter)
for each trading day during any period of 20 consecutive trading
days. Upon the occurrence of a default under the terms of the
Series B convertible preferred stock, the applicable
dividend rate will increase by: |
|
|
|
6.00% per annum, if the default is the result
of a failure by us after June 30, 2011 to reserve and keep
available for issuance a number of shares of common stock equal
to 110% of the number of shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock; or
|
|
|
|
3.00% per annum for any other default. |
|
|
|
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockDividends and |
16
|
|
|
|
|
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockDefaults. |
|
|
|
The Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible
into common stock at an initial conversion price of $1.2748,
which conversion price is subject to anti-dilution adjustments,
including adjustments if the Company issues common stock or
other securities below the then-current market price or, during
the first three years after the closing of the restructuring,
below the then-current conversion price. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockConvertibility and Anti-Dilution
Adjustments. |
|
|
|
On and after the 10th anniversary of the closing of the
restructuring: |
|
|
|
each holder of shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock will have the right to require that the Company
redeem all of such holders shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock; and
|
|
|
|
the Company will have the right to redeem all, but
not less than all, of the then issued and outstanding shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock.
|
|
|
|
In either case, the redemption price for each share of
Series B convertible preferred stock redeemed will be an
amount equal to the sum of (1) the liquidation preference
of such share of Series B convertible preferred stock to be
redeemed and (2) the accrued dividends of such share as of
the date on which the redemption of such share occurs. See
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockMilestone Redemption. |
|
|
|
After giving effect to the restructuring, we do not expect to
have sufficient authorized but unissued shares of common stock
to enable the conversion of all 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock to be issued to the
CD&R Fund pursuant to the CD&R investment. Pursuant to
the stockholders agreement to be entered into between the
Company and the CD&R Fund in connection with the CD&R
investment (see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Stockholders Agreement),
from and after the closing of the restructuring, we will use our
best efforts and take all corporate actions necessary to obtain
approval from holders of our common stock of an amendment to
Article FOURTH, section 1 of our restated certificate
of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of
common stock. In the event that we do not obtain such approval
prior to June 30, 2010, the dividend rate with respect to
the Series B convertible preferred stock will increase by
3.00% per annum (and by an additional 3.00% per
annum if such approval is not obtained prior to
June 30, 2011, for an aggregate increase of 6.00% per
annum) as further described in The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockDividendsDefault Dividend Rate.
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement to
Seek Amendments to our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation. |
|
Retirement of Convertible Notes |
|
As part of the restructuring, we are seeking to retire all of
the convertible notes. See This Exchange Offer below
with respect |
17
|
|
|
|
|
to the retirement of convertible notes under the
recapitalization plan and The Prepackaged Plan
below with respect to the retirement of convertible notes under
the prepackaged plan. |
|
Term Loan Refinancing |
|
As part of the restructuring, we expect to enter into an
amendment to our existing credit agreement, providing for, among
other things, the repayment of approximately $143.3 million
of the $293.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding as of August 2, 2009 under our existing credit
facility and a modification of the terms and maturity of the
$150.0 million balance. See The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan Refinancing. |
|
|
|
The closing of the term loan refinancing through the
recapitalization plan requires 100% of the lenders under our
existing credit agreement to enter into the amended credit
agreement. Confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged
plan requires lenders under our existing credit facility holding
at least two-thirds (2/3) in amount and more than one-half (1/2)
in number of the claims in respect of the obligations under our
existing credit agreement who actually cast ballots to vote to
accept the prepackaged plan. See Summary of Terms of the
RestructuringThe Prepackaged Plan. |
|
ABL Financing |
|
As part of the restructuring, we expect to enter into an ABL
agreement providing for a $125.0 million asset-based loan
facility. See The RestructuringDescription of the
Term Loan Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe ABL
Financing. |
|
|
|
Whether the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, the closing of
the ABL financing requires the approval and execution of the ABL
agreement by all lenders providing revolving credit commitments
thereunder. |
|
Importance of Tendering in this Exchange Offer and Voting to
Accept the Prepackaged Plan
|
|
Both the recapitalization plan and the prepackaged plan are
subject to certain conditions. In particular, the consummation
of the recapitalization plan requires that the conditions to
this exchange offer are met, including the minimum tender
condition. The confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged
plan requires the receipt of acceptances from a sufficient
number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired class of
claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the
Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation through the
nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes. |
|
|
|
See also Questions and Answers About the
RestructuringGeneral Why is it important that I tender my
convertible notes and vote to accept the prepackaged plan? |
|
|
|
|
Risk Factors |
|
You should carefully consider the matters described in this
prospectus/disclosure statement under Risk Factors,
and the risk factors described in the documents incorporated by
reference into this prospectus/disclosure statement. |
18
|
|
|
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
|
|
For a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax
considerations for holders of convertible notes, see
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. |
|
Accounting Treatment |
|
For a description of the accounting treatment of the
restructuring, see Accounting Treatment. |
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will pay all fees and expenses associated with this exchange
offer and the solicitation of acceptances to the prepackaged
plan, other than any commissions or concessions of any broker or
dealer. Excluding fees and expenses related to the CD&R
Investment and the other transactions contemplated by the
investment agreement separate from the exchange offer and this
consent solicitation, we expect that we will incur fees and
expenses of approximately $7.3 million, based on estimated
legal, accounting, exchange agent, voting agent, dealer-manager,
trustee, printing and other expenses associated with this
exchange offer and the solicitation of acceptances to the
prepackaged plan. See The Exchange OfferFees and
Expenses. |
|
Listing |
|
The shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this
exchange offer, or in the alternative, pursuant to the
prepackaged plan, have been authorized to be listed on the NYSE,
subject to official notice of issuance. |
|
Transferability |
|
The shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this
exchange offer will be freely transferable and not subject to
any transfer restrictions unless held by our
affiliates as that term is defined under Rule 144
under the Securities Act. If the restructuring is accomplished
through the prepackaged plan, we expect that the confirmation
order of the bankruptcy court will provide that the issuance of
the shares of common stock distributed under the prepackaged
plan shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code and therefore will be freely transferable by
most recipients thereof, and all resales and subsequent
transactions in the new securities will be exempt from
registration under federal and state securities laws, unless the
holder is an underwriter with respect to such
securities. |
This
Exchange Offer
|
|
|
Securities Subject to this Exchange Offer
|
|
Any and all of our $180.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due
2024, which we refer to as the convertible notes. |
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to acquire any and all of the convertible notes
for cash and shares of common stock, in accordance with the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure statement and in the letter of
transmittal. You may tender your convertible notes for exchange
by following the procedures described in the section titled
The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering
Convertible Notes. |
|
|
|
For each $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes that you
tender and that we accept in this exchange offer, you will, upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure |
19
|
|
|
|
|
statement and the letter of transmittal, receive $500 in cash
and 390 shares of common stock. The cash payment and the
shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this exchange
offer will be in full satisfaction of the principal amount of,
and any accrued but unpaid interest through the consummation of
this exchange offer on, the convertible notes so tendered and
accepted. See The Exchange OfferTerms of the
Exchange Offer. |
|
Minimum Tender Condition; Other Conditions to this
Exchange Offer
|
|
This exchange offer is subject to certain conditions, including,
among others, (1) the satisfaction of the minimum tender
condition, which requires that at least 95% of the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding convertible notes are validly
tendered and not withdrawn in this exchange offer, (2) the
receipt of proceeds from the purchase by the CD&R Fund of
the Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant to the
investment agreement, which purchase itself is subject to
several conditions, including the satisfaction of the conditions
to this exchange offer, the consummation of the term loan
refinancing and the ABL financing and the expiration or
termination of any waiting period required to consummate the
CD&R investment under the Austrian Act, and (3) the
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus/disclosure statement forms a part. See The
Exchange OfferConditions to Completion of the Exchange
Offer. |
|
Information Agent |
|
Morrow & Co., LLC. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. |
|
Dealer-Manager |
|
Greenhill & Co., LLC. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from this exchange offer.
Convertible notes that are validly tendered and exchanged
pursuant to this exchange offer will be retired and canceled.
See Source and Use of Proceeds. |
The
Prepackaged Plan
|
|
|
Prepackaged Plan |
|
We have prepared the prepackaged plan as an alternative to the
recapitalization plan for accomplishing the restructuring if the
conditions to completion of the recapitalization plan,
including, for example, the minimum tender condition, are not
satisfied or waived, but we receive acceptances from a
sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired
class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed
under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation through the
nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes. |
|
|
|
The prepackaged plan consists of a plan of reorganization under
chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code that would effect the
same transactions contemplated by the recapitalization plan,
including the issuance of shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock in connection with the CD&R investment, the
issuance of shares of common stock in exchange for convertible
notes, the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing. If
confirmed, the prepackaged plan would be binding on all |
20
|
|
|
|
|
of our creditors regardless of whether such creditors voted to
accept or reject the prepackaged plan. See The Prepackaged
Plan. |
|
|
|
Under the prepackaged plan, holders of convertible notes (as
well as the holders of all other claims and interests other than
the lenders under our existing credit agreement) would receive
the same treatment with respect to their claims (and interests)
as they would receive in the recapitalization plan, the
CD&R Fund would receive the same 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock contemplated by the
CD&R investment and the Company would enter into the ABL
agreement. Existing holders of our common stock would continue
to hold such common stock. Under the prepackaged plan, lenders
under our existing credit agreement would receive the same
treatment with respect to their claims (and interests) as they
would receive in the recapitalization plan except that the
maturity of the term loans that would remain outstanding after
giving effect to the term loan refinancing would mature on the
date that is five years from the closing of the restructuring,
as compared to four years and six months from the closing under
the recapitalization plan (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan Refinancing). The
Prepackaged Plan. |
|
|
|
If we do not receive acceptances from a sufficient number of
holders of impaired claims in an impaired class of claims to
allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy
Code, including confirmation through the nonconsensual
cram-down provisions of section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code with respect to non-accepting impaired claims
classes, the prepackaged plan will not be confirmed or become
effective. |
|
Voting Record Date |
|
The voting record date for determining the holders of claims
entitled to vote on the prepackaged plan is August 28,
2009. See The Prepackaged PlanHolders of Claims
Entitled to Vote; Voting Record Date. |
|
Conditions to the Effective Date of the Prepackaged Plan
|
|
The effective date of the prepackaged plan will not occur until
the conditions set forth below have been satisfied or waived: |
|
|
|
the confirmation order has been entered and no stay
of such order is in effect;
|
|
|
|
the receipt of proceeds from the CD&R
investment;
|
|
|
|
the consummation of the term loan refinancing; and
|
|
|
|
the consummation of the ABL financing.
|
|
|
|
We retain the right to waive any condition in our sole and
absolute discretion, subject to our obligations under the
investment agreement. See The Prepackaged
PlanConditions to the Effective Date of the Prepackaged
Plan and The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementCommencement of a Reorganization Case in
Connection With the Prepackaged Plan Covenant. |
|
Voting Agent |
|
Financial Balloting Group LLC. |
21
Capitalization
The following table sets forth our capitalization (1) as of
August 2, 2009 on a preliminary, unaudited basis and
(2) on an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma
impact of the transactions contemplated by the recapitalization
plan, which include (1) the retirement of the convertible
notes (assuming 100% of the convertible notes are retired),
(2) the CD&R Investment, (3) the term loan
refinancing and (4) the ABL financing. The pro forma
capitalization presented in this section does not give effect to
the pro forma impact of the transactions contemplated by the
prepackaged plan. The filing of a prepackaged plan would result
in the application of restart accounting which could
significantly change to recorded value of asset, liabilities and
stockholders equity.
We use the assumptions above for illustrative purposes only.
This table should be read in conjunction with the Selected
Consolidated Financial and Other Data and Unaudited
Pro Forma Financial Information elsewhere in this
prospectus/disclosure statement, the financial statements and
schedules and related notes for the fiscal year ended 2008 that
are included in the consolidated financial statements for the
fiscal year ended in 2008, which are attached as
Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009 and the
consolidated financial statements and related notes for the
quarters ended February 1, 2009, May 3, 2009 and
August 2, 2009 contained in our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
which are incorporated by reference into this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 2, 2009
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in thousands,
|
|
|
|
except for share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(1)(4)
|
|
$
|
105,376
|
|
|
$
|
60,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Cash(2)
|
|
|
13,224
|
|
|
|
13,224
|
|
Note Payable
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$125 Million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$400 Million Term Loan, due 2010 ($150 Million Term Loan, due
2014, amended and restated)
|
|
|
293,290
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes, Due 2024
|
|
|
180,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial Revenue Bond
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt
|
|
|
473,710
|
|
|
|
150,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock: $1.00 par value
per share, 250,000 shares authorized, issued and
outstanding, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Stock: $1.00 par value per share,
1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share,
100,000,000 shares authorized; 22,683,165 issued; and
19,982,173 outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares
authorized; 93,217,165 issued; and 90,516,173 outstanding as
adjusted(3)(4)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
929
|
|
Additional paid-in capital(4)
|
|
|
203,401
|
|
|
|
380,911
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)(4)
|
|
|
(103,882
|
)
|
|
|
(215,324
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(4)
|
|
|
(917
|
)
|
|
|
975
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost
|
|
|
(117,050
|
)
|
|
|
(117,050
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(18,221
|
)
|
|
|
50,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
456,451
|
|
|
$
|
414,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Value per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
(0.91
|
)
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.91
|
)
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
22
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which
approximates fair value. Cash equivalents are highly liquid debt
instruments with an original maturity of three months or less
and may consist of time deposits with a number of commercial
banks with high credit ratings, Eurodollar time deposits,
certificates of deposit and commercial paper. |
|
(2) |
|
Restricted cash is stated at cost plus accrued interest, which
approximates fair value. Restricted cash is held as deposited
collateral for letters of credit. |
|
(3) |
|
Share amounts as presented reflect the 70,200,000 shares of
common stock to be issued to repay a portion of the convertible
notes and the 334,000 shares of common stock to be issued
related to the accelerated vesting of shares issued under the
2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. If fully converted, the
Series B convertible preferred stock would result in an
additional 196,109,194 shares of common stock outstanding. |
|
(4) |
|
See Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheet and Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Balance Sheet for explanations of significant adjustments
to cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital,
accumulated other comprehensive loss, and retained deficit. |
23
Selected
Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial
and other data for each of the fiscal years ended in 2008, 2007,
2006, 2005 and 2004 and for the nine months ended August 2,
2009 and July 27, 2008. Operating results for the fiscal
nine months period ended August 2, 2009 and July 27,
2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for the full fiscal year. The selected consolidated
financial and other data below is only a summary and should be
read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our consolidated financial statements contained in
Part III, Item 15, (a)(1) and (a)(2) of our annual
reports on
Form 10-K
(except with respect to the consolidated financial statements
for the fiscal year ended in 2008, which are attached as
Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009) and in
Part I, Item 1 of our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q
and with the current reports filed by us with the SEC, which are
incorporated by reference herein. See Where You Can Find
More Information and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference. The historical financial
information presented may not be indicative of our future
performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
August 2, 2009
|
|
|
July 27, 2008
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
723,522
|
|
|
$
|
1,255,228
|
|
|
$
|
1,764,159
|
|
|
$
|
1,625,068
|
|
|
$
|
1,571,183
|
|
|
$
|
1,130,066
|
|
|
$
|
1,084,863
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
568,773
|
|
|
|
940,095
|
|
|
|
1,325,624
|
|
|
|
1,221,463
|
|
|
|
1,187,151
|
|
|
|
850,699
|
|
|
|
822,722
|
|
Lower of cost or market adjustment
|
|
|
39,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment
|
|
|
5,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
108,819
|
|
|
|
315,133
|
|
|
|
438,535
|
|
|
|
403,605
|
|
|
|
384,032
|
|
|
|
279,367
|
|
|
|
262,141
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
158,564
|
|
|
|
210,501
|
|
|
|
283,825
|
|
|
|
271,871
|
|
|
|
246,044
|
|
|
|
174,897
|
|
|
|
165,165
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairments
|
|
|
622,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
7,488
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(679,797
|
)
|
|
|
103,723
|
|
|
|
154,710
|
|
|
|
131,734
|
|
|
|
137,988
|
|
|
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
96,976
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
5,432
|
|
|
|
5,019
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(13,029
|
)
|
|
|
(17,859
|
)
|
|
|
(23,535
|
)
|
|
|
(28,829
|
)
|
|
|
(24,915
|
)
|
|
|
(14,459
|
)
|
|
|
(15,126
|
)
|
Loss on debt refinancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,879
|
)
|
Other (expense) income, net
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
1,022
|
|
|
|
(1,880
|
)
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
2,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(691,709
|
)
|
|
|
87,803
|
|
|
|
130,380
|
|
|
|
104,825
|
|
|
|
119,032
|
|
|
|
96,211
|
|
|
|
74,657
|
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
(46,863
|
)
|
|
|
33,536
|
|
|
|
51,499
|
|
|
|
41,096
|
|
|
|
45,236
|
|
|
|
40,260
|
|
|
|
29,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(644,846
|
)
|
|
|
54,267
|
|
|
|
78,881
|
|
|
|
63,729
|
|
|
|
73,796
|
|
|
|
55,951
|
|
|
|
44,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(33.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.81
|
|
|
$
|
4.08
|
|
|
$
|
3.25
|
|
|
$
|
3.70
|
|
|
$
|
2.73
|
|
|
$
|
2.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(33.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.79
|
|
|
$
|
4.05
|
|
|
$
|
3.06
|
|
|
$
|
3.45
|
|
|
$
|
2.68
|
|
|
$
|
2.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,468
|
|
|
|
19,308
|
|
|
|
19,332
|
|
|
|
19,582
|
|
|
|
19,959
|
|
|
|
20,501
|
|
|
|
19,709
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,468
|
|
|
|
19,455
|
|
|
|
19,486
|
|
|
|
20,793
|
|
|
|
21,395
|
|
|
|
20,857
|
|
|
|
19,996
|
|
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(2)
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
5.40
|
|
|
|
5.95
|
|
|
|
4.27
|
|
|
|
5.30
|
|
|
|
6.93
|
|
|
|
5.48
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes 53 weeks of operating activity. |
24
|
|
|
(2) |
|
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges: (a) earnings are defined as earnings
(loss) from continuing operations before provision for income
taxes and fixed charges; and (b) fixed charges
consist of net interest expense on all indebtedness, deferred
financing charges and an estimate of the interest within rental
expense. |
|
(3) |
|
The pre-tax loss from continuing operations for the fiscal nine
months ended August 2, 2009 were not sufficient to cover
fixed charges by a total of $676,787. As a result, the ratio of
earnings to fixed charges has not been computed for this period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
August 2, 2009
|
|
|
July 27, 2008
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Cash Flows and Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities
|
|
$
|
75,340
|
|
|
$
|
3,224
|
|
|
$
|
40,194
|
|
|
$
|
137,625
|
|
|
$
|
121,514
|
|
|
$
|
118,267
|
|
|
$
|
23,730
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
627,635
|
|
|
|
1,396,696
|
|
|
|
1,380,701
|
|
|
|
1,343,058
|
|
|
|
1,299,701
|
|
|
|
990,219
|
|
|
|
786,426
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
473,710
|
|
|
|
474,630
|
|
|
|
474,400
|
|
|
|
497,037
|
|
|
|
497,984
|
|
|
|
373,000
|
|
|
|
216,700
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(18,221
|
)
|
|
|
598,650
|
|
|
|
623,829
|
|
|
|
539,696
|
|
|
|
498,409
|
|
|
|
444,144
|
|
|
|
401,177
|
|
Cash dividends per share(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes 53 weeks of operating activity. |
|
(2) |
|
We did not pay dividends on our common stock for any of the
periods referred to above. |
25
Selected
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data
The following selected unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial data for the year ended November 2, 2008, and as
of and for the nine months ended August 2, 2009 has been
derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to our
historical consolidated financial statements. The selected
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data is presented for
illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of
the financial position or results of operations that would have
actually been reported had the recapitalization plan occurred at
the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it indicative of
our future financial position or results of operations.
The unaudited pro forma financial information presented in this
prospectus/disclosure statement does not give effect to the pro
forma impact of the transactions contemplated by the prepackaged
plan. The filing of a prepackaged plan would result in the
application of restart accounting which could significantly
change to recorded value of asset, liabilities and
stockholders equity.
The unaudited pro forma adjustments were prepared based on the
assumptions we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma
summary selected consolidated balance sheet as of August 2,
2009, gives effect to the recapitalization plan as if it had
occurred on August 2, 2009. The unaudited pro forma summary
selected condensed consolidated statements of operations for the
year ended November 2, 2008, and the nine months ended
August 2, 2009, give effect to the recapitalization plan as
if it had occurred on October 29, 2007.
Due to the fact that the transactions contemplated by the
recapitalization plan have not yet been completed, except as
indicated, the unaudited pro forma summary selected financial
information assumes that:
|
|
|
|
|
100% of the convertible notes are exchanged for a combination of
$500 in cash and 390 shares of common stock for each $1,000
principal amount of the convertible notes and accrued and unpaid
interest thereon;
|
|
|
|
the conversion price of the Series B convertible preferred
stock to be issued in the CD&R investment is $1.2748 per
share of common stock;
|
|
|
|
the restructuring is effected through the consummation of the
recapitalization plan as opposed to the prepackaged plan;
|
|
|
|
the market price for common stock for all computations is $2.61
per share, which was the closing market price on
September 4, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
the fair market value of the derivative liability related to
default dividend rates is expected to be $7.5 million ($4.6
million net of tax) in all periods.
|
If (1) the consideration offered in this exchange offer
changes, (2) the conversion price of the Series B
convertible preferred stock changes (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockConvertibility and AntiDilution
Adjustments)
and/or
(3) we are required to file the prepackaged plan (see
The Prepackaged Plan), the unaudited pro forma
adjustments could be materially different. These adjustments
could result in significant differences in the estimates for the
embedded derivative liability of the Series B convertible
preferred stock, the estimated beneficial conversion feature of
the Series B convertible preferred stock, and the estimated
debt extinguishment cost of the convertible notes.
The selected unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information has been derived from our consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal year ended in 2008, which are attached
as Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009 and our
consolidated financial statements for the quarterly period ended
August 2, 2009, which are included in our quarterly report
on Form 10-Q, each of which is incorporated herein by
reference and should be read in conjunction with Selected
Consolidated Financial and Other Data and Unaudited
Pro Forma Financial Information and the consolidated
financial statements and related notes included in this
prospectus/disclosure statement. Our financial statements and
schedules included in this prospectus/disclosure statement have
been prepared on the assumption that we have the ability to
continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments related to the recoverability and
classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount and
classification of liabilities that might result should we be
unable to continue as a going concern.
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended August 2,
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
723,522
|
|
|
$
|
1,764,159
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(642,851
|
)
|
|
|
88,400
|
|
Dividends and accretion on Series B convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
28,898
|
|
|
|
35,119
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(671,749
|
)
|
|
|
53,281
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(2.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(2.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
90,002
|
|
|
|
89,866
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
90,002
|
|
|
|
89,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
As of August 2, 2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
587,091
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
150,420
|
|
Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
212,579
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
50,441
|
|
27
RISK
FACTORS
Before you participate in this exchange offer or vote on the
prepackaged plan, you should carefully consider the risks
described below. You should also consider the other information
included or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus/disclosure statement before deciding whether to
participate in this exchange offer or how to vote on the
prepackaged plan.
Risks
Relating to NOT Accepting the Exchange Offer or Rejecting the
Prepackaged Plan
The following risks specifically apply to the extent a holder
of convertible notes elects not to participate in this exchange
offer or to vote against the prepackaged plan. There are
additional risks attendant to being an investor in our
securities that you should review, whether or not you elect to
tender your convertible notes. These risks are described in
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 2, 2008 and
Part II, Item 1A of our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly periods ended February 1, 2009,
May 3, 2009 and August 2, 2009, each of which is
incorporated by reference herein.
If the
minimum tender condition is not met for this exchange offer and
we cannot implement the recapitalization plan, there nonetheless
may be sufficient votes to accept the prepackaged plan to
accomplish the restructuring.
The consummation of this exchange offer is conditioned upon,
among other things, satisfaction of the minimum tender
condition. If we are not able to complete the recapitalization
plan because the minimum tender condition is not met or waived
or for any other reason, but we receive acceptances from a
sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired
class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed
under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation through the
nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes, as an alternative to the
recapitalization plan, we may elect and, under the terms of the
investment agreement, we may be required, to seek confirmation
of the prepackaged plan in a chapter 11 proceeding.
To obtain confirmation of the prepackaged plan without invoking
the cram-down provisions of the Bankruptcy Code,
each class of claims or interests that is impaired must vote to
accept the prepackaged plan. An impaired class of claims (such
as holders of convertible notes) is deemed to accept a plan of
reorganization if the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) in
amount and more than one-half (1/2) in number of the claims in
such class who actually cast ballots vote to accept the
prepackaged plan. If the prepackaged plan is confirmed by the
bankruptcy court, it will bind all holders of claims against,
and equity interests in, the Company regardless of whether they
voted for, against or did not vote at all on the prepackaged
plan.
Therefore, assuming the prepackaged plan satisfies the other
requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, a significantly smaller
number of claim holders can bind other claim holders to the
terms of the prepackaged plan than are required to effect this
exchange offer and the other transactions contemplated by the
recapitalization plan. Additionally, since claims and equity
interests are grouped in classes for the purpose of voting on
the prepackaged plan, holders of claims and interests may be
bound by the decisions of other claim or interest holders in a
way that they otherwise would not outside of bankruptcy.
The confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan are
subject to certain conditions that may not be satisfied and are
different from those under the recapitalization plan. We cannot
assure you that all requirements for confirmation and
effectiveness of the prepackaged plan will be satisfied or that
the bankruptcy court will conclude that the requirements for
confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan have been
satisfied. See The Prepackaged PlanConfirmation of
the Prepackaged Plan and The Prepackaged
PlanConditions to the Effective Date of the Prepackaged
Plan.
28
If we are
not able to consummate the exchange offer, the prepackaged plan
or the CD&R investment, we do not expect that we will be
able to meet our obligations to repurchase the convertible notes
pursuant to the rights of the holders thereof to such repurchase
on November 15, 2009, and we will likely be in default
under our existing credit agreement, the convertible notes
indenture, and our swap agreement on November 6, 2009 and
our obligations under such agreements may become immediately due
and payable.
The consummation of the exchange offer or, in the alternative,
confirmation of the prepackaged plan, is a condition to the
CD&R investment and the term loan refinancing to accomplish
the restructuring. If we are unable to consummate the
restructuring, we do not expect that we will have, or have
access to, sufficient liquidity to meet our debt obligations. As
a result, we will have an immediate need to pursue other
alternatives to manage our liquidity needs, including
potentially filing for bankruptcy protection on terms other than
as contemplated by the prepackaged plan. See Risk
FactorsIf we do not consummate the restructuring by
November 6, 2009, adverse capital and credit market
conditions may significantly and adversely affect our ability to
otherwise refinance our existing debt.
Unless we consummate the restructuring, we do not expect that we
will have, or have access to, sufficient liquidity to meet our
debt repayment/repurchase obligations, including any potential
acceleration of our existing term loan indebtedness and our
obligation to repurchase the convertible notes at the option of
the holders thereof on November 15, 2009, the next
scheduled repurchase date. Due to our non-compliance as of
August 2, 2009 with the required leverage, senior leverage
and interest coverage ratios in our existing credit agreement,
our outstanding indebtedness of approximately
$293.3 million thereunder may be declared immediately due
and payable as early as November 6, 2009, the date the
current waiver from the lenders under our existing credit
agreement expires. In the event that we do not repay such
borrowings upon acceleration, the lenders under our existing
credit agreement could exercise their remedies as secured
creditors with respect to the collateral securing such
borrowings. A failure to pay or refinance such borrowings will
also result in a default under the convertible notes indenture,
which could also then be declared immediately due and payable,
and under our swap agreement, which could then be terminated by
the counterparty thereto. If all such indebtedness, which
totaled approximately $473.7 million as of August 2,
2009 and such amounts payable pursuant to the termination of the
swap agreement, were to become due and payable on
November 6, 2009, it would result in a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, operations and debt service
capabilities. As of August 2, 2009, excluding restricted
cash, we had a current cash balance of approximately
$105.4 million to address our liquidity needs. For a
description of our non-compliance with the financial ratio
covenants under our existing credit agreement, see our quarterly
report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended August 2, 2009, our current reports
on
Form 8-K
filed on May 21, 2009, July 15, 2009 and
August 27, 2009 and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference.
In such event, we will have an immediate need to pursue other
alternatives to manage our liquidity needs, including
potentially filing for bankruptcy protection on terms other than
as contemplated by the prepackaged plan. We do not expect, and
there can be no assurance, that any alternative to such
bankruptcy filing would be found. There can be no assurance as
to the value, if any, that would be available to holders of
convertible notes in the case of any such bankruptcy filing. The
convertible notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and
rank junior to the secured obligations under our existing credit
facility. Accordingly, upon any distribution to our creditors in
any foreclosure, dissolution,
winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding
relating to us or our property, the holders of our term loans
under our existing credit facility will be entitled to be paid
in full before any payment may be made with respect to the
convertible notes.
29
If we are
unable to consummate this exchange offer, the prepackaged plan
or the CD&R investment, the Company will face an immediate
liquidity crisis that could likely result in the Company filing
for bankruptcy protection on terms other than as contemplated by
the prepackaged plan, which could materially adversely affect
the relationships between us and our existing and potential
customers, employees, partners and other stakeholders.
We believe that seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code by
filing for bankruptcy protection on terms other than as
contemplated by the prepackaged plan could materially adversely
affect the relationships between us and our existing and
potential customers, employees, partners and other stakeholders.
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
such a bankruptcy filing could erode our customers
confidence in our ability to provide our products and services
and, as a result, there could be a significant and precipitous
decline in our revenues, profitability and cash flow;
|
|
|
|
employees could be distracted from performance of their duties,
or more easily attracted to other career opportunities;
|
|
|
|
it may be more difficult to attract or replace key employees;
|
|
|
|
lenders and other partners could seek to terminate their
relationship with us, require financial assurances or enhanced
performance, or refuse to provide credit on the same terms as
prior to the reorganization case;
|
|
|
|
we could be forced to operate in bankruptcy for an extended
period of time while we tried to develop a reorganization plan
that could be confirmed, which we believe may impair our
business and prospects;
|
|
|
|
our suppliers, vendors, and service providers could terminate
their relationship with us or require financial assurances or
enhanced performance;
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to obtain
debtor-in-possession
financing to sustain us during the bankruptcy case under the
Bankruptcy Code; or
|
|
|
|
if we are not able to confirm and implement a plan of
reorganization or if sufficient
debtor-in-possession
financing is not available, we may be forced to liquidate under
chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
|
In addition, any distributions that you may receive in respect
of your convertible notes under a liquidation or under a
protracted reorganization case or cases under the Bankruptcy
Code other than in connection with the prepackaged plan would
likely be substantially delayed and the value of any potential
recovery likely would be adversely impacted by such delay.
Furthermore, in the event of any foreclosure, dissolution,
winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding
other than in connection with the prepackaged plan, there can be
no assurance as to the value, if any, that would be available to
holders of convertible notes. The convertible notes are
unsecured obligations of the Company and rank junior to the
secured obligations under our existing credit facility.
Accordingly, upon any distribution to our creditors in any
foreclosure, dissolution,
winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding
relating to us or our property other than in connection with the
prepackaged plan, the holders of our indebtedness under our
existing credit facility will be entitled to be paid in full
before any payment may be made with respect to the convertible
notes. If you do not tender your convertible notes or vote to
accept the prepackaged plan, you may receive less value for the
convertible notes in the event of any foreclosure, dissolution,
winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding
other than the prepackaged plan than you would under the
restructuring.
Risks
Relating to Accepting the Exchange Offer or to the Effectiveness
of the Prepackaged Plan and Becoming Holders of Common
Stock
The following risks specifically apply only to holders of
common stock issued pursuant to this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, the prepackaged plan, and should be considered,
along with the other risk factors, by holders of convertible
notes. There are additional risks attendant to being an investor
in our securities that you should review, whether or not you
elect to tender your convertible notes. These risks are
described in Risk Factors in Part I,
Item 1A of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 2, 2008, and
Part II, Item 1A
30
of our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly periods ended February 1, 2009,
May 3, 2009 and August 2, 2009, each of which is
incorporated by reference herein.
The
exchange ratio for this exchange offer or, in the alternative,
the prepackaged plan does not reflect any independent valuation
of the convertible notes or shares of common stock.
We have not obtained or requested, and do not intend to obtain
or request, a fairness opinion from any banking or other firm as
to the fairness of the exchange ratios or the relative values of
convertible notes and shares of common stock. If you tender your
convertible notes or vote to accept the prepackaged plan and the
exchange offer is consummated or the prepackaged plan is
confirmed and becomes effective, you may or may not receive more
than or as much value as you would if you choose to keep your
convertible notes (whether this exchange offer was or was not
consummated) or if the prepackaged plan did not become effective
and in the event of any foreclosure, dissolution,
winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding
other than in connection with the prepackaged plan, you may have
a smaller claim than if you had retained your convertible notes
and you may recover less than you would have had you retained
your convertible notes.
The
consummation of each of this exchange offer and the prepackaged
plan is subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including
the receipt of proceeds from the CD&R investment.
The consummation of this exchange offer is subject to the
receipt of proceeds from the CD&R investment (which is
itself subject to several conditions, including the consummation
of the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing and the
expiration or termination of any waiting period required to
consummate the CD&R investment under the Austrian Act (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementConditions to the
CD&R Investment)), the minimum tender condition and
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus/disclosure statement forms a part. See The
Exchange OfferConditions to Completion of the Exchange
Offer.
The effective date of the prepackaged plan is subject to the
entry of the confirmation order and the absence of a stay of
such order, the receipt of proceeds from the CD&R
investment, the consummation of the term loan refinancing, the
consummation of the ABL financing and such other conditions as
to which the Company and the CD&R Fund may reasonably
agree. See The Prepackaged PlanConditions to the
Effective Date of the Prepackaged Plan.
There can be no assurance that any of such conditions will be
met.
Holders
of the convertible notes who participate in this exchange offer
or, in the alternative, receive common stock pursuant to the
prepackaged plan will lose their rights under the convertible
notes indenture.
Holders whose convertible notes are accepted for exchange and
receive shares of common stock, or holders who receive shares of
common stock pursuant to the prepackaged plan, will lose all
rights associated with the convertible notes. Please see
The Exchange OfferMaterial Differences in the Rights
of Holders of Convertible Notes and Common Stock for a
more detailed description of the material differences in your
rights as a result of the restructuring.
There are
risks associated with the common stock.
The value of the common stock may be adversely affected by a
number of factors, including many of the risks described in this
prospectus/disclosure statement. If, for example, our
stockholders decide to sell a substantial number of their shares
of common stock, the value of the common stock could decline.
Similarly, if we fail to comply with the covenants in our
existing credit agreement (which are also incorporated into our
existing swap agreement), the amended credit agreement, the ABL
agreement or the convertible notes indenture, as applicable,
resulting in an event of default thereunder, certain of our
outstanding indebtedness could be accelerated, which could have
a material adverse effect on the value of the common stock.
31
If our
common stock is deemed a penny stock, its liquidity
will be adversely affected.
As of October 16, 2009, the closing stock price for our
common stock was $3.12 per share. If the market price for our
common stock falls below $1.00 per share, our common stock may
be deemed to be a penny stock. If our common stock is considered
a penny stock, it would be subject to rules that impose
additional sales practices on broker-dealers who sell our
securities. For example, broker-dealers must make a special
suitability determination for the purchaser and have received
the purchasers written consent to the transaction prior to
sale. Also, a disclosure schedule must be delivered to each
purchaser of a penny stock, disclosing sales commissions and
current quotations for the securities. Monthly statements are
also required to be sent disclosing recent price information for
the penny stock held in the account and information on the
limited market in penny stocks. Because of these additional
conditions, some brokers may choose not to effect transactions
in penny stocks. This could have an adverse effect on the
liquidity of our common stock.
The
common stock is junior to all of our other securities, including
our existing and future indebtedness and the Series B
convertible preferred stock.
The common stock is the most junior of all of our securities. As
a result, our existing and future indebtedness and other
non-equity claims, as well as our preferred stock, including the
Series B convertible preferred stock, will rank senior to
the common stock as to rights upon any foreclosure, dissolution,
winding-up, liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy
proceeding relating to the Company. In the event of any
distribution or payment of our assets in any foreclosure,
dissolution,
winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding,
our creditors and holders of our preferred stock will have a
superior claim and interest, as applicable, to the interests of
holders of our common stock. If any of the foregoing events
occur, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient assets
for distribution in respect of the common stock. In addition, in
the event of a change of control, holders of the Series B
convertible preferred stock may be entitled to superior rights
relative to the holders of common stock, including a right to
require redemption by the Company of such Series B
convertible preferred stock. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockChange of Control
Redemption Right.
The
issuance of shares of common stock in this exchange offer or, in
the alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan and the
issuance of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock
upon consummation of the CD&R investment will dilute the
ownership interest of our existing stockholders and may not be
fully reflected in the current market price of our common stock
and we cannot predict the price at which our common stock will
trade following the restructuring.
As of September 4, 2009, we had approximately
19,981,585 shares of common stock issued and outstanding,
excluding shares held by us as treasury stock. Assuming that we
complete the restructuring and all outstanding convertible notes
are tendered and accepted in this exchange offer or retired
pursuant to the prepackaged plan, based on the number of shares
of common stock authorized, issued and outstanding as of
September 4, 2009, at the closing of, and after giving effect
to, the restructuring:
|
|
|
|
|
holders of convertible notes would receive
70,200,000 shares of common stock, or approximately 24.5%
of our voting power;
|
|
|
|
the CD&R Fund would receive 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock convertible into
196,109,194 shares of common stock based on the initial
conversion price (assuming that we have sufficient authorized
but unissued shares to permit such conversion, which, after
giving effect to the restructuring, we do not expect to have
(see SummaryThe RestructuringCD&R
Investment)), or approximately 68.5% of our voting power;
|
|
|
|
our current stockholders would continue to hold approximately
19,981,585 shares of common stock, or approximately 7.0% of
our voting power.
|
The average daily trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE
during the three months ending August 2, 2009, was
approximately 1.21 million shares. Given these low trading
volumes relative to the number of shares of common stock
outstanding, any sales in the public market of the shares of
common stock issuable in this exchange
32
offer or, in the alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan,
are likely to adversely affect the prevailing market price of
our common stock.
This issuance of the common stock in this exchange offer or, in
the alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan and the
issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock in the
CD&R investment could materially depress the price of our
common stock if holders of a large number of shares of common
stock attempt to sell all or a substantial portion of their
holdings following the restructuring. Pursuant to the lock-up
agreements, unless the shares of common stock issuable in
respect of the convertible notes subject to the lock-up
agreements are registered or are otherwise freely tradable
pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, we agreed to
enter into registration rights agreements that will provide
registration rights to holders of convertible notes who are
parties to the lock-up agreements in the event that this
exchange offer is consummated. See The
RestructuringThe Lock-Up Agreements. In accordance
with the terms of the lock-up agreements or, in the alternative,
pursuant to the prepackaged plan, such registration rights
agreement would, among other things and subject to certain
conditions, obligate us to file with the SEC a shelf
registration statement covering resales of the common stock
received by such noteholders on a delayed or continuous basis.
Upon effectiveness of such shelf registration statement, holders
of notes that executed a lock-up agreement, which hold more than
79% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
convertible notes, would be able to freely transfer their shares
of common stock received pursuant to the exchange offer. We
cannot predict what the demand for our common stock will be
following the restructuring, how many shares of our common stock
will be offered for sale or be sold following the restructuring,
or the price at which our common stock will trade following the
restructuring.
The Series B convertible preferred stock may be dilutive
to our stockholders from and after the closing of the
restructuring. The Series B convertible preferred stock
will accrue dividends, which may be paid in cash or in kind. If
dividends on the Series B convertible preferred stock are
paid in kind, they will dilute the ownership interest of our
stockholders. In addition, the dividend rate of the
Series B convertible preferred stock will increase upon the
occurrence of certain events which constitute defaults under the
terms of the Series B convertible preferred stock, which
may cause further dilution. Furthermore, the Series B
convertible preferred stock also provides for anti-dilution
rights, which may dilute the ownership interest of stockholders
in the future.
Upon issuance, the Series B convertible preferred stock
will accrue dividends at a rate per annum of 12.00% if
paid in kind or at a rate per annum of 8.00% if paid in
cash, unless and until such dividends are reduced to 0.00%,
which will occur if the trading price per share of common stock
equals or exceeds two times a specified target price (which is
equal to $1.2748 at the closing of the restructuring, but is
subject to adjustments thereafter) for each trading day during
any period of 20 consecutive trading days occurring after the
30-month
anniversary of the closing of the restructuring.
If dividends on the Series B convertible preferred stock
are paid in kind, it will dilute the ownership interest of
stockholders, including holders of convertible notes who become
holders of common stock pursuant to this exchange offer or
pursuant to the prepackaged plan.
Furthermore, upon the occurrence of a default, the applicable
dividend rate is subject to increase by:
|
|
|
|
|
6.00% per annum, if the default is the result of a
failure by us after June 30, 2011 to reserve and keep
available for issuance a number of shares of common stock equal
to 110% of the number of shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock; or
|
|
|
|
3.00% per annum for any other default.
|
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred
StockDividends.
After giving effect to the restructuring, we do not expect to
have sufficient authorized but unissued shares of common stock
to enable the conversion of all 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock to be issued to the
CD&R Fund pursuant to the CD&R investment. Pursuant to
the stockholders agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders Agreement), from and
after the closing of the restructuring, we will use our best
efforts and take all corporate actions necessary to obtain
approval from holders of
33
our common stock of an amendment to Article FOURTH,
section 1 of our restated certificate of incorporation to
increase the number of authorized shares of common stock.
However, there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain
such approval. In the event that we do not obtain such approval
prior to June 30, 2010, the dividend rate with respect to
the Series B convertible preferred stock will increase by
3.00% per annum, and if we do not obtain such approval
prior to June 30, 2011, the dividend rate will increase by
an additional 3.00% per annum (resulting in an aggregate
increase of 6.00% per annum) as described in The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockDividendsDefault Dividend Rate.
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement to
Seek Amendments to our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation. In such event, stockholders ownership
interest in the Company will be further diluted to the extent
that dividends paid in respect of such additional default
dividend rate are dividends paid in kind.
As further described in The RestructuringDescription
of the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the
Series B Convertible Preferred StockConvertibility
and AntiDilution Adjustments, the conversion price
of the Series B convertible preferred stock is subject to
adjustment, including if the Company issues common stock or
other securities below the then-current market price or, during
the first three years after the closing of the restructuring,
below the then-current conversion price. Adjustments to the
conversion price will dilute the ownership interest of
stockholders.
At the
closing of the CD&R investment, we will enter into a
stockholders agreement with the CD&R Fund pursuant to which
the CD&R Fund will have substantial governance and other
rights.
At the closing of the CD&R investment, we will enter into a
stockholders agreement with the CD&R Fund setting forth
certain terms and conditions regarding the CD&R investment
and the ownership of the CD&R Funds shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock. Pursuant to the
stockholders agreement with the CD&R Fund, subject to
certain ownership and other requirements and conditions, the
CD&R Fund will have the right to appoint a majority of
directors to our board of directors, including the Lead
Director or Chairman of the Executive Committee of our
board of directors, and will have consent rights over a variety
of significant corporate and financing matters, including,
subject to certain customary exceptions and specified baskets,
sales and acquisitions of assets, issuances and redemptions of
equity, incurrence of debt, the declaration or payment of
extraordinary distributions or dividends and changes to the
Companys line of business. In addition, the CD&R Fund
will be granted subscription rights under the terms and
conditions of the stockholders agreement. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders Agreement.
Further, effective as of the closing, the Company will be
required to have taken all corporate action and filed all
election notices or other documentation with the NYSE necessary
to elect to take advantage of the exemptions to the requirements
of sections 303A.01, 303A.04 and 303A.05 of the NYSE Listed
Company Manual and, for so long as we qualify as a
controlled company within the meaning set forth in
the NYSE Listed Company Manual or any similar provision in the
rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the Company
are quoted or listed for trading, we have agreed to use our
reasonable best efforts to take advantage of the exemptions
therein. Such exemptions would exempt us from compliance with
the NYSEs requirements for companies listed on the NYSE to
have (1) a majority of independent directors, (2) a
nominating/corporate governance committee and a compensation
committee, in each case, composed entirely of independent
directors, and (3) charters for the nominating/corporate
governance committee and the compensation committee, in each
case, addressing certain specified matters. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement with
Respect to Controlled Company Status.
The
Series B convertible preferred stock to be issued in
connection with the CD&R investment has substantial rights
and will rank senior to the common stock.
Assuming consummation of the CD&R investment, if your
convertible notes are accepted for exchange for cash and shares
of common stock in this exchange offer or if you receive cash
and common stock under the prepackaged plan, your shares of
common stock will rank junior as to dividend rights, redemption
payments and rights (including as to distribution of assets) in
any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the affairs of
the Company and otherwise to the shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock to be issued to the CD&R Fund
in connection with the CD&R investment. The terms of the
Series B convertible preferred stock will entitle the
holders
34
thereof to vote on an as-converted basis (without taking into
account any limitations on convertibility that may then be
applicable) with the holders of common stock. At the closing of
the restructuring, we expect that the CD&R Fund will have a
majority voting position and holders of common stock will be in
the minority. See The RestructuringDescription of
the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockVoting Rights. In
addition, certain actions by the Company, including, upon the
occurrence of certain specified defaults, the adoption of an
annual budget, the hiring and firing, or the changing of the
compensation, of executive officers and the commitment,
resolution or agreement to effect any business combination,
among others, require the prior affirmative vote or written
consent of the holders representing at least a majority of the
then-outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock, voting together as a separate class. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockVoting RightsClass Voting
Rights and The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockVoting RightsSpecial
Contingent Voting Rights. This level of control, together
with the CD&R Funds rights under the stockholders
agreement, could discourage others from initiating any potential
merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that may
otherwise be beneficial to our business or our stockholders. See
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders Agreement.
Furthermore, the terms of the Series B convertible
preferred stock also provide for anti-dilution rights, which may
dilute the ownership interest of stockholders in the future, and
change of control redemption rights, which may entitle the
holders of Series B convertible preferred stock to receive
higher value for their shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock than the shares of common stock would receive in
the event of a change of control (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B convertible
preferred StockConvertibility and Anti-Dilution
Adjustments and see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockChange of Control Redemption Right).
In addition, the terms of the Series B convertible
preferred stock also provide that the CD&R Fund will
participate in common stock dividends, receive preferred
dividends and have preferential rights in liquidation, including
make whole rights (see The RestructuringDescription
of the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the
Series B Convertible Preferred StockDividends).
The
trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to
be volatile.
The trading price of our common stock has fluctuated in the past
and is subject to significant fluctuations in response to the
following factors, some of which are beyond our control:
|
|
|
|
|
variations in quarterly operating results;
|
|
|
|
deviations in our earnings from publicly disclosed
forward-looking guidance;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates by analysts;
|
|
|
|
our announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions,
strategic partnerships or joint ventures;
|
|
|
|
general conditions in the metal components and engineered
building systems industries;
|
|
|
|
uncertainty about current global economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in stock market price and volume; and
|
|
|
|
other general economic conditions.
|
During fiscal 2008, the sale prices of our common stock on the
NYSE ranged from a high of approximately $40.95 per share
to a low of approximately $14.25 per share. Since the
beginning of fiscal 2009, the sale prices of our common stock on
the NYSE ranged from a high of approximately $19.35 per share to
a low of approximately $1.76 per share. In recent years, the
stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume
fluctuations that have affected the market price for many
companies in industries similar to ours. Some of these
fluctuations have been unrelated to the operating performance of
the affected companies. These market fluctuations may decrease
the market price of the common stock in the future.
35
If we
cannot meet the NYSEs continued listing requirements, the
NYSE may delist our common stock, and such a delisting could
have an adverse impact on the liquidity and market price of the
common stock.
Our common stock is currently listed on the NYSE. In the future,
we may not be able to meet the NYSEs continued listing
requirements, which include, among other things: (1) that
the average closing price of our common stock be above $1.00
over 30 consecutive trading days; (2) that our average
global market capitalization over a consecutive 30
trading-day
period is at or above $50.0 million or, if our average
global market capitalization over a consecutive 30
trading-day
period is less than $50.0 million, that our total
stockholders equity is at or above $50.0 million; and
(3) that the average market capitalization be at least
$15.0 million over 30 consecutive trading days. The
closing price of our common stock on October 16, 2009 was
$3.12 per share, and our market capitalization was approximately
$53.9 million as of such date.
A delisting of our common stock could negatively affect holders
of common stock and negatively affect us by, among other things,
reducing the liquidity and market price of our common stock;
reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our
common stock, which could negatively affect our ability to raise
equity financing; decreasing the amount of news and analyst
coverage for our company; and limiting our ability to issue
additional securities or obtain additional financing in the
future.
We are
not currently paying dividends on our common stock and have no
current plans to do so in the future.
Historically, we have not paid dividends on our common stock and
have no current plans to do so in the future. Furthermore, the
terms of our existing credit agreement restrict our ability to
do so, and we expect that, if the term loan refinancing or the
ABL financing is consummated, the amended credit agreement or
the ABL agreement, respectively, will have similar restrictions.
In addition, under the terms of the Series B convertible
preferred stock, the holders of such shares would participate in
any declared common stock dividends and also receive preferred
dividends, reducing the cash available to holders of common
stock. See The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock. Our other future
indebtedness, if any, may also restrict payment of dividends on
our common stock. Also, assuming the consummation of the
CD&R investment, we may not declare or pay any
extraordinary dividend or distribution without the prior consent
of the CD&R Fund pursuant to the stockholders agreement.
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementConsent
Rights.
In addition, the terms of the Series B convertible
preferred stock will limit the circumstances under which the
Company will be able to pay dividends or make distributions on
junior securities, including common stock. Specifically, at all
times during which shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock are issued and outstanding, we may not (1) declare, pay or
set aside for payment any dividends or distributions upon any
junior securities, except for certain limited exceptions or (2)
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any junior securities
for any consideration or pay any moneys or make available for a
sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of such junior
securities, except for certain limited exceptions, unless, in
each case, the Company has access to sufficient lawful funds to
redeem in full all shares of the Series B convertible preferred
stock then issued and outstanding. In addition, subject to
certain limited exceptions, at any time during which a default
under the terms of the Series B convertible preferred stock
is occurring, we may not declare or pay or set apart for payment
any dividend or other distribution with respect to any junior
securities, or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for any
consideration any junior securities. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockDividendsRestrictions with Respect to
Junior Securities Dividends.
We may
issue securities senior to the common stock without your
approval.
We may authorize, create or increase the authorized amount of
any class or series of stock that ranks senior to the common
stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts
payable upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up
without the consent of the holders of the outstanding common
stock, subject to applicable laws and our obligations under the
stockholders agreement.
36
Change-of-control,
consent or notice provisions in agreements may be triggered upon
the completion of this exchange offer or, in the alternative,
the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan.
We may be a party to agreements that contain change-of-control,
consent or notice provisions that may be triggered following the
issuance of the shares of common stock in this exchange offer,
or in the alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan
and/or the
consummation of the CD&R investment. These
change-of-control, consent or notice provisions, if triggered
and not waived by any beneficiaries of those provisions, could
result in termination of an agreement or in unanticipated
expenses following the restructuring and could adversely affect
our results of operations and financial condition.
If we
file for bankruptcy protection after the consummation of this
exchange offer, there is a risk that any cash consideration
received in this exchange offer may be determined to be a
preferential transfer and the court may require that such
consideration be returned to the Company.
If a holder of convertible notes chooses to exchange its
convertible notes in this exchange offer and receives cash
consideration and if a bankruptcy involving the Company is
commenced within 90 days after the consummation of this exchange
offer (or one year after the consummation of this exchange offer
if the holder of convertible notes is an insider of the
Company), the bankruptcy court may determine that the holder of
convertible notes received preferential treatment to the
detriment of other unsecured creditors. In that event, any value
received by such holder may be required to be returned. The
holder of convertible notes would then have a claim against the
bankruptcy estate equal to the value of the avoided transfer.
We may
incur tax liability or lose tax attributes, and our ability to
use certain of our tax attributes may be limited, as a result of
the consummation of the recapitalization plan or the prepackaged
plan.
We may incur cancellation-of-indebtedness income, which we refer
to as COD income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a
result of the consummation of the recapitalization plan or the
prepackaged plan.
To the extent that we were considered insolvent from a tax
perspective immediately prior to the consummation of the
recapitalization plan, any such COD income generally would be
excluded from our taxable income. Alternatively, if the
discharge of our liability were to occur in a chapter 11
bankruptcy case pursuant to the prepackaged plan, any COD income
from such discharge generally would be excluded from our taxable
income.
If and to the extent any COD income is excluded from taxable
income pursuant to the insolvency exception or the bankruptcy
exception described above, we generally will be required to
reduce certain of our tax attributes, including, but not limited
to, our net operating losses, loss carryforwards, credit
carryforwards and tax basis in certain assets. This may result
in a significant reduction in, and possible elimination of,
certain of our tax attributes.
If any COD income is not excluded from our taxable income and we
do not have sufficient losses to offset fully such COD income,
we may incur tax liability from such COD income. We may make an
election under recently enacted section 108(i) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as
the Internal Revenue Code, to defer the inclusion of all or a
portion of any COD income resulting from the consummation of the
recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, with the amount
of deferred COD income becoming includible in taxable income
ratably over a five-taxable-year period beginning in, if such
consummation occurs in 2009, the fifth taxable year after such
consummation.
Notwithstanding our ability to utilize our available losses to
offset any such COD income for regular U.S. federal income
tax purposes, we may nonetheless be subject to tax under the
alternative minimum tax provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
Furthermore, if we make the election under section 108(i)
of the Internal Revenue Code to defer our COD income, we may
incur current state income tax liability with respect to such
deferred COD income in states that do not recognize the election.
Because we are expected to undergo an ownership change under
section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of the
restructuring, our ability to use our loss carryforwards, if
any, and certain other tax attributes may be subject to
limitation under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
37
Risks
Relating to the Prepackaged Plan
The
prepackaged plan may have a material adverse effect on our
operations.
The prepackaged plan solicitation or any subsequent commencement
of a prepackaged chapter 11 case could adversely affect the
relationships between us and our customers, employees, partners
and others. There is a risk, due to uncertainty about our
future, that:
|
|
|
|
|
customers could seek alternative suppliers;
|
|
|
|
such a bankruptcy filing could erode our customers
confidence in our ability to provide our products and services
and, as a result, there could be a significant and precipitous
decline in our revenues, profitability and cash flow;
|
|
|
|
it may be more difficult to attract or replace key employees;
|
|
|
|
employees could be distracted from performance of their duties
or more easily attracted to other career opportunities; and
|
|
|
|
our suppliers, vendors, and service providers could terminate
their relationship with us or require financial assurances or
enhanced performance.
|
These factors could adversely affect our ability to obtain
confirmation of the prepackaged plan.
Our
business may be negatively affected if we are unable to assume
our executory contracts.
The prepackaged plan provides for the assumption of all
executory contracts and unexpired leases other than those leases
and contracts that we specifically reject. Our intention is to
preserve as much of the benefit of our existing contracts and
leases as possible. However, some limited classes of executory
contracts may not be assumed in this way. In these cases, we
would need to obtain the consent of the counterparty to maintain
the benefit of the contract. There is no guaranty that such
consent would either be forthcoming or that conditions would not
be attached to any such consent that make assuming the contracts
unattractive. We would then be required to either forego the
benefits offered by such contracts or to find alternative
arrangements to replace them. We intend to attempt to pass
through to the reorganized company all licenses in respect of
patents, trademarks, copyright or other intellectual property
that cannot otherwise be assumed pursuant to the Bankruptcy
Code. The counterparty to any contract that we seek to pass
through may object to our attempt to pass through the contract
and require us to seek to assume or reject the contract or seek
approval of the bankruptcy court to terminate the contract. In
such an event, we could lose the benefit of the contract, which
could harm our business.
We may
not be successful in obtaining first day orders to permit us to
pay our key suppliers in the ordinary course of
business.
We have tried to address potential concerns of our key
customers, vendors, employees, licensors/licensees and other key
parties in interest that might arise from the filing of the
prepackaged plan through a variety of provisions incorporated
into or contemplated by the prepackaged plan, including our
intention to seek appropriate court orders to permit us to pay
our accounts payable to key parties in interest in the ordinary
course, assume contracts with such parties in interest and in
the case of those key vendors who have agreed to continue to
extend business terms to us during and after our bankruptcy
proceeding, to provide for the payments of prepetition accounts
payable. However, there can be no guaranty that we will be
successful in obtaining the necessary approvals of the
bankruptcy court for such arrangements or for every party in
interest we may seek to treat in this manner, and as a result,
our business might suffer.
The
bankruptcy court may not confirm the prepackaged plan.
In the event that the conditions to the recapitalization plan
are not satisfied or, with the consent of the CD&R Fund,
waived, including, for example, the minimum tender condition,
but we receive acceptances from a sufficient number of holders
of impaired claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the
prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code,
including confirmation through the nonconsensual
cram-down provisions of
38
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes, as an alternative to the
recapitalization plan, we may elect and, under the terms of the
investment agreement, we may be required, to seek confirmation
of the prepackaged plan in a chapter 11 bankruptcy
proceeding. See The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementCommencement of a Reorganization Case in
Connection with the Prepackaged Plan Covenant.
We cannot assure you that the prepackaged plan, if filed, will
be confirmed by the bankruptcy court. Section 1129 of the
Bankruptcy Code, which sets forth the requirements for
confirmation of a plan of reorganization, requires, among other
things, a finding by the bankruptcy court that the plan is
feasible, that all claims and interests have been
classified in compliance with the provisions of
section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code, and that, under the
plan, each holder of a claim or interest within each impaired
class either accepts the plan or receives or retains cash or
property of a value, as of the date the plan becomes effective,
that is not less than the value such holder would receive or
retain if the debtor were liquidated under chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code. See The Prepackaged
PlanConfirmation of the Prepackaged Plan.
There can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court will conclude
that the feasibility test and other requirements of
section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code have been met with
respect to the prepackaged plan.
If the prepackaged plan is filed, there can be no assurance that
modifications to such plan would not be required for
confirmation, or that such modifications would not require a
resolicitation of votes on the prepackaged plan. We believe
that, if the prepackaged plan is confirmed, it would not be
followed by a liquidation or an immediate need for further
financial reorganization and that holders of claims and
interests would receive or retain value that is not less than
the value such holders would receive or retain if we were
liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Moreover, the bankruptcy court could determine that our
disclosures made in this document are inadequate and that the
votes in favor of the prepackaged plan do not count. We would
then have to commence the solicitation process again, which
would include re-filing a plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement. Typically, this process involves a 90-day or longer
period and includes a court hearing for the required approval of
a disclosure statement, followed (after bankruptcy court
approval) by another solicitation of claim and interest holder
votes for the plan of reorganization, followed by a confirmation
hearing for the bankruptcy court to determine whether the
requirements for confirmation have been satisfied, including the
requisite claim and (if applicable) interest holder acceptances.
If the prepackaged plan is not confirmed, our reorganization
case may be converted to a case under chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to which a trustee would be appointed
or elected to liquidate our assets for distribution in
accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy
Code. A discussion of the effects that a chapter 7
liquidation would have on the recoveries of holders of claims
and interests and our liquidation analysis are set forth under
The Prepackaged PlanLiquidation Analysis. We
believe that liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy
Code would result in (1) smaller distributions being made
to creditors than those provided for in the prepackaged plan
because of (a) the likelihood that our assets would have to
be sold or otherwise disposed of in a less orderly fashion over
a short period of time, (b) additional administrative
expenses involved in the appointment of a trustee, and
(c) additional expenses and claims, some of which would be
entitled to priority, which would be generated during the
liquidation and from the rejection of leases and other executory
contracts in connection with a cessation of our operations, and
(2) no distributions being made to holders of our common
stock.
If (1) our reorganization case is dismissed or converted
into a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or we
filed a motion or other pleading with the bankruptcy court
seeking the dismissal or conversion of the prepackaged plan
proceeding or (2) if the bankruptcy court (a) grants
relief that is materially inconsistent with the investment
agreement or the prepackaged plan in any respect or
(b) enters an order confirming any plan of reorganization
other than the prepackaged plan, the CD&R Fund would have
the right to terminate the investment agreement. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentTermination of the Investment Agreement.
39
If we
commence a chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding, other parties
in interest might be permitted to propose alternative plans of
reorganization that may be less favorable to certain of our
constituencies than the prepackaged plan.
If our reorganization case is commenced, other parties in
interest could seek authority from the bankruptcy court to
propose an alternative plan of reorganization. Under the
Bankruptcy Code, a
debtor-in-possession
initially has the exclusive right to propose and solicit
acceptances of a plan of reorganization. However, such
exclusivity period can be reduced or terminated upon order of
the bankruptcy court. If such an order were to be entered, other
parties in interest would then have the opportunity to propose
alternative plans of reorganization.
If other parties in interest were to propose an alternative plan
following expiration or termination of our exclusivity period,
such a plan may be less favorable to existing equity interest
holders and may seek to exclude these holders from retaining any
shares of common stock under their plan. Alternative plans of
reorganization also may treat less favorably the claims of a
number of other constituencies, including our employees, our
trading partners and customers. We consider maintaining
relationships with our employees, customers and trading partners
as critical to maintaining the value of our business as we
restructure, and have sought to treat those constituencies
accordingly. However, proponents of alternative plans of
reorganization may not share our assessment and seek to impair
the claims of such constituencies to a greater degree. If there
were competing plans of reorganization, our reorganization case
is likely to become longer and more complicated. If this were to
occur, or if our employees or other constituencies important to
our business reacted adversely to an alternative plan of
reorganization, the adverse consequences discussed in the first
risk factor in this section discussing risks related to the
prepackaged plan could also occur.
If a bankruptcy proceeding is commenced by a third party against
us or our subsidiaries (other than a bankruptcy contemplated by
the prepackaged plan), the CD&R Fund may terminate the
investment agreement if such proceeding has not been dismissed
within 30 days of its commencement. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentTermination of the Investment Agreement.
The
bankruptcy court may disagree with our classification of claims
and interests.
Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan
may place a claim or an interest in a particular class only if
such claim or interest is substantially similar to the other
claims or interests of such class. We believe that the
classification of claims and interests under the prepackaged
plan complies with the requirements set forth in the Bankruptcy
Code; however, once a chapter 11 case has been commenced, a
claim or interest holder could challenge the classification. In
such event, the cost of the prepackaged plan and the time needed
to confirm the prepackaged plan may increase and we cannot
assure you that the bankruptcy court will agree with our
classification of claims and interests. If the bankruptcy court
concludes that the classification of claims and interests under
the prepackaged plan does not comply with the requirements of
the Bankruptcy Code, we may need to modify the prepackaged plan.
Such modification could require a resolicitation of votes on the
prepackaged plan. If the bankruptcy court determined that our
classification of claims and interests was not appropriate, the
prepackaged plan may not be confirmed.
The
bankruptcy court may find the solicitation of acceptances
inadequate.
Usually, a plan of reorganization is filed and votes to accept
or reject the plan are solicited after the filing of a petition
commencing a chapter 11 case. Nevertheless, a debtor may
solicit votes prior to the commencement of a chapter 11
case in accordance with section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code and bankruptcy rule 3018(b). Section 1126(b) of
the Bankruptcy Code and bankruptcy rule 3018(b) require
that:
|
|
|
|
|
the plan of reorganization be transmitted to substantially all
creditors and other interest holders entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
the time prescribed for voting is not unreasonably
short; and
|
|
|
|
the solicitation of votes is in compliance with any applicable
nonbankruptcy law, rule or regulation governing the adequacy of
disclosure in such solicitation, including the Exchange Act and
Rules 13e-4(d),
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
13e-4(e)(3),
14e-1 and
14e-4
promulgated under the Exchange Act. If no such law, rule or
regulation exists, votes be solicited only after the disclosure
of adequate information.
|
Section 1125(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code describes
adequate information as information of a kind and in sufficient
detail as would enable a hypothetical reasonable investor
typical of holders of claims and interests to make an informed
judgment about the plan. With regard to solicitation of votes
prior to the commencement of a bankruptcy case, if the
bankruptcy court concludes that the requirements of Bankruptcy
Rule 3018(b) have not been met, then the bankruptcy court
could deem such votes invalid, whereupon the prepackaged plan
could not be confirmed without a resolicitation of votes to
accept or reject the prepackaged plan. While we believe that the
requirements of section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and
Bankruptcy Rule 3018 will be met, there can be no assurance
that the bankruptcy court will reach the same conclusion.
Even if
all classes of claims that are entitled to vote accept the
prepackaged plan, we may fail to meet all conditions precedent
to effectiveness of the prepackaged plan or the prepackaged plan
may not become effective.
Although we believe that the effective date of the prepackaged
plan will occur very shortly after confirmation of the
prepackaged plan, there can be no assurance as to such timing.
The confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan are
subject to certain conditions that may not be satisfied. We
cannot assure you that all requirements for confirmation and
effectiveness required under the prepackaged plan will be
satisfied or that the bankruptcy court will conclude that the
requirements for confirmation and effectiveness of the
prepackaged plan have been satisfied. See The Prepackaged
PlanConfirmation of the Prepackaged Plan and
The Prepackaged PlanConditions to Effective Date of
the Prepackaged Plan.
If the conditions precedent to the effective date, including
entry of the confirmation order, the receipt of proceeds from
the CD&R investment, the consummation of the term loan
refinancing, the consummation of the ABL financing and such
other condition as to which the Company and the CD&R Fund
may reasonably agree, have not occurred, the prepackaged plan
may be vacated by the bankruptcy court.
Furthermore, in the event that the CD&R Fund does not fund
the CD&R investment, and without a suitable alternative new
investment, we do not believe the prepackaged plan would meet
the confirmation requirement of section 1129 of the
Bankruptcy Code that the plan be feasible. See
The Prepackaged PlanConfirmation of the Prepackaged
Plan. In that event, we will not seek confirmation of the
prepackaged plan and your vote in favor of the prepackaged plan
will be disregarded.
The lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) (see The
RestructuringThe Lock-Up AgreementsLock-Up Agreement
(dated August 31, 2009)) may be terminated by a
number of holders that executed such
lock-up
agreement holding not less than two-thirds
(2/3)
in aggregate principal amount of all convertible notes held by
all holders that executed such
lock-up
agreement if an event occurs that would provide either the
Company or the CD&R Fund with the right to terminate the
investment agreement under the terms of the investment
agreement, which includes certain triggers relating to the
timing of events in the prepackaged plan proceeding (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementTermination of the
Investment Agreement). The lock-up agreement (dated
October 8, 2009) (see The RestructuringThe
Lock-Up AgreementsLock-Up Agreement (dated October 8,
2009)) may be terminated by a number of holders that
executed such lock-up agreement holding not less than two-thirds
(2/3)
in aggregate principal amount of all convertible notes and
obligations under our existing credit agreement held by all
holders that executed such lock-up agreement if an event occurs
that would provide either the Company or the CD&R Fund with
the right to terminate the investment agreement under the terms
of the investment agreement, which includes certain triggers
relating to the timing of events in the prepackaged plan
proceeding (see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementTermination of the Investment Agreement).
41
We cannot
predict the amount of time that we would spend in bankruptcy for
the purpose of implementing the prepackaged plan, and a lengthy
bankruptcy proceeding would disrupt our business, as well as
impair the prospect for reorganization on the terms contained in
the prepackaged plan.
While we expect that a chapter 11 bankruptcy filing solely
for the purpose of implementing the prepackaged plan would be of
short duration (e.g., 60 days) and would not be
unduly disruptive to our business, we cannot be certain that
this would be the case. Although the prepackaged plan is
designed to minimize the length of the bankruptcy proceeding, it
is impossible to predict with certainty the amount of time that
we may spend in bankruptcy, and we cannot be certain that the
prepackaged plan would be confirmed. Even if confirmed on a
timely basis, a bankruptcy proceeding to confirm the prepackaged
plan could itself have an adverse effect on our business. There
is a risk, due to uncertainty about our future, that:
|
|
|
|
|
customers could seek alternative sources of products from our
competitors, including competitors that have comparatively
greater financial resources and that are in little or no
relative financial distress;
|
|
|
|
employees could be distracted from performance of their duties
or more easily attracted to other career opportunities; and
|
|
|
|
business partners could terminate their relationship with us or
require financial assurances or enhanced performance.
|
A lengthy bankruptcy proceeding would also involve additional
expenses and divert the attention of management from operation
of our business, as well as creating concerns for employees,
suppliers and customers.
The disruption that a bankruptcy proceeding would inflict upon
our business could increase with the length of time it takes to
complete the proceeding, and the severity of that disruption
would depend upon the attractiveness and feasibility of the
prepackaged plan of reorganization from the perspective of the
constituent parties on whom we depend, including vendors,
employees and customers. If we are unable to obtain confirmation
of the prepackaged plan on a timely basis, because of a
challenge to the prepackaged plan or a failure to satisfy the
conditions to the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan, we may
be forced to operate in bankruptcy for an extended period while
we try to develop a different reorganization plan that can be
confirmed. A protracted bankruptcy case could increase both the
probability and the magnitude of the adverse effects described
above.
We may be
unable to obtain adequate financing or authority to use cash
collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy
proceeding.
On or shortly after commencing the prepackaged chapter 11
bankruptcy case, we intend to ask the bankruptcy court to
authorize us to obtain
debtor-in-possession
financing
and/or to
use cash collateral to fund the prepackaged chapter 11
bankruptcy case. Such financing arrangements and access to cash
collateral will provide liquidity during the pendency of the
prepackaged chapter 11 bankruptcy case. There can be no
assurance that the bankruptcy court will approve such financing
arrangements or the use of cash collateral on the terms
requested. Moreover, if the prepackaged chapter 11
bankruptcy case takes longer than expected to conclude, we may
exhaust our financing and available cash collateral. There is no
assurance that we will be able to obtain additional financing or
an extension of the right to use cash collateral. In such case,
the liquidity necessary for the orderly functioning of our
businesses may be materially impaired.
We may
seek to amend, waive, modify or withdraw the prepackaged plan
any time prior to the confirmation of the prepackaged
plan.
We reserve the right, prior to the confirmation or substantial
consummation thereof, subject to the provisions of
section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy
Rule 3019, to amend the terms of the prepackaged plan or
waive any conditions thereto, if and to the extent such
amendments or waivers are necessary or desirable to consummate
the prepackaged plan. The potential impact of any such amendment
or waiver on the holders of claims and interests cannot
presently be foreseen, but may include a change in the economic
impact of the prepackaged plan on some or all of the classes or
a change in the relative rights of such classes. All holders of
claims and interests will receive notice of such amendments or
waivers required by applicable law and the bankruptcy court. If,
after receiving sufficient acceptances, but prior to
confirmation of the prepackaged plan, we seek to modify the
42
prepackaged plan, the previously solicited acceptances will be
valid only if (i) all classes of adversely affected
creditors and interest holders accept the modification in
writing or (ii) the bankruptcy court determines, after
notice to designated parties, that such modification was de
minimis or purely technical or otherwise did not adversely
change the treatment of holders accepting claims and interests.
If we are
unable to obtain confirmation of the prepackaged plan on a
timely basis, then, in accordance with the terms of the
investment agreement, the investment agreement may be terminated
and we will not receive the proceeds of the CD&R
investment.
If the reorganization case in connection with the prepackaged
plan has been commenced and the effective date of the
prepackaged plan has not occurred by a date that is no later
than four weeks and ten days after the entry of the order
confirming the prepackaged plan (provided, that the party
seeking to so terminate has not breached in any material respect
its obligations under the investment agreement in any manner
that has been a proximate cause of the failure to consummate the
CD&R investment on or before such date), either we or the
CD&R Fund may terminate the investment agreement. The
CD&R Fund also has the right to terminate the investment
agreement if:
|
|
|
|
|
at any time after eight weeks after the filing of the
prepackaged plan, the bankruptcy court has not entered the
confirmation order with respect to the prepackaged plan on or
prior to such date; or
|
|
|
|
the bankruptcy court enters an order denying confirmation of the
prepackaged plan or the confirmation order is vacated or
reversed and does not become a final order within four weeks and
ten days after the entry of the confirmation order. See
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementTermination of the
Investment Agreement.
|
The
distribution of proceeds in the prepackaged plan will be delayed
until after the effective date.
If we file a chapter 11 case and the prepackaged plan is
confirmed, the date of the distributions to be made pursuant to
the prepackaged plan will be delayed until after the effective
date of the prepackaged plan. We estimate that the process of
obtaining court approval of the prepackaged plan will last
approximately 30 days from the date of the commencement of
our chapter 11 case but it could last considerably longer.
The distribution would be delayed for a minimum of 11 days
thereafter and may be delayed for a substantially longer period.
In the
event that the restructuring is accomplished through the
confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan, the
Company would need to adopt fresh start accounting,
which may have a material effect on the Companys financial
statements, and certain of the fair values established under
fresh start reporting may differ materially from the values
recorded on the Companys historical financial statements
and reflected or projected in this prospectus/disclosure
statement.
In the event the restructuring is accomplished through the
confirmation and effectiveness of the prepackaged plan pursuant
to the Bankruptcy Code, the Company would need to adopt
fresh start reporting as of its emergence from
chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
applicable accounting rules. These rules require the Company to
revalue its assets and liabilities to current estimated fair
value, re-establish shareholders equity at the
reorganization value determined in connection with the plan of
reorganization, and record any portion of the reorganization
value which cannot be attributed to specific tangible or
identified intangible assets as goodwill. The adoption of fresh
start accounting may have a material effect on the
Companys financial statements, and certain of the fair
values established under fresh start reporting may differ
materially from the values recorded on the Companys
historical financial statements and reflected or projected in
this prospectus/disclosure statement. As a result, the
Companys financial statements published for periods
following its emergence from chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code will not be comparable with those prepared before that date
or contained herein.
43
Other
Risks Relating to the Company
Our
industry is currently experiencing a downturn which, if
sustained, could materially and adversely affect our business,
liquidity and results of operations.
The United States economy is currently undergoing a period of
slowdown and unprecedented volatility, which is having an
adverse effect on our business. During fiscal 2008,
McGraw-Hills estimate of low-rise new construction starts
for buildings less than five stories declined by 15.1% in square
feet compared to 2007. This industry decline contributed to a
34% decline in our total tons shipped. During the first nine
months of fiscal 2009, our external tons shipped declined 41% as
compared to the same period of 2008, and McGraw-Hill is
currently predicting a 35% decline in square footage for
nonresidential construction activity in calendar 2009.
Continued uncertainty about current economic conditions has had
a negative effect on our business and will continue to pose a
risk to our business as our customers may postpone spending in
response to tighter credit, negative financial news
and/or
declines in income or asset values, which could have a material
negative effect on the demand for our products. Other factors
that could influence demand include fuel and other energy costs,
conditions in the nonresidential real estate markets, labor and
healthcare costs, access to credit and other macroeconomic
factors. From time to time, our industry has also been adversely
affected in various parts of the country by declines in
nonresidential construction starts, including, but not limited
to, high vacancy rates, changes in tax laws affecting the real
estate industry, high interest rates and the unavailability of
financing. Sales of our products may be adversely affected by
weakness in demand for our products within particular customer
groups, or a recession in the general construction industry or
particular geographic regions. These and other economic factors
could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products
and on our financial condition and operating results.
We cannot predict the ultimate severity or length of the current
economic crisis, or the timing or severity of future economic or
industry downturns. Any economic downturn, particularly in
states where many of our sales are made, could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition, including potential asset impairments.
Current
challenges in the credit markets may adversely affect our
business and financial condition.
The financial turmoil that affected the banking system and
financial markets beginning in the second half of 2007 has
resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of
liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in
fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets. The current
challenges in the credit markets have had, and may continue to
have, a negative impact on our business and our financial
condition. We may face significant challenges if conditions in
the financial markets do not improve, including raw material
shortages resulting from the insolvency of key suppliers and the
inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of
our products. In addition, declining customer spending may
result in higher levels of order cancellations than we have
historically experienced, and may drive us to sell our products
at lower prices, which would have an adverse effect on our
margins and profitability.
If we do
not consummate the restructuring by November 6, 2009, we
expect to violate the financial covenants in our existing credit
agreement, which would be an event of default under our existing
credit agreement and could cause all of our existing
indebtedness to be declared immediately due and
payable.
Our existing credit agreement requires compliance with various
covenants and provisions customary for agreements of this
nature, including a restricted payments test, and a minimum
ratio of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in our existing credit
agreement) to interest expense of 5.0 to 1 and maximum ratios of
total debt and senior debt to Consolidated EBITDA of 4.0 to 1
and 2.75 to 1, respectively. Such covenants and provisions are
also incorporated by reference into our swap agreement. As of
August 2, 2009, we continued not to be in compliance with
the required leverage, senior leverage and interest coverage
ratios in our existing credit agreement, although we were in
compliance with the remaining covenants.
We have obtained a waiver from the lenders under our existing
credit agreement, including waivers of our financial maintenance
covenants, which is effective through November 6, 2009.
44
If we are unable to consummate the restructuring either through
the recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, the
prepackaged plan, or otherwise to refinance our outstanding debt
by November 6, 2009, we expect that we will fail to be in
compliance with the financial covenants under our existing
credit agreement as of such date. Absent an extension of the
waiver, such violations will constitute an event of default
under our existing credit agreement, and the lenders under our
existing credit agreement could elect to declare all
$293.3 million of our outstanding borrowings thereunder
immediately due and payable. In the event that we do not repay
such borrowings upon acceleration, the lenders under our
existing credit agreement could exercise their remedies as
secured creditors with respect to the collateral securing such
borrowings. A failure to pay or refinance such borrowings will
also result in a default under the convertible notes indenture,
which could also then be declared immediately due and payable,
and under our swap agreement, which could then be terminated by
the counterparty thereto. If all such indebtedness, which
totaled approximately $473.7 million as of August 2,
2009 and such amounts payable pursuant to the termination of the
swap agreement, were to become due and payable on
November 6, 2009, it would result in a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, operations and debt service
capabilities. As of August 2, 2009, excluding restricted
cash, we had a current cash balance of approximately
$105.4 million to address our liquidity needs. For a
description of our non-compliance with the financial ratio
covenants under our existing credit agreement, see our quarterly
report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended August 2, 2009, our current reports
on
Form 8-K
filed on May 21, 2009, July 15, 2009 and
August 27, 2009, and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference.
In such event, we will immediately need to pursue other
alternatives to manage our liquidity needs, including
potentially commencing a bankruptcy on terms other than as
contemplated by the prepackaged plan.
If we do
not consummate the restructuring by November 6, 2009,
adverse capital and credit market conditions may significantly
and adversely affect our ability to otherwise refinance our
existing debt.
If we do not consummate the restructuring either through the
recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, through the
prepackaged plan, adverse capital and credit market conditions
may significantly and adversely affect our ability to otherwise
refinance our existing debt. Beginning in the third quarter of
2008 and continuing into 2009, the credit markets have been very
volatile and have presented very unattractive terms and
conditions for the few companies entering into credit
transactions during that period. The credit markets have favored
investment grade securities and securities issued to companies
within non-cyclical industries during that period. In the event
that we need to complete an alternative refinancing, lenders, if
willing to provide credit, may seek more restrictive lending
provisions and higher interest rates that may reduce our
borrowing capacity and increase our costs. Also, given the
increased stress in the financial sector, current or future
lenders may become unwilling or unable to continue to advance
funds under any agreements in place. We can make no assurances
that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness, or that any
such refinancing will be under terms that are as favorable to us
as past credit agreements or the agreements as contemplated by
the restructuring. If we are unable to refinance our
indebtedness in a timely fashion, our cash from operations may
be insufficient to meet our debt obligations. In addition, the
failure to obtain sufficient financing may constrain our ability
to operate or grow our business and affect our strategy.
If we do
not consummate the restructuring by November 6, 2009, we
will need to pursue all other alternatives to refinance our
existing debt. Any refinancing of our existing debt using equity
will likely be highly dilutive to our existing stockholders and
could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
If we do not consummate the restructuring either through the
recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, through the
prepackaged plan, by November 6, 2009, we will need to
pursue all other alternatives to refinance our existing debt,
including an equity refinancing. At our current market
valuation, any equity refinancing of our debt would be highly
dilutive to our existing stockholders, which may be more or less
dilutive than the restructuring. In addition, the issuance and
sale of substantial amounts of common stock, or the announcement
that such issuances and sales may occur, could adversely affect
the market price of our common stock.
45
Our
future operational and financial performance may vary materially
from the financial projections contained in this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
In order to comply with the feasibility test of
section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, we have provided
financial projections in this prospectus/disclosure statement.
See The Prepackaged PlanConfirmation of the
Prepackaged Plan, The Prepackaged
PlanFeasibility of the Prepackaged Plan and
Unaudited Projected Consolidated Financial Information for
Restructuring under the Prepackaged Plan. These
projections are based upon a number of assumptions and
estimates, including that the financial restructuring will be
implemented in accordance with its current terms.
Financial projections are necessarily speculative in nature and
one or more of the assumptions and estimates underlying these
projections may prove not to be valid. We believe the
assumptions and estimates underlying these projections to be
reasonable, but they are by their very nature inherently
uncertain and subject to significant business, economic and
competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond
our control to predict or mitigate. See Risk
FactorsOther Risks Relating to the Company.
Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations
following the implementation of the recapitalization plan or the
prepackaged plan are likely to vary significantly from those set
forth in the financial projections. Consequently, the financial
projections should not be regarded as a representation by us,
our advisors or any other person that the results suggested by
the projections will be achieved. Holders of convertible notes
are cautioned to read the financial projections in conjunction
with the Selected Consolidated Financial and Other
Data elsewhere in this prospectus/disclosure statement,
the financial statement and schedules and related convertible
notes for the fiscal year ended 2008 that are attached as
Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009 and the
consolidated financial statements and related convertible notes
for the quarters ended February 1, 2009, May 3, 2009
and August 2, 2009 contained in our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
which are incorporated by reference into this
prospectus/disclosure statement, and not to place undue reliance
on the financial projections in determining whether to tender
your convertible notes or vote to accept or reject the
prepackaged plan.
We may
not be able to service our debt or obtain future financing and
we may be limited operationally.
We may incur additional debt from time to time to finance
acquisitions, capital expenditures or for other purposes if we
comply with the restrictions in our existing credit agreement,
and if the restructuring is consummated, the amended credit
agreement and the ABL agreement.
The debt that we carry may have important consequences to us,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for
working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other
purposes may be impaired or additional financing may not be
available on favorable terms;
|
|
|
|
we must use a portion of our cash flow to pay the principal and
interest on our debt. These payments reduce the funds that would
otherwise be available for our operations and future business
opportunities;
|
|
|
|
a substantial decrease in our net operating cash flows could
make it difficult for us to meet our debt service requirements
and force us to modify our operations; and
|
|
|
|
we may be more vulnerable to a downturn in our business or the
economy generally.
|
If we cannot service our debt, we will be forced to take actions
such as reducing or delaying acquisitions
and/or
capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or
refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We
can give no assurance that we can do any of these things on
satisfactory terms or at all.
Restrictive
covenants in our existing and future credit agreements may
adversely affect us.
We must comply with operating and financing restrictions in our
existing credit agreement and swap agreement. These restrictions
affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
make restricted payments, including dividends or other
distributions;
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
incur liens;
|
|
|
|
make investments, including joint venture investments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
repurchase our debt, including our convertible notes, and our
capital stock; and
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate with or into other companies or sell
substantially all our assets.
|
If the term loan refinancing is consummated on the terms
contemplated in the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L, we will need to comply with
the operating and financing restrictions in such amended credit
agreement in lieu of the restrictions under our existing credit
agreement. We expect that these restrictions will affect and, in
many respects, limit or prohibit our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
incur guarantee obligations;
|
|
|
|
make dividends and other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
|
make investments;
|
|
|
|
dispose of assets;
|
|
|
|
prepay other indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
make acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
engage in mergers;
|
|
|
|
change the nature of our business; and
|
|
|
|
engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
|
We may also have similar restrictions with any future debt.
We are required to make mandatory payments under our existing
credit agreement upon the occurrence of certain events,
including the sale of assets and the issuance of debt or equity
securities, in each case subject to certain limitations and
conditions set forth in our existing credit agreement. Our
existing credit agreement also requires us to achieve specified
financial and operating results and satisfy set financial tests
relating to our leverage, interest coverage and senior debt
ratios. These restrictions could limit our ability to plan for
or react to market conditions or to meet extraordinary capital
needs or otherwise could restrict our activities. In addition,
under certain circumstances and subject to the limitations set
forth in our existing credit agreement, we are required to pay
down our existing term loan to the extent we generate positive
cash flow each fiscal year. These restrictions could also
adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or
capital needs or to engage in other business activities that
would be in our interest.
If the term loan refinancing is consummated on the terms
contemplated in the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L, such amended credit agreement
will have provisions requiring us, subject to certain
limitations and conditions set forth therein, to prepay the term
loans thereunder upon the occurrence of certain events,
including specified sales of assets, certain debt offerings and
certain insurance recovery and condemnation events. In addition,
if the term loan refinancing is consummated on the terms
contemplated in the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L, under certain circumstances
and subject to the limitations set forth therein, we will be
required to pay down the outstanding term loans thereunder
(i) in an amount equal to 50% of annual excess cash flow
(as defined in the form of the amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the matters set
forth on Annex L) for any fiscal year ending on or
after October 31, 2010 and (ii) in an amount equal to
the greater of $10.0 million and 50% of certain 2009 tax
refunds (as defined in the form of amended
47
credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters specified in Annex L) received by the
Company. These restrictions could adversely affect our ability
to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage
in other business activities that would be in our interest.
In addition, if the ABL financing is consummated on the terms
contemplated in the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R, we will need to comply with the operating and
financing restrictions in, and make the mandatory repayments
required by, such ABL agreement in addition to those described
above. We expect that these restrictions will affect and, in
many respects, limit or prohibit our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
guarantee certain obligations;
|
|
|
|
make dividends and other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
create or suffer to exist certain liens;
|
|
|
|
make investments;
|
|
|
|
dispose of assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
|
|
|
|
prepay other indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
modify organizational documents and certain other agreements;
|
|
|
|
create or permit restrictions on dividends or payments from
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
make acquisitions or engage in mergers;
|
|
|
|
change the nature of our business; and
|
|
|
|
engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
|
Our
businesses are seasonal, and our results of operations during
our first two fiscal quarters may be adversely affected by
seasonality.
The metal coil coating, metal components and engineered building
systems businesses, and the construction industry in general,
are seasonal in nature. Sales normally are lower in the first
calendar quarter of each year compared to the other three
quarters because of unfavorable weather conditions for
construction and typical business planning cycles affecting
construction. This seasonality adversely affects our results of
operations for the first two fiscal quarters. Prolonged severe
weather conditions can delay construction projects and otherwise
adversely affect our business.
Price
volatility and supply constraints in the steel market could
prevent us from meeting delivery schedules to our customers or
reduce our profit margins.
Our business is heavily dependent on the price and supply of
steel. The steel industry is highly cyclical in nature, and
steel prices have been volatile in recent years and may remain
volatile in the future. Steel prices are influenced by numerous
factors beyond our control, including general economic
conditions domestically and internationally, the availability of
raw materials, competition, labor costs, freight and
transportation costs, production costs, import duties and other
trade restrictions. Steel prices increased through most of
fiscal 2008 due to cost increases in iron, ore, coke, steel
scrap, ocean freight and transportation costs. However, rapidly
declining demand due to the effects of the credit crisis and
global economic slowdown on the construction, automotive and
industrial markets has resulted in many steel manufacturers
around the world announcing plans to cut production by closing
plants and furloughing union and non-union workers. Steel
suppliers such as U.S. Steel and Arcelor Mittal are among
these manufacturers who have cut production.
We do not have any long-term contracts for the purchase of steel
and normally do not maintain an inventory of steel in excess of
our current production requirements. However, from time to time,
we may purchase steel in
48
advance of announced steel price increases. We can give you no
assurance that steel will remain available or that prices will
not continue to be volatile. While most of our contracts have
escalation clauses that allow us, under certain circumstances,
to pass along all or a portion of increases in the price of
steel after the date of the contract but prior to delivery, we
may, for competitive or other reasons, not be able to pass such
price increases along. If the available supply of steel
declines, we could experience price increases that we are not
able to pass on to our customers, a deterioration of service
from our suppliers or interruptions or delays that may cause us
not to meet delivery schedules to our customers. Any of these
problems could adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
We rely
on a few major suppliers for our supply of steel, which makes us
more vulnerable to supply constraints and pricing pressure, as
well as the financial condition of those suppliers.
We rely on a few major suppliers for our supply of steel and may
be adversely affected by bankruptcy, change in control,
financial condition or other factors affecting those suppliers.
During the first nine months of fiscal 2009, we purchased
approximately 28% of our steel requirements from one vendor. No
other vendor accounted for over 10% of our steel requirements
during the first nine months of fiscal 2009. Due to unfavorable
market conditions and our inventory supply requirements, during
the first nine months of fiscal 2009 we purchased insignificant
amounts of steel from foreign suppliers. Limiting purchases to
domestic suppliers further reduces our available steel supply
base. Therefore, recently announced cutbacks, a prolonged labor
strike against one or more of our principal domestic suppliers,
or financial or other difficulties of a principal supplier that
affects its ability to produce steel, could have a material
adverse effect on our operations. Furthermore, if one or more of
our current suppliers is unable for financial or any other
reason to continue in business or to produce steel sufficient to
meet our requirements, essential supply of our primary raw
materials could be temporarily interrupted and our business
could be adversely affected. However, alternative sources,
including foreign steel, are currently believed to be sufficient
to maintain required deliveries.
We may
recognize additional goodwill or other intangible asset
impairment charges.
As of February 1, 2009, we estimated the market implied
fair value of our goodwill was less than its carrying value by
approximately $508.9 million, which was recorded as a
goodwill impairment charge in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.
This charge was an estimate based on the result of the
preliminary allocation of fair value in the second step of the
goodwill impairment test. However, due to the timing and
complexity of the valuation calculations required under the
second step of the test, we finalized our allocation of the fair
value during the second quarter of fiscal 2009 with regard to
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets in which
their respective values are dependent on property, plant and
equipment.
Based on our Phase III restructuring plan to close certain
of our manufacturing facilities, management determined that
there was an indicator to require us to perform another interim
goodwill impairment test for each of our reporting units that
had goodwill remaining as of May 3, 2009. As a result of
this impairment indicator, we updated the first step of our
goodwill impairment test in the second quarter of fiscal 2009
and determined that our carrying value exceeded our fair value
at most of our reporting units with goodwill remaining in each
of our operating segments, indicating that goodwill was
potentially impaired. As a result, we initiated the second step
of the goodwill impairment test. As of May 3, 2009, we
determined the market implied fair value of our goodwill was
less than its carrying value by approximately
$102.5 million, which has been recorded as a goodwill
impairment charge in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. The
goodwill impairment charge from this triggering event was
finalized in the second quarter of fiscal 2009.
In addition, a future triggering event, such as a decline in our
cash flow projections, may cause additional impairments based on
factors such as our stock price, projected cash flows,
assumptions used, control premiums or other variables. Any
future triggering event, such as declines in our cash flow
projections, may also cause additional intangible asset
impairments.
49
Failure
to retain or replace key personnel could hurt our
operations.
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the efforts,
contributions and abilities of our senior management, plant
managers and other highly skilled personnel, including our sales
executives. These executives and managers have many accumulated
years of experience in our industry and have developed personal
relationships with our customers that are important to our
business. If we do not retain the services of our key personnel
or if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of such
individuals, our customer relationships, results of operations
and financial condition may be adversely affected.
If we are
unable to enforce our intellectual property rights, or if our
intellectual property rights become obsolete, our competitive
position could be adversely affected.
We utilize a variety of intellectual property rights in our
services. We have a number of U.S. patents, pending patent
applications and other proprietary rights, including those
relating to metal roofing systems, metal overhead doors, our
pier and header system, our Long
Bay®
System and our building estimating and design system. We also
have several registered trademarks and pending registrations in
the United States. We view our portfolio of process and design
technologies as one of our competitive strengths. We may not be
able to successfully preserve these intellectual property rights
in the future and these rights could be invalidated,
circumvented or challenged. If we are unable to protect and
maintain our intellectual property rights, or if there are any
successful intellectual property challenges or infringement
proceedings against us, our business and revenue could be
materially and adversely affected.
We incur
costs to comply with environmental laws and have liabilities for
environmental cleanups.
Because we have air emissions, discharge wastewater, own and
operate real property, and handle hazardous substances and solid
waste, we incur costs and liabilities to comply with
environmental laws and regulations and may incur significant
additional costs as those laws and regulations or their
enforcement change in the future or if there is an accidental
release of hazardous substances into the environment. The
operations of our manufacturing facilities are subject to
stringent and complex federal, state and local environmental
laws and regulations. These include, for example, (1) the
federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations
that impose obligations related to air emissions, (2) the
federal RCRA and comparable state laws that impose requirements
for the storage, treatment, handling and disposal of waste from
our facilities and (3) the CERCLA and comparable state laws
that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have
been released at properties currently or previously owned or
operated by us or at locations to which we have sent waste for
disposal. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may
trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal
enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary
penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, personal
injury, property or natural resource damages claims and the
issuance of orders enjoining future operations. For more
information about costs we have incurred for environmental
matters in recent years, see Item 3. Legal
Proceedings and Item 7. Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations in our annual report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended November 2, 2008.
The
industries in which we operate are highly competitive.
We compete with all other alternative methods of building
construction, which may be viewed as more traditional, more
aesthetically pleasing or having other advantages over our
products. In addition, competition in the metal components and
metal buildings markets of the building industry and in the
metal coil coating segment is intense. It is based primarily on:
|
|
|
|
|
quality;
|
|
|
|
service;
|
|
|
|
on-time delivery;
|
|
|
|
ability to provide added value in the design and engineering of
buildings;
|
|
|
|
price;
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
speed of construction in buildings and components; and
|
|
|
|
personal relationships with customers.
|
We compete with a number of other manufacturers of metal
components and engineered building systems and providers of coil
coating services ranging from small local firms to large
national firms. In addition, we and other manufacturers of metal
components and engineered building systems compete with
alternative methods of building construction. If these
alternative building methods compete successfully against us,
such competition could adversely affect us.
In addition, several of our competitors have recently been
acquired by steel producers. Competitors owned by steel
producers may have a competitive advantage on raw materials that
we do not enjoy. Steel producers may prioritize deliveries of
raw materials to such competitors or provide them with more
favorable pricing, both of which could enable them to offer
products to customers at lower prices or accelerated delivery
schedules.
Our
acquisition strategy may be unsuccessful if we incorrectly
predict operating results or are unable to identify and complete
future acquisitions and integrate acquired assets or
businesses.
We have a history of expansion through acquisitions, and we
believe that as our industry continues to consolidate, our
future success will depend, in part, on our ability to complete
acquisitions. Growing through acquisitions and managing that
growth will require us to continue to invest in operational,
financial and management information systems and to attract,
retain, motivate and effectively manage our employees. Pursuing
and integrating acquisitions, including our acquisition of
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation, involves a number of risks,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the risk of incorrect assumptions or estimates regarding the
future results of the acquired business or expected cost
reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a
result of acquiring the business;
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention from existing
operations;
|
|
|
|
unexpected losses of key employees, customers and suppliers of
the acquired business;
|
|
|
|
conforming the financial, technological and management
standards, processes, procedures and controls of the acquired
business with those of our existing operations; and
|
|
|
|
increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our
operations.
|
Although we expect acquisitions to be an integral part of our
future growth, we can provide no assurance that we will be
successful in identifying or completing any acquisitions or that
any businesses or assets that we are able to acquire will be
successfully integrated into our existing business. We cannot
predict the effect, if any, that any announcement or
consummation of an acquisition would have on the trading prices
of our securities.
Our
acquisition strategy subjects us to numerous risks that could
adversely affect our results of operations.
Acquisitions are an essential part of our growth strategy, and
our ability to acquire additional businesses or operations on
favorable terms is important to our long-term growth. Depending
on conditions in the acquisition market, it may be difficult or
impossible for us to identify businesses or operations for
acquisition, or we may not be able to make acquisitions on terms
that we consider economically acceptable. Even if we are able to
identify suitable acquisition opportunities, our acquisition
strategy depends upon, among other things, our ability to obtain
financing and, in some cases, regulatory approvals, including
under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder, which we refer to as the
HSR Act.
Our incurrence of additional debt, contingent liabilities and
expenses in connection with our acquisition of
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation, or in connection with any
future acquisitions, could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our
financial position and results of operations may fluctuate
significantly from period to period based on whether significant
acquisitions are completed in particular periods. Competition
for acquisitions is intense and may increase the cost of, or
cause us to refrain from, completing acquisitions.
51
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus/disclosure statement contains
forward-looking statements. Any statements about our
expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions, future
events or performance are not historical facts and may be
forward-looking. These statements are often, but not always,
made through the use of words or phrases such as
anticipate, estimate, plans,
projects, continuing,
ongoing, expects, management
believes, we believe, we intend
and similar words or phrases. Accordingly, these statements
involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed
in them. Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of
several factors more fully described under the caption
Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus/disclosure statement, including the exhibits hereto.
All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of
future results and there can be no assurance that actual results
will not differ materially from expectations, and, therefore,
you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such
statements. Any forward-looking statements are qualified in
their entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout
this prospectus/disclosure statement. Further, any
forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it
is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any
forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances
after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
Forward-looking statements regarding future events and our
future performance, including the expected completion and timing
of the restructuring and other information relating thereto,
involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results
to differ materially. These risks and uncertainties include,
without limitation, the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
industry cyclicality and seasonality and adverse weather
conditions;
|
|
|
|
ability to service or refinance our debt;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in customer demand and other patterns;
|
|
|
|
raw material pricing and supply;
|
|
|
|
competitive activity and pricing pressure;
|
|
|
|
the ability to make strategic acquisitions accretive to earnings;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions affecting the construction industry;
|
|
|
|
the current financial crisis and U.S. recession;
|
|
|
|
changes in laws or regulations;
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain, on reasonable terms, if at all, the
financing we will need in the future to meet our debt maturities
and debt service obligations and to execute our business
strategies;
|
|
|
|
the volatility of our stock price and the potential risk of
delisting from the NYSE;
|
|
|
|
the potential dilution associated with future equity or
equity-linked financings that we may undertake to raise
additional capital and the risk that the equity pricing may not
be favorable to us;
|
|
|
|
our ability to comply with the financial tests and covenants in
our existing and future debt obligations;
|
|
|
|
the significant demands on our liquidity while current economic
and credit conditions are severely affecting our operations,
including the potential for acceleration on our outstanding
indebtedness and our potential obligation to repurchase
convertible notes upon consummation of the CD&R investment
and on November 15, 2009 if this exchange offer is not
fully subscribed and we do not have sufficient cash to satisfy
the obligation of the remaining amount of convertible notes
outstanding and of our other outstanding indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction of the conditions to consummate the
recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, the prepackaged
plan;
|
|
|
|
the impact of the prepackaged plan on our operations,
credibility and valued relationships;
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
the uncertainty surrounding the restructuring, including our
ability to retain employees, customers and vendors;
|
|
|
|
the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that
could give rise to the termination of the investment agreement;
|
|
|
|
the failure of the CD&R investment to close for any other
reason;
|
|
|
|
the failure of the Company to enter into or consummate the term
loan refinancing
and/or the
ABL financing for any reason;
|
|
|
|
the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to
the restructuring; and
|
|
|
|
other risks detailed in the section titled Risk
Factors and other factors and matters contained or
incorporated in this prospectus/disclosure statement.
|
Although our management believes that the expectations reflected
in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot
guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements. Undue reliance should not be placed on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of
this prospectus/disclosure statement. We undertake no obligation
to publicly release the results of any revisions to these
forward-looking statements that may arise from changing
circumstances or unanticipated events, except as otherwise
required by law.
53
RECENT
DEVELOPMENTS
As widely reported, worldwide financial markets began
experiencing extreme disruptions in the second half of 2007,
including, among other things, extreme volatility in security
prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability,
rating downgrades of certain investments and declining
valuations of others. In addition, during the same period, the
U.S. economy has been contracting, as evidenced by reduced
demand for a range of goods and services and a declining gross
domestic product. These economic developments affect our
business in a number of ways. The overall decline in economic
conditions has reduced demand for our products. In addition, the
tightening of credit in financial markets adversely affects the
ability of our customers to obtain financing for construction
projects. These factors have resulted in a decrease in, or
cancellation of, orders for our products and have also affected
the ability of our customers to make payments. The uncertainty
surrounding future economic activity levels and diminished
credit availability along with steel price volatility have
resulted in significantly decreased activity levels for our
business.
During the first nine months of fiscal 2009, our sales volumes
were significantly below expectations, primarily in the
engineered buildings and components segments. When we began
fiscal 2009, McGraw-Hill predicted a 12% decline in
nonresidential construction in 2009. Subsequently, McGraw-Hill
revised its forecast further downward and, as of July 2009, was
predicting a 35% decline in nonresidential construction activity
in 2009. McGraw-Hill reported a 48% decline in the period from
January 2009 through July 2009 of nonresidential square footage
compared to the same prior year period and approximately a 62%
decline from January 2009 through July 2009 of nonresidential
construction square footage in our commercial and industrial
sectors compared to the same prior year period. McGraw-Hill also
reported a 41.8% reduction in low-rise nonresidential (five
stories or less) square-footage starts during the first nine
months of fiscal 2009 compared with the same period in fiscal
2008.
54
THE
RESTRUCTURING
Overview
We are proposing the restructuring to address the Companys
immediate need for liquidity in light of a potentially imminent
default under, and acceleration of, our existing credit
facility, which may occur as early as November 6, 2009
(which may, in turn, also lead to the acceleration of our other
indebtedness, including under the convertible notes indenture),
and the high likelihood that we will be required to repurchase
the convertible notes on November 15, 2009, the first
scheduled mandatory repurchase date under the convertible notes
indenture.
The restructuring consists of four related transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
the CD&R investment, which involves a $250.0 million
investment by the CD&R Fund in the form of a private
placement to the CD&R Fund of 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
Investment);
|
|
|
|
a retirement of all of the convertible notes (see The
RestructuringRetirement of the Convertible Notes);
|
|
|
|
the term loan refinancing, which involves the refinancing of our
existing credit facility under which we will repay approximately
$143.3 million of the $293.3 million in principal
amount of term loans outstanding under our existing credit
facility and enter into an amendment to our existing credit
agreement providing for a modification of the terms and maturity
of the $150.0 million balance (see The
Restructuring Description of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan Refinancing); and
|
|
|
|
the ABL financing, which involves our entry into an ABL
agreement for a $125.0 million asset-based loan facility
(see The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe ABL Financing).
|
Each of the transactions comprising the restructuring may be
accomplished through either the
out-of-court
recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, the in-court
prepackaged plan. If the restructuring is being accomplished
through the recapitalization plan, the retirement of the
convertible notes tendered in the exchange offer would be
accomplished through this exchange offer and the refinancing of
our existing credit facility would be accomplished through an
amendment to our existing credit agreement. In the alternative,
if the restructuring is being accomplished through the
prepackaged plan, the retirement of the convertible notes as
well as the refinancing of our existing credit facility would be
accomplished through the prepackaged plan.
The closing of the exchange offer is conditioned on the
satisfaction or, with the consent of the CD&R Fund, waiver
of the minimum tender condition, which requires that at least
95% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding convertible
notes are validly tendered and not withdrawn in this exchange
offer. If the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, we intend, but are not required, to
retire any remaining convertible notes outstanding after the
consummation of this exchange offer by exercising our redemption
right under the convertible notes indenture on or after
November 20, 2009; if we do not so exercise our redemption
right, such remaining convertible notes will otherwise be
retired pursuant to the terms of the convertible notes indenture.
For a more detailed description of this exchange offer, see
The Exchange Offer.
The restructuring, if successful, will increase the
Companys capital and liquidity levels and reduce the
amount of its outstanding debt. Specifically, upon the
completion of the restructuring, we will reduce our outstanding
indebtedness by (1) using the proceeds from the CD&R
investment to retire the convertible notes by either funding the
aggregate cash consideration in this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, by paying holders of convertible notes pursuant to
the prepackaged plan and (2) using the proceeds from the
CD&R investment and a portion of the Companys
existing cash on hand to repay approximately $143.3 million
in principal amount of term loans under our existing credit
facility.
We expect our indebtedness to be reduced from approximately
$473.7 million as of August 2, 2009 to approximately
$150.4 million at the closing of the restructuring,
consisting of $150.0 million in principal amount of term
loans under the amended credit agreement and $0.4 million
of our industrial revenue bond. See Capitalization.
The ABL financing contemplated by the restructuring would
provide us with up to $125.0 million in liquidity subject
to availability under a borrowing base for working capital
purposes and future expansion. Based on discussions with
prospective lenders under the ABL agreement, we expect that
because of borrowing base constraints, initial availability
under the ABL agreement would be substantially less than the
$125.0 million
55
commitment, and may be as low as $45.0 million. We have
been in discussions with prospective lenders regarding the terms
of the ABL agreement to give effect to the ABL financing and the
Company has finalized with such prospective lenders the form of
ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R and confirmed
participation for the full availability under such ABL
financing. While the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R has been agreed to in principle with such
prospective lenders, and the Company has been informed that the
prospective lenders have indicated their willingness to enter in
to the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R in
connection with the consummation of the CD&R investment, no
loan commitment letter from any such prospective lender has been
received by the Company.
Assuming we are able to complete the restructuring, we expect
that, for the foreseeable future, cash generated from
operations, together with the proceeds of the ABL financing,
will be sufficient to allow us to fund our operations, to
increase working capital as necessary to support our strategy
and to fund planned capital expenditures and expansions
(including approximately $5.0 million expected, for the
remainder of fiscal 2009).
In the event that we cannot effect the restructuring either
through the recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan
because the conditions to the recapitalization plan or the
prepackaged plan have not been satisfied or waived, we will face
an immediate liquidity crisis. Absent the consummation of the
restructuring, we do not expect, and we cannot assure you, that
we will have, or have access to, sufficient liquidity to meet
our debt repayment/repurchase obligations, including any
potential acceleration of our existing term loan indebtedness
and our obligation to repurchase the convertible notes at the
option of the holders thereof on November 15, 2009, the
next scheduled repurchase date. Due to our non-compliance with
the required leverage, senior leverage and interest coverage
ratios in our existing credit agreement, our outstanding
indebtedness of approximately $293.3 million thereunder may
be declared immediately due and payable as early as
November 6, 2009, the date of expiration of the current
waiver from the lenders under our existing credit agreement. In
the event that we do not repay such borrowings upon
acceleration, the lenders under our existing credit agreement
could exercise their remedies as secured creditors with respect
to the collateral securing such borrowings. A failure to pay or
refinance such borrowings will also result in a default under
the convertible notes indenture, which could also then be
declared immediately due and payable, and under our swap
agreement, which could then be terminated by the counterparty
thereto. If all such indebtedness, which totaled approximately
$473.7 million as of August 2, 2009, and such amounts
payable pursuant to the termination of the swap agreement were
to become due and payable on November 6, 2009, it would
result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
operations and debt service capabilities. As of August 2,
2009, excluding restricted cash, we had a current cash balance
of approximately $105.4 million to address our liquidity
needs. For a description of our non-compliance with the
financial ratio covenants under our existing credit agreement,
see our quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended August 2, 2009, our current reports
on
Form 8-K
filed on May 21, 2009, July 15, 2009 and
August 27, 2009 and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference.
In the event that we experience a liquidity crisis as described
above, it could likely result in us filing for bankruptcy
protection on terms other than as contemplated by the
prepackaged plan. If we commence such a bankruptcy filing,
holders of convertible notes may receive consideration that is
substantially less than what is being offered under the
restructuring.
Background
to the Restructuring
In 2004, the Company entered into its existing senior secured
credit facility and issued the convertible notes. The existing
senior secured credit facility was initially comprised of a
$125 million revolving credit facility and a
$400 million term loan due on June 18, 2010. The
revolving credit facility expired in June of 2009 and
approximately $293.3 million of the term loans remain
outstanding. The convertible notes mature in November 2024, but,
on certain specified dates, the first of which is
November 15, 2009, holders of convertible notes may, at
their option, require the Company to purchase all or a portion
of their convertible notes at a repurchase price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of such convertible notes, plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon. The convertible notes are
convertible into 24.9121 shares of common stock per $1,000
principal amount of the convertible notes (which equates to a
conversion price of approximately $40.14 per share), but, in
lieu of issuing all of such shares upon conversion, the Company
is required to pay, in respect of a portion of such shares, cash
up to the principal amount of the convertible notes and to issue
shares of common stock in respect of the remaining value of the
convertible notes that are so converted.
56
Until the middle of 2008, in light of the trading range of the
common stock (which was generally at or above the conversion
price for the convertible notes), the Companys results of
operations and cash flow, and the general robustness of the
credit markets, the Company believed that:
|
|
|
|
|
it was not likely that holders of convertible notes would
exercise their rights to require the Company to repurchase their
convertible notes in November 2009 instead of converting their
convertible notes into common stock;
|
|
|
|
the Company could refinance the convertible notes on
commercially acceptable terms in the event that such holders
were to exercise their rights; and
|
|
|
|
it was not likely that the Company would have difficulty
obtaining a new credit facility or an extension of the existing
credit facility on commercially acceptable terms at the
expiration of the existing credit facility.
|
In March 2008, in light of the nearing maturities of the
existing credit facility, the Company began to explore
alternatives for refinancing its existing credit facility.
In the second half of 2008, the Companys business began to
be severely negatively affected by the domestic and global
recession and, in particular, by the dramatic reduction in new
non-residential construction in the United States. In
addition, financial turmoil affecting the banking system and
financial markets resulted in severe tightening in the credit
markets, and the Companys stock price declined
dramatically, from approximately $40 per share in early August
2008, to as low as approximately $15 per share in mid-October
2008. In late August to early September 2008, in light of these
events and the increasing likelihood that holders of convertible
notes would elect to exercise their rights to require the
Company to repurchase their convertible notes at the earliest
scheduled repurchase date (November 15, 2009), management
began to explore the Companys alternatives for refinancing
the convertible notes and continued to explore alternatives for
refinancing its existing credit facility.
In late 2008, the Company retained J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc. to assist the Company in discussions with our key
relationship banks and to explore a comprehensive range of
potential alternatives to strengthen the Companys balance
sheet and enhance our long-term financial and competitive
position, including but not limited to capital raises and
strategic investments. Around this time, we also began to engage
in discussions with a number of private equity investors about a
potential investment in the Company.
In late November 2008, a representative of CD&R contacted
the Company about a potential transaction involving the Company
and a private investment fund managed by CD&R, and in
December 2008, CD&R and the Company entered into a
customary confidentiality agreement with respect to such
potential transaction. In January 2009, representatives of
CD&R met with representatives of the Companys senior
management team. At this meeting, Company representatives
conducted a management presentation in which they described the
Companys operations and business.
From early February 2009 through early March 2009, the Company
and CD&R negotiated the terms of a potential significant,
minority investment in the Company of $200 million, and
CD&R and its representatives and advisors engaged in a due
diligence investigation of the Companys business. During
this period, the global financial crisis continued and the
economic outlook for the non-residential construction industry
in general, and for the Company specifically, continued to
deteriorate, and the Companys share price fell
precipitously, to below $4 per share. On March 10, 2009,
the Company issued its earnings release for its fiscal quarter
ended January 31, 2009, in which it reported, among other
things, that the effects of worsening economic conditions
on our end markets and the rapid decline in steel prices caused
tonnage volume shipped in the first quarter to decline 45%
sequentially and 40% year-over-year, and that as a result
of substantially lower utilization rates and high
inventory costs, the Company reported an operating loss
for the period that was significantly increased by non-cash
impairment charges. By March 2009, as a result of the
worsening conditions in the capital markets, the downturn in the
Companys end markets and the effect of these developments
on the operating performance of and business forecast plan for
the Company, the terms of the potential investment then under
discussion between CD&R and the Company were no longer
sufficient to address the Companys capital structure
needs. In March 2009, CD&R indicated to the Company that it
maintained its interest in a potential transaction involving the
Company and that it would work with the Company and its
representatives to revise such terms for a potential transaction
that would provide a more comprehensive solution to the
Companys capital needs.
In early March 2009, the Company engaged Greenhill &
Co., LLC as an additional financial advisor.
57
In early April 2009, CD&R outlined to management the
revised terms of a potential investment in the Company that
would provide a more comprehensive solution to the
Companys capital needs. The revised terms increased the
amount of CD&Rs potential investment in the Company
from $200 million to $250.0 million and provided for a
transaction in which a private investment fund managed by
CD&R would purchase from the Company $250.0 million of
preferred stock that would be convertible into 80% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company on a fully diluted
basis. In addition, in connection with the transaction, the
private investment fund managed by CD&R would have the
ability to appoint a majority of the directors of the Company
and obtain other rights customarily afforded to controlling
stockholders. The revised terms also indicated that the
potential investment in the Company would be contingent upon the
satisfaction of certain conditions aimed at addressing the
Companys leverage and liquidity, including that
(1) the Company would pay down a significant portion of the
outstanding term loans and seek agreement of the lenders under
its existing credit agreement to extend the maturity of the
remaining term loans on amended terms, (2) the Company
would restructure, retire or otherwise satisfy its expected
redemption obligations under the convertible notes without using
cash in excess of needed operating liquidity and (3) the
Company would have sufficient liquidity, after taking into
account the satisfaction of the Companys obligations with
respect to the convertible notes, in the form of cash on the
balance sheet and a committed revolver with a term commensurate
with the extended remaining term loans to support the
Companys business operations. CD&R indicated that a
potential investment on these terms was subject to satisfactory
completion of CD&Rs on-going due diligence
investigation and other customary conditions.
From mid-March through May 2009, JP Morgan contacted
approximately six industry participants and approximately 15
financial investors and private equity firms to gauge their
interest in a potential investment in, or acquisition or
recapitalization of, the Company. Only a few of these contacted
firms were willing to execute a confidentiality agreement and
begin discussions, and ultimately none expressed any interest in
pursuing a transaction other than restructuring transactions at
valuation levels that implied no recovery for holders of common
stock and substantial impairment for holders of convertible
notes. In particular, the Company received no indications of
interest competitive with the value and commitment to completion
offered by CD&R.
By late April 2009, CD&R and the Company, although not yet
agreeing to the final terms of the transaction, had agreed on a
basis for continuing discussions regarding a CD&R
investment transaction, including that:
|
|
|
|
|
the Company would offer to pay down approximately
$143.0 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit facility and seek
agreement of the term loan lenders to extend the maturity of the
remaining $150.0 million for a period of five years on
amended terms;
|
|
|
|
the Company would seek the agreement of a group of lenders to
commit to a new asset-backed revolving credit facility, in the
amount of at least $125.0 million;
|
|
|
|
the Company would launch an exchange offer to acquire
substantially all of the convertible notes in exchange for a
combination of cash and equity consideration; and
|
|
|
|
if the foregoing steps and transactions could be accomplished,
at the concurrent closings of such transactions, CD&R would
purchase from the Company $250.0 million of preferred
stock, which would be convertible into 75% of the outstanding
common stock on a fully diluted basis, but before giving effect
to dilution in respect of any common stock required to be issued
in such exchange offer to holders of convertible notes.
|
Accordingly, in May and June 2009, the Company and its
representatives together with CD&R and its representatives
engaged in discussions with the agent banks and one other lead
financial institution under the Companys existing credit
agreement and revolving credit facility (which were bound by
confidentiality obligations to the Company and were able to
receive material non-public information about the Company).
During May 2009, in light of the dramatic decline during the
first two fiscal quarters ended April 30, 2009 of the
Companys results of operations, including its Adjusted
EBITDA (a financial measure used and defined in the existing
credit agreement), due to the continuing recession and economic
crisis, the Companys management became concerned that the
Company would fall out of compliance with several financial
covenants under the existing credit agreement, which failure
would result in a default that would allow the lenders to
accelerate and demand immediate repayment of the entire
outstanding term loans. If the Company were unable to make the
58
required repayment, it would also be in default under the
convertible notes indenture, which could then be declared
immediately due and payable. In order to obtain additional time
to complete a transaction with CD&R or an alternative
refinancing or restructuring, on May 20, 2009, the Company
obtained a waiver from its lenders, including waiver of its
financial maintenance covenants and restrictions on the
Companys ability to enter into an agreement for a
substantial investment in the Company. The waiver was effective
through July 15, 2009, with an automatic extension to
September 15, 2009, upon the signing of a definitive
agreement for an investment. In the press release announcing
that the Company obtained the waiver from its lenders, the
Company also announced that it had made significant
progress with a leading private equity firm with regard to a
substantial investment in the Company, and that it was
in advanced stages of negotiations with that private
equity firm. At the time of the press release, although
CD&R continued to indicate a high level of commitment to
completing a transaction with the Company, CD&R indicated
that it was unwilling to allow its name to be associated with a
transaction until definitive documentation was executed, and,
given the conditions to a transaction set forth in
CD&Rs revised proposal with respect to the
Companys leverage and liquidity, CD&R indicated that
it was not prepared to execute definitive documentation until
more progress was made with respect to the proposed refinancing.
On June 15, 2009, without yet reaching an agreement with
the lenders under the Companys existing credit agreement,
the Companys revolving credit facility matured, leaving
the Company with cash on hand as its only source to address its
liquidity needs.
In June 2009, senior management and an industry participant,
which we refer to as the Industry Participant, spoke regarding
the Industry Participants potential interest in acquiring
the Company. The Industry Participant had not shown interest
when originally contacted by JP Morgan in the spring of 2009,
but the Industry Participant explained that, due to improvements
in its own business in the intervening two months, it had
determined to reconsider a possible acquisition of the Company.
In early and mid-July 2009, the Companys senior
management, together with Greenhill, met twice in person with
senior management of the Industry Participant and its financial
advisor, and throughout July 2009, the Industry Participant
engaged in due diligence of the Company while it continued to
evaluate whether to proceed to make an acquisition proposal for
the Company.
During June 2009, negotiations continued with CD&R
with respect to the final terms of the CD&R investment in
the Company, and negotiations continued between the Company and
its representatives, on the one hand, and a group of the
Companys lenders, on the other hand, with respect to the
terms of the amendment and extension to the Companys
existing credit agreement that would be a condition to a
CD&R investment. In addition, during this period, the
Company and its representatives, together with CD&R and its
representatives, began negotiations with certain of the
Companys lenders with respect to a new asset-backed
revolving credit facility that would be a condition to a
CD&R investment. In mid-July 2009, in order to obtain
additional time to complete these negotiations and discussions,
the Company obtained an extension of the credit agreement
waiver, which had originally been set to expire on July 15,
2009, so that it would expire on August 14, 2009, which
date would automatically extend to September 15, 2009 upon
the signing of a definitive agreement for an investment.
Throughout July and the first half of August 2009, negotiations
continued between the Company and CD&R with respect to the
investment, and between the Company and the Industry Participant
with respect to a potential acquisition of the Company. In
addition, during this period, (a) the Company and its
representatives, together with CD&R and its
representatives, continued negotiations with certain of the
Companys lenders with respect to the terms of a potential
new asset-backed revolving credit facility and
(b) CD&R and its representatives joined the Company
and its representatives to continue discussions with certain of
the Companys lenders with respect to the terms of a
potential amendment of the Companys existing credit
agreement to amend and extend a portion of the term loans
outstanding thereunder. During this time, CD&R and the
Company discussed that, if the consent of 100% of the lenders
under the Companys existing credit agreement could not be
obtained or if the holders of substantially all of the
convertible notes opted not to tender their convertible notes in
an exchange offer for a combination of cash and Company common
stock, then both the Company and CD&R would be willing to
effect the CD&R investment and the restructuring of the
Companys balance sheet through a prepackaged plan of
reorganization. A prepackaged plan of reorganization would
require acceptance by a smaller percentage of the lenders under
our existing credit facility and holders of convertible notes,
thereby increasing the likelihood that the CD&R investment
and the restructuring of the Companys balance sheet could
be achieved (see SummaryThe Prepackaged Plan).
59
On August 12, 2009, the Industry Participant informed the
Company that it and its board of directors had determined not to
make a proposal to acquire the Company. From August 12 through
August 14, 2009, the Company and CD&R completed
negotiation and documentation of the CD&R investment.
During the evening of August 13, 2009, the Companys
board of directors met to consider the proposed investment and
related transactions. The Companys board of directors had
met in person and by telephone on numerous occasions over the
previous weeks and months, including an in-person meeting on
August 10, 2009, and had received numerous presentations
from management regarding the Companys business,
operations and prospects, and from management JP Morgan and
Greenhill regarding the Companys search for a strategic,
financial or restructuring solution to the Companys
impending debt repayment obligations under the existing credit
facility and the convertible notes, regarding the negotiations
with and terms of the proposed transaction with CD&R and
regarding possible outcomes and recovery scenarios to creditors
and stockholders in the event the Company were to file for
bankruptcy protection on terms other than as contemplated by the
prepackaged plan. Among other things, the directors considered
(1) the absence of interest from any third parties other
than the Industry Participant, which had withdrawn its interest,
(2) the potentially imminent default under, and
acceleration of, the Companys existing credit facility
(which default, in turn, could lead to the potential
acceleration of the Companys other indebtedness, including
under the convertible notes indenture), and that such default
could have occurred as early as August 15, 2009 (the
expiration date of the waiver then in effect, which waiver was
subsequently extended to November 6, 2009), and
(3) the high likelihood that the Company would be required
to repurchase the convertible notes on November 15, 2009.
At the August 13, 2009 board meeting, Greenhill delivered
its opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that, as of such
date, and based on and subject to, among other things, the
limitations and assumptions set forth in the opinion, the
consideration to be received by the Company pursuant to the
proposed CD&R investment is fair, from a financial point of
view, to the Company (which opinion was subsequently superseded
by an updated opinion delivered to the Companys board of
directors on August 31, 2009 and described below). See
The RestructuringOpinion of Greenhill Relating to
the CD&R Investment.
Based on the presentations and discussions at the
August 13, 2009 meeting and at prior meetings, the
Companys board of directors believed that, in the absence
of a CD&R transaction, the Company would likely be forced
to file for bankruptcy protection on terms other than as
contemplated by the prepackaged plan, that such a bankruptcy
filing would materially adversely affect the Companys
business and destroy value (see Risk FactorsRisks
Relating to NOT Accepting the Exchange Offer or Rejecting the
Prepackaged Plan), that the CD&R transaction would
result in the Companys receipt of $250.0 million of
additional capital and would create significant value for the
Company, its creditors and shareholders, and that the CD&R
transaction would create significantly greater value than would
be created in a bankruptcy case with respect to a filing on
terms other than as contemplated by the prepackaged plan or
would likely be created in a restructuring in which either no
new outside capital would be provided, or in which existing
creditors would be required to contribute new capital. Following
further discussion, the Companys board of directors
unanimously approved the original investment agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby. During the evening of
August 13, 2009, the Company, CD&R and their
respective outside legal counsels finalized the original
investment agreement, and in the early morning of
August 14, 2009, the parties executed the original
investment agreement and announced the transaction (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
Investment), including the Companys intention to
commence an exchange offer to acquire the convertible notes in
exchange for $500 in cash and 125 shares of Common Stock
for each $1,000 in principal amount of convertible notes
tendered and not withdrawn. On a pro forma basis, after taking
into account the common stock that would be issued to holders of
convertible notes under the terms of the proposed exchange
offer, the CD&R Funds ownership of the Company would
be approximately 71.5% while holders of convertible notes would
receive, in the aggregate, shares of common stock representing
approximately 15.0% of the Company.
On August 21, 2009, the Company obtained another extension,
dated as of August 20, 2009, of the credit agreement waiver
to November 6, 2009, pursuant to which, in addition to
waiving certain of the Companys financial covenants, the
term loan lenders waived any default or event of default
resulting from the companys execution of the original
investment agreement
and/or
arising from the issuance of the Series B convertible
preferred stock.
60
After the announcement of the execution of the original
investment agreement, the Company began negotiations with
representatives of a group of existing holders of convertible
notes to increase the proposed consideration in the exchange
offer.
As a result of these negotiations, on August 26, 2009, the
Company and the group of holders of convertible notes reached
consensus on possible amended exchange offer terms provided that
holders of convertible notes representing more than two-thirds
of the outstanding convertible notes would execute a
lock-up and
voting agreement committing such noteholders to tender their
convertible notes in the amended exchange offer. Such possible
amended terms contemplated that the CD&R Fund would
continue to invest $250.0 million in the Company but its
pro forma ownership of the Company would be approximately 68.5%,
and holders of convertible notes would receive $500 cash and
390 shares of common stock for each $1,000 principal amount
of convertible notes tendered in such proposed exchange offer,
representing, in the aggregate, approximately 24.5% of the
ownership of the Company on a pro forma basis. During the period
of negotiations with the noteholder group, the Company also
engaged in negotiations with the CD&R Fund regarding the
amendments to the investment agreement that would be
necessitated by the terms under negotiation with the noteholder
group. CD&R indicated a willingness to proceed on the basis
of the terms negotiated by the Company with the noteholder
group. On August 27, 2009, the Company issued a press
release announcing its entry into negotiations with the
CD&R Fund and the group of noteholders on the basis of such
possible amended terms. On August 28, 2009, the Company
and the CD&R Fund executed an amendment to the investment
agreement to extend the date by which the Company would be
obligated to commence the exchange offer. Negotiations continued
from August 25, 2009 to August 30, 2009.
On the evening of August 31, 2009, the Companys board
of directors met to consider the proposed amended terms. Among
other things, the directors weighed the costs and benefits of
the increased certainty of success of the restructuring that a
lock-up and
voting agreement would provide against the reduced ownership of
the Company by the current stockholders on a pro forma basis. At
the August 31, 2009 board meeting, Greenhill delivered a
revised opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that, as of
such date, and based on and subject to, among other things, the
limitations and assumptions set forth in the opinion, the
consideration to be received by the Company pursuant to the
revised proposed CD&R investment is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the Company. This opinion superseded the
opinion of Greenhill previously delivered to the Companys
board of directors on August 13, 2009.
Following discussions, the Companys board of directors
unanimously approved the amended terms contemplated by amendment
no. 2 to the investment agreement (see Annex D). In
addition, the Audit Committee met and redetermined that the
delay necessary in securing stockholder approval prior to the
issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock and of
the common stock pursuant to the exchange offer would seriously
jeopardize the financial viability of the Company and approved
the reliance by the Company on the exception to the NYSEs
Shareholder Approval Policy contained in Paragraph 312.05
of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. The Audit Committee had
previously determined the same in connection with the execution
of the original investment agreement.
On August 31, 2009, (1) the Company and the CD&R Fund
executed amendment no. 2 to the investment agreement which,
among other things, amended the terms of the exchange offer
contemplated by the original investment agreement to provide
that holders of convertible notes would receive $500 cash and
390 shares of common stock for each $1,000 principal amount of
convertible notes tendered in the exchange offer, and (2)
concurrently with such execution, the Company and a group of
noteholders representing more than 75% of the outstanding
convertible notes executed the
lock-up and
voting agreement, dated August 21, 2009. Certain of the
members of the group of noteholders also hold term loans and
other obligations under our existing credit agreement and agreed
to support the term loan refinancing as part of such
lock-up
agreement. Subsequent to the execution of such
lock-up
agreement, additional holders of notes became party to such
lock-up
agreement, increasing the aggregate amount of convertible notes
subject thereto to 79% of the outstanding convertible notes.
After the launch of this exchange offer, the Company began
negotiations with representatives of a group of holders of
obligations under our existing credit agreement to amend the
terms of the proposed term loan refinancing. As a result of
these negotiations, on October 8, 2009, (1) the
Company and the CD&R Fund executed amendment no. 3 to
the investment agreement (see Annex E) which, among
other things, amended certain provisions to the
61
investment agreement to reflect the CD&R Funds and
the Companys agreement that, pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the investment agreement, the execution of the
form of amended credit agreement attached as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth in Annex L (prior to
giving effect to the term amended by amendment no. 4 to the
investment agreement described below) is deemed to satisfy the
related condition to the CD&R investment,
(2) concurrently with such execution, the Company and a
group of lenders executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) (see The
Restructuring The
Lock-Up
Agreements
Lock-Up
Agreement (dated October 8, 2009)) and (3) the
Company and holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement attached as Annex N executed an amendment to such
lock-up
agreement (see Annex O) to take into account the
matters set forth on Annex L (prior to giving effect to the
term amended by amendment no. 4 to the investment agreement
described below).
After the execution of amendment no. 3 to the investment
agreement and the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), the Company continued
negotiations with representatives of holders of obligations
under our existing credit agreement in order to obtain the
consent of all holders of such obligations for the term loan
refinancing. As a result of such negotiations, on
October 16, 2009, the Company and the CD&R Fund
executed amendment no. 4 to the investment agreement (see
Annex F) which amends the form of the credit agreement
attached as Annex K after giving effect to matters set
forth on Annex L such that the maturity date of the term
loans under the new credit agreement, which previously was the
fifth anniversary of the closing of the CD&R investment,
would, if the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, be four years and six months from the
closing date.
After the announcement of the execution of the original
investment agreement, the Company and its representatives,
together with CD&R and its representatives, continued
negotiations with certain of the Companys lenders with
respect to the terms of the proposed ABL financing. As a result
of these negotiations, the form of ABL agreement attached hereto
as Annex R has been agreed to in principle with such
prospective lenders to effect the proposed ABL financing, and
the prospective lenders have indicated their willingness to
enter into the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R; however, no loan commitment letter from any such
prospective lender has been received by the Company.
Reasons
for the Restructuring
The Company is pursuing the restructuring in order to address
its imminent debt repayment and repurchase obligations. We are
currently facing a potentially imminent default under, and
acceleration of, our existing credit facility, which may occur
as early as November 6, 2009 (which may, in turn, also lead
to a default under, and acceleration of, our other indebtedness,
including under the convertible notes indenture). In addition,
there is a high likelihood that we will be required to
repurchase the convertible notes on November 15, 2009, the
first scheduled mandatory repurchase date under the convertible
notes indenture. In short, we may be required to repay or
repurchase $473.7 million of our outstanding indebtedness
by the middle of November. As of August 2, 2009, the
Company had only approximately $105.4 million of
unrestricted cash with which to satisfy these obligations, and
no realistic ability to obtain the necessary additional funds in
the capital markets.
We expect that the restructuring, if successful, will increase
the Companys capital and liquidity levels and reduce the
amount of our outstanding debt. Specifically, upon the
completion of the restructuring, we expect that our indebtedness
would be reduced from approximately $473.7 million as of
August 2, 2009 to approximately $150.4 million at the
closing of the restructuring (consisting of $150.0 million
in principal amount of term loans under the amended credit
agreement and $0.4 million of our industrial revenue bond).
In addition, the ABL financing contemplated by the restructuring
will provide us with liquidity in the range of
$45.0 million to $125.0 million (based upon our
borrowing base from time to time), for working capital purposes
and future expansion.
Assuming we are able to complete the restructuring, we expect
that, for the foreseeable future, cash generated from
operations, together with the proceeds of the ABL financing,
will be sufficient to allow us to service our debt, fund our
operations, increase working capital as necessary to support our
strategy and to fund planned capital expenditures and expansions
(including approximately $5 million expected for the
remainder of fiscal 2009).
62
If we do not complete the restructuring either through the
recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, we will face an
immediate liquidity crisis. If we do not complete the
restructuring, we do not expect, and we cannot assure you, that
we will have, or have access to, sufficient liquidity
(1) to meet our debt repayment/repurchase obligations,
including any potential acceleration of our existing credit
facility, which may occur as early as November 6, 2009
(which may, in turn, also lead to a default under, and
acceleration of, our other indebtedness, including under the
convertible notes indentures) and (2) to meet our
obligation to repurchase the convertible notes at the option of
the holders thereof on November 15, 2009, the next
scheduled repurchase date.
In such event, we will have an immediate need to pursue other
alternatives to manage our liquidity needs, including
potentially filing for bankruptcy protection on terms other than
as contemplated by the prepackaged plan. Based upon our efforts
to identify alternatives to the restructuring described above
under The RestructuringBackground to the
Restructuring, we do not expect, and there can be no
assurance, that any alternative to such bankruptcy filing would
be found.
We believe that a bankruptcy (other than the prepackaged plan)
could result in recoveries to the companies creditors and equity
holders substantially below those expected to result from the
restructuring or prepackaged plan, and could materially
adversely affect our business and prospects.
We therefore determined to pursue this restructuring because we
believed that it was superior to any existing alternative.
Opinion
of Greenhill Relating to the CD&R Investment
On August 31, 2009, Greenhill rendered its oral opinion,
which was subsequently confirmed in writing, to our board of
directors and which addressed, subject to the limitations and
assumptions set forth in the opinion, only the fairness, from a
financial point of view, to the Company of the consideration to
be paid by the CD&R Fund for the Series B convertible
preferred stock pursuant to the investment agreement.
GREENHILLS OPINION AND ANALYSIS DO NOT ADDRESS ANY
OTHER ASPECT OF THE RESTRUCTURING, INCLUDING THE FAIRNESS OF
THIS EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE CONSIDERATION TO BE PAID TO THE
HOLDERS OF CONVERTIBLE NOTES PURSUANT TO THIS EXCHANGE
OFFER, AND DO NOT CONSTITUTE RECOMMENDATIONS AS TO WHETHER OR
NOT A HOLDER OF CONVERTIBLE NOTES OR ANY OTHER PERSON
SHOULD TENDER ITS CONVERTIBLE NOTES IN THIS EXCHANGE OFFER
OR ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PREPACKAGED PLAN. GREENHILLS
OPINION AND ANALYSIS WERE NOT PREPARED WITH A VIEW TOWARDS
PUBLIC DISCLOSURE, AND GREENHILL BELIEVES ITS OPINION AND
ANALYSIS ARE OF LITTLE OR NO RELEVANCE TO A DECISION BY A HOLDER
OF CONVERTIBLE NOTES OR ANY OTHER PERSON WHETHER OR NOT TO
TENDER ITS CONVERTIBLE NOTES IN THIS EXCHANGE OFFER OR TO
ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PREPACKAGED PLAN.
Based upon the express limitations contained in its opinion,
Greenhill believes that holders of convertible notes and other
persons (other than our board of directors) are not entitled to
rely upon or otherwise use its opinion or analysis for any
purpose, and Greenhill would intend to assert the substance of
the noted limitations on use against any holder of convertible
notes or other such person seeking to or otherwise claiming a
right to rely upon or otherwise use such opinion or analysis.
Greenhill is not aware of any controlling court decision
addressing the validity of such a claim. It is possible that
holders of convertible notes or other persons could seek to
assert a claim that they may rely upon or otherwise use the
opinion or analysis, which Greenhill would intend to oppose. The
validity of any such claim, if asserted, could only be finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The
availability of such a state-law defense would have no effect on
the rights and responsibilities of our board of directors under
governing state law, or the rights and responsibilities of our
board of directors or Greenhill under the federal securities
laws. Subject to the foregoing, Greenhill has not objected to
the inclusion of its opinion or the summary of its analysis as
part of this prospectus/disclosure statement.
The foregoing factors should be taken into account in deciding
whether Greenhills opinion and analysis should be
considered by readers of this document.
63
The full text of the written opinion of Greenhill, dated
August 31, 2009, which sets forth, among other things, the
assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and
limits on the opinion and the review undertaken in connection
with rendering the opinion, is attached as Annex M to this
prospectus/disclosure statement and is incorporated herein by
reference. This opinion replaced and superseded Greenhills
opinion, dated August 13, 2009.
In connection with rendering the opinion described above,
Greenhill, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewed the investment agreement, dated as of August 14,
2009, by and between the Company and the CD&R Fund, as
amended by an amendment thereto, dated August 28, 2009, and
as proposed to be amended by a draft of Amendment No. 2
thereto (including certain related documents), which as amended
by such draft Amendment No. 2, we refer to as the draft
investment agreement;
|
|
|
|
reviewed a draft of the form of certificate of designations,
preferences and rights of the Series B convertible
preferred stock included as an exhibit to the draft investment
agreement;
|
|
|
|
reviewed the form of the amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K;
|
|
|
|
reviewed a draft of the ABL term sheet attached hereto as
Annex Q;
|
|
|
|
reviewed the form of the stockholders agreement attached hereto
as Annex G;
|
|
|
|
reviewed the form of the indemnification agreement attached
hereto as Annex J;
|
|
|
|
reviewed the form of the registration rights agreement attached
hereto as Annex I;
|
|
|
|
reviewed a draft of the
lock-up and
voting agreement;
|
|
|
|
reviewed certain publicly available financial statements of the
Company;
|
|
|
|
reviewed certain other publicly available business and financial
information relating to the Company that Greenhill deemed
relevant;
|
|
|
|
reviewed certain information, including financial forecasts and
other financial and operating data concerning the Company,
prepared by the management of the Company;
|
|
|
|
discussed the past and present operations and financial
condition and the prospects of the Company with senior
executives of the Company;
|
|
|
|
compared the equity value implied by the consideration to be
paid for the Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant
to the investment agreement with the trading valuations of
certain publicly traded companies that Greenhill deemed relevant;
|
|
|
|
compared the equity value implied by the consideration to be
paid for the Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant
to the investment agreement with that received in certain
publicly available transactions that Greenhill deemed relevant;
|
|
|
|
compared the equity value implied by the consideration to be
paid for the Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant
to the investment agreement to the valuation derived by
discounting future cash flows and a terminal value of the
business at discount rates Greenhill deemed appropriate;
|
|
|
|
reviewed the illustrative bankruptcy recoveries by the
Companys stockholders and creditors implied by
managements projections under various scenarios;
|
|
|
|
participated, at the written request of the Company, in
discussions and negotiations among representatives of the
Company and its legal advisors and representatives of the
CD&R Fund and its legal advisors; and
|
|
|
|
performed such other analyses and considered such other factors
as Greenhill deemed appropriate.
|
Greenhills opinion is for the information of our board of
directors and was rendered to our board of directors in
connection with their consideration of the CD&R investment.
The opinion may not be used for any other purpose without
Greenhills prior written consent. Greenhill was not
requested to opine as to, and Greenhills opinion does not
in any manner address, (1) the underlying business decision
to proceed with or effect the CD&R investment or the
restructuring, (2) any of the financial or other terms of
the restructuring or (3) any plan of reorganization under
64
chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Greenhill expressed no
opinion as to the fairness of any portion or aspect of the
CD&R investment or the restructuring to the holders of any
class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of the
Company, the fairness of any portion or aspect of the CD&R
investment or the restructuring to any one class or group of the
Companys security holders relative to any other class or
group of the Companys security holders, or the solvency,
creditworthiness or fair value of the Company under any
applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
conveyance or similar matters. In particular, Greenhill
expressed no opinion as to the prices at which any
publicly-traded shares of common stock of the Company will trade
at any future time. Greenhills opinion was approved by a
fairness committee. The opinion is not intended to be and does
not constitute a recommendation to the members of our board of
directors as to whether they should approve the CD&R
investment or the investment agreement.
In giving its opinion, Greenhill assumed and relied upon,
without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness
of all information that was either publicly available or
supplied or otherwise made available to it by management of the
Company for the purposes of its opinion. Greenhill further
relied upon the assurances of the management of the Company that
they were not aware of any facts or circumstances that would
make such information inaccurate or misleading. With respect to
financial forecasts, projections and other data furnished or
otherwise provided to it, Greenhill assumed that they were
reasonably prepared on a basis reflecting the best then
currently available estimates and good faith judgments of the
management of the Company as to those matters, and Greenhill
relied on such forecasts and data in arriving at its opinion.
Greenhill expressed no opinion with respect to such financial
projections and data or the assumptions upon which they were
based. In addition, Greenhill did not make any independent
appraisal of the assets or liabilities of the Company, nor was
it furnished with any such valuations or appraisals. At the
direction of our board of directors, Greenhill based its review
of the potential recoveries by the Companys stockholders
and creditors in a bankruptcy of the Company on those implied by
managements projections under various scenarios. Greenhill
has assumed that the CD&R investment will be consummated in
accordance with the terms set forth in the final, executed
investment agreement, the terms of which it has assumed are
identical in all material respects to the draft investment
agreement reviewed by Greenhill, without any waiver of any
material terms or conditions set forth in the investment
agreement, and that the CD&R investment and restructuring
will be effectuated as contemplated therein. Greenhill has
assumed and relied upon, without independent verification, the
accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in the
investment agreement and that no indemnification payments will
be made by the Company under the investment agreement. Greenhill
has further assumed that all material governmental, regulatory
and other consents and approvals necessary for the consummation
of the CD&R investment will be obtained without any effect
on the Company, the CD&R investment or the contemplated
benefits of the CD&R investment in any way meaningful to
its analysis. Greenhills opinion was necessarily based on
financial, economic, market and other conditions as in effect
on, and the information made available to it as of, the date of
the opinion. It should be understood that subsequent
developments may affect its opinion, but Greenhill does not have
any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm its opinion.
The following is a summary of the material financial and
comparative analyses delivered by Greenhill to the
Companys board of directors in connection with rendering
its opinion described above. The summary set forth below does
not purport to be a complete description of the analyses
performed by Greenhill, nor does the order of analyses described
represent relative importance or weight given to those analyses
by Greenhill. Some of the summaries of the financial analyses
include information presented in tabular format. The tables must
be read together with the full text of each summary and are not
alone a complete description of Greenhills financial
analyses.
65
Financial
Forecast
For the purposes of Greenhills analysis, the Company
provided to Greenhill, and instructed Greenhill to rely on, the
financial forecast prepared by management that is summarized
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY2009 (P)
|
|
|
FY2010 (P)
|
|
|
FY2011 (P)
|
|
|
FY2012 (P)
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
961
|
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
$
|
1,084
|
|
|
$
|
1,331
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
$
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
$
|
335
|
|
Margin (%)
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
|
|
23.2
|
%
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
Adjusted EBIT(1)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
Margin (%)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
Margin (%)
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
Capital Expenditures
|
|
$
|
(23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
(1) Excludes the effects of the significant charges
incurred in 2009 for lower of cost or market adjustments, asset
impairments, goodwill and intangible asset impairments, and debt
extinguishment and refinancing costs.
Comparable
Company Analysis
Greenhill reviewed revenue, adjusted equity value and enterprise
value as multiples of estimated earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization, which we refer to as EBITDA,
commonly referred to as trading multiples, of the Company and
selected companies in the building products sector and selected
steel producers with businesses deemed comparable to the Company
for the purposes of this analysis. The companies reviewed by
Greenhill are listed below:
|
|
|
Building Products
|
|
Steel Producers with Businesses Comparable to the
Company
|
Kingspan Group
|
|
Nucor
|
Acuity Brands
|
|
Bluescope Steel
|
Armstrong World Industries
|
|
|
Worthington Industries
|
|
|
Simpson Manufacturing
|
|
|
Interface
|
|
|
Gibraltar Industries
|
|
|
Apogee
|
|
|
Quanex Building Products
|
|
|
Although no company is directly comparable to the Company,
Greenhill selected these companies because it believed that they
had characteristics that were instructive for purposes of its
analysis. Greenhill reviewed the trading multiples for the
selected companies based upon publicly available I/B/E/S
estimates.
Based upon these multiples, and applying its professional
judgment, Greenhill selected a range of EBITDA trading multiples
from 7.0x to 9.5x and applied this range to managements
forecasted EBITDA for each of 2009 and 2010. This analysis
indicated the following ranges of enterprise values, equity
values and equity values per share for the Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Value per
|
|
Comparable Company
|
|
Multiples
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Valuation Range
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Value Range
|
|
|
Share Range(2)
|
|
Methodology
|
|
Low
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Net Debt(1)
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
2009 EBITDA
|
|
|
7.0
|
x
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
x
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
253
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
343
|
|
|
$
|
375
|
|
|
$
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.11
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(1.60
|
)
|
2010 EBITDA
|
|
|
7.0
|
x
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
x
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
337
|
|
|
$
|
375
|
|
|
$
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(37
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.31
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(1.87
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Based on $474 million debt
outstanding less $99 million in projected cash at
November 1, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Based on 20.0 million
fully-diluted shares outstanding.
|
66
Greenhill believes that the comparable company analysis is of
little or no relevance to a decision by a holder of convertible
notes whether or not to tender its convertible notes in this
exchange offer or accept or reject the prepackaged plan because,
given the Companys liquidity crisis and limited
alternatives, Greenhill does not believe that the range of
enterprise values implied by the analysis is likely to be a
meaningful indicator of potential recoveries by any holder of
convertible notes. In addition, Greenhills opinion did not
address, and the comparable company analysis should not be
relied upon as indicating, the price at which the Companys
common stock will trade at any future time.
Comparable
Transaction Analysis
Using publicly available information, Greenhill reviewed
selected precedent transactions with a transaction value between
$200.0 million and $1.5 billion announced since 2000
by companies in the building products and steel producers
sector. Specifically, Greenhill reviewed the following
transactions:
Building
Products Transactions
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Target
|
|
Acquiror
|
|
03/13/2008
|
|
Pavestone Co.
|
|
CRH
|
12/19/2007
|
|
IMSA Acero
|
|
Bluescope Steel
|
02/09/2007
|
|
ElkCorp
|
|
Building Materials Corp.
|
09/25/2006
|
|
Alcoa Home Exteriors
|
|
Ply Gem Industries
|
06/19/2006
|
|
APAC, Inc.
|
|
Oldcastle Materials
|
03/02/2006
|
|
Material Service Corp.
|
|
Hanson Aggregates
|
07/10/2002
|
|
Kiewit Materials
|
|
Rinker Materials
|
08/11/2000
|
|
Republic Group
|
|
Premier Construction Products
|
06/20/2000
|
|
Justin Industries
|
|
Berkshire Hathaway
|
06/02/2000
|
|
Celotex Ceiling Products
|
|
BPB
|
Steel
Producers Transactions
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Target
|
|
Acquiror
|
|
09/04/2008
|
|
Beta Steel
|
|
NLMK
|
07/28/2008
|
|
AmeriCast Technologies
|
|
Bradken Limited
|
06/16/2008
|
|
Bayou Steel
|
|
Arcelor Mittal
|
05/20/2008
|
|
Esmark
|
|
Severstal
|
12/09/2007
|
|
Claymont Steel
|
|
Evraz Group S.A.
|
06/21/2007
|
|
Novamerican Steel
|
|
Barzel Industries
|
06/13/2007
|
|
The Techs Holdings
|
|
Steel Dynamics
|
02/28/2007
|
|
Steel Technologies
|
|
Mitsui & Co.
|
12/29/2006
|
|
Harris Steel
|
|
Nucor Corp.
|
11/10/2006
|
|
Tube City IMS
|
|
Onex Corp.
|
04/26/2006
|
|
MMI Products
|
|
Oldcastle (CRH)
|
05/30/2002
|
|
Birmingham Steel
|
|
Nucor Corp.
|
05/25/2000
|
|
Steelscape
|
|
IMSA Acero
|
For each of the selected precedent transactions, Greenhill
analyzed the enterprise value of the target company expressed as
a multiple of EBITDA and revenue for the last twelve months.
Based upon these multiples and applying its professional
judgment, Greenhill selected a range of EBITDA transaction
multiples from 7.5x to 9.0x
67
and applied this range to managements forecasted EBITDA
for each of 2009 and 2010. This analysis indicated the following
ranges of enterprise values, equity values and equity value per
shares for the Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
|
Enterprise
|
|
|
|
Equity Value
|
|
Equity Value per
|
Comparable Transaction
|
|
Multiples
|
|
|
|
Valuation Range
|
|
|
|
Range
|
|
Share Range(2)
|
Methodology
|
|
Low
|
|
-
|
|
High
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
Low
|
|
-
|
|
High
|
|
Net Debt(1)
|
|
Low
|
|
-
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
-
|
|
High
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share data)
|
|
2009 EBITDA
|
|
|
7.5
|
x
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
x
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
271
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
325
|
|
|
$
|
375
|
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.21
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(2.50
|
)
|
2010 EBITDA
|
|
|
7.5
|
x
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
x
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
266
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
375
|
|
|
$
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(55
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.43
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(2.76
|
)
|
|
|
(1)
|
Based on $474 million debt outstanding less
$99 million in projected cash at November 1, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
Based on 20 million fully-diluted shares outstanding.
|
Greenhill believes that the comparable transaction analysis is
of little or no relevance to a decision by a holder of
convertible notes whether or not to tender its convertible notes
in this exchange offer or accept or reject the prepackaged plan
because, given the Companys liquidity crisis and limited
alternatives, Greenhill does not believe that the range of
enterprise values implied by the analysis is likely to be a
meaningful indicator of potential recoveries by a holder of
convertible notes. In addition, Greenhills opinion did not
address, and the comparable transaction analysis should not be
relied upon as indicating, the price at which the Companys
common stock will trade at any future time.
Discounted
Cash Flow Analysis
Using a discounted cash flow methodology, Greenhill calculated
the present values of the estimated future cash flows for the
Company implied by managements forecast. In this analysis,
Greenhill assumed a weighted average cost of capital of between
11.0% and 13.0% and EBITDA terminal multiples of between 6.0x
and 8.0x. While Greenhills discounted cash flow analysis
implied a range of per share equity values of the Company of
$18.48 to $32.14 and a range of enterprise values of the Company
of $745 million to $1,018 million, Greenhill noted
that such a traditional discounted cash flow analysis was of
little utility because, among other things: (1) the
analysis implicitly assumed that the Companys near-term
liquidity crisis could be averted, the Companys existing
stockholders would survive the near-term liquidity crisis and
retain an equity interest, and the Company had no other
actionable alternatives to the CD&R investment and
restructuring other than filing for bankruptcy protection on
terms other than as contemplated by the prepackaged plan;
(2) the analysis was highly sensitive to the scale and
timing of a recovery in the non-residential construction market,
which was very uncertain; (3) the vast majority of the
value in the discounted cash flow analysis was in the terminal
value, which caused the total value to be very sensitive to
small changes in terminal value and discount rate assumptions;
and (4) a traditional weighted average cost of capital
analysis did not reflect financing terms then-available to the
Company. Greenhill noted the sensitivity of the calculated
present values to potential delays in the recovery of the
non-residential construction market by up to four years as well
as to blended market costs of capital ranging from 15% to 25%,
which costs of capital might be more indicative of the
Companys true cost of capital given its liquidity
position. Greenhill believes that these considerations make the
discounted cash flow analysis of little or no relevance to a
decision by a holder of convertible notes whether or not to
tender its convertible notes in this exchange offer or to accept
or reject the prepackaged plan.
Illustrative
Bankruptcy Recovery Analysis
Greenhill reviewed the illustrative bankruptcy recoveries by the
Companys stockholders and creditors implied by
managements projections under various scenarios. Greenhill
applied EBITDA multiples of 7.0x to 9.5x to forecasted EBITDA
for each of 2009 and 2010 to derive an implied enterprise value
range for the Company. The implied enterprise value range for
2009 and 2010 ranged from $253 million to $343 million
and from $249 million to $337 million, respectively.
Greenhill then subtracted the amount of specified secured claims
(the existing credit facility and industrial revenue bonds) and
unsecured claims (the convertible notes), which resulted in
potential remaining equity value per existing share ranging from
a negative $11.26 through a negative $6.54 (i.e., no
recovery). In performing this analysis, Greenhill assumed that
the Companys cash on hand would be required to pay
bankruptcy expenses and for working capital needs and would
therefore be unavailable to pay creditors.
68
Based on such analysis, Greenhill observed that the enterprise
valuation of the Company would have to exceed 13.1x and 13.3x
forecasted 2009 EBITDA and forecasted 2010 EBITDA, respectively,
for current stockholders to attain any recovery under this
analysis.
Greenhills illustrative bankruptcy recovery analysis
supported Greenhills conclusion that in a standalone
restructuring through bankruptcy, stockholders of the Company
would be unlikely to retain any meaningful value. While the
illustrative bankruptcy recovery analysis examined, among other
things, illustrative potential recoveries for the holders of
convertible notes, Greenhill did not conduct any independent
valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities of the
Company, nor was Greenhill furnished with any such appraisals,
and at the Companys direction Greenhill based its analysis
of the potential recoveries by the Companys stockholders
and creditors in a bankruptcy on those implied by
managements financial forecast. While Greenhill believes
that the illustrative bankruptcy recovery analysis was an
appropriate and reasonable way to generally analyze the nature
of the potential stockholders recoveries in a bankruptcy of the
Company, Greenhill believes that an analysis intended to provide
reasonable estimates of potential creditor recoveries in a
bankruptcy would be substantially more complex and would
require, among other things, a valuation or appraisal of the
assets and liabilities of the Company, and thus Greenhill
believes that the illustrative bankruptcy recovery analysis is
of little or no relevance to a decision by a holder of
convertible notes whether or not to tender its convertible notes
in this exchange offer or accept or reject the prepackaged plan.
In this regard, Greenhill notes that in The Prepackaged
PlanLiquidation Analysis the Company has set forth a
liquidation analysis that is an estimate by the Company of the
proceeds that may be generated as a result of the hypothetical
chapter 7 liquidation of the Companys assets.
The consideration for the CD&R investment was determined
through arms length negotiations between the Company and
the CD&R Fund and was approved by the Companys board
of directors. Greenhill provided advice to the Company during
these negotiations. Greenhill did not, however, recommend any
specific amount of consideration to the Company or its board of
directors, that any specific amount of consideration constituted
the only appropriate consideration for the CD&R investment
or that the terms of the CD&R investment are the most
beneficial terms from the Companys perspective that could
under the circumstances be negotiated among the parties to the
CD&R investment.
Our board of directors selected Greenhill as the Companys
financial advisor based on its qualifications and expertise in
providing financial advice to acquirors, target companies and
their respective boards of directors in merger and acquisition
transactions. During the two years preceding the date of the
opinion Greenhill was not engaged by, performed any services for
or received any compensation from the Company or any other
parties to the investment agreement (other than any amounts that
were paid to it under the letter agreement pursuant to which
Greenhill was retained as a financial advisor to the Company in
connection with the CD&R investment) and at the date of the
opinion Greenhill had no material relationships mutually
understood to be contemplated with such parties. The Company has
paid Greenhill a fee for delivering its opinion to the
Companys board of directors, in addition to a monthly
advisory fee and certain contingent transaction fees, which fees
will become payable upon closing of the restructuring. As a
result, a substantial portion of Greenhills compensation
is dependent upon the successful consummation of the CD&R
investment. In addition, the Company has agreed to reimburse
Greenhill for travel and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection with, or arising out of Greenhills
activities under or contemplated by its engagement, including
all reasonable fees and disbursement of its legal counsel,
consultants and other advisors, and to indemnify Greenhill and
its affiliates for certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the federal securities laws, arising out of its
engagement. Greenhill is also acting as the dealer-manager in
connection with this exchange offer, for which it will be
reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and be
indemnified for certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the federal securities laws, and for which it may receive an
additional fee.
Greenhills opinion was one of many factors considered by
the Companys board of directors in evaluating the
CD&R investment and restructuring and should not be viewed
as determinative of the views of the Companys board of
directors with respect to the CD&R investment and
restructuring.
Description
of the CD&R Investment
On August 14, 2009, we entered into an investment agreement
with the CD&R Fund, which we refer to as the original
investment agreement, which was subsequently amended by
(1) an amendment, dated as of August 28, 2009,
69
and (2) an amendment no. 2, dated as of
August 31, 2009, which we refer to as the amendments. The
term investment agreement refers to the investment
agreement, as amended. Pursuant to the investment agreement,
subject to the terms and conditions therein, the Company agreed
to sell, and the CD&R Fund agreed to purchase, for a total
purchase price of $250.0 million, an aggregate of
250,000 shares of a new class of our preferred stock, par
value $1.00 per share, to be designated the Series B
Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, at a price
of $1,000 per share.
The
Investment Agreement
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the investment agreement. While we believe this
summary covers the material terms and provisions of the
investment agreement, it may not contain all of the information
that is important to you. The original investment agreement is
included as Annex C and the amendments are included as
Annex C, Annex D, Annex E and Annex F hereto, each of
which we incorporate by reference into this document. We
encourage you to read carefully the investment agreement in its
entirety.
The investment agreement has been included to provide
investors and security holders with information regarding its
terms. It is not intended to provide any other factual
information about the Company, the CD&R Fund, or CD&R
or their respective subsidiaries and affiliates. The investment
agreement contains representations and warranties by the
Company, on the one hand, and by the CD&R Fund, on the
other hand, each made solely for the benefit of the other. In
the investment agreement, the assertions embodied in the
representations and warranties are qualified by information in a
confidential disclosure letter delivered in connection with the
signing of the original investment agreement. The disclosure
letter contains information that has been included in the
Companys general prior public disclosures, as well as
additional potentially nonpublic information. While the Company
does not believe that the disclosure letter contains information
required to be publicly disclosed under the securities laws
other than information that has already been so disclosed, the
disclosure letter contains information that modifies, qualifies
and creates exceptions to the representations and warranties set
forth in the investment agreement. Moreover, certain
representations and warranties in the investment agreement were
made as of a specified date, may be subject to a contractual
standard of materiality different from what might be viewed as
material to stockholders, or may have been used for the purpose
of allocating risk between the Company, on the one hand, and the
CD&R Fund, on the other hand. Accordingly, the
representations and warranties in the investment agreement
should not be relied on by any persons as characterizations of
the actual state of facts about the Company or the CD&R
Fund at the time they were made or otherwise. In addition,
information concerning the subject matter of the representations
and warranties may change after the date of the original
investment agreement, which subsequent information may or may
not be fully reflected in the Companys public
disclosures.
In this section of the prospectus/disclosure statement, we
refer to (1) the investment agreement, (2) the
stockholders agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders Agreement), (3) the
registration rights agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Registration Rights Agreement),
(4) the indemnification agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Indemnification Agreement),
(5) the certificate of designations (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock), (6) the ABL agreement, the amended
credit agreement and the ancillary refinancing documents related
to the ABL agreement and the amended credit agreement (see
The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL Financing), and (7) the
prepackaged plan (see The Prepackaged Plan) as the
transaction documents. We refer to the concurrent closing of the
CD&R investment, the term loan refinancing, the ABL
financing and this exchange offer, or, in the alternative, the
effectiveness of the prepackaged plan, as the closing.
Structure
Under the investment agreement, at the closing, the CD&R
investment and the other transactions contemplated by the
restructuring will be accomplished as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
the Company will issue, sell and deliver to the CD&R Fund,
and the CD&R Fund will purchase from the Company, an
aggregate of 250,000 shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of
$250.0 million, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the investment agreement;
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
the Company and our subsidiaries, as applicable, will execute
and deliver an amendment to our existing credit agreement (see
The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan
Refinancing); and
|
|
|
|
the Company and our subsidiaries, as applicable, will execute
and deliver an ABL agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe ABL Financing).
|
Concurrently with the closing, but after the Company receives
the proceeds from the CD&R investment, the Company will:
|
|
|
|
|
repay $143.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit agreement that are not
rolled into the amended credit agreement, together with all
accrued and unpaid interest and all other interest due and
payable as of the closing, and cash collateralize or backstop in
full, or replace with or roll over and novate into letters of
credit issued and outstanding under the ABL agreement, all
letters of credit outstanding under our existing credit
agreement;
|
|
|
|
pay all fees, costs, expenses and other obligations (including
under the amended credit agreement, the ABL agreement and
related documents) that are due and payable as of the closing;
|
|
|
|
(1) if the restructuring is being accomplished through the
recapitalization plan, accept the convertible notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to this exchange offer and
(2) if the restructuring is being accomplished through the
prepackaged plan, pay the claims with respect to the convertible
notes pursuant to the prepackaged plan;
|
|
|
|
reimburse the CD&R Fund for transaction expenses up to
$14.5 million (net of any transaction expenses that were
previously reimbursed); and
|
|
|
|
pay CD&R a deal fee in an amount equal to
$8.25 million.
|
The
Exchange Offer; Solicitation of Acceptances of the Prepackaged
Plan
We have agreed to commence this exchange offer and the
solicitation for acceptances to the prepackaged plan under the
terms of the investment agreement. Pursuant to the investment
agreement, this exchange offer and the solicitation must be
commenced and conducted on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth on Annex A to the investment
agreement. We are prohibited from waiving any condition to this
exchange offer or making any changes to the terms and conditions
to this exchange offer without the prior consent of the
CD&R Fund.
We may extend this exchange offer beyond the initial expiration
date without the prior consent of the CD&R Fund for a
period of not more than 10 business days, if, at such date,
any of the conditions to this exchange offer have not been
satisfied or, with the prior written consent of the CD&R
Fund, waived and, subject to the termination of the investment
agreement, we are required to extend this exchange offer if it
expires before the registration statement of which this
prospectus/disclosure statement forms a part is declared
effective.
In the event that the conditions to the recapitalization plan
are satisfied, including the conditions to this exchange offer
(which includes the minimum tender condition), the Company has
agreed to accept for exchange all convertible notes validly
tendered in this exchange offer.
Commencement
of a Reorganization Case in Connection with the Prepackaged Plan
Covenant
Under the investment agreement, we and the CD&R Fund have
agreed that in the event that the conditions to the
recapitalization plan are not satisfied or waived, we will seek
to accomplish the restructuring through the prepackaged plan.
Specifically, we agreed, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
to use our reasonable best efforts to obtain acceptances from a
sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired
class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed
under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation through the
nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes; and
|
|
|
|
if the conditions to this exchange offer are not satisfied or,
with the prior written consent of the CD&R Fund waived, by
the expiration date, but we have received, as of the expiration
date, acceptances from a sufficient number of holders of
impaired claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the
prepackaged plan to be
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation
through the nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
to file chapter 11 petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Delaware and commence the prepackaged
plan proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code;
|
|
|
|
to file certain first day motions and seek to obtain entry of
the orders approving such motions;
|
|
|
|
to schedule a hearing in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware on the earliest date possible to consider
confirmation of the prepackaged plan and approve this
prospectus/disclosure statement;
|
|
|
|
to send notices to all persons to whom such notices are required
to be sent under the Bankruptcy Code and to such other persons
as ordered by the bankruptcy court, as soon as practicable after
the commencement of the prepackaged plan proceeding;
|
|
|
|
to use our reasonable best efforts to obtain confirmation of the
prepackaged plan by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware;
|
|
|
|
to use our reasonable best efforts to obtain the dismissal of
any and all appeals and motions for reconsideration filed with
respect to the prepackaged plan or with respect to the
confirmation order relating to the prepackaged plan; and
|
|
|
|
to cause the prepackaged plan to become effective and the
distributions provided for under the prepackaged plan to be
commenced as promptly as possible on or following the day on
which conditions to effectiveness set forth in the prepackaged
plan have been satisfied or waived.
|
Conditions
to the CD&R Investment
Conditions
to the CD&R Investment under the Recapitalization Plan.
The
obligation of the CD&R Fund, on the one hand, and the
Company, on the other hand, to consummate the CD&R
investment at the closing of the recapitalization plan is
conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver by both the Company
and the CD&R Fund of the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
the expiration or termination of any waiting period required to
consummate the CD&R investment under the HSR Act (which
condition was satisfied on September 8, 2009, when the U.S.
Federal Trade Commission granted early termination of the
waiting period under the HSR Act) and the Austrian Act (which
condition was satisfied on September 26, 2009, when the
review period under the Austrian Act expired);
|
|
|
|
the absence of (1) any provision of any applicable law and
any issued injunction, judgment, decree or other order that
prohibits the closing, that restricts the CD&R Fund or its
affiliates from owning, voting, or converting or exercising any
Series B convertible preferred stock in accordance with its
terms, or exercising the CD&R Funds consent rights
contemplated by the stockholders agreement and (2) any
lawsuit by a governmental entity seeking to effect any of the
foregoing;
|
|
|
|
the NYSEs confirmation that the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock and the restructuring
are in compliance with the NYSEs stockholder approval
policy; and the Companys proper, unconditional obtainment
of an exception under Paragraph 312.05 of the NYSE Listed
Company Manual to issue the Series B convertible preferred
stock without stockholder approval (which confirmation was
provided to the Company on August 13, 2009, subject to the Audit
Committees determination that the delay necessary in
securing stockholder approval prior to the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock and of the common stock
pursuant to the exchange offer would seriously jeopardize the
financial viability of the Company and its approval of the
Companys reliance on the exception contained in Paragraph
312.05 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, which determination
was made by the Audit Committee on August 13, 2009 and on
August 31, 2009);
|
|
|
|
the Companys provision of notice to its stockholders as
required by, and in compliance with, Paragraph 312.05 of
the NYSE Listed Company Manual (which was provided by the
Company on September 29, 2009), and the expiration of the
ten-day
notice period set forth in such paragraph (which occurred on
October 8, 2009);
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
the Companys filing with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware of the certificate of designations for the
Series B convertible preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the expiration of this exchange offer and the satisfaction or
waiver, with the prior consent of the CD&R Fund, of all of
the conditions to this exchange offer; and
|
|
|
|
the sufficiency for the following applications of the proceeds
from the CD&R investment, together with the Companys
available cash, which sufficiency we refer to as the sufficiency
of proceeds condition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
to repay $143.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit agreement that are not
rolled into the amended credit agreement, together with all
accrued and unpaid interest and all other interest due and
payable as of the closing;
|
|
|
|
to cash collateralize or backstop in full all letters of credit
outstanding under our existing credit agreement that are not
replaced with or rolled over and novated into letters of credit
issued and outstanding under the ABL agreement;
|
|
|
|
to pay all fees, costs, expenses and other obligations relating
to the recapitalization plan (including under the amended credit
agreement, the ABL agreement and related documents) that are due
and payable as of the closing;
|
|
|
|
to pay the cash consideration for all convertible notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under this exchange offer; and
|
|
|
|
to pay the maximum consideration necessary to repurchase or
redeem all convertible notes not so tendered under this exchange
offer pursuant to the convertible notes indenture.
|
The obligation of the Company to consummate the CD&R
investment is conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver by the
Company of the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
the truth and correctness (without regard to materiality or
material adverse effect qualifications) of the representations
and warranties of the CD&R Fund contained in the investment
agreement (excluding the private placement representations (see
Representation and Warranties below)) as of
the date of the investment agreement and at and as of the date
of the closing as if made at and as of such time (except to the
extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of
such earlier date), except where the failure of such
representations and warranties to be true and correct,
individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not
reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the
ability of the CD&R Fund to consummate the CD&R
investment;
|
|
|
|
the truth and correctness in all respects of the private
placement representations at and as of the date of the
investment agreement and at and as of the date of the closing as
if made at and as of such time;
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the Company of a customary certificate of a
senior officer of the CD&R Fund certifying to the
satisfaction of the conditions described in the immediately
preceding two bullet points;
|
|
|
|
the CD&R Funds performance of and compliance in all
material respects with all covenants and obligations in the
investment agreement that are to be performed or complied with
by it at or prior to the closing; and
|
|
|
|
the CD&R Funds due execution and delivery of each of
the stockholders agreement, the registration rights agreement
and the indemnification agreement.
|
The obligation of the CD&R Fund to consummate the CD&R
investment is conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver by the
CD&R Fund of the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
the truth and correctness (without regard to materiality or
material adverse effect qualifications) of the representations
and warranties of the Company contained in the investment
agreement (excluding those relating to capitalization and the
lack of a material adverse change) as of the date of the
investment agreement and at and as of the date of the closing as
if made at and as of such time (except to the extent expressly
made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier
date), except where the failure of such
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
representations and warranties to be true and correct,
individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not
reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the truth and correctness in all but de minimis respects
of the representations and warranties of the Company relating to
capitalization at and as of the date of the investment agreement
and at and as of the date of the closing as if made at and as of
such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier
date, in which case as of such earlier date);
|
|
|
|
the truth and correctness in all respects of the representations
and warranties of the Company relating to the lack of a material
adverse change at and as of the date of the closing as if made
at and as of such time;
|
|
|
|
the Companys performance of, and compliance in, all
material respects with all covenants and obligations in the
investment agreement that are to be performed or complied with
by it at or prior to the closing;
|
|
|
|
the Companys due execution and delivery of each of the
stockholders agreement, the registration rights agreement and
the indemnification agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Companys due authorization, execution and delivery of
the amended credit agreement either (1) in the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L with such
changes thereto deemed advisable by the CD&R Fund in its
sole discretion (exercised in good faith) (see The
Restructuring Description of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingTerm Loan Refinancing), or
(2) on terms and conditions that are, in the CD&R
Funds sole discretion (exercised in good faith), (x) no
less favorable (as to each item (other than immaterial items)
and in the aggregate) to the Company and the CD&R Fund (as
a prospective shareholder of the Company) than the terms and
conditions contemplated in the form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K or (y) otherwise
acceptable to the CD&R Fund;
|
|
|
|
the amended credit agreement and other related documents being
in full force and effect;
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the
effectiveness of the amended credit agreement and the other
related documents;
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the CD&R Fund of copies of the amended
credit agreement and the other related documents;
|
|
|
|
subject to the consummation of the CD&R investment,
(1) the termination of the revolving commitments under our
existing credit agreement, and (2) to the extent required
by the amended credit agreement and the ABL agreement, the
subordination of the security interests arising under the
amended credit agreement and related documents with respect to
the collateral securing the ABL financing on a first-priority
basis to the security interests in such collateral;
|
|
|
|
the Companys due authorization, execution and delivery of
the ABL agreement on terms and conditions that either
(1) reflect the terms and conditions summarized in the ABL
term sheet attached as Annex Q or (2) are, in the
CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised in good faith),
no less favorable (as to each item and in the aggregate) to the
Company and the CD&R Fund (as a prospective shareholder of
the Company) than the terms and conditions summarized in the ABL
term sheet and, in each case described in clauses (1) and
(2), otherwise are either (a) in the CD&R Funds
reasonable discretion (exercised in good faith), consistent with
and no less favorable (as to each item (other than immaterial
items) and in the aggregate) to the Company and the CD&R
Fund (as a prospective shareholder of the Company) than the
terms and conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R, or
(b) in the CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised
in good faith), acceptable to the CD&R Fund (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL FinancingThe ABL Financing);
|
|
|
|
the ABL agreement and the other related documents being in full
force and effect;
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction of all conditions precedent to (1) the
effectiveness of the ABL agreement and the other related
documents, (2) the initial borrowings and any other
extensions of credit thereunder other than delivery of a
borrowing notice, and (3) the effectiveness of the
documents related to the ABL agreement;
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the CD&R Fund of copies of the ABL agreement
and the other related documents;
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
the due authorization, execution and delivery of each ancillary
refinancing document contemplated by the term loan refinancing
and the ABL financing on terms that are (1) consistent with
the amended credit agreement and the ABL agreement, as
applicable, and (2) otherwise either (a) in the
CD&R Funds reasonable discretion (exercised in good
faith), consistent with and no less favorable (as to each item
(other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the
Company and the CD&R Fund (as a prospective shareholder of
the Company) than the terms and conditions of such agreement or
document for companies sponsored by CD&R, or (b) in
the CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised in good
faith), acceptable to the CD&R Fund;
|
|
|
|
on the date of the closing, after giving effect to the closing,
(A) the absence of (1) any breach or default under the
amended credit agreement, the ABL agreement or the ancillary
refinancing documents contemplated by the term loan refinancing
and the ABL financing, (2) any allegations of breach or
default by a person with the right to cause an acceleration of,
or with the right to exercise any other remedy under the amended
credit agreement, the ABL agreement or the ancillary refinancing
documents contemplated by the term loan refinancing and the ABL
financing, and (3) any notice of intention to terminate the
amended credit agreement, the ABL agreement or the ancillary
refinancing documents contemplated by the term loan refinancing
and the ABL financing and (B) the absence of any default or
event or circumstance that, with or without notice or lapse of
time or both, would (1) constitute a breach, default or
event of default under the amended credit agreement, the ABL
agreement or the ancillary refinancing documents contemplated by
the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing, (2) result
in a termination of the amended credit agreement, the ABL
agreement or the ancillary refinancing documents contemplated by
the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing, (3) cause
or permit the acceleration or any other change of the amended
credit agreement, the ABL agreement or the ancillary refinancing
documents contemplated by the term loan refinancing and the ABL
financing, (4) cause or permit the acceleration or any
other change in any right or obligation under the amended credit
agreement, the ABL agreement or the ancillary refinancing
documents contemplated by the term loan refinancing and the ABL
financing, or (5) cause or permit the acceleration or any
other change in the loss or impairment of any benefit under the
amended credit agreement, the ABL agreement or the ancillary
refinancing documents contemplated by the term loan refinancing
and the ABL financing;
|
|
|
|
the Company reasonably believing that we and our subsidiaries
will be able to satisfy all terms and conditions to be satisfied
by any of them under the amended credit agreement, the ABL
agreement or the ancillary refinancing documents contemplated by
the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing;
|
|
|
|
no more than $150.0 million in term loans being outstanding
under the amended credit agreement after giving effect to the
term loan refinancing;
|
|
|
|
the revolving credit commitments provided for under the ABL
agreement being not less than $125.0 million in aggregate;
|
|
|
|
the available revolving credit commitments under the ABL
agreement and the unrestricted cash available to the Company
after applying any cash of the Company to the purposes set forth
in the sufficiency of proceeds condition being not less than
$90.0 million in the aggregate;
|
|
|
|
the ability of the Company to satisfy all conditions to
borrowings and other extensions of credit under the ABL
agreement;
|
|
|
|
the approval by our board of directors, including the approval
by the disinterested directors serving on our board pursuant to
Article TENTH of our restated certificate of incorporation,
of the investment agreement, the other transaction documents and
the transactions contemplated thereby (which such approval, with
respect to the agreements and transactions related to the
CD&R investment and with respect to this exchange offer,
was received on August 13, 2009);
|
|
|
|
to the extent that the Company has authorized and unissued
shares of common stock sufficient to permit the conversion of
all or a portion of the shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock to be issued at the closing, (1) the due
authorization for listing, subject to official notice of
issuance, on the NYSE or such other exchange on which the common
stock is then listed or quoted, of such shares of common stock
(which
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
authorization was received by the Company on October 1,
2009) and (2) the number of such shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series B convertible
preferred stock that are so duly authorized for listing is no
less than 7.8 million shares;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the adoption and declaration of advisability, and the approval
and recommendation, by our board of directors, of certain
amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation to
increase the number of authorized shares (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R Investment
The Stockholders AgreementAgreement to Seek Amendments to
our Restated Certificate of Incorporation); and
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the CD&R Fund of customary certificates of
certain senior officers of the Company certifying to the
satisfaction of certain of the conditions, including a
certificate of our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial
Officer certifying to the satisfaction of the sufficiency of
proceeds condition.
|
Conditions
to the CD&R Investment under the Prepackaged
Plan. In
the event that we seek to accomplish the restructuring through
the prepackaged plan, the obligation of the CD&R Fund, on
the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, to consummate
the CD&R investment is conditioned on the satisfaction or
waiver by both the Company and the CD&R Fund of the
following conditions in addition to the conditions to the
closing of the recapitalization plan:
|
|
|
|
|
the confirmation order has been entered and no stay of such
order is in effect; and
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction or waiver of all other conditions to the
effectiveness of the prepackaged plan (see The Prepackaged
PlanConditions to the Effective Date of the Prepackaged
Plan),
|
and the following conditions to the closing of the
recapitalization plan will not apply:
|
|
|
|
|
the NYSEs confirmation that the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock and the restructuring
are in compliance with the NYSEs stockholder approval
policy; and the Companys proper, unconditional obtainment
of an exception under Paragraph 312.05 of the NYSE Listed
Company Manual to issue the Series B convertible preferred
stock without stockholder approval;
|
|
|
|
the Companys provision of notice to its stockholders as
required by, and in compliance with, Paragraph 312.05 of
the NYSE Listed Company Manual, and the expiration of the
ten-day
notice period set forth in such paragraph; and
|
|
|
|
the expiration of this exchange offer and the satisfaction or
waiver, with the prior consent of the CD&R Fund, of all of
the conditions to this exchange offer.
|
Termination
of the Investment Agreement
The investment agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the consummation of the CD&R investment:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
by either the CD&R Fund or the Company, if:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the closing of this exchange offer has not occurred; and
|
|
|
|
acceptances from a sufficient number of holders of impaired
claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged
plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired claims classes have not been
received; or
|
|
|
|
the prepackaged plan proceeding has been commenced and the
effective date of the prepackaged plan has not occurred by a
date that is no later than four weeks and ten days after the
entry of the order confirming the prepackaged plan;
|
provided, that the party seeking to so terminate has not
breached in any material respect its obligations under the
investment agreement in any manner that has been a proximate
cause of the failure to consummate the CD&R investment on
or before the date on which the investment agreement can be so
terminated, which date we refer to as the outside date;
76
(2) by either the CD&R Fund or the Company in the
event that any governmental entity issues an order or takes any
other action (and such order or other action has become final
and nonappealable):
|
|
|
|
|
restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the closing;
|
|
|
|
prohibiting or restricting the CD&R Fund or its affiliates
from owning and exercising in full all exchange, conversion and
voting rights of the Series B convertible preferred stock
contemplated to be exercisable by the CD&R Fund; or
|
|
|
|
prohibiting or restricting the CD&R Fund from exercising
its consent rights under the stockholders agreement;
|
provided that the party seeking to so terminate has not breached
in any material respect its obligations under the investment
agreement in any manner that was a proximate cause of such order
or action;
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
by the CD&R Fund, if:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Company terminates this exchange offer or this exchange
offer expires in accordance with the terms of the investment
agreement without the Company having accepted for purchase the
convertible notes pursuant to this exchange offer, unless, in
either case, the Company has commenced the prepackaged plan
proceeding by the day following the date on which acceptances
from a sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an
impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be
confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation
through the nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes have been received and
this exchange offer has expired pursuant to the terms of the
investment agreement; or
|
|
|
|
this exchange offer has expired on or after the outside date and
the conditions to this exchange offer have not been satisfied
and acceptances from a sufficient number of holders of impaired
claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged
plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired claims classes have not been
received;
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
by the CD&R Fund, if our board of directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
approves or recommends to our stockholders a superior proposal
(see Acceptance of Superior Proposal below);
|
|
|
|
formally withdraws its support for this exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
makes a recommendation against this exchange offer or the
restructuring;
|
|
|
|
recommends another company transaction proposal; or
|
|
|
|
resolves to effect any of the foregoing;
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
by the CD&R Fund, if:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Company or any of our subsidiaries commence any case,
proceeding or other action under any existing or future law of
any jurisdiction, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws relating to relief of debtors,
which we refer to as a bankruptcy proceeding:
|
|
|
|
seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it,
or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent,
|
|
|
|
seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up,
liquidation, dissolution or composition or similar action with
respect to it or its debts generally, or
|
|
|
|
seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any
substantial part of its assets
|
in each case, other than with respect to the prepackaged plan
proceeding;
77
|
|
|
|
|
any bankruptcy proceeding has been commenced against any of the
Company and our subsidiaries other than the prepackaged plan
proceeding and such bankruptcy proceeding has not been dismissed
within 30 days of such commencement;
|
|
|
|
the Company or any of our subsidiaries have become unable, admit
our inability or fail generally to pay our debts as they become
due;
|
|
|
|
the Company or any of our subsidiaries make a general assignment
for the benefit of our creditors;
|
|
|
|
the Company fails to comply with our obligations to commence the
prepackaged plan proceeding (see Commencement of a
Reorganization Case in Connection with the Prepackaged Plan
Covenant above);
|
|
|
|
if the prepackaged plan proceeding has been commenced, at any
time after 25 days after the filing of the prepackaged
plan, if the bankruptcy court has not entered the order
approving the motion relating to the fees and expenses payable
to the CD&R Fund and CD&R under the investment
agreement on or prior to such date;
|
|
|
|
if the prepackaged plan proceeding has been commenced, at any
time after eight weeks after the filing of the prepackaged plan,
if the bankruptcy court has not entered the confirmation order
with respect to the prepackaged plan on or prior to such date;
|
|
|
|
if the prepackaged plan proceeding has been commenced, the
prepackaged plan proceeding is dismissed or converted from a
case under chapter 11 to one under chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code, or the Company files a motion or other pleading
with the bankruptcy court seeking the dismissal or conversion of
the prepackaged plan proceeding;
|
|
|
|
at any time, if the Company or any of our subsidiaries file a
plan of reorganization or liquidation other than the prepackaged
plan; or
|
|
|
|
if the prepackaged plan proceeding has been commenced, at any
time, if the bankruptcy court (a) grants relief that is
materially inconsistent with the investment agreement or the
prepackaged plan in any respect or (b) enters an order
confirming any plan of reorganization other than the prepackaged
plan;
|
(6) by the Company, to accept a superior proposal or if the
bankruptcy court enters an order requiring the Company to
terminate the investment agreement in order to accept a
qualifying transaction (see Termination Fees;
Transaction Expenses Following Termination below);
(7) by either the CD&R Fund or the Company, if the
prepackaged plan proceeding has been commenced and the
bankruptcy court enters an order denying confirmation of the
prepackaged plan, or the order confirming the prepackaged plan
is vacated or reversed and does not become a final order within
four weeks and ten days after the entry of such confirmation
order; or
(8) by the mutual written consent of the CD&R Fund and
the Company.
If the investment agreement is terminated and the CD&R
investment is abandoned, except for the provisions relating to
the indemnity obligations of the Company in connection with the
CD&R losses for execution and performance of the investment
agreement (see Indemnity below),
confidentiality, the provisions described in
Termination Fees; Transaction Expenses Following
Termination below, the provisions relating to amendment,
and waivers and certain other miscellaneous provisions in the
investment agreement, the investment agreement forthwith becomes
void and there will be no liability on the part of either party
thereto.
Termination
Fees; Transaction Expenses Following Termination
In the event the investment agreement is terminated for any
reason (other than in circumstances described in clause (8)
above under Termination of the Investment
Agreement and other than solely as a result of the failure
of the parties to obtain the clearance or approval under the HSR
Act) and the CD&R Fund has not taken any action, or failed
to take any action, in breach of the investment agreement that
proximately caused the event, condition or passage of time
giving rise to the termination of the investment agreement or
the failure of the closing to occur, then we will reimburse the
78
CD&R Fund for all of its transaction expenses up to
$9.5 million in the aggregate (net of any transaction
expenses already paid no later than two business days after
submission of reasonable supporting documentation of such
expenses).
In the event that the investment agreement is terminated:
|
|
|
|
|
in circumstances described in clause (4) or clause (6)
above under Termination of the Investment
Agreement; or
|
|
|
|
in circumstances described in clause (1) above under
Termination of the Investment Agreement, and
(a) within 12 months of the date of termination, the
Company enters into a definitive agreement with respect to, or
consummates, a transaction contemplated by any qualifying
transaction (as described below), and (b) at the time of
the termination, (x) the CD&R Fund is not in material
breach of any of its material covenants and agreements contained
in the investment agreement or its representations and
warranties contained in the investment agreement and
(y) the following conditions have been satisfied:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the expiration or termination of any waiting period required to
consummate the CD&R investment under the HSR Act and the
Austrian Act (each, as described on the front cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement);
|
|
|
|
the absence of (1) any provision of any applicable law and
any issued injunction, judgment, decree or other order that
prohibits the closing, that restricts the CD&R Fund or its
affiliates from owning, voting, or converting or exercising any
Series B convertible preferred stock in accordance with its
terms, or exercising the CD&R Funds consent rights
contemplated by the stockholders agreement and (2) any
lawsuit by a governmental entity seeking to effect any of the
foregoing; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
in circumstances described in clause (3), clause (5) or
clause (7) above under Termination of the
Investment Agreement, and at the time of such termination,
the CD&R Fund is not in material breach of any of its
material covenants and agreements contained in the investment
agreement or its representations and warranties contained in the
investment agreement, and within 12 months of the date of
termination, the Company enters into a definitive agreement with
respect to, or consummates, a transaction contemplated by any
qualifying transaction;
|
then the Company will pay to the CD&R Fund a termination
fee in an amount equal to $8.25 million and the Company
will reimburse the CD&R Fund for up to $9.5 million of
its expenses relating to the restructuring (net of any amounts
previously paid or reimbursed).
A qualifying transaction means any company transaction proposal
(see No Solicitation Covenant below), which,
in the case of a company transaction proposal that is a
restructuring, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or
similar transaction, is a superior lender proposal (as described
in No Solicitation Covenant below, without
giving regard to the parenthetical in such definition).
Term
Loan Refinancing Covenant
We have agreed to pay when due all interest, fees, expenses and
other obligations arising under our existing credit agreement
and related credit documents as and when they become payable,
and to otherwise comply with and timely perform all of our
obligations under such agreements and documents at all times
during the term of the investment agreement, including during
the pendency of the prepackaged plan proceeding (subject to the
consent or approval of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware).
In addition, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts
(and the CD&R Fund has agreed to use reasonable best
efforts to cooperate with us in such efforts) to take all
reasonable actions and to do all things reasonably necessary,
proper or advisable, to amend our existing credit agreement on
the terms and conditions provided in the form of the amended
credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth on Annex L or otherwise
contemplated thereby. The CD&R Fund may make such
additions, modifications, alterations, corrections or other
changes to the form of the amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K
79
after giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L as
it deems advisable in its sole discretion (exercised in good
faith) to:
|
|
|
|
|
add, provide or complete any schedule, annex, exhibit, numerical
amount or other information that is omitted, missing or
incomplete, or modify, alter, correct or change (including
without limitation by deleting or replacing) any wording that is
in brackets;
|
|
|
|
cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission or defect;
|
|
|
|
cure any inconsistency, including with any other provision of
the same agreement or of the ABL agreement or any other
transaction document or other agreement entered into in
connection therewith;
|
|
|
|
address a material risk that (1) we will be unable to
comply with the terms or conditions of the agreement or
(2) by complying with the terms and conditions of the
agreement we will be subject to a material risk of not complying
with the terms and conditions of the ABL agreement or any other
transaction document or other agreement entered into in
connection therewith;
|
|
|
|
effect the intent evidenced by the form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to
the matters set forth on Annex L ; or
|
|
|
|
avoid adverse tax consequences to us or any of our subsidiaries.
|
In the event that we cannot amend our existing credit agreement
on the terms and conditions contemplated in the previous
paragraph for any reason, we have agreed to use our reasonable
best efforts (and the CD&R Fund has agreed to use
commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with us in such
efforts, including by actively assisting us in negotiation of
related definitive documentation) to amend the terms of our
existing credit agreement (1) on terms and conditions that
are, in the CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised in
good faith), (x) no less favorable (as to each item (other than
immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the Company and the
CD&R Fund (as a prospective stockholder of the Company)
than the terms and conditions contemplated in the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K or (y)
otherwise acceptable to the CD&R Fund, and (2) to
extend the maturity of $150.0 million principal amount of
the term loans outstanding under our existing credit agreement,
as promptly as practicable but in any event no later than
outside date (see Termination of the Investment
Agreement above).
See The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan
Refinancing
Pursuant to the
lock-up
agreements, holders of obligations under our existing credit
agreement that executed a lock-up agreement have agreed, subject
to the terms contained in the applicable
lock-up
agreement, (1) to support the term loan refinancing by
accepting a portion of the repayment contemplated thereby and by
executing an amendment to our existing credit agreement in the
form of the amended credit agreement attached hereto as
Annex K after giving effect to the matters set forth on
Annex L and (2) to vote all their obligations under
the existing credit agreement in favor of the prepackaged plan,
among other things. See The RestructuringThe
Lock-Up
Agreements. Including the holders of obligations under our
existing credit agreement, we have commitments or consents from
100% of lenders under our existing credit agreement to
consummate the term loan refinancing by executing the form of
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L.
ABL
Financing Covenant
We have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts (and the
CD&R Fund has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts
to cooperate with us in such efforts) to take all reasonable
actions and to do all things reasonably necessary, proper or
advisable, to arrange and obtain revolving credit commitments
for general corporate purposes from lenders on terms and
conditions that reflect the terms and conditions summarized in
the ABL term sheet attached as Annex Q and otherwise are
either (a) in the CD&R Funds reasonable
discretion (exercised in good faith), consistent with and no
less favorable (as to each item (other than immaterial item) and
in the aggregate) to the Company and the CD&R Fund (as a
prospective stockholder of the Company) than the terms and
conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R, or
(b) in the CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised
in good faith), acceptable to the CD&R Fund.
80
In the event that revolving credit commitments cannot be
obtained on terms and conditions described in the previous
paragraph, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts
(and the CD&R Fund has agreed to use commercially
reasonable efforts to cooperate with us in such efforts,
including by actively assisting us in our negotiation of related
definitive documentation) to obtain alternative financing from
alternative sources (A) that is on terms and conditions that
(1) are, in the CD&R Funds sole discretion
(exercised in good faith), no less favorable (as to each item
and in the aggregate) to the Company and the CD&R Fund (as
a prospective stockholder of the Company) than the terms and
conditions summarized in the ABL term sheet and otherwise
(2) are either (a) in the CD&R Funds
reasonable discretion (exercised in good faith), consistent with
and no less favorable to the Company and the CD&R Fund (as
a prospective stockholder of the Company) than the terms and
conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R, or
(b) in the CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised
in good faith), acceptable to the CD&R Fund, and (B) that
provides revolving credit commitments in an aggregate principal
amount that is not less than $125.0 million, as promptly as
practicable but in any event no later than the outside date.
See The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe ABL Financing.
We have been in discussions with prospective lenders regarding
the terms of the ABL agreement to give effect to the ABL
financing and the Company has finalized with such prospective
lenders the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R and confirmed participation for the full
availability under such ABL financing. While the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R has been agreed to in
principle with such prospective lenders, and the Company has
been informed that the prospective lenders have indicated their
willingness to enter in to the form of ABL agreement attached
hereto as Annex R in connection with the consummation of
the CD&R investment, no loan commitment letter from any
such prospective lender has been received by the Company.
Conduct
of Business Covenant
We have agreed that, except (1) as expressly permitted or
required by the transaction documents or otherwise consented to
by the CD&R Fund and (2) as set forth in the
disclosure letter to the investment agreement, from the date of
the original investment agreement to the date of the closing (or
the termination of the investment agreement, if applicable), we
and our subsidiaries will conduct our business in all material
respects in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice provided that we may make such changes to the manner in
which we conduct business as are required by the prepackaged
plan proceeding.
In addition, during the same period, except as expressly
permitted or required by the transaction documents, without the
prior written consent of the CD&R Fund, neither we nor any
of our subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
will take any action that, if taken after the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
would require the written consent of or vote by holders of such
Series B convertible preferred stock under the certificate
of designations (see The RestructuringDescription of
the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockVoting Rights) or would
require the consent of the CD&R Fund and its affiliates
pursuant to the stockholders agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementConsent
Rights);
|
|
|
|
would trigger a redemption right under the certificate of
designations (see The RestructuringDescription of
the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockChange of Control
Redemption Right); or
|
|
|
|
|
|
would result in an adjustment to be made under the certificate
of designations (see The RestructuringDescription of
the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockConvertibility and
AntiDilution Adjustments);
|
|
|
|
amend, modify, terminate or otherwise make any change to,
directly or indirectly, our existing credit agreement and
related credit documents except we may extend (and, as described
in our current report on
Form 8-K
filed on August 27, 2009, on August 21, 2009, have
extended) the current waiver from the lenders under our existing
credit agreement;
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
other than with respect to the prepackaged plan proceeding,
commence a bankruptcy proceeding (see Termination of
the Investment Agreement above); or
|
|
|
|
take any action that is in furtherance of the delisting of the
common stock from the NYSE or the listing of the common stock on
any other stock exchange or automated quotation system.
|
We also agree not to declare or pay any dividend or distribution
on any of our securities on or prior to the closing.
No
Solicitation
Covenant
We have agreed to cease any discussions or negotiations with any
parties that may be ongoing with respect to a company
transaction proposal (as described below). In addition, after
the execution of the investment agreement, we agreed not to, and
not to authorize or permit our subsidiaries to:
|
|
|
|
|
solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage any inquiry with
respect to, or the making, submission or announcement of, any
proposal that constitutes or could reasonably be expected to
lead to a company transaction proposal;
|
|
|
|
participate in any negotiations regarding a company transaction
proposal with, or furnish any nonpublic information relating to
a company transaction proposal to, any person;
|
|
|
|
engage in discussions regarding a company transaction proposal
with any person, except to notify such person of the
restrictions in the investment agreement;
|
|
|
|
approve, endorse or recommend any company transaction proposal;
|
|
|
|
enter into any letter of intent or agreement in principle or any
agreement providing for any company transaction proposal, except
for a confidentiality agreement, which confidentiality
provisions are no less restrictive to such person making the
company transaction proposal than the provisions in the
confidentiality agreement executed by the CD&R Fund with
the Company is to the CD&R Fund, its affiliates, and their
respective personnel and representatives; or
|
|
|
|
propose or agree to do any of the foregoing.
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time prior to the
closing, we receive a bona fide, written and unsolicited company
transaction proposal and our board of directors determines in
good faith, after consultation with outside counsel and our
independent financial advisor, that such company transaction
proposal constitutes a superior proposal (as described below) or
is reasonably likely to result in a superior proposal, the
Company may:
|
|
|
|
|
furnish nonpublic information to the person making such company
transaction proposal, if:
|
|
|
|
|
|
prior to so furnishing such nonpublic information, we have
(1) advised the CD&R Fund of the receipt of the
company transaction proposal and made specified disclosures to
the CD&R Fund regarding the terms and conditions of such
company transaction proposal and (2) have received from
such person making the company transaction proposal a
customarily restrictive confidentiality agreement; and
|
|
|
|
all such nonpublic information has previously been provided to
the CD&R Fund or is provided to the CD&R Fund prior to
or substantially contemporaneously with the time it is provided
to the person making such company transaction proposal; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
engage in discussions or negotiations with such person with
respect to the company transaction proposal.
|
Until the later of (1) any scheduled expiration date on
which all of the conditions to this exchange offer have been
satisfied (or, with the prior written consent of the CD&R
Fund, waived) or acceptances from a sufficient number of holders
of impaired claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the
prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code,
including confirmation through the nonconsensual
cram-down provisions of section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code with respect to non-accepting impaired claims
classes have been received and (2) the date on which all
conditions to the CD&R investment have been satisfied (or
in our reasonable judgment, such conditions are reasonably
certain to be satisfied by the outside date (see
Termination of the Investment Agreement
above)), at any time at which (a) any of the conditions to
this exchange offer has not been satisfied (or, with the prior
written consent of the CD&R Fund, waived), acceptances from
a sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an impaired
class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be confirmed
under the Bankruptcy Code, including
82
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired claims classes have not been
received or any other condition to the CD&R investment has
not been satisfied (and, in the Companys reasonable
judgment, there is material uncertainty as to whether any such
condition will be satisfied by the outside date) and (b) we
are not in material breach of any of our material covenants and
agreements contained in the investment agreement, then we may:
|
|
|
|
|
propose a contingency plan proposal (as described below) to any
person that, to our knowledge, is not considering making, and,
in the case of a holder of convertible notes or a lender under
our existing credit agreement, has not since April 1, 2009
made, a company transaction proposal other than a contingency
plan proposal;
|
|
|
|
participate in negotiations and engage in discussions regarding
a contingency plan proposal with, or furnish nonpublic
information relating to a contingency plan proposal to, any
person that, to our knowledge, is not considering making, and,
in the case of a holder of convertible notes or a lender under
our existing credit agreement, has not since April 1, 2009
made, a company transaction proposal other than a contingency
plan proposal; or
|
|
|
|
propose or agree to do any of the foregoing;
|
so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to furnishing any nonpublic information, we have
(i) advised the CD&R Fund of the receipt of the
contingency plan proposal and made specified disclosures to the
CD&R Fund regarding the terms and conditions of such
contingency plan proposal; and (ii) have received from such
person making a customarily restrictive confidentiality
agreement; and
|
|
|
|
all such nonpublic information has previously been provided to
the CD&R Fund or is provided to the CD&R Fund prior to
or substantially contemporaneously with the time it is provided
to the person making such contingency plan proposal or to whom
such contingency plan proposal has been made.
|
We have agreed (1) to promptly advise the CD&R Fund of
the receipt of any request for nonpublic information relating to
the Company or any of our subsidiaries other than requests for
information not reasonably expected to be related to a company
transaction proposal and (2) to keep the CD&R Fund
fully informed of the status of any company transaction proposal
or contingency plan proposal in connection with which we have
provided nonpublic information.
A company transaction proposal means any inquiry, proposal or
offer from any person or group of persons other than the
CD&R Fund or its affiliates relating to any (1) direct
or indirect acquisition or purchase of a business that
constitutes 20% or more of the net revenues, net income or
assets of the Company and our subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
20% or more of any class or series of equity securities (or any
indebtedness or other obligation that is exchangeable for or
convertible into any such security, or any other right to
acquire any such security, contingent or otherwise) of the
Company, or (2) any tender offer or exchange offer, merger,
reorganization, restructuring, consolidation, share exchange,
business combination, recapitalization, liquidation,
dissolution, equity infusion or similar transaction involving
the Company (or any of our subsidiaries whose business
constitutes 20% or more of the net revenues, net income or
assets of the Company and our subsidiaries, taken as a whole)
that if consummated would result in any person or group of
persons beneficially owning 20% or more of the voting rights of
any class or series of capital stock of the Company.
A contingency plan proposal means any proposal relating to any
merger, restructuring, reorganization, recapitalization,
liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving us or
any of our subsidiaries that our board of directors in good
faith determines does not constitute a superior proposal or a
superior lender proposal and is not reasonably likely to result
in a superior proposal or a superior lender proposal, which
determination is made after consultation with outside counsel
and our independent financial advisor and assumes consummation
of the restructuring.
A superior lender proposal means any proposal involving any
person making more than a de minimis investment or
commitment (other than a person who is as of the date hereof a
holder of convertible notes or a lender under our existing
credit agreement) relating to a restructuring, reorganization,
liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction pursuant to
which (1) holders of convertible notes would receive
consideration in respect of the convertible notes that is of
equal or greater total market value than such holders would
receive pursuant to the restructuring, or (2) the lenders
under our existing credit agreement would receive cash in
repayment of the outstanding borrowings under our existing
83
credit agreement in an amount equal to or greater than pursuant
to the term loan refinancing, or would receive consideration in
respect of their rights under our existing credit agreement and
related credit documents that are of equal or greater total
market value and security than such lenders under our existing
credit agreement would receive pursuant to the term loan
refinancing and that does not include any equity security.
A superior proposal means a bona fide written proposal or offer
from any person or group of persons other than the CD&R
Fund or its affiliates not solicited in violation of the
investment agreement relating to any direct or indirect
acquisition or purchase of a business that constitutes 50% or
more of our net revenues, net income or assets, or 50% or more
of any class or series of our securities, any tender offer or
exchange offer that if consummated would result in any person or
group of persons beneficially owning 50% or more of the voting
rights of any class or series of our capital stock, any merger,
reorganization, consolidation, share exchange, business
combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, equity
infusion or similar transaction involving us (or our
subsidiaries whose business constitutes 50% or more of our net
revenues, net income or assets) or any restructuring or
reorganization of us, in each case, that our board of directors
in good faith determines, would, if consummated, result in a
transaction that is more favorable to us and our existing
stockholders than the restructuring, which determination is made
(1) after receiving the advice of our independent financial
advisor, (2) after taking into account the likelihood (and
likely timing) of consummation of such transaction on the terms
set forth therein (as compared to the terms in the transaction
documents) and (3) after taking into account all relevant
legal (with the advice of outside counsel), financial (including
the financing terms of any such proposal, the additional
transaction costs and the effect of any termination fee,
expenses or amounts payable under the investment agreement),
regulatory or other aspects of such proposal and any other
relevant factors permitted by applicable law.
Acceptance
of Superior Proposal
At any time prior to the closing, if we receive a superior
proposal, our board of directors may terminate the investment
agreement to enter into a definitive agreement with respect to
such superior proposal, so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
we have provided prior written notice to the CD&R Fund at
least five calendar days in advance of our intention to take
such actions and providing disclosure of the terms and
conditions of such superior proposal;
|
|
|
|
during such notice period, we and our independent financial
advisor and outside counsel have negotiated with the CD&R
Fund in good faith (to the extent the CD&R Fund desires to
negotiate) to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions
of the investment agreement so that such company transaction
proposal ceases to constitute a superior proposal; and
|
|
|
|
at or prior to the time of termination of the investment
agreement, we have paid the termination fee (see
Termination Fees; Transaction Expenses Following
Termination above).
|
In the event of any material revisions to the superior proposal,
we have agreed to deliver a new written notice to the CD&R
Fund and comply with the above enumerated requirements with
respect to such new written notice, except that the new notice
period will be two calendar days instead of four calendar days.
Regulatory
Filings and Third-Party Consents Covenant
We and the CD&R Fund have each agreed to cooperate and
consult with the other and use our respective best efforts to
take all actions, to file all documents, to do and to help the
other party to do, all things necessary, proper or advisable to
cause the conditions to this exchange offer and the closing to
be satisfied as promptly as practicable and to consummate the
restructuring, including (1) preparing and filing as
promptly as practicable all documentation, effecting all
necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings and other
documents and obtaining all necessary permits, consents,
waivers, clearances, approvals, authorizations, permits, orders,
consents of, or any exemptions by, all governmental entities,
(2) seeking all necessary or advisable consents of third
parties to the restructuring and (3) using best efforts to
cause the satisfaction, but not waiver, of the conditions to
closing with respect to the expiration or termination of any
waiting period require to consummate the CD&R investment
under the HSR Act and the Austrian Act. In particular, we and
the CD&R Fund have each agreed to use our respective best
efforts to obtain, and use our respective best efforts to help
the other obtain, as promptly as practicable, all approvals,
authorizations, consents, clearances, expirations or
terminations of waiting periods or exemptions required from all
84
necessary governmental entities for the restructuring,
including, but not limited to, filings and notifications with
respect to, and expiration or termination of any applicable
waiting period under, the HSR Act and any other applicable
competition or merger control laws.
On August 28, 2009, each of the Company and the CD&R
Fund made an appropriate filing of a Notification and Report
Form pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the CD&R
investment and the CD&R Fund made an appropriate filing
under the Austrian Act. The waiting period under the HSR Act was
terminated on September 8, 2009. The review period under
the Austrian Act expired on September 26, 2009.
Each party specifically agreed not to agree or commit to contest
the enforceability of the investment agreement under the
Bankruptcy Code, or, except as otherwise provided in the
investment agreement, agree or commit to delay or not to close
any of the transactions contemplated by the investment
agreement, without the express written consent of the other
party.
Each party agreed to cooperate in all respects with each other
in connection with any filing or submission and in connection
with any investigation or other inquiry and to promptly
(1) furnish to the other such necessary information and
reasonable assistance as the other party may request in
connection with the matters described in this section,
(2) inform the other party of any communication from any
governmental entity regarding the restructuring and of any
communication received or given in connection with any legal,
administrative or other proceeding by a private party or any
investigation, proceeding or other action by the NYSE, in each
case regarding the restructuring and (3) provide counsel
for the other party with copies of all filings made by such
party, and all correspondence between such party (and its
advisors) with any governmental entity or the NYSE, and any
other information supplied by such party and such partys
subsidiaries to a governmental entity or the NYSE, in connection
with the restructuring, subject to certain redactions. Each
party also agreed to permit counsel for the other party to
review in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the
other parties in connection with, any proposed written
communication to any governmental entity or the NYSE in
connection with the restructuring. The parties agreed not to
participate in any meeting or discussion with any governmental
entity or the NYSE in connection with the restructuring unless
it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent
not prohibited by such governmental entity or the NYSE, to give
the other party the opportunity to attend and participate.
Each party agreed not to acquire or agree to acquire by merger
or consolidation, or by purchasing a substantial equity interest
in or a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other
manner, any business or any corporation, partnership,
association or other business organization or division thereof
or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that would
delay or make materially more difficult the obtaining of any
approvals, authorizations, consents, clearances, expirations or
terminations of waiting periods or exemptions approval or
authorization required under the HSR Act for the CD&R
investment.
Representations and Warranties
The investment agreement contains representations and warranties
made by the Company to the CD&R Fund and representations
and warranties made by the CD&R Fund to the Company.
We made customary representations and warranties in the
investment agreement, which are, in some cases, subject to
specified exceptions and qualifications (including
qualifications that subject certain representations and
warranties to a material adverse effect or
materiality standard). Our representations and
warranties relate to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
our and our subsidiaries proper organization, good
standing and existence and corporate power to operate our and
their properties and conduct our and their businesses;
|
|
|
|
our ownership of certain subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
our capitalization;
|
|
|
|
the lack of registration rights or voting agreements with
respect to our securities;
|
|
|
|
our corporate power and authority to enter into the transaction
documents and to consummate the restructuring;
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
the enforceability of the transaction documents;
|
|
|
|
the absence of any violation of or conflict with or defaults
under our and our subsidiaries organizational documents,
certain convertible notes and instruments, or applicable law as
a result of entering into the transaction documents and
consummating the restructuring;
|
|
|
|
the absence of any violation of law or order applicable to us or
our subsidiaries or any of our and their properties or assets;
|
|
|
|
the lack of any requirements for notice to, filing with,
exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval
of, any governmental entity or any other person under any
provision of any material agreement or other instrument to which
we are a party in connection with the execution and delivery of
the transaction documents and consummating the restructuring;
|
|
|
|
certain of our SEC filings and the consolidated financial
statements included therein;
|
|
|
|
the absence of undisclosed liabilities;
|
|
|
|
our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls
over financial reporting;
|
|
|
|
the absence of any material complaints, allegations, assertions
or claims regarding our accounting or auditing practices;
|
|
|
|
the absence of any change, condition, event or development since
the date of the investment agreement that would have,
individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on
the Company;
|
|
|
|
the lack of action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation
against us or any of our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
our compliance with laws;
|
|
|
|
our possession of all licenses and permits necessary to own or
lease our properties and carry on our business;
|
|
|
|
the due authorization of the Series B convertible preferred
stock and other matters relating to the Series B
convertible preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
tax matters;
|
|
|
|
our employee benefit plans;
|
|
|
|
our employees and compliance with labor laws;
|
|
|
|
our intellectual property;
|
|
|
|
our real property;
|
|
|
|
our title to assets;
|
|
|
|
environmental matters;
|
|
|
|
certain of our material contracts;
|
|
|
|
the absence of undisclosed brokers or finders fees;
|
|
|
|
our compliance with the continued listing requirements of the
NYSE;
|
|
|
|
our insurance policies;
|
|
|
|
our actions relating to certain state anti-takeover statutes and
provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation;
|
|
|
|
approval by our board of directors of the transaction documents
including the transactions contemplated thereby, including this
exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
this prospectus/disclosure statement, the related registration
statement and the Schedule TO filed in connection with this
exchange offer;
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
our receipt of a fairness opinion from Greenhill;
|
|
|
|
the ABL agreement and other related credit documents
contemplated by the ABL financing (including with respect to
(1) the absence of any amendment or modification of such
documents from and after execution and delivery thereof,
(2) the validity and binding effect of such documents on
the Company and each of our subsidiaries that is a party
thereto, (3) the absence of default or breach (or
allegations thereof) in any material respect under the terms of
the ABL agreement or the other related documents, and
(4) the absence of any default or event or circumstance
that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a breach, default or event of default thereunder);
|
|
|
|
our existing credit agreement and the related credit documents
(including with respect to our payment of any and all fees,
expenses and other obligations that are due and payable in
connection with our existing credit agreement and other related
documents and the lack of revolving loans outstanding under our
existing credit agreement);
|
|
|
|
the amended credit agreement and other related documents
contemplated by the term loan refinancing (including with
respect to (1) the absence of any amendment or modification
of such documents from and after execution and delivery thereof,
(2) the validity and binding effect of such documents on
the Company and each of our subsidiary that are parties thereto,
(3) the absence of default or breach in any material
respect under (or allegations thereof) the terms of the amended
credit agreement or the other related documents, and
(4) the absence of any default or event or circumstance
that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a breach, default or event of default thereunder); and
|
|
|
|
the solvency of the Company and our subsidiaries after giving
effect to the closing.
|
In the investment agreement, the CD&R Fund makes customary
representations and warranties, which are, in some cases,
subject to specified exceptions and qualifications. The
CD&R Funds representations and warranties relate to,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
its status and certain acknowledgements relating to the
CD&R investment, which representations and warranties we
refer to as the private placement representations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
its status as an accredited investor within the
meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under
the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
its awareness that the sale of the Series B convertible
preferred stock and the common stock issuable upon conversion of
the Series B convertible preferred stock is being made in
reliance on a private placement exemption from registration
under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
its acquisition of the Series B convertible preferred stock
and common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B
convertible preferred stock is for its own account;
|
|
|
|
that the Series B convertible preferred stock and common
stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B convertible
preferred stock are being offered in a transaction not involving
any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and
that there are transfer restrictions on the Series B
convertible preferred stock and common stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series B convertible preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
that the Series B convertible preferred stock and common
stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B convertible
preferred stock may bear a legend or other restriction; and
|
|
|
|
that it (1) is able to fend for itself in the transactions
contemplated by the investment agreement; (2) has such
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to
be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective
investment in the Series B convertible preferred stock and
the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B
convertible preferred stock; (3) has the ability to bear
the economic risks of its prospective investment and can afford
the complete loss of such investment; (4) acknowledges that
it (a) has conducted its own investigation of the Company
and the terms of the Series B convertible preferred stock
and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series B convertible preferred stock, (b) has had
access to the Companys public filings and to such
financial and other information as it deems necessary to make
its decision to purchase the Series B convertible preferred
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
stock and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series B convertible preferred stock, and (c) has been
offered the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and
received answers thereto, as it deemed necessary in connection
with the decision to purchase the Series B convertible
preferred stock and common stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series B convertible preferred stock; and (5) understands
that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of its
representations, acknowledgements and agreements;
|
|
|
|
|
|
that the common stock is listed on the NYSE and the Company is
required to file reports containing certain business and
financial information with the SEC pursuant to the reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the
Exchange Act, and that it is able to obtain copies of such
reports;
|
|
|
|
its corporate or other power and authority to enter into the
investment agreement and related agreements (including the
stockholders agreement and the registration rights agreement)
and to consummate the CD&R investment;
|
|
|
|
the lack of any requirements for notice to, filing with,
exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval
of, any governmental entity or any other person under any
provision of any material agreement or other instrument to which
we are a party in connection with the execution and delivery of
the CD&R investment and related agreements (including the
stockholders agreement and the registration rights agreement)
and consummating the CD&R investment;
|
|
|
|
its lack of ownership of our capital stock;
|
|
|
|
its access to and the availability of funds in an amount equal
to the Cash Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
information supplied by the CD&R Fund for this
prospectus/disclosure statement, the related registration
statement and the Schedule TO filed in connection with this
exchange offer; and
|
|
|
|
its lack of competitive businesses.
|
For the purposes of the investment agreement, material adverse
effect means any event, change, development, effect or
occurrence that:
|
|
|
|
|
is material and adverse to the business, assets, results of
operations or financial condition of the Company and our
subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or
|
|
|
|
would materially impair the ability of the Company to perform
our obligations under the transaction documents or to consummate
the restructuring.
|
In determining whether a material adverse effect has occurred,
any effect to the extent resulting from the following is
excluded:
|
|
|
|
|
any change, development, occurrence or event affecting the
businesses or industries in which the Company and its
subsidiaries operate including general pricing changes (except
to the extent that the effects of such changes have a
disproportionate impact on the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, relative to other businesses supplying to the
non-residential construction industry);
|
|
|
|
changes in general domestic economic conditions, including
changes in the financial, securities or credit markets, or
changes in such conditions in any area in which the Company or
its subsidiaries operate (except to the extent that the effects
of such changes have a disproportionate impact on the Company
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other
businesses supplying to the non-residential construction
industry);
|
|
|
|
changes in global or national political conditions, including
any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or
undeclared acts of war or terrorism (except to the extent that
the effects of such changes have a disproportionate impact on
the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to
other businesses supplying to the non-residential construction
industry);
|
|
|
|
the announcement of the transaction documents and the
transactions contemplated thereby;
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
the failure of the Company to meet any internal or published
projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any
period (provided that the underlying causes of such failure may
be considered in determining whether there is a material adverse
effect on the Company);
|
|
|
|
any change in the trading prices of the common stock on the NYSE
or of the convertible notes (provided that the underlying causes
of such change may be considered in determining whether there is
a material adverse effect on the Company); or
|
|
|
|
the announcement or commencement of the prepackaged plan
proceeding.
|
Indemnity
We have agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
CD&R Fund and its affiliates and each of their respective
officers, directors, partners, employees and agents, and each
person who controls the CD&R Fund, which we refer to
collectively as the CD&R indemnified parties, from and
against, and pay or reimburse such persons for:
|
|
|
|
|
CD&R losses for NCI breaches of representations and
warranties, which means any and all losses, liabilities,
damages and expenses arising from or relating to any inaccuracy
in or breach of any representation or warranty when made or
deemed made by us in or pursuant to the investment agreement;
|
|
|
|
CD&R losses for NCI breaches of covenants, which means any
and all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses arising from
or relating to our failure to perform any covenant or agreement
under the investment agreement; or
|
|
|
|
CD&R losses for execution and performance of the investment
agreement, which means any and all losses, liabilities, damages
and expenses arising out of or resulting from our authorization
and approval and our
and/or the
CD&R Funds execution, delivery, performance or
termination of the investment agreement or the transactions
contemplated thereby (other than any losses, liabilities,
damages and expenses attributable to acts, errors or omissions
in violation of the investment agreement on the part of the
CD&R Fund or any CD&R Indemnified Parties and other
than any losses, liabilities, damages and expenses attributable
to the economic risks of the CD&R Funds investment
decision) that the CD&R Fund or the CD&R Indemnified
Parties are subject to, named in or made party to any litigation
by any person other than us.
|
Our obligation to indemnify the CD&R indemnified parties is
effective from and after the closing with respect to the
CD&R losses for NCI breaches of representations and
warranties and the CD&R losses for NCI breaches of
covenants and is effective from and after the execution of the
investment agreement with respect to the CD&R losses for
execution and performance of the investment agreement.
Our obligation to indemnify the CD&R indemnified parties is
subject to:
|
|
|
|
|
a de minimis exception of $50,000, under which we are not
required to pay any amounts in respect of losses, liabilities,
damages and expenses in connection with or related to any
individual claim (or any series of related claims (including any
class action)) unless such losses exceed $50,000;
|
|
|
|
a basket of $5.0 million, under which we are not required
to pay any amounts in respect of losses, liabilities, damages or
expenses (other than losses, liabilities, damages or expenses
excluded because they do not meet the de minimis
exception described in the immediately preceding bullet point)
until such losses exceed $5.0 million, following which time
all losses above such amount will be subject to
indemnification; and
|
|
|
|
a cap of $75.0 million.
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, CD&R losses for NCI breaches
of representations and warranties in respect of certain
enumerated fundamental representations, CD&R losses for NCI
breaches of covenants and CD&R losses for execution and
performance of the investment agreement will be payable without
regard to the $75.0 million cap described above (however,
CD&R losses for NCI breaches of representations and
warranties in respect of certain enumerated fundamental
representations and CD&R losses for NCI breaches of
covenants will be taken into account in determining whether such
$75.0 million cap has been reached) and CD&R losses
for execution and performance of the investment agreement are
payable without regard to the $5.0 million basket described
above and are not taken into account in determining whether the
$5.0 million basket has been reached. We will not be
required
89
to pay more than $250.0 million to the CD&R Fund under
the investment agreement, inclusive of all fees, expense
reimbursements or amounts payable under our indemnification
obligation.
The CD&R Fund has agreed to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless us and our affiliates and each of our and their
respective officers, directors, partners, employees and agents,
which collectively we refer to as the NCI indemnified parties,
from and against, and pay or reimburse us or such persons for:
|
|
|
|
|
NCI losses for CD&R breaches of representations and
warranties, which means any and all losses, liabilities, damages
or expenses arising from or relating to any inaccuracy in or
breach of any representation or warranty when made or deemed
made by the CD&R Fund in or pursuant to the investment
agreement; or
|
|
|
|
NCI losses for CD&R breaches of covenants, which means any
and all losses, liabilities, damages or expenses arising from or
relating to the failure of the CD&R Fund to perform any
covenant or agreement under the investment agreement.
|
The CD&R Funds obligation to indemnify the NCI
indemnified parties is effective from and after the closing.
The CD&R Funds obligation to indemnify the NCI
indemnified parties is subject to a parallel de minimis
exception, basket and cap as described above with respect to
our obligation to indemnify the CD&R indemnified parties.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the NCI losses for CD&R
breaches of representations and warranties in respect of certain
enumerated fundamental representations or NCI losses for
CD&R breaches of covenants will be payable without regard
to the $75.0 million cap (however, NCI losses for CD&R
breaches of representations and warranties with respect to an
inaccuracy or breach of certain enumerated fundamental
representations and NCI losses for CD&R breaches of
covenants will be taken into account in determining whether such
$75.0 million cap has been reached). The CD&R Fund
will not be required to pay more than $250.0 million to us
or our affiliates pursuant to its indemnity or otherwise.
Governance
Matters
We have agreed to take all actions necessary:
|
|
|
|
|
to cause all directors serving on our board of directors
immediately prior to the closing (other than our Chief Executive
Officer and, to the extent such individuals are chosen to serve
as unaffiliated shareholder directors, two other directors (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related Matters)) to resign from
our board, effective as of the closing;
|
|
|
|
to cause vacancies on our board of directors to be filled,
effective as of the closing, by persons nominated or designated
by the CD&R Fund no later than three business days prior to
the closing, with the directors nominated or designated by the
CD&R Fund divided as nearly evenly as possible among each
class of our board of directors, and to cause the representation
of the directors nominated or designated by the CD&R Fund,
effective as of the closing, on each committee of our board of
directors to be proportionate to the membership of the directors
nominated or designated by the CD&R Fund on our board of
directors;
|
|
|
|
to ensure that the by-laws, the charters of the committees of
our board of directors and any of our corporate guidelines,
effective as of the closing, are consistent with the provisions
of the stockholders agreement and the transactions contemplated
by that agreement (see The RestructuringDescription
of the CD&R InvestmentThe Stockholders
Agreement); and
|
|
|
|
to elect, effective as of the closing, to take advantage of the
exemptions to the requirements of sections 303A.01, 303A.04
and 303A.05 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (which exemptions
would exempt us from compliance with the NYSEs
requirements for companies listed on the NYSE to have (1) a
majority of independent directors, (2) a
nominating/corporate governance committee and a compensation
committee, in each case, composed entirely of independent
directors, and (3) charters for the nominating/corporate
governance committee and the compensation committee, in each
case, addressing certain specified matters).
|
90
Employee
Benefit Matters
The investment agreement requires the Company to secure, prior
to completion of the CD&R investment, amendments to the
Companys deferred compensation plan, the Rabbi trust that
funds the deferred compensation plan, the Companys
severance plan, employment agreements with ten of the
Companys senior executives and restricted stock award
agreements with three of the Companys senior executives.
Below is a brief description of the required amendments.
The amendment to the Companys deferred compensation plan
would eliminate the right to appoint a third-party administrator
of the plan after the closing. Similarly, the Rabbi trust that
is a source of funding for obligations under the deferred
compensation plan must be amended so that certain administrative
protections that go into effect following a change in control
will not apply as a result of the CD&R investment. In
addition, as a result of the amendment, the requirement to fully
fund the Rabbi trust upon a change of control will not apply as
a result of the CD&R investment.
The Company maintains a change of control severance policy, in
which 49 employees currently participate. The Company has
agreed that it will not add any new participants to the policy
between signing and closing without the consent of the CD&R
Fund. In addition, the policy will be amended so that after the
CD&R investment new participants may be added to the policy
only with approval of the Companys board of directors. The
policy also will be amended so that a change in duties will no
longer permit a participant to resign and collect benefits under
the policy. Finally, the policy will be amended so that,
following the CD&R investment, with respect to any future
change in control, any material amendment or termination of the
policy will not be effective until 12 months after adoption.
The Company is a party to employment agreements with ten of its
senior executives, including Norman C. Chambers (Chairman of the
Board, President and Chief Executive Officer), Mark E. Johnson
(Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer), Mark W. Dobbins (Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer), Charles W. Dickinson (President of Metal
Components Division) and Keith E. Fischer (President of
Robertson-Ceco Division). The Company and these senior
executives have entered into amendment agreements with respect
to these employment agreements. In general, the amendment
agreements modify the good reason definition in each
executives employment agreement. In addition, the
amendment agreement for Mr. Chambers revises
Mr. Chambers employment agreement to provide that he
will be entitled to a cash severance payment equal to the
greater of (1) two times his base salary and (2) his
base salary through April 30, 2014, upon a termination of
his employment without cause or for good
reason. (Mr. Chambers is currently entitled to
receive his base salary through April 30, 2014 upon a
termination of his employment without cause or for
good reason.) In addition, pursuant to the amendment
agreements, each of Messrs. Chambers, Dobbins and Dickinson
has waived his right to accelerated vesting of 64,516, 25,000
and 25,000 Company restricted shares, respectively, as a result
of the CD&R investment, and the Company has agreed that the
Company restricted shares will continue to vest in accordance
with their terms or, if earlier, upon a termination of the
executives employment without cause or for
good reason.
Liability Limitations. Each of the Company and
the CD&R Fund agreed that no former current or future
director, officer, employee, incorporator, shareholder, managing
member, member, manager, general partner, limited partner,
stockholder, principal agent, other representative or affiliate,
which collectively we refer to as the representatives, of
any of the CD&R Fund or the Company and no former, current,
or future Representative of any of such Representatives will
have any liability for any obligations of the CD&R Fund or
the Company, as applicable, under the investment agreement or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the
performance of the respective obligations of the CD&R Fund
or the Company under the investment agreement or the
negotiation, execution or delivery of the investment agreement
whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or
equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or
other applicable law or otherwise. Each of the Company and the
CD&R Fund waived and released all such liability.
We have agreed that (1) in no event will the CD&R
Funds aggregate liability under the investment agreement
in connection with a failure by the CD&R Fund to close on
the CD&R investment in violation of the investment
agreement exceed $250.0 million and (2) in no event
will the CD&R Fund be liable for any consequential,
incidental, indirect or punitive damages. In addition, the
CD&R Fund will not be liable for diminution of value, loss
of business opportunity or loss of future revenue, income or
profits (except to the extent that such items constitute
91
direct damages sought by the Company for breach of contract
rather than indirect or consequential damages, which amounts
payable with respect thereto will be subject to a cap of
$250.0 million).
Additional
Rights of Executive Officers and Directors
The consummation of the CD&R investment will constitute a
change of control or change in control, as applicable, for
purposes of the agreements and plans described below, which may
entitle the Companys executive officers and directors to
additional or accelerated payments and benefits under these
agreements and plans.
Equity
Compensation Awards
All outstanding options to acquire shares of our common stock
will vest in full as of the consummation of the CD&R
investment and, except with respect to the special long term
restricted stock awards granted to Messrs. Chambers,
Dobbins and Dickinson, each of whom has, as described above (see
Employee Benefits Matters), waived his right
to accelerated vesting of 64,516, 25,000 and 25,000 Company
restricted shares, respectively, all restricted shares of our
stock will vest in full as of the consummation of the CD&R
investment. Based on their NCI equity compensation holdings as
of September 18, 2009, and assuming a consummation of the
CD&R investment on November 2, 2009, upon consummation
of the CD&R investment, (1) the number of unvested NCI
stock options (each, with an exercise price of $44.00 per share)
held by each of Messrs. Dobbins, Dickinson and Fischer (who
are our only named executive officers with unvested options),
the three other NCI executive officers who hold unvested options
(as a group), and the one non-employee director who holds
unvested options that would vest are 341, 341, 341, 896 and 142,
respectively; and (2) the number of unvested shares of
restricted NCI common stock held by each of
Messrs. Chambers, Johnson, Dobbins, Dickinson and Fischer,
the six other NCI executive officers (as a group), and the nine
non-employee directors (as a group) that would vest and become
free of restrictions are 51,423, 14,108, 13,387, 12,833, 12,833,
53,281, and 46,030, respectively.
Employment
Agreements and Severance Pay Plan
The Company is party to employment agreements with each of its
executive officers, other than Mr. Allen, who is covered by
the Companys Change in Control Severance Policy. As
described above, the Company and each of these executives (other
than Mr. Allen) have entered into amendment agreements with
respect to these employment agreements and the Company has
agreed to amend the Change in Control Severance Policy effective
upon the consummation of the CD&R investment. The
descriptions below reflect these amendments.
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreement with
Mr. Chambers: The Company is a party to an
employment agreement with Norman C. Chambers.
Mr. Chambers employment agreement provides for
payment of certain severance benefits in the event of a
termination of his employment by Mr. Chambers for
good reason (as defined in the agreement) or by the
Company without cause (as defined in the agreement)
(we refer to such terminations as qualifying terminations). As
described above, the Company and Mr. Chambers have entered
into an amendment agreement with respect to
Mr. Chambers employment agreement which will become
effective upon the consummation of the CD&R investment.
|
In the event of a qualifying termination, Mr. Chambers is
entitled to receive certain accrued or earned benefits and a
severance payment equal to the greater of (i) the base
salary he would have been entitled to receive through
April 30, 2014 and (ii) two times his base salary, in
each case paid through April 30, 2014 (we refer to such
amount as the severance payment). In the event of a qualifying
termination within two years of certain change in control events
(including the CD&R investment), the Company is required to
pay Mr. Chambers the present value of the severance payment
in a lump sum within seven days of his termination, rather than
in installments through April 30, 2014. Assuming that the
CD&R investment is consummated on November 2, 2009 and
Mr. Chambers experiences a qualifying termination
immediately thereafter, the amount of cash severance to which he
will be entitled is approximately $2.7 million
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreements with Messrs. Johnson, Dobbins,
Dickinson, Fischer and Other Executive Officers (other than
Mr. Allen): The Company is a party to
substantially similar employment agreements with
Messrs. Johnson, Dobbins, Dickinson, Fischer and each of
its other executive officers, other than Mr. Allen. Upon a
qualifying termination within 24 months after a change in
control or during a potential change in
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
control period, the executive will be entitled to
(i) certain accrued amounts, (ii) a lump sum cash
payment, equal to two times the executives annual base
salary at the highest annualized rate in effect during the one
year period immediately preceding the date of the change in
control or potential change in control, as applicable (in the
case of Messrs. Dobbins and Dickinson, this payment is
reduced by the market value of the vested portion of the 25,000
restricted shares granted to each of them on August 26,
2004) and (iii) continued medical and dental coverage
at the active employee rate for up to 18 months. Assuming
that the CD&R investment is consummated on November 2,
2009, and the executive has a qualifying termination immediately
thereafter, the amount of cash severance that would be payable
to each of Messrs. Johnson, Dobbins, Dickinson, Fischer and
the other executive officers (other than Mr. Allen) (as a
group), respectively, is approximately $664,000, $630,000,
$581,000, $581,000 and $2,421,000.
|
Severance
Pay Plan
Mr. Allen is eligible for severance benefits under the
Companys Change in Control Severance Policy. Upon
Mr. Allens qualifying termination within
24 months after a change in control, subject to his
execution and non-revocation of a release of claims,
Mr. Allen is entitled to (i) a lump sum cash payment
equal to the participants annual base salary at the
highest annualized rate in effect during the one year period
immediately preceding the date of the change in control and
(ii) continued medical and dental coverage at the active
employee rate for up to 18 months. Assuming that the
CD&R investment is consummated on November 2, 2009,
and Mr. Allen has a qualifying termination immediately
thereafter, the amount of cash severance that would be payable
to Mr. Allen is approximately $165,000.
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company maintains the NCI Building Systems, Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan, which we refer to as the DCP, in which all of
its executive officers participate.
Pursuant to the terms of the DCP, participants are generally
fully vested in amounts credited to their DCP accounts, except
for Company Contribution Amounts and Company
Restoration Matching Amounts (each, as defined in the
DCP). Any unvested Company Contribution Amounts and Company
Restoration Matching Amounts in participants DCP accounts
will immediately become vested upon consummation of the
CD&R investment. Assuming that the CD&R investment is
completed on November 2, 2009, based on unvested Company
Restoration Matching Amounts under their DCP accounts as of
September 18, 2009, Messrs. Chambers, Johnson and the
three other executive officers with unvested Company Restoration
Matching Amounts (as a group) will vest, respectively, in
approximately $28,034, $19,234 and $7,223 of Company Restoration
Matching Amounts. The Company has not made any Company
Contribution Amounts to participants DCP accounts. The DCP
also permits participants to elect to have their account
balances paid out upon a change in control.
Messrs. Dobbins, Dickinson, Robeson, Moore, Brown and
Golladay have each elected to have their account balances paid
out upon a change in control and, as such, their account
balances under the DCP will be paid out upon consummation of the
CD&R investment.
Certain
Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
The following is a summary of the preferences, limitations,
voting powers and relative rights of the Series B
convertible preferred stock as contained in the form of
certificate of designations, preferences and rights of the
Series B Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred
Stock. While we believe this summary covers the material
preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of
the Series B convertible preferred stock contained in the
form of certificate of designation, preferences and rights of
the Series B Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred
Stock, it may not contain all of the information that is
important to you and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the form of Certificate of Designation, Preferences and
Rights of the Series B Cumulative Convertible Participating
Preferred Stock, which is included as Annex H and which we
incorporate by reference into this document. We encourage you to
read carefully the form of certificate of designations,
preferences and rights of the Series B Cumulative
Convertible Participating Preferred Stock in its entirety.
In connection with the consummation of the CD&R investment,
we have agreed to file a certificate of designations,
preferences and rights of the Series B Cumulative
Convertible Participating Preferred Stock
93
substantially in the form of the form of certificate of
designations, preferences and rights of the Series B
Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock attached
hereto as Annex H, which certificate of designations,
preferences and rights to be filed with the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware prior to closing we refer to as the
certificate of designations, setting forth the terms, rights,
obligations, and preferences of the Series B convertible
preferred stock, including those material terms summarized below.
Rank
The Series B convertible preferred stock will, with respect
to payment of dividends, redemption payments, rights (including
as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the affairs of the Company, or otherwise:
|
|
|
|
|
rank senior and prior to the common stock and each other class
or series of equity securities of the Company, whether currently
issued or to be issued in the future, that by its terms ranks
junior to the Series B convertible preferred stock; and
|
|
|
|
rank junior to each class or series of equity securities of the
Company, whether currently issued or issued in the future, that
by its terms ranks senior to the Series B convertible
preferred stock.
|
At the time of the initial issuance of the Series B
convertible preferred stock or at any time in the future during
which shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are
outstanding, we have agreed to have no other class or series of
equity securities of the Company that ranks on parity with the
Series B convertible preferred stock.
We have no outstanding senior securities and we have agreed that
at the time of the initial issuance of the Series B
convertible preferred stock there will be no senior securities
outstanding. Following the initial issuance of the Series B
convertible preferred stock, (1) pursuant to the terms of
the certificate of designations, the issuance of senior
securities will require the approval of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock and, additionally, (2) pursuant to the
terms of the stockholders agreement, subject to certain
qualifications and exceptions contained therein, we will agree
not to issue shares of our capital stock, ownership interests or
voting securities without the prior consent of the CD&R
Investors (as described in The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related Matters). See
Voting RightsClass Voting Rights
below and see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentStockholders AgreementConsent
Rights.
Liquidation
Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock will
have an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. In
the event of any liquidation of the Company, each holder of
Series B convertible preferred stock will be entitled to
receive liquidating distributions out of the assets of the
Company legally available for distribution to its stockholders,
before any payment or distribution of any assets of the Company
will be made or set apart for holders of any junior securities,
including, without limitation, the common stock, for such
holders shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock in an amount equal to the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
the sum of (a) the aggregate liquidation preference of such
holders shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock and (b) the aggregate accrued dividends of such
shares as of the date of such liquidation; and
|
|
|
|
the amount such holder would have received had such holder,
immediately prior to such liquidation, converted such shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock into shares of common
stock in accordance with the certificate of designations (but
without taking into account any limitations on convertibility
that may then be applicable).
|
Dividends
Participating Dividends Holders of shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock will be entitled to
participate equally and ratably with the holders of shares of
common stock in all cash dividends paid on the shares of common
stock as if all shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock issued and outstanding on the record date for the payment
of dividends to the holders of shares of common stock were
converted into shares of common
94
stock (without taking into account any limitations on
convertibility that may then be applicable). Such dividends or
distributions payable to the holders of the Series B
convertible preferred stock will be payable on the same date
that the dividends or distributions are payable to holders of
shares of common stock. Holders of shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock will not be entitled to participate
in dividends or distributions of any nature paid on or in
respect of the common stock or to holders of common stock other
than as described above; however, holders of Series B
convertible preferred stock will be entitled to certain
anti-dilution adjustments to the conversion price in the event
of such dividends or distributions (see
Convertibility and Anti-Dilution Adjustments
below).
Series B Preferred Dividends The Company
will pay, if, as and when declared by our board of directors,
out of funds legally available therefor, on March 15,
June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year,
dividends on each issued and outstanding share of Series B
convertible preferred stock (1) if paid in kind, at a rate
per annum equal to 12.00% of the then applicable
liquidation preference and accrued but unpaid dividends with
respect to such share, or (2) if paid in cash, at a rate
per annum of 8.00% of the then applicable liquidation
preference and accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to such
share, Series B preferred dividends on each share of
Series B convertible preferred stock will accrue and
accumulate on a daily basis from the issuance date of such
share, whether or not declared and whether or not the Company
has funds legally available for the payment of such dividends,
will compound quarterly on March 15, June 15,
September 15 and December 15 of each year and will be payable
quarterly in arrears, if, as and when so authorized and declared
by our board of directors, on March 15, June 15,
September 15 and December 15 of each year, starting on the first
of such dates following the issuance date of such share. In the
event that the Series B preferred dividends are not paid in
cash on the applicable quarterly dividend payment date on which
such Series B preferred dividends would otherwise compound,
such Series B preferred dividends will compound at a rate
per annum equal to 12.00%, regardless of whether such
accrued and unpaid dividends are paid in cash thereafter.
The Series B preferred dividends may, at the option of the
Company (to be determined by a majority of the directors of the
Company who are (1) not nominated by the CD&R
Investors (see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related matters) or (2) if
nominated by the CD&R Investors, independent of both the
Company and the CD&R Investors (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementCertain
Limitations on Participation by Directors Nominated or
Designated by the CD&R Investors)), be paid in cash
or in kind by issuing shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock.
We have agreed not to pay in kind by issuing shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock any Series B
preferred dividends accumulating prior to the date following the
first date on which there are no longer any outstanding
convertible notes, but must pay such Series B preferred
dividends on the applicable date, if at all, in cash.
Default
Dividend Rate
Upon the occurrence of a default (see Default
below), the dividend rate with respect to the Series B
convertible preferred stock will increase (starting on the date
on which the default occurs and ending immediately prior to the
date on which all then occurring defaults are no longer
continuing) by:
|
|
|
|
|
6.00% per annum, if the default is the result of a
failure by us at any time after June 30, 2011 to reserve
and keep available for issuance a number of shares of common
stock equal to 110% of the number of shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock; or
|
|
|
|
3.00% per annum, for all other defaults.
|
Only one 3.00% per annum dividend rate increase will be
applicable at any time; however, if at a time when a 3.00%
per annum default dividend rate is in effect after
June 30, 2011, we fail to reserve and keep available for
issuance the requisite number of shares of common stock to
satisfy our obligations under the certificate of designations,
the dividend rate will be increased an additional 3.00% per
annum until such default is no longer continuing.
After giving effect to the restructuring, at the closing, we do
not expect to have sufficient authorized but unissued shares of
common stock to enable the conversion of all 250,000 shares
of Series B convertible preferred stock to be issued to the
CD&R Fund pursuant to the CD&R investment. Pursuant to
the stockholders agreement, from and after the closing of the
restructuring, we will use our best efforts and take all
corporate actions necessary to
95
obtain approval from holders of our common stock of an amendment
to Article FOURTH, section 1 of our restated
certificate of incorporation to increase the number of
authorized shares of common stock (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement to
Seek Amendments to our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation). In the event that we do not obtain such
approval prior to June 30, 2010, the dividend rate with
respect to the Series B convertible preferred stock will
increase by 3.00% per annum (and, if such approval is not
obtained by June 30, 2011, by an additional 3.00% per
annum, for an aggregate increase of 6.00% per annum)
as described in this section.
Dividend
Reduction
If, at any time after the
30-month
anniversary of the closing, the trading price per share of
common stock equals or exceeds two times a specified target
price for each trading day during any period of 20 consecutive
trading days, the dividend rate will become 0.00% commencing on
the day immediately following the last trading day of such
period of 20-consecutive trading days and for all days
thereafter. The applicable default dividend rate will still
apply, however, in the event of a default. The initial specified
target price is $1.2748 and is subject to adjustment for any
stock dividends, splits, combination or similar events.
Restrictions
with Respect to Junior Securities Dividends
Subject to certain limited exceptions, at any time during which
a default is occurring, we have agreed not to declare or pay or
set apart for payment any dividend or other distribution with
respect to any junior securities, or redeem, purchase or
otherwise acquire for any consideration any junior securities.
In addition, at all times during which shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock are issued and outstanding, we have
agreed that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will
(1) declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividends or
distributions upon any junior securities, except for certain
limited exceptions or for such ordinary cash dividends declared,
paid or set aside for payment after the dividend has become
0.00% (see Dividend Reduction above) on shares
of common stock in which the shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock participate or (2) repurchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire any junior securities for any consideration or
pay any moneys or make available for a sinking fund for the
redemption of any shares of such junior securities, except for
certain limited exceptions, unless, in each case, the Company
has access to sufficient lawful funds immediately following such
action such that the Company would be legally permitted to
redeem in full all shares of the Series B convertible
preferred stock then issued and outstanding for an amount equal
to the sum of (A) the aggregate liquidation preference and
(B) the aggregate accrued dividends of such shares as of
such date.
Default
The occurrence of one of the following events described below
will constitute a default for purposes of the certificate of
designations:
|
|
|
|
|
the Company fails to pay any participating dividend (see
Participating Dividends above);
|
|
|
|
following the date on which there are no convertible notes
outstanding, the Company fails to pay, in cash or in kind, any
Series B preferred dividend on the applicable quarterly
dividend payment date;
|
|
|
|
the Company fails at any time after June 30, 2010 to
reserve and keep available for issuance the number of shares of
common stock equal to 110% of the number of shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the Company fails to maintain the listing of the common stock on
the NYSE or another U.S. national securities exchange;
|
|
|
|
the Company violates any dividend payment restrictions with
respect to junior securities dividends described in
Restrictions with Respect to Junior Securities
Dividends above;
|
|
|
|
the Company fails to comply with our obligations to convert
Series B convertible preferred stock in accordance with our
obligations under the certificate of designations; or
|
|
|
|
the Company fails to redeem Series B convertible preferred
stock in compliance with the certificate of designations.
|
96
The foregoing notwithstanding, unless the circumstances
described in the next paragraph apply, no default will be deemed
to have occurred or deemed to be continuing in connection with a
failure of the type described above, if:
|
|
|
|
|
our board of directors can take a cure action which could
reasonably be expected to prevent or to cure such failure;
|
|
|
|
our board of directors does not promptly take such cure
action; and
|
|
|
|
at any time when our board of directors could have taken a cure
action and it fails to take such cure action, the aggregate
number of votes that the directors nominated or designated by
the CD&R Investors are entitled to cast constitute a
majority of the total number of votes that can be cast by all
directors then on our board of directors or, if the failure to
take such cure action was with the approval of our board of
directors, the aggregate number of votes that were cast by the
directors nominated or designated by the CD&R Investors
constituted a majority of the total number of votes that could
be cast by the directors constituting the quorum that granted
such approval.
|
The preceding limitation on the occurrence of a default will not
be applicable in circumstances where taking a cure action with
respect to default (1) would result in a cross default (as
described below), (2) would be adverse to the best
interests of the Company in the good faith judgment of a
majority of the unaffiliated shareholder directors (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related Matters) or (3) if
the failure to take the cure action was with the approval of our
board of directors, a majority of the number of votes that were
cast by the directors who are independent of both the CD&R
Investors and the Company were not cast in favor of taking the
cure action.
A cross default means a circumstance in which the taking of a
cure action will:
|
|
|
|
|
result in a breach of any provision of applicable law or our
restated certificate of incorporation;
|
|
|
|
result in, with notice or lapse of time or both, an event of
default under, or result in the termination of, or would cause
or permit the acceleration or other changes of any right or
obligation or the loss of any benefit under any agreement,
arrangement, commitment, plan or other instrument or obligation
to which the Company, or any of our subsidiaries, is a party or
by which the Company or any of our subsidiaries may be bound, or
to which the Company or any of our subsidiaries or any of the
properties, assets, or rights of the Company or any of our
subsidiaries may be subject, and such result (except with
respect to any agreement, arrangement, commitment, plan or other
instrument relating to indebtedness that is material to the
Corporation and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole) would
reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the
business, assets, results of operations or financial condition
of the Company and our subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
|
|
|
|
result in a breach of any injunction, judgment, decree or other
order of any court or governmental agency and such breach would
reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the
business, assets, results of operations or financial condition
of the Company and our subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or
|
|
|
|
requires the consent of our stockholders or any other person
(other than the CD&R Investors) and (1) if there is
reasonably sufficient time to obtain such consent and our board
of directors has timely authorized the seeking of such consent,
(a) such consent is not obtained prior to the applicable
failure and (b) if the consent required is of our
stockholders, the CD&R Investors beneficially own in the
aggregate less than 45% of the voting power of each group of
voting securities of the Company which vote or consent is
required to approve such cure action or the CD&R Investors
have voted all shares of voting securities of the Company
beneficially owned by it entitled to vote with respect to such
cure action to approve such cure action; or (2) there is
not reasonably sufficient time to obtain such consent.
|
Convertibility
and Anti-Dilution Adjustments
To the extent that there is a sufficient number of authorized
and unissued (or issued and included in treasury) and otherwise
unreserved shares of common stock (or, if approved by the
holders of Series B convertible preferred stock, other
capital stock of the Company that is generally identical to the
common stock), each holder of shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock will have a conversion right, at any
time and from time to time, at such holders
97
option, to convert all or any portion of such holders
shares of Series B convertible preferred stock into shares
of common stock (or such other capital stock). Upon a
holders election to exercise the conversion right, each
share of Series B convertible preferred stock will be
converted into a number of shares of common stock equal to the
quotient of (1) the sum of (a) the liquidation
preference and (b) the accrued dividends of such share as
of the date of conversion, divided by (2) the
conversion price of such share in effect at the time of
conversion.
To the extent and for so long as any shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock are issued and outstanding, the
Company has agreed to at all times reserve and keep available an
amount of authorized and unissued common stock equal to 110% of
the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
the then issued and outstanding shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock. If at any time the Company does not
have such sufficient amount of authorized and unissued shares of
common stock, the Company must take any and all actions, which,
in the event such consent is required, have been consented to by
CD&R, to increase the number of shares of authorized and
unissued and unreserved shares of common stock, including,
without limitation, calling meetings of the Companys
stockholders to amend the Companys charter and causing a
reclassification of its shares of common stock or authorizing
and obtaining stockholder approval for the creation of a new
class of common stock (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement to
Seek Amendment to our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation).
The initial conversion price (1) with respect to each share
of Series B convertible preferred stock issued on the date
of the closing, is $1.2748 and (2) with respect to each
share of Series B convertible preferred stock issued as
payment in kind in respect of a share of Series B
convertible preferred stock, is the conversion price in effect
immediately prior to the issuance of such share. The conversion
price is subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments.
Specifically, the conversion price will be adjusted in
accordance with the formulas set forth in the certificate of
designations:
|
|
|
|
|
if the Company declares a dividend or makes a distribution on
the common stock payable in shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
if the Company subdivides, splits or combines the shares of
common stock;
|
|
|
|
if the Company effects a below market price issuance, which
means an issuance or sale of any common stock, convertible
securities or options (subject to certain limited exceptions)
without consideration or for consideration per share less than
the then-current market price of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
if the Company effects a distribution of certain assets or
securities, which means a distribution to all holders of shares
of common stock evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital
stock, securities, cash or other assets, subject to certain
limited exceptions;
|
|
|
|
in a spin-off, where the Company makes a distribution to all
holders of shares of common stock consisting of capital stock of
any class or series, or similar equity interests of, or relating
to, a subsidiary of the Company or other business unit;
|
|
|
|
if the Company effects an above market pro rata
repurchase, which means a pro rata repurchase of
common stock that involves the payment by the Company of
consideration per share of common stock that exceeds the
then-current average market price per share of common stock on
the trading day next succeeding the effective date of such
pro rata repurchase; or
|
|
|
|
if, during the three-year period immediately following the
closing, the Company effects a below conversion price issuance,
which means the issuance or sale of any common stock,
convertible securities or options (subject to certain limited
exceptions) without consideration or for consideration per share
less than the conversion price in effect immediately prior to
such issuance or sale at a time when such conversion price is
greater than the then-current market price.
|
With respect to an adjustment of the conversion price as a
result of a below market price issuance, a distribution of
certain assets or securities, a spin-off, or an above market
pro rata repurchase, the conversion price will only be
98
adjusted if at the time the relevant event is approved, or
recommended to our stockholders by our board of directors either:
|
|
|
|
|
the aggregate number of votes that the directors nominated or
designated by the CD&R Investors are entitled to cast do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can
be cast by all directors on our board of directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by directors nominated
or designated by the CD&R Investors do not constitute a
majority of the total number of votes that could be cast by the
directors constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation; or
|
|
|
|
if the condition in the immediately preceding bullet point is
not met, then (A) so long as at least one unaffiliated
shareholder director was part of the quorum granting such
approval or recommendation, either (1) a majority of the
unaffiliated shareholder directors voting with respect to such
approval or recommendation vote in favor of such approval or
recommendation or (2) each unaffiliated shareholder
director that was a part of the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation abstains from voting with respect thereto or
(B) a majority of the directors who are independent of both
the Company and the CD&R Fund does not in good faith oppose
such approval or recommendation on the merits (without regard to
the impact of such approval or recommendation, or the
withholding thereof, on the CD&R Investors).
|
With respect to an adjustment as a result of a below conversion
price issuance, the conversion price will only be adjusted if at
the time the below conversion price issuance is approved, or
recommended to our stockholders by our board of directors either:
|
|
|
|
|
the aggregate number of votes that the directors nominated or
designated by the CD&R Investors are entitled to cast do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can
be cast by all directors on our board of directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by directors nominated
or designated by the CD&R Investors do not constitute a
majority of the total number of votes that could be cast by the
directors constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation; or
|
|
|
|
if the condition in the immediately preceding bullet point is
not met, either (1) a majority of the unaffiliated
shareholder directors votes in favor of such approval or
recommendation or (2) a majority of the directors who are
independent of both the CD&R Investors and the Company does
not in good faith oppose such approval or recommendation on the
merits (without regard to the impact of such approval or
recommendation, or the withholding thereof, on the CD&R
Investors) and the unaffiliated shareholder directors receive a
certificate of a majority of the directors who are officers of
CD&R or the CD&R Investors or otherwise not deemed
independent of the CD&R Investors under the stockholders
agreement certifying that, in the good faith judgment of a
majority of such directors, such issuance or sale is in the best
interests of the Company.
|
Milestone
Redemption
Each holder of shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock will have the right to require, at any time on or after
the tenth anniversary of the closing, at such holders
option and in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
certificate of designations, that the Company redeem all, but
not less than all, of such holders shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock, out of funds legally available
therefor, at a purchase price for each share of Series B
convertible preferred stock equal to the sum of (A) the
liquidation preference and (B) the accrued dividends of
such share as of the date on which the redemption of such share
occurs.
The Company will have the right, at any time on or after the
tenth anniversary of the closing, at the Companys option
in accordance with the procedures set forth in the certificate
of designations, to redeem all, but not less than all, of the
then issued and outstanding shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a
purchase price for each share of Series B convertible
preferred stock equal to the sum of (A) the liquidation
preference and (B) the accrued dividends of such share as
of the date on which the redemption of such share occurs.
Change
of Control Redemption Right
In connection with a business combination change of control (as
described below), each holder of Series B convertible
preferred stock will have the right (exercisable at such
holders option) to require that the Company
99
redeem (or that the acquiring or surviving person in such
business combination change of control, if not the Company,
redeem) such holders shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a
purchase price per share equal to (1) if the redemption
date of such share is prior to the fourth anniversary of the
date of the closing, the sum of (a) the liquidation
preference plus the accrued dividends of such share as of such
redemption date and (b) an amount equal to the net present
value of the sum of all Series B convertible preferred
stock dividends that would otherwise be payable on such share
from such redemption date until the fourth anniversary of the
date of the closing (calculated based on a dividend rate of 8%
per annum), or (2) if the redemption date of such
share is on or after the fourth anniversary of the date of the
closing, the sum of (x) the liquidation preference and
(y) the accrued dividends of such share as of such
redemption date.
In connection with a board level change of control (as described
below), each holder of Series B convertible preferred stock
will have the right (exercisable at such holders option)
to require that the Company redeem each of such holders
shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, out of
funds legally available therefor, at a purchase price per share
of Series B convertible preferred stock equal to
(1) if the redemption date of such share is prior to the
fourth anniversary of the date of the closing, the sum of
(a) the liquidation preference plus the accrued dividends
of such share as of such redemption date and (b) an amount
equal to the net present value of the sum of all Series B
convertible preferred stock dividends that would otherwise be
payable on such share from such redemption date until the fourth
anniversary of the date of the closing (calculated based on a
dividend rate of 8% per annum), or (2) if the
redemption date of such share is on or after the fourth
anniversary of the date of the closing, the sum of (x) the
liquidation preference and (y) the accrued dividends of
such share as of such redemption date.
In connection with a change of control under debt instruments
(as described below), each holder of Series B convertible
preferred stock will have the right (exercisable at such
holders option) to require that the Company redeem each of
such holders shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a purchase
price per share equal to 101% of the sum of (1) the
liquidation preference and (2) the accrued dividends of
such share as of the redemption date of such share.
A business combination change of control means, unless the
circumstances described in the following paragraph apply, the
consummation of a business combination transaction by the
Company where immediately following such transaction, which we
refer to as a non-qualified business combination:
|
|
|
|
|
the individuals and entities that beneficially owned the
outstanding voting stock of the Company immediately prior to
such business combination do not beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity
resulting from such business combination in substantially the
same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such
business combination of the voting power of the outstanding
voting stock of the Company; or
|
|
|
|
any person (excluding the CD&R Investors and their
affiliates) either (1) beneficially owns more of the
combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or
equivalent) of such entity than the CD&R Investors and
their affiliates so beneficially own (unless the CD&R
Investors and their affiliates beneficially own more than 17.5%
of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (or equivalent) of such entity) or
(2) beneficially owns 25% or more of the combined voting
power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of such
entity.
|
The consummation of a non-qualified business combination will
not constitute a business combination change of control if at
the time such business combination is approved, or recommended
to our stockholders by our board of directors (if so approved or
recommended) and at the time immediately prior to the
consummation of such business combination (1) the CD&R
Investors beneficially own 45% or more of the combined voting
power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or
(2) the aggregate number of votes that the directors
nominated or designated by the CD&R Investors are entitled
to cast constitutes a majority of the total number of votes that
can be cast by all directors then on our board of directors or
the aggregate number of votes that are cast by directors
nominated or designated by the CD&R Investors constitutes a
majority of the total number of votes that could be cast by the
directors constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation.
100
A board level change of control means any person (other than any
CD&R Investor or any of their affiliates) acquiring
beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power
of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, if at the time
immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition and,
if such acquisition (or any transaction or series of
transactions leading to such acquisition) is approved, or
recommended to our stockholders by our board of directors, at
the time such acquisition is approved or recommended by our
board of directors, (1) the CD&R Investors do not
beneficially own 45% or more of the combined voting power of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company and (2) the
aggregate number of votes that the directors nominated or
designated by the CD&R Investors are entitled to cast do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can
be cast by all directors then on our board of directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by directors nominated
or designated by the CD&R Investors do not constitute a
majority of the total number of votes that could be cast by the
directors constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation.
A change of control under debt instruments means any event that
would constitute a change of control for purposes of
the amended credit agreement or the ABL agreement, or any
subsequent amendment, restatement, refinancing, replacement or
other modification of such agreements or any successor contract
to any such agreements (assuming that the events constituting a
change of control under any such successor or
amended debt agreement are the same as were in effect in the
amended credit agreement or the ABL agreement, as applicable, as
of the closing), so long as at the time such change of
control is approved, or recommended to our stockholders by
our board of directors (if so approved or recommended) and at
the time immediately prior to the consummation of such
change of control (1) the CD&R Investors
do not beneficially own 45% or more of the combined voting power
of the outstanding voting stock of the Company and (2) the
aggregate number of votes that the directors nominated or
designated by the CD&R Investors are entitled to cast do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can
be cast by all directors then on our board of directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by directors nominated
or designated by the CD&R Investors do not constitute a
majority of the total number of votes that could be cast by the
directors constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation.
The change of control redemption right described in this section
will not be triggered by either the out-of-court
recapitalization plan or the in-court prepackaged plan.
Automatic
Conversion upon Certain Business Combinations
If a non-qualified business combination is consummated pursuant
to which the common stock is to be converted into the right to
receive cash, securities or other property of an entity other
than the Company, then upon the consummation of such
non-qualified business combination, all shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock (other than those with respect to
which the redemption rights described above in
Change of Control Redemption Right has
been exercised) will automatically convert into the right to
receive the kind and amount of cash, securities or other
property, if any, receivable in such non-qualified business
combination by a holder of common stock holding that number of
shares of common stock into which shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock would have been convertible (without
taking into account any limitations on convertibility)
immediately prior to the consummation of such non-qualified
business combination. In the event that holders of shares of
common stock have the opportunity to elect the form of
consideration to be received in a non-qualified business
combination, each holder of Series B convertible preferred
stock will also have the same opportunity to elect the form of
consideration that each such holder is entitled to receive.
Voting
Rights
General. The holders of Series B
convertible preferred stock will be entitled to vote on an
as-converted basis with the holders of the common stock on all
matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as
otherwise provided in the certificate of designations or as
required by applicable law, voting together with the holders of
common stock as a single class.
Class Voting Rights. So long as any
shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are
outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by
applicable law, the Company may not take any of the following
actions without the
101
prior affirmative vote or written consent of the holders
representing at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares
of Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together as
a separate class:
|
|
|
|
|
any amendment, alteration, repeal or other modification of any
provision of our restated certificate of incorporation, the
certificate of designations or the by-laws that would alter or
change the terms or the powers, preferences, rights or
privileges of the Series B convertible preferred stock so
as to affect them adversely;
|
|
|
|
any authorization, creation, increase in the authorized amount
of, or issuance of any class or series of senior securities or
any security convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable
for, shares of senior securities; and
|
|
|
|
any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock or the issuance of
additional shares of Series B convertible preferred stock,
subject to certain limited exceptions.
|
Special Contingent Voting Rights. In addition
to any other vote required by applicable law, during any period:
|
|
|
|
|
beginning on a redemption date in respect of a redemption
described above in Milestone Redemption, if
the Company fails to deposit on or prior to such date money in
immediately available funds sufficient to pay the aggregate
purchase price as of such date for all shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock to be redeemed on such date or at
any time on or after a redemption date in respect of a
redemption described above in Milestone
Redemption that the Company fails to pay the applicable
full redemption price for any share of Series B convertible
preferred stock to be redeemed on such date and ending at such
time when the applicable full redemption price for all shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock to be so redeemed has
been paid; or
|
|
|
|
beginning at any time that the Company fails to pay the
applicable full redemption price in respect of a redemption in
connection with a business combination change of control, a
board level change of control or a change of control under debt
instruments (see Change of Control
Redemption Right above) for any share of
Series B convertible preferred stock that a holder of
Series B convertible preferred stock has requested be
redeemed and ending at such time when the full applicable
redemption price for all shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock so requested to be redeemed is paid,
|
we may not, without the consent of holders representing at least
a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock, voting together as a separate class:
|
|
|
|
|
take any of, commit, resolve or agree to take any of, or
authorize or otherwise facilitate any of the actions described
in The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementConsent
Rights;
|
|
|
|
take any action that would result in an adjustment to the
conversion price (see Convertibility and
Anti-Dilution Adjustments above);
|
|
|
|
enter into any agreement or understanding, or commit, resolve or
agree to enter into any agreement or understanding with respect
to a business combination;
|
|
|
|
hire, terminate or change the compensation of any executive
officer except for ordinary raises consistent with past
practices, subject to certain conditions; or
|
|
|
|
adopt an annual budget.
|
See also Certain Additional CovenantsDebt
Agreements below.
Certain
Additional Covenants
Merger. We will agree not to merge with or
into or consolidate with or into, or sell, transfer, exchange or
lease all or substantially all of our property to, any other
entity, or permit consummation of any other business
combination, unless the surviving successor, transferee or
lessee entity, as the case may be, (1) expressly assumes
the due and punctual performance and observance of each and
every covenant and condition of the certificate of designations
to be performed and observed by the Company and (2) if such
business combination is a not a non-qualified business
combination, expressly agrees, as part of the terms of such
business combination, to exchange, at
102
the holders option, shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock for shares of the surviving entitys
capital stock having terms, preferences, rights (including,
without limitation, as to dividends, voting, redemption at the
option of the holder, and rights to assets upon liquidation,
dissolution or
winding-up
of the entity), privileges and powers no less favorable
(individually and in the aggregate) than the terms, preferences,
rights, privileges and powers under the certificate of
designations, in each case, such that the rights of the holders
of Series B convertible preferred stock are protected
against dilution or other impairment.
Debt Agreements. In addition to any other vote
required by applicable law, the Company will not, without the
consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B
convertible preferred stock outstanding, enter into any debt
agreement or other financing agreement which by its terms would
restrict the payment of dividends pursuant to the certificate of
designations or the payment of any amounts due upon the
redemption of Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant
to the certificate of designations.
Stockholders
Agreement
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the form of stockholders agreement. While we
believe this summary covers the material terms and provisions of
the form of stockholders agreement, it may not contain all of
the information that is important to you. The form of
stockholders agreement is included as Annex G hereto, which
we incorporate by reference into this document. We encourage you
to read carefully the form of stockholders agreement in its
entirety.
In connection with, and as a condition to, the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant to the
investment agreement, the Company, the CD&R Fund and any
parallel or co-investment vehicles under common control or
management with the CD&R Fund which purchased shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock at the closing, which,
collectively with the CD&R Fund, we refer to as the initial
CD&R Investors, will enter into a stockholders agreement
substantially in the form of the form of stockholders agreement
attached hereto as Annex G, which stockholders agreement to
be entered into at the closing we refer to as the stockholders
agreement, setting forth certain terms and conditions regarding
the CD&R investment and the ownership of the shares of the
Series B convertible preferred stock, including certain
restrictions on the transfer of the Series B convertible
preferred stock and the common stock issuable upon conversion
thereof and on certain actions of the CD&R Fund and its
affiliates with respect to the Company, and to provide for,
among other things, subscription rights, corporate governance
rights and consent rights and other obligations and rights,
including the material terms described below.
Board
Representation and Other Related Matters
Under the stockholders agreement, from and after the closing and
for so long as the CD&R Fund, the initial CD&R
Investors and their affiliates that are permitted transferees
under the stockholders agreement (see Transfer
Restrictions below), which we collectively refer to as the
CD&R Investors, hold voting power of the Company equal in
the aggregate to at least 10% of the aggregate voting power held
by the initial CD&R Investors immediately following the
closing, the CD&R Investors will be entitled to nominate or
designate to serve on the Companys board of directors (and
to nominate or designate the replacements of such directors) a
number of individuals proportionate to their percentage of the
voting power of the Company at the relevant time, subject to any
applicable legal and regulatory limitations. At each annual
meeting or special meeting of stockholders at which any
directors of the Company are to be elected during the time from
and after the closing when the CD&R Investors are entitled
to nominate or designate directors, the Company will take all
corporate and other actions necessary to cause the applicable
CD&R nominees or designees to be nominated for election as
directors on our board of directors, and the Company will use
our reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies in favor of the
election of such nominees or designees to be elected at such
meeting.
In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to
our failure to cause the CD&R Investors nominees or
designees to be elected to our board of directors or the removal
of such persons without cause other than by action or request
from the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investors will have
the right to designate a board observer to attend (without
voting rights) each meeting of our board of directors or any
committee thereof (and to receive from us, copies of all
notices, information and other material we provide to our board
of directors and committees) until such time as such event is
cured.
103
For so long as the CD&R Investors hold in the aggregate at
least 20% of the voting power of the Company, the CD&R
Investors will be entitled to appoint one of its designees to
our board of directors as Lead Director or as
Chairman of the Executive Committee of our board of directors.
The foregoing notwithstanding, for so long as stockholders
unaffiliated with the CD&R Investors own in the aggregate
at least 5% of the voting power of the Company, the
Companys board of directors will include (1) at least
two directors who will not be appointed or designated by the
CD&R Investors and will be independent of both the
CD&R Investors and the Company, which we refer to as the
unaffiliated shareholder directors, and (2) the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. A vacancy with respect to an
unaffiliated shareholder director must be filled by the
remaining unaffiliated shareholder director or, if no such
director exists, the directors not nominated or designated by
the CD&R Investors who are independent of both the Company
and the CD&R Investors, or if no such directors exist, all
directors who are independent of both the Company and the
CD&R Investors. In addition, for so long as the
stockholders unaffiliated with the CD&R Investors own in
the aggregate at least 5% of the voting power of the Company, an
unaffiliated shareholder director may not be removed except by
the affirmative vote (including by written consent) of
stockholders unaffiliated with the CD&R Investors holding
80% of all of the voting power held by stockholders unaffiliated
with the CD&R Investors.
Committees
Subject to any applicable legal and regulatory limitations, the
CD&R Investors will also be entitled to representation on
all committees of our board of directors proportionate to their
percentage of the voting power of the Company at the relevant
time. The foregoing notwithstanding, on each committee of our
board of directors, there will be at least one CD&R
Investors nominee or designee and one unaffiliated
shareholder director, provided that (1) where a director
nominated or designated by the CD&R Investors is in a
conflict position, such director may not serve on a special
committee of our board of directors, and (2) where the
CD&R Investors are in a conflict position, none of their
nominees or designees (except those who are independent of both
the Company and the CD&R Investors) may serve on the
relevant special committee of our board of directors.
From and after the closing, our board of directors will maintain
an Affiliate Transactions Committee, which will be comprised of
(1) the unaffiliated shareholder directors then in office
and (2) one director nominated or designated by the
CD&R Investors who is independent of both the Company and
the CD&R Investors if there is such a director on our board
of directors, and otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer. The
Affiliate Transactions Committee will review, consider and
approve all affiliate transactions (subject to customary
exceptions) and no such affiliate transaction can be effected
without the prior approval of a majority of the directors on the
Affiliate Transactions Committee; however, for so long as the
provisions in Article TENTH of our restated certificate of
incorporation are still in effect, an affiliate transaction that
is subject to Article TENTH may be effected in accordance
therewith, in lieu of the review, consideration or approval of
the Affiliate Transactions Committee.
The foregoing rights and restrictions described in this section
will terminate on the first date on which the CD&R
Investors hold voting power of the Company equal in the
aggregate to less than 10% of the aggregate voting power held by
the initial CD&R Investors immediately following the
closing.
Agreement
with Respect to Controlled Company Status
Effective upon the closing, we will have taken all corporate
action and filed all election notices or other documentation
with the NYSE necessary to elect to take advantage of the
exemptions to the requirements of sections 303A.01, 303A.04
and 303A.05 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In addition, for
so long as we qualify as a controlled company within
the meaning set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual or any
similar provision in the rules of a stock exchange on which the
securities of the Company are quoted or listed for trading, we
have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to take advantage
of the related exemptions therein. Such exemptions would exempt
us from compliance with the NYSEs requirements for
companies listed on the NYSE to have (1) a majority of
independent directors, (2) a nominating/corporate
governance committee and a compensation committee, in each case,
composed entirely of independent directors, and
(3) charters for the nominating/corporate governance
committee and the compensation committee, in each case,
addressing certain specified matters.
104
Certain
Limitations on Participation of Directors Nominated or
Designated by the CD&R Investors
Series B Preferred Dividends. With
respect to action to be taken, or any determination to be made,
regarding whether dividends payable on the outstanding shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock are to be paid in cash
or in kind by issuing shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock pursuant to the certificate of designations,
such action will be taken or determination will be made by a
majority of the directors of the Company who are (1) not
nominated by the CD&R Investors or (2) if nominated by
the CD&R Investors, independent of both the Company and the
CD&R Investors. The remaining directors will not have any
right to vote upon, and may be excluded from participating in
any discussion of, such action or determination.
The directors taking the action or making any determination with
respect to whether dividends payable on the outstanding shares
of Series B convertible preferred stock are to be paid in
cash or in kind must reasonably believe that such action or
determination will not (1) constitute a default under any
of the terms, conditions or provisions of any of the credit
agreements and related documents contemplated by the term loan
refinancing or the ABL financing or any other material financing
or loan agreement, contract or other instrument or obligation to
which the Company or any of our subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of our subsidiaries are bound, or to
which the Company or any of our subsidiaries or any of the
properties, assets, or rights of the Company or any of our
subsidiaries may be subject or (2) result in the Company
having insufficient liquidity to operate our business in the
ordinary course, consistent with past practice.
Amendment or Waiver under the Stockholders
Agreement. With respect to any action by the
Company to amend, waive, or enforce or comply with any provision
of the stockholders agreement, or to make any determination
pursuant to the stockholders agreement, in which the CD&R
Investors have or may have interests different from the Company
or its stockholders (other than the CD&R Investors), such
action must be taken or determination must be made on behalf of
the Company solely by a majority of the directors who are either
(1) independent of both the Company and the CD&R
Investors and not nominated by the CD&R Investors or
(2) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Any action
to amend, waive, enforce or comply with any provision of the
stockholders agreement, or any determination to be made pursuant
to the stockholders agreement, which either (a) relates to
the qualifications for, selection, nomination or election of, or
to the powers, rights or privileges of the unaffiliated
shareholder directors or (b) requires the consent or
approval of the unaffiliated shareholder directors must be
taken, or must be made, on behalf of the Company solely by the
unaffiliated shareholder directors. No director nominated or
designated by the CD&R Investors will have any right to
vote upon, and by a decision of the remaining directors may be
excluded from participating in, any discussion of any such
action or determination referenced in this paragraph.
Consent
Rights
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, for so long as the
CD&R Investors hold at least 25% of the voting power of the
Company, subject to certain customary exceptions and specified
baskets, the Company will agree not to take certain actions
without the consent of the CD&R Fund, including:
|
|
|
|
|
acquiring any business organizations or divisions of a business
organization or any assets outside the ordinary course of
business;
|
|
|
|
selling or disposing of any business organizations or divisions
of a business organization or any assets outside of the ordinary
course of business;
|
|
|
|
authorizing, issuing, delivering, selling, pledging, disposing
of, granting, awarding or encumbering any shares (or options,
warrants, convertible securities or rights of any kind to
acquire or receive any shares) of capital stock, ownership
interests or voting securities;
|
|
|
|
redeeming, repurchasing or acquiring any shares of capital stock
or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of the
capital stock;
|
|
|
|
declaring or paying any extraordinary dividend or distribution;
|
|
|
|
incurring or guaranteeing any material indebtedness;
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
engaging to a material extent in any business in which the
Company is not currently engaged on the date of the closing or
any business related, ancillary or complementary to such
business;
|
|
|
|
adopting a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation
or dissolution or commencing a bankruptcy proceeding;
|
|
|
|
increasing the size of the Companys board of
directors; or
|
|
|
|
amending, altering or repealing the Companys charter or
by-laws.
|
In addition, until such time as the CD&R Investors hold
less than 20% of the voting power of the Company, without the
prior consent of the CD&R Investors in their sole
discretion, the Company will be prohibited from issuing any
stock or security (other than common stock, Series B
convertible preferred stock and, with respect to the foregoing,
options, restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock
appreciation rights issued by the Company pursuant to any
employment contract, employee or benefit plan, stock purchase
plan, stock ownership plan, stock option or equity compensation
plan or other similar plan, to or for the benefit of any
employees (including new employees), officers or directors of
the Company or any of our subsidiaries), including, without
limitation, non-participating preferred stock or debt securities
that are convertible into shares of capital stock or capital
stock equivalents by their terms, that gives rise, in the good
faith belief of the CD&R Investors based on advice of
counsel, to a not insubstantial risk that distributions (or
deemed distributions) on the shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock that are paid (or deemed paid) in shares of such
stock would not be governed by the general rule of
section 305(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
Voting
Agreement
At any time following the closing and prior to the earlier of
(1) a change of control, (2) the
six-month
anniversary of the first date on which the CD&R Investors
hold in the aggregate less than 10% of the aggregate voting
power held by the initial CD&R Investors immediately
following the closing and (3) the
30-month
anniversary of the closing, during which the CD&R Investors
hold less than 50% of the voting power of the Company, at any
and all meetings of stockholders of the Company, the CD&R
Investors will cause each share of common stock and
Series B convertible preferred stock owned by it and
certain of its affiliates to be present in person or represented
by proxy at all meetings of stockholders of the Company and:
|
|
|
|
|
to vote in favor of all director nominees nominated by our board
of directors for election by the stockholders in accordance with
the terms of the stockholders agreement and our by-laws, and
|
|
|
|
as recommended by our board of directors on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
proposals relating to or concerning compensation or equity
incentives for directors, officers or employees of the Company
adopted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice,
|
|
|
|
proposals the subject matter of which is described under
Consent Rights above; and
|
|
|
|
proposals by stockholders of the Company (including under
Rule 14a-8
of the Exchange Act);
|
provided, in respect of the first two proposals described above,
that our board of directors recommendation is consistent
with the CD&R Investors exercise of their consent
rights and the submission of such proposal occurred in a
reasonably timely manner and such proposals have not failed to
receive the requisite number of affirmative votes for the
adoption of such proposals since the CD&R Investors
exercise of their consent right in connection therewith.
Subscription
Rights
From and after the closing until such time as the CD&R
Investors hold in the aggregate less than 10% of the aggregate
voting power held by the initial CD&R Investors immediately
following the closing, if the Company offers to sell equity
securities or equity security equivalents of the Company (other
than certain excluded securities), the CD&R Investors will
have the opportunity to acquire from the Company, for the same
price and on the same terms as such equity securities or equity
security equivalents are offered to others, up to the amount of
equity securities or equity security equivalents required to
enable the CD&R Investors to maintain, in the aggregate,
106
(1) with respect to offers to sell common stock, other
voting stock or equity security equivalents convertible or
exchangeable for common stock or other voting stock, the
CD&R Investors then-current percentage of the
Companys voting power and (2) with respect to offers
to sell equity securities or equity security equivalents
consisting of non-voting equity of the Company or equity
security equivalents convertible or exchangeable for non-voting
equity, the CD&R Investors then-current percentage of
the Companys economic interest.
Standstill
The restrictions described below in Acquisition of
Equity Securities will terminate upon the occurrence of a
change of control, and will not apply at any time during which
stockholders unaffiliated with the CD&R Investors own less
than 5% of the voting power of the Company.
The restrictions described below in Acquisition of
Debt Securities and in Acquisition of Equity
Securities will terminate upon the occurrence of certain
events relating to our failure to cause the CD&R
Investors nominees or designees to be elected to our board
of directors or the removal of such persons without cause other
than by action or request from the CD&R Investors.
Acquisition of Equity Securities During the
period from the closing until the earlier of (1) the
30-month
anniversary of the closing and (2) the
six-month
anniversary of the first date on which the CD&R Investors
hold less than 10% of the aggregate voting power held by the
initial CD&R Investors immediately following the closing,
the CD&R Investors and certain of their affiliates will be
prohibited from:
|
|
|
|
|
acquiring, offering or proposing to acquire, or agreeing to
acquire, in any manner, beneficial ownership of any securities
of the Company or our subsidiaries (including convertible
securities) if immediately following such acquisition or
agreement, the CD&R Investors and such affiliates would
beneficially own in the aggregate more than 80% of the voting
power or economic interest of the Company, other than
acquisitions of (1) term loans advanced pursuant to, or
outstanding under, the amended credit agreement contemplated by
the term loan refinancing, or (2) securities of the Company
or our subsidiaries resulting from (a) the payment of
dividends in kind in additional shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock pursuant to the certificate of
designations (see The RestructuringDescription of
the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockDividends), (b) the
exercise of subscription rights granted under the stockholders
agreement (see Subscription Rights above),
(c) the adjustment of the conversion price pursuant to the
terms of the certificate of designations (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
Investment Certain Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred StockConvertibility and
Anti-Dilution Adjustments), (d) any repurchase or
redemption of securities by the Company or (e) any other
right of the CD&R Investors or transaction contemplated by
the transaction documents; or
|
|
|
|
seeking, directly or indirectly, any amendment, waiver, or
release of, or to contest the validity of, any of the
restrictions described in the immediately preceding bullet point.
|
If the six-month anniversary of the first date on which the
CD&R Investors hold less than 10% of the aggregate voting
power held by the initial CD&R Investors immediately
following the closing has not occurred prior to the
30-month
anniversary of the closing, during the period from the
30-month
anniversary of the closing until such six-month anniversary, the
CD&R Investors and certain of its affiliates will be
restricted from engaging in the actions described above.
The CD&R Investors and their affiliates will not be
prohibited under the stockholder agreement from taking the
restricted actions described above (1) with respect to an
exchange for equity securities of the Company of term loans
advanced pursuant to, or outstanding under, the amended credit
agreement contemplated by the term loan financing, if the terms
and conditions of such exchange are approved by the prior
written consent of a majority of directors of the Company who
are independent of both the Company and the CD&R Investors
or (2) from and after the
30-month
anniversary of the closing, if a majority of the unaffiliated
shareholder directors approve such action.
Acquisition of Indebtedness
During the period from the closing until the later of
(1) the
30-month
anniversary of the closing and (2) the first date on which
the CD&R Investors hold less than 10% of the aggregate
voting power held by the initial CD&R
107
Investors immediately following the closing, without the prior
written consent of a majority of the directors who are
independent of both the Company and the CD&R Investors, the
CD&R Investors and certain of their affiliates will be
prohibited from:
|
|
|
|
|
acquiring, offering or proposing to acquire or agreeing to
acquire, directly or indirectly, in any manner, beneficial
ownership of any indebtedness or debt securities of the Company
other than term loans advanced pursuant to, or outstanding
under, the amended credit agreement contemplated by the term
loan refinancing; or
|
|
|
|
seeking, directly or indirectly, any amendment, waiver, or
release of, or to contest the validity of, any of the
restrictions described in the bullet point above by the Company.
|
Transfer
Restrictions
The restrictions described in this section entitled
Transfer Restrictions (1) do not apply at
any time during which stockholders unaffiliated with the
CD&R Investors own less than 5% of the voting power of the
Company and (2) terminate upon the occurrence of a change
of control.
Prior to the expiration of the transfer limitation period (as
described below), without the approval of a majority of the
directors who are independent of both the Company and the
CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investors are prohibited from
transferring, selling, pledging, assigning or otherwise
disposing of (including by merger or otherwise by operation of
law) any of the shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock or common stock held by them, except:
|
|
|
|
|
to certain of its affiliates that agree to be bound by the
provisions of the stockholders agreement;
|
|
|
|
to the Company;
|
|
|
|
in a qualified business combination (as described below) that is
approved, or recommended to the stockholders of the Company, by
our board of directors in which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the consideration received by the CD&R Investors (other
than with respect to any Series B convertible preferred
stock that is exchangeable for, or convertible into, preferred
stock of the resulting entity of the qualified business
combination in accordance with the
sub-bullet
point below, if applicable), on an as-converted basis, is equal
to, and in the same form as, the per-share consideration
received by all holders of common stock; and/or
|
|
|
|
the shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are
exchangeable for, or convertible into, shares of the resulting
entity of the qualified business combination having terms,
preferences, rights, privileges and powers substantially similar
to and no more favorable than the terms, preferences, rights,
privileges and powers under the certificate of designations, and
the number of shares of such preferred stock of the resulting
entity are convertible in the aggregate into the same amount and
form of consideration that would have been receivable in the
qualified business combination if the shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock had been fully converted into the
underlying common stock immediately prior to such qualified
business combination; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a business combination (other than a qualified business
combination) that is approved, or recommended to the
stockholders of the Company, by our board of directors in which
the consideration received by the CD&R Investors, on an
as-converted basis, is equal to, and in the same form as, the
per-share consideration received by all holders of common stock.
|
We refer to the transfers, sales, pledges, assignments and other
disposals described in the immediately preceding four bullet
points as the transfer restriction exceptions.
108
Following the transfer limitation period, the CD&R
Investors are prohibited from transferring, selling, pledging,
assigning or otherwise disposing of (including by merger or
otherwise by operation of law) any of the shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock or common stock held
by them, except:
|
|
|
|
|
the common stock held by it may be transferred, sold, pledged,
assigned or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or
otherwise by operation of law) by the CD&R Investors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a privately negotiated transaction, provided that the
transferee represents that (1) it is not a competitor of
the Company, (2) it is not and will not be, after giving
effect to the transfer, a holder of 10% or more of the voting
power of the Company or any affiliate of such a holder and
(3) it is not proposing to effect a change of control of
the Company without the prior written consent of a majority of
the directors who are independent of both the Company and the
CD&R Investors;
|
|
|
|
in public market trades, provided that the CD&R Investors
or their affiliates transferring such shares have no reason to
believe that any transferee does not meet the requirements
described in clauses (1) through (3) described in the
sub-bullet point immediately above and the CD&R Investors
or their affiliates transferring such shares have instructed
their underwriters or brokers, if any, of such requirements;
|
|
|
|
in a traditional underwritten public offering in accordance with
the registration rights agreement; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
such shares of Series B convertible preferred stock or
common stock may be transferred, sold, pledged, assigned or
otherwise disposed of (including by merger or otherwise by
operation of law) in the transfer restriction exceptions
described in the paragraph above.
|
The transfer limitation period means any time during the period
from the closing until the later of (1) the
30-month
anniversary of the closing and (2) the occurrence of
certain events relating to our failure to cause the CD&R
Investors nominees or designees to be elected to our board
of directors or the removal of such persons without cause other
than by action or request from the CD&R Investors.
A qualified business combination means a business combination
immediately following which:
|
|
|
|
|
the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of
all classes and series of voting stock outstanding immediately
prior to such business combination beneficially own more than
50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such
business combination in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership immediately prior to such business
combination; and
|
|
|
|
no person or group (excluding the CD&R Investors and their
affiliates) either:
|
|
|
|
|
|
beneficially owns more of the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity than
the CD&R Investors and their affiliates so beneficially
own, and the CD&R Investors and their affiliates
beneficially own more than 17.5% of the combined voting power of
the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of such
entity; or
|
|
|
|
beneficially owns 25% or more of the combined voting power of
the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of such
entity.
|
Hedging Restrictions
During the period from the closing until the later of
(1) the
30-month
anniversary of the closing and (2) the first date on which
the CD&R Investors hold in the aggregate less than 10% of
the aggregate voting power held by the initial CD&R
Investors immediately following the closing, the CD&R
Investors and certain of their affiliates will be prohibited
from hedging its or their direct or indirect exposure to the
common stock and the Series B convertible preferred stock,
except in transactions involving an index-based portfolio of
securities that includes common stock (provided that the value
of such common stock in such portfolio is not more than 5% of
the total value of the portfolio of securities).
109
Agreement to Keep the CD&R Investors Informed
From and after the closing and so long as the CD&R
Investors hold voting power of the Company equal in the
aggregate to at least 10% of the aggregate voting power held by
the initial CD&R Investors immediately following the
closing, we will keep the CD&R Investors informed of any
events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any tax,
criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving us or
any of our subsidiaries that have been brought to the attention
of our board of directors, and we will reasonably cooperate with
the CD&R Investors and their affiliates in an effort to
avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences to them
that might arise from such investigation or action (including by
reviewing written submissions in advance, attending meetings
with authorities and coordinating and providing assistance in
meeting with regulators).
Agreement to Seek Amendments to our Restated Certificate
of Incorporation
As contemplated by the stockholders agreement, our board of
directors have adopted and declared advisable, and unanimously
approved and recommended to our stockholders each of the
amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation
described below:
|
|
|
|
|
amendment to Article FOURTH, section 1 of our restated
certificate of incorporation to increase the number of
authorized shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
amendment to Article FOURTH, section 1 of our restated
certificate of incorporation to enable holders of a majority of
the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors to vote on proposals affecting the
number of authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may
be increased or decreased;
|
|
|
|
amendment to Article FIFTH, section 4 of our restated
certificate of incorporation to provide for the removal of
directors with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the
holder or holders of 80% of the outstanding voting power of the
Company;
|
|
|
|
amendment to Article FIFTH, section 5 of our restated
certificate of incorporation to provide for the calling of
special meetings of stockholders by the Chief Executive Officer,
by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a
majority of the entire board of directors, or by the Secretary
of the Company at the written request of the holder or holders
of 25% of the outstanding voting power of the Company;
|
|
|
|
deletion of Article FIFTH, section 6 of our restated
certificate of incorporation that prohibited stockholder action
by written consent;
|
|
|
|
deletion of Article SEVENTH of our restated certificate of
incorporation that prohibited preemptive or preferential right;
|
|
|
|
deletion of Article TENTH of our restated certificate of
incorporation relating to approval of certain business
combinations; and
|
|
|
|
addition of a new article to our restated certificate of
incorporation relating to the number of votes that may be held
by certain directors to give effect to the provisions in the
stockholders agreement.
|
From and after the closing, we will use our best efforts and
take all corporate actions necessary to obtain stockholder
approval of each of the amendments described above promptly
following the closing.
In the event that stockholder approval of the amendment to
Article FOURTH, section 1 of our restated certificate
of incorporation has not been obtained by the date that is
18 months following the closing, or at any time thereafter
the number of shares of authorized but unissued and unreserved
shares of common stock is less than 110% of the number of shares
of common stock required to permit the conversion of all
then-outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock into shares of common stock in accordance with the
applicable terms of conversion as set forth in the certificate
of designations, the Company has agreed to take all actions
permitted by law and consented to by the CD&R Investors (if
such consent is required under the terms of the stockholders
agreement), to increase the number of shares of authorized but
unissued and unreserved shares of common stock, including,
without limitation, at the option of the CD&R Investors (in
their sole discretion), taking actions to effect a
reclassification or to create a new class of capital stock
generally identical to the common stock.
110
Registration
Rights Agreement
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the form of registration rights agreement. While
we believe this summary covers the material terms and provisions
of the form of registration rights agreement, it may not contain
all of the information that is important to you. The form of
registration rights agreement is included as Annex I
hereto, which we incorporate by reference into this document. We
encourage you to read carefully the form of registration rights
agreement in its entirety.
In connection with, and as a condition to, the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant to the
investment agreement, at the closing, we and the initial
CD&R Investors will enter into a registration rights
agreement substantially in the form of the form of registration
rights agreement attached hereto as Annex I, which
registration rights agreement to be entered into at the closing,
we refer to as the registration rights agreement, under which
the Company will grant the CD&R Investors customary demand
and piggyback registration rights, including the material terms
described below.
Demand
Registration
At any time and from time to time on or after the earlier of (i)
the 30-month
anniversary of the closing (ii) a Company default event or (iii)
a change of control event, the CD&R Fund may make a demand
request in writing that the Company effect the registration
under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Securities
Act of all or any part of the shares of common stock and all
shares of capital stock of the Company as may be created as
described under The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Stockholders
AgreementAgreement to Seek Amendments to Our Restated
Certificate of Incorporation held by the CD&R
Investors that were acquired by the CD&R Investors on, from
and after the date of the registration rights agreement,
including, without limitation, shares of common stock or such
new class of capital stock, if any, issued or issuable upon
conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock, and any shares of capital stock or other equity interests
issued or issuable by the Company, directly or indirectly, by
way of conversion or exchange thereof or stock dividends, stock
splits or in connection with a combination of shares,
reclassification, recapitalization, merger or other
reorganization, which we refer to as the registrable shares (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockConvertibility and AntiDilution
Adjustments for a description of convertibility of shares
of Series B convertible preferred stock), held by the
CD&R Investors. Promptly after its receipt of any demand
request, the Company will give timely written notice of such
request to all holders of registrable shares, and will use its
reasonable best efforts to file, as promptly as reasonably
practicable, a registration statement covering all registrable
shares that have been requested to be registered (1) in the
demand request and (2) by any holder of registrable shares
by written notice to the Company, in accordance with the method
or methods of disposition of the applicable registrable shares
elected by the CD&R Fund.
Subject to certain limited exceptions, the CD&R Fund is
entitled to initiate no more than five demand registrations
(other than short-form registrations that are not underwritten
offerings) and underwritten offerings included in a shelf
registration statement as described below in Shelf
Underwritten Offerings in the aggregate, provided,
however, that (1) in respect of four out of the five such
demand registrations to which holders of registrable shares are
entitled under the registration rights agreement, the Company
will not be obligated to effect such demand registration unless
the amount of registrable shares requested to be registered by
the CD&R Fund is reasonably expected to result in aggregate
gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses) of at least
$50.0 million and (2) the Company will not be
obligated to effect such demand registration during the
four-month period following the effective date of a registration
statement pursuant to any other registration initiated pursuant
to a demand request.
We will agree to use our reasonable best efforts to qualify for
registration on
Form S-3
or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar
short-form registration at all times after the earlier of (i)
the 30-month
anniversary of the closing, (ii) a Company default event or
(iii) a change of control event. If requested by the CD&R
Fund and available to the Company, such short-form registration
will be a shelf registration statement providing for
the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed
basis of the registrable shares, pursuant to Rule 415 of
the Securities Act or otherwise.
111
At any time and from time to time on or after the earlier of (i)
the 30-month
anniversary of the closing (ii) a Company default event or (iii)
a change of control event, the CD&R Fund will be entitled
to request an unlimited number of short-form registrations, if
available to the Company, with respect to the registrable shares
held by the CD&R Investors, provided that the Company will
not be obligated to effect any short-form registration
(1) within 90 days after the effective date of any
registration statement of the Company under the registration
rights agreement and (2) unless the amount of registrable
shares requested to be registered by the CD&R Investors is
reasonably expected to result in aggregate gross proceeds (prior
to deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
expenses) of at least $50.0 million. In no event will the
Company be obligated to effect any shelf registration other than
pursuant to a short-form registration.
Upon filing any short-form registration, we have agreed to use
our reasonable best efforts to keep such short-form registration
effective with the SEC at all times and to re-file such
short-form registration upon its expiration, and to cooperate in
any shelf take-down, whether or not underwritten, by amending or
supplementing the prospectus related to such short-form
registration as may be reasonably requested by the CD&R
Fund, or as otherwise required, until such time as all
registrable shares that could be sold in such short-form
registration have been sold or are no longer outstanding.
To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) at the time any
demand request for a short-form registration is submitted to the
Company and such demand request requests that the Company file a
shelf registration statement, the Company will file
an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act) on
Form S-3
in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and
the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, which covers
those registrable shares which are requested to be registered.
The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to remain a
well-known seasoned issuer (and not to become an ineligible
issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act))
during the period during which any automatic shelf registration
statement is effective. If at any time following the filing of
an automatic shelf registration statement when the Company is
required to re-evaluate its well-known seasoned issuer status
the Company determines that it is not a well-known seasoned
issuer, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to
post-effectively amend the automatic shelf registration
statement to a shelf registration statement on
Form S-3
or file a new shelf registration statement on
Form S-3
or, if such form is not available,
Form S-1,
have such shelf registration statement declared effective by the
SEC and keep such Registration Statement effective during the
period during which such short-form registration is required to
be kept effective as described below.
If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a
registration statement, including a shelf registration
statement, initiated with respect to a demand request, would
require the Company to make a public disclosure of material
nonpublic information, which disclosure in the good faith
judgment of our board of directors (after consultation with
external legal counsel) (1) would be required to be made in
any registration statement so that such registration statement
would not be materially misleading, (2) would not be
required to be made at such time but for the filing,
effectiveness or continued use of such registration statement or
(3) would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Company or our business or on the Companys
ability to effect a bona fide and reasonably imminent material
proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization,
recapitalization or similar transaction, then the Company may,
upon giving prompt written notice of such action to holders of
registrable shares participating in such registration, delay the
filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such
Registration Statement, provided that the Company will not be
permitted to do so (a) more than once in any six-month
period or (b) for any single period of time in excess of
60 days, or for periods exceeding, in the aggregate,
90 days during any
12-month
period. In the event that the Company exercises its rights under
the preceding sentence, such holders of registrable shares will
agree to suspend, promptly upon receipt of the notice referred
to above, the use of any prospectus relating to such
registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell
registrable shares. If the Company so postpones the filing of a
prospectus or the effectiveness of a registration statement, the
CD&R Fund will be entitled to withdraw such request.
If the CD&R Fund intends that the registrable shares
covered by its demand request be distributed by means of an
underwritten offering, the CD&R Fund will advise the
Company of that as a part of the demand request, and the Company
will advise the other holders of registrable shares with respect
to such demand request. The CD&R Fund has the right to
choose the lead underwriter, subject to the prior written
consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the
Company for an underwritten demand request.
112
The Company may not include in any underwritten demand
registration any securities that are not registrable shares
without the prior written consent of the CD&R Fund.
If any of the registrable shares registered pursuant to a demand
registration are to be sold in a firm commitment underwritten
offering, and the managing underwriter(s) of such underwritten
offering advises holders of registrable shares participating in
the registration that, in its good faith opinion, the total
number or dollar amount of registrable shares (and, if permitted
by the registration rights agreement, securities other than
registrable shares requested to be included in such offering)
exceeds the largest number or dollar amount of securities that
can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the
marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on
the per share offering price), the Company will include in such
offering only such number of securities that in the good faith
opinion of such underwriter can be included without adversely
affecting the marketability of the offering, in the following
order of priority: (i) registrable shares of the CD&R
Investors, pro rata (if applicable) on the basis of the
aggregate number of registrable shares owned by each such
CD&R Investor; (ii) registrable shares of other
holders of registrable shares, pro rata (if applicable)
on the basis of the aggregate number of registrable shares owned
by each such holder; and (iii) any securities other than
registrable shares requested to be included in the registration
by any other person (including the securities to be sold for the
account of the Company) allocated among such persons in such
manner as the Company may determine.
Piggyback
Registration
If, at any time on or after (i) the
30-month
anniversary of the closing, (ii) a Company default event or
(iii) a change of control event, the Company proposes or is
required to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act with respect to an offering of securities of the Company,
but excluding a registration statement that is (1) solely
in connection with the registration of (a) equity
securities
and/or
options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on
Form S-4,
Form S-8
or any successor forms thereto or (b) shares of equity
securities
and/or
options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered solely
in connection with an employee benefit or dividend reinvestment
plan or (2) pursuant to a demand registration, the Company
will give written notice as promptly as practicable to all
holders of registrable shares of its intention to effect such
registration and will include in such registration all
registrable shares with respect to which the Company has
received timely written notice from such persons for inclusion
therein.
If the securities that the Company proposes to register are to
be sold in an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the
Company, the holders of registrable shares are entitled to
include all of their registrable shares on the same terms and
conditions as provided to any securities other than registrable
shares that are included therein. However, if the proposed
offering includes a firm commitment underwritten offering, and
the managing underwriter advises the Company and the holders of
registrable shares that, in its good faith opinion, the number
or dollar amount of registrable shares exceeds the largest
number or dollar amount of securities that can be sold without
adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the
Company will include in the registration or prospectus only the
number of securities that, in the good faith opinion of the
managing underwriter, will not adversely affect such
marketability, in the following order of priority: (i) the
securities other than registrable shares that the Company
proposes to sell, (ii) the registrable shares requested to
be included by all holders of registrable shares, pro rata
(if applicable) on the basis of the aggregate number of
shares held by each such holder, and (iii) any securities
other than registrable shares requested to be included by any
other person (other than the Company), allocated among such
persons as determined by the Company.
If the securities proposed to be registered by the Company are
to be sold in an underwritten secondary offering on behalf of
holders of securities other than registrable shares, the holders
of registrable shares are entitled to include all of their
registrable shares on the same terms and conditions as provided
to any securities other than registrable shares that are
included therein. However, if the managing underwriter advises
the Company and the holders of registrable shares that, in its
good faith opinion, the number or dollar amount of registrable
shares proposed to be included exceeds the largest number or
dollar amount of securities that can be sold without adversely
affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company will
include in the registration only the number of securities that,
in the reasonable opinion of the managing underwriter, will not
adversely affect such marketability, in the following order of
priority: (i) (x) the securities other than registrable
shares requested to be included pursuant to contractual rights
of the holders of such securities and (y) the registrable
shares, each pro rata (if applicable) on the basis of the
aggregate number of securities requested to be
113
included by each holder; and (ii) any securities other than
registrable shares requested to be included by the Company or
any other person not exercising a contractual right, allocated
as determined by the Company.
Shelf
Underwritten Offering
At any time that a shelf registration statement covering
registrable shares is effective, if the CD&R Fund delivers
a take-down notice to the Company stating that it or the
CD&R Investors intend to effect an underwritten offering of
all or part of its or the CD&R Investors registrable
shares, in each case included by it or them on the shelf
registration statement, the Company will amend or supplement the
shelf registration statement or related prospectus as may be
necessary in order to enable such registrable shares to be
distributed pursuant to the underwritten offering included in
the shelf registration statement. The CD&R Fund is not
entitled to deliver more than three take-down notices in any
12-month
period and the CD&R Fund may not deliver any take-down
notice within 30 days after the effective date of any
registration statement of the Company.
In connection with any underwritten offerings included on a
shelf registration statement, in the event that the managing
underwriter advises the Company in its good faith opinion that
marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares
which would otherwise be included in such take-down, the
managing underwriter may limit the number of shares which would
otherwise be included in such take-down offering in the same
manner as is described under Demand
Registration above with respect to a limitation of shares
to be included in a registration.
Expenses
Each holder of registrable shares will bear the pro rata
cost of underwriting discounts, selling commissions and
transfer taxes associated with any sale of registrable shares.
All expenses incidental to the Companys obligations under
the registration rights agreement, including registration and
filing fees, fees and expenses with respect to compliance with
securities and blue sky laws, certain expenses of counsel to
holders of registrable shares, expenses associated with listing
the securities to be registered, fees and disbursements of
experts, counsel to and advisors engaged by the Company, and
other internal expenses of the Company will be paid by the
Company, other than expenses incurred in connection with certain
withdrawn demands and shelf registrations and the underwriting
discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes associated
with any sale of registrable shares.
Termination
The registration rights agreement will terminate when no
registrable shares remain outstanding. Certain of the
Companys obligations survive termination, as do the
parties indemnification obligations.
Lock-up
and Holdback
The initial CD&R Investors may not transfer shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock and their ability to
transfer shares of common stock is limited (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementTransfer
Restrictions). All holders of registrable shares are
subject to holdback restrictions that are applicable to
offerings in which they participate. The Company is also subject
to holdback restrictions with regards to the public sale or
distribution or the filing of any registration statement
covering any equity securities, subject to limited exceptions,
or securities convertible into equity.
Limitations
on Other Registration Rights
Until such time as the initial CD&R Investors own less than
25% of the voting power of the Company, the Company may not
grant registration rights to any other holder or prospective
holder of securities without the prior written consent of the
CD&R Fund. For the term of the registration rights
agreement, the Company will not take any action or permit any
change to occur with respect to its securities which would
adversely affect the right of any holder of registrable shares
to participate in a registration undertaken pursuant to the
registration rights agreement.
114
Indemnification
Agreement
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the form of indemnification agreement. While we
believe this summary covers the material terms and provisions of
the form of indemnification agreement, it may not contain all of
the information that is important to you. The form of
indemnification agreement is included as Annex J hereto,
which we incorporate by reference into this document. We
encourage you to read carefully the form of indemnification
agreement in its entirety.
In connection with, and as a condition to, the issuance of the
Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant to the
investment agreement, at the closing, we and our wholly owned
subsidiaries, NCI Group, Inc., and
Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation, which we collectively refer to as the NCI entities,
will enter into an indemnification agreement substantially in
the form of the form of indemnification agreement attached
hereto as Annex J, which indemnification agreement to be
entered into at the closing we refer to as the indemnification
agreement, with the initial CD&R Investors and CD&R.
Pursuant to the indemnification agreement, and subject to the
terms and conditions contained therein, each of the NCI entities
will agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless CD&R, the initial CD&R Investors and their
general partners, the special limited partner of the CD&R
Fund and any other investment vehicle that is a stockholder of
the Company and is managed by CD&R or CD&Rs
affiliates, their respective affiliates, their respective
successors and assigns, and the respective directors, officers,
partners, members, employees, agents, advisors, consultants,
representatives and controlling persons of each of them, or of
their partners, members and controlling persons, and each other
person who is or becomes a director or an officer of any of the
Company or its subsidiaries, in each case irrespective of the
capacity in which such person acts, from and against any and all
claims, losses, liabilities, damages expenses or obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
resulting from third-party claims resulting from, arising out of
or in connection with, based upon or relating to the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or
other laws, in connection with any future securities offering of
the Company, the term loan refinancing, the ABL financing, this
exchange offer or any documents relating to any of these actions;
|
|
|
|
whether incurred with respect to third parties or otherwise,
resulting from, arising out of, or in connection with, based
upon or relating to the performance by CD&R or its
affiliates of certain transaction services;
|
|
|
|
resulting from third-party claims against an indemnitee in its
capacity as an affiliate (within the meaning of the Exchange
Act) or controlling person (within the meaning of the Exchange
Act) of the Company or any of our subsidiaries, resulting from,
arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to
any action or inaction by the Company or any of our
subsidiaries, provided that such action or inaction was not
proximately caused by such indemnitee;
|
|
|
|
whether incurred with respect to third parties or otherwise,
resulting from, arising out of, or in connection with, based
upon or relating to any payment or reimbursement by an
indemnitee pursuant to indemnification arrangements to an
indemnitee acting as a director or an officer of the Company or
any of our subsidiaries or having served at the request of or
for the benefit of the Company or any of our subsidiaries as a
director, officer, member, employee or agent of or advisor or
consultant to another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, including with respect to any breach
or alleged breach by an indemnitee of his or her fiduciary duty
as a director or an officer of the Company or any of our
subsidiaries; or
|
|
|
|
in each case including but not limited to any and all fees,
costs and expenses (including without limitation fees and
disbursements of attorneys and other professional advisers)
incurred by or on behalf of any indemnitee in asserting,
exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges or
remedies in respect of the indemnification agreement. The
foregoing notwithstanding, none of the NCI entities are
obligated to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnitee in
respect of (1) any claim made against the indemnitee by any
of its related persons, including its own directors, officers,
shareholders, partners, members, employees, agents, advisors,
consultants, representatives and controlling persons to the
extent arising from any obligation of such indemnitee to such
related person (whether arising from contract, by law or
otherwise), other than to the extent such claim arises out of
any indemnification obligation by such indemnitee to such
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
related person as a result of such related persons service
as a director or an officer of the Company or any of our
subsidiaries or (2) any fraud or intentional misconduct by
such indemnitee.
|
Retirement
of Convertible Notes
We are proposing to effect the retirement of the convertible
notes through the recapitalization plan, or, in the alternative,
through the prepackaged plan.
Retirement
of Convertible Notes in the Recapitalization Plan
As part of the recapitalization plan, in this exchange offer, we
are offering to acquire any and all of the convertible notes for
cash and shares of common stock, in accordance with the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure statement and in the letter of transmittal.
For each $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes that you
tender and that we accept in this exchange offer, you will, upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure statement and the letter of transmittal,
receive $500 in cash and 390 shares of common stock. The
cash payment and the shares of common stock to be issued
pursuant to this exchange offer will be in full satisfaction of
the principal amount of, and any accrued but unpaid interest
through the consummation of this exchange offer on, the
convertible notes so tendered and accepted.
The closing of the exchange offer is conditioned on the
satisfaction or, with the consent of the CD&R Fund, waiver
of the minimum tender condition, which requires that at least
95% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding convertible
notes are validly tendered and not withdrawn in this exchange
offer. We intend, but are not required, to retire any
convertible notes outstanding after the consummation of this
exchange offer by exercising our redemption right under the
convertible notes indenture on or after November 20, 2009;
if we do not so exercise our redemption, right such remaining
convertible notes will otherwise be retired pursuant to the
terms of the convertible notes indenture.
For a more detailed description of this exchange offer, see
The Exchange Offer.
Retirement
of Convertible Notes in the Prepackaged Plan
As an alternative to the recapitalization plan, we have prepared
the prepackaged plan for accomplishing the restructuring,
including the retirement of the convertible notes. If the
conditions to completion of the recapitalization plan are not
satisfied or waived, including, for example, the minimum tender
condition, not satisfied or waived, but we receive acceptances
from a sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an
impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be
confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation
through the nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes, we may elect and, under
the terms of the investment agreement, we may be required, to
seek confirmation of the prepackaged plan in a chapter 11
proceeding to effect the retirement of the convertible notes.
Under the prepackaged plan, holders of convertible notes would
receive the same treatment with respect to their claims as they
would in this exchange offer. See The Prepackaged
Plan.
Description
of the Term Loan Refinancing and the ABL Financing
The debt financing arrangements described below with respect
to the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing are subject
to change (whether as a result of market conditions or
otherwise), and the debt financings described below (or any
other debt financings that may be obtained if one or both of the
debt financings described below are not available to us) remain
subject to negotiation and completion of definitive
documentation.
There can be no assurances as to when, or if, we will be
successful with respect to the consummation of any transactions
contemplated by the restructuring and no assurances as to the
exact terms and conditions of each of the term loan refinancing
and the ABL financing.
116
The Term
Loan Refinancing
Overview
As part of the restructuring, we expect to enter into an
amendment to our existing credit agreement under which we would
repay approximately $143.3 million of the
$293.3 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our existing credit facility and modify the
terms and maturity of the remaining $150.0 million balance.
Pursuant to the investment agreement, we have agreed to use our
reasonable best efforts (and the CD&R Fund has agreed to
use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with us in such
efforts) to take all reasonable actions and to do all things
reasonably necessary, proper or advisable, to enter into an
amended credit agreement under the term loan refinancing, which
will amend our existing credit agreement on the terms and
conditions provided in the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L and described below or otherwise
contemplated thereby.
CD&R Fund may make such additions, modifications,
alterations, corrections or other changes to the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L as it deems
advisable in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) to:
|
|
|
|
|
add, provide or complete any schedule, annex, exhibit, numerical
amount or other information that is omitted, missing or
incomplete, or modify, alter, correct or change (including
without limitation by deleting or replacing) any wording that is
in brackets;
|
|
|
|
cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission or defect;
|
|
|
|
cure any inconsistency, including with any other provision of
the same agreement or of the ABL agreement or any other
transaction document or other agreement entered into in
connection therewith;
|
|
|
|
address a material risk that (1) we will be unable to
comply with the terms or conditions of the agreement or
(2) by complying with the terms and conditions of the
agreement we will be subject to a material risk of not complying
with the terms and conditions of the ABL agreement or any other
transaction document or other agreement entered into in
connection therewith;
|
|
|
|
effect the intent evidenced by the form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to
the matters set forth on Annex L; or
|
|
|
|
avoid adverse tax consequences to us or any of our subsidiaries.
|
If, for whatever reason, we cannot amend our existing credit
agreement under the term loan refinancing on the terms and
conditions contemplated in the form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to
the matters set forth on Annex L, (with such changes thereto
deemed advisable by the CD&R Fund in its sole discretion
(exercised in good faith), we have agreed to use our reasonable
best efforts (and the CD&R Fund has agreed to use
commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with us in such
efforts, including by actively assisting us in negotiation of
related definitive documentation) to amend the terms of our
existing credit agreement (1) on terms and conditions that
are, in the CD&R Funds sole discretion (exercised in
good faith), (x) no less favorable (as to each item (other than
immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the Company and the
CD&R Fund (as a prospective stockholder of the Company)
than the terms and conditions contemplated in the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K, or (y)
otherwise acceptable to the CD&R Fund, and (2) to
extend the maturity of $150.0 million in principal amount
of term loans outstanding under our existing credit agreement,
as promptly as practicable but in any event no later than the
outside date (which is described in The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementTermination of the
Investment Agreement).
The closing of the term loan refinancing through the
recapitalization plan requires the approval of all of the
lenders under our existing credit agreement. We have not yet
obtained such approval and it is uncertain if such approval will
be obtained.
As an alternative, in the event that the conditions to
completion of the recapitalization plan are not satisfied,
including, for example, if we do not get the approval of all of
the lenders under our existing credit agreement to
117
amend our existing credit agreement, but we receive acceptances
from a sufficient number of holders of impaired claims in an
impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged plan to be
confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including confirmation
through the nonconsensual cram-down provisions of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting impaired claims classes, we may elect and, under
the terms of the investment agreement, we may be required, to
seek confirmation of the prepackaged plan in a chapter 11
proceeding to effect the term loan refinancing (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementCommencement of a
Reorganization Case in Connection with the Prepackaged Plan
Covenant). Under the prepackaged plan, the lenders under
our existing credit agreement would receive the same treatment
with respect to their claims as they would receive in the
recapitalization plan (see The Prepackaged Plan).
Pursuant to the
lock-up
agreements, holders of obligations under our existing credit
agreement that executed a
lock-up
agreement have agreed, subject to the terms contained in the
applicable
lock-up
agreement, (1) to support the term loan refinancing by
accepting a portion of the repayment contemplated thereby and by
executing an amendment to our existing credit agreement in the
form of the amended credit agreement attached hereto as
Annex K after giving effect to the matters set forth on
Annex L and (2) to vote all their obligations under the
existing credit agreement in favor of the prepackaged plan,
among other things. In addition, pursuant to the lock-up
agreements, we have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
of the lock-up agreements, that certain holders of outstanding
obligations that execute an amendment and restatement of the
existing credit agreement substantially in the form of the form
of amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L to give effect
to the term loan refinancing will receive a consent fee equal to
2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of term loans held by
such lender prior to giving effect to such term loan
refinancing. See The RestructuringThe
Lock-Up
Agreements. Including the holders of obligations under our
existing credit agreement, we have commitments or consents from
100% of lenders under our existing credit agreement to
consummate the term loan refinancing by executing the form of
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L.
Form
of Amended Credit Agreement
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the form of amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the matters set
forth on Annex L if it is executed at the closing of the
restructuring. While we believe this summary covers the material
terms and provisions of the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L, it may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. We incorporate by
reference into this document the form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K and the matters set
forth on Annex L. We encourage you to read carefully the form of
the amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K and
the matters set forth in Annex L in their entirety.
For reasons noted above, these terms and conditions may be
subject to change. The form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L described below also remains
subject to final negotiation of various items and completion of
definitive ancillary documentation.
Maturity; Prepayments. The term loans under
the form of the amended credit agreement attached hereto as
Annex K after giving effect to the matters set forth on
Annex L would (i) if the restructuring is accomplished
through the recapitalization plan, mature on the date that is
four years and six months from the closing date thereof, or
(ii) if the restructuring is accomplished through the
prepackaged plan, mature on the fifth anniversary of the closing
date thereof and, in either case, and, prior to such date, would
amortize in nominal quarterly installments equal to one percent
of the aggregate principal amount thereof per annum.
The term loans under the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K would be prepayable at our
option at any time without premium or penalty (other than
customary breakage costs). We would also have the ability to
repurchase a portion of the term loans under the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L subject to
certain terms and conditions set forth in the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L.
118
Subject to certain exceptions, the term loans under form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L would be
subject to mandatory prepayment and reduction in an amount equal
to:
|
|
|
|
|
the net cash proceeds of (1) certain asset sales,
(2) certain debt offerings and (3) certain insurance
recovery and condemnation events;
|
|
|
|
50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L) for
any fiscal year ending on or after October 31, 2010, unless
a specified leverage ratio target is met; and
|
|
|
|
the greater of $10.0 million and 50% of certain 2009 tax
refunds (as defined in the form of amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters specified in Annex L) received by the Company.
|
Guarantees; Security. Our obligations under
the form of the amended credit agreement attached hereto as
Annex K after giving effect to the matters set forth on
Annex L and any interest rate protection agreements or
other permitted hedging agreement entered into with any lender
under the amended credit agreement would be irrevocably and
unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by
substantially the same guarantors as under our existing credit
agreement.
In addition, the term loans under the form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to
the matters set forth on Annex L, the permitted hedging
agreements and the guarantees thereof would be secured by
security interests on substantially all of the tangible and
intangible assets of NCI and the guarantors, including liens on
material real property and pledges of all the capital stock of
all direct domestic subsidiaries owned by NCI and the guarantors
and of up to 65% of the capital stock of certain direct foreign
subsidiaries owned by NCI or any guarantor. The security and
pledges would be subject to certain exceptions.
The liens securing the term loans under the form of the amended
credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth on Annex L the permitted
hedging agreements and the guarantees thereof would be first in
priority (as between the term loan refinancing and the ABL
financing) with respect to stock, material real property and
assets other than accounts receivable, inventory and associated
intangibles of the Company and the guarantors, subject to
certain exceptions. Such liens would be second in priority (as
between the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing) with
respect to accounts receivable, inventory and associated
intangibles of NCI and the guarantors, subject to certain
exceptions. The details of the respective collateral rights
between lenders under the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L and lenders under the ABL
agreement would be governed by an intercreditor agreement which
has not yet been negotiated.
Pricing. At our election, the interest rates
per annum applicable to the term loans under the form of
the amended credit agreement would be based on a fluctuating
rate of interest measured by reference to either (1) an
adjusted London inter-bank offered rate, or LIBOR,
or (2) an alternate base rate, in each case, plus a
borrowing margin.
Covenants. The form of the amended credit
agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to
the matters set forth on Annex L contains a number of
covenants that, among other things, would limit or restrict the
ability of NCI and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur
additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay
other indebtedness, make dividends and other restricted
payments, create liens, make investments, make acquisitions,
engage in mergers, change the nature of their business and
engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
In addition, under the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L, NCI and its consolidated
subsidiaries would be subject to a financial covenant that would
require us to maintain a specified consolidated debt to EBITDA
leverage ratio for specified periods (the requirement for this
ratio would vary throughout the term of the term loans under the
form of the amended credit agreement attached hereto as
Annex K after giving effect to the matters set forth on
Annex L) beginning with the four fiscal quarter period
ending October 30, 2011. We would, however, not be subject
to this financial covenant if certain prepayments or repurchases
of the term loans under the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L are made in the specified
period.
119
Events of Default. The form of the amended
credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after giving
effect to the matters set forth on Annex L would contain
customary events of default, including non-payment of principal,
interest or fees, violation of covenants, material inaccuracy of
representations or warranties, cross default and cross
acceleration to certain other material indebtedness (including
the ABL financing), certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA
events, material invalidity of guarantees or security interest,
material judgments and change of control.
Incremental Commitments. The form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K also
would provide that NCI has the right at any time to request up
to $50.0 million of incremental commitments in the
aggregate under one or more incremental term loan facilities.
The lenders under the form of the amended credit agreement
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L would not be under any
obligation to provide any such incremental commitments, and any
such addition of or increase in commitments would be subject to
pro forma compliance with an incurrence-based financial covenant
and customary conditions precedent. Our ability to obtain
extensions of credit under these incremental commitments would
be subject to the same conditions as extensions of credit would
be under the form of the amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the matters set
forth on Annex L.
The ABL
Financing
Overview
As part of the restructuring, we also expect to enter into an
ABL agreement for a $125.0 million asset-based loan
facility.
Pursuant to the investment agreement, we have agreed to use our
reasonable best efforts to take (and the CD&R Fund has
agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with
us in such efforts) all reasonable actions and to do all things
reasonably necessary, proper or advisable, to arrange and obtain
revolving credit commitments for general corporate purposes from
lenders under the ABL financing on terms and conditions that
reflect the terms and conditions summarized in the ABL term
sheet attached hereto as Annex Q and described below and
otherwise (1) are consistent with and no less favorable (as
to each item (other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate)
to us and the CD&R Fund (as a prospective stockholder of
the Company) than the terms and conditions of asset-based
revolving credit financing transactions for companies sponsored
by CD&R, as determined by the CD&R Fund in its
reasonable discretion (exercised in good faith), or (2) are
acceptable to the CD&R Fund in its sole discretion
(exercised in good faith).
If, for whatever reason, we cannot arrange and obtain revolving
credit commitments from lenders under the ABL financing on terms
and conditions that reflect the terms and conditions summarized
in the ABL term sheet, we have agreed to use our reasonable best
efforts (and the CD&R Fund has agreed to use commercially
reasonable efforts to cooperate with us in such efforts,
including by actively assisting us in negotiation of related
definitive documentation) to obtain alternative financing from
alternative sources that (1) is on terms and conditions
that (A) are no less favorable (as to each item and in the
aggregate) to us and the CD&R Fund (as a prospective
stockholder of the Company) than the terms and conditions
summarized in the ABL term sheet, as determined by the CD&R
Fund in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) and
(B) otherwise (x) are consistent with and no less
favorable to us and the CD&R Fund (as a prospective
stockholder of the Company) than the terms and conditions of
asset-based revolving credit financing transactions for
companies sponsored by CD&R, as determined by the CD&R
Fund in its reasonable discretion (exercised in good faith) or
(y) are acceptable to the CD&R Fund in its sole
discretion (exercised in good faith), and (2) provides
revolving credit commitments in an aggregate principal amount
that is not less than $125.0 million, as promptly as
practicable but in any event no later than the outside date.
Whether the restructuring is accomplished through the
recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, the closing of
the ABL financing requires the approval and execution of the ABL
agreement by all lenders providing revolving credit commitments
thereunder. We have been in discussions with prospective lenders
regarding the terms of the ABL agreement to give effect to the
ABL financing. While the form of ABL agreement attached hereto
as Annex R has been agreed to in principle with such
prospective lenders, and the prospective lenders have indicated
their willingness to enter into the form of ABL agreement
attached hereto as Annex R, no loan commitment letter from
any such prospective lender has been received by the Company.
120
ABL
Term Sheet
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the ABL financing if the ABL financing were
consummated as set forth in the ABL term sheet attached hereto
as Annex Q. While we believe this summary covers the
material terms and provisions of the ABL term sheet, it may not
contain all of the information that is important to you. The ABL
term sheet is included as Annex Q hereto, which we
incorporate by reference into this document. We encourage you to
read carefully the ABL term sheet attached hereto as
Annex Q in its entirety.
Availability. The ABL term sheet provides for
an asset-based revolving credit facility which would allow
aggregate maximum borrowings by us of up to $125.0 million.
As set forth in the ABL term sheet, extensions of credit under
the ABL financing would be limited by a borrowing base
calculated periodically based on specified percentages of the
value of qualified cash, eligible inventory and eligible
accounts receivable, less certain reserves and subject to
certain other adjustments. Based on its discussions with
prospective lenders under the ABL agreement, the Company expects
that because of borrowing base constraints, initial availability
under the ABL agreement will be substantially less than the
$125.0 million commitment described above and may be as low
as $45 million. Availability will be reduced by issuance of
letters of credit as well as by borrowings.
Borrowers. NCIs domestic subsidiaries,
NCI Group Inc. and Robertson-Ceco II Corporation, would be
borrowers under the ABL financing as set forth in the ABL term
sheet, along with any other domestic operating subsidiary of NCI
that has assets that may be included in the borrowing base. The
borrowers under the ABL financing, as set forth in the ABL term
sheet, would be jointly and severally liable for all loans
outstanding thereunder.
Maturity. The loans under the ABL financing,
as set forth in the ABL term sheet, would mature on the earlier
of the fifth anniversary of the closing date thereof and the
scheduled maturity of the term loans under the amended credit
agreement.
Guarantees; Security. The obligations of the
borrowers under the ABL financing, as set forth in the ABL term
sheet, would be guaranteed by us and each of our material
domestic subsidiaries that is not a borrower under the ABL
agreement.
In addition, the ABL financing, as set forth in the ABL term
sheet, and the guarantees thereof would be secured by a first
priority lien on accounts receivable, inventory and associated
intangibles of the Company and the guarantors, subject to
certain exceptions, and a second priority lien on the assets
securing the term loans under the amended credit agreement on a
first-lien basis.
Pricing
As set forth in the ABL term sheet, the interest rates per
annum applicable to borrowings under the ABL agreement would
be based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference
to either (1) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate or
LIBOR or (2) an alternate base rate that, in
each case, is expected to vary depending on the quarterly
average excess availability under such facility.
Fees. As set forth in the ABL term sheet, the
borrowers would pay (1) fees on the unused commitments of
the lenders under the ABL agreement ranging from 0.75% to 1.00%,
depending on the proportion of the loans that have been drawn
under the ABL agreement and (2) other customary fees in
respect of the ABL financing.
Covenants. The ABL financing as set forth in
the ABL term sheet would include a minimum fixed charge coverage
ratio of one to one, which would apply if the borrowers fail to
maintain a specified minimum level of borrowing capacity.
Incremental Commitments. The ABL financing, as
set forth in the ABL term sheet, would also provide that NCI has
the right to request up to $50.0 million of incremental
commitments in the aggregate, although the lenders under the ABL
financing, as set forth in the ABL term sheet, would not
expected to be under any obligation to provide any incremental
commitments.
121
Form
of ABL Agreement
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R if it is executed at the closing of the
restructuring. While we believe this summary covers the material
terms and provisions of the form of ABL agreement attached
hereto as Annex R, it may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. We incorporate by
reference into this document the form of ABL agreement attached
hereto as Annex R. We encourage you to read carefully the
form of ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R in its
entirety.
For the reasons noted above, the terms and conditions of the
form of ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R may be
subject to change. The form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R described below also remains subject to
finalization of certain items and completion of definitive
ancillary documentation. The prospective lenders have indicated
their willingness to enter into the form of ABL agreement
attached hereto as Annex R in connection with the
consummation of the CD&R investment and have confirmed
participation for the full availability under the ABL
financing.
Availability. The form of ABL agreement
attached hereto as Annex R provides for an asset-based
revolving credit facility which would allow aggregate maximum
borrowings by us of up to $125.0 million. As set forth in
the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R,
extensions of credit under the ABL financing would be limited by
a borrowing base calculated periodically based on specified
percentages of the value of qualified cash, eligible inventory
and eligible accounts receivable, less certain reserves and
subject to certain other adjustments. Based on its discussions
with prospective lenders under the ABL agreement, the Company
expects that because of borrowing base constraints, initial
availability under the ABL financing, if it were consummated in
the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R, will
be substantially less than the $125.0 million commitment
described above and may be as low as $45.0 million.
Availability will be reduced by issuance of letters of credit as
well as by borrowings.
Borrowers. NCIs domestic subsidiaries,
NCI Group Inc. and Robertson-Ceco II Corporation, would be
borrowers under the ABL financing as set forth in the form of
ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R. The form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R does not, unlike the
ABL term sheet, contemplate that any other subsidiary of NCI
will be a borrower at the closing of the ABL financing. The
borrowers under the ABL financing, as set forth in the form of
ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R, would be jointly
and severally liable for all loans outstanding thereunder.
Maturity. The loans under the ABL financing,
as set forth in the form of ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R, would mature on the earlier of the fifth
anniversary of the closing date thereof and the scheduled
maturity of the term loans under the amended credit agreement.
Guarantees; Security. The obligations of the
borrowers under the ABL financing, as set forth in the form of
ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R, would be
guaranteed by us and each of our material domestic subsidiaries
that is not a borrower under the ABL agreement.
In addition, the ABL financing, as set forth in the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R, and the guarantees
thereof would be secured by a first priority lien on accounts
receivable, inventory and associated intangibles of NCI, the
borrowers and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions, and
a second priority lien on the assets securing the term loans
under the amended credit agreement on a first-lien basis.
Pricing. As set forth in the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R, the interest rates
per annum applicable to borrowings under the ABL
agreement would be based on a fluctuating rate of interest
measured by reference to either (1) an adjusted London
inter-bank offered rate or LIBOR or (2) an
alternate base rate, in each case, plus a borrowing margin that
will vary depending on the quarterly average excess availability
under such facility.
Fees. As set forth in the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R, the borrowers would
pay (1) fees on the unused commitments of the lenders under
the ABL agreement ranging from 0.75% to 1.00%, depending on the
proportion of the loans that have been drawn under the ABL
agreement and (2) other customary fees in respect of the
ABL financing.
122
Covenants. The ABL financing, as set forth in
form of the ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R, would
include a number of covenants that, among other things, would
limit or restrict the ability of NCI, the borrowers and the
other subsidiaries of NCI to dispose of assets, incur additional
indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, engage in sale and
leaseback transactions, prepay other indebtedness, modify
organizational documents and certain other agreements, create
restrictions affecting subsidiaries, make dividends and other
restricted payments, create liens, make investments, make
acquisitions, engage in mergers, change the nature of their
business and engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
In addition, under the form of the ABL agreement attached hereto
as Annex R, the ABL financing would include a minimum fixed
charge coverage ratio of one to one, which would apply if the
borrowers fail to maintain a specified minimum level of
borrowing capacity. The borrowing capacity at which the
financial covenant would apply is lower in the form of ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R than in the ABL term
sheet.
Events of Default. The ABL financing, as set
forth in the form of the ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R would contain customary events of default,
including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, violation
of covenants, material inaccuracy of representations or
warranties, cross default and cross acceleration to certain
other material indebtedness (including the term loan financing),
certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA events, material
invalidity of guarantees, security interests or financing
agreements, material suspension or discontinuation of business,
certain material governmental orders, material judgments and
change of control.
Incremental Commitments. The form of the ABL
agreement attached hereto as Annex R also would provide
that the borrowers have the right at any time to request up to
$50.0 million of incremental commitments in the aggregate
under one or more incremental term loan facilities. The lenders
under the form of the ABL agreement attached hereto as
Annex R would not be under any obligation to provide any
such incremental commitments, and any such addition of or
increase in commitments would be subject to customary conditions
precedent. Our ability to obtain extensions of credit under
these incremental commitments would be subject to the same
conditions as extensions of credit would be under the form of
the ABL agreement attached hereto as Annex R.
The
Lock-Up
Agreements
The following are summaries of the material terms and
provisions of each of the
lock-up
agreements. While we believe these summaries cover the material
terms and provisions of each of the
lock-up
agreements, they may not contain all of the information that is
important to you. The
lock-up
agreements (including the amendment to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) is included as
Annexes N, O, and P hereto, which we incorporate by
reference into this document. We encourage you to read carefully
the lock-up
agreements in their entirety (including the amendment to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009).
Lock-Up
Agreement (dated August 13, 2009)
We entered into a
lock-up and
voting agreement, dated as of August 31, 2009, which, as
amended, we refer to as the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009), with certain holders of
convertible notes, pursuant to which such holders, who hold more
than 79% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding
convertible notes, have agreed to support the restructuring.
Agreement to Tender. Unless this exchange
offer is terminated in accordance with its terms, each holder of
convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) has irrevocably agreed to
tender in this exchange offer, and not withdraw from this
exchange offer, all convertible notes held by or beneficially
owned by it, or with respect to which it serves as manager or
investment advisor having the unrestricted power to vote or
dispose thereof so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
certain economic terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner adverse to such holder;
|
|
|
|
the consideration (and mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is not altered or amended; and
|
|
|
|
certain other terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such holder.
|
123
Agreement to Support the Term Loan
Refinancing. Each holder of convertible notes
that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) that is also a lender
under our existing credit agreement has agreed,
contemporaneously with the closing of the restructuring,
(1) to support the term loan refinancing by accepting its
portion of the repayment contemplated thereby with respect to
the term loans and other obligations under our existing credit
agreement held by it or beneficially owned by it, or with
respect to which it serves as manager or investment advisor
having the unrestricted power to vote or dispose thereof, and
(2) with respect to the remaining obligations under our
existing credit agreement held by it or beneficially owned by
it, or with respect to which it serves as manager or investment
advisor having the unrestricted power to vote or dispose
thereof, by executing an amendment to our existing credit
agreement in the form of the amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the matters set
forth on Annex L (with the completion of items currently
blank as agreed upon by Wachovia Bank, National Association (or
any successor thereto), as administrative agent under our
existing credit agreement) so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
certain economic terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner adverse to such holder;
|
|
|
|
the consideration (and mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is not altered or amended; and
|
|
|
|
certain other terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such holder.
|
Agreement to Vote. So long as the prepackaged
plan attached hereto as Annex A is not altered or amended
and such holder has received this prospectus/disclosure
statement and related documents in compliance with the
Bankruptcy Code, each holder of convertible notes that executed
the lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) has agreed to vote (and
not change or revoke such vote) all convertible notes and all
obligations under our existing credit agreement held by it or
beneficially owned by it, or with respect to which it serves as
manager or investment advisor having the unrestricted power to
vote thereof, to accept the prepackaged plan.
Additional Agreements of the
Lock-Up
Agreement (dated August 31, 2009) Parties; Agreement with
Respect to Other Transactions. Each holder of
convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) has agreed that, from and
after August 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
it will not solicit, support or encourage any other plan,
proposal or offer of reorganization, merger, restructuring or
recapitalization or otherwise delay or impede the consummation
of the restructuring; and
|
|
|
|
it will not:
|
|
|
|
|
|
object to, or otherwise commence any proceeding opposing, any of
the terms of the transactions contemplated by the restructuring;
|
|
|
|
take any action, including, but not limited to, objecting to the
prepackaged plan, which is inconsistent with, or that would
delay approval, consummation or confirmation of any of the
transactions contemplated by the restructuring; or
|
|
|
|
take any action that would make any representation or warranty
of such holder untrue or incorrect in any material respect, or
have the effect of preventing or disabling such holder from
performing its obligations hereunder in any material respect.
|
Restrictions on Transfer of Convertible Notes and Term
Loans. Each holder of convertible notes that
executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) has agreed, from and
after the date of the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009), not to directly or
indirectly transfer or dispose of or enter into an agreement or
arrangement to transfer or dispose of (other than ordinary
course pledges in a prime brokerage account) any convertible
note or term loans under our existing credit agreement or
interest therein other than a transfer that does not require
registration under the Securities Act and in accordance with the
terms of our existing credit agreement and the convertible notes
indenture, as applicable, to (1) a transferee that is
already a party to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) or any of such
persons or entitys affiliates or (2) a
transferee that represents that it is a Qualified
Institutional Buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A
promulgated under the Securities Act.
Unless a transfer is being made to a person or party that is
already a party to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009), such transfer must be
pursuant to a privately negotiated transaction and the
transferee must
124
execute and deliver to the Company a joinder agreement pursuant
to which the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009).
A holder of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) may acquire additional
convertible notes or term loans under our existing credit
agreement so long as such convertible notes or term loans become
subject to the terms the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009).
Registration Rights. Unless the shares of
common stock issuable in respect of the convertible notes
subject to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) are registered
(which they will be upon the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which this prospectus/disclosure statement forms a
part), we have agreed to enter into a registration rights
agreement containing customary indemnification provisions for
selling stockholders that will provide registration rights to
the holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) in the event that the
restructuring is accomplished through the recapitalization plan
or, if the restructuring is accomplished through the prepackaged
plan and the common stock received by them is not freely
tradable pursuant to the provisions of section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code. We will be obligated, under such registration
statement, if any, subject to customary blackout periods in
connection with earnings releases and material corporate
developments:
|
|
|
|
|
to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement no later
than five business days following the closing of the
restructuring covering resales of the common stock received by
each such holder on a delayed or continuous basis; and
|
|
|
|
to use our best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such
registration until the earlier of (a) six months after the
closing of the restructuring and (b) the date on which all
such common stock held by the holders of convertible notes that
executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) can be resold pursuant to
Rule 144 of the Securities Act without limitation as to
volume or compliance with any manner of sale requirements.
|
However, if, during the six months after the completion of the
restructuring, there is not adequate current public
information with respect to the Company for purposes of
resales of common stock under Rule 144(c) under the
Securities Act, then we will use our best efforts to maintain
the effectiveness of the registration until the earlier of
(a) 12 months after the closing of the restructuring
and (b) the date on which all such common stock held by the
holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) can be resold pursuant to
Rule 144 of the Securities Act without limitation as to
volume or compliance with any manner of sale requirements.
Covenants of the Company. Pursuant to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009), we have agreed that we
will not, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
publish or disclose the identity of any of the holders of
convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) without such
holders consent (except the Company may disclose the
aggregate amount of convertible notes
and/or
existing term loans held by such holders without reference to
the convertible notes
and/or term
loans held by any such individual holder and the nature of such
holders obligations under the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009), subject to the right of
such holder to review and comment on any such disclosure prior
to publication, disclosure or filing); or
|
|
|
|
enter into any agreement or other arrangement with any holder of
convertible notes or term loans under our existing credit
agreement with respect to or relating in any way to the
restructuring if such agreement or other arrangement contains
any term or provision relating to the consideration in respect
of such convertible notes or term loans (including any agreement
to pay any fee or other consideration (whether or not in cash),
and any conditions relating to such payments) that is more
favorable to such holder than those contained in agreements and
arrangements with the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) parties without also
providing such term, provision or condition for the benefit of
the holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009).
|
Agreements Related to our Board of
Directors. Pursuant to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009), we have agreed that the
directors who are members of our board of directors effective as
of the closing of the restructuring will include two directors,
who are independent from both the Company, on the one hand, and
the
125
CD&R Fund and its affiliates, on the other hand, who are
unaffiliated shareholder directors (as described in The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related Matters).
We have also agreed that for so long as the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) is in effect and there
has been no material breach by the holders that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009):
|
|
|
|
|
holders of convertible notes representing at least a majority of
the outstanding convertible notes may submit proposed persons to
serve as the initial unaffiliated shareholder directors, and the
Company will consider in good faith any such proposed persons;
|
|
|
|
prior to the appointment of the initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors, the Company will provide notice prior to the closing
of the restructuring of the Companys proposed initial
unaffiliated shareholder directors; and
|
|
|
|
in the event that holders of convertible notes representing at
least a majority of the outstanding convertible notes provide
written notice to the Company within seven business days that
they object to the proposed initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors, the Company will propose (and, if necessary, continue
to propose) alternative initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors so that at least one of the two initial unaffiliated
shareholder directors is acceptable to holders of convertible
notes representing at least a majority of the outstanding
convertible notes.
|
Termination. The
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) may be terminated by a
number of holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) holding not less than
two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of all convertible
notes held by all holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009):
|
|
|
|
|
if an event occurs that would provide either the Company or the
CD&R Fund with the right to terminate the investment
agreement under the terms of the investment agreement (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementTermination of the
Investment Agreement);
|
|
|
|
if the Company materially breaches any of our obligations set
forth in the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009);
|
|
|
|
if the investment agreement terminates in accordance with its
terms (see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementTermination of the Investment Agreement);
|
|
|
|
if certain economic terms of the restructuring are altered or
amended in a manner adverse to the holders of convertible notes
that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) that are lenders under
our existing credit agreement;
|
|
|
|
if the consideration (or mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is altered or amended;
|
|
|
|
if certain other terms of the restructuring are altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to the holders of
convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009);
|
|
|
|
if the minimum tender condition is decreased or is altered or
amended, or the amended credit agreement is executed and in
effect and, at such time, the amended credit agreement is not
binding on all lenders under our existing credit agreement;
|
|
|
|
if an event of default under the convertible notes indenture has
occurred and is continuing (other than an event of default
resulting from the commencement of a filing with respect to the
prepackaged plan); or
|
|
|
|
at any time after 11:59 p.m. on January 15, 2010.
|
Lock-Up
Agreement (dated October 8, 2009)
We entered into a
lock-up and
voting agreement, dated as of October 8, 2009, which we
refer to as the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), with certain holders of
outstanding obligations under our existing credit agreement,
pursuant to which such holders have agreed to support the
restructuring.
126
Agreement to Tender. Unless this exchange
offer is terminated in accordance with its terms, each holder of
outstanding obligations under our existing credit agreement that
holds convertible notes and that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) has irrevocably
agreed to tender in this exchange offer, and not withdraw from
this exchange offer, all convertible notes held by or
beneficially owned by it, or with respect to which it serves as
manager or investment advisor having the unrestricted power to
vote or dispose thereof so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
certain economic terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner adverse to such holder;
|
|
|
|
the consideration (and mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is not altered or amended; and
|
|
|
|
certain other terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such holder.
|
Agreement to Support the Term Loan
Refinancing. Each holder of outstanding
obligations under our existing credit agreement that executed
the lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) has agreed,
contemporaneously with the closing of the restructuring,
(1) to support the term loan refinancing by accepting its
portion of the repayment contemplated thereby with respect to
the term loans and other obligations under our existing credit
agreement held by it or beneficially owned by it, or with
respect to which it serves as manager or investment advisor
having the unrestricted power to vote or dispose thereof, and
(2) with respect to the remaining obligations under our
existing credit agreement held by it or beneficially owned by
it, or with respect to which it serves as manager or investment
advisor having the unrestricted power to vote or dispose
thereof, by executing an amendment to our existing credit
agreement in the form of the amended credit agreement attached
hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the matters set
forth on Annex L (with the completion of items currently
blank as agreed upon by Wachovia Bank, National Association (or
any successor thereto), as administrative agent under our
existing credit agreement) so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
certain economic terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner adverse to such holder;
|
|
|
|
the consideration (and mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is not altered or amended; and
|
|
|
|
certain other terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such holder.
|
Each holder of outstanding obligations under our existing credit
agreement agreed that all the ancillary financing documents
entered into or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any
of the transactions contemplated by the Amended Credit Agreement
will be in form and substance as agreed upon by Wachovia Bank,
National Association (or any successor thereto), as
administrative agent. However, to the extent draft forms of any
such documents have been provided to such holder prior to the
execution of the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), the definitive forms of
such documents will not be materially altered from the draft
forms so provided in a manner adverse to the holders of
outstanding obligations under our existing credit agreement.
Agreement to Vote. So long as the prepackaged
plan attached hereto as Annex A is not altered or amended
and such holder has received this prospectus/disclosure
statement and related documents in compliance with the
Bankruptcy Code, each holder of outstanding obligations under
our existing credit agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) has agreed to vote
(and not change or revoke such vote) all convertible notes and
all obligations under our existing credit agreement held by it
or beneficially owned by it, or with respect to which it serves
as manager or investment advisor having the unrestricted power
to vote thereof, to accept the prepackaged plan.
Additional Agreements of the
Lock-Up
Agreement (dated October 8, 2009) Parties; Agreement
with Respect to Other Transactions. Each holder
of outstanding obligations under our existing credit agreement
that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) has agreed that,
from and after October 8, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
it will not solicit, support or encourage any other plan,
proposal or offer of reorganization, merger, restructuring or
recapitalization or otherwise delay or impede the consummation
of the restructuring; and
|
|
|
|
it will not:
|
|
|
|
|
|
object to, or otherwise commence any proceeding opposing, any of
the terms of the transactions contemplated by the restructuring;
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
take any action, including, but not limited to, objecting to the
prepackaged plan, which is inconsistent with, or that would
delay approval, consummation or confirmation of any of the
transactions contemplated by the restructuring; or
|
|
|
|
take any action that would make any representation or warranty
of such holder untrue or incorrect in any material respect, or
have the effect of preventing or disabling such holder from
performing its obligations hereunder in any material respect.
|
so long as:
|
|
|
|
|
certain economic terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner adverse to such holder;
|
|
|
|
the consideration (and mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is not altered or amended; and
|
|
|
|
certain other terms of the restructuring are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such holder.
|
Restrictions on Transfer of Convertible Notes and Term
Loans. Each holder of outstanding obligations
under our existing credit agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) has agreed, from and
after the date of the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), not to directly or
indirectly transfer or dispose of or enter into an agreement or
arrangement to transfer or dispose of (other than ordinary
course pledges in a prime brokerage account) any convertible
note or term loans under our existing credit agreement or
interest therein other than a transfer that does not require
registration under the Securities Act and in accordance with the
terms of our existing credit agreement and the convertible notes
indenture, as applicable, to (1) a transferee that is
already a party to the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) or any of such
persons or entitys affiliates, (2) a transferee
that is party under the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) or (3) a
transferee that represents that it is a Qualified
Institutional Buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A
promulgated under the Securities Act.
Unless a transfer is being made to a person or party that is
already a party to the
lock-up
agreement (dated August 31, 2009) or
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), such transfer must be
pursuant to a privately negotiated transaction and the
transferee must execute and deliver to the Company a joinder
agreement pursuant to which the transferee agrees to be bound by
the terms of the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009).
A holder of outstanding obligations under our existing credit
agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) may acquire
additional convertible notes or term loans under our existing
credit agreement so long as such convertible notes or term loans
become subject to the terms the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009).
Registration Rights. Unless the shares of
common stock issuable in respect of the convertible notes
subject to the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), are registered (which
they will be upon the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which this prospectus/disclosure statement forms a
part), we have agreed to enter into a registration rights
agreement containing customary indemnification provisions for
selling stockholders that will provide registration rights to
the holders of outstanding obligations under our existing credit
agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) in the event that
the restructuring is accomplished through the recapitalization
plan or, if the restructuring is accomplished through the
prepackaged plan and the common stock received by them is not
freely tradable pursuant to the provisions of section 1145
of the Bankruptcy Code. We will be obligated, under such
registration statement, if any, subject to customary blackout
periods in connection with earnings releases and material
corporate developments:
|
|
|
|
|
to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement no later
than five business days following the closing of the
restructuring covering resales of the common stock received by
each such holder on a delayed or continuous basis; and
|
|
|
|
to use our best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such
registration until the earlier of (a) six months after the
closing of the restructuring and (b) the date on which all
such common stock held by the holders of outstanding obligations
under our existing credit agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) can be resold
pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without
limitation as to volume or compliance with any manner of sale
requirements.
|
128
However, if, during the six months after the completion of the
restructuring, there is not adequate current public
information with respect to the Company for purposes of
resales of common stock under Rule 144(c) under the
Securities Act, then we will use our best efforts to maintain
the effectiveness of the registration until the earlier of
(a) 12 months after the closing of the restructuring
and (b) the date on which all such common stock held by the
holders of outstanding obligations under our existing credit
agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) can be resold
pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without
limitation as to volume or compliance with any manner of sale
requirements.
Covenants of the Company. Pursuant to the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), we have agreed that we
will not, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
publish or disclose the identity of any of the holders of
outstanding obligations under our existing credit agreement that
executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) without such
holders consent (except the Company may disclose the
aggregate amount of convertible notes
and/or
existing term loans held by such holders without reference to
the convertible notes
and/or term
loans held by any such individual holder and the nature of such
holders obligations under the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), subject to the right of
such holder to review and comment on any such disclosure prior
to publication, disclosure or filing); or
|
|
|
|
enter into any agreement or other arrangement with any holder of
convertible notes or term loans under our existing credit
agreement with respect to or relating in any way to the
restructuring if such agreement or other arrangement contains
any term or provision relating to the consideration in respect
of such convertible notes or term loans (including any agreement
to pay any fee or other consideration (whether or not in cash),
and any conditions relating to such payments) that is more
favorable to such holder than those contained in agreements and
arrangements with the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) parties without also
providing such term, provision or condition for the benefit of
the holders of outstanding obligations under our existing credit
agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009).
|
Agreements Related to our Board of
Directors. Pursuant to the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), we have agreed that the
directors who are members of our board of directors effective as
of the closing of the restructuring will include two directors,
who are independent from both the Company, on the one hand, and
the CD&R Fund and its affiliates, on the other hand, who
are unaffiliated shareholder directors (as described in
The Restructuring Description of the CD&R
Investment The Stockholders Agreement
Board Representation and Other Related Matters).
We have also agreed that for so long as the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) is in effect and
there has been no material breach by the holders that executed
the lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009):
|
|
|
|
|
holders of convertible notes representing at least a majority of
the outstanding convertible notes may submit proposed persons to
serve as the initial unaffiliated shareholder directors, and the
Company will consider in good faith any such proposed persons;
|
|
|
|
prior to the appointment of the initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors, the Company will provide notice prior to the closing
of the restructuring of the Companys proposed initial
unaffiliated shareholder directors; and
|
|
|
|
in the event that holders of convertible notes representing at
least a majority of the outstanding convertible notes provide
written notice to the Company within seven business days that
they object to the proposed initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors, the Company will propose (and, if necessary, continue
to propose) alternative initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors so that at least one of the two initial unaffiliated
shareholder directors is acceptable to holders of convertible
notes representing at least a majority of the outstanding
convertible notes.
|
Agreement Related to Consent Fee. Pursuant to
the lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009), we have agreed that each
holder of outstanding obligations under our existing credit
agreement that, prior to the filing of the bankruptcy proceeding
contemplated by the prepackaged plan, if applicable, executes an
amendment and restatement of the existing credit agreement
substantially in the form of the form of amended credit
agreement
129
attached hereto as Annex K after giving effect to the
matters set forth on Annex L to give effect to the term
loan refinancing will receive a consent fee equal to 2.0% of the
aggregate principal amount of term loans held by such lender
prior to giving effect to such term loan refinancing.
Termination. The
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) may be terminated by
a number of holders of convertible notes that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) holding not less
than two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of all convertible
notes and obligations under our existing credit agreement held
by all holders of outstanding obligations under our existing
credit agreement that executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009):
|
|
|
|
|
if an event occurs that would provide either the Company or the
CD&R Fund with the right to terminate the investment
agreement under the terms of the investment agreement (see
The Restructuring Description of the CD&R
Investment The Investment Agreement
Termination of the Investment Agreement);
|
|
|
|
if the Company materially breaches any of our obligations set
forth in the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009);
|
|
|
|
if the investment agreement terminates in accordance with its
terms (see The Restructuring Description of
the CD&R Investment The Investment
Agreement Termination of the Investment
Agreement);
|
|
|
|
if certain economic terms of the restructuring are altered or
amended in a manner adverse to the holders of outstanding
obligations under our existing credit agreement that executed
the lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009);
|
|
|
|
if the consideration (or mix of consideration) being offered in
the restructuring is altered or amended;
|
|
|
|
if certain other terms of the restructuring are altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to the holders of
outstanding obligations under our existing credit agreement that
executed the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009);
|
|
|
|
if the minimum tender condition is decreased or is altered or
amended, or the amended credit agreement is executed and in
effect and, at such time, the amended credit agreement is not
binding on all lenders under our existing credit agreement;
|
|
|
|
if an event of default under the convertible notes indenture has
occurred and is continuing (other than an event of default
resulting from the commencement of a filing with respect to the
prepackaged plan); or
|
|
|
|
at any time after 11:59 p.m. on January 15, 2010.
|
130
ACCOUNTING
TREATMENT
Accounting
for Induced Conversion Charge and Settlement Gain Related to
Convertible Notes
We expect to record the net result of the induced conversion
charge (reflected in accordance with SFAS 84, Induced
Conversions of Convertible Debt an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 26) and the gain on settlement of a convertible
instrument related to this exchange offer (reflected in
accordance with EITF03-07, Accounting for the Settlement
of the Equity-Settled Portion of a Convertible Debt Instrument
That Permits or Requires the Conversion Spread to Be Settled in
Stock (Instrument C of Issue
No. 90-19))
as a debt extinguishment charge of approximately
$93.2 million. SFAS 84, Induced Conversions
of Convertible Debt an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 26, requires us to recognize an expense equal to
the fair value of all securities or other consideration
transferred in the exchange of the convertible notes in excess
of the fair value of securities issuable pursuant to the
original conversion terms. In accordance with the original
conversion terms of the convertible notes, the expected fair
value of common stock issuable upon conversion is approximately
$273.2 million (based on a $2.61 closing stock price for
common stock as of September 4, 2009) as compared to the
expected fair value of common stock issuable pursuant to this
exchange offer of approximately $11.7 million. This would
result in an expected induced conversion charge of approximately
$261.5 million. EITF03-07, Accounting for the
Settlement of the Equity-Settled Portion of a Convertible Debt
Instrument That Permits or Requires the Conversion Spread to Be
Settled in Stock (Instrument C of Issue
No. 90-19),
requires us to account for the settlement of the convertible
notes as a debt extinguishment. When extinguishment accounting
is required, the reacquisition price of the debt would include
the cash payment for the accreted value of the debt and the fair
value of the equity instruments issued to settle the conversion
spread. The original conversion rate is 24.9121 shares per
$1,000 of principal and the exchange of the convertible notes
results in 390 shares per $1,000 of principal. The change
in conversion rate based on a $2.61 closing stock price for
common stock as of September 4, 2009 is expected to results
in a gain on settlement of $168.3 million.
Accounting
for the Issuance of the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities the Company expects to classify the
Series B convertible preferred stock as an equity host
contract. We expect that certain dividend related features of
the Series B convertible preferred stock that are not
clearly and closely related to an equity host contract will be
bifurcated and be recognized at fair value. At the closing of
the recapitalization plan, we expect to record a derivative
liability of approximately $7.5 million ($4.6 million
net of tax) related to the issuance of the Series B
convertible preferred stock. This amount is estimated based on
the probability that we would be required to pay dividends at an
increased rate due to the occurrence of a default. For a
description of the designations, preferences and rights of the
Series B convertible preferred stock, see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementCertain Terms of
the Series B convertible preferred stock.
In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force, EITF Issue
98-5,
Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial
Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion
Ratios and EITF Issue
00-27,
Application of Issue
98-5 to
Certain Convertible Instruments, the Company expects to
recognize approximately $10.4 million in intrinsic value of
the beneficial conversion feature related to the Series B
convertible preferred stock shares (that is, the difference
between the conversion price and the fair value of the common
stock into which the Series B convertible preferred stock
is convertible, multiplied by the number of shares into which
the Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible) at
the closing of the recapitalization plan. This amount
representing the intrinsic value of the beneficial conversion
feature related to the Series B convertible preferred stock
is calculated based on (1) the number of shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock that would be
immediately convertible into common stock at the closing of the
recapitalization plan, which is approximately 7.8 million
and (2) the value of such shares of common stock upon
conversion based on the closing stock price for common stock of
$2.61 per share as of September 4, 2009 less the
equivalent conversion price of $1.2748 per share.
At the closing of the recapitalization plan, due to the
contingency related to the number of authorized common shares,
we expect to record the Series B convertible preferred
stock on our balance sheet at $212.6 million, which is
calculated based on the proceeds from the CD&R Fund from
the CD&R investment less the fair value of the
131
embedded derivative liability, net of tax, described above and
the reimbursement or payment of transaction costs related to the
recapitalization plan, including amounts due to the CD&R
Fund.
Under the stockholders agreement, we are required to use our
best efforts to obtain necessary approvals to increase the
number of authorized shares of common stock. Upon receipt of
such approvals, we expect to recognize an additional
$259.7 million in intrinsic value of the remaining
contingent beneficial conversion feature.
Accounting
for Accelerated Vesting of Shares Issued under the 2003
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), Share-Based
Payment, the Company recognizes compensation costs related
to the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan by amortizing the
fair value of shares valued on the date of grant over the
expected service period related to each stock grant. The shares
granted under this program vest ratably over the service period
which is typically over a four-year period. The shares granted
under this program automatically vest upon a contractually
defined change of control. As a result of the recapitalization
plan, most of the shares are expected to fully vest resulting in
the recognition of approximately $9.6 million accelerated
compensation costs. In addition, the Company expects to have a
tax deduction that is less than the accelerated compensation
costs, thus resulting in an elimination of the deferred tax
asset related to stock compensation and a reduction in the APIC
pool of approximately $6.0 million.
132
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma financial information has been
presented to give effect to and show the pro forma impact of the
transactions contemplated by the recapitalization plan, which
include (1) this exchange offer, (2) the CD&R
investment, (3) the term loan refinancing and (4) the
ABL financing, on NCIs balance sheet as of August 2,
2009, and also describes the impact of the recapitalization plan
on NCIs earnings for the fiscal year ended
November 2, 2008 and the nine months ended August 2,
2009. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented
for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative
of the financial position or results of operations that would
have actually been reported had the transactions contemplated by
the recapitalization plan occurred at the beginning of the
periods presented, nor is it indicative of our future financial
position or results of operations. The unaudited pro forma
financial information presented in this prospectus/disclosure
statement does not give effect to the pro forma impact of the
transactions contemplated by the prepackaged plan. The filing of
a prepackaged plan would result in the application of restart
accounting which could significantly change to recorded value of
asset, liabilities and stockholders equity.
The unaudited pro forma adjustments were prepared based on the
assumptions we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated balance sheet as of August 2, 2009,
gives effect to the recapitalization plan as if it had occurred
on August 2, 2009. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated statements of operations for the year ended
November 2, 2008, and the nine months ended August 2,
2009, give effect to the recapitalization plan as if it had
occurred on October 29, 2007.
Due to the fact that the transactions contemplated by the
recapitalization plan have not yet been completed, except as
indicated, the selected unaudited pro forma financial
information assumes that:
|
|
|
|
|
100% of the convertible notes are exchanged for a combination of
$500 in cash and 390 shares of common stock for each $1,000
principal amount of the convertible notes and accrued and unpaid
interest thereon;
|
|
|
|
the conversion price of the Series B convertible preferred
stock to be issued in the CD&R investment is $1.27 per
share of common stock;
|
|
|
|
the restructuring is effected through the consummation of the
recapitalization plan as opposed to the prepackaged plan;
|
|
|
|
the assumed market price for common stock for all computations
is $2.61 per share, which was the closing stock price on
September 4, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
the fair market value of the derivative liability related to
default dividend rates is expected to be $7.5 million in
all periods.
|
If (1) the consideration offered in this exchange offer
change, (2) the conversion price of the Series B
convertible preferred stock change (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentCertain Terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred StockConvertibility and Anti-Dilution
Adjustments)
and/or
(3) we are required to file the prepackaged plan (see
The Prepackaged Plan), the unaudited pro forma
adjustments could be materially different. These adjustments
could result in significant differences in the estimates for the
embedded derivative liability of the Series B convertible
preferred stock, the estimated beneficial conversion feature of
the Series B convertible preferred stock, and the estimated
debt extinguishment cost of the convertible notes. See
Accounting TreatmentAccounting for the Issuance of
the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
The selected unaudited pro forma financial information has been
derived from our consolidated financial statements for the
fiscal year ended in 2008, which are attached as
Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009, and our
consolidated financial statements for the quarterly period ended
May 3, 2009, which are included in our quarterly report on
Form 10-Q, each of which is incorporated herein by
reference and should be read in conjunction with the sections of
this prospectus/disclosure statement titled Selected
Consolidated Financial and Other Data. Our financial
statements and schedules included in this prospectus/disclosure
statement have been prepared on the assumption that we have the
ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements
do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and
classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount and
classification of liabilities that might result should we be
unable to continue as a going concern.
133
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF AUGUST 2, 2009
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Net Adjustment
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
105,376
|
|
|
$
|
(45,112
|
)(A)
|
|
$
|
60,264
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
13,224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,224
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
80,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,701
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
75,925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,925
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
23,585
|
|
|
|
(4,063
|
)(B)
|
|
|
19,522
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
23,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,731
|
|
Investments in debt and equity securities, at market
|
|
|
5,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,583
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
20,172
|
|
|
|
(5,302
|
)(C)
|
|
|
14,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
348,297
|
|
|
|
(54,477
|
)
|
|
|
293,820
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
240,727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,727
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
5,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,200
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
28,885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,885
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
|
4,526
|
|
|
|
13,933
|
(D)
|
|
|
18,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
627,635
|
|
|
$
|
(40,544
|
)
|
|
$
|
587,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
473,710
|
|
|
$
|
(473,290
|
)(E)
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
68,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,144
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
35,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,037
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
1,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,456
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
44,921
|
|
|
|
(4,295
|
)(F)
|
|
|
40,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
624,230
|
|
|
|
(477,585
|
)
|
|
|
146,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
(G)
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
21,626
|
|
|
|
(1,700
|
)(H)
|
|
|
19,926
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
(I)
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
|
21,626
|
|
|
|
155,800
|
|
|
|
177,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212,579
|
(J)
|
|
|
212,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
702
|
(K)
|
|
|
929
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
203,401
|
|
|
|
177,510
|
(L)
|
|
|
380,911
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(103,882
|
)
|
|
|
(111,442
|
)(M)
|
|
|
(215,324
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(917
|
)
|
|
|
1,892
|
(N)
|
|
|
975
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost
|
|
|
(117,050
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(117,050
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(18,221
|
)
|
|
|
68,662
|
|
|
|
50,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
627,635
|
|
|
$
|
(40,544
|
)
|
|
$
|
587,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Adjustments to cash and cash equivalents are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of the Series B convertible
preferred stock
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
Payments to redeem convertible notes
|
|
|
(90,000
|
)
|
|
|
Payments to reduce our existing credit facility
|
|
|
(143,290
|
)
|
|
|
Change of control payments related to retirement plans
|
|
|
(3,861
|
)
|
|
|
Payment to CD&R of the deal fee pursuant to the measurement
agreement
|
|
|
(8,250
|
)
|
|
|
Payment to the CD&R Fund for estimated reimbursement of
transaction costs of the recapitalization plan, including legal
and financial advisory fees
|
|
|
(14,500
|
)
|
|
|
Payment of remaining unpaid and estimated transaction costs of
the recapitalization plan, including legal and financial
advisory fees
|
|
|
(35,211
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(45,112
|
)
|
(B)
|
|
To record impact of accelerated vesting of shares issued under
the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
(4,063
|
)
|
(C)
|
|
Balance sheet reclassification of previously paid transaction
costs from other current assets to long-term debt issuance cost
and equity raising costs, as applicable
|
|
|
(5,302
|
)
|
(D)
|
|
Adjustments to other assets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of the convertible
notes
|
|
$
|
(3,539
|
)
|
|
|
Record additional debt issuance costs paid or to be paid to
lenders under our existing credit facility
|
|
|
8,770
|
|
|
|
Record debt issuance costs related to $125 million
revolving credit facility under the ABL agreement
|
|
|
8,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
13,933
|
|
(E)
|
|
Balance sheet reclassification of convertible notes and term
loan from current to long-term liabilities prior to reflecting
pro forma adjustments of the recapitalization plan
|
|
|
(473,290
|
)
|
(F)
|
|
Adjustments to other accrued expenses are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change of control payments related to retirement plans
|
|
|
(3,861
|
)
|
|
|
Current tax payable caused by the accelerated vesting of shares
issued under the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
(434
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(4,295
|
)
|
(G)
|
|
Adjustments to long-term debt are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet reclassification of convertible notes and term
loan from current to long- term liabilities prior to reflecting
pro forma adjustments of the recapitalization plan
|
|
$
|
473,290
|
|
|
|
Repayment of convertible notes with cash and common stock
|
|
|
(180,000
|
)
|
|
|
Payments to reduce term loans
|
|
|
(143,290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
150,000
|
|
(H)
|
|
Adjustments to deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Record deferred tax asset related to derivative liability
|
|
$
|
(2,880
|
)
|
|
|
Reduce non-current deferred income taxes related to the
reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss of
interest rate swap into earnings
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(1,700
|
)
|
(I)
|
|
Record derivative liability related to default dividends rates
in the Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
(J)
|
|
Adjustments to Series B convertible preferred stock are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Face value of Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction costs to be paid to CD&R
|
|
|
(8,250
|
)
|
|
|
Transaction costs paid and to be paid to non-investors
|
|
$
|
(24,551
|
)
|
|
|
Record derivative liability related to default
dividends rates, net of tax
|
|
|
(4,620
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
212,579
|
|
(K)
|
|
Par value of common stock issued to pay a portion of the
convertible notes
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(L)
|
|
Adjustments to additional paid-in capital are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital of common stock issued to pay a portion of the
convertible notes
|
|
|
182,520
|
|
|
|
To record impact of the accelerated vesting of shares issued
under the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, net of income
taxes
|
|
|
2,298
|
|
|
|
Record equity transaction costs related to stock issued to pay a
portion of the convertible notes
|
|
|
(7,308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
177,510
|
|
(M)
|
|
Adjustments to retained earnings (deficit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To record compensation expense related to accelerated vesting of
shares issued under the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
(5,926
|
)
|
|
|
Debt settlement costs of the convertible notes
|
|
|
(93,221
|
)
|
|
|
Reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss of
interest rate swap into earnings
|
|
|
(3,072
|
)
|
|
|
Write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of the convertible
notes
|
|
|
(3,539
|
)
|
|
|
Expense debt issuance costs paid or to be paid to non-creditors
on the term loan
|
|
|
(5,684
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(111,442
|
)
|
(N)
|
|
Reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss of
interest rate swap into earnings
|
|
|
1,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 2, 2009
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Net Adjustment
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
723,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
723,522
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
568,773
|
|
|
|
(399
|
)(O)
|
|
|
568,374
|
|
Lower of cost or market
|
|
|
39,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,986
|
|
Asset impairment
|
|
|
5,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
108,819
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
109,218
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
158,564
|
|
|
|
(3,156
|
)(O)
|
|
|
155,408
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairments
|
|
|
622,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
622,564
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
7,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(679,797
|
)
|
|
|
3,555
|
|
|
|
(676,242
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(13,029
|
)
|
|
|
(2,326
|
)(P)
|
|
|
(15,355
|
)
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(691,709
|
)
|
|
|
1,229
|
|
|
|
(690,480
|
)
|
Benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(46,863
|
)
|
|
|
(766
|
)(Q)
|
|
|
(47,629
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(644,846
|
)
|
|
|
1,995
|
|
|
|
(642,851
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends and accretion on Series B convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,898
|
(R)
|
|
|
28,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(644,846
|
)
|
|
|
(26,903
|
)
|
|
|
(671,749
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
(33.12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(33.12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,468
|
|
|
|
70,534
|
(S)
|
|
|
90,002
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,468
|
|
|
|
70,534
|
(T)
|
|
|
90,002
|
|
137
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 2, 2008
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Net Adjustment
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
1,764,159
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,764,159
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
1,325,624
|
|
|
|
(992
|
)(O)
|
|
|
1,324,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
438,535
|
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
|
439,527
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
283,825
|
|
|
|
(8,201
|
)(O)
|
|
|
275,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
154,710
|
|
|
|
9,193
|
|
|
|
163,903
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(23,535
|
)
|
|
|
3,744
|
(P)
|
|
|
(19,791
|
)
|
Other (expense) income, net
|
|
|
(1,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
130,380
|
|
|
|
12,937
|
|
|
|
143,317
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
51,499
|
|
|
|
3,418
|
(Q)
|
|
|
54,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
78,881
|
|
|
|
9,519
|
|
|
|
88,400
|
|
Dividends and accretion on Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,119
|
(R)
|
|
|
35,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
78,881
|
|
|
$
|
(25,600
|
)
|
|
$
|
53,281
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
4.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
4.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,332
|
|
|
|
70,534
|
(S)
|
|
|
89,866
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,486
|
|
|
|
70,380
|
(T)
|
|
|
89,866
|
|
138
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Nine Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended August 2, 2009
|
|
|
November 2, 2008
|
|
|
(O)
|
|
To remove the impact of the amortization of stock compensation
expense related to shares issued under the 2003 Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(P)
|
|
Adjustments to interest expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To remove interest related to the convertible notes
|
|
$
|
3,049
|
|
|
$
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
To remove interest related to the term loan prior to the
amendment to our existing credit agreement
|
|
|
6,286
|
|
|
|
15,491
|
|
|
|
To remove previously recorded amortization of debt issuance
costs on the convertible notes
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
To record interest expense related to the term loan after the
amendment to our existing credit agreement (assuming 8.0%
interest)
|
|
|
(9,000
|
)
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
|
|
To record amortization of debt issuance cost related to the term
loan and $125 million revolving credit facility under the
ABL agreement (amortized over 5 year contract term)
|
|
|
(2,835
|
)
|
|
|
(3,781
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(2,326
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,744
|
|
(Q)
|
|
To reflect income tax impact of items (N) and (O)
|
|
|
(766
|
)
|
|
|
3,418
|
|
(R)
|
|
To record the cumulative dividend accrual of the Series B
convertible preferred stock with the assumption that dividends
will be paid in kind or the stated 12% rate and accretion
|
|
|
28,898
|
|
|
|
35,119
|
|
(S)
|
|
Adjustments to basic weighted average shares outstanding are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued to pay a portion of the convertible notes
|
|
|
70,200
|
|
|
|
70,200
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued related to the accelerated vesting of shares
issued under the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, net of
income taxes
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
70,534
|
|
|
|
70,534
|
|
(T)
|
|
Adjustments to diluted weighted average shares outstanding are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued to pay a portion of the convertible notes
|
|
|
70,200
|
|
|
|
70,200
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued related to the accelerated vesting of shares
issued under the 2003 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, net of
income taxes
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
Effect of use of two class method
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
70,534
|
|
|
|
70,380
|
|
The impact of the potential conversion of the Series B
convertible preferred stock would be anti-dilutive and thus did
not impact the diluted weighted average shares outstanding. If
fully converted, the Series B convertible preferred stock would
result in an additional 196,109,194 shares of common stock
outstanding.
139
SOURCE
AND USE OF PROCEEDS
The
Exchange Offer
We will not receive any cash proceeds from this exchange offer.
We will pay all fees and expenses related to this exchange offer
and to the solicitation of acceptances to the prepackaged plan,
other than any commissions or concessions of any broker or
dealer. Excluding fees and expenses related to the CD&R
Investment and the other transactions contemplated by that
agreement separate from the exchange offer and this consent
solicitation, we expect that we will incur fees and expenses of
approximately $7.3 million, based on estimated legal,
accounting, exchange agent, voting agent, dealer-manager,
trustee, printing and other expenses associated with this
exchange offer and the solicitation of acceptances to the
prepackaged plan.
The convertible notes that are validly tendered and exchanged
pursuant to this exchange offer will be retired and canceled.
The
Restructuring
The sources and uses of funds for the overall restructuring
transaction are shown in the table below. For more information,
see Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sources of Funds:
|
|
|
|
|
Uses of Funds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and other sources
|
|
$
|
45.1
|
|
|
Convertible notes(2)
|
|
$
|
90.0
|
|
Series B convertible preferred stock(1)
|
|
|
250.0
|
|
|
Term loan(3)
|
|
|
143.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change of control payments(4)
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CD&R deal fee(5)
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CD&R Fund reimbursement of transaction costs(6)
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of remaining unpaid and estimated transaction costs(7)
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total sources of funds
|
|
$
|
295.1
|
|
|
Total uses of funds
|
|
$
|
295.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock. |
|
(2) |
|
Payments to redeem convertible notes. |
|
(3) |
|
Payments to reduce existing term loan. |
|
(4) |
|
Change of control payments related to retirement plans. |
|
(5) |
|
Payment to CD&R for the deal fee of the recapitalization
plan. |
|
(6) |
|
Payment to the CD&R Fund for estimated reimbursement of
transaction costs of the recapitalization plan including legal
and financial advisory fees. |
|
(7) |
|
Payment of remaining unpaid and estimated transaction costs of
the recapitalization plan including deal, legal and financial
advisory fees. |
140
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose
of the Exchange Offer
This exchange offer is a critical component to completing the
restructuring through the recapitalization plan (see The
RestructuringOverview). Under the recapitalization
plan, we are proposing to effect:
|
|
|
|
|
the CD&R investment through a private placement of the
Series B convertible preferred stock pursuant to the
investment agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
Investment);
|
|
|
|
the retirement of the convertible notes, including the
retirement of at least 95% of the convertible notes through this
exchange offer to acquire any and all of the convertible notes
in exchange for cash and shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
the term loan refinancing through the repayment of approximately
$143.3 million of the $293.3 million in principal
amount of term loans outstanding under our existing credit
facility and a modification of the terms and maturity of the
$150.0 million balance by amending our existing credit
agreement (see The RestructuringDescription of the
Term Loan Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan
Refinancing); and
|
|
|
|
the ABL financing through our entry into an ABL agreement for a
$125.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility (see
The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe ABL Financing).
|
Terms of
the Exchange Offer
We are offering to acquire any and all convertible notes in
exchange for cash and shares of common stock in accordance with
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure statement and in the letter of
transmittal. You may tender your convertible notes for exchange
by following the procedures described under the heading
Procedures for Tendering Convertible Notes
below.
For each $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes that you
tender and that we accept in this exchange offer, you will, upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus/disclosure statement and the letter of transmittal,
receive $500 in cash and 390 shares of common stock. The
cash payment and the shares of common stock to be issued in this
exchange offer will be in full satisfaction of the principal
amount of, and any accrued but unpaid interest through the
consummation of this exchange offer on, the convertible notes so
tendered and accepted.
Certain
Matters Relating to
Non-U.S.
Jurisdictions
This prospectus/disclosure statement will not, subject to
limited exceptions, be distributed outside the United States and
is not an offer to sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation
of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction in which such
offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. Countries outside the
United States generally have their own legal requirements that
govern securities offerings made into those countries and often
impose stringent requirements about the form and content of
offers made to the general public. We have not taken any action
in any jurisdiction to facilitate a public offer of securities
outside the United States or to facilitate the distribution of
this prospectus/disclosure statement outside of the United
States. This prospectus/disclosure statement does not constitute
an invitation to participate in this exchange offer in any
jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to make such invitation
under applicable securities laws. The distribution of this
prospectus/disclosure statement in certain jurisdictions may be
restricted by law. Persons into whose possession this
prospectus/disclosure statement comes are required by each of
the Company and the dealer-manager to inform themselves about,
and to observe, any such restrictions. No action has been or
will be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States
by the Company or the dealer-manager in relation to this
exchange offer described herein that would permit a public
offering of securities.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their advisors in considering whether they may
participate in this exchange offer in accordance with the laws
of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether
there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the
convertible notes that may apply in their home countries. We and
the dealer-manager cannot provide any assurance about whether
such limitations may exist. In those jurisdictions where the
securities, blue sky or other laws require this exchange offer
to be made by a licensed broker or dealer and
141
the dealer-manager or any of its affiliates is such a licensed
broker or dealer in such jurisdictions, this exchange offer
shall be deemed to be made by the dealer-manager or such
affiliate (as the case may be) on our behalf in such
jurisdictions.
Financing
of the Exchange Offer; Pro Forma Ownership
Assuming that 100% of the convertible notes are tendered and
accepted in this exchange offer, approximately
$90.0 million would be required to pay the cash
consideration for all of the convertible notes. In addition,
assuming that we complete the recapitalization plan and that
100% of the convertible notes are tendered and accepted in this
exchange offer, based on the number of shares of common stock
authorized, issued and outstanding as of September 4, 2009,
at the closing of, after giving effect to, the recapitalization
plan:
|
|
|
|
|
holders of convertible notes would receive
70,200,000 shares of common stock, or approximately 24.5%
of our voting power;
|
|
|
|
the CD&R Fund would receive 250,000 shares of
Series B convertible preferred stock convertible into
196,109,194 shares of common stock based on the initial
conversion price (assuming that we have sufficient authorized
but unissued shares to permit such conversion, which, after
giving effect to the restructuring, we do not expect to have
(see SummaryThe RestructuringCD&R
Investment)), or approximately 68.5% of our voting power;
and
|
|
|
|
our current stockholders would continue to hold approximately
19,981,585 shares of common stock, or approximately 7.0% of
our voting power.
|
We contemplate that a portion of the proceeds from the CD&R
investment will be used to fund the aggregate cash payment in
this exchange offer. If we are unable to consummate the
CD&R investment, we will not consummate this exchange offer.
Exchange
Offer Expiration Date
The expiration date for this exchange offer is 11:59 p.m.
on October 19, 2009, unless we extend this exchange offer.
We may extend this expiration date for any reason, subject to
applicable laws and our obligations under the investment
agreement. The last date on which tenders will be accepted,
whether on October 19, 2009 or any later date to which this
exchange offer may be extended, is referred to as the expiration
date.
Extensions;
Amendments
Subject to applicable laws and our obligations under the
investment agreement, we expressly reserve the right, in our
sole discretion, for any reason, to:
|
|
|
|
|
delay the acceptance of the convertible notes tendered for
exchange, for example, in order to allow for the rectification
of any irregularity or defect in the tender of the convertible
notes, provided that in any event we will promptly pay the cash
consideration and issue the shares of common stock in this
exchange offer or return tendered convertible notes after
expiration or withdrawal of this exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
extend the time period during which this exchange offer is open,
by giving notice of an extension to the holders of convertible
notes in the manner described below, during which extension all
convertible notes previously tendered and not withdrawn will
remain subject to this exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
waive (to the extent waivable by us) or amend any of the terms
or conditions of this exchange offer; and/or
|
|
|
|
terminate this exchange offer, as described under
Conditions to Completion of the Exchange Offer
below.
|
If we consider an amendment to this exchange offer to be
material, or if we waive a material condition of this exchange
offer, we will promptly disclose the amendment or waiver in a
prospectus/disclosure statement supplement or post-effective
amendment, as appropriate, and extend this exchange offer to the
extent required by applicable law.
142
If:
|
|
|
|
|
we increase or decrease the price to be paid for convertible
notes or decrease the percentage of convertible notes being
sought in this exchange offer; and
|
|
|
|
this exchange offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier
than the expiration of a period ending on the tenth business day
from, and including, the date that the notice of an increase or
decrease is first published, sent or given to holders of
convertible notes in the manner described below,
|
this exchange offer will be extended until the expiration of
such ten business day period. Rules and certain related releases
and interpretations of the SEC provide further that the minimum
period during which this exchange offer must remain open
following material changes in the terms of this exchange offer
or information concerning this exchange offer (other than a
change in price or a change in percentage of securities sought)
will depend on the facts and circumstances, including the
relative materiality of the terms or information.
We will promptly give notice of any extension, amendment,
non-acceptance or termination of this exchange offer to holders
of convertible notes. In the case of any extension, we will
issue a press release or other public announcement no later than
9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day
after the expiration date. In the case of an amendment to any of
the terms or conditions of this exchange offer, we will issue a
press release or other public announcement.
Under the investment agreement, we are prohibited from waiving
any condition to this exchange offer or making any changes to
the terms and conditions to this exchange offer without the
prior written consent of the CD&R Fund. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementThe Exchange
Offer; Solicitation of Acceptances of the Prepackaged Plan.
We may extend this exchange offer beyond the initial expiration
date without the prior consent of the CD&R Fund for a
period of not more than ten business days, if, at such date, any
of the conditions to this exchange offer have not been satisfied
or, with the prior written consent of the CD&R Fund, waived
and, subject to the termination of the investment agreement, we
are required to extend this exchange offer if it expires before
the registration statement which includes this
prospectus/disclosure statement is declared effective.
Procedures
for Tendering Convertible Notes
Your tender of convertible notes to us and our acceptance of
your tender will constitute a binding agreement between you and
us upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this prospectus/disclosure statement and in the letter of
transmittal.
What to
Submit and How
If you, as a holder of convertible notes, wish to tender your
convertible notes for exchange in this exchange offer, you must
transmit the following prior to 11:59 p.m. on the
expiration date to the exchange agent:
|
|
|
|
|
if convertible notes are tendered in accordance with the
book-entry procedures described under Book-Entry
Transfer below, an agents message, which means a
message, transmitted through ATOP by DTC to, and received by,
the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry
confirmation, that states that DTC has received an express
acknowledgement that the tendering holder has received, and
agrees to be bound by, makes each of the representations and
warranties contained in, the letter of transmittal and that we
may enforce the letter of transmittal against such
holder; or
|
|
|
|
a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, or
a facsimile copy thereof, to the exchange agent at its address
on the back cover of this prospectus/disclosure statement,
including all other documents required by the letter of
transmittal.
|
In addition, prior to 11:59 p.m. on the expiration date:
|
|
|
|
|
a timely book-entry confirmation, which means a confirmation of
a book-entry transfer of convertible notes into the exchange
agents account at DTC using the procedure for book-entry
transfer described under Book-Entry Transfer,
along with an agents message or a letter of transmittal,
must be received by the exchange agent; or
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
certificates for convertible notes, if any, must be received by
the exchange agent along with the letter of transmittal.
|
The method of delivery of convertible notes, letters of
transmittal and all other required documentation, including
delivery of convertible notes through DTC and transmission of an
agents messages through DTCs ATOP, is at your
election and risk. Delivery will be deemed made when actually
received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents or
electronic instructions to DTC in accordance with its procedures
does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent. If delivery
is by mail, we recommend that registered mail, properly insured,
with return receipt requested, be used. In all cases, sufficient
time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. Holders
tendering convertible notes or transmitting agents
messages through DTCs ATOP must allow sufficient time for
completion of the ATOP procedures during DTCs normal
business hours. No convertible notes, agents messages,
letters of transmittal or any other required documentation
should be sent to the Company.
How to
Sign Your Letter of Transmittal and Other
Documents
Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal,
as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the convertible
notes being surrendered for exchange are tendered:
|
|
|
|
|
by a registered holder of the convertible notes or by a
participant in DTC whose name is shown on a security position
listing as the owner of the convertible notes who has not
completed the box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on the letter of transmittal; or
|
|
|
|
for the account of an eligible institution.
|
If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of
withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed,
the guarantees must be by any of the following eligible
institutions:
|
|
|
|
|
a firm which is a member of a registered national securities
exchange or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States; or
|
|
|
|
another eligible institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Act.
|
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person or persons
other than the registered holder or holders of convertible
notes, the convertible notes must be endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate powers of attorney, in either case, signed exactly
as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear
on the convertible notes and with the signatures guaranteed.
If the letter of transmittal or any convertible notes or powers
of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators,
guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers or corporations or others
acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person
should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, proper
evidence satisfactory to the Company of such persons
authority to so act must be submitted.
Certain
Other Procedural
Matters
Any convertible notes not accepted for exchange for any reason
will be promptly returned, without expense, to the tendering
holder of convertible notes after the expiration or termination
of this exchange offer. See Return of Convertible
Notes Not Accepted for Exchange below.
If, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of any
convertible notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
this exchange offer is delayed (whether before or after our
acceptance for exchange of the convertible notes) or we extend
this exchange offer or are unable to accept for exchange the
convertible notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
this exchange offer, then, without prejudice to our rights set
forth herein, we may instruct the exchange agent to retain
validly tendered convertible notes and those convertible notes
may not be withdrawn, subject to the limited circumstances
described in Withdrawal Rights below.
We will have accepted the validity of tendered convertible notes
if and when we give oral or written notice to the exchange
agent. If we do not accept any tendered convertible notes for
exchange because of an invalid tender or
144
the occurrence of any other event, the exchange agent will
return those convertible notes to you without expense, promptly
after the expiration date. See Return of Convertible
Notes Not Accepted for Exchange below.
Please note that delivery of documents or electronic
instructions to DTC in accordance with its procedures does not
constitute delivery to the exchange agent and the Company will
not be able to accept your tender of convertible notes until the
exchange agent receives the information and documentation
described under Acceptance of Convertible Notes for
Exchange; Delivery of Cash and Shares of Common Stock
below.
Book-Entry
Transfer
The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account
with respect to the convertible notes at DTC for purposes of
this exchange offer promptly after the date of this
prospectus/disclosure statement. Any financial institution that
is a participant in DTCs systems may make book-entry
delivery of convertible notes by causing DTC to transfer such
convertible notes into the exchange agents account at DTC
in accordance with DTCs ATOP procedures for transfer.
However, the exchange for the convertible notes so tendered will
only be made after book-entry confirmation of delivery of such
convertible notes, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of
an agents message and all other documents required by the
letter of transmittal.
Although delivery of convertible notes may be effected through
book-entry transfer into the exchange agents account at
DTC, an agents message or the letter of transmittal, or a
facsimile copy thereof, properly completed and duly executed,
with any required signature guarantees, and all other required
documentation must in any case be transmitted to and received by
the exchange agent at its address set forth on the back cover of
this prospectus/disclosure statement on or prior to the
expiration date.
Please note that delivery of documents or electronic
instructions to DTC in accordance with its procedures does not
constitute delivery to the exchange agent and the Company will
not be able to accept your tender of convertible notes until the
exchange agent receives the information and documentation
described under Acceptance of Convertible Notes for
Exchange; Delivery of Cash and Shares of Common Stock
below.
Effect of
Letter of Transmittal
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of
convertible notes tendered thereby, by executing and delivering
a letter of transmittal, or being deemed to have done so as part
of your electronic confirmation of submission pursuant to
DTCs ATOP system, you (1) irrevocably sell, assign
and transfer to or upon our order all right, title and interest
in and to all the convertible notes tendered thereby and
(2) irrevocably appoint the exchange agent as your true and
lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with respect to the tendered
convertible notes (with full knowledge that the exchange agent
also acts as our agent), with full power of substitution and
resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an
irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to:
|
|
|
|
|
transfer ownership of the convertible notes on the DTC
book-entry transfer facility, together with all accompanying
evidences of transfer and authenticity, to or upon our order;
|
|
|
|
present and deliver the convertible notes for transfer on the
relevant security register; and
|
|
|
|
receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and
incidents of beneficial ownership of the convertible notes, all
in accordance with the terms of this exchange offer.
|
Binding
Interpretations
We will determine in our reasonable discretion all questions as
to the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance of the
convertible notes tendered for exchange. Our determination will
be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject
any and all invalid tenders of any particular convertible notes
or to not accept any particular convertible notes, which
acceptance might, in our reasonable judgment or our
counsels judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the
absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities in the
tender of the convertible notes. Unless waived, any defects or
irregularities in connection with tenders of the convertible
notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period
of time as we shall determine. None of us, the exchange agent or
any other person, shall be under any duty to give notification
of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of the
convertible notes for exchange, nor shall we or the exchange
agent or any other person incur any liability for failure to
give such notification.
145
Acceptance
of Convertible Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Cash and Shares
of Common Stock
Once all of the conditions to this exchange offer are satisfied
or waived, we will accept all convertible notes validly tendered
and will cause the issuance of the common stock, and the cash
payment will be made, in each case, promptly after the
expiration date. The discussion under the heading
Conditions to Completion of the Exchange Offer
below provides further information regarding the conditions to
this exchange offer. For purposes of this exchange offer, we
will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered convertible
notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written
notice to the exchange agent. The cash payment and the common
stock will be in full satisfaction of the principal amount of,
and any accrued but unpaid interest through the consummation of
this exchange offer on, the convertible notes so tendered and
accepted.
No fractional shares of common stock will be issued in the
exchange offer. In lieu of any fractional shares that otherwise
would be issuable, we will pay cash equal to the product of such
fraction multiplied by the arithmetic average of the volume
weighted average price on each trading day of our common stock
on the NYSE (or any other exchange or inter-dealer quotation
system where the common stock is listed, traded or quoted), from
9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, as
calculated using Bloomberg for the 10 trading days immediately
preceding the second trading day before the expiration date.
We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to delay
acceptance for exchange of convertible notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn under this exchange offer (subject to
Rule 14e-1(c)
promulgated under the Exchange Act, which requires that we issue
the offered consideration or return the tendered convertible
notes promptly after termination or withdrawal of this exchange
offer), or to terminate this exchange offer and not accept for
exchange any convertible notes not previously accepted,
(1) if any of the conditions to this exchange offer have
not been satisfied or validly waived by us, subject to
applicable laws and our obligations under the investment
agreement (see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Investment AgreementThe
Exchange Offer; Solicitation of Acceptances of the Prepackaged
Plan) or (2) in order to comply in whole or in part
with any applicable law. In all cases, issuance of the common
stock and payment of cash for the convertible notes that are
accepted for exchange in this exchange offer will be made only
after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:
|
|
|
|
|
a book-entry confirmation of delivery of such convertible notes
into the exchange agents account at the DTC book-entry
transfer facility or certificates for convertible notes, if any,
if proper form for transfer;
|
|
|
|
an electronic confirmation of the submitting holders
acceptance through DTCs ATOP system or a properly
completed and duly executed letter of transmittal; and
|
|
|
|
all other required documents, if any.
|
If, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of any
convertible notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
this exchange offer is delayed (whether before or after our
acceptance for exchange of the convertible notes), or we extend
this exchange offer or we are unable to accept for exchange the
convertible notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
this exchange offer, then, without prejudice to our rights set
forth herein, we may instruct the exchange agent to retain
validly tendered convertible notes and those convertible notes
may not be withdrawn, subject to the limited circumstances
described in Withdrawal Rights below.
Except as set forth in this paragraph, the Company will pay or
cause to be paid any transfer taxes applicable to the exchange
of convertible notes pursuant to this exchange offer. If,
however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the
exchange of convertible notes pursuant to this exchange offer,
then the amount of such transfer tax (whether imposed on the
registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the
tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of the payment of
such taxes or exemptions therefrom is not submitted with the
letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be
deducted from the amount to be paid to such tendering holder
upon the exchange.
Under no circumstances will any interest be payable because of
any delay in the transmission of funds to you with respect to
accepted convertible notes or otherwise.
146
Withdrawal
Rights
Unless otherwise restricted by a
lock-up
agreement, you may validly withdraw your tender of convertible
notes at any time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time,
on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be valid, the exchange agent must receive a
written notice of withdrawal at the address or, in the case of
eligible institutions, at the facsimile number, set forth on the
back cover of this prospectus/disclosure statement or through
DTCs ATOP prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on
the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
|
|
specify the name of the person having tendered the convertible
notes to be withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
identify the convertible notes to be withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
specify the principal amount of the convertible notes to be
withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
contain a statement that the tendering holder is withdrawing its
election to have such convertible notes exchanged for cash and
shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
other than a notice transmitted through DTCs ATOP system,
be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original
signature on the letter of transmittal by which the convertible
notes were tendered, including any required signature
guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have
the trustee with respect to the convertible notes register the
transfer of the convertible notes in the name of the person
withdrawing the tender;
|
|
|
|
if certificates for convertible notes have been delivered to the
exchange agent, specify the name in which the convertible notes
are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder;
|
|
|
|
if certificates for convertible notes have been delivered or
otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the
release of those certificates, specify the serial numbers of the
particular certificates to be withdrawn, and, other than a
notice transmitted through DTCs ATOP system, include a
signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an
eligible institution unless you are an eligible
institution; and
|
|
|
|
if the convertible notes have been tendered using the procedure
for book-entry transfer described above, specify the name and
number of the account at DTC from which the convertible notes
were tendered and the name and number of the account at DTC to
be credited with the withdrawn convertible notes, and otherwise
comply with the procedures of DTC.
|
Please note that all questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility and time of receipt of notices of withdrawal will be
determined by the issuers, and their determination shall be
final and binding on all parties. Any convertible notes so
withdrawn will be considered not to have been validly tendered
for exchange for purposes of this exchange offer. Cash and
shares of common stock will not be issued in exchange for such
withdrawn convertible notes unless the convertible notes so
withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Validly withdrawn convertible
notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described
under the heading Procedures for Tendering
Convertible Notes above, at any time prior to
11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
Any convertible notes that have been tendered for exchange, but
that are not exchanged for any reason, will be credited to an
account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility for the
convertible notes, as soon as practicable after withdrawal,
rejection of tender or termination of this exchange offer.
Subject to applicable regulations, including
Rule 13e-4(f)(2)(ii)
promulgated under the Exchange Act, which requires that we
permit convertible notes to be withdrawn if not yet accepted for
payment after the expiration of forty business days from the
commencement of this exchange offer, if, for any reason
whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, any
convertible notes tendered pursuant to this exchange offer is
delayed (whether before or after our acceptance for exchange of
convertible notes), or we are unable to accept for exchange, or
exchange, the convertible notes tendered pursuant to this
exchange offer, we may instruct the exchange agent to retain
tendered convertible notes, and those convertible notes may not
be withdrawn, except to the extent that you are entitled to the
withdrawal rights set forth herein.
147
Return of
Convertible Notes Not Accepted for Exchange
If we do not accept any tendered convertible notes for any
reason set forth in the terms and conditions of this exchange
offer, the unaccepted or non-exchanged convertible notes will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder. Convertible
notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange
agents account at the book-entry transfer facility will be
returned in accordance with the book-entry procedures described
above, and the convertible notes that are not to be exchanged
will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, promptly
after the expiration or termination of this exchange offer.
Conditions
to Completion of the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this exchange offer,
subject to applicable laws and our obligations under the
investment agreement, we will not be required to accept for
exchange any convertible notes tendered, and we may terminate or
amend this exchange offer, if any of the following conditions
precedent to this exchange offer are not satisfied, or are
reasonably determined by us not to be satisfied, and, in our
reasonable judgment, if the failure of the condition makes it
inadvisable to proceed with this exchange offer:
|
|
|
|
|
the minimum tender condition is not met or waived;
|
|
|
|
the receipt of proceeds from the CD&R investment (which is
itself subject to several conditions, including the consummation
of the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing and the
expiration or termination of any waiting period required to
consummate the CD&R investment under the Austrian Act) (see
The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementConditions to the
CD&R Investment);
|
|
|
|
the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus/disclosure statement forms a part and the absence of
a stop order suspending such effectiveness; and
|
|
|
|
the absence of any applicable law or order prohibiting
consummation of this exchange offer.
|
The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be
asserted by us or waived by us (to the extent any such condition
is waivable by us), in whole or in part. Any determination that
we make concerning an event, development or circumstance
described or referred to above shall be conclusive and binding.
If any of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied, we may,
subject to applicable laws and our obligations under the
investment agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
modify, extend or otherwise amend this exchange offer and retain
all tendered convertible notes until the expiration date, as it
may be extended, subject, however, to the withdrawal rights
described in Withdrawal Rights above; or
|
|
|
|
waive the unsatisfied conditions (if waivable by us) and accept
all convertible notes tendered and not previously withdrawn.
|
Except for the requirements of applicable U.S. federal and
state securities laws, we know of no federal or state regulatory
requirements to be complied with or approvals to be obtained by
us in connection with this exchange offer which, if not complied
with or obtained, would have a material adverse effect on us.
Under the investment agreement, we are prohibited from waiving
any condition to this exchange offer or making any changes to
the terms and conditions to this exchange offer without the
prior consent of the CD&R Fund. We may extend this exchange
offer beyond the initial expiration date without the prior
consent of the CD&R Fund for a period of not more than ten
business days, if, at such date, any of the conditions to this
exchange offer have not been satisfied or, with the prior
written consent of the CD&R Fund, waived and, subject to
the termination of the investment agreement, we are required to
extend this exchange offer if it expires before the registration
statement which includes this prospectus/disclosure statement is
declared effective.
148
Resale of
the Shares of Common Stock
Other than as described below and except for shares held by our
affiliates, as that term is defined under
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the shares of common
stock issued pursuant to this exchange offer will be freely
transferable and will not be subject to any transfer
restrictions.
No
Appraisal Rights
Holders of the convertible notes do not have dissenters
rights of appraisal in connection with this exchange offer.
Material
Differences in the Rights of Holders of Convertible Notes and
Common Stock
Interest
The convertible notes obligate us to pay 2.125% per annum
on the principal amount of the convertible notes, payable
semi-annually in arrears in cash on May 15 and November 15 of
each year.
Holders of common stock do not have any rights to interest.
Ranking
The convertible notes are our unsecured senior subordinated
obligations and the payment of the principal of, and interest
on, the convertible notes is subordinated in right of payment to
the prior payment in full of our existing and future senior
indebtedness, including obligations under our existing credit
agreement. The convertible notes rank equally in express right
of payment with our future senior subordinated indebtedness and
senior to any of our existing and future subordinated
indebtedness. The convertible notes also rank junior to our
secured indebtedness to the extent of the underlying collateral.
The convertible notes are effectively subordinated to all
existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities,
including trade payables, of our subsidiaries.
The common stock is the most junior of all of our securities. As
a result, our existing and future indebtedness and other
non-equity claims, as well as our preferred stock, including the
Series B convertible preferred stock to be issued to the
CD&R Fund, will rank senior to the common stock.
Repurchase
Option
A holder of convertible notes may require us to repurchase the
convertible notes for cash on November 15, 2009,
November 15, 2014, and November 15, 2019, at a
repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest, including additional amounts, if
any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.
Holders of common stock do not have any such right to require us
to repurchase their shares of common stock.
Repurchase
Upon a Designated Event
If a designated event occurs prior to maturity, including the
consummation of the recapitalization plan, a holder of
convertible notes has the right to require that we repurchase
the convertible notes (1) upon the closing of the exchange
offer because such closing would result in a designated event
under the convertible notes indenture, at a repurchase price
equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest, including additional amounts, if any, plus under
certain circumstances, if the restructuring occurs on or prior
to November 15, 2009, a make-whole premium, payable solely
in shares of our common stock (other than cash paid in lieu of
fractional shares) and (2) after 5, 10 and 15 years
from the date of the issuance of the convertible notes at 100%
of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, beginning November 15, 2009, and we will be required
to repurchase any outstanding convertible notes for which you
deliver a written repurchase notice to the paying agent, subject
to certain conditions in the convertible notes indenture.
Holders of common stock are not protected against a designated
event, such as a change of control, other than as provided in
our restated certificate of incorporation. See Description
of Capital Stock.
149
Fees and
Expenses
Greenhill & Co., LLC is acting as the dealer-manager
in connection with this exchange offer. We will pay the
dealer-manager a fee, which fee is contingent and will be
payable upon the earlier of (1) the consummation of this
exchange offer or (2) the receipt of acceptances (or
agreements to provide such acceptances) to the prepackaged plan
from (a) holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
outstanding principal amount of the convertible notes and
(b) lenders under our existing credit facility holding
two-thirds (2/3) of the aggregate amount of outstanding term
loans (including any accrued interest and other amounts owed)
thereunder. Such services will include assisting in the
solicitation of tenders of the convertible notes and
communicating with brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies,
nominees and other persons with respect to this exchange offer.
The obligations of the dealer-manager are subject to certain
conditions, including the truth of representations and
warranties made by us to the dealer-manager, the performance by
us of our obligations in connection with this exchange offer and
the receipt of legal opinions and certificates by the
dealer-manager. We have agreed to indemnify the dealer-manager
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
federal securities laws, or to contribute to payments that the
dealer-manager may be required to make in respect thereof.
Questions regarding the terms of this exchange offer may be
directed to the dealer-manager at the address set forth on the
back cover of this prospectus/disclosure statement.
During the two years preceding the date of this
prospectus/disclosure statement, Greenhill has not been engaged
by, performed any services for or received any compensation from
us or any other parties to the investment agreement (other than
any amounts that were paid to Greenhill under the letter
agreement pursuant to which it was retained as a financial
advisor to the Company in connection with the CD&R
investment) and at the date hereof we have no material
relationships mutually understood to be contemplated with such
parties.
We have retained Morrow & Co., LLC to act as the
information agent and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. to
act as the exchange agent in connection with this exchange
offer. The information agent may contact holders of convertible
notes by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission and personal
interviews and may request brokers, dealers and other nominee
existing holders to forward materials relating to this exchange
offer to beneficial owners. The information agent and the
exchange agent will receive a fee for their respective services,
will be reimbursed for reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses and will be indemnified against liabilities in
connection with their services, including liabilities under the
federal securities laws.
We have retained Financial Balloting Group, LLC to act as the
voting agent in connection with the solicitation of acceptances
to the prepackaged plan. The voting agent may contact holders of
convertible notes by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission and
personal interviews and may request brokers, dealers and other
nominee existing holders to forward materials relating to the
solicitation to beneficial owners. The voting agent will receive
a fee for its services, will be reimbursed for reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses and will be indemnified against liabilities in
connection with its services, including liabilities under the
federal securities laws.
Neither the information agent, the exchange agent nor the voting
agent has been retained to make solicitations or
recommendations. The fees that they receive will not be based on
the aggregate principal amount of the convertible notes tendered
under this exchange offer.
We will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer,
or any other person, other than the dealer-manager for
soliciting tenders of the convertible notes under this exchange
offer. Brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies
will, upon request, be reimbursed by us for reasonable and
necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding
materials to their customers.
Exchange
Agent
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as the
exchange agent for this exchange offer. All executed letters of
transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at its
contact information set forth on the back cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement. If you deliver the letter of
transmittal to an address or transmit instructions via facsimile
other than that of the exchange agent as set forth on the back
cover of this prospectus/disclosure statement, then such
delivery or transmission does not constitute a valid delivery of
such letter of transmittal.
150
Information
Agent
Morrow & Co. LLC has been appointed as the information
agent for this exchange offer. Questions relating to the
procedures for tendering of convertible notes and requests for
assistance should be directed to the information agent at the
address or telephone number set forth on the back cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement. Requests for additional copies
of this prospectus/disclosure statement and the letter of
transmittal may be directed to the information agent at its
address and telephone number set forth on the back cover of this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
Interests
of Directors and Executive Officers
To our knowledge, none of our directors, executive officers or
controlling persons, or any of their affiliates, or any
associate or majority-owned subsidiary of such persons,
beneficially own any of the convertible notes or will be
tendering any convertible notes pursuant to this exchange offer.
Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries nor, to our knowledge,
any of our directors, executive officers or controlling persons,
nor any affiliates of the foregoing, have engaged in any
transaction in the convertible notes during the 60 days
prior to the date of this prospectus/disclosure statement.
Schedule TO
Pursuant to
Rule 13e-4
under the Exchange Act, we have filed with the SEC an Issuer
Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO that contains
additional information with respect to this exchange offer. Such
Schedule TO, including the exhibits and any amendment
thereto, may be examined, and copies may be obtained, at the
same places and in the same manner as is set forth under the
caption Where You Can Find More Information.
151
THE
PREPACKAGED PLAN
WE HAVE NOT COMMENCED A CASE UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND
HAVE NOT FILED THE PREPACKAGED PLAN IN A PREPACKAGED PLAN
PROCEEDING (WHICH MEANS A REORGANIZATION CASE UNDER THE
BANKRUPTCY CODE CONTEMPLATED BY THE INVESTMENT AGREEMENT) AT
THIS TIME. THIS PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SOLICITS ADVANCE
ACCEPTANCE OF THE PREPACKAGED PLAN IN THE EVENT THAT THE
PREPACKAGED PLAN PROCEEDING IS COMMENCED AND THE PREPACKAGED
PLAN IS FILED, AND CONTAINS INFORMATION RELEVANT TO A DECISION
TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PREPACKAGED PLAN.
The following is a summary of the material terms and
provisions of the prepackaged plan. While we believe this
summary covers the material terms and provisions of the
prepackaged plan, it may not contain all of the information that
is important to you. The prepackaged plan is included as
Annex A hereto, which we incorporate by reference into this
document.
To allow us to effect a chapter 11 reorganization in the
quickest and most cost efficient manner, we are soliciting
acceptances of the prepackaged plan from holders of impaired
claims entitled to vote under the prepackaged plan. Under the
prepackaged plan, holders of convertible notes (as well as the
holders of all other claims and interests other than the lenders
under our existing credit agreement) would receive the same
treatment with respect to their claims (and interests) as they
would receive in the recapitalization plan, the CD&R Fund
would receive the same 250,000 shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock contemplated by the CD&R
investment and the Company would enter into the ABL agreement.
Existing holders of our common stock would continue to hold such
common stock. Under the prepackaged plan, lenders under our
existing credit agreement would receive the same treatment with
respect to their claims (and interests) as they would receive in
the recapitalization plan except that the maturity of the term
loans that would remain outstanding after giving effect to the
term loan refinancing would mature on the date that is five
years from the closing of the restructuring, as compared to four
years and six months from the closing under the recapitalization
plan (see The RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan
Refinancing and the ABL FinancingThe Term Loan
Refinancing).
We are soliciting acceptances of the prepackaged plan from the
holders of our convertible notes and the lenders under our
existing credit agreement pursuant to this prospectus/disclosure
statement. In the event that the conditions to the
recapitalization plan are not satisfied, including, for example,
if the minimum tender condition is not met or waived, but we
receive acceptances from a sufficient number of holders of
impaired claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the
prepackaged plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code,
including confirmation through the nonconsensual
cram-down provisions of section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code with respect to non-accepting impaired claims
classes, as an alternative to the recapitalization plan, we may
elect and, under the terms of the investment agreement, we may
be required, to seek confirmation of the prepackaged plan in a
chapter 11 proceeding. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment
Agreement Commencement of a Reorganization case
in connection with the Prepackaged Plan Covenant. The
Debtors in such cases would be NCI, NCI Group, Inc.,
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. and Robertson-Ceco II Corporation,
which we refer to collectively as the debtors).
IF THE PREPACKAGED PLAN IS CONFIRMED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT,
IT WILL BIND ALL OF OUR CLAIM AND EQUITY INTEREST HOLDERS,
INCLUDING ALL HOLDERS OF CONVERTIBLE NOTES, REGARDLESS OF
WHETHER THEY VOTED TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PREPACKAGED PLAN, OR
DID NOT VOTE AT ALL. THE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS WILL
RECEIVE THE SAME TREATMENT AS THEY WOULD RECEIVE IN THE
RECAPITALIZATION PLAN.
The prepackaged plan is conditioned on the closing of the
CD&R investment. Without the CD&R investment, we do
not believe the prepackaged plan would meet the requirement for
confirmation contained in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy
Code that the plan be feasible. Therefore, in the
event that the CD&R Fund does not satisfy its obligation to
purchase the shares of Series B convertible preferred stock
pursuant to the investment agreement, and no suitable
alternative new investment is located, we do not plan to seek
confirmation of the prepackaged plan and your vote on the
prepackaged plan will be disregarded.
152
The form of the prepackaged plan is attached to this
prospectus/disclosure statement as Annex A. The prepackaged
plan and this prospectus/disclosure statement should be read and
studied in their entirety prior to voting on the prepackaged
plan. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the
Prepackaged Plan for a discussion of risks associated with
the prepackaged plan and the transactions contemplated
thereunder. You are urged to consult your counsel about the
prepackaged plan and its effect on your legal rights before
voting.
Anticipated
Events in a Reorganization Case
Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter
of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to chapter 11, a debtor
may remain in possession of its assets, continue to manage its
business and attempt to reorganize its business for the benefit
of the debtor, its creditors and other parties in interest. The
commencement of a reorganization case creates an estate
comprising all the legal and equitable interests of a debtor in
property as of the date the petition is filed.
Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code provide that
a debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in
possession of its property as a debtor in
possession, unless the bankruptcy court orders the
appointment of a trustee. The filing of a reorganization case
also triggers the automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code. Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code provides, among
other things, for an automatic stay of all attempts to collect
prepetition claims from the debtor or otherwise interfere with
its property or business. Except as otherwise ordered by the
bankruptcy court, the automatic stay generally remains in full
force and effect until confirmation of a plan of reorganization.
Pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy, upon the
commencement of the chapter 11 case, the Office of the
United States Trustee is required to appoint a committee of
creditors holding unsecured claims and may appoint additional
committees of creditors or of equity security holders as the
United States Trustee deems appropriate. However, it is not
uncommon for the United States Trustee to not appoint an
unsecured creditors committee in cases where solicitation
of a prepackaged plan has been conducted prior to the petition
date.
Pursuant to section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code, a
committee appointed under section 1102 may:
|
|
|
|
|
consult with the trustee or debtor in possession concerning the
administration of the chapter 11 case;
|
|
|
|
investigate the acts, conduct, assets, liabilities, and
financial condition of the debtor, the operation of the
debtors business and the desirability of the continuance
of such business, and any other matter relevant to the case or
to the formulation of a plan;
|
|
|
|
participate in the formulation of a plan, advise those
represented by such committee of such committees
determinations as to any plan formulated, and collect and file
with the court acceptances or rejections of a plan;
|
|
|
|
request the appointment of a trustee or examiner under
section 1104 of the Bankruptcy Code; and
|
|
|
|
perform such other services as are in the interest of those
represented by the committee.
|
Furthermore, pursuant to section 1109(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code, upon the commencement of the chapter 11 case, any
party in interest, including the debtor, a creditors
committee, an equity security holders committee, a
creditors, an equity security holder, or any indenture trustee
may raise and may appear and be heard on any issue in the
chapter 11 case.
The formulation and confirmation of a plan of reorganization is
the principal objective of a chapter 11 case. The plan sets
forth the means for satisfying the claims against and interests
in the debtor. The prepackaged plan we propose provides for the
reorganization of our capital structure, thereby enabling us to
continue as a viable business enterprise.
Solicitations
of Acceptances of the Prepackaged Plan
Usually, a plan of reorganization is filed and votes to accept
or reject the plan are solicited after the filing of a
reorganization case. Nevertheless, a debtor may solicit votes
prior to the commencement of a reorganization case in accordance
with section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and bankruptcy
rule 3018(b). In accordance with such provisions, we are
soliciting acceptances from holders of impaired claims in
connection with our reorganization case.
153
Bankruptcy rule 3018(b) requires that:
|
|
|
|
|
the plan of reorganization be transmitted to substantially all
creditors and interest holders entitled to vote on the plan;
|
|
|
|
the time prescribed for voting to reject or accept such plan not
be unreasonably short; and
|
|
|
|
the solicitation of votes be in compliance with any applicable
nonbankruptcy law, rule or regulation governing the adequacy of
disclosure in such solicitation or, if no such law, rule or
regulation exists, votes be solicited only after the disclosure
of adequate information.
|
Section 1125(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code describes
adequate information as information of a kind and in sufficient
detail as would enable a hypothetical reasonable investor
typical of holders of claims and interests to make an informed
judgment about the plan. With regard to a solicitation of votes
prior to the commencement of a reorganization case, bankruptcy
rule 3018(b) specifically provides that acceptances or
rejections of the plan by holders of claims or interests prior
to the commencement of a reorganization case will not be deemed
acceptances or rejections of the plan if the bankruptcy court
determines, after notice and a hearing, that the plan was not
transmitted to substantially all creditors and equity security
holders entitled to vote on the plan, that an unreasonably short
time was prescribed for such creditors and equity security
holders to vote on the plan, or that the solicitation was not
otherwise in compliance with section 1126(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code. If the aforementioned conditions of the
Bankruptcy Code and bankruptcy rules are met, all acceptances
and rejections received prior to the commencement of the
reorganization case and within the prescribed solicitation
period will be deemed to be acceptances and rejections of the
plan for purposes of confirmation of the plan under the
Bankruptcy Code.
As further described in The RestructuringDescription
of the CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementCommencement of a Reorganization case in
connection with the Prepackaged Plan Covenant, in the
event that the conditions to the exchange offer are not
satisfied or waived by the date on which acceptances are due and
we receive from a sufficient number of holders of impaired
claims in an impaired class of claims to allow the prepackaged
plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code, including
confirmation through the nonconsensual cram-down
provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to non-accepting impaired claims classes, we are
required:
|
|
|
|
|
to file chapter 11 petitions in the United States
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, which we refer to
as the bankruptcy court, and commence the prepackaged plan
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code;
|
|
|
|
to file certain first day motions and to seek to obtain entry of
the orders approving such motions and to schedule a hearing in
the bankruptcy court on the earliest date possible to consider
confirmation of the prepackaged plan and approve this
prospectus/disclosure statement;
|
|
|
|
to send notices to all persons to whom such notices are required
to be sent under the Bankruptcy Code and to such other persons
as ordered by the bankruptcy court, as soon as practicable after
the commencement of the prepackaged plan proceeding;
|
|
|
|
to use our reasonable best efforts to obtain confirmation of the
prepackaged plan by the bankruptcy court;
|
|
|
|
to use our reasonable best efforts to obtain the dismissal of
any and all appeals and motions for reconsideration filed with
respect to the prepackaged plan; and
|
|
|
|
to cause the prepackaged plan to become effective and the
distributions provided for under the prepackaged plan to be
commenced as promptly as possible on or following the day on
which conditions to effectiveness set forth in the prepackaged
plan have been satisfied or waived.
|
However, there can be no assurance that the bankruptcy court
will conclude that the requirements of section 1129 of the
Bankruptcy Code for confirmation of the prepackaged plan have
been met. The bankruptcy court may find that the holders of
impaired claims have not properly accepted the prepackaged plan
if the bankruptcy court finds that the prepackaged plan
solicitation did not comply with all of the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the bankruptcy rules
(including the requirement under section 1126(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code that the prepackaged plan solicitation comply
with any applicable nonbankruptcy law, rule or regulation
governing the adequacy of disclosure or that the prepackaged
plan solicitation is made after disclosure of adequate
information). In such an event, we may be
154
required to resolicit votes on the prepackaged plan before
seeking confirmation of the prepackaged plan, in which case
confirmation of the prepackaged plan could be delayed and
possibly jeopardized.
Bankruptcy Rule 3016(b) provides that either a disclosure
statement under section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code or
evidence showing compliance with section 1126(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code must be filed with the prepackaged plan or
within the time fixed by the court. This prospectus/disclosure
statement is presented to holders of our impaired claims to
satisfy the requirements of section 1126(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code and bankruptcy rule 3016(b) and 3018(b). We
believe that this prospectus/disclosure statement and the
solicitation process we undertake will meet these requirements.
This prepackaged plan solicitation is being conducted at this
time to obtain the acceptance of each impaired class of claims
entitled to vote. If we seek relief under chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code by commencing the prepackaged plan proceeding,
we will attempt to use such acceptances as are received to
obtain confirmation of the prepackaged plan as promptly as
practicable. If we commence the prepackaged plan proceeding, we
will promptly seek to obtain an order of the bankruptcy court
finding that the prepackaged plan solicitation was in compliance
with section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and bankruptcy
rule 3018(b) and that the acceptance of each class of
impaired claims can be used for purposes of confirmation of the
prepackaged plan under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Subject to our obligations under the investment agreement, we
reserve the right to use the acceptances to seek confirmation of
any permitted amendment or modification of the prepackaged plan,
provided that we may not make any amendment or modification to
the prepackaged plan prohibited by the prepackaged plan. Under
the investment agreement, we are prohibited from waiving any
condition to the prepackaged plan or making any changes to the
terms and conditions of the prepackaged plan without the prior
consent of the CD&R Fund. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementThe Exchange
Offer; Solicitation of Acceptances of the Prepackaged Plan.
As more fully described below, we are soliciting acceptances of
the prepackaged plan from holders of each class of claims in
classes 3 and 5.
Summary
of Classification and Treatment of Claims and Equity Interest
Under the Prepackaged
Plan1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
Claims and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Allowed
|
|
Projected
|
Class
|
|
Equity Interests
|
|
Treatment
|
|
Status
|
|
Rights
|
|
Amount2
|
|
Recovery
|
|
Class 1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
|
|
Payment in full in cash on the effective date
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$5 million
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
1 This
table is only a summary of the classification and treatment of
claims and interests under the prepackaged plan. Reference
should be made to the prepackaged plan attached to this
prospectus/disclosure statement as Annex A for a complete
description of the classification and treatment of claims and
interests.
2 The
estimated allowed amounts shown are as of August 30, 2009.
The principal amount of Class 3 Senior Secured Claims as of
August 30, 2009 was $293.3 million and the
Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims are outstanding in a
principal amount of $180.0 million, and the amount of
claims for each such class will include principal amount and any
accrued interest and other ancillary amounts owing as of the
petition date. Claims in classes 1, 2, 4 and 6 through 9
represent other third party claims against the NCI and certain
of its subsidiaries. The amount of claims in each such class is
subject to constant change as NCI and such subsidiaries conduct
their regular operations. We intend to continue paying amounts
due in the ordinary course of business, even after the petition
date. Creditors are referred to Selected Consolidated
Financial and Other Data, which should be read in conjunction
with Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
consolidated financial statements contained in Part III,
Item 15, (a)(1) and (a)(2) of our annual reports on
Form 10-K
(except with respect to the consolidated financial statements
for the fiscal year ended in 2008, which are attached as
Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009) and in
Part I, Item 1 of our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q
and with the current reports filed by us with the SEC, which are
incorporated by reference herein. See Where You Can Find
More Information and Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference. Creditors are encouraged to read
the prospectus/disclosure statement and the prepackaged plan
attached to this prospectus/disclosure statement as
Annex A, including the summary of the different classes
included, for further information, including additional
information with respect to the Companys liabilities,
before making any decision whether to vote to accept or reject
the prepackaged plan.
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claims and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Allowed
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
Class
|
|
Equity Interests
|
|
Treatment
|
|
Status
|
|
Rights
|
|
Amount2
|
|
|
Recovery
|
|
|
Class 2
|
|
Secured Tax Claims
|
|
Receipt in full in (a) cash on the effective date, (b) cash
commencing on the effective date and continuing over a period
not to exceed five years from the petition date, with interest
or (c) regular cash payments in a manner not less favorable than
the most favored non-priority unsecured claim provided for in
the Prepackaged Plan.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 3
|
|
Senior Secured Claims
|
|
Receipt of (a) pro rata share of: cash in an amount equal to the
credit agreement principal repayment amount, plus cash equal to
accrued but unpaid interest, fees and expenses on the loans
under the senior secured credit agreement up to the effective
date and (b) the new term loan.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
$293.9 million
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 4
|
|
Other Secured Claims
|
|
Either (a) reinstatement of allowed other secured claim or
otherwise rendering such claims unimpaired for the benefit of
the holders thereof.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$5.75 million
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 5
|
|
Convertible Notes Claims
|
|
Receipt of (a) cash in an amount equal to $500 for each $1,000
of principal amount of convertible notes held by such holder
and (b) 390 shares of common stock for each $1,000 of
principal amount of convertible notes held by such holder,
issued on the effective date.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
$181.1 million
|
|
|
|
98.75
|
%3
|
3 This
figure assumes that the conversion to common stock of all
Series B preferred stock and an equity value based on the
midpoint enterprise valuation of the Company of
$450 million. See The Prepackaged PlanValuation
Analysis and Financial Projections.
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claims and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Allowed
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
Class
|
|
Equity Interests
|
|
Treatment
|
|
Status
|
|
Rights
|
|
Amount2
|
|
|
Recovery
|
|
|
Class 6
|
|
NCI General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Each holder of such claim that is not due and payable on or
before the effective date will receive payment in full in cash
of the unpaid portion of such claim on the latest of
(a) the effective date; and (b) the date such claim
becomes due and payable in the ordinary course of business;
provided, however, that the Debtors may seek authority
from the bankruptcy court to pay certain of such claims in
advance of the effective date in the ordinary course of business.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 7
|
|
NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Each holder of such claim that is not due and payable on or
before the effective date will receive payment in full in cash
of the unpaid portion of such claim on the latest of
(a) the effective date; and (b) the date such claim
becomes due and payable in the ordinary course of business;
provided, however, that the Debtors may seek authority
from the bankruptcy court to pay certain of such claims in
advance of the effective date in the ordinary course of business.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$39.5 million
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claims and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Allowed
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
Class
|
|
Equity Interests
|
|
Treatment
|
|
Status
|
|
Rights
|
|
Amount2
|
|
|
Recovery
|
|
|
Class 8
|
|
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Each holder of such claim that is not due and payable on or
before the effective date will receive payment in full in cash
of the unpaid portion of such claim on the latest of
(a) the effective date; and (b) the date such claim
becomes due and payable in the ordinary course of business;
provided, however, that the Debtors may seek authority
from the bankruptcy court to pay certain of such claims in
advance of the effective date in the ordinary course of business.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 9
|
|
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Each holder of such claim that is not due and payable on or
before the effective date will receive payment in full in cash
of the unpaid portion of such claim on the latest of
(a) the effective date; and (b) the date such claim
becomes due and payable in the ordinary course of business;
provided, however, that the Debtors may seek authority
from the bankruptcy court to pay certain of such claims in
advance of the effective date in the ordinary course of business.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$8.6 million
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 10
|
|
Intercompany Claims
|
|
All or a portion of the intercompany claims may be reinstated,
capitalized or otherwise discharged in any manner as of the
effective date at the Debtors or the Reorganized
Debtors option.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 11
|
|
Intercompany Interests
|
|
In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and
discharge of and in exchange for each intercompany interest,
intercompany interests shall be reinstated for the benefit of
the holders thereof.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claims and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Allowed
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
Class
|
|
Equity Interests
|
|
Treatment
|
|
Status
|
|
Rights
|
|
Amount2
|
|
|
Recovery
|
|
|
Class 12
|
|
Equity Interests in NCI
|
|
On the effective date, all equity interests in NCI shall be
reinstated for the benefit of the Holders thereof, provided,
such equity interests shall be subject to dilution in accordance
with the NCI charter on account of the common stock distributed
to holders of the convertible notes and the series B preferred
stock issued to the CD&R Investors.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
|
|
|
$54.75 million
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Class 13
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
|
|
Holders of section 510(b) claims shall not receive any
distribution on account of such section 510(b) claims.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Holders
of Claims Entitled to Vote; Voting Record Date
Chapter 11 does not require that each holder of a claim
against or interest in a debtor vote in favor of a plan of
reorganization in order for the bankruptcy court to confirm the
plan. At a minimum, however, at least one class of impaired
claims under the plan, without including any acceptance of the
plan by any insider of the debtor, must accept the plan. An
impaired class of claims will be deemed to accept the
prepackaged plan if the holders of claims in that class casting
votes in favor of acceptance of the prepackaged plan
(1) hold at least two-thirds (2/3) in aggregate dollar
amount of the claims of the holders in such class who cast votes
with respect to the prepackaged plan, and (2) constitute
more than one-half (1/2) in number of holders of allowed claims
in such class who cast votes with respect to the prepackaged
plan.
Classes of claims or interests that are not impaired
under a plan of reorganization are conclusively presumed to have
accepted the plan of reorganization and are not entitled to
vote. By contrast, classes of claims or interests that do not
receive or retain any property under a plan on account of such
claims or interests are deemed to have rejected the plan and do
not vote. Acceptances of the prepackaged plan are being
solicited only from those persons who hold claims in a class
that is impaired under the prepackaged plan and who are not
deemed by the Bankruptcy Code to have rejected the prepackaged
plan. A class of claims or interests is impaired if
the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which the claims
or interests entitle the holders of claims or interests of that
class are altered.
The following classes of claims and interests are impaired under
the prepackaged plan, and all holders of claims in such classes
as of the voting record date are entitled to vote to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan: Class 3Senior Secured
Term Loan Claims (which includes claims in respect of the term
loans and other obligations under our existing credit agreement)
and Class 5Convertible Notes Claims (which includes
the claims in respect of the convertible notes).
CLASSES 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 ARE
UNIMPAIRED UNDER THE PREPACKAGED PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 1124 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND, ACCORDINGLY,
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS IN SUCH CLASSES ARE DEEMED
TO HAVE ACCEPTED THE PREPACKAGED PLAN AND ARE NOT ENTITLED TO
VOTE ON THE PREPACKAGED PLAN.
CLASS 13 IS IMPAIRED AND EACH HOLDER OF A CLASS 13
CLAIM IS DEEMED TO HAVE REJECTED THE PREPACKAGED PLAN PURSUANT
TO SECTION 1126(G) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.
159
To be entitled to vote to accept or reject the prepackaged plan,
a holder of an allowed claim in Class 3 must have been the
holder of such claim or interest at the close of business on the
voting record date, in accordance with the records of the agent.
The holder of the claim can vote on the prepackaged plan by
completing the information requested on the ballot, indicating
their vote on the ballot, executing the ballot, and returning
their ballot in the enclosed, pre-addressed postage paid
envelope so it is actually received by the voting agent before
the voting deadline.
To be entitled to vote to accept or reject the prepackaged plan,
a holder of an allowed claim in Class 5 must have been the
beneficial owner of such claim or interest at the close of
business on the voting record date, regardless of whether such
claim is held of record on the voting record date in such
holders name or in the name of such holders broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee. If a
claim is held in the name of a holders broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, the beneficial
owner will vote on the prepackaged plan by completing the
information requested on the ballot, voting and signing the
ballot and then providing the ballot to the record holder
holding the claim for the beneficial owners benefit if the
ballot has not already been signed by the beneficial
owners nominee or agent. If the ballot has already been
signed by the beneficial owners agent or nominee, the
beneficial owner can vote on the prepackaged plan by completing
the information requested on the ballot, indicating their vote
on the ballot and returning their ballot in the enclosed,
pre-addressed postage paid envelope so it is actually received
by the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline.
No appraisal rights are available to holders of claims in
connection with the prepackaged plan.
Vote
Required for Class Acceptance of the Prepackaged
Plan
As a condition to confirmation, the Bankruptcy Code requires
that, except to the extent the prepackaged plan meets the
nonconsensual confirmation standards discussed below
under Confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan Without
Acceptance by All Classes of Impaired Claims, each
impaired class of claims accept the prepackaged plan.
For a class of impaired claims to accept the prepackaged plan,
section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code requires acceptance by
holders of claims that hold at least two-thirds (2/3) in amount
and more than one-half (1/2) in number of holders of allowed
claims of such class who vote on the prepackaged plan.
If the prepackaged plan is confirmed, each holder of a claim or
interest in a class will receive the same consideration as the
other members of the class, and the prepackaged plan will be
binding with respect to all holders of claims and interests of
each class, including members who did not vote or who voted to
reject the prepackaged plan.
Classifications
under the Prepackaged Plan
The principal provisions of the prepackaged plan are summarized
below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the prepackaged plan. WE URGE ALL CLAIM HOLDERS AND OTHER
PARTIES IN INTEREST TO READ AND STUDY CAREFULLY THE PREPACKAGED
PLAN.
Classification
and Allowance of Claims and Interests
Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan of
reorganization must classify claims against, and interests in, a
debtor. Under section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code, a plan
of reorganization may classify claims and interests only into
classes containing claims and interests which are substantially
similar to such claims or interests. The prepackaged plan
designates 11 classes of claims and two classes of interests. We
believe that we have classified all claims and interests in
compliance with the provisions of section 1122 of the
Bankruptcy Code. However, once our reorganization case has been
commenced, a claim holder or interest holder could challenge our
classification of claims and interests, and the bankruptcy court
could determine that a different classification is required for
the prepackaged plan to be confirmed. In such event, it is our
intention to seek to modify the prepackaged plan to provide for
whatever classification might be required by the bankruptcy
court and to use the acceptances received, to the extent
permitted by the bankruptcy court, to demonstrate the acceptance
of the class or classes which are affected. Any such
reclassification could affect a classs acceptance of the
prepackaged plan by
160
changing the composition of such class and the required vote for
acceptance of the prepackaged plan and could potentially require
a resolicitation of votes on the prepackaged plan.
The prepackaged plan provides for the classification and
treatment of claims and interests of our creditors and interest
holders allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Only the holder of an allowed claim or an allowed interest is
entitled to receive a distribution under the prepackaged plan.
An allowed claim or allowed interest is a claim or interest:
|
|
|
|
|
that is reflected in the Companys books and records as
liquidated in an amount and not disputed nor contingent and no
objection to the allowance of the claim or interest or request
to estimate the claim or interest has been interposed within any
time period provided under the prepackaged plan or by order of
any bankruptcy court;
|
|
|
|
that has been adjudicated as an allowed claim or
interest; or
|
|
|
|
that is specified as an allowed claim or allowed interest under
the prepackaged plan or the confirmation order.
|
A disputed claim or disputed interest is a claim or interest
that is not an allowed claim or allowed interest and:
|
|
|
|
|
is the subject of a timely objection or request for estimation
in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the bankruptcy rules,
any applicable order of the bankruptcy court, the prepackaged
plan or applicable nonbankruptcy law, which objection or request
for estimation has not been withdrawn or resolved; or
|
|
|
|
is otherwise specified as disputed or a
disputed claim pursuant to the prepackaged plan.
|
Summary
of Distributions under the Prepackaged Plan
The following is a summary of the distributions under the
prepackaged plan. While we believe this summary covers the
material terms and provisions relating to the distributions
under the prepackaged plan, it may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. The prepackaged plan is
included as Annex A hereto, which we incorporate by
reference into this document.
The following describes the prepackaged plans
classification of claims and interests and the treatment that
holders of allowed claims and allowed interests would receive
for such allowed claims and allowed interests under the
prepackaged plan. Holders of such allowed claims or allowed
interests can agree to accept less favorable treatment by
settlement or otherwise. If the prepackaged plan is confirmed by
the bankruptcy court, each holder of an allowed claim or allowed
interest in a particular class will receive the same treatment
as the other holders in the same class of claims or interests,
whether or not such holder voted to accept the prepackaged plan.
Moreover, upon confirmation, the prepackaged plan will be
binding on all of our creditors and stockholders regardless of
whether such creditors or stockholders voted to accept the
prepackaged plan (unless such holder agrees to accept less
favorable treatment). Such treatment will be in full
satisfaction, release and discharge of and in exchange for such
holders claims against or interests in us, except as
otherwise provided in the prepackaged plan.
Treatment
of Unclassified Claims
The Bankruptcy Code does not require classification of certain
priority claims against a debtor. In this case, these
unclassified claims include administrative claims and priority
tax claims as set forth below.
Administrative
Claims
Under the prepackaged plan, administrative claims includes
claims for the costs and expenses of administration of the
bankruptcy cases pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), or
507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (1) the actual
and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the estates and
operating the businesses of the debtors (such as wages,
salaries, or commissions for services, and payments for goods
and other services and leased premises); (2) all fees and
charges assessed against the estates pursuant to
section 1930 of chapter 123 of the Judicial Code;
(3) requests for compensation of professionals retained in
the chapter 11 cases and the reimbursement of expenses
incurred by such professionals; and (4) all requests for
compensation or expense reimbursement for making a substantial
contribution in
161
the chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b)(3),
(4), and (5) of the Bankruptcy Code, which collectively we
refer to as the Administrative Claims. To confirm the
prepackaged plan, allowed Administrative Claims must be paid in
full or in a manner otherwise agreeable to the holders of those
claims.
Priority
Tax Claims
Under the prepackaged plan, priority tax claims include any
claim specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy
Code, which collectively we refer to as the Priority Tax Claims.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed Priority Tax
Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in
exchange for each allowed Priority Tax Claim, each holder of
such allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance
with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the
Bankruptcy Code. To the extent any allowed Priority Tax Claim is
not due and owing on the effective date of the prepackaged plan,
such claim shall be paid in full in cash in accordance with the
terms of any agreement between the debtors and such holder, or
as may be due and payable under applicable non-bankruptcy law or
in the ordinary course of business.
Treatment
of Classified Claims
The following describes the prepackaged plans
classification of the claims and interests that are required to
be classified under the Bankruptcy Code and the treatment that
the holders of allowed claims or allowed interests will receive
for such claims or interests:
Class 1Priority
Non-Tax Claims
The claims in Class 1 are of the types identified in
section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code that are entitled to
priority treatment (other than Administrative Claims and
Priority Tax Claims), which collectively we refer to as Priority
Non-Tax Claims. For example, pursuant to section 507(a)(4),
such claims include claims for wages, salaries and commissions
up to $10,950. Most of these claims will have already been paid
by the debtors pursuant to orders entered by the bankruptcy
court by the Petition Date.
Class 1 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a Priority Non-Tax Claim is conclusively presumed to have
accepted the prepackaged plan and is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent a holder of an allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final
satisfaction of and in exchange for each Priority Non-Tax Claim,
each holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid
in full in cash on the later of the effective date of the
prepackaged plan and the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim
becomes allowed, or as soon as practicable thereafter.
Class 2Secured
Tax Claims
The claims in Class 2 are the types of claims that, absent
their status as a secured claim, would be entitled to priority
treatment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code,
which collectively we refer to as Secured Tax Claims. For
example, a secured tax claim in Class 2 would include a
claim on account of a tax obligation that is secured by a lien
on NCIs property. If a Secured Tax Claim accrues interest
under applicable local law and, to the extent the value of the
collateral exceeds the amount of the allowed claim, such Secured
Tax Claim will include interest.
Class 2 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a Secured Tax Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted
the prepackaged plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed Secured Tax
Claim has been paid by the debtors prior to the effective date
of the prepackaged plan or agrees to a less favorable treatment,
in full and final satisfaction and discharge of and in exchange
for each allowed Secured Tax Claim, each holder of such an
allowed Secured Tax Claim will receive, at the sole option of
the debtors or the reorganized Company and our reorganized
subsidiaries, (1) cash on the effective date in an amount
equal to such allowed Secured Tax Claim, (2) commencing on
the effective date and continuing over a period not exceeding
five years from the petition date, equal semi-annual cash
payments in an aggregate amount equal to such allowed Secured
Tax Claim, together with interest at the applicable rate under
non-bankruptcy law, subject to the sole option of the debtors or
the reorganized Company and our reorganized subsidiaries
162
to prepay the entire amount of the allowed Secured Tax Claim or
(3) regular cash payments in a manner not less favorable
than the most favored non-priority unsecured claim provided for
by the prepackaged plan.
Class 3Senior
Secured Term Loan Claims
The claims in Class 3 consist of claims arising under our
existing credit facility, which collectively we refer to as
Senior Secured Term Loan Claims. On the effective date of the
prepackaged plan, each holder of a Senior Secured Term Loan
Claim shall (1) receive its pro rata share of cash
in an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate
principal amount and other obligations outstanding under our
existing credit agreement as of the Petition Date and
$150.0 million, plus cash equal to accrued but unpaid
interest, fees and expenses on the loans under our existing
credit agreement up to the effective date of the prepackaged
plan; and (2) with respect to the remaining obligations
under our existing credit agreement held by it, execute an
amendment to our existing credit agreement in the form of the
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K after
giving effect to the matters set forth on Annex L (with the
completion of items currently blank as agreed upon by Wachovia
Bank, National Association (or any successor thereto), as
administrative agent under our existing credit agreement).
Class 3 is impaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder of
a Senior Secured Term Loan Claim is entitled to vote to accept
or reject the prepackaged plan.
Class 4Other
Secured Claims
The claims in Class 4 consist of all secured claims other
than Secured Tax Claims in Class 2 and Senior Secured
Claims in Class 3, which collectively we refer to as Other
Secured Claims. Based upon the schedules of assets and
liabilities and the proofs of claim of the debtors to be filed
in the prepackaged plan proceeding, Class 4 claims against
the debtors include obligations under equipment leases,
mechanics liens, liens on landlords on accounts, general
intangibles or inventory related to properties released by them
to the debtors.
Class 4 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of an Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have
accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed Other Secured
Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final
satisfaction and discharge of and in exchange for each allowed
Other Secured Claim, on the later of the effective date of the
prepackaged plan and the date such Other Secured Claim becomes
allowed, or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the sole
option of the reorganized Company and our reorganized
subsidiaries, each allowed Other Secured Claim will be
reinstated and rendered unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise
rendered unimpaired.
Class 5Convertible
Notes Claims
The claims in Class 5 consist of all claims of the holders
of the convertible notes arising under the convertible notes
indenture, which collectively we refer to as Convertible Notes
Claims. On the effective date of the prepackaged plan,
Convertible Notes Claims shall be allowed in the aggregate
amount of $181.8 million.
Class 5 is impaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder of
a Convertible Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan.
On the effective date of the prepackaged plan, in full and final
satisfaction and discharge of and in exchange for each allowed
Convertible Notes Claim, each holder of a Convertible Notes
Claim shall receive (1) cash in an amount equal to $500 for
each $1,000 of principal amount of Convertible Notes held by
such holder; and 390 shares of common stock for each $1,000
of principal amount of Convertible Notes held by such holder,
issued on the effective date of the prepackaged plan.
Class 6NCI
General Unsecured Claims
The claims in Class 6 consist of the claims of vendors,
landlords with prepetition rent claims
and/or
claims based on rejection of leases, prepetition personal
injury, prepetition litigation, parties to contracts with NCI
that are being rejected and other general unsecured claims,
which collectively we refer to as the NCI General Unsecured
Claims.
163
Class 6 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a NCI General Unsecured Claim is deemed to accept the
prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed NCI General
Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full
and final satisfaction and discharge of and in exchange for each
NCI General Unsecured Claim, each allowed NCI General Unsecured
Claim shall be unimpaired in accordance with section 1124
of the Bankruptcy Code. Each holder of an allowed NCI General
Unsecured Claim that is not due and payable on or before the
effective date of the prepackaged plan will receive payment in
full in cash of the unpaid portion of such allowed NCI General
Unsecured Claim on the latest of (1) the effective date of
the prepackaged plan, (2) the date such allowed NCI General
Unsecured Claim becomes due and payable in the ordinary course
of business and (3) as otherwise agreed to by the debtors
and the holder of such NCI General Unsecured Claim; provided,
however, that the debtors may seek authority from the bankruptcy
court to pay certain NCI General Unsecured Claims in advance of
the effective date of the prepackaged plan in the ordinary
course of business. The debtors reserve their rights, however,
to dispute the validity of any NCI General Unsecured Claim,
whether or not objected to prior to the effective date.
Class 7NCI
Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
The claims in Class 7 consist of the claims of vendors,
landlords with prepetition rent claims
and/or
claims based on rejection of leases, prepetition personal
injury, prepetition litigation, parties to contracts with NCI
Group, Inc. that are being rejected and other general unsecured
claims, which collectively we refer to as the NCI Group, Inc.
General Unsecured Claims.
Class 7 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim is deemed to accept
the prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed NCI Group, Inc.
General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in
full and final satisfaction and discharge of and in exchange for
each NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim, each allowed NCI
Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim shall be unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each
Holder of an allowed NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim
that is not due and payable on or before the effective date will
receive payment in full in cash of the unpaid portion of such
NCI Group, Inc. Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the latest of
(a) the effective date, (b) the date such allowed NCI
Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims becomes due and payable in
the ordinary course of business and (c) as otherwise agreed
to by the debtors and the holder of such claim; provided,
however, that the debtors may seek authority from the bankruptcy
court to pay certain NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims in
advance of the effective date in the ordinary course of
business. The Debtors reserve their rights, however, to dispute
the validity of any NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim,
whether or not objected to prior to the effective date.
Class 8Steelbuilding.com,
Inc. General Unsecured Claims
The claims in Class 8 consist of the claims of vendors,
landlords with prepetition rent claims
and/or
claims based on rejection of leases, prepetition personal
injury, prepetition litigation, parties to contracts with
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. that are being rejected and other
general unsecured claims, which collectively we refer to as
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims.
Class 8 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claim is deemed
to accept the prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less
favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction and
discharge of and in exchange for each Steelbuilding.com, Inc.
General Unsecured Claim, each allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc.
General Unsecured Claim shall be unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each Holder of an
allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claim that is
not due and payable on or before the effective date will receive
payment in full in Cash of the unpaid portion of such
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. allowed General Unsecured Claim on the
latest of (a) the effective date, (b) the date such
allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims becomes
due and payable in the ordinary course of business and
(c) as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors and the Holder of
such Claim; provided, however, that the Debtors may seek
authority from the bankruptcy court to pay certain
164
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims in advance of
the effective date in the ordinary course of business. The
Debtors reserve their rights, however, to dispute the validity
of any Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claim, whether
or not objected to prior to the effective date.
Class 9Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation General Unsecured Claims
The claims in Class 9 consist of the claims of vendors,
landlords with prepetition rent claims
and/or
claims based on rejection of leases, prepetition personal
injury, prepetition litigation, parties to contracts with
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation that are being rejected and
other general unsecured claims, which collectively we refer to
as the Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured
Claims.
Class 9 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claim
is deemed to accept the prepackaged plan.
Except to the extent that a holder of an allowed
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claim
agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final
satisfaction and discharge of and in exchange for each
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claim, each
allowed Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured
Claim shall be unimpaired in accordance with section 1124
of the Bankruptcy Code. Each Holder of an allowed
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claim that
is not due and payable on or before the effective date will
receive payment in full in Cash of the unpaid portion of such
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation allowed General Unsecured
Claim on the latest of (a) the effective date, (b) the
date such allowed Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General
Unsecured Claims becomes due and payable in the ordinary course
of business and (c) as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors
and the Holder of such Claim; provided, however, that the
Debtors may seek authority from the bankruptcy court to pay
certain Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured
Claims in advance of the effective date in the ordinary course
of business. The Debtors reserve their rights, however, to
dispute the validity of any Robertson-Ceco II Corporation
General Unsecured Claim, whether or not objected to prior to the
effective date.
Class 10Intercompany
Claims
The claims in Class 10 consist of intercompany claims,
which collectively we refer to as the Intercompany Claims.
Class 10 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of an Intercompany Claim is presumed to have accepted the
prepackaged plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the prepackaged plan.
At the option of the debtors or the reorganized Company and our
reorganized subsidiaries, as applicable, all or a portion of the
Intercompany Claims may be reinstated, capitalized or otherwise
discharged in any manner as of the effective date.
Class 11Intercompany
Interests
The claims in Class 11 consist of the intercompany equity
interests of the Company or any other of its affiliates that is
a debtor under the prepackaged plan against another debtor under
the prepackaged plan, which collectively we refer to as the
Intercompany Interests.
Class 11 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of an Intercompany Interest is presumed to have accepted the
prepackaged plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the prepackaged plan.
Intercompany Interests shall be reinstated on the effective date.
Class 12Equity
Interests in NCI
The claims in Class 12 consist of the equity interests in
NCI, which collectively we refer to as the Equity Interests in
NCI.
Class 12 is unimpaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of an equity interest in NCI is presumed to have accepted the
prepackaged plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the prepackaged plan.
165
On the effective date, all Equity Interests in NCI shall be
reinstated for the benefits of the holders thereof, provided,
such equity interests shall be subject to dilution in accordance
with our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, on
account of the common stock distributed to holders of the
convertible notes and the Series B convertible preferred
stock issued to the CD&R Fund.
Class 13Section 510(b)
Claims
The claims in Class 13 are the types of claims which,
because they arose in connection with the purchase or sale of a
security of NCI, are subordinated to general unsecured claims
under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, which
collectively we refer to as the Section 510(b) Claims.
Class 13 is impaired by the prepackaged plan. Each holder
of a Section 510(b) Claim is conclusively deemed to have
rejected the prepackaged plan and is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the prepackaged plan.
Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall not receive any
distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claims. On the
effective date, all Section 510(b) Claims shall be
discharged.
Confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan
If we seek to implement the prepackaged plan by commencing the
prepackaged plan proceeding contemplated by the investment
agreement, we will promptly request that the bankruptcy court
hold a confirmation hearing (including a determination that the
prepackaged plan solicitation was in compliance with any
applicable nonbankruptcy law, rule or regulation governing the
adequacy of disclosure or, if there is not any such law, rule or
regulation, was made after disclosure of adequate information as
defined in the Bankruptcy Code), upon such notice to parties in
interest as is required by the Bankruptcy Code and the
bankruptcy court. Bankruptcy rule 2002(b) requires no less
than 25 days notice by mail of the time for filing
objections to confirmation of the prepackaged plan and of the
time and place of the confirmation hearing, unless the
bankruptcy court shortens or lengthens this period. Parties in
interest, including all holders of impaired claims and
interests, will be provided notice by mail, or by publication if
required by the bankruptcy court, of the date and time fixed by
the bankruptcy court for the confirmation hearing.
Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any
party in interest may object to confirmation of the prepackaged
plan. The bankruptcy court will also establish procedures for
the filing and service of objections to confirmation of the
prepackaged plan. Such procedures will be described to parties
in interest in the notice informing them of the time for filing
objections to confirmation of the prepackaged plan.
ANY OBJECTIONS TO CONFIRMATION OF THE PREPACKAGED PLAN MUST
BE FILED WITH THE BANKRUPTCY COURT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
BANKRUPTCY RULES AND ANY PROCEDURES ESTABLISHED BY THE
BANKRUPTCY COURT.
In order for the prepackaged plan to be confirmed, and
regardless of whether all impaired classes of claims vote to
accept the prepackaged plan, the Bankruptcy Code requires that
the bankruptcy court determine that the prepackaged plan
complies with the requirements of section 1129 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code
requires for confirmation, among other things, that:
|
|
|
|
|
except to the extent the prepackaged plan meets the
nonconsensual confirmation standards discussed below
under Confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan Without
Acceptance by All Classes of Impaired Claims, the
prepackaged plan be accepted by each impaired class of claims
and interests by the requisite votes of holders of claims or
interests in such impaired classes;
|
|
|
|
the prepackaged plan is feasible (that is, there is a reasonable
probability that we will be able to perform our obligations
under the prepackaged plan and continue to operate our business
without the need for further financial reorganization) (see
Feasibility of the Prepackaged Plan
below); and
|
|
|
|
the prepackaged plan meets the requirements of
section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, which requires
that, with respect to each impaired class, each holder of a
claim or interest in such class either (1) accepts the
prepackaged plan or (2) receives at least as much pursuant
to the prepackaged plan as such holder would receive in our
liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code (see
Best Interests Test below).
|
166
In addition, we must demonstrate in accordance with
section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code that:
|
|
|
|
|
the prepackaged plan is proposed in good faith;
|
|
|
|
the prepackaged plan complies with the Bankruptcy Code;
|
|
|
|
payments for services or costs and expenses in or in connection
with the case, or in connection with the prepackaged plan, have
been approved by or are subject to the approval of the
bankruptcy court;
|
|
|
|
the individuals to serve as our officers and directors have been
disclosed and their appointment or continuance in such office is
consistent with the interests of creditors and interest holders;
|
|
|
|
the identity of any insider that will be employed or retained by
us is disclosed, as well as any compensation to be paid to such
insider;
|
|
|
|
all statutory fees have been or will be paid; and
|
|
|
|
the prepackaged plan provides for the continued maintenance of
retiree benefits, if any, at a certain level.
|
Acceptance
of the Prepackaged Plan
As a condition to confirmation, the Bankruptcy Code requires
that each impaired class of claims or interests accept a plan of
reorganization, unless the cram-down requirements of
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code are met. Classes of
claims or interests that are not impaired under a
plan are conclusively presumed to have accepted the plan and are
not entitled to vote.
Feasibility
of the Prepackaged Plan
The Bankruptcy Code requires that, in order to confirm the
prepackaged plan, the bankruptcy court find that confirmation of
the prepackaged plan will not likely be followed by liquidation
or the need for further financial reorganization. For the
prepackaged plan to meet the feasibility test, the
bankruptcy court must find that we will possess the resources
and working capital necessary to fund our operations and that we
will be able to meet our obligations under the prepackaged plan.
We have analyzed our ability to meet our obligations under the
prepackaged plan. As part of our analysis, we have considered
our forecasts of our financial performance after completion of
the prepackaged plan proceeding. These projections and the
significant assumptions on which they are based are included in
this prospectus/disclosure statement. See Unaudited
Projected Consolidated Financial Information for Restructuring
under the Prepackaged Plan. We believe, based on our
analysis, that the prepackaged plan provides a feasible means of
reorganization from which there is a reasonable expectation
that, following the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan, we
will possess the resources and working capital necessary to fund
our operations and to meet our obligations under the prepackaged
plan.
In connection with confirmation of the prepackaged plan, the
bankruptcy court will have to determine that the prepackaged
plan is feasible. There can be no assurance that the bankruptcy
court will agree with our determination. In particular, there
can be no assurance that the bankruptcy court will accept the
projections or the assumptions underlying our determination.
Best
Interests Test
Even if the prepackaged plan is accepted by each impaired class
of claims, section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code
requires that in order to confirm the prepackaged plan, the
bankruptcy court must determine that either (1) each member
of an impaired class of claims or interests has accepted the
prepackaged plan or (2) the prepackaged plan will provide
each non-accepting member of an impaired class of claims
or interests a recovery that has a value at least equal to the
value of the distribution that such member would receive if we
were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. If
all members of an impaired class of claims or interests accept
the prepackaged plan, the best interests test does not apply
with respect to that class.
167
The first step in meeting the best interests test is to
determine the dollar amount that would be generated from the
liquidation of our assets and properties in the context of a
chapter 7 liquidation case. The total amount available
would be the sum of the proceeds from the disposition of our
assets and the cash held by us at the time of the commencement
of the chapter 7 case. The next step is to reduce that
total by the amount of any claims secured by such assets, the
costs and expenses of the liquidation, and such additional
administrative expenses and priority claims that may result from
the termination of our business and the use of chapter 7
for the purposes of liquidation. Finally, the present value of
that amount (taking into account the time necessary to
accomplish the liquidation) is allocated to creditors and
stockholders in the strict order of priority in accordance with
section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code which requires that no
junior creditor receive any distribution until all senior
creditors are paid in full and can be compared to the value of
the property that is proposed to be distributed under the
prepackaged plan on the date the prepackaged plan becomes
effective.
After consideration of the effects that a chapter 7
liquidation would have on the ultimate proceeds available for
distribution to creditors in a chapter 11 case, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the increased costs and expenses of a liquidation under
chapter 7 arising from fees payable to a trustee in
bankruptcy and professional advisors to such trustee;
|
|
|
|
the erosion in value of assets in a chapter 7 case in the
context of the expeditious liquidation required under
chapter 7 and the forced sale atmosphere that
would prevail; and
|
|
|
|
substantial increases in claims which would be satisfied on a
priority basis or on a parity with creditors in a
chapter 11 case,
|
we have determined that confirmation of the prepackaged plan
will provide each creditor and equity holder with a recovery
that is not less than it would receive pursuant to our
liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Moreover, we believe that the value of any distributions from
the liquidation proceeds to each class of allowed claims and
interests in a chapter 7 case would be less than the value
of distributions under the prepackaged plan because such
distributions in chapter 7 may not occur for a substantial
period of time. In this regard, it is possible that distribution
of the proceeds of the liquidation could be delayed for a
substantial time after the completion of such liquidation to
resolve all objections to claims and prepare for distributions.
Liquidation
Analysis
THE FOLLOWING LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS IS AN ESTIMATE OF THE
PROCEEDS THAT MAY BE GENERATED AS A RESULT OF THE HYPOTHETICAL
CHAPTER 7 LIQUIDATION OF OUR ASSETS. THE ANALYSIS IS BASED
UPON A NUMBER OF SIGNIFICANT ASSUMPTIONS WHICH ARE DESCRIBED
BELOW. THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A
VALUATION OF OUR ASSETS AND IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF THE
VALUES THAT MAY BE REALIZED IN AN ACTUAL LIQUIDATION.
Pursuant to section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code
(often called the best interests test) (see Best
Interests Test above), each holder of an allowed claim or
allowed equity interest must either (1) accept the
prepackaged plan or (2) receive or retain under the
prepackaged plan property of a value, as of the assumed
effective date of the prepackaged plan, that is not less than
the value such non-accepting holder would receive or retain if
the Company were to be liquidated under chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
In determining whether the best interests test has been met, the
first step is to determine the dollar amount that would be
generated from a hypothetical liquidation of the Companys
assets under chapter 7. The Company, with the assistance of
its restructuring and financial advisors, has prepared this
hypothetical liquidation analysis in connection with the
prospectus/disclosure statement. The liquidation analysis
reflects the estimated cash proceeds, net of liquidation-related
costs, that would be available to the Companys creditors
if the Company were to be liquidated pursuant to a
chapter 7 liquidation as an alternative to continued
operation of the Companys business. Accordingly, asset
values discussed herein may be different than amounts referred
to elsewhere in this prospectus/disclosure statement, including
the prepackaged plan. The liquidation analysis is based upon the
assumptions discussed herein and in this prospectus/disclosure
statement. All capitalized terms not defined in this liquidation
analysis have the meanings ascribed to them in this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
168
UNDERLYING THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS ARE NUMEROUS ESTIMATES
AND ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS THAT, ALTHOUGH
DEVELOPED AND CONSIDERED REASONABLE BY THE COMPANYS
MANAGEMENT AND ITS ADVISORS, ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO
SIGNIFICANT BUSINESS, ECONOMIC, REGULATORY AND COMPETITIVE
UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE
COMPANY AND ITS MANAGEMENT. ACCORDINGLY, THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT THE VALUES REFLECTED IN THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS
WOULD BE REALIZED IF THE COMPANY WERE, IN FACT, TO UNDERGO SUCH
A LIQUIDATION, AND ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THE RESULTS SET FORTH HEREIN.
Significant
Assumptions
Hypothetical recoveries to stakeholders of the Company in a
chapter 7 liquidation were determined through multiple
steps, as set forth below.
The basis of the liquidation analysis is the Companys
projected balance sheet as of November 1, 2009 (except as
noted otherwise), and assumes that the Company would commence a
chapter 7 liquidation on that date.
The liquidation analysis also assumes that the liquidation of
the Company would commence under the direction of a
court-appointed chapter 7 trustee. The liquidation analysis
reflects the wind-down and liquidation of substantially all of
the Companys operations over a
12-month
wind-down period, during which time all of the Companys
major assets would be sold and the cash proceeds, net of
liquidation-related costs, would be distributed to satisfy
claims.
Estimate
of Net Proceeds
Estimates were made of the cash proceeds that might be received
from the liquidation of the Companys assets listed on its
balance sheet, giving due consideration to the effects of the
chapter 7 liquidation itself, including (1) the
increased costs and expenses of a liquidation under
chapter 7 arising from fees payable to a trustee in
bankruptcy and advisors to such trustee (see below) and
(2) the potential erosion in value of assets in a
chapter 7 case in the context of the expedited liquidation
required under chapter 7.
In this liquidation analysis, each operating facility is assumed
to be shut down and marketed for sale separately. Liquidation
values were assessed for general classes by estimating
percentage recoveries of the gross book value of the asset that
a chapter 7 trustee might achieve through the disposition.
Proceeds are net of holding costs, including insurance, taxes,
utilities, security and maintenance, which are assumed to be
incurred until a sale is concluded.
The liquidation analysis does not reflect any potential
recoveries that might be realized by the chapter 7
trustees potential pursuit of any avoidance actions, as
the Company believes that any such potential recoveries are
highly speculative in light of, among other things, the various
defenses that would likely be asserted. Similarly, the
liquidation analysis does not reflect any recoveries that might
be realized from any current or potential future litigation
initiated by the Company.
Estimate
of Costs
Proceeds from a chapter 7 liquidation would be reduced by
administrative costs incurred during the wind-down of the
Companys operations, the disposition of assets and the
reconciliation of claims against the Company. These liquidation
costs include professional (including attorneys, financial
advisors, appraisers and accountants) and trustee fees,
commissions, salaries, severance and retention costs, certain
occupancy costs, the estimated holding costs for each plant over
the relevant period and the estimated costs of shutting down the
plants. Actual liquidation costs may exceed the estimate
included in this liquidation analysis, particularly if the
wind-down of operations, disposition of assets and
reconciliation of claims takes longer than the assumed
12-month
wind-down period.
Distribution
of Net Proceeds under Absolute Priority
The amount of cash available would be the sum of the proceeds
from the disposition of the Companys assets and the cash
held by the Company at the commencement of its chapter 7
cases. Under the absolute priority rule, no
169
junior creditor would receive any distribution until all senior
creditors are paid in full, and no equity holder would receive
any distribution until all creditors are paid in full. As such,
prior to delivering any proceeds to holders of general unsecured
claims and convertible notes claims, available cash and asset
liquidation proceeds would first be applied, as applicable, to
the liquidation costs (including any incremental administrative
expense claims that may result from the termination of the
Companys business and the liquidation of the
Companys assets), secured claims and other priority claims
under section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code as required under
section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code. Remaining cash and
asset liquidation proceeds after satisfaction of the liquidation
costs, secured claims and priority claims, if any, would be
available for distribution to holders of general unsecured
claims, holders of convertible notes and equity interest holders
in accordance with the distribution hierarchy established by
section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code.
After consideration of the effects that a chapter 7
liquidation would have on the ultimate proceeds available for
distribution to creditors, the Company has determined, as
summarized in the charts below and in the section above titled
Best Interests Test, that the Companys
proposed prepackaged plan will provide creditors with a recovery
that is not less than what creditors would receive pursuant to a
liquidation of the Companys assets under chapter 7.
The following liquidation analysis should be reviewed with the
accompanying footnotes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
11/1/2009
|
|
Wind-Down Period (Years)
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Proceeds Received (Mid-Year)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Discount Rate
(5-Year
LIBOR Swap)
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
Chapter 7 Trustee Expenses as a % of Gross Liquidation
Value
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hypothetical Percentage
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Value at
|
|
|
Recovery
|
|
|
Liquidation Value
|
|
|
|
Note
|
|
11/1/09
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
A
|
|
$
|
75.7
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
75.7
|
|
|
$
|
75.7
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
B
|
|
|
81.0
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
%
|
|
|
70.0
|
%
|
|
|
48.6
|
|
|
|
56.7
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
C
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
70.0
|
%
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Inventory
|
|
D
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
24.4
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
E
|
|
|
25.2
|
|
|
|
90.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
F
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
30.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
Investments in debt and equity
|
|
G
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
80.0
|
%
|
|
|
90.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
H
|
|
|
29.0
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
Property, Plant & Equipment, net
|
|
I
|
|
|
237.5
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
71.2
|
|
|
|
95.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
|
$
|
556.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
255.9
|
|
|
$
|
303.4
|
|
Corporate Wind-Down Costs
|
|
J
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
Administrative ExpensesProfessionals and Other
|
|
K
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
Administrative ExpensesChapter 7 Trustee
|
|
L
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
Estimated Liquidation Proceeds net of Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
228.1
|
|
|
$
|
274.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present Value of Estimated Liquidation Proceeds net of
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
225.0
|
|
|
$
|
271.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial Revenue Bond
|
|
|
M
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
Recovery Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
% of Claim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Existing Credit Facility
|
|
|
N
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
Recovery Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
224.6
|
|
|
$
|
270.7
|
|
% of Claim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74.7
|
%
|
|
|
90.0
|
%
|
Priority Claims
|
|
|
O
|
|
|
$
|
50.6
|
|
|
$
|
50.6
|
|
Recovery Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
% of Claim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
General Unsecured Claims & Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
P
|
|
|
$
|
263.4
|
|
|
$
|
263.4
|
|
Recovery Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
% of Claim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Estimated Proceeds for Payment of Common Equity
Interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Footnotes
to the Liquidation Analysis
Unless stated otherwise, the book values used in this
liquidation analysis are the projected net book values of the
Companys assets as of November 1, 2009. Actual
results may vary significantly from those projected.
Note ACash
and Cash Equivalents
The liquidation analysis is based on the
assumption that operations during the liquidation period would
not generate additional cash available for distribution. It is
assumed that all cash and cash equivalents held in the
Companys accounts are available for distribution except
for restricted cash that collateralizes letters of credits. On
that basis, the Company projects that on November 1, 2009,
the Company will have available cash on hand of approximately
$75.7 million.
Note BAccounts
Receivable
The analysis of accounts receivable assumes
that a chapter 7 trustee would retain certain existing
staff of the Company to handle an aggressive collection effort
of outstanding trade accounts receivable from customers.
Collections during a liquidation of the Company would likely be
significantly compromised as customers may attempt to set off
outstanding amounts owed to the Company against alleged damages
relating to breach of contract claims. The liquidation value of
accounts receivable was estimated by applying a recovery factor
consistent with the Companys experience in collecting
accounts receivable and the expectation of additional attempts
to set off. The estimate also considers the inevitable
difficulty a liquidating company has in collecting its
receivables and any concessions that might be required to
facilitate the collection of certain accounts. Estimated
recoveries are between 60% and 70% of accounts receivable.
Note COther
Receivables
Other receivables include rebate receivables
from vendors and miscellaneous non-trade receivables. Estimated
recoveries are between 70% and 75%.
Note DInventory
Inventory is primarily comprised of raw
materials, work in process and finished goods. Estimated
recoveries are between 30% and 40% of the book value of
inventory.
171
Note EIncome
Tax Receivables
The Company expects to have an income tax
receivable of $25.2 million on November 1, 2009.
Estimated recoveries are between approximately 90% and 100% of
the income tax receivables.
Note FPrepaid
Expenses
Prepaid expenses include equipment and
software maintenance contracts, Mexican VAT taxes, insurance,
professional fees related to the debt restructuring, deposits
and supplies. Estimated recoveries are between approximately 15%
and 30%.
Note GInvestments
in Debt and Equity
Investments in debt and equity are comprised
of mutual fund type securities. Estimated recoveries are between
approximately 80% and 90%.
Note HIntangible
Assets, net
Intangible assets include trade names,
backlog, customer lists and relationships, non-competition
agreements, and property rights. Estimated recoveries are
between approximately 15% and 20%.
Note IProperty,
Plant and Equipment, net
The estimated net book value of fixed assets
owned by the Company at November 1, 2009 is
$237.5 million. The Companys fixed assets consist
primarily of land, buildings and improvements, machinery,
equipment, furniture, transportation equipment, and computer
software and equipment. Estimated recoveries are between 30% and
40%.
Note JAdministrative
ExpensesCorporate/Plant WindDown
Administrative expenses include operating
costs during a projected one-year wind-down period commencing
November 1, 2009, as well as certain liquidation costs and
expenses of the chapter 7 estates, but exclude
chapter 7 trustee compensation and fees to professionals
retained in the chapter 7 cases.
Corporate and plant-level payroll and operating costs during the
liquidation are based upon the assumption that certain operating
and corporate functions would be retained to assist a trustee
with the liquidation process. The remaining staff would also be
needed to maintain and close the accounting records and to
complete certain administrative tasks including the preparation
of payroll and tax returns. Certain minimum plant staff would be
required at the Companys operating facilities to complete
the closure and mothballing of the facilities, assist with the
sale and handling of the inventory and to oversee the removal
and sale/disposal of equipment.
Note KAdministrative
ExpensesProfessionals and Other
Administrative expenses include chapter 7
professional fees and expenses, including legal, investment
banking and accounting fees expected to be incurred during the
one-year liquidation period and not already deducted from
liquidation values.
Note LAdministrative
ExpensesChapter 7 Trustee
Chapter 7 trustee fees include
compensation for services rendered by a chapter 7 trustee
in accordance with section 326 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Trustee fees are estimated at 1.5% of the gross liquidation
value of the Companys assets.
Note MIndustrial
Revenue Bond
Our industrial revenue bond is estimated to
have a balance of $0.4 million on November 1, 2009. It
is assumed that the balance owed is paid using proceeds from the
Elizabethton, Tennessee facility to which the bonds are
172
related, with excess proceeds from the sale of the facility, if
any, to be made available to other creditors in accordance with
their priority.
Note NExisting
Credit Facility
The balance owed under our existing credit facility is assumed
to be paid from the net liquidation proceeds of the liquidated
assets after satisfaction of the liquidation costs and our
industrial revenue bond. The obligations owing under our
existing credit facility on November 1, 2009 are estimated
to be $300.8 million (including pre-petition accrued and
unpaid interest and a liability for a related interest-rate
swap).
Note OPriority
Claims
Priority Claims include claims entitled to priority status as
set out in section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code. Estimated
Priority Claims of approximately $50.6 million include
certain obligations to employees and are assumed to be paid on
from the net proceeds, if any, remaining after the payment of
the liquidation costs and obligations under the existing credit
facility and our industrial revenue bonds.
Note PGeneral
Unsecured Claims and Convertible Notes
The liquidation analysis assumes that general unsecured claims
will consist of pre-petition unpaid, unsecured obligations owed
to vendors, employees (other than priority claims of employees)
and litigation parties. The liquidation analysis does not
attempt to estimate additional general unsecured claims that
would arise as a result of the rejection of executory contracts
and leases that would otherwise be assumed under the prepackaged
plan, and the failure of the Company to perform under existing
contracts. The amount of such additional claims would likely be
substantial in amount. For purposes of this liquidation
analysis, general unsecured claims in the aggregate are
estimated to be $81.7 million.
The liquidation analysis assumes that the convertible notes are
pari passu to general unsecured claims. The convertible
notes claims are estimated to be $181.8 million (including
pre-petition accrued and unpaid interest).
General unsecured claims and the convertible notes claims are
assumed to be paid on a pro rata basis from the net
liquidation proceeds available, if any, after the payment of all
other claims.
THESE ESTIMATED LIQUIDATION VALUES ARE SPECULATIVE AND COULD
VARY DRAMATICALLY FROM THE AMOUNTS THAT MAY BE RECOVERED IN AN
ACTUAL LIQUIDATION UNDER CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.
IN MANY CASES, OUR ASSETS MIGHT NOT COMMAND SIGNIFICANT PRICES
IF PURCHASED FOR USES OTHER THAN THAT FOR WHICH THEY WERE
DESIGNED.
As described above, to estimate the liquidation proceeds we
assumed that our assets are disposed of in a straight
liquidation during a the
12-month
wind-down period. Our belief that confirmation of the
prepackaged plan will provide each holder of a claim in an
impaired class with a recovery at least equal to the recovery
that such holder would receive pursuant to a liquidation under
chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code is based on a comparison
of the liquidation values set forth in the liquidation analysis
with our estimate of the value of the distributions to the
holders of claims pursuant to the prepackaged plan. In preparing
these analyses, we were assisted by Greenhill, our financial
advisor in connection with the restructuring.
Alternatives
to Confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan
If the prepackaged plan is not confirmed, we or, subject to
further determination by the bankruptcy court as to extensions
of our exclusive period within which to propose a plan of
reorganization (which is the first 120 days after the
commencement of reorganization case, subject to reduction or
extension by the bankruptcy court), any other party in interest
in our reorganization case could attempt to formulate and
propose a different plan or plans of reorganization. Such plans
could involve a reorganization and continuation of our
businesses, a sale of our business as a going concern, an
orderly liquidation of our assets, or any combination thereof.
If no plan of reorganization is confirmed by the bankruptcy
court, our reorganization case may be converted to a liquidation
case under chapter 7
173
of the Bankruptcy Code. In that event, the bankruptcy court may
grant holders of secured claims relief from the automatic stay
to foreclose on their collateral and, accordingly, our valuable
assets may be lost.
In a chapter 7 case, a trustee would be appointed or
elected with the primary duty of liquidating our assets.
Typically, in a liquidation, assets are sold for less than their
going concern value and, accordingly, the return to creditors
would be reduced. Proceeds from liquidation would be distributed
to our creditors in accordance with the priorities set forth in
the Bankruptcy Code.
Because of the difficulties in estimating what our assets would
bring in a liquidation and the uncertainties concerning the
aggregate claims to be paid and their priority in liquidation,
it is not possible to predict with certainty what return, if
any, each class of claims or interests might receive in a
liquidation. Nevertheless, we believe that the most likely
result would be the sale of our assets at a price which is
significantly less than needed to pay our debts in full. We
believe that holders of impaired claims and interests would
realize a greater recovery under the prepackaged plan than would
be realized under a chapter 7 liquidation.
Solicitation
and Voting Procedures
The following summarizes briefly the procedures to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan. Holders of claims are encouraged to
review the relevant provisions of the Bankruptcy Code
and/or to
consult their own attorneys.
The
Solicitation Package
The following materials constitute the solicitation package:
|
|
|
|
|
the appropriate ballots and applicable voting instructions;
|
|
|
|
a pre-addressed, postage pre-paid return envelope; and
|
|
|
|
the prospectus/disclosure statement with all exhibits, including
the prepackaged plan and any other supplements or amendments to
these documents.
|
The two voting classes, Classes 3 and 5, entitled to vote
to accept or reject the prepackaged plan shall be sent paper
copies of the prospectus/disclosure statement with all exhibits,
including the prepackaged plan. Any party who desires additional
paper copies of these documents may request copies from the
voting agent by writing to Financial Balloting Group LLC, 757
Third Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, NY 10017, or calling
(646) 282-1800.
The solicitation package (except the ballots) can also be
obtained by accessing the Companys website,
http://www.ncilp.com.
All parties entitled to vote to accept or reject the prepackaged
plan shall receive a paper copy of each appropriate ballot.
The plan supplement will be filed with the bankruptcy court no
later than five days prior to the confirmation hearing or such
later date as may be approved by the bankruptcy court. The plan
supplement will include the following: (1) our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws as of the
effective date of the prepackaged plan; (2) the list (as
may be amended), as determined by us, of executory contracts and
unexpired leases (including any amendments or modifications
thereto) that will be rejected by us pursuant to the provisions
of the prepackaged plan; (3) a list of retained causes of
action; (4) the stockholders agreement; (5) the ABL
agreement; and (6) the amended credit agreement. The
Company may subsequently add additional items to the plan
supplement, which will also be filed with the bankruptcy court.
Voting
Deadline
The period during which ballots with respect to the prepackaged
plan will be accepted by the voting agent will terminate on the
voting deadline, or 11:59 p.m, New York City Time, on
October 19, 2009, unless the Company extends the date until
which ballots will be accepted. Except to the extent the Company
so determines or as permitted by the bankruptcy court, ballots
that are received after the voting deadline will not be counted
or otherwise used by the Company in connection with the
Companys request for confirmation of the prepackaged plan
(or any permitted modification thereof).
174
The Company reserves the absolute right, at any time or from
time to time, to extend the period of time (on a daily basis, if
necessary) during which ballots will be accepted for any reason,
including determining whether or not the requisite number of
acceptances have been received, by making a public announcement
of such extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the voting deadline. The
Company will give notice of any such extension in a manner
deemed reasonable to the Company in its discretion. As of the
date of this prospectus/disclosure statement, we have no
intention of extending such date.
Voting
and Revocation Instructions
Only the holders of allowed Class 3 Senior Secured Term
Loan Claims and Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the prepackaged plan, and
they may do so by following the instructions below and the
voting instructions attached to the ballot. The failure of a
holder to deliver a duly executed ballot will be deemed to
constitute an abstention by such holder with respect to voting
on the prepackaged plan, and such abstentions will not be
counted as votes for or against the prepackaged plan.
The Company is providing the solicitation package to holders of
Class 3 Senior Secured Term Loan Claims and Class 5
Convertible Notes Claims whose names (or the names of their
nominees) appear as of the voting record date, which was
August 28, 2009, in the records maintained by the Company.
If you hold Class 3 Senior Secured Term Loan Claims or
Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims that are registered in
your own name, including by a participant in DTC whose name
appears on a security position listing as the owner of
convertible notes, you can vote on the prepackaged plan by
completing the information requested on the appropriate ballot,
signing, dating and indicating your vote on the ballot, and
returning the completed original ballot in the enclosed,
pre-addressed, postage-paid envelope so that it is actually
received by the voting agent before the voting deadline,
11:59 p.m., New York City time, on October 19, 2009
(unless the voting deadline is extended, in which case the
ballots must be received by the voting agent by any subsequent
time or date to which the voting deadline is extended).
If you are a beneficial owner holding securities as a record
holder in your own name you should complete the information
requested on the ballot, indicate your vote on the ballot, and
return the completed original ballot in the enclosed,
pre-addressed, postage-paid envelope so that it is actually
received by the voting agent before the voting deadline.
If you are a beneficial owner holding securities through a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee,
or your nominee, you can vote on the prepackaged
plan in one of the two following ways:
|
|
|
|
|
If your ballot has already been signed (or
prevalidated) by your nominee (as described
below), you can vote on the prepackaged plan by completing
the information requested on the ballot, indicating your vote on
the ballot, and returning the completed original ballot in the
enclosed, pre-addressed, postage-paid envelope so that it is
actually received by the voting agent before the voting deadline.
|
|
|
|
If your ballot has not been signed (or
prevalidated) by your nominee, you can vote on
the prepackaged plan by completing the information requested on
the ballot, indicating your vote on the ballot, and returning
the completed original ballot to your nominee in sufficient time
for your nominee then to process the ballot and return it to the
voting agent so that it is actually received by the voting agent
before the voting deadline. If no self-addressed, postage
pre-paid envelope was enclosed for this purpose, the nominee
must be contacted for instructions.
|
Any ballot returned to a nominee by a beneficial owner will not
be counted for purposes of acceptance or rejection of the
prepackaged plan until such nominee properly completes and
delivers to Financial Balloting Group that ballot (properly
validated) or a master ballot that reflects the vote of such
beneficial owner.
If you are a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee that is the registered holder of securities,
please forward a copy of this prospectus/disclosure statement,
the appropriate ballot, and any other
175
enclosed materials to each beneficial owner as of the voting
record date and arrange for beneficial owners to vote in
accordance with the voting procedures described herein and:
|
|
|
|
|
If you have signed (or prevalidated) a ballot
by: (1) signing the ballot; (2) indicating on the
ballot the name of the registered holder and the amount of
securities held by the nominee; and (3) forwarding such
ballot together with the solicitation package and other
materials requested to be forwarded, to the beneficial owner for
voting; then the beneficial owner must vote on the prepackaged
plan by completing the information requested on the ballot,
indicating its vote on the ballot, and returning the completed
original ballot in the enclosed, pre-addressed, postage-paid
envelope so that it is actually received by the voting agent
before the voting deadline. A list of the beneficial owners to
whom pre-validated ballots were delivered should be
maintained by the nominee for inspection for at least on year
from the voting deadline.
|
|
|
|
If you have not signed (or prevalidated) the
appropriate ballot, then you, as nominee, may obtain the votes
of beneficial owners by forwarding to the beneficial owners the
unsigned ballots, together with this prospectus/disclosure
statement, a return envelope provided by, and addressed to, the
nominee, and other materials requested to be forwarded. Each
such beneficial owner may vote on the prepackaged plan by
completing the information requested on the ballot, indicating
its vote on the ballot, and returning the completed original
ballot to you, as nominee. After collecting the ballots, you, as
nominee, should, in turn, complete a master ballot compiling the
votes and other information from the ballot, execute the master
ballot, and deliver the master ballot to the voting agent so
that it is actually received by the voting agent before the
voting deadline. All ballots returned by beneficial owners
should either be forwarded to the voting agent (along with the
master ballot) or be retained by nominees for inspection for at
least one year from the voting deadline.
|
Each nominee should advise its beneficial owners to return
their ballots to the nominee by a date calculated by the nominee
to allow it to prepare and return the master ballot to the
voting agent so that it is actually received by the voting agent
before the voting deadline.
The Company expects that The Depository Trust Company, as a
nominee holder of convertible notes, will arrange for its
participants to vote by executing a letter of authorization in
favor of such participants. As a result of such letter, each
such participant will be authorized to vote its voting record
date positions held in the name of such securities clearing
agencies, and the Company shall, in any event, rely on the
listing of participants provided by the Depositary
Trust Company as of the voting record date.
Any beneficial owner of eligible Class 3 Senior Secured
Term Loan Claims or Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims that
has not received a ballot should contact its nominee or the
Financial Balloting Group LLC at its address and telephone
number on the back cover of this prospectus/disclosure statement.
The Company has engaged Financial Balloting Group LLC as the
voting agent to assist in the balloting and tabulation process.
The voting agent will process and tabulate ballots for each
class entitled to vote to accept or reject the prepackaged plan
and will file the voting report as soon as practicable on or
after the petition date.
Any ballot that is properly executed by the holder of a
claim, but which does not clearly indicate an acceptance or
rejection of the prepackaged plan or which indicates both an
acceptance and a rejection of the prepackaged plan, shall not be
counted.
Each holder of a Class 3 Senior Secured Term Loan Claims
and Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims must vote all of their
claims within a particular class either to accept or reject the
prepackaged plan and may not split their votes.
All ballots are accompanied by a pre-addressed, postage-paid
envelope. It is important to follow the specific instructions
provided on each ballot.
Acceptances or rejections may be withdrawn or revoked at any
time prior to the voting deadline by the beneficial owner on the
voting record date who completed the original master ballot or
ballot, or by the nominee who completed the master ballot in
such beneficial owners name, as the case may be. However,
after commencement of a reorganization case in connection with
the prepackaged plan, withdrawal or revocation of votes
accepting or rejecting the prepackaged plan may be effected only
with the approval of the bankruptcy court.
176
Acceptances or rejections in regard to the prepackaged plan may
be withdrawn or revoked prior to commencement of a
reorganization case in connection with the prepackaged plan by
complying with the following procedures: (1) a beneficial
owner of convertible notes should deliver a written notice of
withdrawal or revocation to the record holder for endorsement
and delivery to the voting agent and (2) a record holder of
convertible notes who voted securities held for their own
account should deliver a written notice of withdrawal or
revocation to the voting agent.
To be effective, a notice of revocation and withdrawal must:
|
|
|
|
|
be timely received by the ballot agent at its address specified
on the back cover of this prospectus/disclosure statement,
|
|
|
|
specify the name
and/or
customer account number of the beneficial owner whose vote on
the prepackaged plan of reorganization is being withdrawn or
revoked,
|
|
|
|
contain the description of the claim as to which a vote on the
prepackaged plan of reorganization is withdrawn or
revoked, and
|
|
|
|
be signed by the beneficial owner of the claim who executed the
ballot reflecting the vote being withdrawn or revoked, or by the
nominee who executed the master ballot reflecting the vote being
withdrawn or revoked, as applicable, in each case in the same
manner as the original signature on the ballot or master ballot,
as the case may be.
|
After the commencement of a reorganization case in connection
the prepackaged plan, a notice of withdrawal of a previously
furnished ballot or master ballot will not be effective without
the approval of the bankruptcy court.
Note to
Holders of Class 3 Second Secured Term Loan Claims and
Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims
By signing and returning a ballot, each holder of a Class 3
Second Secured Term Loan Claim or Class 5 Convertible Notes
Claim will be certifying to the bankruptcy court and the Company
that, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the holder has received and reviewed a copy of the
prospectus/disclosure statement and solicitation package and
acknowledges that the solicitation is being made pursuant to the
terms and conditions set forth therein;
|
|
|
|
the holder has cast the same vote with respect to all claims in
the same respective class; and
|
|
|
|
no other ballots with respect to the same claim have been cast,
or, if any other ballots have been cast with respect to such
claim, then any such ballots are thereby revoked.
|
Voting
Tabulation
The ballot does not constitute, and shall not be deemed to be, a
proof of claim or an assertion or admission of a claim. Only
holders of claims in the voting classes shall be entitled to
vote with regard to such claims.
Unless the Company decides otherwise, ballots received after the
voting deadline may not be counted. The method of delivery of
the ballots to be sent to the voting agent is at the election
and risk of each holder of a Class 3 Senior Secured Term
Loan Claim and Class 5 Convertible Notes Claim. Except as
otherwise provided in the solicitation procedures, a ballot will
be deemed delivered only when the voting agent actually receives
the original executed ballot. No ballot should be sent to the
Company, the Companys agents (other than the voting
agent), or the Companys financial or legal advisors.
Subject to our obligations under the investment agreement, we
reserve the right to use the acceptances to seek confirmation of
any permitted amendment or modification of the prepackaged plan,
provided that we may not make any amendment or modification to
the prepackaged plan prohibited by the prepackaged plan. Under
the investment agreement, we are prohibited from waiving any
condition to the prepackaged plan or making any changes to the
terms and conditions of the prepackaged plan without the prior
consent of the CD&R Fund.
The Bankruptcy Code may require the Company to disseminate
additional solicitation materials if the Company makes material
changes to the terms of the prepackaged plan or if the Company
waives a material
177
condition to confirmation of the prepackaged plan. In that
event, the solicitation will be extended to the extent directed
by the bankruptcy court.
If multiple ballots are received from the same holder with
respect to the same Class 3 Senior Secured Term Loan Claim
or Class 5 Convertible Notes Claim prior to the voting
deadline, the last ballot timely received will be deemed to
reflect that voters intent and will supersede and revoke
any prior ballot. Holders must vote all of their Class 3
Senior Secured Term Loan Claims or Class 5 Convertible
Notes Claims within a particular prepackaged plan class either
to accept or reject the prepackaged plan and may not split their
vote. Accordingly, a ballot that partially rejects and partially
accepts the prepackaged plan will not be counted. Further, to
the extent there are multiple Class 3 Senior Secured Term
Loan Claims or Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims in the same
class, the Company may, in their discretion, and to the extent
possible, aggregate the Class 3 Senior Secured Term Loan
Claims or Class 5 Convertible Notes Claims of any
particular holder within the particular class for the purpose of
counting votes.
In the event a designation of lack of good faith is requested by
a party in interest under section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the bankruptcy court will determine whether any vote to
accept
and/or
reject the prepackaged plan cast with respect to that claim will
be counted for purposes of determining whether the prepackaged
plan has been accepted
and/or
rejected.
The Company will file with the bankruptcy court, on the petition
date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the voting report
prepared by the voting agent. The voting report shall, among
other things, delineate every ballot that does not conform to
the voting instructions or that contains any form of
irregularity, including, but not limited to, those ballots that
are late or (in whole or in material part) illegible,
unidentifiable, lacking signatures or lacking necessary
information, received via facsimile or
e-mail or
damaged. The voting report also shall indicate the
Companys intentions with regard to such irregular ballots.
Neither the Company nor any other person or entity will be under
any duty to provide notification of defects or irregularities
with respect to delivered ballots other than as provided in the
voting report, nor will any of them incur any liability for
failure to provide such notification.
Holders of claims not a party to a
lock-up
agreement may elect to withhold their consent to the releases
set forth in article VIII of the prepackaged plan by
checking the applicable box on the ballot if such holders vote
to reject the prepackaged plan.
Means for
Implementing the Prepackaged Plan
Management
On the date the prepackaged plan becomes effective, our
management, control and operation will become the general
responsibility of our board of directors in accordance with
Delaware law. Our board of directors on the effective date is
described in the section titled Directors and
Management. The prepackaged plan also authorizes us to
assume, as may be modified, employment agreements with our
executive officers, which will become effective on the date the
prepackaged plan becomes effective. For a description of the
directors and officers backgrounds, affiliations,
salary compensation and whether or not such persons are also
insiders, see Directors and Management.
We will disclose, prior to the hearing on the confirmation of
the prepackaged plan, such additional information as is
necessary to satisfy section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy
Code including (1) the identity and affiliation of any
other individual who is proposed to serve as one of our officers
or directors, to the extent it is different than disclosed
herein, and (2) the identity of any other insider that will
be employed or retained by us and said insiders
compensation.
Cancellation
of Existing Securities and Indebtedness
As a general matter, on the effective date, all notes,
indentures, instruments and other documents evidencing the
claims or interests classified in Classes 3 and 5 of the
prepackaged plan will be cancelled and any collateral security
with respect to such claims will be released. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, on the effective date of the
prepackaged plan, the convertible notes will be cancelled.
178
The
CD&R Investment
As a condition to the effective date of the prepackaged plan,
the CD&R investment must be consummated in order to make
any distributions pursuant to the prepackaged plan.
Issuance
of Common Stock
On the effective date of the prepackaged plan, we will issue, in
accordance with the terms of the prepackaged plan, an aggregate
of 250,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock and, as permitted by our amended and restated certificate
of incorporation, 70,200,000 newly issued shares of common
stock. All shares to be issued pursuant to the prepackaged plan
will be, upon issuance, fully paid and non-assessable. The
holders of common stock do not have preemptive or other rights
to subscribe for additional shares. The CD&R Fund will be
granted subscription rights under the terms and conditions of
the stockholders agreement. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders Agreement.
We expect that the confirmation order of the bankruptcy court
will provide that the issuance of the common stock in respect of
the convertible notes shall be exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with
section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan Without Acceptance by All Classes of
Impaired Claims
We may seek confirmation of the prepackaged plan even if the
plan is not accepted by all impaired classes pursuant to the
cram-down provisions set forth in
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Under the
cram-down provisions, upon the request of a plan
proponent, the bankruptcy court will confirm a plan despite the
lack of acceptance by an impaired class or classes if the
bankruptcy court finds that:
|
|
|
|
|
the plan does not discriminate unfairly with respect to each
non-accepting impaired class; and
|
|
|
|
the plan is fair and equitable with respect to each
non-accepting impaired class.
|
These standards ensure that holders of junior interests, such as
common stockholders, cannot retain any interest in the debtor
under a plan that has been rejected by a senior class of
impaired claims or interests unless such impaired claims or
interests are paid in full.
As used by the Bankruptcy Code, the phrases discriminate
unfairly and fair and equitable have narrow
and specific meanings unique to bankruptcy law. A plan does not
discriminate unfairly if claims or interests in
different classes but with similar priorities and
characteristics receive or retain property of similar value
under a plan. By establishing separate classes for the holders
of each type of claim or interest and by treating each holder of
a claim or interest in each class identically, the prepackaged
plan has been structured so as to meet the unfair
discrimination test of section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
The Bankruptcy Code sets forth different standards for
establishing that a plan is fair and equitable with
respect to a dissenting class, depending on whether the class is
comprised of secured or unsecured claims or interests. In
general, section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permits
confirmation notwithstanding non-acceptance by an impaired class
if that class and all junior classes are treated in accordance
with the absolute priority rule, which requires that
the dissenting class be paid in full before a junior class may
receive any distributions under the plan. In addition, case law
surrounding section 1129(b) requires that no class senior
to a non-accepting impaired class receives more than payment in
full on its claims.
With respect to a class of unsecured claims that does not accept
the prepackaged plan, we must demonstrate to the bankruptcy
court that either:
|
|
|
|
|
each holder of an unsecured claim in the dissenting class
receives or retains under such plan property of a value equal to
the allowed amount of its unsecured claim; or
|
|
|
|
the holders of claims or holders of interests that are junior to
the claims of the holders of such unsecured claims will not
receive or retain any property under the prepackaged plan.
|
179
Additionally, we must demonstrate that the holders of claims or
interests that are senior to the claims or interests of the
dissenting class of unsecured claims or interests receive no
more than payment in full on their claims or interests under the
prepackaged plan.
To the extent necessary, we will demonstrate that the
prepackaged plan satisfies the standards set forth in
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the confirmation
hearing.
Valuation
Analysis and Financial Projections
Valuation
of the Company Post Restructuring
At the Companys request, Greenhill has prepared an
estimated going concern value for the Company after giving
effect to the restructuring.
In preparing the Companys estimated enterprise value after
giving effect to the restructuring, Greenhill:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewed certain historical financial information of the Company
for recent years and interim periods;
|
|
|
|
reviewed certain internal financial and operating data of the
Company, including the financial projections developed by the
Companys management relating to their businesses and
prospects;
|
|
|
|
met with certain members of senior management of the Company to
discuss the Companys operations and future prospects;
|
|
|
|
reviewed publicly available financial data and considered the
market values of public companies deemed generally comparable to
the operating businesses of the Company;
|
|
|
|
considered certain economic and industry information relevant to
the Companys operating businesses; and
|
|
|
|
conducted such other analyses as Greenhill deemed appropriate.
|
Although Greenhill conducted a review and analysis of the
Companys businesses, operating assets and liabilities, and
business plans, Greenhill assumed and relied on, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of all:
(1) historical financial and other information furnished to
it by or on behalf of the Company and (2) publicly
available information. Greenhill further assumed that the
financial projections were prepared reasonably and in good faith
on a basis reflecting the Companys best estimates and
judgment as to future operating and financial performance.
Greenhill did not conduct an independent evaluation or appraisal
of the Companys assets, and no independent evaluations or
appraisals of the Companys assets were sought or were
obtained in connection therewith.
Greenhill estimated the Companys enterprise value after
giving effect to the restructuring to be between approximately
$375 million and $525 million, with a midpoint of
$450 million as of an assumed effective date of the
prepackaged plan of November 2, 2009, which may not be the
actual effective date of the prepackaged plan. This
reorganization enterprise value (ascribed as of the date of this
prospectus/disclosure statement) reflects, among other factors
discussed below, current financial market conditions and the
inherent uncertainty today as to the achievement of the
Companys financial projections, which are set forth under
Unaudited Projected Consolidated Financial Information for
Restructuring under the Prepackaged Plan. Greenhills
estimate of a range of enterprise values does not constitute an
opinion as to the fairness from a financial point of view of the
consideration to be received under the terms of the prepackaged
plan or of the terms and conditions of the prepackaged plan.
The range of the Companys estimated enterprise value, as
of an assumed effective date of November 2, 2009, and after
giving effect to the restructuring, reflects work performed by
Greenhill on the basis of information available to, and analyses
undertaken by, Greenhill as of August 26, 2009. It should
be understood that, although subsequent developments may affect
Greenhills conclusions, Greenhill does not have any
obligation to update, revise or reaffirm its estimate.
In performing its analysis, Greenhill used various valuation
techniques, including:
|
|
|
|
|
a comparable company analysis, in which Greenhill analyzed the
enterprise values of public companies that Greenhill deemed
generally comparable to all or parts of the Companys
operating business as a multiple of
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
certain financial measures, including EBITDA and then applied
selected multiples derived from such analysis to the projected
EBITDA of the Company;
|
|
|
|
|
|
a precedent transactions analysis, in which Greenhill analyzed
the financial terms of certain acquisitions of companies that
Greenhill believed were comparable to all or parts of the
Companys business, and then applied certain financial
performance and other metrics provided by such analysis to the
relevant metrics of the Company; and
|
|
|
|
a discounted cash flow analysis, in which Greenhill, using a
weighted average cost of capital, computed the present value of
free cash flows from the Company and the terminal value of the
Company.
|
The summary set forth above does not purport to be a complete
description of the analyses performed by Greenhill. An estimate
of total enterprise value is not entirely mathematical, but
rather it involves complex considerations and judgments
concerning various factors that could affect the value of an
operating business. The preparation of an estimate involves
various determinations as to the most appropriate and relevant
methods of financial analysis and the application of these
methods in the particular circumstances and, therefore, such an
estimate is not readily susceptible to summary description. The
value of an operating business is subject to uncertainties and
contingencies that are difficult to predict and will fluctuate
with changes in factors affecting the financial conditions and
prospects of such a business. As a result, the estimate of
implied reorganized equity value set forth herein is not
necessarily indicative of actual outcomes, which may be
significantly more or less favorable than those set forth
herein. The estimates are inherently subject to uncertainties
and contingencies beyond the control of the Company. Greenhill
does not assume responsibility for their accuracy. Depending on
the results of the Companys operations or changes in the
financial markets, Greenhills valuation analysis as of the
effective date may differ from that disclosed herein. In
addition, estimates of implied reorganized equity value do not
purport to be appraisals, nor do they necessarily reflect the
values that might be realized if assets were sold.
The foregoing valuation reflects a number of assumptions,
including a successful reorganization of the Companys
businesses and finances in a timely manner, achieving the
forecasts reflected in the financial projections, the amount of
available cash, market conditions, the availability of certain
tax attributes and the prepackaged plan becoming effective in
accordance with its terms on a basis consistent with the
estimates and other assumptions discussed herein. The estimates
of value represent hypothetical enterprise values of the Company
after giving effect to the restructuring as the continuing
operator of its business and assets and assume that such assets
are operated in accordance with the Companys business
plan. They do not purport to reflect or constitute appraisals,
liquidation values or estimates of the actual market value that
may be realized through the trading value or sale of any
securities to be issued pursuant to the prepackaged plan, which
may be significantly different than the amounts set forth
herein. Such estimates were developed solely for purposes of
formulation and negotiation of the prepackaged plan and analysis
of implied relative recoveries to creditors thereunder.
Moreover, to the extent that the estimated range of enterprise
value is dependent upon the Companys achievement of the
financial projections, it is inherently speculative.
In addition, the valuation of newly issued securities is subject
to additional uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are
difficult to predict. Actual market prices of such securities at
issuance will depend upon, among other things, prevailing
interest rates; conditions in the financial markets; the
anticipated initial securities holdings of prepetition
creditors, some of which may prefer to liquidate their
investment rather than hold it on a long term basis; and other
factors that generally influence the prices of securities. If
the Company seeks confirmation of the prepackaged plan in the
prepackaged plan proceeding, actual market prices of such
securities also may be affected by the prepackaged plan
proceeding or by other factors not possible to predict.
Accordingly, the reorganization enterprise value estimated by
Greenhill does not necessarily reflect, and should not be
construed as reflecting, values of the common stock that will be
attained in the public or private markets. The enterprise value
ascribed in the analysis does not purport to be an estimate of
the post reorganization market trading value of the common
stock. Such trading value may be materially different from the
reorganization enterprise value ranges associated with
Greenhills valuation analysis.
THE FOREGOING VALUATION IS BASED UPON A NUMBER OF ESTIMATES
AND ASSUMPTIONS THAT ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT
UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE
COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE
181
THAT THE RANGES REFLECTED IN THE VALUATION WOULD BE REALIZED
IF THE PLAN WERE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE, AND ACTUAL RESULTS COULD
VARY MATERIALLY FROM THOSE SHOWN HERE.
THE ESTIMATED CALCULATION OF ENTERPRISE VALUE IS HIGHLY
DEPENDENT UPON ACHIEVING THE FUTURE FINANCIAL RESULTS AS SET
FORTH IN THE COMPANYS FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, AS WELL AS
THE REALIZATION OF CERTAIN OTHER ASSUMPTIONS, NONE OF WHICH ARE
GUARANTEED AND MANY OF WHICH ARE OUTSIDE OF THE COMPANYS
CONTROL, AS FURTHER DISCUSSED IN THE RISK FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THE CALCULATIONS OF VALUE SET FORTH HEREIN REPRESENT
ESTIMATED REORGANIZATION VALUES AND DO NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT
VALUES THAT COULD BE ATTAINABLE IN PUBLIC OR PRIVATE MARKETS.
THE ENTERPRISE VALUE STATED HEREIN DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE AN
ESTIMATE OF THE POST-RESTRUCTURING MARKET VALUE. SUCH VALUE, IF
ANY, MAY BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT FROM THE ENTERPRISE VALUE
RANGES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS VALUATION ANALYSIS. NO
RESPONSIBILITY IS TAKEN BY GREENHILL FOR CHANGES IN MARKET
CONDITIONS AND NO OBLIGATIONS ARE ASSUMED TO REVISE THIS
CALCULATION OF THE COMPANYS VALUE TO REFLECT EVENTS OR
CONDITIONS THAT SUBSEQUENTLY OCCUR. THE CALCULATIONS OF VALUE DO
NOT CONFORM TO THE UNIFORM STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL APPRAISAL
PRACTICE OF THE APPRAISAL FOUNDATION.
Distributions
All distributions required under the prepackaged plan to holders
of allowed claims and interests shall be made by a disbursing
agent pursuant to a disbursing agreement. The disbursing agent
may designate, employ or contract with other entities to assist
in or perform the distributions. The disbursing agent and such
other entities will serve without bond.
The distribution date will mean the date, occurring on or as
soon as practicable after the later of (1) the effective
date and (2) the date when a claim becomes an allowed claim
or an interest becomes an allowed interest. Only holders of
record of Class 3 Senior Secured Term Loan Claims and
Class 5 Convertible Notes Claim as of the distribution
record date shall be entitled to receive the distributions
provided for in the prepackaged plan. As of the close of
business on the distribution record date, the respective
transfer ledgers in respect of the convertible notes and term
loans under our existing credit facility will be closed, for
purposes of making the distributions required in accordance with
the provisions of the prepackaged plan. We and the disbursing
agent will have no obligation to recognize any transfer of
convertible notes or terms loans under our existing credit
facility occurring after the distribution record date for
purposes of such distributions. We and the disbursing agent will
recognize and, for purposes of making such distributions under
the prepackaged plan, deal only with those holders of record
reflected on the transfer ledgers maintained by the registrars
for the convertible notes and terms loans under our existing
credit facility as of the close of business on the distribution
record date, provided that nothing contained in the prepackaged
plan will be deemed to prohibit or otherwise restrict the right
of any such holder to transfer such securities at any time.
Distributions to holders of allowed claims and allowed interests
will be made at the address of each such holder as set forth in
our books and records, or in the case of holders of convertible
notes or existing term loans, claims may be made at the
addresses of the registered holders contained in the records of
the registrar as of the distribution record date, except as
provided below. If any holders distribution is returned as
undeliverable, no further distributions to such holder will be
made, unless and until we or the disbursing agent are notified
of such holders then current address, at which time all
missed distributions will be made to such holder together with
any interest or dividends earned thereon. Amounts in respect of
undeliverable distributions made through a disbursing agent will
be returned to such disbursing agent making such distribution
until such distributions are claimed. All claims for
undeliverable distributions must be made on or before the later
of the first anniversary of the date the prepackaged plan
becomes effective and the date 90 days after such claim is
allowed. After such date all unclaimed property held
182
by a disbursing agent for distribution to holders will be
returned to us and the claim of any holder with respect to such
property will be discharged and forever barred.
Conditions
to the Effective Date of the Prepackaged Plan
The effective date of the prepackaged plan will not occur until
the conditions set forth below have been satisfied or waived:
|
|
|
|
|
the confirmation order (a) has been entered in form and
substance satisfactory to the debtors and the CD&R Fund and
(b) no stay of such order is in effect;
|
|
|
|
the plan supplement and all schedules, documents and exhibits
contained therein have been filed in form and substance
acceptable to the debtors and the CD&R Fund;
|
|
|
|
the effectiveness, execution and delivery, as the case may be,
of all actions, documents, certificates, and agreements
necessary to implement the prepackaged plan, including documents
contained in the plan supplement, and, to the extent required,
the filing with the applicable governmental authorities in
accordance with applicable law of the same;
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions precedent to the
obligations of the parties to the investment agreement
thereunder;
|
|
|
|
the receipt of all authorizations, consents, regulatory
approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement
and effectuate the prepackaged plan;
|
|
|
|
the receipt of proceeds from the CD&R investment (which is
itself subject to several conditions, including the consummation
of the term loan refinancing and the ABL financing and the
expiration or termination of any waiting period required to
consummate the CD&R investment under the HSR Act and the
Austrian Act see The RestructuringDescription of the
CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementConditions to the CD&R Investment);
|
|
|
|
the consummation of the term loan refinancing (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL Financingthe Term Loan Refinancing); and
|
|
|
|
the consummation of the ABL financing (see The
RestructuringDescription of the Term Loan Refinancing and
the ABL Financingthe ABL Financing); and
|
|
|
|
the occurrence of the effective date on or before the deadline
set forth in the investment agreement.
|
We retain the right to waive any condition in our sole and
absolute discretion, subject to the investment agreement.
Modification
of the Prepackaged Plan
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the prepackaged
plan, we reserve the right to modify the prepackaged plan,
whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek
confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code. Subject to
certain restrictions and requirements set forth in
section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy
Rule 3019 and those restrictions on modifications set forth
in the prepackaged plan, we expressly reserve our rights to
revoke, withdraw, alter, amend or modify the prepackaged plan,
one or more times, after confirmation, and, to the extent
necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so
alter, amend, or modify the prepackaged plan, or remedy any
defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the
prepackaged plan, the prospectus/disclosure statement, or the
confirmation order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry
out the purposes and intent of the prepackaged plan.
Under the investment agreement, we are prohibited from waiving
any condition to the prepackaged plan or making any changes to
the terms and conditions of the prepackaged plan without the
prior consent of the CD&R Fund.
183
Withdrawal
of Prepackaged Plan
We reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the prepackaged plan
prior to the effective date of the prepackaged plan and to file
subsequent plans of reorganization. If we revoke or withdraw the
prepackaged plan, or if confirmation does not occur, then:
(1) the prepackaged plan will be null and void in all
respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the
prepackaged plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount
certain of any claim or interest or class of claims or
interests), assumption or rejection of executory contracts or
unexpired leases effected by the prepackaged plan, and any
document or agreement executed pursuant to the prepackaged plan,
will be null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the
prepackaged plan will: (a) constitute a waiver or release
of any claims or interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the
rights of such debtor or any other entity; or
(c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or
undertaking of any sort by us.
Effect of
Prepackaged Plan Confirmation
Discharge
The rights afforded in the plan and the treatment of all claims
and interests therein shall be in exchange for and in complete
satisfaction, discharge and release of all claims and interests
of any nature, whatsoever, including any interest accrued on
such claims from and after the petition date.
Except as otherwise provided in the plan or the confirmation
order, on or after the effective date: (i) we will be
discharged and released to the fullest extent permitted by
section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code from all claims and
interests, including claims and interests that arose before the
effective date and all debts of the kind specified in
sections 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code
whether or not: (a) a proof of claim or proof of interest
based on such debt or interest is filed or deemed filed pursuant
to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) a claim or
interest based on such debt or interest is allowed pursuant to
section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) the holder
of a claim or interest based on such debt or interest has
accepted the plan; and (ii) all persons will be precluded
from asserting against us, our successors or our assets or
properties any other or future claims or interests based upon
any act or omission, transaction or other activity of any kind
or nature that occurred before the effective date.
Except as otherwise provided in the plan or the confirmation
order and in addition the injunction provided under
sections 524(a) and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, on and
after the effective date of the prepackaged plan, all persons
who have held, currently hold or may hold a debt, claim or
interest discharged under the plan are permanently enjoined from
taking any of the following actions on account of any such
discharge, debt, claim or interest:
|
|
|
|
|
commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other
proceeding against our successors or our respective properties;
|
|
|
|
enforcing, attaching, collecting or recovering in any manner any
judgment, award, decree or order against us, our successors or
our properties;
|
|
|
|
creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien or encumbrance
against us, our successors or our properties;
|
|
|
|
asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any
kind against any obligation due us, our successors or our
properties; and
|
|
|
|
commencing or continuing any action in any manner, in any place
that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions
of the plan or the confirmation order.
|
Any person injured by any willful violation of such injunction
may recover actual damages, including costs and attorneys
fees and, in appropriate circumstances, may recover punitive
damages from the willful violator.
Revesting
of Assets and Operations of Property
As of the effective date, all property of the estate shall
revest in us free and clear of all claims, liens, encumbrances
and other interests of the holders of claims and interests.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all rights,
privileges, entitlements, the authorizations, grants, permits,
licenses, easements, franchises, and other similar items which
constitute part of, or are necessary or useful in the operation
of our property or
184
business now conducted by us, will be vested in us on the
effective date, of the prepackaged plan and will thereafter be
exercisable and usable by us to the same and fullest extent they
would have been exercisable and usable by us before the petition
date. From and after the effective date, we may operate our
business and use, acquire and dispose of property and settle and
compromise claims or interests without supervision by the
bankruptcy court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy
Code or bankruptcy rules, other than those restrictions
expressly imposed by the plan and the confirmation order.
Settlement,
Release, Injunction and Related Provisions
Discharges
of Claims and Termination of Equity Interests
Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and
except as otherwise specifically provided in the prepackaged
plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or
document created pursuant to the prepackaged plan, the
distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the
prepackaged plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge,
and release, effective as of the effective date, of claims
(including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after
the effective date by the reorganized debtors), equity
interests, and causes of action of any nature whatsoever,
including any interest accrued on Claims or Equity Interests
from and after the petition date, whether known or unknown,
against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of, rights
against, and equity interests in, the Company or any of its
assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall
have been distributed or retained pursuant to the prepackaged
plan on account of such claims and equity interests, including
demands, liabilities, and causes of action that arose before the
effective date, any liability (including withdrawal liability)
to the extent such claims or equity interests relate to services
performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the effective
date and that arise from a termination of employment, any
contingent or non-contingent liability on account of
representations or warranties issued on or before the effective
date, and all debts of the kind specified in
sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code,
in each case whether or not: (1) a proof of claim or equity
interest based upon such debt, right, or equity interest is
filed or deemed filed pursuant to section 501 of the
Bankruptcy Code; (2) a claim or equity interest based upon
such debt, right, or equity interest is allowed pursuant to
section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the holder
of such a claim or Equity Interest has accepted the prepackaged
plan. Any default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with
respect to any claim or equity interest that existed immediately
prior to or on account of the filing of the chapter 11
cases shall be deemed cured on the effective date. The
confirmation order shall be a judicial determination of the
discharge of all claims and equity Interests subject to the
effective date occurring.
Releases
of Liens
Except as otherwise provided in the prepackaged plan or in any
contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document
created or assumed pursuant to the prepackaged plan, on the
effective date and concurrently with the applicable
distributions made pursuant to the prepackaged plan and, in the
case of a secured claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of
the secured claim that is allowed as of the effective date, all
mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, pledges, or other security
interests against any property of the estates shall be fully
released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and
interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, liens,
pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the
reorganized debtor and its successors and assigns.
Releases
by the Debtors
Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and
except as otherwise specifically provided in the prepackaged
plan, for good and valuable consideration, including the service
of the following released parties, which shall include:
|
|
|
|
|
Wachovia Bank, as administrative agent under our existing credit
agreement;
|
|
|
|
the convertible notes indenture trustee, in its capacity as such;
|
|
|
|
CD&R, the CD&R Investors and their affiliates;
|
|
|
|
holders of obligations under our existing credit agreement;
|
185
|
|
|
|
|
with respect to each of the foregoing entities in the preceding
four bullet points, such entities current and former
affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, principals,
employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants,
investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other
professionals, in each case in their capacity as such; and
|
|
|
|
the debtors and the reorganized debtors current and
former officers, directors, principals, employees, agents,
financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers,
consultants, representatives, and other professionals, in each
case in their capacity as such,
|
to facilitate the expeditious reorganization of the debtors and
the implementation of the restructuring contemplated by the
prepackaged plan, on and after the effective date of the
prepackaged plan, the released parties will be deemed released
and discharged by the debtors, the reorganized debtors, and the
estates from any and all claims, obligations, rights, suits,
damages, causes of action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever,
including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the
debtors, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen,
existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise,
that the debtors, the reorganized debtors, the estates, or their
affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their
own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of
the holder of any claim or equity interest or other entity,
based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole
or in part, the debtors, the chapter 11 cases, the
purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any
security of the debtors or the reorganized debtors, the subject
matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any
claim or equity interest that is treated in the prepackaged
plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any
debtor and any released party, the restructuring of claims and
equity interests prior to or in the chapter 11 cases, the
negotiation, formulation, or preparation of the prepackaged
plan, the plan supplement, the disclosure statement, or related
agreements, instruments, or other documents, upon any other act
or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence
taking place on or before the effective date of the prepackaged
plan, other than claims or liabilities arising out of or
relating to any act or omission of a released party that
constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the
release set forth above will not release any post-effective date
obligations of any party under the plan or any document,
instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the plan
supplement) executed to implement the of the prepackaged plan,
including the investment agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby, the amended credit agreement and the ABL
agreement.
Releases
by Holders of Claims and Equity Interests
As of the effective date of the prepackaged plan, each holder of
a claim or an equity interest shall be deemed to have
conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and
forever, released and discharged the debtors, the reorganized
debtors, and the released parties from any and all claims,
equity interests, obligations, rights, suits, damages, causes of
action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any
derivative claims asserted on behalf of a debtor, whether known
or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter
arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that such entity would
have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or
collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising
from, in whole or in part, the debtors, the debtors
restructuring, the chapter 11 cases, the purchase, sale, or
rescission of the purchase or sale of any security of the
debtors or the reorganized debtors, the subject matter of, or
the transactions or events giving rise to, any claim or equity
interest that is treated in the prepackaged plan, the business
or contractual arrangements between any debtor and any released
party, the restructuring of claims and equity interests prior to
or in the chapter 11 cases, the negotiation, formulation,
or preparation of the prepackaged plan, the related disclosure
statement, the related plan supplement, or related agreements,
instruments, or other documents (including, without limitation,
the investment agreement and related agreements, instruments, or
other documents), upon any other act or omission, transaction,
agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before
the confirmation date of the prepackaged plan, other than claims
or liabilities arising out of or relating to any act or omission
of a released party that constitutes willful misconduct or gross
negligence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
foregoing, the release set forth above will not release any
claims of an impaired creditor that rejects the plan and opts
out of the releases on the ballot or any post-effective date
obligations of any party under the prepackaged plan or any
document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in
the plan supplement) executed to implement the prepackaged plan.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the
release set forth above will not release the personal liability
of any of
186
the aforementioned released parties if any holder of a claim
that votes to reject the prepackaged plan and opts out of such
releases by a timely written election and in article VIII
of the prepackaged plan for any statutory violation of
applicable tax laws or bar any right of action asserted by a
governmental taxing authority against the aforementioned
released parties for any statutory violation of applicable tax
laws.
Exculpation
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the prepackaged
plan or plan supplement, none of (a) the debtors, the
reorganized debtors, and their affiliates; (b) Wachovia
Bank, as administrative agent under our existing credit
agreement, in its capacity as such; (c) CD&R and the
CD&R Investors; (d) the convertible notes indenture
trustee, in its capacity as such; (e) the holders of
obligations under our existing credit agreement and
(e) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in
clauses (a) through (e), such entities current or
former subsidiaries, affiliates, managed accounts or funds,
officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, financial
advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers,
consultants, representatives, and other professionals, in each
case in their capacity as such, which we collectively refer to
as the exculpated parties, shall have or incur, and each
exculpated party is hereby released and exculpated from any
claim related to any act or omission in connection with,
relating to, or arising out of the debtors
out-of-court
restructuring efforts, the chapter 11 cases, the
formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing
of the prospectus/disclosure statement, the prepackaged plan, or
any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or
document created or entered into in connection with the
prospectus/disclosure, the prepackaged plan, the filing of the
chapter 11 cases, the pursuit of confirmation, the pursuit
of consummation, the administration and implementation of the
prepackaged plan, including the issuance of common stock or the
distribution of property under the prepackaged plan, or any
other agreement, which we collectively refer to as the
exculpated claims, obligation, cause of action, or liability for
any exculpated claim, except for gross negligence or willful
misconduct, but in all respects such entities shall be entitled
to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to
their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the prepackaged
plan. The debtors and the reorganized debtors (and each of their
respective affiliates, agents, directors, officers, employees,
advisors, and attorneys) have participated in compliance with
the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code with regard to
the solicitation and distribution of the securities pursuant to
the prepackaged plan, and, therefore, are not, and on account of
such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the
violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing
the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the prepackaged
plan or such distributions made pursuant to the prepackaged plan.
Injunction
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the prepackaged plan
or for obligations issued pursuant to the prepackaged plan, all
entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or equity
interests that have been released pursuant to
article VIII.C of the prepackaged plan or
article VIII.D of the prepackaged plan, discharged pursuant
to article VIII.A of the of the prepackaged plan, or are
subject to exculpation pursuant to article VIII.E of the
prepackaged plan will be permanently enjoined, from and after
the effective date, from taking any of the following actions
against, as applicable, the debtors, the reorganized debtors,
the released parties, or the exculpated parties:
(1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or
other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with
or with respect to any such claims or equity interests;
(2) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any
manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against
such entities on account of or in connection with or with
respect to any such claims or equity interests;
(3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of
any kind against such entities or the property or estates of
such entities on account of or in connection with or with
respect to any such claims or equity interests;
(4) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or
recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such
Entities or against the property or estates of such entities on
account of or in connection with or with respect to any such
claims or equity interests unless such holder has filed a motion
requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the
confirmation date, and notwithstanding an indication in a proof
of claim or equity interest or otherwise that such holder
asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff
pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or
otherwise; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner
any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in
connection with or with respect to any such claims or equity
interests released or settled pursuant to the prepackaged plan.
187
Subordination
Rights
Any distributions under the prepackaged plan to holders of
Convertible Notes Claims shall be received and retained free
from any obligations to hold or transfer the same to any other
creditor, and shall not be subject to levy, garnishment,
attachment, or other legal process by any holder by reason of
claimed contractual subordination rights. The confirmation order
shall constitute an injunction enjoining any person from
enforcing or attempting to enforce any contractual, legal, or
equitable subordination rights to property distributed under the
of the prepackaged plan to holders of Convertible Notes Claims,
in each case other than as provided in the prepackaged plan.
Rights of
Internal Revenue Service
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the prepackaged
plan, the confirmation order or the implementing of the
prepackaged plan documents: (1) the rights of the IRS to
setoff and recoupment shall be preserved; and (2) nothing
in Article VIII.D of the prepackaged plan shall constitute
a release of the IRSs claims, if any, against the released
parties and nothing shall affect the ability of the IRS to
pursue, to the extent allowed by non-bankruptcy law, any
non-debtors for any liabilities that may be related to any
federal tax liabilities owed by the debtors and the reorganized
debtors.
Retention
of Causes of Action
Except to the extent such rights, claims, causes of action,
defenses, and counterclaims are expressly and specifically
released in connection with the prepackaged plan, or in any
settlement agreement approved during our reorganization case:
|
|
|
|
|
all rights, claims, causes of action, defenses, and
counterclaims of or accruing to us will remain our assets,
whether or not litigation relating thereto is pending on the
effective date of the prepackaged plan, and whether or not any
such rights, claims, causes of action, defenses, and
counterclaims have been listed or referred to in the prepackaged
plan, the schedules, or any other document filed with the
bankruptcy court, and
|
|
|
|
we do not waive, relinquish, or abandon (nor will we be estopped
or otherwise precluded from asserting) any right, claim, cause
of action, defense, or counterclaim: (1) whether or not
such right, claim, cause of action, defense, or counterclaim has
been listed or referred to in the prepackaged plan or the
schedules, or any other document filed with the bankruptcy
court, (2) whether or not such right, claim, cause of
action, defense, or counterclaim is currently known to us, and
(3) whether or not a defendant in any litigation relating
to such right, claim, cause of action, defense, or counterclaim
filed a proof of claim in the reorganization case, filed a
notice of appearance or any other pleading or notice in the
reorganization case, voted for or against the prepackaged plan,
or received or retained any consideration under the prepackaged
plan. Without in any manner limiting the generality of the
foregoing, notwithstanding any otherwise applicable principle of
law or equity, including, without limitation, any principles of
judicial estoppel, res judicata, collateral estoppel,
issue preclusion, or any similar doctrine, the failure to list,
disclose, describe, identify, or refer to a right, claim, cause
of action, defense, or counterclaim, or potential right, claim,
cause of action, defense, or counterclaim, in the prepackaged
plan, the schedules, or any other document filed with the
bankruptcy court will in no manner waive, eliminate, modify,
release, or alter our right to commence, prosecute, defend
against, settle, and realize upon any rights, claims, causes of
action, defenses, or counterclaims that we have or may have, as
of the confirmation date. We may commence, prosecute, defend
against, settle, and realize upon any rights, claims, causes of
action, defenses, and counterclaims in our sole discretion, in
accordance with what is in our best interests.
|
Objections
to Claims and Interest/Distributions
The prepackaged plan provides that we may object to the
allowance of claims or interests filed with the bankruptcy court
and that after the date the prepackaged plan becomes effective
only we may object to the allowance of claims and interests.
Such objections may be resolved by a final order or by
compromise or settlement. We, on the one hand, or the holder of
any disputed claim, on the other hand, may seek resolution
and/or
enforcement of an unimpaired disputed claim (other than a claim
arising from the rejection of an unexpired lease or executory
contract), if a proof of the claim is timely filed, in the
bankruptcy court, or, if no proof of claim is timely filed, in
any
188
other court of competent jurisdiction, either before or after
the date the prepackaged plan becomes effective. Rejection
claims may be resolved only in the bankruptcy court pursuant to
the provisions of the prepackaged plan.
At such time as a disputed claim or disputed interest becomes an
allowed claim or allowed interest, in whole or in part, the
prepackaged plan provides that the holder of such claim or
interest will receive on the distribution date the property that
would have been distributed to such holder on the date the
prepackaged plan becomes effective if such allowed claim or
allowed interest was an allowed claim or allowed interest on the
date the prepackaged plan becomes effective.
Limitation
of Liability
Except as otherwise provided in the investment agreement,
prepackaged plan or the confirmation order, to the extent
permitted by law (including section 14 of the Securities
Act), neither us nor CD&R, nor any of our officers,
directors, members or employees (acting in such capacity), nor
any professional persons employed by us shall have or incur any
liability to any entity or person for any action taken or
omitted to be taken in connection with or related to our
reorganization case, the formulation, preparation,
dissemination, solicitation, confirmation or consummation of the
prepackaged plan, or any other action taken or omitted to be
taken in connection with the prepackaged plan or the prepetition
restructuring efforts; provided that the foregoing will have no
effect on the liability of any entity that would otherwise
result from any such act or omission to the extent that such act
or omission is determined in a final order to have constituted
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Retention
of Jurisdiction
The prepackaged plan provides that the bankruptcy court will
retain and have jurisdiction of all matters arising in, arising
under, and related to our reorganization case and the
prepackaged plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of,
sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Executory
Contracts and Unexpired Leases
On the effective date of the prepackaged plan, and to the extent
permitted by applicable law, all of our executory contracts and
unexpired leases will be assumed in accordance with the
provisions of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code,
excluding:
|
|
|
|
|
any and all executory contracts or unexpired leases which are
the subject of separate motions filed pursuant to
section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code by us prior to the
commencement of the hearing on confirmation of the prepackaged
plan; and
|
|
|
|
all executory contracts or unexpired leases rejected prior to
the entry of the confirmation order of the bankruptcy court.
Contracts or leases entered into after the date of commencement
of our reorganization case will be performed by us in the
ordinary course of business. In order to assume an executory
contract or unexpired lease, we must, if there has been a
default in such executory contract or unexpired lease, other
than a default caused solely by the filing of our reorganization
case, at the time of assumption (1) cure, or provide
adequate assurance that we will cure such default,
(2) compensate or provide adequate assurance that we will
promptly compensate, a party to such contract or lease, for any
actual pecuniary loss to such party resulting from such default,
and (3) provide adequate assurance of future performance
under such contract or lease.
|
Any claims arising out of the rejection of contracts or leases
must be filed with the bankruptcy court within 30 days
after the later of (1) the entry of a final order
authorizing such rejection and (2) the confirmation date of
the prepackaged plan, or be forever barred. Each such claim will
constitute a Class 6 claim, to the extent such claim is
allowed by the bankruptcy court.
We currently intend to assume all or substantially all executory
contracts and unexpired leases.
Treatment
of Trade Creditors and Employees During Our Reorganization
Case
WE INTEND PROMPTLY FOLLOWING THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE
PREPACKAGED PLAN PROCEEDING TO SEEK BANKRUPTCY COURT APPROVAL OF
VARIOUS MEASURES
189
DESIGNED TO ENSURE THAT OUR TRADE CREDITORS AND EMPLOYEES ARE
UNAFFECTED BY THE FILING.
We intend to seek the approval of the bankruptcy court, promptly
following the commencement of the prepackaged plan proceeding,
to make payments in the ordinary course of business in respect
of claims of trade creditors. There can be no assurance,
however, that the bankruptcy court will permit the payment of
the claims of trade creditors in the ordinary course. IN ANY
EVENT, THE PREPACKAGED PLAN PROVIDES THAT VALID CLAIMS OF TRADE
CREDITORS ARE TO BE PAID IN FULL AND THAT THE HOLDERS OF SUCH
CLAIMS WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO FILE A PROOF OF CLAIM OR TAKE ANY
OTHER FORMAL ACTION TO OBTAIN SUCH PAYMENT.
Salaries, wages, expense reimbursements, accrued paid vacations,
health-related benefits, severance benefits and similar benefits
of our employees will be unaffected by the prepackaged plan. To
ensure the continuity of our work force and to further
accommodate the unimpaired treatment of employee benefits, we
intend to seek the approval of the bankruptcy court, promptly
following the commencement of the prepackaged plan proceeding,
to pay all accrued prepetition salaries or wages, and expense
reimbursements, to permit employees to utilize their paid
vacation time which accrued prior to the commencement of our
reorganization case (so long as they remain our employees) and
to continue paying medical benefits under our health plans.
There can be no assurance that the bankruptcy court will permit
the payment of employee claims and health benefits in the
ordinary course. IN ANY EVENT, THE PREPACKAGED PLAN PROVIDES
FOR ALL EMPLOYEE CLAIMS AND BENEFITS TO BE PAID OR HONORED NO
LATER THAN THE DATE ON OR AFTER THE DATE THE PREPACKAGED PLAN
BECOMES EFFECTIVE WHEN SUCH PAYMENT OR OTHER OBLIGATION BECOMES
DUE AND PERFORMABLE. EMPLOYEES SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO FILE A
PROOF OF CLAIM OR TAKE ANY OTHER FORMAL ACTION TO OBTAIN SUCH
PAYMENT.
We intend to seek the approval of the bankruptcy court, promptly
following the commencement of the prepackaged plan proceeding,
to continue to honor our customer programs in the ordinary
course of business. There can be no assurance, however, that the
bankruptcy court will permit the payment of claims associated
with the customer programs. IN ANY EVENT, THE PREPACKAGED
PLAN PROVIDES THAT VALID OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER OUR CUSTOMER
PROGRAMS ARE TO BE HONORED AND THAT HOLDERS OF CLAIMS THAT ARISE
OUT OF THE CUSTOMER PROGRAMS WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO FILE A
PROOF OF CLAIM OR TAKE ANY OTHER FORMAL ACTION ON ACCOUNT OF
SUCH CLAIMS.
We estimate that payments to trade creditors and employees will
total approximately $107 million over 30 days.
Other
First Day Relief
In addition to any orders relating to the payment of prepetition
claims of trade creditors and employees, we intend to seek
certain orders very shortly after commencement of our
reorganization case, including the following (if necessary):
|
|
|
|
|
an order authorizing us to obtain
debtor-in-possession
financing or to use cash collateral;
|
|
|
|
an order authorizing the retention of professionals (including
accountants, attorneys and financial advisors) in connection
with our reorganization case;
|
|
|
|
an order authorizing the retention of ordinary course
professionals without the filing of individual retention
applications and affidavits;
|
|
|
|
an order authorizing us (a) to continue our current cash
management system, (b) to maintain prepetition bank
accounts and (c) to continue use of existing business forms
and existing books and records;
|
|
|
|
an order to relieve us from the filing of certain forms and
schedules otherwise required by the U.S. Trustee
Operating Guidelines and Reporting Requirements;
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
an order authorizing us to continue our current investment
guidelines and invest our available cash in the customary manner
and consistent with past practices;
|
|
|
|
an order authorizing us to pay the CD&R Fund fees and
expenses pursuant to the investment agreement;
|
|
|
|
an order fixing the dates for the hearings on approval of this
prospectus/disclosure statement and the prepackaged plan
solicitation and confirmation of the prepackaged plan; and
|
|
|
|
such other orders as are typical in reorganization cases or that
may be necessary for the preservation of our assets or for
confirmation of the prepackaged plan.
|
The orders will be sought pursuant to accompanying motions and,
if appropriate, memoranda of law. The foregoing list is subject
to change depending upon our needs in connection with our
operations during our reorganization case. Failure of the
bankruptcy court to enter one or more of these orders, or a
delay in doing so, could result in our reorganization case
becoming protracted and could delay, perhaps materially, the
hearing on, and the ultimate confirmation of, the prepackaged
plan.
Restriction
on Transfer of Securities
Except as noted below, the securities to be issued pursuant to
the prepackaged plan may be freely transferred by most
recipients thereof, and all resales and subsequent transactions
in the new securities will be exempt from registration under
federal and state securities laws, unless the holder is an
underwriter with respect to such securities.
Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines four types
of underwriters:
(1) persons who purchase a claim against, an interest in,
or a claim for administrative expense against the debtor with a
view to distributing any security received in exchange for such
a claim or interest;
(2) persons who offer to sell securities offered under a
plan for the holders of such securities;
(3) persons who offer to buy such securities for the
holders of such securities, if the offer to buy is (a) with
a view to distributing such securities or (b) made under a
distribution agreement; and
(4) a person who is an issuer with respect to
the securities, as the term issuer is defined in
section 2(11) of the Securities Act.
Under section 2(11) of the Securities Act, an
issuer includes any person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by the issuer, or any person under
direct or indirect common control with the issuer. To the extent
that persons deemed to be underwriters receive
securities pursuant to the prepackaged plan, resales by such
persons would not be exempted by section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or
other applicable law. Persons deemed to be
underwriters, however, may be able to sell such
securities without registration, subject to the provisions of
Rule 144 or Rule 148 under the Securities Act, both of
which permit the public sale of securities received pursuant to
the prepackaged plan by underwriters, subject to the
availability to the public of current information regarding the
issuer, volume limitations and certain other conditions.
Whether or not any particular person would be deemed to be an
underwriter with respect to any security to be
issued pursuant to the prepackaged plan would depend upon
various facts and circumstances applicable to that person.
Accordingly, we express no view as to whether any person would
be an underwriter with respect to any security to be
issued pursuant to the prepackaged plan.
GIVEN THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF
WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER, WE MAKE NO
REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE RIGHT OF ANY PERSON TO TRADE IN
THE COMMON STOCK TO BE DISTRIBUTED PURSUANT TO THE PREPACKAGED
PLAN. WE RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF SECURITIES
CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY TRADE SUCH
SECURITIES FREELY.
We expect that the confirmation order of the bankruptcy court
will provide that the issuance of the shares of common stock
distributed under the prepackaged plan in respect of the
convertible notes that are subject to
alock-up
191
agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act in accordance with section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code. See Securities Laws Matters.
Securities
Laws Matters
To the extent that the issuance, transfer or exchange of the
securities to be issued under the prepackaged plan are not
exempt under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
issuance, transfer and exchange of the common stock to be issued
under the prepackaged plan to holders of convertible notes will
be made by us in a registered offering pursuant to the
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
of which this prospectus/disclosure statement forms a part. The
issuance and sale of the Series B convertible preferred
stock to be issued under the prepackaged plan to the CD&R
Fund will be made upon the exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, afforded by
section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
Certain
Transactions by Stockbrokers
Under section 1145(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code,
stockbrokers are required to deliver a copy of this
prospectus/disclosure statement (and supplements hereto, if any,
if ordered by the bankruptcy court) at or before the time of
delivery of securities issued under the prepackaged plan to
their customers for the first 40 days after the date the
prepackaged plan becomes effective. This requirement
specifically applies to trading and other aftermarket
transactions in such securities.
192
UNAUDITED
PROJECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR
RESTRUCTURING UNDER THE PREPACKAGED PLAN
Set forth below are financial projections with respect to the
estimated effect of the transactions contemplated by the
prepackaged plan on our results of operations, financial
position, and cash flows for the fiscal years ending in 2009,
2010, 2011 and 2012. We prepared these projections to analyze
our ability to meet our obligations if we effect the
restructuring through the prepackaged plan and to assist each
holder of a claim in determining whether to vote to accept or
reject the prepackaged plan. These projections are contained in
this prospectus/disclosure statement in connection with the
filing of the prepackaged plan in order to demonstrate
feasibility of the prepackaged plan as required in a bankruptcy
proceeding and, accordingly, should not be taken into account in
making your decision to tender your convertible notes in this
exchange offer. We do not, as a matter of course, publicly
disclose projections as to our future revenues, earnings or cash
flow. The financial projections should be read in conjunction
with the sections titled Selected Consolidated Financial
and Other Data, Unaudited Pro Forma Financial
Information, Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the
Prepackaged PlanOur future operational and financial
performance may vary materially from the financial projections
contained in this prospectus/disclosure statement and
Capitalization as well as Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements
contained in the annual (see Part III, Item 15 of our
annual reports on
Form 10-K,
except with respect to the consolidated financial statements for
the fiscal year ended in 2008, which are attached as
Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 10, 2009), quarterly (see
Part I, Item 1 of our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q)
and current reports filed by us with the SEC, which are
incorporated by reference herein.
While presented with numerical specificity, these projections
are based upon a variety of assumptions that we believe are
reasonable, but are subject to significant business, economic,
and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which
are beyond our control. Consequently, the inclusion of the
projections should not be regarded as a representation by us or
any other person that the projections will be realized, and
actual results may vary materially from those presented below.
See Risk Factors. Holders are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on these financial projections.
THE PROJECTIONS SET FORTH BELOW WERE PREPARED BY AND ARE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE COMPANY AND WERE NOT PREPARED TO CONFORM
WITH PUBLISHED GUIDELINES OF THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION OR THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS REGARDING PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF
PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION. IN ADDITION, THE PROJECTIONS
WERE NEITHER COMPILED NOR EXAMINED BY ERNST & YOUNG,
LLP AND, ACCORDINGLY, ERNST & YOUNG, LLP DOES NOT
EXPRESS AN OPINION OR ANY OTHER FORM OF ASSURANCE WITH
RESPECT THERETO. THE ERNST & YOUNG, LLP CONSENT
INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE STATEMENT RELATES TO THE
COMPANYS HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION. THE
ERNST & YOUNG, LLP OPINION DOES NOT EXTEND TO THE
PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND SHOULD NOT BE READ TO DO
SO. THE PROJECTIONS REFLECT NUMEROUS ASSUMPTIONS, ALL MADE BY
MANAGEMENT OF NCI, WITH RESPECT TO INDUSTRY PERFORMANCE, GENERAL
BUSINESS, ECONOMIC, MARKET AND FINANCIAL CONDITIONS AND OTHER
MATTERS, ALL OF WHICH ARE DIFFICULT TO PREDICT AND MANY OF WHICH
ARE BEYOND NCIS CONTROL. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT
THE ASSUMPTIONS MADE IN PREPARING THE PROJECTIONS SET FORTH
BELOW WILL PROVE ACCURATE, AND ACTUAL RESULTS MAY BE MATERIALLY
GREATER OR LESS IN MANY RESPECTS THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THE
PROJECTIONS SET FORTH BELOW.
THE INCLUSION OF THE PROJECTIONS IN THIS PROSPECTUS/DISCLOSURE
STATEMENT SHOULD NOT BE REGARDED AS AN INDICATION THAT NCI, OR
ANY OF ITS RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES, OR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS
AND DIRECTORS, CONSIDER SUCH INFORMATION TO BE AN ACCURATE
PREDICTION OF FUTURE EVENTS OR NECESSARILY ACHIEVABLE. IN LIGHT
OF THE UNCERTAINTIES INHERENT IN FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION OF
ANY KIND, THE COMPANY CAUTIONS AGAINST RELIANCE ON SUCH
INFORMATION. THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO UPDATE OR REVISE THE
PROJECTIONS TO REFLECT CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AFTER THE DATE
WHEN PREPARED OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF FUTURE EVENTS,
EXCEPT TO THE
193
EXTENT REQUIRED BY LAW. SEE RISK FACTORS AND
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.
Summary of Significant Assumptions. The
projections are based upon a number of significant assumptions
described below.
Effective Date. The projections have been
prepared based on the assumption that the effective date of the
transactions contemplated by the prepackaged plan is
November 2, 2009, the last day of the Companys 2009
fiscal year. Although the Company presently intends to cause the
effective date to occur as soon as practical following the
confirmation of the prepackaged plan, there can be no assurance
as to when the effective date will actually occur given the
conditions for the effective date to occur pursuant to the terms
of the prepackaged plan (including the conditions in the
investment agreement (see The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementConditions to the
CD&R Investment)).
Revenues. Revenues were calculated for each
business segment based on the forecasted volume of product
shipped, multiplied by expected sales prices. Sales volumes for
each business segment were determined based on the expected
level of non-residential construction activity and each
segments current and projected market share. Our forecast
of non-residential construction activity is similar to the
McGraw-Hill 3Q 2009 non-residential construction forecast as
measured in square feet, which projects construction starts
measured in square feet to change by -34.8%, -3.3%, +18.4% and
+29.4% in 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Expected
sales prices are based on the historical
mark-ups
over raw material costs.
Gross Profit. Gross profit is calculated based
on estimated raw material input costs, expected levels of plant
capacity utilization, and expected
mark-ups
over material cost inputs. The primary raw material cost input
is steel, which is expected to remain consistent with the
average cost incurred in the last half of 2009 through the end
of 2010. Steel costs for the periods subsequent to 2010 are
projected to be moderately higher than those experienced in 2010
based on expected steel demand increases. During the last six
years, steel prices have been exceptionally volatile. The
Companys average cost of steel has fluctuated in a manner
similar to the fluctuations reported in the CRU North American
Steel Price Index published by the CRU Group. Historically, the
Company has been able to pass the majority of raw material price
increases on to customers, however, there can be no assurance
that the Company will continue to be able to pass on steel price
fluctuations.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Expenses. Operating expenses are based on the
historical expense structures, after giving effect to cost
reduction initiatives that were completed during 2009. The cost
reduction initiatives included reductions in workforce as well
as idling or closure of certain manufacturing plants. We believe
that the increased operating leverage resulting from these
initiatives will enable us to reduce our ratio of selling,
general and administrative expenses to revenues as sales volumes
increase.
Interest and Other Expense, Net. Interest
expense is calculated based on the terms of the amended credit
agreement and ABL credit agreement as presented in the
prepackaged plan and the projected underlying borrowings.
Effects of Completion. In determining the
projections, the Company estimated the pro forma effects of
completing the transactions contemplated by the prepackaged
plan. These pro forma effects included estimating the debt
extinguishment accounting treatment that would be accorded the
transactions, as well as the accounting treatment that would be
accorded the issuance of the Series B preferred stock.
These transactions are highly complex and require significant
estimations and judgment in application. The ultimate accounting
for these transactions will be dependent in part on the value of
the Companys common stock on the day the transactions
close, which may be significantly different than the estimates,
which are based on the stock price near the time of this filing.
The actual entries recorded upon the close of the transactions
may vary significantly from the estimates included in the
projections.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated
based on the terms of the amended credit agreement contemplated
by the prepackaged plan, which are provided in the form of
amended credit agreement attached hereto as Annex K (with
the completion of items currently blank as agreed upon by
Wachovia Bank, National Association (or any successor thereto)),
and excludes the effects of the significant charges incurred in
2009 for lower of cost or
194
market adjustments, asset impairments, goodwill and intangible
asset impairments, and debt extinguishment and refinancing costs.
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as set forth in the table below.
Adjusted EBITDA excludes non-cash charges for goodwill and other
asset impairments, restructuring charges, lower of cost or
market adjustment and stock compensation expense. Adjusted
EBITDA is calculated based on the terms contained in our
existing credit agreement. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management
and provided to investors to provide comparability between
periods of underlying operational results. Adjusted EBITDA
should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for
operating income (loss), net income (loss), debt or earnings
(loss) per share determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States.
A reconciliation of net loss attributable to the Company to
adjusted EBITDA is as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY2009 (P)
|
|
|
FY2010 (P)
|
|
|
FY2011 (P)
|
|
|
FY2012 (P)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(759
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
Depreciation/Amortization
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Stock Compensation
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Interest and Taxes
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Restructuring Charges
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill Impairment
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LCM Inventory Reserve
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) Applicable to Common
Shares. Dividends and accretion on the
prospective Series B convertible preferred stock are
deducted from net income to determine net income applicable to
common shares. The Company has the option to pay the dividends
on the Series B convertible preferred stock in cash or
in-kind with shares of Series B convertible preferred
stock. Further, the dividends are eliminated if, at any time
after the
30-month
anniversary of the initial investment, our common stock trades
at or above two times a specified target price (which is equal
to $1.2748 at the closing of the restructuring, but is subject
to adjustments thereafter) for each trading day during any
period of 20 consecutive trading days. The projections
assume that the Company will pay the required dividends for the
first two and a half years in-kind and that no dividends would
be required thereafter. There can be no assurance that the price
of the Companys common stock will exceed the 200%
threshold and that no dividends will be required after the
30-month anniversary of the initial investment.
In addition, the Company expects to incur a non-cash beneficial
conversion charge related to the Series B convertible
preferred stock that will be deducted from net income applicable
to the shares of common stock. The amount of the charge is based
on the excess of the price of common stock on the closing date
of the transaction contemplated by the prepackaged plan over the
$1.2748 conversion price. The charge will be recognized on the
date that the shares are immediately convertible into shares of
our common stock. The Series B preferred shares are not
immediately convertible but will become convertible on the date
that we have sufficient authorized shares of common stock
available, which date is projected to be at the completion of
the March 2010 shareholders meeting.
Cash Flow from Operating Activities. Cash
flows from operating activities result from the Companys
earnings, adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in working
capital. The non-cash charges in 2009 include significant
adjustments for asset impairments, goodwill and intangible asset
impairments and lower of cost or market inventory charges. Other
non-cash charges include share-based compensation expenses and
deferred income taxes. Investments in working capital are based
on historical asset turn ratios and projected pricing for raw
materials.
Cash Flow from Investing Activities. The
primary investing activity is capital expenditures. Capital
expenditures are based on minimum maintenance and refurbishment
activities in 2010 followed by specific capital projects planned
thereafter. The capital projects are derived from the
Companys strategic plan and include software development
and implementation for engineering and drafting software, common
ERP systems, and investments in insulated panel manufacturing
capacity.
195
Cash Flow from Financing Activities. Cash
flows from financing activities are based on the debt repayments
called for in the recapitalization plan.
PROJECTED
INCOME STATEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2009 (P)
|
|
|
2010 (P)
|
|
|
2011 (P)
|
|
|
2012 (P)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (External)
|
|
$
|
961
|
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
$
|
1,084
|
|
|
$
|
1,331
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
996
|
|
Lower of cost or market adjustment
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
$
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
$
|
335
|
|
GP %
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
|
|
23.2
|
%
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
$
|
215
|
|
|
$
|
242
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
(689
|
)
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
Debt extinguishment and refinancing costs
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before tax
|
|
$
|
(812
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(759
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
|
|
$
|
(769
|
)
|
|
$
|
(328
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61
|
)
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
196
PROJECTED
BALANCE SHEET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2009 (P)
|
|
|
2010 (P)
|
|
|
2011 (P)
|
|
|
2012 (P)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
288
|
|
|
$
|
294
|
|
|
$
|
307
|
|
|
$
|
361
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
|
595
|
|
Less: Accumulated Depreciation
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
|
|
(294
|
)
|
|
|
(325
|
)
|
|
|
(354
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property
|
|
$
|
238
|
|
|
$
|
211
|
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
578
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
$
|
654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
$
|
136
|
|
|
$
|
136
|
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Convertible preferred Stock
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
$
|
578
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
$
|
654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197
PROJECTED
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2009 (P)
|
|
|
2010 (P)
|
|
|
2011 (P)
|
|
|
2012 (P)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
(759
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Other non-cash adjustments
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Changes to working capital
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash from Operating Activities
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
(23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of convertible notes
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on long term debt
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Payment of refinancing costs
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from preferred stock
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from financing activities
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Cash at beginning of period
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of period
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198
DIRECTORS
AND MANAGEMENT
Existing
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of ten members. We
have a majority of independent directors on our board of
directors as required by the listing standards of the NYSE. Our
board of directors has determined, after considering all of the
relevant facts and circumstances, that Messrs. Breedlove,
Edwards, Forbes, Hawk, Lukens, Martinez, Phipps, Pieper and
Sterling are independent from our management, as
independence is defined by the rules and regulations
of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Set forth below are our directors, as of the date of this
prospectus/disclosure statement.
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Norman C. Chambers
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
William D. Breedlove
|
|
Director
|
Philip J. Hawk
|
|
Director
|
Larry D. Edwards
|
|
Director
|
Ed L. Phipps
|
|
Director
|
W. Bernard Pieper
|
|
Director
|
John K. Sterling
|
|
Director
|
Gary L. Forbes
|
|
Director
|
Max L. Lukens
|
|
Director
|
George Martinez
|
|
Director
|
Board of
Directors from and after the Closing of the
Restructuring
Under the stockholders agreement, from and after the closing of
the restructuring and for so long as the CD&R Investors
hold voting power of the Company equal in the aggregate to at
least 10% of the aggregate voting power held by the CD&R
Investors immediately following the closing of the
restructuring, the CD&R Investors will be entitled to
nominate or designate to serve on the Companys board of
directors a number of individuals proportionate to their
percentage of aggregate voting power of the Company at the
relevant time, subject to any applicable legal and regulatory
limitations.
In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to
our failure to cause the CD&R Investors nominees or
designees to be elected to our board of directors or the removal
of such persons without cause other than by action or request
from the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investors will have
the right to designate a board observer to attend (without
voting rights) each meeting of our board of directors or any
committee thereof (and to receive from us, copies of all
notices, information and other material we provide to our board
of directors and committees) until such time as such event is
cured.
Furthermore, for so long as the CD&R Investors hold in the
aggregate at least 20% of the voting power of the Company, the
CD&R Investors will be entitled to appoint one of its
designees to our board of directors as Lead Director
or Chairman of the Executive Committee of our board of directors.
However, for so long as stockholders unaffiliated with the
CD&R Investors own in the aggregate at least 5% of the
voting power of the Company, the Companys board of
directors will include (1) at least two unaffiliated
shareholder directors (as described in The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related Matters) and (2) the
Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementBoard
Representation and Other Related Matters and The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementGovernance
Matters.
199
We have also agreed that for so long as either of the
lock-up
agreements is in effect and there has been no material breach by
the holders that executed each
lock-up
agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
holders of convertible notes representing at least a majority of
the outstanding convertible notes may submit proposed persons to
serve as the initial unaffiliated shareholder directors, and the
Company will consider in good faith any such proposed persons;
|
|
|
|
prior to the appointment of the initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors, the Company will provide notice prior to the closing
of the restructuring of the Companys proposed initial
unaffiliated shareholder directors; and
|
|
|
|
in the event that holders of convertible notes representing at
least a majority of the outstanding convertible notes provide
written notice to the Company within seven business days that
they object to the proposed initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors, the Company will propose (and, if necessary, continue
to propose) alternative initial unaffiliated shareholder
directors so that at least one of the two initial unaffiliated
shareholder directors is acceptable to holders of convertible
notes representing at least a majority of the outstanding
convertible notes.
|
At this time, no individuals have been proposed by the CD&R
Investors or by the Company to serve on our board of directors
from and after the closing of the restructuring.
In accordance with the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, we
will disclose the identity and affiliations of those individuals
proposed to serve as members of our board of directors following
the restructuring prior to confirmation of the prepackaged plan.
Pursuant to the investment agreement, we have also agreed to
take all actions necessary to elect, effective as of the closing
of the restructuring, to take advantage of the exemptions to the
requirements of sections 303A.01, 303A.04 and 303A.05 of
the NYSE Listed Company Manual (which exemptions would exempt us
from compliance with the NYSEs requirements for companies
listed on the NYSE to have (1) a majority of independent
directors, (2) a nominating/corporate governance committee
and a compensation committee, in each case, composed entirely of
independent directors, and (3) charters for the
nominating/corporate governance committee and the compensation
committee, in each case, addressing certain specified matters)
and to ensure that the by-laws, the charters of the committees
of our board of directors and any of our corporate guidelines,
effective as of the closing, are consistent with the provisions
of the stockholders agreement and the transactions contemplated
by that agreement. See The RestructuringDescription
of the CD&R InvestmentThe Investment
AgreementGovernance Matters and The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement with
Respect to Controlled Company Status.
200
Executive
Officers
Set forth below are our senior executive officers, as of the
date of this prospectus/disclosure statement, elected by our
board of directors and each officers position within our
company. We expect that some or all of these senior executive
officers shall maintain their current positions following the
restructuring.
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Norman C. Chambers
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Mark E. Johnson
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
Mark W. Dobbins
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Charles W. Dickinson
|
|
President of Metal Components Division
|
Bradley D. Robeson
|
|
President of NCI Buildings Division
|
John L. Kuzdal
|
|
President of Metal Coil Coating Division
|
Keith E. Fischer
|
|
President of Robertson-Ceco Division
|
Todd R. Moore
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
Eric J. Brown
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer
|
Mark T. Golladay
|
|
Vice President, Corporate Development
|
Richard Allen
|
|
Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller
|
The address and telephone number of each director and executive
officer is:
c/o NCI
Building Systems, Inc., 10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West,
Houston, Texas 77064,
(281) 897-7788.
See The RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementEmployee Benefit
Matters for a description of amendments to employment
agreements with our executive officers to be entered into in
connection with the CD&R investment.
201
PRICE
RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND CONVERTIBLE NOTES
The following table lists the high and low sale prices for our
common stock during the past three fiscal years as reported on
the NYSE Composite Tape. We did not pay any dividends during
such periods. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE (Ticker
Symbol: NCS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 29, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
50.54
|
|
|
$
|
40.08
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
68.10
|
|
|
|
48.65
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
70.00
|
|
|
|
47.31
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
62.50
|
|
|
|
45.80
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 28, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
61.12
|
|
|
$
|
49.74
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
60.61
|
|
|
|
45.38
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
52.93
|
|
|
|
47.81
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
52.07
|
|
|
|
36.35
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended November 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
39.90
|
|
|
$
|
23.06
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
34.13
|
|
|
|
19.99
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
39.81
|
|
|
|
23.20
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
40.95
|
|
|
|
14.25
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending October 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.12
|
|
|
$
|
11.59
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
13.03
|
|
|
|
2.22
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
7.50
|
|
|
|
1.76
|
|
Fourth Quarter (through October 16, 2009)
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
2.10
|
|
On October 16, 2009, the sale price for our common stock as
reported by the NYSE was $3.12 per share.
We had approximately 79 common stockholders of record as of
October 1, 2009.
At August 2, 2009, the book value per share for our common
stock was $(0.91).
202
The following table lists the high and low bid prices per $100
in principal amount of convertible notes for each quarter during
the past two fiscal years as reported on Bloomberg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bid Quotation
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended October 28, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
157.66
|
|
|
$
|
137.46
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
155.28
|
|
|
|
127.49
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
139.59
|
|
|
|
134.27
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
129.27
|
|
|
|
107.49
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended November 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
108.33
|
|
|
$
|
94.10
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
102.37
|
|
|
|
90.75
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
110.51
|
|
|
|
95.71
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
108.74
|
|
|
|
83.00
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending October 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
82.00
|
|
|
$
|
65.00
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
85.75
|
|
|
|
57.50
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
85.38
|
|
|
|
53.50
|
|
Fourth Quarter (through October 16, 2009)
|
|
|
148.00
|
|
|
|
69.00
|
|
DIVIDEND
POLICY
Historically, we have not paid dividends on our common stock and
have no current plans to do so in the future. Furthermore, the
terms of our existing credit agreement restrict our ability to
do so, and we expect that, if the term loan refinancing is
consummated, the amended credit agreement will have similar
restrictions. In addition, under the terms of the Series B
convertible preferred stock, the holders of such shares would
participate in any declared common stock dividends and also
receive preferred dividends, reducing the cash available to
holders of common stock. Our other future indebtedness, if any,
may also restrict payment of dividends on our common stock.
Also, assuming the consummation of the CD&R investment, we
may not declare or pay any extraordinary dividend or
distribution without the prior consent of the CD&R Fund
pursuant to the stockholders agreement.
203
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
Capital
Stock
Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares
of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per
share.
At September 4, 2009, we had outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
19,981,585 shares of common stock, excluding shares held by
the Company as treasury stock;
|
|
|
|
1,814,854 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance
in respect of outstanding options and warrants;
|
|
|
|
no shares of preferred stock; and
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of $180,000,000 principal amount of convertible
notes that would be convertible into a maximum of
10,851,687 shares of our common stock.
|
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, if the restructuring is
completed, we will seek, at a later date, approval to amend our
restated certificate of incorporation to increase the number of
authorized shares of common stock so that there are sufficient
shares for issuance upon conversion of the Series B
convertible preferred stock. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement to
Seek Amendments to our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
Preferred
Stock
As of the date of this prospectus/disclosure statement, no
shares of our preferred stock are outstanding. The authorized
shares of our preferred stock are issuable, without further
stockholder approval, in one or more series as determined by our
board of directors. Our board of directors also determines the
voting rights, designations, powers, preferences and the
relative participating, optional or other special rights of each
series of our preferred stock, as well as any qualifications,
limitations or restrictions. Our board may designate:
|
|
|
|
|
the title of the series of preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
any limit upon the number of shares of the series of preferred
stock which may be issued;
|
|
|
|
the preference, if any, to which holders of the series of
preferred stock will be entitled upon our liquidation;
|
|
|
|
the date or dates on which we will be required or permitted to
redeem the preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the terms, if any, on which we or holders of the preferred stock
will have the option to cause the preferred stock to be redeemed
or purchased;
|
|
|
|
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
any listing of the preferred stock on any securities exchange;
|
|
|
|
the dividends, if any, which will be payable with regard to the
series of preferred stock, which may be fixed dividends or
participating dividends and may be cumulative or non-cumulative;
|
|
|
|
the rights, if any, of holders of preferred stock to convert the
preferred stock into another class of our stock or securities,
including provisions intended to prevent dilution of those
conversion rights;
|
|
|
|
any provisions by which we will be required or permitted to make
any payments to a sinking fund to be used to redeem preferred
stock or a purchase fund to be used to purchase preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
any material U.S. federal income tax considerations
applicable to the preferred stock; and
|
|
|
|
any other material terms of the preferred stock.
|
The material preferences, limitations, voting powers and
relative rights of the Series B convertible preferred stock
to be issued pursuant to the investment agreement are set forth
in the certificate of designations which is
204
included as Annex H and which we incorporate by reference
into this document. See The RestructuringDescription
of the CD&R InvestmentCertain Terms of the
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for a
description of the terms of the Series B convertible
preferred stock.
Effect of
New Issuance of Preferred Stock
If our board were to issue a new series of preferred stock, the
issuance of such preferred stock could:
|
|
|
|
|
decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for
distribution to existing common stockholders;
|
|
|
|
make removal of the present management more difficult;
|
|
|
|
result in restrictions upon the payment of dividends and other
distributions to existing common stockholders;
|
|
|
|
delay or prevent a change in control of the Company; and
|
|
|
|
limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future
for our existing common stock.
|
Possible
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Relevant Provisions of
Our Certificate of Incorporation
Provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of
incorporation and by-laws may make more difficult the
acquisition of the company by tender offer, a proxy contest or
otherwise or the removal of our officers and directors. For
example:
|
|
|
|
|
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
prohibits certain publicly-held Delaware corporations from
engaging in a business combination with an interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the time such
person became an interested stockholder unless the business
combination is approved in a specified manner. Generally, an
interested stockholder is a person who, together with its
affiliates and associates, owns 15% or more of the
corporations voting stock, or is affiliated with the
corporation and owns or owned 15% of the corporations
voting stock within three years before the business combination.
|
|
|
|
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides for a
classified board of directors, approximately one-third of which
is elected annually for a three-year term. Our restated
certificate of incorporation also requires a vote of holders of
at least 80% of our voting stock to approve a merger, sale,
lease or exchange of any of our assets having an aggregate fair
market value of $5.0 million or more or certain other
transactions between us and any other person or corporation
holding directly or indirectly more than 10% of our voting
stock, unless the merger, sale or other transaction was approved
by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of
directors or certain price and procedure requirements are met.
The above provisions cannot be changed unless the change is
approved by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of our voting
stock. Further, our restated certificate of incorporation also
requires a vote of holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of our
voting stock to adopt, alter, amend or repeal our by-laws.
|
|
|
|
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that
stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders. Special meetings of stockholders may be
called by the chairman of our board of directors, the chief
executive officer or the secretary at the request in writing or
by electronic transmission of a majority of our board of
directors.
|
|
|
|
Our by-laws provide time limitations for nominations for
election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that
can be acted upon at stockholders meetings.
|
Pursuant to the investment agreement, we have agreed to take all
actions necessary to ensure that the by-laws, the charters of
the committees of our board of directors and any of our
corporate guidelines, effective as of the closing, are
consistent with the provisions of the stockholders agreement and
the transactions contemplated by that agreement. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Investment AgreementGovernance
Matters. In addition, we have agreed to amend our restated
certificate of incorporation. See The
RestructuringDescription of the CD&R
InvestmentThe Stockholders AgreementAgreement to
Seek Amendments to our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
Copies of our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws,
each as amended, have been filed with and are publicly available
at or from the SEC. See Where You Can Find More
Information.
205
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal
income tax considerations to U.S. holders and
non-U.S. holders
(each term as described below and which we collectively refer to
as holders) and to the Company and its subsidiaries, relating to
the exchange of the convertible notes for cash and shares of
common stock pursuant to this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, the treatment of claims with respect to the
convertible notes under the prepackaged plan and to the
ownership and disposition of the common stock received in
respect of the convertible notes and, where indicated,
represents the opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen &
Katz. This discussion is based on U.S. federal income tax
law, including the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code,
Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code
(which we refer to as the Treasury Regulations), administrative
rulings and judicial authority, all as in effect as of the date
of this prospectus. Subsequent developments in U.S. federal
income tax law, including changes in law or differing
interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could have
a material effect on the U.S. federal income tax
consequences of participating in this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan and of
owning and disposing of the common stock received in respect of
the convertible notes described in this discussion. No assurance
can be given that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will not
challenge one or more of the tax results described in this
discussion, and no ruling from the IRS has been, or is expected
to be, sought with respect to the U.S. federal tax
consequences of this exchange offer or the prepackaged plan or
the ownership and disposition of the common stock received in
respect of the convertible notes. This discussion is not tax
advice, and holders are urged to consult their independent tax
advisors regarding the tax consequences to them of this exchange
offer or the prepackaged plan and of the ownership and
disposition of the common stock received in respect of the
convertible notes.
This discussion addresses only the U.S. federal income tax
considerations that are relevant to holders that hold
convertible notes, and that will hold common stock received in
this exchange offer or, in the alternative, pursuant to the
prepackaged plan, as capital assets within the meaning of
section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. This discussion
does not address all of the tax considerations that may be
relevant to a particular holder or the Company and its
subsidiaries. In particular, it does not address the
U.S. federal estate and gift or alternative minimum tax
consequences, or any state, local or foreign tax consequences,
of participating in this exchange offer or, in the alternative,
upon the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan or of owning or
disposing of common stock. Additionally, this discussion does
not address any of the tax consequences to holders that may be
subject to special tax treatment with respect to their
participation in this exchange offer or, in the alternative,
upon the effectiveness of the prepackaged plan or their
ownership or disposition of common stock, including banks,
thrift institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate
investment trusts, partnerships or other pass-through entities,
personal holding companies, tax-exempt organizations, insurance
companies, persons who elect to use a
mark-to-market
method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons who
hold the convertible notes or will hold the common stock in a
straddle or as part of a hedging,
conversion or constructive sale
transaction, U.S. holders whose functional
currency is not the U.S. dollar, controlled foreign
corporations, passive foreign investment companies, certain
former citizens or residents of the United States, brokers,
traders or dealers in securities or currencies, any person
owning convertible notes in denominations other than $1000 or
any integral multiple thereof, or any person owning directly,
indirectly or constructively 5% of more of the total voting
power or total value of our stock or any affiliate of such
person. Further, this discussion does not address the
U.S. federal income tax consequences to stockholders in, or
partners or beneficiaries of, an entity that participates in
this exchange offer or, in the alternative, upon the
effectiveness of the prepackaged plan. If the holder acquired
different blocks of convertible notes at different times or at
different prices, the holder should consult with its independent
tax advisor regarding the manner in which the below rules would
apply to such holder.
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder
is a beneficial owner of a convertible note or a share of common
stock, as applicable, that is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation, or other business entity treated as a corporation
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized
in or under the laws of the United States, any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia;
|
206
|
|
|
|
|
an estate, if its income is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary
supervision over the trusts administration and one or more
U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Internal Revenue
Code) have the authority to control all of its substantial
decisions or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect
under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a
U.S. person.
|
For purposes of this discussion, a
non-U.S. holder
is a beneficial owner of a convertible note or a share of common
stock, as applicable, that is neither a partnership (or other
entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes) nor a U.S. holder.
If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds a
convertible note and participates in this exchange offer, or in
the alternative, the prepackaged plan is effected, the tax
treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend
on the status of the partner and on the activities of the
partnership. Partners of partnerships holding convertible notes
are encouraged to consult their independent tax advisors
regarding the tax consequences to them of this exchange offer or
the prepackaged plan and of the ownership and disposition of the
common stock received in respect of the convertible notes.
This discussion assumes that the convertible notes are treated
as debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Consequences
to U.S. Holders
Exchange
of Convertible Notes for Common Stock and Cash
The tax treatment of the exchange of convertible notes for
common stock and cash pursuant to this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan depends on whether
the convertible notes are treated as securities for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The term security is not defined in the Internal
Revenue Code or in the Treasury Regulations and has not been
clearly defined by judicial decisions. The determination of
whether a particular debt obligation constitutes a security
depends on an evaluation of the overall nature of the debt
obligation. One of the most significant factors considered in
determining whether a particular debt obligation is a security
is its original term. In general, debt obligations issued with a
maturity at issuance of less than five years do not constitute
securities, whereas debt obligations with a maturity at issuance
of ten years or more constitute securities. Whether the
convertible notes constitute securities for U.S. federal
income tax purposes is unclear because holders have the option
to require the Company to redeem the convertible notes after
five years of their issuance.
If the convertible notes are treated as securities for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, counsel is of the opinion
that the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a
U.S. holder of the exchange of a convertible note for
common stock and cash will be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (but not loss) will be recognized on the exchange in an
amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of gain
realized (measured by the amount by which the sum of the fair
market value of the shares of common stock and the amount of
cash received exceeds the U.S. holders adjusted tax
basis in the convertible note) and (ii) the amount of cash
received, excluding in each case cash and common stock
attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
|
|
|
|
Subject to the discussion of market discount below,
any such gain will be capital gain and will be long-term capital
gain if the U.S. holders holding period for the
convertible note is more than one year at the time of the
exchange.
|
|
|
|
The holding period of the shares of common stock (excluding
common stock attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, if
any) will include the holding period of the convertible note
exchanged for the shares of common stock.
|
|
|
|
The adjusted tax basis of the shares of common stock (excluding
common stock attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, if
any) will be equal to the adjusted tax basis of the convertible
note decreased by the amount
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
of cash received (excluding cash attributable to accrued and
unpaid interest, if any) and increased by the amount of gain
recognized, if any.
|
If the convertible notes do not constitute securities for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, the exchange of a
convertible note for common stock and cash will be a taxable
transaction, and the material U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the exchange to a U.S. holder will be as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Gain or loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the
difference between (i) the sum of the fair market value of
the shares of common stock and the amount of cash received
(excluding cash and common stock attributable to accrued and
unpaid interest, if any) and (ii) the
U.S. holders adjusted tax basis in the convertible
note.
|
|
|
|
Subject to the discussion of market discount below,
any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be
long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holders
holding period for the convertible note is more than one year at
the time of the exchange. The deduction of capital losses for
U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations.
|
|
|
|
The holding period of the shares of common stock will start on
the day following the exchange.
|
|
|
|
The adjusted tax basis of the shares of common stock will equal
their fair market value on the day of the exchange.
|
Due to the inherently factual nature of the determination,
U.S. holders are urged to consult their independent tax
advisors regarding the classification of the convertible notes
as securities for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of
such classification.
Market
Discount
A U.S. holder that purchased its convertible notes at a
market discount (defined as the excess, subject to a de
minimis threshold, of the stated redemption price of the
convertible note at maturity over the U.S. holders
basis in such convertible note immediately after its
acquisition) may be subject to the market discount rules of the
Internal Revenue Code. Under those rules, any gain recognized on
the exchange of such convertible notes generally would be
treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount
accrued during the U.S. holders period of ownership,
unless the U.S. holder elected to include the market
discount in income as it accrued. If the convertible notes are
treated as securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
as discussed above, then any accrued market discount not
recognized on the exchange may carry over to the shares of
common stock (excluding common stock attributable to accrued and
unpaid interest, if any) such that any gain recognized by the
U.S. holder upon a subsequent disposition of such shares of
common stock would be treated as ordinary income to the extent
of any such accrued market discount not previously included in
income. U.S. holders who acquired their convertible notes
other than at original issuance should consult their independent
tax advisors regarding the possible application of the market
discount rules of the Internal Revenue Code to an exchange of
the convertible notes pursuant to this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, the prepackaged plan.
Accrued
and Unpaid Interest
The extent to which the consideration received by a
U.S. holder of a convertible note in this exchange offer
or, in the alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan will be
attributable to accrued and unpaid interest is unclear. Treasury
Regulations generally treat a payment under a debt instrument
first as a payment of accrued and unpaid interest and then as a
payment of principal. To the extent that any amount of the
consideration received by a U.S. holder of a convertible
note is attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, (i) if
not previously included in income, such amount should be taxable
to the U.S. holder as interest income or (ii) the
U.S. holder may recognize a loss to the extent the amount
of such consideration is less than the amount of accrued and
unpaid interest that has been previously included in income.
208
Ownership
and Taxable Disposition of Common Stock Received in this
Exchange Offer or, in the Alternative, the Prepackaged
Plan
Distributions paid by us out of our current or accumulated
earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income
tax purposes) on shares of common stock will constitute
dividends. Under current law, such dividends received by
individual U.S. holders will qualify for a 15% tax rate on
qualified dividend income through December 31,
2010 provided that holding period and other requirements are
met. Such dividends will be eligible for the dividends received
deduction if the U.S. holder is an otherwise qualifying
corporate holder that meets the holding period and other
requirements for the dividends received deduction. If a
distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the
U.S. holders investment up to such
U.S. holders adjusted tax basis in the shares of
common stock and thereafter as gain from a taxable disposition
of the shares of common stock.
Upon a taxable disposition of the shares of common stock, a
U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to
the difference between the amount realized and the
U.S. holders adjusted tax basis in the shares of
common stock. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term
capital gain or loss if the U.S. holders holding
period in such shares of common stock exceeds one year
immediately prior to such disposition. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to limitations. As discussed above, a
U.S. holder may be required to treat gain from the
disposition of shares of common stock (including certain
dispositions that are non-recognition transactions under the
Internal Revenue Code) as ordinary income to the extent accrued
market discount on the convertible note is carried over to such
shares of common stock.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
Payments of interest on the convertible notes, payments of
dividends on the shares of common stock and payments with
respect to amounts realized on the disposition (including a
disposition pursuant to this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, the prepackaged plan, a retirement or a redemption)
of the convertible notes or the shares of common stock may be
reported to the IRS and may be subject to backup withholding
unless the U.S. holder (i) is a corporation or other
exempt recipient or (ii) provides a valid taxpayer
identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption
from backup withholding has occurred.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a
refund or credit against a U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required
information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Consequences
to Non-U.S.
Holders
Exchange
of Convertible Notes for Common Stock and Cash
A
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding
taxes with respect to any gain recognized on the exchange of
convertible notes for common stock and cash unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and,
if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable
to a U.S. permanent establishment that such
non-U.S. holder
maintains or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base), in
which case the gain will be subject to tax in the same manner as
effectively connected income as described below under
Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade
or Business;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual present in the United States for 183 days
or more during the taxable year of the exchange and certain
other conditions are met, in which case the gain will be subject
to tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate of withholding tax
as may apply under an income tax treaty for which the non-U.S.
holder is eligible); or
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
meets certain ownership requirements and we have been a
United States real property holding corporation, or
a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time
during the five-year period ending on the date of the exchange
or, if shorter, the
non-U.S. holders
holding period with respect to the convertible notes. However,
we do not believe that we are currently, or have been at any
time over the past five years, a USRPHC, nor do we anticipate
becoming a USRPHC.
|
209
Accrued
and Unpaid Interest
The extent to which the consideration received by a
non-U.S. holder
of a convertible note in this exchange offer or, in the
alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan, will be
attributable to accrued and unpaid interest is unclear. Treasury
Regulations generally treat a payment under a debt instrument
first as a payment of accrued and unpaid interest and then as a
payment of principal. A
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding
tax on interest paid on the convertible notes, if the interest
is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business
(or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or, in the
case of an individual, a fixed base), provided that the
non-U.S. holder:
|
|
|
|
|
does not actually or constructively, directly or indirectly, own
10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our stock entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us
(directly or indirectly) through stock ownership;
|
|
|
|
is not a bank receiving interest on a loan agreement entered
into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and
|
|
|
|
certifies to its
non-U.S. status
on IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or other applicable form).
|
If a
non-U.S. holder
cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments
treated as interest made to the
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax,
unless the
non-U.S. holder
(i) qualifies for a reduced rate of withholding, or is able
to claim a valid exemption, under an income tax treaty
(generally, by providing an IRS
Form W-8BEN
claiming treaty benefits) or (ii) establishes that such
interest is not subject to withholding tax because it is
effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States as further
discussed below under Income Effectively Connected
with a U.S. Trade or Business. A
non-U.S. holder
that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax
under a tax treaty may also obtain a refund of any amounts
withheld in excess of that rate by filing a timely refund claim
with the IRS.
Ownership
and Taxable Disposition of Common Stock Received in this
Exchange Offer or, in the Alternative, Pursuant to the
Prepackaged Plan
In general, any distributions we make to a
non-U.S. holder
with respect to its shares of common stock that constitute a
dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be
subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the
gross amount, unless the
non-U.S. holder
is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an
applicable tax treaty and the
non-U.S. holder
provides proper certification of its eligibility for such
reduced rate. A distribution will constitute a dividend for
U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our
current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not
constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the
adjusted basis in the
non-U.S. holders
shares of common stock and thereafter as gain from the sale or
exchange of such shares of common stock. Dividends we pay to a
non-U.S. holder
that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or
business within the United States will not be subject to
U.S. withholding tax, as described above, if the
non-U.S. holder
complies with applicable certification and disclosure
requirements. Instead, such dividends will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax as further discussed below under
Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade
or Business.
Non-U.S. holders
will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding
tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption or
other taxable disposition of shares of common stock unless
certain exceptions apply, as described above under
Exchange of Convertible Notes for Common Stock and
Cash.
Income
Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or
Business
If a
non-U.S. holder
is or was engaged in a trade or business in the United States
and interest, dividends or gain with respect to a convertible
note or a share of common stock is or was effectively connected
with the conduct of the
non-U.S. holders
trade or business, and, where a U.S. income tax treaty
applies, the
non-U.S. holder
maintains a U.S. permanent establishment (or, in the case
of an individual, a fixed base) to which the interest, dividends
or gain is attributable, the
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income
basis on such interest, dividends or gain in the same manner as
a U.S. Holder, as described above under
Consequences to U.S. Holders.
210
Such interest or dividends will be exempt from U.S. federal
withholding tax if the
non-U.S. holder
claims the exemption by providing a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
or other applicable form to the payer on or before the relevant
payment date. In addition, if a
non-U.S. holder
is a corporation, the
non-U.S. holder
may be subject to a U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of
30%, as adjusted for certain items, unless a lower rate applies
to the
non-U.S. holder
under a U.S. income tax treaty with the
non-U.S. holders
country of residence.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
A
non-U.S. holder
not subject to U.S. federal income tax may nonetheless be
subject to backup withholding and information reporting with
respect to interest paid on the convertible notes or dividends
paid on the shares of common stock and with respect to amounts
realized on the disposition (including a disposition pursuant to
this exchange offer or, in the alternative, the prepackaged
plan, a retirement or a redemption) of the convertible notes or
the shares of common stock unless the
non-U.S. holder
provides the withholding agent with the applicable IRS
Form W-8
or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their independent tax advisors as to their
qualifications for an exemption from backup withholding and the
procedure for obtaining such an exemption.
Consequences
to Non-Participating Holders if the Recapitalization Plan Is
Consummated
If the recapitalization plan is consummated, holders that do not
tender their convertible notes in this exchange offer will not
recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes
and will continue to have the same tax basis and holding period
with respect to the convertible notes as they had before the
consummation of this exchange offer.
Consequences
to the Company
Cancellation
of Indebtedness Income
The exchange of convertible notes pursuant to the
recapitalization plan or, in the alternative, pursuant to the
prepackaged plan will generally result in COD income to us for
U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent that the
adjusted issue price of the exchanged convertible
notes exceeds the fair market value of the shares of common
stock and cash paid in exchange for such convertible notes
(except to the extent that such consideration is attributable to
accrued and unpaid interest). Thus, the precise amount of COD
income, if any, resulting from the exchange of convertible notes
cannot be determined until the date of the exchange. In
addition, the term loan refinancing may also result in COD
income to us.
To the extent we were considered insolvent from a tax
perspective immediately prior to the completion of the
recapitalization plan, any such COD income would be excluded
from our taxable income. Alternatively, if the discharge of our
liability occurred pursuant to the prepackaged plan, any COD
income from such discharge would be excluded from our taxable
income.
If and to the extent any COD income is excluded from taxable
income pursuant to the insolvency exception or the bankruptcy
exception described above, we generally will be required to
reduce certain of our tax attributes, including, but not limited
to, our net operating losses, loss carryforwards, credit
carryforwards and tax basis in certain assets, by the amount of
any excluded COD income. This may result in a significant
reduction in, and possible elimination of, certain of our tax
attributes. Under regulations applicable to taxpayers filing
consolidated returns, generally the tax attributes attributable
to the debtor member (and, to the extent required by certain
look-through rules, its direct or indirect subsidiaries) are the
first to be reduced. To the extent that any COD income of such
debtor member of the consolidated group exceeds the tax
attributes attributable to such debtor member, the consolidated
tax attributes attributable to other members of the consolidated
group must be reduced.
If any COD income is not excluded from our taxable income and we
do not have sufficient losses to offset fully such COD income,
we may incur tax liability from such COD income. We may make an
election under recently enacted section 108(i) of the
Internal Revenue Code to defer the inclusion of all or a portion
of any COD income resulting from the consummation of the
recapitalization plan or the prepackaged plan, with the amount
of deferred
211
COD income becoming includible in taxable income ratably over a
five-taxable-year period beginning in, if such consummation
occurs in 2009, the fifth taxable year after such consummation.
To the extent the fair market value of the shares of common
stock and cash paid pursuant to this exchange offer, or, in the
alternative, pursuant to the prepackaged plan, exceeds the
adjusted issue price of the convertible notes
(except to the extent that such consideration is attributable to
accrued and unpaid interest), the Company will generally have
paid a premium on the exchange for the convertible notes. The
premium might not be deductible for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
Potential
Limitations on Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Other Tax
Attributes
The restructuring is expected to result in an ownership
change of our Company within the meaning of
section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under
section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation
or a consolidated group with net operating losses, or NOLs, loss
carryforwards or certain other tax attributes, which we refer to
as a loss corporation, undergoes an ownership
change, the loss corporations use of its pre-change
NOLs, loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes
generally will be subject to an annual limitation in the
post-change period.
Subject to the special bankruptcy rules discussed below, the
amount of the annual limitation on a loss corporations use
of its pre-change NOLs (and certain other tax attributes) is
generally equal to the product of the applicable long-term
tax-exempt rate (as published by the IRS for the month in which
the ownership change occurs) and the value of the loss
corporations outstanding stock immediately before the
ownership change (excluding certain capital contributions). If a
loss corporation has a net unrealized built-in gain, immediately
prior to the ownership change, the annual limitation may be
increased during the subsequent five-year period. If a loss
corporation has a net unrealized built-in loss, immediately
prior to the ownership change, certain losses recognized during
the subsequent five-year period also would be subject to the
annual limitation.
If the ownership change occurs pursuant to a bankruptcy plan
and, if as expected here, the debtor does not satisfy the
requirements of, or elects not to apply, section 382(l)(5)
of the Internal Revenue Code, the debtors use of its
pre-change NOLs, loss carryforwards and certain other tax
attributes will be subject to an annual limitation as determined
under section 382(l)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code. In
such case, the amount of the annual limitation generally will be
equal to the product of the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate
and the value of the debtors outstanding stock immediately
after the bankruptcy reorganization, provided such value may not
exceed the value of the debtors gross assets immediately
before the ownership change, subject to certain adjustments.
The impact on us of any ownership change under section 382
of the Internal Revenue Code depends upon, among other things,
the amount of our pre-ownership change losses and other tax
attributes remaining after the recognition of any COD income or
reduction of tax attributes, the value of our Company at the
time of the ownership change, and the amount and timing of
future taxable income.
Alternative
Minimum Tax
Notwithstanding our ability to utilize our losses to offset any
COD income for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes, we
may nonetheless be liable to tax under the alternative minimum
tax, which we refer to as AMT, provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code. In addition, if a corporation undergoes an
ownership change and is in a net unrealized built-in loss
position (as determined for AMT purposes) on the date of the
ownership change, the corporations aggregate tax basis in
its assets would be reduced for certain AMT purposes to reflect
the fair market value of such assets as of the change date.
Any AMT that a corporation pays generally is allowed as a
nonrefundable credit against its regular U.S. federal
income tax liability in future taxable years when it is no
longer subject to the AMT.
212
CERTAIN
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of certain considerations associated
with the exchange of the convertible notes for cash and shares
of common stock and the acquisition, holding and, to the extent
relevant, disposition of shares of common stock by an employee
benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, a plan
described in section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code,
including an individual retirement account, or IRA, or a Keogh
plan, a plan subject to provisions under applicable federal,
state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of
Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code, and any entity whose underlying assets include
plan assets by reason of any such employee benefit
or retirement plans investment in such entity, each of
which we refer to as a plan.
General
Fiduciary Matters
ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on
persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of
ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, which
we refer to as an ERISA plan and prohibit certain transactions
involving the assets of an ERISA plan with its fiduciaries or
other interested parties. In general, under ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code, any person who exercises any
discretionary authority or control over the administration of
such an ERISA plan or the management or disposition of the
assets of such an ERISA plan, or who renders investment advice
for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA plan, is
generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA plan. Plans
that are governmental plans (as defined in section 3(32) of
ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in section 3(33)
of ERISA or section 4975(g)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code) and
non-U.S. plans
(as described in section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) are not subject
to the requirements of ERISA or section 4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code (but may be subject to similar
prohibitions under applicable federal, state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of
Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code).
In considering an exchange of the convertible notes for cash and
shares of common stock and the acquisition, holding and, to the
extent relevant, disposition of the shares of common stock with
a portion of the assets of a plan, a fiduciary should determine
whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and
instruments governing the plan and the applicable provisions of
ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable federal,
state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of
Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to a fiduciarys duties to the plan
including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification,
delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of
ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and any other applicable
federal, state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of
Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
Prohibited
Transaction Issues
Section 406 of ERISA prohibits ERISA plans from engaging in
specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or
entities who are parties in interest, within the
meaning of section 3(14) of ERISA, and section 4975 of
the Internal Revenue Code imposes an excise tax on certain
disqualified persons, within the meaning of
section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, who engage in
similar transactions, in each case, unless an exemption is
available. A party in interest or disqualified person who
engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction also may be
subject to other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code. In the case of an IRA, the occurrence of
a prohibited transaction could cause the IRA to lose its
tax-exempt status.
The acquisition
and/or
holding (and, to the extent relevant, disposition) of the
convertible notes or the shares of common stock by an ERISA plan
with respect to which NCI, the dealer-manager, the information
agent or the exchange agent is considered a party in interest or
a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or
indirect prohibited transaction under section 406 of ERISA
and/or
section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the investment
is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable
statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.
In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor, or DOL, has
issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or
PTCEs, that may apply to the acquisition and holding
of the convertible notes or the shares of common stock. These
class exemptions include, without limitation,
PTCE 84-14
respecting transactions determined by independent qualified
professional asset managers,
PTCE 90-1
respecting insurance
213
company pooled separate accounts,
PTCE 91-38
respecting bank collective investment funds,
PTCE 95-60
respecting life insurance company general accounts and
PTCE 96-23
respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers.
Plans that acquired or held convertible notes in reliance on
PTCE 84-14
should note that this exchange offer may constitute a renewal
under Part V(i) of
PTCE 84-14
and any such plan should consult its counsel to evaluate whether
PTCE 84-14
remains applicable. In addition, section 408(b)(17) of
ERISA and section 4975(d)(20) of the Internal Revenue Code
each provides a limited exemption, called the service
provider exemption, from the prohibited transaction
provisions of ERISA and section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code for certain transactions, provided that neither the
issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or
indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or
control or render any investment advice with respect to the
assets of any ERISA plan involved in the transaction and
provided further that the ERISA plan pays no more than adequate
consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be
no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions
will be satisfied.
Because of the foregoing, the shares of common stock should not
be acquired or held by any person investing plan
assets of any plan, unless such acquisition and holding
will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under
ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or
similar violation of any applicable federal, state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of
Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
Representation
By exchanging a convertible note and accepting cash and shares
of common stock, each purchaser and holder will be deemed to
have represented and warranted that either (1) it is not a
plan and no portion of the assets used to acquire or hold the
shares of common stock constitutes assets of any plan or
(2) the exchange of a convertible note and the acquisition
and holding of shares of common stock (including the exchange of
a convertible note for common stock) will not constitute a
non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406 of
ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or
similar violation under any applicable federal, state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of
Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not
intended to be all inclusive. Due to the complexity of these
rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons
involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is
particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons
considering acquiring the common stock (or exchanging the
convertible notes for cash and shares of common stock) on behalf
of, or with the assets of, any plan, consult with their counsel
regarding the potential applicability of ERISA,
section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code and any similar
laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be
applicable to the purchase and holding of the common stock. The
sale of any convertible notes by or to any plan or plan subject
to similar laws is in no respect a representation by us or any
of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment
meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to
investments by such plans generally or any particular plan, or
that such an investment is appropriate for plans generally or
any particular plan.
214
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
This prospectus/disclosure statement is a part of a registration
statement on
Form S-4
that we filed with the SEC registering the securities that may
be offered and sold hereunder. This registration statement,
including the exhibits and schedules, contains additional
relevant information about us and these securities that, as
permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, we have not
included in this prospectus/disclosure statement. A copy of the
registration statement can be obtained at the address set forth
below. You should read the registration statement, including any
applicable prospectus/disclosure statement supplement, for
further information about us and these securities.
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You
may read and copy this information at the following SEC location:
Public Reference Room
100 F Street N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549
You may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at
(800) SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy
statements, information statements and other information about
issuers, like NCI Building Systems, Inc., that file
electronically with the SEC. The address of that web site is
www.sec.gov.
INCORPORATION
OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference
information into this prospectus/disclosure statement. This
means that we can disclose important information about us and
our financial condition to you by referring you to another
document filed separately with the SEC. The information
incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this
prospectus/disclosure statement. This prospectus/disclosure
statement incorporates by reference the documents listed below
that we have previously filed with the SEC:
|
|
|
|
|
our Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
except for Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, for the year ended
November 2, 2008;
|
|
|
|
our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarters ended February 1, 2009, May 3, 2009
and August 2, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
our Current Reports on
Form 8-K
filed on November 21, 2008, December 11, 2008,
December 17, 2008, January 16, 2009, February 19,
2009, March 10, 2009, March 17, 2009, May 21,
2009, June 6, 2009, July 15, 2009, August 19,
2009, August 27, 2009, August 28, 2009,
September 1, 2009, September 10, 2009,
September 15, 2009, September 30, 2009 (two reports),
October 8, 2009 and October 9, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
the description of our common stock contained in our
Form 8-A/A,
filed on June 25, 1999, and any subsequent amendment
thereto filed for the purpose of updating such description.
|
We also incorporate by reference all documents that we
subsequently file with the SEC after the filing of this
prospectus/disclosure statement pursuant to section 13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and prior to the date
this exchange offer is terminated. Nothing in this
prospectus/disclosure statement shall be deemed to incorporate
information furnished but not filed with the SEC.
Any statement contained in this prospectus/disclosure statement
or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference in this prospectus/disclosure statement shall be
deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this
prospectus/disclosure statement to the extent that a statement
contained herein or in the applicable prospectus/disclosure
statement supplement or in any other subsequently filed document
which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference
modifies or supersedes the statement. Any statement so modified
or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or
superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus/ disclosure
statement.
215
You may request a copy of the filings incorporated herein by
reference, including exhibits to such documents that are
specifically incorporated by reference, at no cost, by writing
or calling us at the following address or telephone number:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Investor Relations Department
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
(281) 897-7788
Exhibits to these filings will not be sent, however, unless
those exhibits have been specifically incorporated by reference
in this prospectus/disclosure statement.
Statements contained in this prospectus/disclosure statement as
to the contents of any contract or other documents are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance investors are
referred to the copy of the contract or other document filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement
being qualified in all respects by such reference and the
exhibits and schedules thereto.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and related schedule of
NCI Building Systems, Inc. for the fiscal year ended
November 2, 2008 (including the schedule appearing
therein), attached as Exhibit 99.1 to NCI Building Systems,
Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 10, 2009, have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included
therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated
financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in
reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
VALIDITY
OF SECURITIES
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby are
being passed upon by Todd R. Moore, Esq., Executive Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company.
Mr. Moore is paid a salary and bonus by the Company,
participates in certain of the Companys employee benefit
plans, owns shares of the Companys common stock and holds
options to acquire shares of the Companys common stock.
216
Annex A
IN THE
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In re:
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.,
et al.,1
Debtors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
|
|
Chapter 11
Case No.
09- ( )
Joint Administration Requested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JOINT
PREPACKAGED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC., ET AL. PURSUANT
TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE
|
|
|
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York
10022-4611
Telephone:
(212) 446-4800
Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900
|
|
WACHTELL, LIPTON,
ROSEN & KATZ
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 403-1000
Facsimile: (212) 403-2000
|
|
|
|
YOUNG CONAWAY
STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP
The Brandywine Building
1000 West Street, 17th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Telephone:
(302) 571-6637
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
|
|
|
Proposed Attorneys for the Debtors
Dated: October , 2009
1 The
Debtors, together with the last four digits of each
Debtors federal tax identification number, are: NCI
Building Systems, Inc. (7701) NCI Group, Inc.
(8132) Steelbuilding.com, Inc. (8097) and
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation (9146). The location of the
Debtors corporate headquarters and the service address for
all Debtors is: 10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West, Houston,
Texas 77064.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,
COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
A. Defined Terms.
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
B. Rules of Interpretation.
|
|
|
A-7
|
|
C. Computation of Time.
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
D. Governing Law.
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
E. Reference to Monetary Figures.
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
A. Administrative Claims.
|
|
|
A-8
|
|
B. Priority Tax Claims.
|
|
|
A-9
|
|
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND
INTERESTS
|
|
|
A-9
|
|
A. Classification of Claims and Equity Interests.
|
|
|
A-9
|
|
B. Treatment of Claims and Equity Interests.
|
|
|
A-10
|
|
C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.
|
|
|
A-14
|
|
D. Acceptance or Rejection of the Plan.
|
|
|
A-14
|
|
E. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and
1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
|
|
|
A-14
|
|
F. Controversy Concerning Impairment.
|
|
|
A-14
|
|
G. Subordinated Claims.
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
A. General Settlement of Claims.
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
B. Restructuring Transactions.
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
C. Existing Letters of Credit.
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
D. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.
|
|
|
A-15
|
|
E. Management Employment Contracts.
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
F. Corporate Existence.
|
|
|
A-16
|
|
G. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.
|
|
|
A-17
|
|
H. Cancellation of Securities and Agreements.
|
|
|
A-17
|
|
I. Surrender of Existing Securities.
|
|
|
A-17
|
|
J. Corporate Action.
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
K. New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws.
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
L. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.
|
|
|
A-18
|
|
M. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
N. Section 1146 Exemption.
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
O. Employee and Retiree Benefits.
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
P. Preservation of Causes of Action.
|
|
|
A-19
|
|
ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED
LEASES
|
|
|
A-20
|
|
A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and
Unexpired Leases.
|
|
|
A-20
|
|
B. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or
Unexpired Leases.
|
|
|
A-20
|
|
C. Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired
Leases Assumed.
|
|
|
A-20
|
|
D. Insurance Policies.
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
E. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or
Other Agreements.
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
F. Reservation of Rights.
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
G. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
A-i
|
|
|
|
|
H. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition
Date.
|
|
|
A-21
|
|
ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
A-22
|
|
A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be
Distributed.
|
|
|
A-22
|
|
B. Disbursing Agent.
|
|
|
A-22
|
|
C. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.
|
|
|
A-22
|
|
D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed
Distributions.
|
|
|
A-22
|
|
E. Manner of Payment.
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
F. Section 1145 Exemption.
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
G. Compliance with Tax Requirements.
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
H. Allocations.
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
I. No Postpetition Interest on Claims.
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
J. Setoffs and Recoupment.
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
K. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,
UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
A. Allowance of Claims.
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
B. Proofs of Claims.
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
C. Prosecution of Objections to Claims.
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
D. Procedures Regarding Disputed Claims.
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
E. Disallowance of Claims or Interests.
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
F. No Distributions Pending Allowance.
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
G. Distributions After Allowance.
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND
RELATED PROVISIONS
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Equity
Interests.
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
B. Release of Liens.
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
C. Releases by the Debtors.
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
D. Releases by Holders of Claims and Equity Interests.
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
E. Exculpation.
|
|
|
A-28
|
|
F. Injunction.
|
|
|
A-28
|
|
G. Subordination Rights.
|
|
|
A-28
|
|
H. Rights of Internal Revenue Service.
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND
CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
B. Waiver of Conditions.
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
C. Effect of Failure of Conditions.
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE
PLAN
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
A. Modification and Amendments.
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
A. Immediate Binding Effect.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
B. Additional Documents.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
C. Payment of Statutory Fees.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
D. Payment of Fees and Expenses of the Convertible
Indenture Trustee.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
A-ii
|
|
|
|
|
E. Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense
Payment.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
F. Reservation of Rights.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
G. Successors and Assigns.
|
|
|
A-32
|
|
H. Notices.
|
|
|
A-33
|
|
I. Term of Injunctions or Stays.
|
|
|
A-33
|
|
J. Entire Agreement.
|
|
|
A-33
|
|
K. Exhibits.
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
L. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
M. Votes Solicited in Good Faith.
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
N. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
O. Waiver or Estoppel.
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
P. Conflicts.
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
A-iii
INTRODUCTION
NCI Building Systems, Inc., together with its affiliates NCI
Group, Inc., Steelbuilding.com, Inc. and Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation, as debtors and debtors in possession, propose this
joint prepackaged plan of reorganization for the resolution of
the outstanding claims against and equity interests in the
Debtors pursuant to section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Capitalized terms used in the Plan and not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in
Article I.A. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan
within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,
COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW
As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set
forth below.
1. Administrative Claim means a Claim
for costs and expenses of administration pursuant to
sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), or 507(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and
expenses incurred after the Petition Date and through the
Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the
businesses of the Debtors (such as wages, salaries, or
commissions for services, and payments for goods and other
services and leased premises); (b) all fees and charges
assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of
chapter 123 of the Judicial Code; (c) Professional Fee
Claims; and (d) all requests for compensation or expense
reimbursement for making a substantial contribution in the
Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b)(3), (4),
and (5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
2. Affiliate has the meaning set forth
in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
3. Allowed means with respect to any
Claim, except as otherwise provided herein: (a) a Claim
that is scheduled by the Debtors as neither disputed, contingent
nor unliquidated, and as to which the Debtors or other party in
interest have not Filed an objection; (b) a Claim that
either is not a Disputed Claim or has been Allowed by a Final
Order; (c) a Claim that is Allowed (i) pursuant to the
Plan, (ii) in any stipulation that is approved by the
Bankruptcy Court or (iii) pursuant to any contract,
instrument, indenture or other agreement entered into or assumed
in connection herewith; (d) a Claim relating to a rejected
Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that either (i) is
not a Disputed Claim or (ii) has been Allowed by a Final
Order; (e) a Claim that is Allowed pursuant to the terms of
the Plan; or (f) a Claim as to which a Proof of Claim has
been timely Filed and as to which no objection has been Filed.
4. Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit
Agreement means that certain Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement to be entered into on the Effective Date,
substantially in the form contained in the Plan Supplement.
5. Avoidance Actions means any and all
actual or potential Claims to avoid a transfer of property or an
obligation incurred by the Debtors pursuant to any applicable
section of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 544,
545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553(b), and 724(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
6. Bankruptcy Code means title 11
of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C.
§§ 101-1532.
7. Bankruptcy Court means the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware or any
other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.
8. Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal
Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under
section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local,
and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.
9. Bar Date means the date, if any,
established by the Bankruptcy Court by which Proofs of Claim
must be filed.
10. Business Day means any day, other
than a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday (as
defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).
A-1
11. Cash means the legal tender of the
United States of America, as applicable, or the equivalent
thereof.
12. Causes of Action means all actions
(including Avoidance Actions), causes of action, liabilities,
obligations, rights, suits, damages, judgments, remedies,
demands, setoffs, defenses, recoupments, crossclaims,
counterclaims, third-party claims, indemnity claims,
contribution claims, or any other claims whatsoever, in each
case held by the Debtors, whether known or unknown, matured or
unmatured, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
disputed or undisputed, suspected or unsuspected, foreseen or
unforeseen, direct or indirect, choate or inchoate, existing or
hereafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, based in whole
or in part upon any act or omission or other event occurring
prior to the Petition Date or during the course of the
Chapter 11 Cases, including through the Effective Date.
13. CD&R means Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and (i) its Affiliates,
(ii) any investment fund managed by Clayton, Dubilier and
Rice, Inc. or its Affiliates, (iii) any Affiliates of any
such investment fund, (iv) any successor to its investment
management business and (v) directors, officers, employees,
and partners of the entities described in (i)-(iv) above.
14. Certificate means any instrument
evidencing a Claim or an Equity Interest.
15. CD&R Fund means Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.
16. CD&R Investors means CD&R
Fund and any parallel or co-investment vehicles under common
control or management with CD&R Fund to which CD&R
Fund assigned its rights and obligations to purchase
Series B Preferred Stock under the Investment agreement.
17. Chapter 11 Cases means
(a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the
chapter 11 case pending for that Debtor under
chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court
and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, the
procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the
Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.
18. Claim means any claim, as such term
is defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code,
against a Debtor.
19. Class means a class of Claims or
Equity Interests as set forth in Article III pursuant to
section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
20. Common Stock means shares of common
stock of NCIBS authorized pursuant to the NCIBS Charter.
21. Confirmation means the entry of the
Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.
22. Confirmation Date means the date
upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on
the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of
Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
23. Confirmation Hearing means the
hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court on Confirmation of the Plan
pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such
hearing may be continued from time to time.
24. Confirmation Order means the order
of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to
section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
25. Consummation means the effectiveness
of this Plan on the Effective Date.
26. Convertible Notes means the
2.125% Convertible Notes due 2024 issued by NCIBS.
27. Convertible Notes Indenture means
that certain Indenture, dated November 16, 2004, by and
between NCI Building Systems, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as
indenture trustee, pursuant to which NCIBS issued the
Convertible Notes.
28. Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee
means The Bank of New York, as indenture trustee for the
Convertible Notes.
29. Credit Agreement Principal Repayment
Amount means an amount equal to the difference between
the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Senior
Secured Credit Agreement as of the Petition Date and
$150.0 million.
A-2
30. Cure Claim means a Claim based upon
the Debtors defaults on an Executory Contract or Unexpired
Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the
Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
31. Debtors means, collectively: NCIBS,
NCI Group, Inc., Steelbuilding.com, Inc. and
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation.
32. Disbursing Agent means the
Reorganized Debtors or the Entity or Entities selected by the
Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to make or
facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan.
33. Disclosure Statement means that
certain prospectus/disclosure statement which forms a part of
NCIBSs Registration Statement on Form
S-4 filed on
September 10, 2009 with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and
references therein that relate to the Plan, that is prepared and
distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the
Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.
34. Disputed Claim means any Claim that
is not yet Allowed.
35. Distribution Record Date means other
than with respect to any publicly held securities, the record
date for purposes of making distributions under the Plan on
account of Allowed Claims, which date shall be five Business
Days after the Effective Date.
36. Effective Date means the date
selected by the Debtors that is a Business Day after the
Confirmation Date on which (a) the conditions to the
occurrence of the Effective Date have been met or waived
pursuant to Article IX.A and Article IX.B and
(b) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect. Unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Investment
Agreement, anything required to be done by the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the Effective Date may be
done on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter.
37. Entity means an entity as such term
is defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.
38. Equity Interests means any:
(a) Equity Security, including all issued, unissued,
authorized, or outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Debtors together with any warrants, options, or contractual
rights to purchase or acquire such Equity Securities at any time
and all rights arising with respect thereto; and
(b) partnership, limited liability company, or similar
interest in a Debtor.
39. Equity Security means any equity
security as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy
Code in a Debtor.
40. ERISA means the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C.
§§ 1001-1461
(2006), and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
41. Estate means, as to each Debtor, the
estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case
pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
42. Exchange Act means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78a et
seq.
43. Exculpated Claim means any Claim
related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to,
or arising out of the Debtors out-of-court restructuring
efforts, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation,
preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the
Disclosure Statement, the Plan, or any contract, instrument,
release, or other agreement or document created or entered into
in connection with the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the
filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of
Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration
and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Common
Stock or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any
other agreement.
44. Existing Letters of Credit means all
outstanding and undrawn letters of credit under the Senior
Secured Credit Agreement.
45. Exculpated Party means each of:
(a) the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their
Affiliates; (b) the Senior Secured Agent, in its capacity
as such; (c) CD&R and CD&R Investors;
(d) the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee, in its
capacity as such; (e) holders of Senior Secured Claims and
(f) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in
clauses (a) through (e), such Entities current or
former subsidiaries, affiliates, managed accounts or
A-3
funds, officers, directors, principals, employees, agents,
financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers,
consultants, representatives, and other Professionals, in each
case in their capacity as such.
46. Executory Contract means, as
applicable, a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a
party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under
section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
47. File or Filed or
Filing means file, filed, or filing with the
Bankruptcy Court or the Debtors claims agent, as
applicable, in the Chapter 11 Cases.
48. Final Order means, as applicable, an
order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of
competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject
matter, which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or
amended, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or
move for a new trial, re-argument, or rehearing has expired and
no appeal, petition for certiorari, or motion for a new trial,
re-argument, or rehearing has been timely filed, or as to which
any appeal that has been taken, any petition for certiorari, or
motion for a new trial, re-argument, or rehearing that has been
or may be Filed has been resolved by the highest court to which
the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was
sought.
49. General Administrative Claim means
any Administrative Claim, including Cure Claims, other than a
Professional Fee Claim.
50. General Unsecured Claim means any
Unsecured Claim that is not an Intercompany Claim, a Secured Tax
Claim or a Claim in respect of the Convertible Notes.
51. Governmental Unit means a
governmental unit as defined in section 101(27) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
52. Holdback Amount means the aggregate
holdback of those Professional fees billed to the Debtors during
the Chapter 11 Cases that are held back pursuant to the
Professional Fee Order or any other order of the Bankruptcy
Court, which amount is to be deposited in the Holdback Escrow
Account as of the Effective Date. The Holdback Amount shall not
be considered property of the Debtors or the Reorganized
Debtors. When all Professional Fee Claims have been paid,
amounts remaining in the Holdback Escrow Account, if any, shall
be paid to the Reorganized Debtors.
53. Holdback Escrow Account means the
escrow account established by the Reorganized Debtors into which
Cash equal to the Holdback Amount shall be deposited on the
Effective Date for the payment of Allowed Professional Fee
Claims to the extent not previously paid or disallowed.
54. Holder means an Entity holding a
Claim or an Equity Interest.
55. Impaired means, with respect to a
Class of Claims or Equity Interests, a Class of Claims or Equity
Interests that is not Unimpaired.
56. Intercompany Claim means any Claim
held by a Debtor against another Debtor or any Claim held by an
Affiliate against a Debtor.
57. Intercompany Interest means an
Equity Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor or an Equity
Interest in a Debtor held by an Affiliate of a Debtor.
58. Investment Agreement means that
certain investment agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009,
by and between NCIBS and the CD&R Fund, as such agreement
may be amended from time to time, pursuant to which the
CD&R Fund agreed to purchase the Series B Preferred
Stock.
59. Investment Proceeds means the
$250,000,000 payable by the CD&R Investors under the
Investment Agreement.
60. Judicial Code means title 28 of
the United States Code, 28 U.S.C.
§§ 14001.
61. Lien means a lien as defined in
section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
62. Management Employment Contracts
means those certain management employment contracts identified
on Exhibit G of the Investment Agreement.
63. NCIBS means NCI Building Systems,
Inc.
A-4
64. NCIBS Charter means the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of NCIBS, as amended.
65. NCIBS General Unsecured Claim means
a General Unsecured Claim against NCIBS.
66. NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured
Claim means a General Unsecured Claim against NCI
Group, Inc.
67. New ABL Revolving Credit Facility
means an asset-backed revolving credit facility to be provided
by certain lenders, substantially in the form contained in the
Plan Supplement.
68. New Boards means the initial boards
of directors of the Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.
69. New By-Laws means the by-laws of any
of the Debtors on and after the Effective Date.
70. New Certificates of Incorporation
means the certificates of incorporation of any of the Debtors on
and after the Effective Date.
71. New Term Loan means that certain
first-priority, five-year senior secured term loan in the amount
of $150,000,000 provided pursuant to the Amended and Restated
Senior Secured Credit Agreement and all other documents entered
into in connection therewith or contemplated thereby,
substantially on the terms contained in the Plan Supplement.
73. Other Secured Claim means any
Secured Claim that is not a Senior Secured Claim or a Secured
Tax Claim.
74. Petition Date means
[ , ],
the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11
Cases.
75. Plan means this Joint Plan of
Reorganization of NCI Building Systems, Inc., et al.
Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code, including the Plan Supplement, which is incorporated
herein by reference.
76. Plan Supplement means the
compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and
exhibits to the Plan to be Filed by the Debtors no later than
five days prior to the Confirmation Hearing or such later date
as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court on notice to parties
in interest, and additional documents filed with the Bankruptcy
Court prior to the Effective Date as amendments to the Plan
Supplement, comprised of, among other documents, the following:
(a) the New By-Laws; (b) the New Certificate of
Incorporation; (c) the Rejected Executory Contract and
Unexpired Lease List; (d) a list of retained Causes of
Action; (e) the Stockholders Agreement; (f) the New
ABL Revolving Credit Facility; and (g) the Amended and
Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement. Any reference to the
Plan Supplement in this Plan shall include each of the documents
identified above as (a) through (g). The Debtors shall have
the right to amend the documents contained in the Plan
Supplement through and including the Effective Date in
accordance with Article IX.
77. Postpetition Period means the period
of time following the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
78. Priority Non-Tax Claims means any
Claim, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax
Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under
section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
79. Priority Tax Claim means any Claim
of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
80. Pro Rata means the proportion that
an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate
amount of Allowed Claims in that Class.
81. Professional means an Entity:
(a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in
accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the
Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered
prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to
sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy
Code or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the
Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
82. Professional Fee Claims means all
Administrative Claims for the compensation of Professionals and
the reimbursement of expenses incurred by such Professionals
through the Confirmation Date.
A-5
83. Professional Fee Order means that
certain order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on
[ .
2009], establishing procedures for interim compensation and
reimbursement of expenses of Professionals [Docket
No. ].
84. Proof of Claim means a proof of
Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11
Cases.
85. Reinstated means: (a) leaving
unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which
a Claim entitles the Holder of such Claim or Equity Interest so
as to leave such Claim or Equity Interest Unimpaired or
(b) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable
law that entitles the Holder of a Claim or Equity Interest to
demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim or Equity
Interest after the occurrence of a default: (i) curing any
such default that occurred before or after the Petition Date,
other than a default of a kind specified in
section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or of a kind that
section 365(b)(2) expressly does not require to be cured;
(ii) reinstating the maturity (to the extent such maturity
has not otherwise accrued by the passage of time) of such Claim
or Equity Interest as such maturity existed before such default;
(iii) compensating the Holder of such Claim or Equity
Interest for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable
reliance by such Holder on such contractual provision or such
applicable law; (iv) if such Claim or Equity Interest
arises from a failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation other
than a default arising from failure to operate a nonresidential
real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A),
compensating the Holder of such Claim or Equity Interest (other
than the Debtor or an insider) for any actual pecuniary loss
incurred by such Holder as a result of such failure; and
(v) not otherwise altering the legal, equitable, or
contractual rights to which such Claim or Equity Interest
entitles the Holder.
86. Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired
Lease List means the list (as may be amended), as
determined by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, of Executory
Contracts and Unexpired Leases (including any amendments or
modifications thereto) that will be rejected by the Reorganized
Debtors pursuant to the provisions of Article V.
87. Released Party means each of:
(a) the Senior Secured Agent, in its capacity as such;
(b) the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee, in its
capacity as such, (c) CD&R and the CD&R
Investors; (d) holders of Senior Secured Claims
(e) with respect to each of the foregoing entities in
clauses (a) through (d), such Entities current and
former affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors,
principals, employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys,
accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives,
and other professionals, in each case in their capacity as such;
and (f) the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors
current and former officers, directors, principals, employees,
agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment
bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals,
in each case in their capacity as such.
88. Reorganized Debtors means the
Debtors, in each case, or any successor thereto, by merger,
consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date.
89. Reorganized NCIBS means a newly
formed corporation or Reorganized Debtor used to implement the
Restructuring Transactions.
90. Restructuring Transactions means
those mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements,
continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions,
dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporate
transactions that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors determine
to be necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring of a
Debtors business or a restructuring of the overall
corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors.
91. Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General
Unsecured Claim means a General Unsecured Claim
against Robertson-Ceco II Corporation.
92. Section 510(b) Claim means any
Claim against the Debtors arising from rescission of a purchase
or sale of a security of the Debtors or an affiliate of the
Debtors, for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such a
security, or for reimbursement or contribution allowed under
section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a
Claim.
93. Secured means when referring to a
Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the
Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and
enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a
Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to
section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the
value of the creditors interest in the Estates
interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject
to setoff, as
A-6
applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the Plan.
94. Secured Tax Claim means any Secured
Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to
priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the
Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of time limitations),
including any related Secured Claim for penalties.
95. Securities Act means the Securities
Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C.
§§ 77a-77aa,
together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
96. Security means a security as defined
in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.
97. Senior Secured Agent means Wachovia
Bank, as administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit
Agreement.
98. Senior Secured Claims means Claims
arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and any other
Claims that, pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Credit
Agreement, rank pari passu with and are secured equally and
ratably with such Claims.
99. Senior Secured Credit Agreement
means that certain Credit Agreement, dated June 18,
2004, by and among NCIBS, certain of its subsidiaries, as
guarantors, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication
agent, and the lenders party thereto, as amended.
100. Series B Preferred Stock means
shares of Preferred Stock of NCIBS, par value $1.00 per share,
designated as the Series B Cumulative Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock.
101. Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured
Claim means a General Unsecured Claim against
Steelbuilding.com, Inc.
102. Stockholders Agreement means the
form of stockholders agreement entered into by and between NCIBS
and the CD&R Investors in connection with the Investment
Agreement, substantially in the form contained in the Plan
Supplement.
103. Unexpired Lease means a lease to
which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to
assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy
Code.
104. Unimpaired means, with respect to a
Class of Claims or Equity Interests, a Class of Claims or Equity
Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
105. Unsecured Claim means any Claim
that is neither Secured nor entitled to priority under the
Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including
any Claim arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or
Unexpired Lease under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
|
|
B. |
Rules of Interpretation.
|
For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context,
each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall
include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in
the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the
masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) any
reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release,
indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular
form or on particular terms and conditions means that the
referenced document shall be substantially in that form or
substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) any
reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit,
whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall
mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter
be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to
an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Equity Interest includes
that Entitys successors and assigns; (5) unless
otherwise specified, all references herein to
Articles are references to Articles hereof or
hereto; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references
herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan
Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words
herein, hereof, and hereto
refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular
portion of the Plan; (8) subject to the provisions of any
contract, certificate of incorporation, bylaw, instrument,
release, or other agreement or document entered into in
connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising
pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and
enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law,
including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules;
(9) captions and
A-7
headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference
only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the
interpretation of the Plan; (10) unless otherwise specified
herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102
of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (11) any term used in
capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that
is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall
have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or
the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (12) all
references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the
Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under
the Bankruptcy Courts CM/ECF system; (13) all
references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts,
and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as
applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise
stated; and (14) any immaterial effectuating provisions may
be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that
is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan
all without further Bankruptcy Court order. Except as otherwise
specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in
the Plan to the Debtors or to the Reorganized Debtors shall mean
the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the
extent the context requires.
Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of
Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period
of time prescribed or allowed herein.
Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law
(including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless
otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of
Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of
laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and
implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents,
instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection
with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those
agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement
shall control); provided, however, that corporate
governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized
Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in Delaware shall be
governed by the laws of the state of incorporation of the
applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.
|
|
E. |
Reference to Monetary Figures.
|
All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to
currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise
expressly provided.
ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy
Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not
been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of
Claims and Equity Interests set forth in Article III.
|
|
A. |
Administrative Claims.
|
1. General Administrative Claims.
Except as specified in this Article II, unless otherwise
agreed to by the Holder of a General Administrative Claim and
the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each
Holder of an Allowed General Administrative Claim will receive,
in full satisfaction of its General Administrative Claim, Cash
equal to the amount of such Allowed General Administrative Claim
either: (a) on the Effective Date; (b) if the General
Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date,
30 days after the date on which an order allowing such
General Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon
thereafter as reasonably practicable; or (c) if the Allowed
General Administrative Claims are based on liabilities incurred
by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business during
the Postpetition Period, pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General
Administrative Claims, without any further action by the Holders
of such Allowed General Administrative Claims.
A-8
2. Professional Compensation.
(a) Final Fee Applications.
All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims,
including the Holdback Amount and Professional Fee Claims
incurred during the Postpetition Period, must be filed with the
Bankruptcy Court and served on the Reorganized Debtors no later
than 45 days after the Effective Date. After notice and a
hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the
Bankruptcy Code and prior orders of the Bankruptcy Court in the
Chapter 11 Cases, the allowed amounts of such Professional
Fee Claims shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court.
(b) Payment of Interim Amounts.
Subject to the Holdback Amount, on the Effective Date, the
Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay all
amounts owing to Professionals for all outstanding amounts
payable relating to prior periods through the Confirmation Date.
To receive payment, on or before Effective Date, each
Professional shall submit a detailed invoice covering such
period in the manner and providing the detail as set forth in
the Professional Fee Order.
(c) Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and
after the Confirmation Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall, in
the ordinary course of business and without any further notice
to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in
Cash the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and
expenses related to implementation and Consummation of the Plan
incurred by the Reorganized Debtors. Upon the Confirmation Date,
any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327
through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention
or compensation for services rendered after such date shall
terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any
Professional in the ordinary course of business without any
further notice to or action, order, or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court.
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax
Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in
exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of
such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance
with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
ARTICLE III.
CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
A. Classification of Claims and Equity Interests.
1. This Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan
for each Debtor. Classes 1, 2, 4, 10, 11, and 13, for
administrative convenience, encompass claims against various
Debtors of a similar nature and entitled to similar treatment.
Class 3 includes Senior Secured Claims against all of the
Debtors. Class 5 includes Convertible Notes Claims against
NCIBS. Class 12 includes Claims on account of Equity
Interests in NCIBS. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1)
of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors have not classified
Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, as described in
Article II.
2. All Claims and Equity Interests, except for
Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims are classified in
the Classes set forth in this Article III. A Claim or
Equity Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the
extent that the Claim or Equity Interest qualifies within the
description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to
the extent that any portion of the Claim or Equity Interest
qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim
also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent
that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not
been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the
Effective Date.
A-9
3. Class Identification.
The classification of Claims and Equity Interests against the
Debtors pursuant to the Plan is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class
|
|
Claims and Equity Interests
|
|
Status
|
|
Voting Rights
|
|
Class 1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 2
|
|
Secured Tax Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 3
|
|
Senior Secured Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
Class 4
|
|
Other Secured Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 5
|
|
Convertible Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
Class 6
|
|
NCIBS General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 7
|
|
NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 8
|
|
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 9
|
|
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 10
|
|
Intercompany Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 11
|
|
Intercompany Interests
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 12
|
|
Equity Interests in NCIBS
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
|
Class 13
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote
(Deemed to Reject)
|
B. Treatment of Claims and Equity Interests.
1. Class 1Priority Non-Tax Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 1 consists
of all Priority Non-Tax Claims.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent that
a Holder of an Allowed Priority-Non Tax Claim agrees to a less
favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement,
release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed
Priority Non-Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority
Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full in Cash (a) on the
Effective Date or (b) if the Priority Non-Tax Claim is not
Allowed as of the Effective Date, 30 days after the date on
which an order allowing such Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes a
Final Order, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable; or
(c) if the Priority Non-Tax Claims are based on liabilities
incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business, on
the date such liability becomes due in the ordinary course of
business.
(c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of a Priority Non-Tax Claim is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of Priority Non-Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan.
2. Class 2Secured Tax Claims
(a) Classification: Class 2 consists
of all Secured Tax Claims.
(b) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired,
and holders of Class 2 Claims are conclusively presumed to
have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the
Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the holders of Class 2 Claims
are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
A-10
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that
a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim has been paid by the
Debtors prior to the Effective Date or agrees to a less
favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction and
discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Secured Tax Claim,
each Holder of such Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall receive, at
the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors,
(i) Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to such
Allowed Secured Tax Claim, (ii) commencing on the Effective
Date and continuing over a period not exceeding five years from
the Petition Date, equal semi-annual Cash payments in an
aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim,
together with interest at the applicable rate under
non-bankruptcy law, subject to the sole option of the Debtors or
the Reorganized Debtors to prepay the entire amount of the
Allowed Secured Tax Claim or (iii) regular Cash payments in
a manner not less favorable than the most favored non-priority
unsecured Claim provided for by the Plan.
3. Class 3Senior Secured Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 3 consists
of all Senior Secured Claims.
(b) Allowance: The Senior Secured Claims
are Allowed in full and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not
be subject to any avoidance, reduction, set off, offset,
recharacterization, subordination (whether equitable,
contractual, or otherwise), counterclaim, cross-claim, defense,
disallowance, impairment, objection, or any other challenges
under any applicable law or regulation by any person or entity.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that
a Holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim agrees to a less
favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement,
release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed
Senior Secured Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Senior Secured
Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of:
(i) Cash in an amount equal to the Credit Agreement
Principal Repayment Amount, plus Cash equal to accrued but
unpaid interest, fees and expenses on the loans under the Senior
Secured Credit Agreement up to the Effective Date; and
(ii) the New Term Loan.
(d) Voting: Class 3 is Impaired by
the Plan. Holders of Senior Secured Claims are entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan.
4. Class 4Other Secured Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 4 consists
of all Other Secured Claims.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent that
a Holder of an Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable
treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release,
and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Secured Claim,
each Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be Reinstated or
otherwise rendered Unimpaired for the benefit of the Holders
thereof.
(c) Voting: Class 4 is Unimpaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Secured Claim is conclusively
presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan.
5. Class 5Convertible Notes Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 5 consists
of all Convertible Notes Claims.
(b) Allowance: The Convertible Notes
Claims are Allowed in full and, for the avoidance of doubt,
shall not be subject to any avoidance, reduction, set off,
offset, recharacterization, subordination (whether equitable,
contractual, or otherwise), counterclaim, cross-claim, defense,
disallowance, impairment, objection, or any other challenges
under any applicable law or regulation by any person or entity.
A-11
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that
a Holder of an Allowed Convertible Notes Claim agrees to a less
favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement,
release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed
Convertible Notes Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Convertible
Notes Claim shall receive:
(i) Cash in an amount equal to $500 for each $1,000 of
principal amount of Convertible Notes held by such Holder
; and
(ii) 390 shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 of
principal amount of Convertible Notes held by such Holder,
issued on the Effective Date.
(d) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired by
the Plan. Holders of Convertible Notes Claims are entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
6. Class 6NCIBS General Unsecured Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 6 consists
of all General Unsecured Claims against NCIBS.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, or
as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, except to the
extent that a Holder of an Allowed NCIBS General Unsecured Claim
agrees to less favorable treatment of such Allowed NCIBS General
Unsecured Claim or has been paid prior to the Effective Date,
each Allowed NCIBS General Unsecured Claim shall be Unimpaired
in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Each Holder of an Allowed NCIBS General Unsecured Claim that is
not due and payable on or before the Effective Date will receive
payment in full in Cash of the unpaid portion of such Allowed
NCIBS General Unsecured Claim on the latest of (a) the
Effective Date; and (b) the date such Allowed General
Unsecured Claims becomes due and payable in the ordinary course
of business; provided, however, that the Debtors
may seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to pay certain
Allowed NCIBS General Unsecured Claims in advance of the
Effective Date in the ordinary course of business. The Debtors
reserve their rights, however, to dispute the validity of any
NCIBS General Unsecured Claim, whether or not objected to prior
to the Effective Date.
(c) Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of a NCIBS General Unsecured Claim is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of NCIBS General Unsecured Claims are not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
7. Class 7NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured
Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 7 consists
of all NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, or
as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, except to the
extent that a Holder of an Allowed NCI Group, Inc. General
Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of such
Allowed NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim or has been paid
prior to the Effective Date, each Allowed NCI Group, Inc.
General Unsecured Claim shall be Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each Holder of an Allowed
NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim that is not due and
payable on or before the Effective Date will receive payment in
full in Cash of the unpaid portion of such Allowed NCI Group,
Inc. General Unsecured Claim on the latest of (a) the
Effective Date; and (b) the date such Allowed NCI Group,
Inc. General Unsecured Claim becomes due and payable in the
ordinary course of business; provided, however,
that the Debtors may seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to
pay certain Allowed NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims in
advance of the Effective Date in the ordinary course of
business. The Debtors reserve their rights, however, to dispute
the validity of any NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claim,
whether or not objected to prior to the Effective Date.
(c) Voting: Class 7 is Unimpaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of a NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured
Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Therefore, Holders of NCI Group, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
8. Class 8Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General
Unsecured Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 8 consists
of all Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, or
as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, except to the
extent that a Holder of an Allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc.
General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of
A-12
such Allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claim or
has been paid prior to the Effective Date, each Allowed
Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claim shall be
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Each Holder of an Allowed Steelbuilding.com,
Inc. General Unsecured Claim that is not due and payable on or
before the Effective Date will receive payment in full in Cash
of the unpaid portion of such Allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc.
General Unsecured Claim on the latest of (a) the Effective
Date; and (b) the date such Allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc.
General Unsecured Claims becomes due and payable in the ordinary
course of business; provided, however, that the
Debtors may seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to pay
certain Allowed Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured Claims
in advance of the Effective Date in the ordinary course of
business. The Debtors reserve their rights, however, to dispute
the validity of any Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured
Claim, whether or not objected to prior to the Effective Date.
(c) Voting: Class 8 is Unimpaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of a Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General
Unsecured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the
Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Therefore, Holders of Steelbuilding.com, Inc. General Unsecured
Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
9. Class 9Robertson-Ceco II Corporation
General Unsecured Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 9 consists
of all Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured
Claims.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, or
as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, except to the
extent that a Holder of an Allowed Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable
treatment of such Allowed Robertson-Ceco II Corporation
General Unsecured Claim or has been paid prior to the Effective
Date, each Allowed Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General
Unsecured Claim shall be Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each Holder of an
Allowed Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured
Claim that is not due and payable on or before the Effective
Date will receive payment in full in Cash of the unpaid portion
of such Allowed Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General
Unsecured Claim on the latest of (a) the Effective Date;
and (b) the date such Allowed Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation General Unsecured Claim becomes due and payable in
the ordinary course of business; provided,
however, that the Debtors may seek authority from the
Bankruptcy Court to pay certain Allowed Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation General Unsecured Claims in advance of the Effective
Date in the ordinary course of business. The Debtors reserve
their rights, however, to dispute the validity of any
Robertson-Ceco II Corporation General Unsecured Claim,
whether or not objected to prior to the Effective Date.
(c) Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of a Robertson-Ceco II Corporation
General Unsecured Claim is conclusively presumed to have
accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the
Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation General Unsecured Claims are not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
10. Class 10Intercompany Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 10
consists of all Intercompany Claims.
(b) Treatment: To preserve the
Debtors corporate structure, all or a portion of the
Intercompany Claims may be Reinstated, capitalized or otherwise
discharged in any manner as of the Effective Date at the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors option.
(c) Voting: Class 10 is Unimpaired
by the Plan. Each Holder of an Intercompany Claim is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan.
11. Class 11Intercompany Interests.
(a) Classification: Class 11
consists of all Intercompany Interests.
(b) Treatment: In full and final
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in
exchange for each Intercompany Interest, Intercompany Interests
shall be Reinstated for the benefit of the Holders thereof.
A-13
(c) Voting: Class 11 is Unimpaired
by the Plan. Each Holder of an Intercompany Interest is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan.
12. Class 12Equity Interests in NCIBS.
(a) Classification: Class 12
consists of all Equity Interests in NCIBS.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all
Equity Interests in NCIBS shall be Reinstated for the benefit of
the Holders thereof, provided, such Equity Interests shall be
subject to dilution in accordance with the NCIBS Charter on
account of the Common Stock distributed to holders of the
Convertible Notes and the Series B Preferred Stock issued
to the CD&R Investors.
(c) Voting: Class 12 is Unimpaired
by the Plan. Each Holder of an Equity Interest in NCIBS is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of Equity Interests in NCIBS are not entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan.
13. Class 13Section 510(b) Claims.
(a) Classification: Class 13
consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all
Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled without any
distribution.
(c) Voting: Class 13 is Impaired by
the Plan. Each Holder of a Section 510(b) Claim is
conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to
section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders
of Section 510(b) Claims are not entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan.
C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan
shall affect the Debtors rights in respect of any
Unimpaired Claims, including, all rights in respect of legal and
equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupments against any such
Unimpaired Claims.
D. Acceptance or Rejection of the Plan.
1. Voting Classes.
Classes 3 and 5 are Impaired under the Plan and are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
2. Presumed Acceptance of the Plan.
Classes 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 are Unimpaired
under the Plan. The Holders of Claims and Equity Interests in
such Classes are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan
and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
3. Deemed Rejection of Plan.
Class 13 is Impaired and shall receive no distribution
under the Plan. The Holders of Claims in Class 13 are
deemed to have rejected the Plan and are not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
E. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10)
and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be
satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan
by either Class 3 or 5. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation
of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Equity
Interests.
F. Controversy Concerning Impairment.
If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Equity
Interests, or any Class of Claims or Equity Interests, are
Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a
hearing, determine such controversy on or before the
Confirmation Date.
A-14
G. Subordinated Claims.
The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed
Claims and the respective distributions and treatments under the
Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and
rights of the Claims in each Class in connection with any
contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating
thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable
subordination, section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or
otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code,
the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any
Allowed Claim or Equity Interest in accordance with any
contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
ARTICLE IV.
MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
A. General Settlement of Claims.
As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as
otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in
consideration for the classification, Distributions, releases,
and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective
Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith
compromise and settlement of all Claims and Equity Interests and
controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan. Subject to
Article VI, all Distributions made to Holders of Allowed
Claims in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.
B. Restructuring Transactions.
On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or Reorganized
Debtors shall take any actions as may be necessary or
appropriate to effect a corporate restructuring of their
respective businesses or a corporate restructuring of the
overall corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, as and
to the extent provided herein, consistent with the terms of the
Investment Agreement. The Restructuring Transactions may include
one or more inter-company mergers, consolidations,
amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings,
conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations, or other
corporate transactions as may be determined by the Debtors or
the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to be necessary or
appropriate. The actions to effect the Restructuring
Transactions may include: (1) the execution and delivery of
appropriate agreements or other documents of merger,
amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion,
disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution,
sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are
consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the
applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to
which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution
and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment,
assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right,
liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the
terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the
applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate
certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation,
merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement,
continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or
provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the
applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate,
including making filings or recordings that may be required by
applicable law in connection with the Restructuring Transactions.
C. Existing Letters of Credit.
On the Effective Date, all Existing Letters of Credit shall be
replaced, backstopped by a letter of credit under the New ABL
Revolving Credit Facility, or cash collateralized.
D. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.
The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan
with Cash on hand, including Cash from operations and the
Investment Proceeds.
1. Investment Agreement
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall take any
necessary action to effectuate the transactions contemplated in
the Investment Agreement, including, without limitation, the
authorization, execution and delivery of the Stockholders
Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the Registration
Rights Agreement, as contemplated thereby. Confirmation shall be
deemed approval of the Investment Agreement (including the
transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken,
undertakings to be made, and obligations to be
A-15
incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith) and
authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to issue the
Series B Preferred Stock to the CD&R Investors.
2. The New Term Loan.
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into
the New Term Loan. Confirmation shall be deemed approval of the
New Term Loan (including the transactions contemplated thereby,
and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and
obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in
connection therewith) and authorization for the Reorganized
Debtors to enter into and execute the New Term Loan documents,
subject to such modifications as the Reorganized Debtors may
deem to be reasonably necessary to consummate such New Term Loan.
3. The New ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into
the New ABL Revolving Credit Facility. Confirmation shall be
deemed approval of the New ABL Revolving Credit Facility
(including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all
actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to
be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith)
and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and
execute the New ABL Revolving Credit Facility documents, subject
to such modifications as the Reorganized Debtors may deem to be
reasonably necessary to consummate such New ABL Revolving Credit
Facility.
4. Intercompany Account Settlement.
The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to
transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to
be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to
satisfy their obligations under the Plan. Except as set forth
herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting
from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in
accordance with the Debtors historical intercompany
account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of
the Plan.
5. Series B Preferred Stock
On the Effective Date, Reorganized NCIBS shall issue
250,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the
CD&R Investors in accordance with the terms of the
Investment Agreement. The issuance of the Series B
Preferred Stock by Reorganized NCIBS is consistent with the
terms of the NCIBS Charter and is authorized without the need
for any further corporate action or without any further action
by the Holders of Claims or Equity Interests.
6. Common Stock.
The issuance of the Common Stock required to Consummate the Plan
is consistent with the terms of the NCIBS Charter and is
authorized without the need for any further corporate action or
without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Equity
Interests. On the Effective Date, approximately
70,200,000 shares of Common Stock will be issued to the
Holders of Claims in Class 5.
All of the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan
shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and
non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in
Article VI shall be governed by the terms and conditions
set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or
issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments
evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which
terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such
distribution or issuance.
E. Management Employment Contracts
On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall assume each of the
Management Employment Contracts, subject to modification as
required by the Investment Agreement.
F. Corporate Existence.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall
continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate
corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or
other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other
form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the
jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or
formed and pursuant to the
A-16
respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other
formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date,
except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and
bylaws (or other formation documents) are amended by the Plan or
otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such
documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and
require no further action or approval (other than any requisite
filings required under applicable state, provincial, or federal
law).
G. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement,
instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the
Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of
Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant
to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor,
free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other
encumbrances (except for Liens securing the New Term Loan and
New ABL Revolving Credit Facility). On and after the Effective
Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized
Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose
of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Equity
Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval
by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the
Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
H. Cancellation of Securities and Agreements.
On the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically provided
for in the Plan: (1) the obligations of the Debtors under
the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Convertible Notes
Indentures, and any other Certificate, Equity Security, share,
note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other
instrument or document directly or indirectly evidencing or
creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest
in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Equity Interest
(except such Certificates, notes, or other instruments or
documents evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or ownership
interest in the Debtors that are Reinstated pursuant to the
Plan), shall be cancelled solely as to the Debtors and their
affiliates, and none of the Reorganized Debtors shall have any
continuing obligation thereunder, except that, to the extent
provided in the New Term Loan
and/or New
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the guarantees of and Liens
securing obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement
shall not be cancelled and shall guarantee or secure obligations
under the New Term Loan
and/or New
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, as applicable, and only such
obligations; and (2) the obligations of the Debtors and
their affiliates pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any
agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or
certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents
governing the shares, Certificates, notes, bonds, indentures,
purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or
documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation
of or ownership interest in the Debtors (except such agreements,
Certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing
indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the
Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan)
shall be released and discharged; provided,
however, that notwithstanding Confirmation or
Consummation, any such indenture or agreement that governs the
rights of the Holder of a Claim shall continue in effect solely
for purposes of allowing Holders to receive distributions under
the Plan; provided, further, however, that
the preceding proviso shall not affect the discharge of Claims
or Equity Interests pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the
Confirmation Order, or the Plan, or result in any expense or
liability to the Reorganized Debtors; provided,
further, however, that the foregoing shall not
effect the cancellation of shares issued pursuant to the
Restructuring Transactions nor any other shares held by one
Debtor in the capital of another Debtor; and provided,
further, however, that to the extent provided in
the New Term Loan
and/or New
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the guarantees of and Liens
securing obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement
shall not be cancelled and shall guarantee or secure obligations
under the New Term Loan
and/or New
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, as applicable, and only such
obligations.
I. Surrender of Existing Securities.
As soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, each
Holder of Convertible Notes Claims shall surrender its note(s)
to the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee, or in the event such
note(s) are held in the name of, or by a nominee of, The
Depository Trust Company, the Reorganized Debtors shall
seek the cooperation of The Depository Trust Company to
provide appropriate instructions to the Convertible Notes
Indenture Trustee. No distributions under the Plan shall be made
for or on behalf of such Holder unless and until such note is
received by the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee or
appropriate instructions from The Depository Trust Company
are received by the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee or the
loss, theft, or destruction of such note is established to the
reasonable
A-17
satisfaction of the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee, which
satisfaction may require such Holder to submit (1) a lost
instrument affidavit and (2) an indemnity bond holding the
Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Convertible Notes
Indenture Trustee, harmless in respect of such note and
distributions made thereof. Upon compliance with this Section by
a Holder of any Convertible Note, such Holder shall, for all
purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have surrendered such
Convertible Note. Any Holder that fails to surrender such
Convertible Note or satisfactorily explain its non-availability
to the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee, within one year of
the Effective Date shall be deemed to have no further Claim
against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors (or their
property), or the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee in respect
of such Claim and shall not participate in any distribution
under the Plan. All property in respect of such forfeited
distributions, including interest thereon, shall be promptly
returned to the Reorganized Debtors by the Convertible Notes
Indenture Trustee, and any such security shall be cancelled.
J. Corporate Action.
Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated by the Plan
shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects,
including: (1) assumption of the Management Employment
Contracts, as may be amended; (2) selection of the
directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (3) the
issuance and distribution of Common Stock to holders of
Class 5 Claims; (4) the issuance and distribution of
the Series B Preferred Stock to the CD&R Investors;
(5) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions;
(6) the execution and entry into the New Term Loan and New
ABL Revolving Credit Facility; and (7) all other actions
contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after
the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan
involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the
Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or Reorganized NCIBS in
connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and
shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by
the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors, the
Reorganized Debtors, or Reorganized NCIBS. On or (as applicable)
prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the
Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or Reorganized NCIBS, as
applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to
issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents,
securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or
necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated
by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized
Debtors and Reorganized NCIBS, including the New Term Loan and
New ABL Revolving Credit Facility, and any and all other
agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to
the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by
this Article IV.J shall be effective notwithstanding any
requirements under non-bankruptcy law.
K. New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws.
On or immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtors will file their respective New Certificates of
Incorporation with the applicable Secretaries of State
and/or other
applicable authorities in their respective states, provinces, or
countries of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws
of the respective states, provinces, or countries of
incorporation. Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the
Bankruptcy Code, the New Certificates of Incorporation will
prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities. Subject
to the preceding sentence, the New Certificate of Incorporation
of NCIBS shall be identical to the NCIBS Charter. After the
Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate
their respective New Certificates of Incorporation and New
By-Laws and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws
of their respective states, provinces, or countries of
incorporation and their respective New Certificates of
Incorporation and New By-Laws.
L. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.
As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the
board of directors of NCIBS shall expire, and the initial boards
of directors and the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors
shall be appointed in accordance with the respective New
Certificates of Incorporation and New By-laws and the Investment
Agreement. Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the Debtors will disclose in advance of the Confirmation
Hearing the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to
serve on the New Boards or be an officer of each of the
Reorganized Debtors and Reorganized NCIBS. To the extent any
such director or officer of the Reorganized Debtors or
Reorganized NCIBS is an insider under the Bankruptcy
Code, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director
or officer will also be disclosed. Each such director and
officer shall serve from and after the
A-18
Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Certificates of
Incorporation, New By-laws, the Stockholders Agreement, and
other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors or
Reorganized NCIBS.
M. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.
On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and
the officers and members of the boards of directors thereof, are
authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record
such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other
agreements or documents and take such actions as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further
evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Securities
issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the
Reorganized Debtors and Reorganized NCIBS, without the need for
any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those
expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
N. Section 1146 Exemption.
Pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, any
transfers of property pursuant hereto shall not be subject to
any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee,
intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate
transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or
governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation
Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or
agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or
governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation
any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the
payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental
assessment.
O. Employee and Retiree Benefits.
All employment, retirement, indemnification, and other
agreements or arrangements in place as of the Effective Date
with the Debtors officers, directors, or employees, or
retirement income plans and welfare benefit plans for such
persons, or variable incentive plans regarding payment of a
percentage of annual salary based on performance goals and
financial targets for certain employees identified as key
leaders, top level managers or sales leaders, or indemnification
arrangements with directors of non-Debtor subsidiaries, shall
remain in place after the Effective Date, and the Reorganized
Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements,
programs, and plans. Nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish,
or otherwise alter the Reorganized Debtors defenses,
claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to any
such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to
section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, on and after
the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as that term is
defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any,
shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.
P. Preservation of Causes of Action.
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code,
but subject to Article VIII hereof, the Reorganized Debtors
shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue,
as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising
before or after the Petition Date, including any actions
specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the
Reorganized Debtors rights to commence, prosecute, or
settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding
the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors
may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance
with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity
may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the
Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of
Action against them as any indication that the Debtors or
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all
available Causes of Action against them. The Debtors or
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights
to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity,
except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Unless any
Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived,
relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in
the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors
expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication,
and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines
of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim
preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable or otherwise), or
laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as
a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.
The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the Causes of
Action notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any
Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11
Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with
section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of
Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in
the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be. The applicable
Reorganized Debtor, through
A-19
its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may
exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The
Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority,
and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute,
enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or
litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to
do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any
third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval
of the Bankruptcy Court.
ARTICLE V.
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and
Unexpired Leases.
On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all
Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, not previously assumed
or rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, will
be deemed assumed, in accordance with the provisions and
requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy
Code, other than those Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases
that (1) were previously assumed or rejected by the
Debtors, (2) are identified on the Rejected Executory
Contract and Unexpired Lease List, (3) are the subject of a
motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is
pending on the Confirmation Date, or (4) are subject to a
motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease
pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection
is after the Effective Date. Entry of the Confirmation Order by
the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of such
assumptions and the rejection of the Executory Contracts or
Unexpired Leases listed on the Rejected Executory Contract and
Unexpired Lease List pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123
of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory
Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date
shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after
the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and
Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by
any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned
to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in
and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in
accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by
the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court
authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable
federal law.
B. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or
Unexpired Leases.
All proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the
rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant
to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, if any, must be filed
with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the date of
entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such
rejection (which order may be the Confirmation Order). Any
Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or
Unexpired Lease not filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such
time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from
assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or
the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without
the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further
notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy
Court. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the
Debtors Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be
classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in
accordance with Article III.B of the Plan.
C. Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and
Unexpired Leases Assumed.
Any monetary defaults under each Executory Contract and
Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan shall be
satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy
Code, by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective
Date, subject to the limitation described below, or on such
other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or
Unexpired Leases may otherwise agree. In the event of a dispute
regarding (1) the amount of any payments to cure such a
default, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any
assignee to provide adequate assurance of future
performance (within the meaning of section 365 of the
Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease
to be assumed, or (3) any other matter pertaining to
assumption, the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1)
of the Bankruptcy Code shall be made following the entry of a
Final Order or orders resolving the dispute and approving the
assumption. At least 20 days prior to the Confirmation
Hearing, the Debtors shall provide for notices of proposed
assumption and proposed cure amounts to be sent to applicable
third parties and for procedures for objecting thereto and
resolution of disputes by the Bankruptcy Court. Any objection by
a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to a
proposed assumption or related cure amount must be
A-20
filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors at least
three (3) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing. Any
counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that
fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or cure amount
will be deemed to have assented to such assumption or cure
amount.
Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant
to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and
satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or
nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the
change in control or ownership interest composition or other
bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed executory
contract or unexpired lease at any time prior to the effective
date of assumption. Any Proofs of Claim filed with respect to an
executory contract or unexpired lease that has been assumed
shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice
to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
D. Insurance Policies.
All of the Debtors insurance policies and any agreements,
documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as
Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the
Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies
and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating to
coverage of all Insured Claims.
E. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements,
or Other Agreements.
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract
or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all
modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other
agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or
Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired
Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements,
licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options,
rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of
the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or
repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.
Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to
prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have
been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases
shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the
Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity,
priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection
therewith.
F. Reservation of Rights.
Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or
Unexpired Lease on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired
Lease List, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute
an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is
in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any
Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a
dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was
executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection,
the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have
30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such
dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.
G. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.
In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the
Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any
request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting
unexpired leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
H. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition
Date.
Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any
Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the Debtor or
Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of
its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including
any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and any
agreements entered into pursuant to the Investment Agreement)
will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation
Order.
A-21
ARTICLE VI.
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be
Distributed.
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date (or
if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the
date that such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, or as soon as
reasonably practicable thereafter), each Holder of an Allowed
Claim against the Debtors shall receive the full amount of the
distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in the
applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under the
Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a
Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance
of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business
Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the
required date. If and to the extent that there are Disputed
Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims
shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in
Article VII of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in
the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest,
dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the
Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on
or at any time after the Effective Date.
B. Disbursing Agent.
All distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing
Agent on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date. The
Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or
surety or other security for the performance of its duties
unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Additionally,
in the event that the Disbursing Agent is so otherwise ordered,
all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety
shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.
C. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.
1. Powers of the Disbursing Agent.
The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all
actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other
documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan;
(b) make all distributions contemplated hereby;
(c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to
its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as
may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy
Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing
Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions
hereof.
2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date.
Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount
of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing
Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any
reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims
(including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the
Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized
Debtors.
D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or
Unclaimed Distributions.
1. Delivery of Distributions in General.
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Reorganized Debtors
shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims on the
Distribution Record Date at the address for each such Holder as
indicated on the Debtors records as of the date of any
such distribution; provided, however, that the
manner of such distributions shall be determined at the
discretion of the Reorganized Debtors; provided
further, however, that the address for each Holder
of an Allowed Claim shall be deemed to be the address set forth
in any Proof of Claim Filed by that Holder.
2. Delivery of Distributions to Senior Secured Claims
and Convertible Notes Claims.
(a) Senior Secured Agent.
The Senior Secured Agent shall be deemed to be the Holder of all
Senior Secured Claims, as applicable, for purposes of
distributions to be made hereunder, and all distributions on
account of such Senior Secured Claims shall be made to or on
behalf of the Senior Secured Agent. The Senior Secured Agent
shall hold or direct such distributions for the benefit of the
Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Claims, as applicable. As soon
as practicable
A-22
following compliance with the requirements set forth in
Article IV.H of the Plan, the Senior Secured Agent shall
arrange to deliver such distributions to or on behalf of such
Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Claims
(b) Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee.
The Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to be
the Holder of all Convertible Notes Claims, as applicable, for
purposes of distributions to be made hereunder, and all
distributions on account of such Convertible Notes Claims shall
be made to or on behalf of the Convertible Notes Indenture
Trustee. The Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee shall hold or
direct such distributions for the benefit of the Holders of
Allowed Convertible Notes Claims, as applicable. As soon as
practicable following compliance with the requirements set forth
in Article IV.I of the Plan, the Convertible Notes
Indenture Trustee shall (a) arrange to deliver such
distributions to or on behalf of such Holders of Allowed
Convertible Notes Claims, (b) exercise its charging liens
against any such distributions, and (c) seek compensation
and reimbursement for any fees and expenses incurred in making
such distributions.
3. Minimum Distributions.
No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be distributed and no
Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts.
When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an
Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of a number
of shares of Common Stock that is not a whole number, the actual
distribution of shares of Common Stock shall be rounded as
follows: (a) fractions of one-half
(1/2)
or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and
(b) fractions of less than one-half
(1/2)
shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further
payment therefor. The total number of authorized shares of
Common Stock to be distributed to holders of Allowed Claims
shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing
rounding.
4. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed
Property.
In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as
undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made
unless and until the Disbursing Agent has determined the
then-current address of such Holder, at which time such
distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest;
provided, however, that such distributions shall
be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code on the first anniversary of the Effective Date.
After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property
shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors automatically and
without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court
(notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial or state
escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary),
and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Equity Interest
in property shall be discharged and forever barred.
E. Manner of Payment.
1. All distributions of the Common Stock to Holders of
Class 5 Claims under the Plan shall be made by the
Disbursing Agent on behalf of Reorganized NCIBS.
2. All distributions of the New Term Loan to Holders of
Class 3 Claims under the Plan shall be made by the
Disbursing Agent on behalf of Reorganized NCIBS.
3. All distributions of Cash under the Plan shall be made
by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the applicable Debtor.
4. At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment
to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as
otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.
F. Section 1145 Exemption.
To the extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy
Code, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the Common
Stock as contemplated by Article III.B of the Plan to
Class 5, shall be exempt from, among other things, the
registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities
Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to
the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. In
addition, to the extent permitted by section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code, such Common Stock will be freely tradable in
the U.S. by the recipients thereof, subject to the
provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code
relating to the definition of an underwriter in
section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with
applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations
A-23
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at
the time of any future transfer of such Securities or
instruments and subject to any restrictions in the Stockholders
Agreement and the New Certificate of Incorporation.
G. Compliance with Tax Requirements.
In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the
Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and
reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit,
and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to
such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any
provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors
and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions
necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and
reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the
distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient
funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding
distributions pending receipt of information necessary to
facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other
mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The
Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all
distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all
applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other
spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.
H. Allocations.
Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated
first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for
federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the
consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any
portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest.
I. No Postpetition Interest on Claims.
Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or the
Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy law,
postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims
against the Debtors, and no Holder of a Claim against the
Debtors shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the
Petition Date on any such Claim.
J. Setoffs and Recoupment.
The Debtors may, but shall not be required to, setoff against or
recoup from any Claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors
may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so
nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a
waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of
any such Claim it may have against the Holder of such Claim.
K. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.
1. Claims Paid by Third Parties.
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall
reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed
without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any
further notice to or action, order, or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim
receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party
that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last
sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim
receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives
payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized
Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within two
weeks of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to
the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the
Holders total recovery on account of such Claim from the
third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim
as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The
failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such
distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable
Reorganized Debtor annualized interest on such amount owed for
each Business Day after the two-week grace period specified
above until the amount is repaid.
2. Claims Payable by Third Parties.
No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an
Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the
Debtors insurance policies until the Holder of such
Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such
insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the
Debtors insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a
Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent
jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers
agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged
without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any
further notice to or action, order, or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court.
A-24
3. Applicability of Insurance Policies.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to
Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained
in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause
of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any
other Entity, including insurers under any policies of
insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be
deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including
coverage defenses, held by such insurers.
ARTICLE VII.
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,
UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS
A. Allowance of Claims.
After the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor shall have and
retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with
respect to any Claim or Interest immediately prior to the
Effective Date.
B. Proofs of Claims.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims
shall not be required to File a Proof of Claim, and no parties
should File a Proof of Claim. On the Effective Date, any and all
Filed Proofs of Claims shall be deemed expunged from the record
of these cases and the Debtors shall not be required to object
to such Proofs of Claim in the Bankruptcy Court.
C. Prosecution of Objections to Claims.
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall
have the exclusive authority to File, settle, compromise,
withdraw, or litigate to judgment any objections to any Claims
not specifically Allowed by the Plan. From and after the
Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors may
settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without approval of the
Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors also reserve the right to resolve
any Disputed Claim outside the Bankruptcy Court under applicable
governing law.
D. Procedures Regarding Disputed Claims
The Debtors do not intend to object to the allowance of Claims
Filed; provided, however, that the Debtors and the
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to object
to any Claim that is entitled, or deemed to be entitled, to a
distribution under the Plan or is rendered Unimpaired under the
Plan within 120 days of the Effective Date. Instead, the
Debtors intend to make distributions, as required by the Plan,
in accordance with the books and records of the Debtors. Unless
disputed by a Holder of a Claim, the amount set forth in the
books and records of the Debtors shall constitute the amount of
the Allowed Claim of such Holder. If any such Holder of a Claim
disagrees with the Debtors books and records with respect
to the Allowed amount of such Holders Claim, such Holder
must so advise the Debtors in writing, in which event the Claim
will become a Disputed Claim. The Debtors intend to attempt to
resolve any such disputes consensually or through judicial means
outside the Bankruptcy Court. Nevertheless, the Debtors may, in
their discretion, file with the Bankruptcy Court (or any other
court of competent jurisdiction) an objection to the allowance
of any Claim or any other appropriate motion or adversary
proceeding with respect thereto. All such objections will be
litigated to Final Order; provided, however, that the
Debtors may compromise, settle, withdraw, or resolve by any
other method approved by the Bankruptcy Court any objections to
Claims.
Any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may, at any
time, request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent
or unliquidated Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the
Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether such Debtor has
previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy
Court has ruled on any objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will
retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during
litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including
during the pendency of any appeal related to any such objection.
In the event the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent or
unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount will constitute either
the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such
Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated
amount constitutes a maximum limitation on such Claim, the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as
A-25
applicable, may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to
object to any ultimate payment on such Claim. All of the
aforementioned objection, estimation, and resolution procedures
are cumulative and are not necessarily exclusive of one another.
Claims may be estimated and thereafter resolved by any permitted
mechanism.
E. Disallowance of Claims or Interests.
Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable
under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code
or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under
section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a)
of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to
section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such
Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such
Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that
Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with
respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to
the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the
Reorganized Debtors. All Claims Filed on account of an
indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee
shall be deemed satisfied and expunged as of the Effective Date
to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or
honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan,
without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of
the Bankruptcy Court. All Claims Filed on account of an employee
benefit shall be deemed satisfied and expunged as of the
Effective Date to the extent the Reorganized Debtors elect to
honor such employee benefit, without any further notice to or
action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
F. No Distributions Pending Allowance.
If an objection to a Claim or portion thereof is filed as set
forth in Article VII.D, no payment or distribution provided
under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or portion
thereof unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed
Claim.
G. Distributions After Allowance.
To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an
Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the
Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions
of the Plan. As soon as practicable after the date that the
order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed
Claim becomes a Final Order, the Disbursing Agent shall provide
to the Holder of such Claim the distribution (if any) to which
such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date,
without any interest to be paid on account of such Claim unless
required under applicable bankruptcy law.
ARTICLE VIII.
SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED
PROVISIONS
A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Equity
Interests.
Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and
except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any
contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created
pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment
that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction,
discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of
Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or
compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized
Debtors), Equity Interests, and causes of action of any nature
whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Equity
Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or
unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of,
rights against, and Equity Interests in, the Debtors or any of
their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property
shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on
account of such Claims and Equity Interests, including demands,
liabilities, and causes of action that arose before the
Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability)
to the extent such Claims or Equity Interests relate to services
performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective
Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any
contingent or non-contingent liability on account of
representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective
Date, and all debts of the kind specified in
sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code,
in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim or Equity
Interest based upon such debt, right, or Equity Interest is
Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the
Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Equity Interest based upon
such debt, right, or Equity Interest is Allowed pursuant to
section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the Holder
of such a Claim or Equity Interest has accepted the Plan. Any
default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with
A-26
respect to any Claim or Equity Interest that existed immediately
prior to or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11
Cases shall be deemed cured on the Effective Date. The
Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the
discharge of all Claims and Equity Interests subject to the
Effective Date occurring.
B. Release of Liens.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract,
instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or
assumed pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and
concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to
the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in
full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of
the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens,
pledges, or other security interests against any property of the
Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the
right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages,
deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests
shall revert to the Reorganized Debtor and its successors and
assigns.
C. Releases by the Debtors.
Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and
except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, for good
and valuable consideration, including the service of the
Released Parties to facilitate the expeditious reorganization of
the Debtors and the implementation of the restructuring
contemplated by the Plan, on and after the Effective Date of the
Plan, the Released Parties are deemed released and discharged by
the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the estates from any
and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, causes of
action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any
derivative Claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, whether
known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or
hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that the
Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their
Affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their
own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of
the Holder of any Claim or Equity Interest or other Entity,
based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole
or in part, the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, the
purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any
Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject
matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any
Claim or Equity Interest that is treated in the Plan, the
business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any
Released Party, the restructuring of Claims and Equity Interests
prior to or in the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation,
formulation, or preparation of the Plan, the Plan Supplement,
the Disclosure Statement, or related agreements, instruments, or
other documents, upon any other act or omission, transaction,
agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before
the Effective Date of the Plan, other than Claims or liabilities
arising out of or relating to any act or omission of a Released
Party that constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the
release set forth above does not release any post-Effective Date
obligations of any party under the Plan or any document,
instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan
Supplement) executed to implement the plan, including the
Investment Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby,
the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement, and
the New ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
D. Releases by Holders of Claims and Equity
Interests.
As of the Effective Date of the Plan, each Holder of a Claim
or an Equity Interest shall be deemed to have conclusively,
absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever, released
and discharged the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the
Released Parties from any and all Claims, Equity Interests,
obligations, rights, suits, damages, causes of action, remedies,
and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims
asserted on behalf of a debtor, whether known or unknown,
foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law,
equity or otherwise, that such entity would have been legally
entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based
on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in
part, the Debtors, the Debtors restructuring, the
Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the
purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions
or events giving rise to, any Claim or Equity Interest that is
treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements
between any Debtor and any Released Party, the restructuring of
Claims and Equity Interests prior to or in the Chapter 11
Cases, the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of the Plan,
the related Disclosure Statement, the related Plan Supplement,
or related agreements, instruments, or other documents
A-27
(including, without limitation, the Investment Agreement and
related agreements, instruments, or other documents), upon any
other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other
occurrence taking place on or before the Confirmation Date of
the Plan, other than Claims or liabilities arising out of or
relating to any act or omission of a Released Party that
constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the
release set forth above does not release any post-Effective Date
obligations of any party under the Plan or any document,
instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan
Supplement) executed to implement the Plan. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the release set forth
above shall not apply to any Holder of a Claim that votes to
reject the Plan and opts out of the releases
provided in this section by a timely written election and does
not release the personal liability of any of the aforementioned
Released Parties in this Article VIII for any statutory
violation of applicable tax laws or bar any right of action
asserted by a governmental taxing authority against the
aforementioned Released Parties for any statutory violation of
applicable tax laws.
E. Exculpation.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or Plan
Supplement, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each
Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from any
Exculpated Claim, obligation, cause of action, or liability for
any Exculpated Claim, except for gross negligence or willful
misconduct, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled
to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to
their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The
Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (and each of their
respective Affiliates, agents, directors, officers, employees,
advisors, and attorneys) have participated in compliance with
the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code with regard to
the solicitation and distribution of the Securities pursuant to
the Plan, and, therefore, are not, and on account of such
distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation
of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the
solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such
distributions made pursuant to the Plan.
F. Injunction.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for
obligations issued pursuant to the Plan, all Entities who have
held, hold, or may hold Claims or Equity Interests that have
been released pursuant to Article VIII.C or
Article VIII.D, discharged pursuant to Article VIII.A,
or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.E
are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date,
from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable,
the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, or
the Exculpated Parties: (1) commencing or continuing in any
manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of
or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or
Equity Interests; (2) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or
recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree,
or order against such Entities on account of or in connection
with or with respect to any such Claims or Equity Interests;
(3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of
any kind against such Entities or the property or estates of
such Entities on account of or in connection with or with
respect to any such Claims or Equity Interests;
(4) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or
recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such
Entities or against the property or Estates of such Entities on
account of or in connection with or with respect to any such
Claims or Equity Interests unless such Holder has Filed a motion
requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the
Confirmation Date, and notwithstanding an indication in a Proof
of Claim or Equity Interest or otherwise that such Holder
asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff
pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or
otherwise; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner
any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in
connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Equity
Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.
G. Subordination Rights.
Any distributions under the Plan to Holders of Convertible Notes
Claims shall be received and retained free from any obligations
to hold or transfer the same to any other creditor, and shall
not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or other legal
process by any Holder by reason of claimed contractual
subordination rights. The Confirmation Order shall constitute an
injunction enjoining any Person from enforcing or attempting to
enforce any
A-28
contractual, legal, or equitable subordination rights to
Property distributed under the Plan to Holders of Convertible
Notes Claims, in each case other than as provided in the Plan.
H. Rights of Internal Revenue Service.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the
Confirmation Order or the implementing Plan documents:
(1) the rights of the Internal Revenue Service to setoff
and recoupment shall be preserved; and (2) nothing in
Article VIII.D shall constitute a release of the Internal
Revenue Services claims, if any, against the Released
Parties and nothing shall affect the ability of the Internal
Revenue Service to pursue, to the extent allowed by
non-bankruptcy law, any non-debtors for any liabilities that may
be related to any federal tax liabilities owed by the Debtors
and the Reorganized Debtors.
ARTICLE IX.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION
AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
It shall be a condition to the Effective Date of the Plan that
the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived
pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B hereof:
1. the Confirmation Order shall (a) have been entered
in a form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and
CD&R Fund and (b) no stay of the Confirmation Order
shall be in effect;
2. the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents,
and exhibits contained therein shall have been Filed in form and
substance acceptable to the Debtors and CD&R Fund;
3. all actions, documents, certificates, and agreements
necessary to implement the Plan, including documents contained
in the Plan Supplement, shall have been effected or executed and
delivered, as the case may be, to the required parties and, to
the extent required, Filed with the applicable Governmental
Units in accordance with applicable laws; provided,
however, that each document, instrument, and agreement
must be acceptable to the Debtors and CD&R Fund;
4. all conditions precedent to the obligations of the
parties to the Investment Agreement thereunder (other than the
occurrence of the Effective Date, and such other conditions
that, by their nature, would be satisfied or waived at the
closing thereunder) shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant
to the terms of the Investment Agreement;
5. all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals,
rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement and
effectuate the Plan shall have been received;
6. the Debtors shall have entered into the New Term Loan
and the New ABL Revolving Credit Facility; and
7. the Effective Date shall have occurred on or before the
deadline set forth in the Investment Agreement.
B. Waiver of Conditions.
The conditions to the Effective Date set forth in this
Article IX may be waived only by consent of the Debtors and
CD&R Fund, without notice, leave, or order of the
Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceeding to
consummate the Plan.
C. Effect of Failure of Conditions.
If the Consummation of the Plan does not occur, the Plan shall
be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the
Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a
waiver or release of any claims by the Debtors, Claims, or
Equity Interests; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of
the Debtors, any Holders, or any other Entity; or
(3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or
undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders, or any other Entity in
any respect.
A-29
ARTICLE X.
MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
A. Modification and Amendments.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the
Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan, whether such
modification is material or immaterial, and seek Confirmation
consistent with the Bankruptcy Code. Subject to certain
restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of
the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019 and those
restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan, each of the
Debtors expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke,
withdraw, alter, amend or modify the Plan with respect to such
Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the
extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy
Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any
defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the
Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in
such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and
intent of the Plan. Any such modification or supplement shall be
considered a modification of the Plan and shall be made in
accordance with this Article X.
B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.
Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications
or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are
approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code
and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under
Bankruptcy Rule 3019.
C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.
The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan
prior to the Effective Date and to file subsequent plans of
reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or
if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then:
(1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects;
(2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan
(including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any
Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption
or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases effected
by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to
the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing
contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or
release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any
manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or
(c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or
undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity.
ARTICLE XI.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the
occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective
Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction
over all matters arising out of, or related to, the
Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to
sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including
jurisdiction to:
1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify,
estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured
status, or amount of any Claim or Equity Interest, including the
resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative
Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the
Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of
Claims or Equity Interests;
2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting
and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance
of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals
authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;
3. resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption,
assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory
Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with
respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine,
and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom,
including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the
Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation
under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed;
(c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or
supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to
Article V, any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to
the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be
assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute
regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or
expired;
A-30
4. ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims
and Equity Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan;
5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary
proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other
matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor
that may be pending on the Effective Date;
6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters
related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;
7. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or
appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions
of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases,
indentures, and other agreements or documents created in
connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
8. enter and enforce any order for the sale of property
pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code;
9. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or
Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the
Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any
Entitys obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;
10. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or
take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to
restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or
enforcement of the Plan;
11. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or
Causes of Action with respect to the releases, injunctions, and
other provisions contained in Article VIII and enter such
orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such
releases, injunctions, and other provisions;
12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or
causes of action with respect to the repayment or return of
distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the
Holder of a Claim or Equity Interest for amounts not timely
repaid pursuant to Article VI.K.1;
13. enter and implement such orders as are necessary or
appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason
modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;
14. determine any other matters that may arise in
connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement,
the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release,
indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection
with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
15. enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing
the Chapter 11 Cases;
16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or
relating to distributions under the Plan;
17. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any
defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any
Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;
18. determine requests for the payment of Claims and Equity
Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of
the Bankruptcy Code;
19. hear and determine disputes arising in connection with
the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan
or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under
agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection
with the Plan;
20. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and
federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and
1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
21. hear and determine all disputes involving the
existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations,
discharges, injunctions and releases granted in the Plan,
including under Article VIII, regardless of whether such
termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;
22. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy
Court; and
23. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the
Bankruptcy Code.
A-31
ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Immediate Binding Effect.
Subject to Article IX.A and notwithstanding Bankruptcy
Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the
occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and the
Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable
and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors,
and any and all Holders of Claims or Equity Interests
(irrespective of whether such Claims or Equity Interests are
deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties
to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases,
discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity
acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor
parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the
Debtors.
B. Additional Documents.
On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may file with the
Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the
terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or Reorganized
Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims or Equity
Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all
other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare,
execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any
other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the
provisions and intent of the Plan.
C. Payment of Statutory Fees.
All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the
Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a
hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code,
shall be paid by each Reorganized Debtor (or the Disbursing
Agent on behalf of each Reorganized Debtor) for each quarter
(including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases
are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first.
D. Payment of Fees and Expenses of the Convertible
Indenture Trustee.
On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter, the Disbursing Agent shall pay in full in Cash all
reasonable and documented fees and expenses of the Convertible
Notes Indenture Trustee and its advisors; provided that
reasonably detailed fee invoices provided to the Debtor shall be
required as a condition of payment hereunder.
E. Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense
Payment.
On the Effective Date, any statutory committee appointed in the
Chapter 11 Cases shall dissolve and members thereof shall
be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or
related to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors
shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses
incurred by the members of or advisors to the Senior Secured
Agent, and any other statutory committees after the Effective
Date.
F. Reservation of Rights.
Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have
no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the
Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no
force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of
the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in
the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect
to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement
shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any
rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or
Equity Interests prior to the Effective Date.
G. Successors and Assigns.
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or
referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to
the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or
assign, affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative,
attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.
A-32
H. Notices.
All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be
effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile
transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually
delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission,
when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed to:
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Facsimile:
(281) 477-9646
Attn.: Todd R. Moore
E-mail
address: trmoore@ncilp.com
with copies to:
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz LLP
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Facsimile:
(212) 403-2000
Attn.: Mark Gordon, Esq. and Joshua A. Feltman
E-mail
Addresses:
MGordon@wlrk.com, JAFeltman@wlrk.com
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York
10022-4611
Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900
Attention: James H.M. Sprayregen, Esq., Paul M.
Basta, Esq., Christopher J. Marcus, Esq., and
Brian S. Lennon, Esq.
E-mail
addresses: james.sprayregen@kirkland.com,
paul.basta@kirkland.com,
christopher.marcus@kirkland.com, and brian.lennon@kirkland.com
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Facsimile:
(212) 909-6836
Attn.: Franci J. Blassberg
E-mail
address: fjblassberg@debevoise.com
After the Effective Date, the Debtors have authority to send a
notice to Entities that to continue to receive documents
pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, such Entity must file a
renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy
Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Debtors are
authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents
pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have
Filed such renewed requests.
I. Term of Injunctions or Stays.
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation
Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11
Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy
Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the
Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained
in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full
force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or
stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall
remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
J. Entire Agreement.
Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan and the Plan Supplement
supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations,
promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and
representations on such subjects, all of which have become
merged and integrated into the Plan.
A-33
K. Exhibits.
All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are
incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in
full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed,
copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon
written request to the Debtors counsel at the address
above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the
website of the Debtors notice, claims, and balloting agent
at www.epiq11.com or the Bankruptcy Courts website
at www.deb.uscourts.gov. To the extent any exhibit or document
is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise
ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document
portion of the Plan shall control.
L. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.
If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is
held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or
unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to
alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or
enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with
the original purpose of the term or provision held to be
invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision
shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted.
Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation,
the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will
remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected,
impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or
interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a
judicial determination and shall provide that each term and
provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or
interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid
and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the
Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the
Debtors consent; and (3) nonseverable and mutually
dependent.
M. Votes Solicited in Good Faith.
Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed
to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in
compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to
section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and
each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives,
members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors,
employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have
participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy
Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities
offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and,
therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the
Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of
any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the
solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale,
or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan
and any previous plan.
N. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.
The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full
administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the
Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy
Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court
to close the Chapter 11 Cases.
O. Waiver or Estoppel.
Each Holder of a Claim or an Equity Interest shall be deemed
to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the
right to argue that its Claim or Equity Interest should be
Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, Secured or
not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors
or their counsel, the Agent or its counsel, or any other Entity,
if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure
Statement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to
the Confirmation Date.
P. Conflicts.
Except as set forth in the Plan, to the extent that any
provision of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or
any other order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced
in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices,
supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflict
with or are in any way inconsistent with any provision of the
Plan, the Plan shall govern and control.
A-34
Wilmington, Delware
Dated: October , 2009
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC., on behalf of itself and all of the
other Debtors
Name: Mark E. Johnson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice-President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
COUNSEL:
Pauline K. Morgan (Bar No. 3650)
Edward J. Kosmowski (Bar No. 3849)
YOUNG CONAWAY
STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP
The Brandywine Building
1000 West Street, 17th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Telephone:
(302) 571-6600
Facsimile:
(302) 576-3320
- and -
James H.M. Sprayregen (pro hac vice pending)
Paul M. Basta (pro hac vice pending)
Christopher J. Marcus (pro hac vice pending)
Brian S. Lennon (pro hac vice pending)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone:
(212) 446-4800
Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900
- and -
Mark Gordon
Joshua A. Feltman
WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ LLP
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Telephone:
(212) 403-1000
Facsimile:
(212) 403-2000
Proposed Attorneys for the Debtors
A-35
Annex
B
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
DATED AS OF AUGUST 14, 2009
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
Authorization and Sale of Securities
|
|
|
B-2
|
|
Section 2.
|
|
Closing and Delivery of Securities and Funds
|
|
|
B-2
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Closing Conditions
|
|
|
B-3
|
|
Section 4.
|
|
Representations and Warranties of the Company
|
|
|
B-8
|
|
Section 5.
|
|
Representations and Warranties of the Investor
|
|
|
B-21
|
|
Section 6.
|
|
Certain Additional Agreements of the Parties
|
|
|
B-24
|
|
Section 7.
|
|
Indemnity
|
|
|
B-34
|
|
Section 8.
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
B-37
|
|
Section 9.
|
|
Certain Definitions
|
|
|
B-39
|
|
Section 10.
|
|
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements
|
|
|
B-48
|
|
Section 11.
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
B-48
|
|
Section 12.
|
|
Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
B-49
|
|
Section 13.
|
|
Amendments; Waiver
|
|
|
B-49
|
|
Section 14.
|
|
Headings
|
|
|
B-49
|
|
Section 15.
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
B-49
|
|
Section 16.
|
|
Liability Limitations
|
|
|
B-49
|
|
Section 17.
|
|
Integration
|
|
|
B-50
|
|
Section 18.
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
B-50
|
|
Section 19.
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
B-50
|
|
Section 20.
|
|
Access; Information
|
|
|
B-50
|
|
Section 21.
|
|
Publicity
|
|
|
B-50
|
|
Section 22.
|
|
Confidentiality Agreement
|
|
|
B-51
|
|
Section 23.
|
|
Specific Performance; Jurisdiction
|
|
|
B-51
|
|
Section 24.
|
|
Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
B-51
|
|
Section 25.
|
|
Interpretation
|
|
|
B-52
|
|
Section 26.
|
|
No Third Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
B-52
|
|
Section 27.
|
|
Certain Considerations Relating to Bankruptcy
|
|
|
B-52
|
|
B-ii
SCHEDULES
AND EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
Form of Amended Credit Agreement
|
Exhibit B
|
|
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of
the Series B Preferred Stock
|
Exhibit C
|
|
Form of Stockholders Agreement
|
Exhibit D
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
Exhibit E
|
|
Terms of Registration Rights Agreement
|
Exhibit F
|
|
Form of Press Release
|
Exhibit G
|
|
Employee Benefits Covenants
|
Exhibit H
|
|
ABL Term Sheet
|
Exhibit I
|
|
Prepackaged Plan Term Sheet
|
Annex A
|
|
Terms and Conditions of the Offer
|
Disclosure Letter
B-iii
Annex B
Investment
Agreement
THIS INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as
of August 14, 2009, is made by and among NCI BUILDING
SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and CLAYTON,
DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P., a Cayman
exempted limited partnership (the Investor).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors (the Board) of the
Company (as defined herein) has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to
restructure the Companys ownership and capital structure
through a series of transactions as contemplated in this
Agreement and the Transaction Documents (as defined herein) (the
Restructuring);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Restructuring, the Company
intends to enter into an amendment and restatement of its Credit
Agreement, dated June 18, 2004 (as amended prior to the
date hereof, the Credit Agreement), by and among the
Company, certain of its Subsidiaries (as defined herein),
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent,
Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, and the lenders
party thereto (the Term Lenders) pursuant to which,
among other things, the Company would agree to pay
$143 million of the principal amount of the term loans
outstanding thereunder and the Term Lenders would agree to
extend the maturity of the remaining term loans outstanding
thereunder, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement (as defined
herein) (the Term Loan Refinancing);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Restructuring, the Company has
received an expression of interest from certain lenders (the
ABL Lenders) regarding the provision to the Company
and certain of its Subsidiaries of revolving credit commitments
for general corporate purposes, upon the terms and subject to
the conditions summarized in the term sheet attached hereto as
Exhibit H (the ABL Term Sheet);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Restructuring, the Company
intends to conduct an exchange offer to exchange all of the
Companys outstanding 2.125% Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2024 (the Convertible Notes)
issued under that Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2004,
between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the
Indenture), upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement (such exchange offer, the
Offer);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Restructuring, each of the
Investor and the Company desires that, concurrent with the
consummation of the Term Loan Refinancing (or the Alternative
Term Loan Refinancing (as defined herein)), the ABL Financing
(or the Alternative ABL Financing (each as defined herein)) and
the consummation of the Offer, the Company will issue and sell
to the Investor, and the Investor will purchase and acquire from
the Company, 250,000 shares (the Series B
Preferred Shares) of a newly created series of preferred
stock designated the Series B Cumulative Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the
Series B Preferred Stock), of the Company
having the terms, rights, obligations and preferences set forth
in the Certificate of Designations (the Series B
Preferred Stock CoD) attached as Exhibit B hereto,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein
(such purchase and sale, the Investment);
WHEREAS, in the event that the Offer Conditions are not
satisfied or waived by the Restructuring Deadline, but the
Requisite Acceptances (as defined herein) have been received and
all other conditions to the Investment have been satisfied (or
in the Companys judgment, there is no reason to believe
that any such condition is unlikely to be satisfied by the
Outside Date), the Company and the Investor intend to effectuate
the Restructuring through the confirmation of the Prepackaged
Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding (each as defined herein)
and in connection therewith, to prepare the Prepackaged Plan and
a disclosure statement reflecting the Prepackaged Plan (which
disclosure statement shall be incorporated into the applicable
Offer Document (as defined herein)) (the Disclosure
Statement) and all related documents, including bankruptcy
ballots (collectively with the Disclosure Statement, the
Solicitation Materials), necessary to solicit
acceptances of the Prepackaged Plan from the creditors of the
Company whose claims are impaired by the Prepackaged Plan and to
solicit (the Solicitation) acceptances
B-1
of the Prepackaged Plan from such creditors pursuant to
Section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy
Rule 3018(b) and to commence a case under the Bankruptcy
Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court in the District of
Delaware (the Bankruptcy Court);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Investment, (i) the Company
is willing to make certain representations and warranties and to
agree to observe certain covenants set forth herein for the
benefit of the Investor, and the Investor will rely on such
representations, warranties and covenants as a material
inducement to its purchase of the Series B Preferred Shares
and (ii) the Investor is willing to make certain
representations and warranties and to agree to observe certain
covenants set forth herein for the benefit of the Company, and
the Company will rely on such representations, warranties and
covenants as a material inducement to its sale of the
Series B Preferred Shares; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the Investment, the Investor and the
Company have agreed to enter into a Stockholders Agreement to
set forth certain terms and conditions regarding the Investment
and the ownership of the shares of the Series B Preferred
Stock, including certain restrictions on the transfer of the
Series B Preferred Stock and the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion thereof and on certain actions of the Investor and
its controlled Affiliates with respect to the Company, and to
provide for, among other things, preemptive rights, corporate
governance rights and consent rights and other obligations and
rights, in each case, on the terms and conditions contained in
the Stockholders Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Authorization
and Sale of Securities. Upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the
Company shall issue, sell and deliver to the Investor, and the
Investor shall purchase from the Company, 250,000 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances, mortgages, pledges, charges, or security
interests, for an aggregate purchase price of two hundred and
fifty million dollars ($250,000,000) in cash (the
Aggregate Purchase Price) to be paid in full to the
Company.
Section 2. Closing
and Delivery of Securities and Funds.
(a) The Closing shall take place, subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Closing set
forth in Section 3 hereof, at the offices of Wachtell,
Lipton, Rosen & Katz, 51 West 52nd Street,
New York City, at 10:00 a.m. New York City time, as
promptly as practicable (but no more than two (2) Business
Days) following the first date on which all conditions set forth
in Section 3 have been satisfied or waived (other than
those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by
actions taken at the Closing) or on such date and at such time
as otherwise agreed by the parties.
(b) At the Closing, the Investor shall deliver to the
Company:
(i) a portion of the Aggregate Purchase Price consisting of
(x) an amount equal to the full cash consideration due to
the holders of all Convertible Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Offer plus (y) an amount equal to the
maximum consideration necessary to redeem all of the Convertible
Notes not so tendered under the Offer pursuant to the Indenture,
including, without limitation, pursuant to
(A) Section 3.05 of the Indenture with respect to the
Designated Event (as defined in the Indenture) arising in
connection with the Investment, (B) Section 3.06 of
the Indenture on November 15, 2009 or
(C) Section 3.01 of the Indenture on November 20,
2009 plus (z) an amount equal to all reasonably anticipated
costs and expenses of effecting the redemption or repurchase of
all of the Convertible Notes (the Convertible Notes
Expenses), such portion (the Convertible Notes
Portion) to be delivered in immediately available funds by
wire transfer to the Convertible Notes Account;
(ii) the balance of the Aggregate Purchase Price consisting
of an amount equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price minus the
Convertible Notes Portion, such amount to be delivered in
immediately available funds by wire transfer to the
Non-Convertible Notes Account; and
(iii) all other documents and certificates to be delivered
to the Company by the Investor pursuant to Section 3(b)
hereof.
B-2
(c) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the
Investor:
(i) certificates representing the Series B Preferred
Shares, duly authorized and validly issued, nonassessable and
free of preemptive rights, other than as set forth in
Section 5.1 of the Stockholders Agreement, with no personal
liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and registered in
the name of the Investor; and
(ii) all other documents and certificates to be delivered
to the Investor by the Company pursuant to Section 3(c)
hereof.
(d) At or prior to the Closing, the Company and each of the
Subsidiaries party thereto shall duly execute and deliver
(i) the Amended Credit Agreement for the Term Loan
Refinancing (or the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, as the
case may be) on terms and conditions that satisfy the condition
in Section 3(c)(vi) and (ii) each other Amended Credit
Document on terms and conditions that satisfy the condition in
Section 3(c)(viii).
(e) At the Closing, the Company and each of its
Subsidiaries party thereto shall duly execute and deliver
(i) the ABL Agreement for the ABL Financing (or the
Alternative ABL Financing, as the case may be) on terms and
conditions that satisfy the condition in Section 3(c)(vii)
and (ii) each other ABL Document on terms and conditions
that satisfy the condition in Section 3(c)(viii).
(f) If the Restructuring is not being effectuated through
the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, concurrently with the Closing but after receipt of
proceeds from the Investment, the Company shall take the actions
set forth in Section 6(i)(i) and accept for exchange all
Convertible Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
the Offer.
(g) Concurrently with the Closing but after receipt of
proceeds from the Investment, the Company shall
(i) reimburse the Investor for all of the Transaction
Expenses (net of the Pre-Signing Expenses that have been
previously paid or reimbursed by the Company) and pay such
amounts to the account (or accounts) specified by the Investor
in writing at least 3 business days prior to the Closing and
(ii) pay the Deal Fee to CD&R Inc.
(h) If the Restructuring is being effectuated through the
confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, at the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the
disbursing agent appointed under the Prepackaged Plan (the
Disbursing Agent) sufficient cash and shares of
Common Stock to permit the Disbursing Agent to make the
Distributions required under the Prepackaged Plan.
(i) Concurrently with the Closing, but after receipt of
proceeds from the Investment, (i) the Company shall pay in
full (x) the principal amount of the term loans outstanding
under the Credit Agreement that are not rolled into the Amended
Credit Agreement as of the Closing, together with all accrued
and unpaid interest thereon and all other interest due and
payable as of the Closing Date under the Amended Credit
Agreement and other Amended Credit Documents, (y) all fees,
expenses and other obligations payable as of the Closing Date
under the Amended Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents,
the ABL Agreement and the other ABL Documents and (z) all
costs, expenses and other obligations due as of the Closing Date
and relating to or arising out of the Transactions (including
but not limited to the Investment and the Offer) and
(ii) the Company shall cash collateralize or backstop in
full, or replace with or roll over and novate into letters of
credit issued and outstanding under the ABL Agreement, all
letters of credit outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.
Section 3. Closing
Conditions.
(a) The obligation of the Investor, on the one hand, and
the Company, on the other hand, to consummate the Closing is
conditioned on the fulfillment or written waiver by both the
Company and the Investor prior to the Closing of the following
conditions:
(i) Any waiting period (or any extension thereof) required
to consummate the Investment under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder (the HSR Act)
or the Austrian Cartel Act of 2005 (the Austrian
Act) shall have expired or been terminated.
(ii) No provision of any applicable Law and no Order shall
prohibit the Closing or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or shall
restrict the Investor and its Affiliates from owning, voting, or
converting or exercising, any Series B Preferred Stock in
accordance with
B-3
the terms thereof or exercising its consent rights in accordance
with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and no lawsuit
shall have been commenced by a Governmental Entity seeking to
effect any of the foregoing.
(iii) The Company shall have received confirmation from the
New York Stock Exchange, or such other exchange on which the
Common Stock is then listed or quoted, and such confirmation
shall not have been withdrawn, that the issuance of the
Series B Preferred Shares and the other Transactions are in
compliance with the New York Stock Exchanges (or such
other exchanges) stockholder approval policy and that the
Company has properly, and without condition, obtained an
exception under Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock
Exchange Listed Company Manual (or such similar exception, if
any, of such other exchange) to issue the Series B
Preferred Shares without obtaining approval of the stockholders
of the Company.
(iv) The Company shall have properly provided notice to the
stockholders of the Company that the Company will issue the
Series B Preferred Shares without obtaining stockholder
approval as required by, and in compliance with,
Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed
Company Manual (or such other required notice of such other
exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted),
and the ten (10) day notice period set forth in
Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed
Company Manual (or such other notice period pursuant to such
other exchanges rules and regulations) shall have passed
after such notice has been properly provided.
(v) The Company shall have duly filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware the Series B Preferred Stock
CoD which shall have become effective as an amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation.
(vi) Subject to and in accordance with Section 6(d),
the Offer shall have expired and all of the Offer Conditions
shall have been satisfied or earlier waived, with the prior
consent of the Investor, as of the expiration of the Offer.
(vii) The proceeds of the Investment together with cash of
the Company (without giving effect to any borrowings under the
ABL Agreement) shall be in an aggregate amount sufficient to
(A) pay the principal amount of the term loans outstanding
under the Credit Agreement that are not rolled into the Amended
Credit Agreement as of the Closing and all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, and all other interest due and payable as of
the Closing Date under the Amended Credit Agreement and other
Amended Credit Documents, (B) pay in full all fees,
expenses and other obligations payable under the Amended Credit
Agreement, the other Amended Credit Documents, the ABL Agreement
and the other ABL Documents, (C) pay in full all fees,
costs and expenses relating to or arising out of the
Transactions (including but not limited to the Investment and
the Offer), (D) pay the full cash consideration for the
purchase of all Convertible Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Offer, (E) pay the maximum
consideration necessary to redeem all of the Convertible Notes
not so tendered under the Offer pursuant to the Indenture,
including, without limitation, pursuant to
(x) Section 3.05 of the Indenture with respect to the
Designated Event (as defined in the Indenture) arising in
connection with the Investment, (y) Section 3.06 of
the Indenture on November 15, 2009 or
(z) Section 3.01 of the Indenture on November 20,
2009 and (F) cash collateralize or backstop in full all
letters of credit outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement
that are not replaced with or rolled over or novated into
letters of credit issued and outstanding under the ABL Agreement.
(b) The obligation of the Company to consummate the Closing
is conditioned on the fulfillment or written waiver by the
Company prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
(i) The representations and warranties of the Investor
contained in this Agreement (except for the representations and
warranties contained in Section 5(a)) shall be true and
correct (without giving effect to any qualifications or
limitations as to materiality or Material
Adverse Effect included therein) as of the date of this
Agreement and at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as
of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an
earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date), except
where the failure of such representations and warranties to be
true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had,
and would not reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse
effect on the ability of the Investor to consummate the
Investment, and the representations and warranties of the
Investor contained in Section 5(a) shall be true and
correct in all respects at and as of the date of this Agreement
and at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and
B-4
as of such time. The Company shall have received a certificate
of a senior officer of the Investor, dated as of the Closing
Date, certifying to that fact.
(ii) The Investor shall have performed and complied in all
material respects with all covenants and obligations in this
Agreement that are to be performed or complied with by it at or
prior to the Closing.
(iii) The Investor shall have duly executed and delivered
to the Company each of the Stockholders Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement.
(c) The obligation of the Investor to consummate the
Closing is conditioned on the fulfillment or written waiver by
the Investor prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
(i) The representations and warranties of the Company
contained in Section 4 of this Agreement (except for the
representations and warranties contained in Section 4(b)
and the first sentence of Section 4(f)) shall be true and
correct (without giving effect to any qualifications or
limitations as to materiality or Material
Adverse Effect included therein) as of the date of this
Agreement and at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as
of such time (except to the extent expressly made as of an
earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date), except
where the failure of such representations and warranties to be
true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had,
and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect. The representations and warranties of the Company
contained in Section 4(b) shall be true and correct in all
but de minimis respects at and as of the date of this Agreement
and at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of such
time (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date,
in which case as of such earlier date). The representations and
warranties of the Company contained in the first sentence of
Section 4(f) shall be true and correct in all respects at
and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of such time.
The Investor shall have received a certificate of a senior
officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying
to that fact.
(ii) The Company shall have performed and complied in all
material respects with all covenants and obligations in this
Agreement that are to be performed or complied with by it at or
prior to the Closing. The Investor shall have received a
certificate of a senior officer of the Company, dated as of the
Closing Date, certifying to that fact.
(iii) The Company shall have received all consents,
authorizations or approvals or delivered all notices required
under the Material Contracts listed in
paragraphs Items 1 and 2 of Section 4(d)(v) of
the Disclosure Letter, in each case in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, and no such consents,
authorizations, approvals or notices shall have been revoked.
(iv) The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to
the Investor the Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement.
(v) The Investor shall have received a certificate of the
Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, certifying the fulfillment of the condition set forth
in Section 3(a)(vii), in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Investor.
(vi) The Company shall have duly authorized, executed and
delivered the Amended Credit Agreement for the Term Loan
Refinancing (or the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, as the
case may be) (i) in the case of the Term Loan Refinancing,
in the form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement or
(ii) in the case of the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing,
on terms and conditions that are (x) no less favorable (as
to each item (other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate)
to the Company and the Investor in its capacity as a prospective
shareholder of the Company than the terms and conditions
contemplated in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement, as
determined by the Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in
good faith) or (y) otherwise acceptable to the Investor in
its sole discretion (exercised in good faith). The Amended
Credit Agreement and the other Amended Credit Documents shall be
in full force and effect and the Company shall have satisfied
all conditions precedent (other than conditions relating to the
Investment, if any, and conditions relating to the payment of
the principal amount of the term loans outstanding thereunder
that shall be due and payable as of the Closing) to the
effectiveness of the Amended Credit Agreement and the other
Amended Credit Documents, without any amendment, waiver or other
modification thereto not consented to in writing by the Investor
(in its sole discretion). The Investor shall have received true,
correct and complete copies of the Amended Credit
B-5
Agreement and the other Amended Credit Documents (including
without limitation any amendments, waivers or modifications in
respect thereof). Subject only to the making of the Investment,
(1) the revolving commitments (if any) under the Credit
Agreement shall have terminated in accordance with the terms
thereof, and (2) the security interests arising under the
Amended Credit Documents with respect to the collateral securing
the ABL Financing (or the Alternative ABL Financing, as the case
may be) on a first-priority basis shall have been subordinated
to the security interests in such collateral securing the ABL
Financing (or the Alternative ABL Financing, as the case may be)
to the extent required by the terms of the Amended Credit
Documents and the ABL Documents. The Investor shall have
received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, certifying the fulfillment of
this condition (vi), in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Investor.
(vii) Subject to (A) the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions set forth in Section 3(a) and Section 3(c)
(other than the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
contained in this Section 3(c)(vii)) to the Investors
obligations to make the Investment, (B) the satisfaction or
waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3(a) and
Section 3(b) to the Companys obligation to accept the
Investment and (C) the Investor having indicated at the
Closing that it is prepared to make the Investment upon the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this
Section 3(c)(vii), the Company shall have duly authorized,
executed and delivered the ABL Agreement for the ABL Financing
(or the Alternative ABL Financing, as the case may be)
(i) in the case of the ABL Financing, on terms and
conditions that reflect the terms and conditions summarized in
the ABL Term Sheet and otherwise (x) are consistent with
and no less favorable to the Company and the Investor in its
capacity as a prospective shareholder of the Company than the
terms and conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R Inc., as
determined by the Investor in its reasonable discretion
(exercised in good faith), or (y) are acceptable to the
Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) or
(ii) in the case of Alternative ABL Financing, on terms and
conditions that are (1) no less favorable (as to each item
and in the aggregate) to the Company and the Investor as a
prospective shareholder of the Company than the terms and
conditions summarized in the ABL Term Sheet, as determined by
the Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith)
and (2) otherwise (I) are consistent with and no less
favorable to the Company and the Investor in its capacity as a
prospective shareholder of the Company than the terms and
conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R Inc., as
determined by the Investor in its reasonable discretion
(exercised in good faith) or (II) are acceptable to the
Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith). After
the execution and delivery thereof by the Company, the ABL
Agreement and the other ABL Documents shall be in full force and
effect, and the Company shall have satisfied all conditions
precedent to the effectiveness of the ABL Agreement, and to the
initial borrowings and any other extensions of credit thereunder
(whether or not any borrowing or other extension of credit is
then made) other than delivery of a borrowing notice, and to the
effectiveness of the other ABL Documents, without any amendment,
waiver or other modification thereto not consented to in writing
by the Investor (in its sole discretion). The Investor shall
have received true, correct and complete copies of the ABL
Agreement and the other ABL Documents (including without
limitation any amendments, waivers or modifications in respect
thereof). The Investor shall have received a certificate of the
Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, certifying the fulfillment of this condition (vii), in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor.
(viii) Each Ancillary Refinancing Document (a) shall
have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company
and each of its Subsidiaries party thereto and (b) shall be
(1) consistent with the ABL Agreement or the Amended Credit
Agreement, as applicable, and (2) otherwise consistent with
and no less favorable (as to each item (other than immaterial
items) and in the aggregate) to the Company and the Investor in
its capacity as a prospective shareholder of the Company than
the terms and conditions of such agreement or document for
companies sponsored by CD&R Inc., as determined by the
Investor in its reasonable discretion (exercised in good faith)
or otherwise acceptable to the Investor in its sole discretion
(exercised in good faith).
(ix) On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without
limitation, the Investment and the Offer), the ABL Agreement,
the Amended Credit Agreement and the Ancillary Refinancing
Documents, (A) none of the Company, any applicable
Subsidiary of the Company nor any other party thereto shall be
in default or breach in any material respect under (or shall be
B-6
alleged, by a Person or Persons with the right to cause an
acceleration of or to exercise any other remedy under the
applicable agreement or instrument, to be in default or breach
in any material respect under) the terms of, or shall have
provided to or received from an authorized party any notice of
any intention to terminate, the ABL Agreement, the Amended
Credit Agreement or the Ancillary Refinancing Documents, and
(B) no default shall have occurred and no event or
circumstance shall have occurred or exist that, with or without
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach,
default or event of default under or result in a termination of
or cause or permit the acceleration or any other change of or in
any right or obligation or the loss or impairment of any benefit
under and of the ABL Agreement, the Amended Credit Agreement or
the Ancillary Refinancing Documents. The Company shall
reasonably believe that the Company and its Subsidiaries will,
assuming receipt of the proceeds of the Investment, be able to
satisfy on a timely basis all terms and conditions to be
satisfied by any of them under the ABL Agreement, the Amended
Credit Agreement and the Ancillary Refinancing Documents. The
Investor shall have received a certificate of the Chief
Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company,
certifying the fulfillment of this condition (ix), in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor.
(x) The aggregate principal amount of the term loans
outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement shall not be more
than $150 million after giving effect to the Term Loan
Refinancing or the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, as the
case may be. The aggregate revolving credit commitments under
the ABL Agreement shall not be less than $125 million and
there shall have been no borrowings under the ABL Agreement.
After giving effect to any issuance of any new letters of credit
or rollover or novation of any existing letters of credit and
after applying any cash of the Company to the purposes set forth
in Section 3(a)(vii), the Company shall have, on a pro forma
basis, not less than $90 million in the aggregate of
(x) unutilized and immediately available revolving credit
commitments under the ABL Agreement and (y) Unrestricted
Cash, and the Company shall be able to satisfy all conditions to
borrowings and other extensions of credit under the ABL
Agreement. The Investor shall have received a certificate of the
Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, certifying the fulfillment of this condition (x), in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor.
(xi) The Board shall have taken all actions necessary and
appropriate to approve this Agreement, the other Transaction
Documents and all of the Transactions, including, but not
limited to, the full exercise of (A) all rights of the
Investor under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and
(B) all rights, powers and preferences of the Investor and
its Affiliates as holders of Series B Preferred Stock under
the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock CoD,
respectively, pursuant to Article TENTH of the Certificate
of Incorporation.
(xii) To the extent that the Company has authorized and
unissued shares of Common Stock sufficient to permit the
conversion of all or a portion of the shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to be issued at the Closing, (A) such
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series B Preferred Stock shall have been duly authorized
for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New
York Stock Exchange or such other exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or quoted and (B) the number of such
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series B Preferred Stock that are so duly authorized for
listing shall be no less than 67,351,792. The Board shall have
adopted and declared advisable, and unanimously approved and
recommended to the holders of Common Stock that such holders
approve the Authorized Stock Certificate Amendment.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 3,
if the Restructuring is being effectuated through the
Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding,
(i) the conditions set forth in Sections 3(a)(iii),
3(a)(iv), 3(a)(vi) and, to the extent that any Material Contract
may be assumed by the Company without consent, authorization or
approval pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code,
3(c)(iii) shall not be applicable and (ii) the obligation
of the Investor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other
hand, to consummate the Closing shall be conditioned on the
fulfillment or written waiver by both the Company and the
Investor prior to the Closing of the following additional
conditions:
(i) The Confirmation Order shall be a Final Order.
(ii) All other conditions precedent to the effectiveness of
the Prepackaged Plan contained therein shall have been satisfied
or waived.
B-7
Section 4. Representations
and Warranties of the Company. The Company
hereby represents and warrants to the Investor, that, except as
otherwise disclosed in the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 2, 2008 (the 2008
10-K)
or its other reports and forms filed with or furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission)
under Sections 12, 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)
after November 2, 2008 (excluding disclosures of risks
included in any forward-looking statement disclaimers or other
statements that are similarly non-specific or forward-looking in
nature) and before the date of this Agreement (the SEC
Reports), and as set forth in the disclosure letter (the
Disclosure Letter) delivered by the Company to the
Investor concurrently with the execution of this Agreement,
provided, however, that disclosure in any section
or subsection of the Disclosure Letter shall apply to any other
section or subsection of the Disclosure Letter solely to the
extent that it is reasonably apparent from the face of such
disclosure that such disclosure is relevant to another section
or subsection of the Disclosure Letter:
(a) Organization, Authority and Subsidiaries.
(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware, with all corporate power and authority to own
its properties and conduct its business as currently conducted,
and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of
business and is in good standing under the laws of each other
jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties, or conducts
any business so as to require such qualification; each
Subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized and is validly
existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
organization, with all corporate power and authority to own its
properties and conduct its business as currently conducted and
except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of
business and is in good standing under the laws of each other
jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties, or conducts
any business so as to require such qualification.
(ii) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of and
other voting or equity interests in each Subsidiary have been
duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and
nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, with no personal
liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and are owned
beneficially and of record by the Company or one of its
wholly-owned Subsidiaries, as set forth on Section 4(a)(ii)
of the Disclosure Letter, free and clear of any Liens other than
Permitted Liens and other than, prior to the Closing, Liens
granted pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit
Documents and, as of the Closing, Liens granted pursuant to the
Amended Credit Documents and the ABL Documents. No Subsidiary
has or is bound by any outstanding subscriptions, options,
warrants, calls, commitments, contracts, preemptive rights,
rights of first refusal, demands, conversion rights or other
agreements, arrangements or obligations of any character calling
for it to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or to issue,
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital
stock, any other equity security or Voting Debt of such
Subsidiary, or securities or rights convertible into or
exchangeable therefor. Except as provided above, neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any shares of capital
stock of or equity interests in (including any securities
exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into capital
stock of or other voting or equity interests in) any other
Person.
(iii) The Company is not in breach or violation of its
certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational
documents. Each Subsidiary of the Company is, in all material
respects, in compliance with its certificate of incorporation,
by-laws or other organizational documents. The Company has
previously made available to the Investor a complete and correct
copy of each of its Certificate of Incorporation, and its
by-laws, as amended (the By-Laws), as currently in
effect. Section 4(a)(iii) of the Disclosure Letter sets forth a
complete and correct list of the Subsidiaries of the Company and
their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization.
(b) Capitalization. As of the date
hereof and on the Closing Date, the authorized capital stock of
the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock,
par value $0.01 per share (Common Stock), and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per
share (Company Preferred Stock, and, together with
the Common Stock, the Capital Stock), of which, as
of August 2, 2009 (the Capitalization Date),
(i) 19,981,667 shares of Common Stock were issued and
outstanding of which 648,084 were unvested shares of
B-8
restricted stock granted as compensation to current or former
officers, directors or employees of the Company,
(ii) 1,159,280 shares of Common Stock were reserved
for issuance in respect of outstanding options, warrants, and
convertible securities (other than the Convertible Notes and the
options and restricted stock units referred to in
clause (v) of this sentence), (iii) 10,851,687 shares
of Common Stock were reserved for issuance in respect of the
Convertible Notes issued under the Indenture, (iv) no share
of Company Preferred Stock was issued and outstanding and (v)
(A) 654,203 shares of Common Stock were subject to
outstanding options and (B) 1,371 shares of Common
Stock were subject to outstanding restricted stock units, in
each case under the 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2003 Long
Term Stock Incentive Plan. Except for the foregoing or in
connection with the Offer, the Company shall not have
(i) issued or authorized the issuance of any shares of
Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock, or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or
Company Preferred Stock, (ii) reserved for issuance any
shares of Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock, or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
shares of Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock, or
(iii) repurchased or redeemed, or authorized the repurchase
or redemption of, any shares of Common Stock or Company
Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock or
Company Preferred Stock. As of the Capitalization Date, the
Company held 2,700,992 shares of Common Stock in its
treasury. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, with no
personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof. No bonds,
debentures, notes or other indebtedness having the right to vote
on any matters on which the stockholders of the Company may vote
(Voting Debt) are issued and outstanding. Other than
the Convertible Notes, options to purchase Common Stock reserved
in respect of outstanding options and Common Stock reserved in
respect of restricted stock units as set forth in
clauses (ii) and (v) of the first sentence of this
Section 4(b), the second sentence of this Section 4(b)
and the rights granted pursuant to this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents, the Company does not have and is not
bound by any outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants,
calls, commitments, contracts, preemptive rights, rights of
first refusal, demands, conversion rights or other agreements,
arrangements or obligations of any character calling for it to
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or to issue, sell,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock,
Company Preferred Stock or any other equity securities of the
Company or Voting Debt, or securities or rights convertible into
or exchangeable therefor, or any securities representing the
right to purchase or redeem or otherwise receive any shares of
capital stock of the Company (including any rights plan or
agreement). To the extent of the Companys authorized and
unissued shares, the Company will reserve prior to the Closing
that number of shares of Common Stock sufficient for issuance
upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares.
(c) Registration Rights; Voting
Rights. Except as provided in the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement or
in connection with the Offer or the Prepackaged Plan,
(i) the Company has not granted any right that remains in
effect as of the Closing Date or agreed to grant any right that
will be effective at any time on or after the Closing Date, and
is not under any obligation to provide any rights, to register
under the Securities Act, nor under any applicable state
securities or blue sky laws, any of its presently outstanding
securities or any of its securities that may be issued
subsequently, and (ii) the Company is not bound, and to the
Knowledge of the Company no stockholder of the Company is bound,
by any agreement with respect to the voting of equity securities
of the Company.
(d) Authorization, Enforceability of Transaction
Documents.
(i) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has full
right, corporate power, authority and capacity to enter into
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
is a party, and to consummate the Transactions (other than, if
the Restructuring is being effectuated through the confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, the
satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section 3(d)(i))
and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder;
provided, however, the right, power, authority and
capacity of holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to
convert into Common Stock and the right, power, authority and
capacity of the Company to permit conversion of the
Series B Preferred Shares into Common Stock shall be
subject to the Company having a sufficient number of authorized
but unissued shares of Common Stock to permit each share of the
Series B Preferred Stock to be validly converted into
Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Series B
Preferred Stock CoD. Except for any votes required under the
Bankruptcy Code or
B-9
Bankruptcy Rules if the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, no vote of the stockholders of the
Company is required to authorize, approve or consummate any of
the Transactions. The issuance of the Series B Preferred
Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Indemnification Agreement, and the Series B Preferred Stock
CoD will be in compliance with the New York Stock
Exchanges stockholder approval policy and the exception
under Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange
Listed Company Manual or the equivalent policy or rule and the
exception to policy or rule of such other exchange on which the
Common Stock is then listed or quoted, in each case, to the
extent applicable to the Company at the time of such issuance
and the time of the consummation of each such transaction.
(ii) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the
Company of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and
any documents ancillary thereto, nor the consummation of the
Transactions, nor compliance by the Company with any of the
provisions hereof or thereof will (A) violate, conflict
with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a
default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or
both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the
termination of, or result in the loss of any benefit or creation
of any right on the part of any third party under, or accelerate
the performance required by, or result in a right of termination
or acceleration of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other
than (1) Permitted Liens and (2) as of the Closing,
Liens granted pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other
Credit Documents and (3) as of the Closing, Liens granted
pursuant to the ABL Agreement and the other ABL Documents) upon
any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of
(x) its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or
(y) the certificate of incorporation, charter, by-laws,
other governing instrument or comparable organizational
documents of any of the Companys Subsidiaries or
(z) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust,
license, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument or
obligation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be
bound, or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any
of the properties, assets, or rights of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may be subject, or (B) subject to
compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in
subparagraph (v) below, violate any law, statute,
ordinance, rule or regulation, permit, concession, grant,
franchise or any judgment, ruling, Order, writ, injunction or
decree applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
any of their respective properties or assets, except in the case
of clause (A)(z), if the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, for any violations, conflicts and
breaches arising solely from the commencement of the Prepackaged
Plan Proceedings and, in the case of clause (A)(y), for
immaterial violations, conflicts and breaches, and in the case
of clauses (A)(z) and (B), for such violations, conflicts and
breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the Investment
has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on
the part of the Company, other than the filing of the
Series B Preferred Stock CoD with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 6(h);
provided, however, the right, power, authority and
capacity of holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to
convert into Common Stock and the right, power, authority and
capacity of the Company to permit conversion of the
Series B Preferred Shares into Common Stock shall be
subject to the Company having a sufficient number of authorized
but unissued shares of Common Stock to permit each share of the
Series B Preferred Stock to be validly converted into
Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Series B
Preferred Stock CoD. This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Company and assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the
enforcement thereof (A) may be limited by the applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
Laws of general application affecting the enforcement of
creditors rights generally and (B) is subject to
general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding
at Law or in equity (the Bankruptcy Exceptions).
(iv) As of the Closing Date, the execution, delivery and
performance of the Stockholders Agreement, the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement, the Amended
Credit Agreement, the ABL
B-10
Agreement and the Ancillary Refinancing Documents by the Company
and each of its Subsidiaries party thereto and the consummation
of the Transactions, including, without limitation, the Term
Loan Refinancing (or the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, as
the case may be) and the ABL Financing (or the Alternative ABL
Financing, as the case may be), will have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and
each of its Subsidiaries (as applicable). Each of the
Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Indemnification Agreement, the Amended Credit Agreement, the ABL
Agreement and the Ancillary Refinancing Documents will be
validly executed and delivered by the Company and each of its
Subsidiaries party thereto and assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery of such agreement by the other parties
thereto, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the
Company and such Subsidiaries, enforceable against the Company
and such Subsidiaries in accordance with its terms, except to
the extent that the enforcement thereof may be limited by or
subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions and except as rights to
indemnification and contribution under the Registration Rights
Agreement or the Indemnification Agreement may be limited under
applicable Law or public policy.
(v) Other than (A) the filing of the Series B
Preferred Stock CoD with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware, (B) the passage of the applicable ten
(10) day notice period in compliance with
Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchanges
Listed Company Manual, (C) the filing and approval of
subsequent listing applications with the New York Stock
Exchange, (D) in connection or in compliance with the HSR
Act, (E) the filing with the Commission of the
Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and any Other Required Company Filings and
the filings with the Commission or any other Governmental Entity
pursuant to the applicable requirements of any federal or state
securities or Blue Sky laws, (F) such other
consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations,
declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be
obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and
(G) in the event the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the Prepackaged Plan, notice to, filing with, exemption
or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, the
Bankruptcy Court (including entry of the Confirmation Order), no
notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or
authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity
or any other Person under any provision of any material
agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party
(nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting
periods) is necessary in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents
by the Company and its Subsidiaries (as applicable) and the
performance of its and their obligations hereunder and
thereunder.
(vi) Assuming that the representations of the Investor set
forth in Section 5(a) are true and correct, the offer,
sale, and issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares in
conformity with the terms of this Agreement are exempt from the
registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities
Act, and all applicable state securities laws, and neither the
Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take
any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such
exemptions.
(e) Company Financial Statements and Reports.
(i) The consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its consolidated Subsidiaries included or incorporated by
reference in the 2008
10-K fairly
present in all material respects the consolidated financial
position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of
the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of
their operations and cash flows for the periods specified
therein; and except as stated therein, such financial statements
were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) applied on a consistent
basis.
(ii) The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any
liabilities or obligations (accrued, absolute, contingent, known
or unknown or otherwise) that are, individually or in the
aggregate, material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, other than liabilities or obligations
(A) reflected on, reserved against, or disclosed in the
notes to, the Companys consolidated balance sheet included
in the 2008
10-K,
(B) as disclosed in an SEC Report since November 2,
2008 and filed prior to the date of this Agreement or
(C) as incurred since November 2, 2008 in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice.
(iii) Since October 29, 2006, each of the Company and
each Subsidiary has timely filed or furnished all forms,
statements, reports and other documents (other than the SEC
Reports), together with any required
B-11
amendments thereto, that was required to be filed or furnished
by it with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act (the
foregoing, collectively, the Company Reports) and
has paid all material fees and assessments due and payable in
connection therewith. As of their respective dates of filing,
the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all
statutes and applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no outstanding
comments from the Commission with respect to any Company Report.
(iv) The SEC Reports, when they became effective or were
filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conformed in all
material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or
the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder, and none of such documents as of
its date or as amended contained an untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make such statements, in light of
the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. As of
the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of the Company,
there are no outstanding comments from the Commission with
respect to the SEC Reports.
(v) Each filing made by the Company with the Commission
after the date hereof and prior to the Closing, when filed with
the Commission, will conform in all material respects to the
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder, and will not, when filed with the
Commission, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
(vi) The Company (A) has implemented and maintains
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) to ensure that material information
relating to the Company, including its consolidated
Subsidiaries, is made known to the Chief Executive Officer and
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company by others within
those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most
recent evaluation prior to the date hereof, to the
Companys outside auditors and the Audit Committee of the
Board (1) any significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over
financial reporting (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) that are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the Companys ability to record, process, summarize
and report financial information and (2) any fraud Known to
the Company, whether or not material, that involves management
or other employees who have a significant role in the
Companys internal controls over financial reporting.
(vii) Since October 29, 2006, (A) neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company, nor to the Knowledge
of the Company any director, officer, employee, auditor,
accountant, or representative of the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company, has received or otherwise been made aware of any
material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether
written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices,
procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company or their respective internal
accounting controls, including any material complaint,
allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company has engaged in questionable accounting
or auditing practices and (B) no attorney representing the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, whether or not
employed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, has
reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws,
breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by the Company or
any of its officers, directors, employees or agents to the
Companys Board or any committee thereof or to any director
or executive officer of the Company.
(viii) The SEC Reports included all certificates required
to be included therein pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder (SOX), and the
internal control report and attestation of the Companys
outside auditors required by Section 404 of SOX.
(f) Absence of Changes. Since the
date of this Agreement, no event or circumstance has occurred
that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Other
than with respect to or in connection with the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding or as required by the Bankruptcy Code (if the
Restructuring is being effectuated through the confirmation of
the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding), since
November 2, 2008 to the date hereof, the Company and each
of its
B-12
Subsidiaries has conducted their respective businesses only in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice,
and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken
any action (other than, if the Restructuring is being
effectuated through the Prepackaged Plan, in connection with the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding or as required under the Bankruptcy
Code) that, if taken after the issuance of the Series B
Preferred Shares, would require the written consent of or vote
by holders of such shares pursuant to Section 11 of the
Series B Preferred Stock CoD or would require the consent
of the Investor pursuant to Article VI of the Stockholders
Agreement.
(g) Proceedings. Other than with
respect to or in connection with the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding
(if the Restructuring is being effectuated through the
confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding), there is no pending, or to the Companys
Knowledge, threatened, action, claim, suit, proceeding or
investigation against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
to which any property, assets or rights of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is subject, nor is the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries subject to any Order, in each case, except as would
not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.
(h) Compliance with Laws; Permits.
(i) Since October 29, 2006, the Company and each of
its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects and is
not in default or violation in any respect of, and none of them
is, to the Knowledge of the Company, under investigation with
respect to or has been threatened to be charged with or given
notice of any material violation of, any applicable domestic
(federal, state or local) or foreign Law or applicable stock
exchange requirement, except for any noncompliance, defaults or
violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except
for Laws of general application, no Governmental Entity has
placed any restriction on the business or properties of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries requiring a material
modification in the manner in which such business is conducted
or such properties are used by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(ii) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have all
permits, licenses, franchises, authorizations, Orders and
approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and
registrations with, all Governmental Entities that are required
in order to permit them to own, lease or license their
properties, assets and rights, and to carry on their business as
presently conducted, except where the failure to have such
permits, licenses, authorizations, Orders and approvals or the
failure to make such filings, applications and registrations
that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and all such
permits, licenses, certificates of authority, Orders and
approvals are in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of
the Company, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is
threatened, and all such filings, applications and registrations
are current, except where such absence, suspension or
cancellation would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
It is agreed and understood that no representations, warranties
or covenants with respect to labor or Environmental Laws are
made in this Section 4(h) and that the only
representations, warranties or covenants relating to labor and
Environmental Laws are the representations and warranties
contained in Section 4(l) and Section 4(p),
respectively.
(i) Authorization of Common Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock. Subject to Section 6(p)
in the event the Restructuring is being effectuated through the
Prepackaged Plan and the satisfaction of the Prepackaged Plan
Conditions, upon the filing of the Series B Preferred Stock
CoD with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the
Series B Preferred Stock shall have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action. When issued and sold against
receipt of the consideration therefor as provided in this
Agreement, the Series B Preferred Shares will be validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will not subject the
holders thereof to personal liability, will not be subject to
preemptive rights of any other stockholder of the Company and
will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions
on transfer under the Transaction Documents and under applicable
state and federal securities laws. Subject to Section 6(p)
in the event the Restructuring is being effectuated through the
Prepackaged Plan and the satisfaction of the Prepackaged Plan
Conditions, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable
as dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock in accordance
with the Series B Preferred Stock CoD will, upon filing of
the Series B Preferred Stock CoD with the Secretary of
State
B-13
of the State of Delaware, have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action and when so issued will be validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will not subject the
holders thereof to personal liability, will not be subject to
preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company and will be
free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on
transfer under the Transaction Documents and under applicable
state and federal securities laws. As of the Closing Date,
67,351,792 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock will have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and when so
issued will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
will not subject the holders thereof to personal liability, will
not be subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder of the
Company and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than
restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Documents and
under applicable state and federal securities laws.
(j) Taxes.
(i) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(A) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has
(A) duly and timely filed (taking into account applicable
extensions) all Tax Returns required to be filed by it and
(B) paid all Taxes when due or made adequate provision for
any such Taxes in accordance with GAAP.
(B) All Taxes required to be withheld, collected or
deposited by or with respect to the Company and each of its
Subsidiaries have been timely withheld, collected or deposited
as the case may be and, to the extent required, have been paid
to the relevant taxing authority except with respect to matters
for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance
with GAAP.
(C) There are no liens or encumbrances for Taxes upon the
assets of either the Company or its Subsidiaries except for
statutory liens for current Taxes not yet due or liens for Taxes
that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings or for which adequate reserves have been provided.
(ii) No unresolved material deficiencies for any Tax
Returns referred to in Section 4(j)(i)(A) have been
proposed or assessed against or with respect to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries (and there is no outstanding audit,
assessment, dispute or claim concerning any material Tax
liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or
raised) in each case by any taxing authority in writing to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except with respect to
matters for which adequate reserves have been established in
accordance with GAAP.
(iii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
participated in a listed transaction within the
meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).
(iv) The Company has not been a distributing
corporation or a controlled corporation in any
distribution occurring during the last two years intended to
qualify under Section 355 of the Code.
(v) The Company does not believe that it is a United
States real property holding corporation as defined in the
Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.
It is agreed and understood that the only representations and
warranties of the Company relating to Taxes are the
representations and warranties contained in this
Section 4(j) and Section 4(k).
(k) Employee Benefit Plans and Related Matters;
ERISA.
(i) Section 4(k) of the Disclosure Letter sets forth a
true and complete list in all material respects of all the
Company Benefit Plans (including a description of any oral
Company Benefit Plans), provided there is no obligation
to list any Company Benefit Plan under which the liability is
not material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. With
respect to each Company Benefit Plan set forth in
Section 4(k) of the Disclosure Letter, the Company has
provided or made available to the Investor, to the extent
applicable, true and complete copies of all documents evidencing
all of the material terms and conditions of such Company Benefit
Plans (or, if applicable, a description in the case of an oral
Company Benefit Plan). To the Knowledge of the Company, neither
the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has communicated to any
current or former employee any intention or commitment to amend
or modify any Company Benefit Plan in any way that materially
increases
B-14
the liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or
establish or implement any new Company Benefit Plan (other than
any Company Benefit Plan under which the liability is not
material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries).
(ii) Each Company Benefit Plan intended to be qualified
under section 401(a) of the Code, and the trust (if any)
forming a part thereof, has received a favorable determination
letter from the IRS and to the Knowledge of the Company, there
are no circumstances or events that could reasonably be expected
to adversely affect the qualified status of any such plan. Each
Company Benefit Plan has been operated in all material respects
in accordance with its terms and applicable Law.
(iii) No material liability under Title IV of ERISA
(including plan termination liabilities and withdrawal
liabilities with respect to any multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 3(37) of ERISA) has been incurred or is reasonably
likely to be incurred, in each case which would result in a
material liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole. All contributions and premiums required to have been
paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Company
Benefit Plan under the terms of any such plan or its related
trust, insurance contract or other funding arrangement, or
pursuant to any applicable Law (including ERISA and the Code) or
collective bargaining agreement have been paid within the time
prescribed by any such plan, agreement or applicable Law.
Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates has at any time
during the six-year period preceding the date of this Agreement
maintained, contributed to or incurred any liability under any
multiemployer plan (as defined in sections 3(37) or
4001(a)(3) of ERISA) or a multiple employer plan
within the meaning of section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA.
(iv) Other than routine claims for benefits, there are no
pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or
anticipated claims (A) by or on behalf of any Company
Benefit Plan, by an employee or beneficiary covered under any
Company Benefit Plan, or otherwise involving any Company Benefit
Plan, or (B) by or on behalf of any current or former
employee of the Company or any Subsidiary relating to his or her
employment, termination of employment, compensation or employee
benefits, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material
liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(v) To the Knowledge of the Company, no Company Benefit
Plans are presently under audit or examination (nor has notice
been received of a potential audit or examination) by the IRS,
the Department of Labor, or any other Governmental Authority,
domestic or foreign.
(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
any liability in respect of post-retirement health, medical or
life insurance benefits for retired, former or current employees
of the Company or its Subsidiaries except as required under
applicable Law.
(vii) The execution, delivery, and performance of this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by the Company and
the consummation by the Company of the Transactions will not
(alone or in combination with any other event) result in an
increase in the amount of compensation or benefits or the
acceleration of the vesting or timing of payment of any
compensation or benefits payable to or in respect of any current
or former employee, officer, director or independent contractor
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any increased or
accelerated funding obligation with respect to any Company
Benefit Plan.
(viii) No officer, employee, director, consultant or other
service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
entitled to receive any tax gross up, indemnity or similar
payment from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result
of the imposition of any income taxes or excise taxes under
Section 409A or 280G of the Code.
(l) Labor and Employment. Since
October 29, 2006, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
is in compliance with all applicable Laws respecting labor,
employment, fair employment practices, terms and conditions of
employment, workers compensation, occupational safety and
health requirements, plant closings, wages and hours,
withholding of taxes, employment discrimination, disability
rights or benefits, equal opportunity, affirmative action, labor
relations, worker classifications, employee leave issues and
unemployment insurance and related matters, except as would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect. Except for instances that would not,
individually or in the
B-15
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect: (A) there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the
Company, threatened labor strike, slowdown or stoppage against
or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and
(B) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received
notice of (1) any unfair labor practice charge or complaint
pending before the National Labor Relations Board or any other
Governmental Entity against it, (2) any charge or complaint
against it pending before the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission or any other Governmental Entity responsible for the
prevention of unlawful employment practices, or (3) any
complaint or lawsuit against the Company or any Subsidiary
concerning employees or former employees of the Company or any
Subsidiary alleging employment discrimination or violations of
occupational safety and health requirements pending before a
court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining
agreement, and no labor union has been certified to represent
any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to
the Knowledge of the Company, has applied to represent or is
attempting to organize so as to represent such employees.
(m) Intellectual Property.
(i) Owned and Licensed Intellectual
Property. All material Intellectual Property
that is owned by either the Company or its Subsidiaries
(Owned Intellectual Property) is owned free and
clear of any Liens other than (1) Permitted Liens,
(2) as of the Closing, Liens granted pursuant to the
Amended Credit Documents and the ABL Documents and
(3) Liens that do not materially interfere with the
ownership of or current use by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of such Owned Intellectual Property. The Company
and its Subsidiaries have used commercially reasonable efforts
to (A) ensure protection of the material Owned Intellectual
Property under applicable Laws (including making and maintaining
in full force and effect necessary filings, registrations and
issuances) and (B) maintain the secrecy of confidential
material Intellectual Property used in the Business.
Section 4(m) of the Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete
and correct list of all material licenses, assignments,
settlement agreements and other contracts or arrangements
providing in whole or in part for the use of, or limiting the
use of, any material Intellectual Property.
(ii) No Infringement, etc. As of
the date hereof, to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person is
infringing, misappropriating or otherwise engaging in
unauthorized use of any Owned Intellectual Property except for
infringements, misappropriations or other unauthorized uses that
would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The conduct of the
Business does not infringe, violate or constitute a
misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of any Person,
except for infringements, violations or misappropriations that
would not, individually and in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(n) Real Property.
(i) Owned Real
Property. Section 4(n)(i) of the
Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and correct list of all
real property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(such property, together with all improvements and fixtures
presently or hereafter located thereon or attached or
appurtenant thereto or owned by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries and located on Leased Real Property, and all
easements, licenses, rights and appurtenances relating to the
foregoing, the Owned Real Property).
Section 4(n)(i) of the Disclosure Letter lists the address
and owner of each parcel of Owned Real Property.
(ii) Leased Real
Property. Section 4(n)(ii) of the
Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and correct list of the
real property leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(the Leased Real Property, and the leases, together
with any amendments and modifications thereto, pursuant to which
such real property is leased, the Leases), which
list sets forth each Lease and the address, landlord and tenant
for each Lease. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
is a lessor, sublessor or grantor under any lease, sublease or
other instrument granting to any other Person any right to the
possession, lease, occupancy or enjoyment of any Owned Real
Property or Leased Real Property, except as set forth in
Section 4(n)(ii) of the Disclosure Letter.
(o) Title to Assets, Etc. The
Company and its Subsidiaries have good and valid (and, in the
case of Owned Real Property, good, valid and marketable fee
simple) title to, or otherwise have the right to use pursuant to
a valid and enforceable lease, license or similar contractual
arrangement, all of the assets (real and
B-16
personal, tangible and intangible) that are used or held for use
in connection with the Business or are reflected on the 2008
10-K or were
acquired after November 2, 2008, in each case free and
clear of any Lien other than Permitted Liens and, as of the
Closing, Liens granted pursuant to the Amended Credit Documents
and the ABL Documents, except for (i) inventory, real
property or equipment sold in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice and (ii) such failure to
possess good and valid title or right to use that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be
material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(p) Environmental Matters.
(i) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are, and since
March 1, 2004 have been, in compliance in all material
respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and have
obtained and are in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable permits, licenses and authorizations required under
applicable Environmental Laws.
(ii) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received a
notice of any material violation or notification of any material
liability or any potential material liability arising out of any
Environmental Law, and there is no Litigation or claim pending
or, to the Companys Knowledge, threatened under any
Environmental Law.
(iii) No Release of Hazardous Substances has occurred at,
on, above, under or from any real property currently or formerly
owned, leased, operated or used by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries that has resulted or would reasonably be expected
to result in a material investigation or remedial action.
(iv) The Company has made available to the Investor all
material environmental site assessments and reports in the
possession, custody or control of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.
(q) Material Contracts.
(i) Except for the Company Benefit Plans and the Contracts
filed as exhibits or incorporated by reference in the 2008
10-K or to
the SEC Reports (including the matters reflected on, reserved
against, or disclosed in the notes to, the Companys
financial statements included therein), neither the Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Contract
that: (A) is a material contract (as such term
is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of
Regulation S-K
promulgated under the Securities Act) to be performed in full or
in part after the date of this Agreement; (B) creates any
material partnership, limited liability company agreement, joint
venture or similar agreement entered into with any third party;
(C) is a voting agreement or registration rights agreement;
(D) relates to Indebtedness (whether incurred, assumed,
guaranteed or secured by any asset), other than agreements among
direct and indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company;
(E) relates to the acquisition or disposition of any
business, a material amount of stock or assets, or any material
assets or material real property other than in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice, where such
contract contains continuing material obligations or contains
continuing indemnity obligations of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries; (F) materially limits the freedom of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or would limit the freedom
of the Investor or its Affiliates (other than the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries) after the Closing or materially limit the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing, to compete
in any line of business or with any Person or in any area;
(G) contains exclusivity obligations or restrictions
(x) binding on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
(y) that would be binding on the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries after the Closing or (z) that would be binding
on the Investor or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company
and its Subsidiaries) after the Closing, and, in the case of
subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (G), that
materially affect or limit the Business or the operations of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (H) is a commitment
or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing.
(ii) Except as has not had and would not, individually or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect or, if the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, except for any effects arising from
the commencement of the Prepackaged Plan Proceedings,
(A) each Contract disclosed in the Disclosure Letter or
required to be disclosed therein pursuant to
Section 4(q)(i), Section 4(m) or Section 4(n) (each a
Material Contract) is a valid and binding agreement
of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may
be, and is in full
B-17
force and effect except to the extent that the enforcement
thereof may be limited by or subject to the Bankruptcy
Exceptions, and (B) none of the Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other
party thereto is in default or breach in any material respect
under (or is alleged, by a Person or Persons with the right to
cause an acceleration of or to exercise any other remedy under
the applicable agreement or instrument, to be in default or
breach in any material respect under) the terms of, or has
provided or received any notice of any intention to terminate,
any such Material Contract, and, (C) to the Knowledge of
the Company, no event or circumstance has occurred that, with
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of
default thereunder or result in a termination thereof or would
cause or permit the acceleration or other changes of any right
or obligation or the loss of any benefit thereunder (any event
or circumstance described pursuant to clause (B) or (C), a
Default). Complete copies of each such Material
Contract (including all modifications and amendments thereto and
waivers thereunder) have been made available to the Investor.
(r) Finders Fees. Except for
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Greenhill & Co.,
Inc., and, if the Restructuring is being effectuated through a
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, one (1) claims and noticing
agent, the fees and expenses of which will be paid by the
Company, and other Persons (i) hired by the Company or the
Debtor Subsidiaries with the consent of the Investor (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned)
after the date of this Agreement in connection with the
Prepackaged Plan Proceedings or (ii) required to be paid by
the Company or the Debtor Subsidiaries by the Bankruptcy Code or
by an order of the Bankruptcy Court (other than pursuant to a
motion or application by the Company or a Debtor Subsidiary),
there is, and there has been, no investment banker, broker,
financial advisor, finder or other intermediary retained by or
authorized to act on behalf of the Company, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors or
employees and neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries,
nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees
have incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees,
brokerage fees, commissions or finders fees in connection
with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without
limitation, the Offer. The Company has delivered to the Investor
a true and complete copy of the engagement letter or agreement
for J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Greenhill &
Co., Inc., respectively, pursuant to which J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. and Greenhill & Co., Inc.,
respectively, may receive a fee in connection with this
Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.
(s) Compliance with New York Stock Exchange Continued
Listing Requirements. The Common Stock is as
of the date of this Agreement listed on the New York Stock
Exchange. The Company is as of the date of this Agreement in
compliance in all material respects with applicable continued
listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, and the
Company has not received any notice of the delisting of the
Common Stock from the New York Stock Exchange.
(t) Insurance. The Company and
each of its Subsidiaries currently maintains, and during each of
the last five (5) calendar years (or during such lesser
period of time as the Company has owned such Subsidiary) has
maintained, insurance with reputable insurance companies of the
types and in the amounts that the Company reasonably believes is
adequate for its and their respective businesses (taking into
account the cost and availability of such insurance).
(u) [Intentionally omitted.]
(v) Acknowledgment Regarding Investors Purchase
of Company Securities. The Company
acknowledges and agrees that the Investor is acting solely in
the capacity of arms length purchaser with respect to the
Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that the Investor
is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company
(or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction
Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
and any advice given by Investor or any of its representatives
or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby is merely
incidental to the Investors purchase of the Series B
Preferred Stock. The Company further represents to the Investor
that the Companys decision to enter into the Transaction
Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation of
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Company
and its representatives.
B-18
(w) State Anti-Takeover Statutes; Certificate of
Incorporation. Assuming that the
representations of the Investor set forth in Section 5(d)
are accurate, the Board has taken all necessary actions so that
the restrictions on business combinations set forth in
Section 203 of the DGCL and any other similar applicable
Law are not applicable to the Transaction Documents and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Board has
taken all necessary actions so that all restrictions set forth
in Article TENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation are
not applicable to the Transaction Documents and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitations,
the full exercise of (A) all rights of the Investor under
the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and (B) all rights,
powers and preferences of the Investor and its Affiliates as
holders of the Series B Preferred Stock under the terms of
the Series B Preferred Stock CoD.
(x) Board Approvals. At a duly
held meeting on August 13, 2009, the Board unanimously
determined that the Transaction Documents to which the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company is a party and the Transactions
applicable to the Company and such Subsidiaries, including
without limitation the issuance of the Series B Preferred
Shares and the compliance with the terms thereof, the compliance
with the terms of this Agreement and the Offer, are in the best
interests of the Company and the Companys Subsidiaries.
Pursuant to and in accordance with Article TENTH of the
Certificate of Incorporation, the Disinterested Directors (as
defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) have unanimously
and expressly approved this Agreement, the Series B
Preferred Stock CoD, the Stockholders Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and
the Prepackaged Plan and the transactions contemplated herein
and therein, including, without limitation, the full exercise of
(1) all rights, including the preemptive rights set forth
in Article V of the Stockholders Agreement, of the Investor
under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, (2) all
rights, powers and preferences of the Investor and its
Affiliates as holders of Series B Preferred Stock under the
terms of the Series B Preferred Stock CoD and the
performance of the Corporations obligations with respect
thereto and (3) the filing of the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding if the Offer Conditions are not satisfied upon the
expiration of the Offer and the Requisite Acceptances have been
received. As of the Closing Date, effective as of the Closing,
the Board will have adopted and declared advisable, and approved
and recommended to the Companys stockholders, each of the
Certificate of Incorporation Amendments (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement) , including, without limitation the
Authorized Stock Stockholder Approval. The Audit Committee of
the Board has unanimously and expressly approved, and the Board
has unanimously concurred with, the Companys reliance on
the exception under Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock
Exchange Listed Company Manual to issue the Series B
Preferred Shares.
(y) Offer Documents and Other Required Company
Filings. The Tender Offer Statement on
Schedule TO (together with all amendments, supplements and
exhibits thereto, the Schedule TO) with respect
to the Offer containing or incorporating by reference a
prospectus and forms of the related letter of transmittal, the
registration statement on
Form S-4
(the
Form S-4)
that the Company uses to register the offer and sale of shares
of Company Common Stock pursuant to Offer, all other ancillary
Offer documents, the Solicitation Materials, newspaper
announcements, press releases and other offering materials that
the Company may use, prepare, file, distribute, mail, publish,
approve or authorize for use in connection with the Offer or the
Solicitation (collectively with the prospectus and the letter of
transmittal, together with all amendments, supplements and
exhibits to each of the foregoing, the Offer
Documents), as well as any other document that is required
to be filed by the Company with the Commission in connection
with the Transactions (each, an Other Required Company
Filing and collectively, the Other Required Company
Filings), as then amended or supplemented, will, when
filed with the Commission or first used, filed, distributed,
published or mailed in connection with the Offer and as of the
date or dates on which the Convertible Notes are accepted by the
Company for purchase pursuant to the Offer (the Tender
Date), and on the closing date or dates for the Offer (the
Tender Closing Date) comply in all material respects
with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act (in the
case of the
Form S-4)
and the Exchange Act (in the case of the Schedule TO and
the Offer Documents) and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder. Each of the Schedule TO, the
Form S-4
and the Offer Documents will not, at the time the
Schedule TO,
Form S-4
and the Offer Documents, respectively, or any amendments or
supplements thereto are filed with the Commission and as of the
Tender Date and the Tender Closing Date, as the case may be,
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
provided, however, that notwithstanding
B-19
the foregoing, no representation or warranty is made by the
Company with respect to information supplied, or required to be
supplied, in writing by the Investor or any of its partners,
members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
Affiliates, agents or other representatives with respect to the
Investor or any of its partners, members, stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or other
representatives, specifically for inclusion or incorporation by
reference in the foregoing documents. None of the Other Required
Company Filings will, when filed with the Commission and as of
the Tender Date, contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the
foregoing, no representation or warranty is made by the Company
with respect to information supplied, or required to be
supplied, in writing by the Investor or any of its partners,
members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
affiliates, agents or other representatives with respect to the
Investor or any of its partners, members, stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or other
representatives specifically for inclusion or incorporation by
reference in any of the Other Required Company Filings.
(z) Fairness Opinion. The Board
has received the opinion of Greenhill & Co., Inc.,
dated as of the date of this Agreement, to the effect that,
subject to the various assumptions and qualifications set forth
therein, the consideration to be received by the Company
pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of
view to the Company (the Fairness Opinion). A
correct and complete copy of the Fairness Opinion has been, or
will promptly be, delivered to the Investor. As of the date of
this Agreement, the Fairness Opinion has not been withdrawn or
revoked or otherwise modified in any material respect.
(aa) ABL Agreement. As of the
Closing Date, from and after the execution and delivery of the
ABL Agreement and the other ABL Documents, (1) none of the
ABL Agreement and the other ABL Documents shall have been
amended or modified in any respect, (2) each of the ABL
Agreement and the other ABL Documents constitutes legal, valid
and binding agreements of the Company and each Subsidiary of the
Company party thereto, and is in full force and effect,
(3) none of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company nor,
to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in
default or breach in any material respect under (or is alleged,
by a Person or Persons with the right to cause an acceleration
of or to exercise any other remedy under the applicable
agreement or instrument, to be in default or breach in any
material respect under) the terms of, or has provided to or
received any notice of any intention to terminate from an
authorized party under, the ABL Agreement or the other ABL
Documents, and (4) no default has occurred and no event or
circumstance has occurred or exists that, with or without notice
or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach, default or
event of default thereunder or result in a termination thereof
or would cause or permit the acceleration or any other change of
or in any right or obligation or the loss or impairment of any
benefit thereunder. The Company will pay when due all fees,
expenses and other obligations arising under or in connection
with the ABL Agreement and the other ABL Documents.
(bb) Credit Agreement and Amended Credit
Agreement.
(i) As of the date hereof and as of the time that is
immediately prior to the execution of the Amended Credit
Agreement (or, if the Restructuring is being effectuated through
the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, upon the occurrence of the Closing), (A) the
Company has fully paid any and all fees, expenses and other
obligations that are due and payable in connection with Credit
Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in the
Credit Agreement), and (B) there are no revolving loans
outstanding under the Credit Agreement. If the Restructuring is
being effectuated through the confirmation of the Prepackaged
Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, subject to the consent
or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, the Company will pay when
due all other fees, expenses and other obligations arising under
or in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Credit
Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and otherwise
comply with and timely perform all of its obligations under the
Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in
the Credit Agreement).
(ii) As of the Closing Date, from and after the execution
and delivery of the Amended Credit Agreement and the other
Amended Credit Documents, (1) none of the Amended Credit
Agreement and the other Amended Credit Documents have been
amended or modified in any respect, (2) each of the Amended
Credit Agreement
B-20
and the other Amended Credit Documents constitutes a legal,
valid and binding agreement of the Company and each Subsidiary
of the Company party thereto, and is in full force and effect,
(3) none of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company nor,
to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in
default or breach in any material respect under (or is alleged,
by a Person or Persons with the right to cause an acceleration
of or to exercise any other remedy under the applicable
agreement or instrument, to be in default or breach in any
material respect under) the terms of, or has provided to or
received any notice of any intention to terminate from an
authorized party under, the Amended Credit Agreement or any
other Amended Credit Document, and (4) no default has
occurred and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists
that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a breach, default or event of default under the
Amended Credit Agreement or result in a termination thereof or
would cause or permit the acceleration or any other change of or
in any right or obligation or the loss or impairment of any
benefit thereunder. The Company will pay when due all fees,
expenses and other obligations arising under or in connection
with the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Amended Credit
Documents.
(cc) Solvency. As of the Closing
Date, after giving effect to the Transactions thereon and the
after giving effect to the payment of the Convertible Notes
Expenses, the Company and its Subsidiaries will be Solvent. For
purposes of this Section 4(cc), Solvent means,
at any time with respect to any Person, that at such time such
Person (i) is able to pay its debts as they mature and has
sufficient capital (and not unreasonably small capital) to carry
on its business, and (ii) the assets and properties of such
Person at a fair valuation (and including as assets for this
purpose at a fair valuation all rights of subrogation,
contribution or indemnification arising pursuant to any
guarantees given by such Person) are greater than the
indebtedness of such Person, and including subordinated and
contingent liabilities computed at the amount which, such Person
has a reasonable basis to believe, represents an amount which
can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured
liability (and including as to contingent liabilities arising
pursuant to any guarantee the face amount of such liability as
reduced to reflect the probability of it becoming a matured
liability).
(dd) No Other Representation or
Warranties. Except for the representations
and warranties contained in this Section 4, the Investor
acknowledges that none of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any
other Person on behalf of the Company makes any other express or
implied representation or warranty in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 5. Representations
and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor
hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
(a) Investor Status.
(i) It is (A) an accredited investor
within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act, (B) aware that the
sale of the Series B Preferred Shares (including the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred
Shares, the Securities) to it is being made in
reliance on a private placement exemption from registration
under the Securities Act and (C) acquiring the Securities
for its own account.
(ii) It understands and agrees that the Securities are
being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering
within the meaning of the Securities Act, that such Securities
have not been and, except as contemplated by the Registration
Rights Agreement, will not be registered under the Securities
Act and that such Securities may be offered, resold, pledged or
otherwise transferred only in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the Stockholders Agreement (A) in a
transaction not involving a public offering, (B) pursuant
to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act
provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if available),
(C) pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act, or (D) to the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries, in each of cases (A) through (D) in
accordance with any applicable securities Laws of any State of
the United States, and that it will, and each subsequent holder
is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of Securities
from it of the resale restrictions referred to above, as
applicable, and will provide the Company and the transfer agent
such certificates and other information as they may reasonably
require to confirm that the transfer by it complies with the
foregoing restrictions, if applicable.
B-21
(iii) It understands that, unless sold pursuant to a
registration statement that has been declared effective under
the Securities Act or in compliance with Rule 144, the
Company may require that the Securities will bear a legend or
other restriction substantially to the following effect (it
being agreed that if the Securities are not certificated, other
appropriate restrictions shall be implemented to give effect to
the following):
THIS INSTRUMENT WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, (THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN
EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH
LAWS.
(iv) In addition, for so long as the holder of the relevant
Securities is subject to transfer restrictions contained in the
Stockholders Agreement, the Company may require that the
Securities bear a legend or other restriction substantially to
the following effect: THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS
CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN
A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT,
DATED [ ],
AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE COMPANY)
AND THE OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES THERETO. A COPY OF THE PROVISIONS
OF SUCH AGREEMENT SETTING FORTH SUCH RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER IS
ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY. Such legend
shall be removed at the request of any holder thereof that is
not subject to the transfer restrictions contained in the
Stockholders Agreement.
(v) It:
(A) is able to fend for itself in the transactions
contemplated hereby;
(B) has such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of its prospective investment in the Securities;
(C) has the ability to bear the economic risks of its
prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such
investment;
(D) acknowledges that (1) it has conducted its own
investigation of the Company and the terms of the Securities,
(2) it has had access to the Companys public filings
with the Commission and to such financial and other information
as it deems necessary to make its decision to purchase the
Securities, and (3) has been offered the opportunity to ask
questions of the Company and received answers thereto, as it
deemed necessary in connection with the decision to purchase the
Securities; and
(E) understands that the Company will rely upon the truth
and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements
and agreements.
(b) Investor Acknowledgement. The
Investor acknowledges that the Common Stock is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange and the Company is required to file reports
containing certain business and financial information with the
Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, and that it is able to obtain copies of such
reports.
(c) Authorization, Enforceability of Transaction
Documents.
(i) The Investor has full right, power, authority and
capacity to enter into this Agreement, the other Transaction
Documents, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby and to carry out its obligations hereunder and
thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by the Investor
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action on the part of the Investor.
(ii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly
executed and delivered by the Investor, and assuming due
authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Company, constitutes a valid and
B-22
binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against the
Investor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that
the enforcement thereof may be limited by or is subject to the
Bankruptcy Exceptions.
(iii) As of the Closing Date, each of the Stockholders
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Indemnification Agreement will have been duly authorized by the
Investor, and will be validly executed and delivered by the
Investor and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery
of such agreement by the Company, will constitute a valid and
binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against the
Investor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that
the enforcement thereof may be limited by or subject to the
Bankruptcy Exceptions and except as rights to indemnification
and contribution under the Registration Rights Agreement or the
Indemnification Agreement may be limited under applicable Law or
policy.
(iv) Other than (A) in connection or in compliance
with the HSR Act and the Austrian Act, and (B) such other
consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations,
declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be
obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate,
materially impair the ability of the Investor to perform its
obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the
Investment, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by,
or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental
Entity or any other Person under any provision of any material
agreement or other instrument to which the Investor is a party
(nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting
periods) is necessary in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement
by the Investor and the performance of its obligations hereunder
and thereunder.
(d) Ownership of Company Capital
Stock. This Investor is not, nor at any time
during the last three (3) years has it been, an
interested stockholder of the Company as defined in
Section 203 of the DGCL (other than as contemplated by this
Agreement).
(e) Funding. As of the date of
this Agreement, the Investor has uncalled capital commitments in
excess of the Aggregate Purchase Price and has the unrestricted
right to call, subject only to the giving of timely notice, on
such commitments for amounts equal to or in excess of the
Aggregate Purchase Price, and, at the Closing, the Investor will
have available funds sufficient to pay the Aggregate Purchase
Price on the terms and conditions contemplated by this Agreement.
(f) Offer Documents and Other Required Company
Filings. The information supplied in writing
by the Investor or any of its partners, members, stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or other
representatives with respect to the Investor or any of its
partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
Affiliates, agents or other representatives specifically for
inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Schedule TO,
Form S-4
and the Offer Documents or any amendments or supplements thereto
will not, at the time that the applicable document is filed with
the Commission or at the time such document is first published,
sent or given to the holders of Convertible Notes, as the case
may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The
information supplied in writing by the Investor or any of its
partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
Affiliates, agents or other representatives with respect to the
Investor or any of its partners, members, stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or other
representatives specifically for inclusion or incorporation by
reference in any of the Other Required Company Filings will not,
at the time the applicable Other Required Company Filing is
filed with the Commission, contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading. The information supplied in writing by the
Investor or any of its partners, members, stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or other
representatives with respect to the Investor or any of its
partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
Affiliates, agents or other representatives with respect to the
Investor or any of its partners, members, stockholders,
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or other
representatives specifically for inclusion or incorporation by
reference in the Prepackaged Plan Filings or any amendments or
supplements thereto will not, at the time that the applicable
document is filed with the Bankruptcy Court or at the time such
document is or first used, filed, distributed, published or
mailed in connection with the Solicitation and as of the
Confirmation Date, contain any untrue statement of a material
B-23
fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.
(g) Lack of Competitive
Businesses. For purposes of the Notification
and Report Form to be filed under the HSR Act in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Investor is its
own ultimate parent entity. To the knowledge of Investor, the
Investor does not have any Affiliate that receives a material
amount of its revenues from the production or sale of
(i) metal building systems or components (including,
without limitation, primary and secondary framing systems,
roofing panels
and/or
systems, end or side wall panels, sectional or
roll-up
doors, insulated metal panels, windows, or other metal
components of a building structure), (ii) coated or painted
steel or metal coils, or (iii) coil coating or coil
painting services.
(h) No Other Representation or
Warranties. Except for the representations
and warranties contained in this Section 5 or in any Tax
form or certificate, the Company acknowledges that neither the
Investor nor any other Person on behalf of the Investor makes
any other express or implied representation or warranty in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 6. Certain
Additional Agreements of the Parties.
(a) Regulatory Filings; Third Party Consents.
(i) Each of the Investor and the Company agrees to
cooperate and consult with the other and use its best efforts to
take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to file, or cause
to be filed, all documents and to do, or cause to be done, and
to help the other party to do, or cause to be done, all things
necessary, proper or advisable to cause the Offer Conditions and
the Closing to be satisfied as promptly as practicable and to
consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner
practicable, the Transactions, including (A) preparing and
filing as promptly as practicable all documentation, effecting
all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings and
other documents and obtaining all necessary permits, consents,
waivers, clearances, approvals, authorizations, permits, orders,
consents of, or any exemptions by, all Governmental Entities,
(B) seeking all necessary or advisable consents of third
parties to the Transactions and (C) using best efforts to
cause the satisfaction, but not waiver, of the conditions to
closing of the other party or parties set forth in
clause (i) of Section 3(a). In particular, each of the
Investor and the Company will use its best efforts to obtain,
and will use its best efforts to help the other obtain, as
promptly as practicable, all approvals, authorizations,
consents, clearances, expirations or terminations of waiting
periods or exemptions required from all necessary Governmental
Entities for the Transactions, including, but not limited to,
filings and notifications with respect to, and expiration or
termination of any applicable waiting period under, the HSR Act
and any other applicable competition or merger control laws. In
furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each party
hereto agrees (1) to make or cause to be made an
appropriate filing of a Notification and Report Form pursuant to
the HSR Act with respect to the Investment as promptly as
practicable (and in any event within ten (10) Business
Days) after the date hereof and to request and use best efforts
to obtain early termination of the waiting period under the HSR
Act and (2) to supply as promptly as reasonably practicable
any additional information and documentary material that may be
requested by any Governmental Entity pursuant to the HSR Act.
Neither Investor nor the Company shall agree or commit to
contest the enforceability of this Agreement under the
Bankruptcy Code, or, except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, agree or commit to delay or not to close any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, without the express
written consent of the other party.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of
Section 6(a)(i), each of the parties shall cooperate in all
respects with each other in connection with any filing or
submission and in connection with any investigation or other
inquiry and shall promptly (A) furnish to the other such
necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other
parties may request in connection with the foregoing,
(B) inform the other of any communication from any
Governmental Entity regarding any of the Transactions and of any
communication received or given in connection with any legal,
administrative, arbitral or other proceeding by a private party
or any investigation, proceeding or other action by the New York
Stock Exchange, or such other stock exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or quoted, in each case regarding the
Investment and the other Transactions and (C) provide
counsel for the other parties with copies of all filings made by
such party, and all correspondence between such party (and its
advisors) with any Governmental Entity, or with the New York
Stock Exchange (or such other stock exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or quoted), and any other information
supplied by such party and such partys Subsidiaries to a
Governmental Entity, or to the New York Stock Exchange (or such
other stock exchange on which the Common
B-24
Stock is then listed or quoted), or received from such a
Governmental Entity, or from the New York Stock Exchange (or
such other stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then
listed or quoted), in connection with the Transactions;
provided, however, that materials may be redacted
to remove references concerning valuation of the Company. Each
party hereto shall, subject to applicable Law, permit counsel
for the other parties to review in advance, and consider in good
faith the views of the other parties in connection with, any
proposed written communication to any Governmental Entity, or to
the New York Stock Exchange (or such other stock exchange on
which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted), in connection
with the Transactions. The parties agree not to participate, or
to permit their Subsidiaries to participate, in any meeting or
discussion, either in person or by telephone, with any
Governmental Entity, or with the New York Stock Exchange (or
such other stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then
listed or quoted), in connection with the Transactions unless it
consults with the other parties in advance and, to the extent
not prohibited by such Governmental Entity, or the New York
Stock Exchange (or such other stock exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or quoted), gives the other parties the
opportunity to attend and participate.
(iii) The Investor and the Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates to, acquire or
agree to acquire by merger or consolidation, or by purchasing a
substantial equity interest in or a substantial portion of the
assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any
corporation, partnership, association or other business
organization or division thereof or otherwise acquire or agree
to acquire any assets that would delay or make materially more
difficult the obtaining of any approvals, authorizations,
consents, clearances, expirations or terminations of waiting
periods or exemptions approval or authorization required under
the HSR Act for the Investment.
(b) Conduct of Business.
(i) Except as otherwise expressly permitted or required by
the Transaction Documents or otherwise consented to by Investor,
permitted by Section 6(k), contemplated by
Section 6(p) or as set forth on Section 6(b) of the
Disclosure Letter and subject to the terms and upon the
conditions therein, during the period from the date of this
Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the
termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 8,
the Company shall conduct its business, and cause its
Subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses, in all
material respects in the ordinary course, including, without
limitation, paying its obligations, including customer signing
bonuses, capital expenditures, Taxes and other accounts payable,
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice; provided that if the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding is commenced, the Company may make such changes to
the manner in which it conducts business as are required by the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding. Prior to the earlier of the Closing
Date and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with
Section 8, except as expressly permitted or required by the
Transaction Documents, without the prior written consent of the
Investor, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries shall
(A) take any action that, if taken after the issuance of
the Series B Preferred Shares, (x) would require the
written consent of or vote by holders of such shares pursuant to
Section 11 of the Series B Preferred Stock CoD or
would require the consent of the Investor pursuant to
Article VI of the Stockholders Agreement, (y) would
trigger a redemption right under Section 8 of the Series B
Preferred Stock CoD or (z) would result in an adjustment to
be made under Section 10 of the Series B Preferred
Stock CoD; (B) amend, supplement, modify, waive, terminate
or otherwise make any change to, directly or indirectly, the
Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (or obtain
any waiver in respect thereof); provided, that the
Company may extend the Waiver, dated July 15, 2009, by and
among the Company, certain Subsidiaries of the Company party
thereto and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent for the Lenders party to the Credit
Agreement as in effect on the date hereof; (C) other than
with respect to the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, consent to,
approve of or formally acquiesce to any case, proceeding or
other action (x) under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
or similar laws relating to relief of debtors, seeking to have
an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to
adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, seeking reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution or
composition or similar action with respect to it or its debts
generally or (y) seeking appointment of a receiver,
trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it
or for all or any substantial part of its assets (a
Proceeding), whether or not commenced by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries or (D) take any action that is
in furtherance of the delisting of the Common Stock from the New
York Stock Exchange or the listing of the Common Stock on any
other stock exchange or automated quotation system.
B-25
(ii) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or
distribution on any securities of the Company on or prior to the
Closing. If, prior to the Closing, the Company shall take any
action that would require any adjustment to be made under
Section 10 of the Series B Preferred Stock CoD as if
shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued on the date
of this Agreement, the Company must make appropriate and
equitable adjustments with respect to the Investor such that the
Investor will receive the benefit of such transaction as if all
of the Series B Preferred Stock to be acquired by the
Investor had been outstanding as of the date of such action.
(c) Governance Matters. The
Company shall take all actions necessary (i) (A) to cause
all directors serving on the Board immediately prior to the
Closing (other than the Companys Chief Executive Officer
and two other directors) to resign from the Board, effective as
of the Closing and (B) to cause vacancies on the Board to
be filled, effective as of the Closing, by persons designated by
the Investor (the Investor Directors) no later than
three Business Days prior to the Closing, and for the Investor
Directors to serve from the Closing until their successors are
duly elected and qualified in accordance with the organizational
documents of the Company and the Stockholders Agreement, with
the Investor Directors divided as nearly evenly as possible
among Class I, Class II and Class III of the
Board, and to cause the representation of the Investor
Directors, effective as of the Closing, on each committee of the
Board to be proportionate to the membership of the Investor
Directors on the Board, (ii) to ensure that the By-laws,
the charters of the committees of the Board and any corporate
guidelines of the Company, effective as of the Closing, are
consistent with the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereby and (iii) to elect,
effective as of the Closing, to take advantage of the exemptions
to the requirements of Paragraphs 303A.01, 303A.04 and
303A.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.
(d) Offer.
(i) Provided that this Agreement shall not have been
terminated in accordance with Section 8, the Company shall
commence (within the meaning of
Rule 13e-4(a)(4)
promulgated under the Exchange Act) the Offer to purchase all of
the Convertible Notes and solicit acceptances of the Prepackaged
Plan with the Solicitation Materials prior to the open of
business on the date that is the tenth Business Day after the
date of this Agreement. The Investor shall cooperate with the
Company and use its best efforts to help the Company do, or
cause to be done, all things that the Investor (in its
reasonable discretion) determines are necessary, proper or
advisable in connection with the Offer and the Solicitation,
including in connection with the commencement of the Offer and
the Solicitation. The Offer and the Solicitation shall be
commenced and conducted on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth on Annex A hereto and such other terms
and conditions as may be agreed to by the Investor and the
Company in writing prior to the commencement of the Offer.
Subject to the right of the parties to terminate this Agreement
in accordance with Section 8(a), the Company may extend the
Offer beyond the Initial Expiration Date without the prior
consent of the Investor for a period of not more than ten
(10) business days (as defined in
Rule 14d-1
under the Exchange Act), if, at such scheduled expiration date
of the Offer, any of the Offer Conditions shall not have been
satisfied or, with the prior written consent of the Investor,
waived.
(ii) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Investor and its partners, members, stockholders, directors,
officers, employees, affiliates, agents and other
representatives from and against any and all liabilities,
losses, damages, claims, costs, expenses, interest, awards,
judgments and penalties suffered or incurred by them in
connection with the Offer and the Transactions and any
information utilized in connection therewith, except with
respect to information supplied in writing by the Investor or
any of its partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers,
employees, Affiliates, agents or other representatives, with
respect to the Investor or any of its partners, members,
stockholders, directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents
or other representatives, specifically for inclusion or
incorporation by reference in the Schedule TO,
Form S-4,
Offer Documents and any Other Required Company Filings and
except with respect to any gross negligence, fraud or willful
misconduct of the Investor and its partners, members,
stockholders, directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents
and other representatives.
(iii) As soon as practicable on the date of commencement of
the Offer, the Company shall file with the Commission the
Schedule TO and
Form S-4
with respect to the Offer and the Solicitation Materials with
respect to the Prepackaged Plan. The
Form S-4
and Schedule TO shall contain or incorporate the Offer
Documents. The Company shall, or shall cause, the Offer
Documents to be disseminated to the holders of the Convertible
Notes as and to the extent required by applicable federal
securities Laws and rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. The Company, on the one hand, and the Investor, on
the other hand, shall promptly correct any information provided
B-26
by them for use in the Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and any Other Required Company Filings if
and to the extent that it shall be or shall have become false or
misleading in any material respect, and the Company shall cause
Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and any Other Required Company Filings as so
corrected to be filed with the Commission and, in the case of
any corrected Offer Documents, disseminated to holders of the
Convertible Notes, in each case, as and to the extent required
by applicable federal securities Laws and rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. The Investor and its counsel shall be
given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the
Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and the Required Company Filings, and, in
each case, any amendment, supplement or exhibit thereto, before
they are filed with the Commission and disseminated to holders
of Convertible Notes, the Company shall consider in good faith
the comments of the Investor in connection therewith and shall
not file with the Commission, disseminate to holders or
otherwise use the Schedule TO, the
Form S-4
or any Offer Documents or Required Company Filings, or, in each
case, any amendment, supplement or exhibit thereto, without the
prior consent of the Investor (which consent shall not be
unreasonably delayed or withheld). In addition, the Company
shall provide the Investor and its counsel with any comments
that the Company or their counsel may receive from time to time
from the Commission or its staff with respect to the
Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and the Other Required Company Filings
promptly after the receipt of such comments, consult with the
Investor and its counsel prior to responding to any such
comments, and consider in good faith the views of the Investor
in connection with, any proposed written communication to the
Commission and provide the Investor with copies of all such
written responses. Each party agrees not to participate, or to
permit its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to participate, in any
meeting or discussion, either in person or by telephone, with
the Commission, in connection with the Offer unless it consults
with the other party in advance and, to the extent not
prohibited by the Commission, gives the other party the
opportunity to attend and participate. The Company will use
reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments from the
Commission as promptly as possible and to have the
Form S-4
declared effective as promptly as possible.
(iv) The obligation of the Company to accept for exchange
and exchange for Convertible Notes tendered pursuant to the
Offer shall be subject to the satisfaction of the Offer
Conditions.
(v) Subject to (A) the terms of this Agreement and
(B) the satisfaction or, with the prior written consent of
the Investor, waiver of all of the Offer Conditions as of the
expiration of the Offer, if the Restructuring is not being
effectuated through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in
the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, at the Closing, after the
receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Investment, the
Company shall accept for exchange all Convertible Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. If the
Restructuring is not being effectuated through the confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, in
accordance with Section 6(i)(ii) and Section 6(m), the
Company shall pay the cash consideration and issue the Company
Common Stock consideration for all Convertible Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer as promptly as
practicable following the acceptance for exchange pursuant to
the immediately prior sentence (but in no event later than three
(3) Business Days after the expiration of the Offer).
(vi) The Investor shall not be responsible or liable for,
any payment, damages or obligation arising from the failure of
the Company to comply with the provisions of this
Section 6(d), including, without limitation, any such
failure which would result in the closing of the Offer on terms
or conditions other than those consented to by the Investor.
(e) New York Stock Exchange
Listing. The Company shall use its best
efforts to cause the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares (to the extent
of the Companys authorized and unissued stock) to be
approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or such
other exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or
quoted, subject to official notice of issuance, prior to the
Closing.
(f) ABL Financing.
(i) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to
take, or cause to be taken (and the Investor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company in
such efforts), all reasonable actions and to do, or cause to be
done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable, to
arrange and obtain revolving credit commitments for general
corporate purposes from the ABL Lenders on terms and conditions
that reflect the terms and conditions summarized in the ABL Term
Sheet and otherwise (i) are consistent with and no less
favorable (as to each item (other than immaterial items) and in
the aggregate) to the Company and the Investor in its capacity
as a
B-27
prospective shareholder of the Company than the terms and
conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R Inc., as
determined by the Investor in its reasonable discretion
(exercised in good faith), or (ii) are acceptable to the
Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) (the
ABL Financing).
(ii) In the event the ABL Financing becomes unavailable, as
promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event
the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (and the
Investor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate
with the Company in such efforts, including by actively
assisting the Company in its negotiation of related definitive
documentation) to obtain alternative financing from alternative
sources that (A) is on terms and conditions that are
(1) no less favorable (as to each item and in the
aggregate) to the Company and the Investor as a prospective
shareholder of the Company than the terms and conditions
summarized in the ABL Term Sheet, as determined by the Investor
in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith),
(2) otherwise (x) are consistent with and no less
favorable to the Company and the Investor in its capacity as a
prospective shareholder of the Company than the terms and
conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R Inc., as
determined by the Investor in its reasonable discretion
(exercised in good faith) or (y) are acceptable to the
Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith), and
(B) provides revolving credit commitments in an aggregate
principal amount that is not less than $125 million (an
Alternative ABL Financing), as promptly as
practicable following the occurrence of such event but in any
event no later than the Outside Date.
(iii) It is understood and agreed that both the Company and
the Investor will participate in the negotiation of the ABL
Financing or Alternative ABL Financing (including, but not
limited to, the negotiation of a definitive revolving credit
agreement and other definitive documentation therefor (such
definitive revolving credit agreement, the ABL
Agreement, and together with such other documentation, the
ABL Documents)).
(g) Credit Agreement and Amended Credit
Agreement.
(i) The Company will pay when due all interest, fees,
expenses and other obligations arising under the Credit
Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) as and when they become payable, and otherwise
comply with and timely perform all of its obligations under the
Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in
the Credit Agreement) at all times during the term of this
Agreement, including in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding (subject
to the consent or approval of the Bankruptcy Court).
(ii) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to
take, or cause to be taken (and the Investor shall use
reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the Company in such
efforts), all reasonable actions and to do, or cause to be done,
all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable, to amend
and restate the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions
provided in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement or otherwise
contemplated thereby.
(iii) In the event the Term Loan Refinancing is not
available on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Form
of Amended Credit Agreement for any reason, the Company shall
use its reasonable best efforts (and the Investor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company in
such efforts, including by actively assisting the Company in its
negotiation of related definitive documentation) to amend and
restate the terms of the Credit Agreement (A) on terms and
conditions (x) that are no less favorable (as to each item
(other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the
Company and the Investor as a prospective shareholder of the
Company than the terms and conditions contemplated in the Form
of Amended Credit Agreement, as determined by the Investor in
its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) or
(y) otherwise acceptable to the Investor in its sole
discretion (exercised in good faith), and (B) to extend the
maturity of $150 million principal amount of the term loans
outstanding under the Credit Agreement (an Alternative
Term Loan Refinancing), as promptly as practicable but in
any event no later than the Outside Date.
(iv) It is understood and agreed that both the Company and
the Investor will participate in the negotiation of the Term
Loan Refinancing or Alternative Term Loan Refinancing
(including, but not limited to, the negotiation of a definitive
credit agreement and other definitive documentation therefor
(such definitive credit agreement, the Amended Credit
Agreement, and together with such other definitive
documentation, the Amended Credit Documents)).
B-28
(h) Series B Preferred Stock Certificate of
Designations. Prior to the Closing, the
Company shall duly file with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware the Series B Preferred Stock CoD in accordance
with all applicable provisions of Law and the Certificate of
Incorporation.
(i) Use of Proceeds. If the
Restructuring is not being effectuated through the confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, on
and after the Closing, the Company shall, as applicable,
(i) apply the funds in the Non-Convertible Notes Account to
(w) pay the principal amount of the term loans outstanding
under the Amended Credit Agreement that shall be due and payable
as of Closing and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and
all other interest due and payable under the Amended Credit
Agreement and other Amended Credit Documents, (x) pay all
fees, expenses and other obligations payable under the Amended
Credit Agreement, the other Amended Credit Documents, and the
ABL Agreement and the other ABL Documents, (y) pay all
costs, expenses and other obligations relating to or arising out
of the Transactions and any related transactions (other than any
amounts due the holders of any Convertible Notes and the
Convertible Notes Expenses), and (z) cash collateralize
letters of credit outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement
that are not backstopped, replaced with, rolled over or novated
into letters of credit issued and outstanding under the ABL
Agreement; and
(ii) apply the funds in the Convertible Notes Account
(A) to pay the full cash consideration due to (w) the
holders of all Convertible Notes tendered under the Offer,
(x) the holders of any Convertible Notes not tendered under
the Offer upon the exercise by any of such remaining holders of
the put rights arising under Sections 3.05 or 3.06 of the
Indenture, (y) on November 20, 2009, the holders of
all Convertible Notes then outstanding upon the exercise by the
Company of its redemption right under Section 3.01 of the
Indenture and (B) to pay the Convertible Notes Expenses.
Any funds remaining in the Convertible Notes Account after the
time that all the amounts described in the first sentence of
this Section 6(i)(ii) have been paid and none of the
Convertible Notes is outstanding may be released from such
account and applied for any general corporate purposes.
(j) Employee Benefits
Covenants. The Company agrees that, prior to
the Closing Date, it will take all actions set forth on
Exhibit G.
(k) No Solicitation.
(i) The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and
its and their respective directors, executive officers,
employees, representatives and agents to, immediately cease any
discussions or negotiations with any parties that may be ongoing
with respect to a Company Transaction Proposal. After the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company shall not,
nor shall it authorize or permit any of its Subsidiaries, any of
its or their respective directors, executive officers,
employees, representatives or agents to, directly or indirectly,
(A) solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage any inquiry
with respect to, or the making, submission or announcement of,
any proposal that constitutes or could reasonably be expected to
lead to a Company Transaction Proposal, (B) participate in
any negotiations regarding a Company Transaction Proposal with,
or furnish any nonpublic information relating to a Company
Transaction Proposal to, any Person that has made or, to the
Knowledge of the Company, is considering making a Company
Transaction Proposal, (C) engage in discussions regarding a
Company Transaction Proposal with any Person that has made or,
to the Knowledge of the Company, is considering making a Company
Transaction Proposal, except to notify such Person of the
existence of the provisions of this Section 6(k),
(D) approve, endorse or recommend any Company Transaction
Proposal, (E) enter into any letter of intent or agreement
in principle or any agreement providing for any Company
Transaction Proposal (except for Qualifying Confidentiality
Agreements permitted under Section 6(k)(ii)) or
(F) propose or agree to do any of the foregoing. The
Company agrees that any violations of the restrictions set forth
in Section 6(k) by any representative of the Company shall
be deemed to be a breach by the Company.
(ii) Notwithstanding Section 6(k)(i):
(A) If at any time prior to the Closing, the Company
receives a bona fide, written and unsolicited Company
Transaction Proposal and the Board determines in good faith,
after consultation with outside counsel and its independent
financial advisor, that such Company Transaction Proposal
constitutes a Superior Proposal or is reasonably likely to
result in a Superior Proposal, the Company may take the
following actions: (I) furnish nonpublic information to the
Person making such Company Transaction Proposal, if, and only
if, (x) prior to so furnishing such information, the
Company has (1) complied with the following sentence of
this
B-29
Section 6(k)(ii), and (2) received from such Person a
Qualifying Confidentiality Agreement, and (y) all such
information has previously been provided to the Investor or is
provided to the Investor prior to or substantially
contemporaneously with the time it is provided to the Person
making such Company Transaction Proposal or such Persons
representative, and (II) engage in discussions or
negotiations with such Person with respect to the Company
Transaction Proposal. The Company promptly (and in any event
within 48 hours) shall advise the Investor orally and in
writing of the receipt of (X) any proposal that constitutes
or could reasonably be expected to lead to a Company Transaction
Proposal, including the identity of the Person(s) making such
proposal and the material terms and conditions of such proposal,
and providing copies of any document or correspondence
evidencing such proposal and (Y) any request for non-public
information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
other than requests for information not reasonably expected to
be related to a Company Transaction Proposal. The Company shall
use its best efforts to keep the Investor fully informed on a
current basis of the status of any such proposal (including any
material change to the terms and conditions thereof).
(B) If, on or after September 30, 2009, (x) any
of the Offer Conditions shall not have been satisfied (or, with
the prior written consent of the Investor, waived), the
Requisite Acceptances have not been received or any other
condition to the Investment has not been satisfied (and in the
Companys reasonable judgment, there is material
uncertainty as to whether any such condition will be satisfied
by the Outside Date) and (y) the Company is not in material
breach of any of its material covenants and agreements contained
in this Agreement, then at any time following September 30,
2009 and prior to the later of (I) any scheduled expiration
date of the Offer on which all of the Offer Conditions have been
satisfied (or, with the prior written consent of the Investor,
waived) or the Requisite Acceptances have been received and
(II) the date on which all conditions to the Investment
have been satisfied (or in the Companys reasonable
judgment, such conditions are reasonably certain to be satisfied
by the Outside Date), the Company may, and it may authorize or
permit any of its Subsidiaries, any of its or their respective
directors, executive officers, employees, representatives or
agents to, directly or indirectly, (1) propose a
Contingency Plan Proposal to any Person that, to the Knowledge
of the Company, is not considering making, and in the case of a
Person other than a holder of Convertible Notes or a Term Lender
has not since April 1, 2009 made, a Company Transaction
Proposal other than a Contingency Plan Proposal,
(2) participate in negotiations and engage in discussions
regarding a Contingency Plan Proposal with, or furnish nonpublic
information relating to a Contingency Plan Proposal to, any
Person that, to the Knowledge of the Company, is not considering
making, and in the case of a Person other than a holder of
Convertible Notes or a Term Lender has not since April 1,
2009 made, a Company Transaction Proposal other than a
Contingency Plan Proposal and (3) propose or agree to do
any of the foregoing, in each case set forth in clauses (1)
through (3), if, and only if, the Company complies with the
following two sentences of this Section 6(k)(ii)(B). Prior
to furnishing any nonpublic information in connection with a
Contingency Plan Proposal, (x) the Company shall have
received a Qualifying Confidentiality Agreement from the Person
to whom such nonpublic information is being furnished, and
(y) all such information shall have previously been
provided to the Investor or shall be provided to the Investor
substantially contemporaneously with the time it is provided to
the Person to whom such nonpublic information is being
furnished. The Company promptly (and in any event within
48 hours) shall advise the Investor orally and in writing
of any Contingency Plan Proposal, including the identity of the
Person(s) to whom such proposal is being made and the material
terms and conditions of such proposal, and provide copies of any
document or correspondence evidencing such proposal. The Company
shall use its best efforts to keep the Investor reasonably fully
informed on a current basis of the status of any such proposal
(including any material change to the terms and conditions
thereof).
(C) After the Filing Date the Company may take any action
otherwise restricted by such Section to the extent ordered by
the Bankruptcy Court (entered other than pursuant to a motion or
application by the Company or a Debtor Subsidiary).
(iii) At any time prior to the Closing, if the Company has
received a Superior Proposal (after giving effect to the terms
of any revised offer by the Investor pursuant to this
Section 6(k)(iii)), the Board may terminate this Agreement
to substantially contemporaneously enter into a definitive
agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal,
provided that the Board may not take such actions unless:
(A) the Company shall have provided prior written notice to
the Investor at least five (5) calendar days in advance
(the Notice Period), of its intention to take such
actions, which notice shall specify the terms and
B-30
conditions of any such Superior Proposal (including the identity
of the party making such Superior Proposal and copies of any
documents or correspondence evidencing such Superior Proposal)
and any material modifications to any of the foregoing,
(B) during the Notice Period, the Company shall, and shall
cause its independent financial advisor and outside counsel to,
negotiate with the Investor in good faith (to the extent the
Investor desires to negotiate) to make such adjustments in the
terms and conditions of this Agreement so that such Company
Transaction Proposal ceases to constitute a Superior
Proposal, and
(C) at or prior to the time of termination of this
Agreement, the Company shall have paid the Termination Fee
pursuant to Section 8(b).
In the event of any material revisions to the Superior Proposal,
the Company shall deliver a new written notice to the Investor
and shall comply with the requirements of this
Section 6(k)(iii) with respect to such new written notice,
except that the new Notice Period shall be two (2) calendar
days.
(iv) [Intentionally Ommitted.]
(v) Nothing contained in this Section 6(k)
shall prohibit the Company from complying with
Rule 14a-9,
14d-9 or
14e-2
promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(vi) As used in this Agreement, the terms:
(A) Company Transaction Proposal means
any inquiry, proposal or offer from any person or group of
persons other than the Investor or its Affiliates relating to
any (1) direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of a
business that constitutes 20% or more of the net revenues, net
income or assets of the Company and the Companys
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or 20% or more of any class or
series of equity securities (or any indebtedness or other
obligation that is exchangeable for or convertible into any such
security, or any other right to acquire any such security,
contingent or otherwise) of the Company, any tender offer or
exchange offer or (2) any merger, reorganization,
restructuring, consolidation, share exchange, business
combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, equity
infusion or similar transaction involving the Company (or any
Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company whose business
constitutes 20% or more of the net revenues, net income or
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole)
that, in the case of either clause (1) or clause (2), if
consummated would result in any person or group of persons
beneficially owning 20% or more of the voting rights of any
class or series of capital stock of the Company;
(B) Contingency Plan Proposal means any
proposal relating to any merger, restructuring, reorganization,
recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar
transaction involving the Company or any Subsidiary that the
Board in good faith determines, does not constitute a Superior
Proposal or a Superior Lender Proposal and is not reasonably
likely to result in a Superior Proposal or a Superior Lender
Proposal, which determination is made after consultation with
outside counsel and its independent financial advisor and
assumes consummation of the Transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
(C) Superior Lender Proposal means any
proposal involving any Person making more than a
de minimus investment or commitment (other than a
Person who is as of the date hereof a holder of Convertible
Notes or a Term Lender) relating to a restructuring,
reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction
pursuant to which (x) the holders of the Convertible Notes
would receive consideration in respect of the Convertible Notes
that is of equal or greater total market value (measured per
$1,000 face amount of the Convertible Notes and at the time such
consideration is delivered) than such holders would receive
pursuant to the Offer, assuming that all of the outstanding
Convertible Notes participated in such transaction or in the
Offer, as applicable or (y) the Term Lenders would receive
cash in repayment of the outstanding borrowings under the Credit
Agreement in an amount equal to or greater than pursuant to the
Term Loan Refinancing, or would receive consideration in respect
of their rights under the Credit Agreement and other Credit
Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) that is of equal
or greater total market value and security than such Term
Lenders would receive pursuant to the Term Loan Refinancing and
that does not include any equity security;
B-31
(D) Superior Proposal means a bona fide
written proposal or offer from any person or group of persons
other than the Investor or its Affiliates not solicited in
violation of Section 6(k) relating to any direct or
indirect acquisition or purchase of a business that constitutes
50% or more of the net revenues, net income or assets of the
Company and the Companys Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
or 50% or more of any class or series of securities of the
Company, any tender offer or exchange offer that if consummated
would result in any person or group of persons beneficially
owning 50% or more of the voting rights of any class or series
of capital stock of the Company, any merger, reorganization,
consolidation, share exchange, business combination,
recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, equity infusion or
similar transaction involving the Company (or any Subsidiary or
Subsidiaries of the Company whose business constitutes 50% or
more of the net revenues, net income or assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole) or any restructuring or
reorganization of the Company, in each case, that the Board in
good faith determines, would, if consummated, result in a
transaction that is more favorable to the Company and its
existing stockholders than the transactions contemplated hereby
(after given effect to the terms of any revised offer by the
Investor pursuant to Section 6(k)(iii)), which
determination is made, (x) after receiving the advice of
its independent financial advisor, (y) after taking into
account the likelihood (and likely timing) of consummation of
such transaction on the terms set forth therein (as compared to
the terms herein) and (z) after taking into account all
relevant legal (with the advice of outside counsel), financial
(including the financing terms of any such proposal, the
additional transaction costs and the effect of any termination
fee, expenses or amounts payable hereunder), regulatory or other
aspects of such proposal and any other relevant factors
permitted by applicable Law; and
(E) Qualifying Confidentiality Agreement
means an executed agreement with provisions requiring any
Person receiving nonpublic information with respect to the
Company to keep such information confidential, which provisions
to keep such information confidential are no less restrictive to
such Person than the Confidentiality Agreement is to the
Investor, its Affiliates, and their respective personnel and
representatives, provided that no such confidentiality
agreement shall conflict with any rights of the Company or
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this
Agreement.
(l) Tax Matters. All transfer,
documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value-added and
other such Taxes (including any penalties and interest) imposed
on or as a result of the Investment, except for any such Taxes
that may be imposed by the Cayman Islands, shall be paid by the
Company when due, and the Company will, at its own expense, file
all necessary Tax returns and other documentation with respect
to all such Taxes and fees and, if required by law, the Investor
will, and will cause its Affiliates to, join in the execution of
any such Tax returns and other documentation.
(m) Convertible Notes Account. The
Company agrees that before the wire transfer into the
Convertible Notes Account described in Section 2(b)(i), the
balance of the Convertible Notes Account shall be zero dollars
($0.00), and that until the time that all of the amounts
described in Section 6(i)(ii) have been paid and none of
the Convertible Notes is outstanding, it shall not
(i) deposit or cause to be deposited any funds into the
Convertible Notes Account or (ii) withdraw or cause to be
withdrawn any funds from the Convertible Notes Account for any
purpose other than to pay any cash consideration due to the
holders of the Convertible Notes. The Company further agrees
that it shall not use any funds other than funds from the
Convertible Notes Account to pay the holders of the Convertible
Notes any of the amounts described in clause (A) of the
first sentence of Section 6(i)(ii) or to pay the
Convertible Notes Expenses, or, if the Restructuring is being
effectuated through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in
the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, to apply the proceeds of the
Investment in accordance with the Prepackaged Plan.
(n) [Intentionally omitted.]
(o) Insurance Policy. At the
Companys option, the Company may purchase, prior to the
Closing Date, a six-year prepaid tail policy on
terms and conditions providing equivalent benefits to those
provided by the current policies of directors and
officers liability insurance and fiduciary liability
insurance maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries with
respect to matters arising on or before the Closing Date,
covering without limitation the transactions contemplated
hereby; provided that the cost of such tail
policy shall not exceed three (3) times the current annual
premium paid by the Company for directors and
officers liability insurance and fiduciary liability
insurance. If such tail prepaid policy has been
obtained by the Company, the Investor shall cooperate with the
B-32
Company after the Closing to cause such policy to be maintained
in full force and effect, for its full term, and shall not
interfere with the Companys honoring of all obligations
thereunder after the Closing.
(p) Prepackaged Plan.
(i) As promptly as practicable after the date hereof, the
Company shall, with the cooperation and assistance of the
Investor, prepare the Solicitation Materials and the Prepackaged
Plan Filings and provide drafts of such documents to the
Investor sufficiently in advance of the Prepackaged Plan Filing
such that the Investor has the opportunity to review and provide
comments to the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Investor will
provide all information regarding the Investor and its
Subsidiaries, officers and directors that is necessary to permit
the Company to prepare the Disclosure Statement. As soon as
possible after the Prepackaged Plan and Disclosure Statement and
such other documents are finalized, the Company shall mail such
documents to the Term Lenders and the holders of the Convertible
Notes. The solicitation period shall expire on a date no later
than the minimum period required by the Bankruptcy Code and the
rules under the Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy
Rules) for solicitation of acceptances of a
Chapter 11 plan of reorganization. The Company shall use
its reasonable best efforts to receive acceptances of the
Prepackaged Plan from a sufficient number of creditors in a
sufficient number of classes of creditors to allow the
Prepackaged Plan to be confirmed under the Bankruptcy Code,
including confirmation through the cramdown provisions of
Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to
non-accepting creditor classes (the Requisite
Acceptances).
(ii) As promptly as practicable after the date on which the
Company mails the Solicitation Materials to its creditors, the
Company shall, with the cooperation and assistance of the
Investor, prepare (A) petitions for relief under the
Bankruptcy Code (the Chapter 11 Petitions) for
the Company and the Debtor Subsidiaries, (B) motions for
customary
first-day
orders and such orders as described in the Disclosure Statement
including but not limited to an order authorizing the Company to
pay to the Investor the fees and Transaction Expenses payable to
the Investor pursuant to Section 8 and Section 6(n)
hereof (the Investment Motion and, collectively, the
First Day Orders) and (C) notices to creditors
and other parties required by the Bankruptcy Code with respect
to the filing of the Chapter 11 Petitions, the hearing for
confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan and other matters (the
Bankruptcy Notices and, collectively with the
Solicitation Materials, Chapter 11 Petitions and First Day
Orders, the Prepackaged Plan Filings). Such
documents shall be prepared in sufficient time to provide the
Investor and its legal and financial advisors with adequate time
to review all such documents prior to the Filing Date and
provide comments thereon, provided that the Investment Motion
and order with respect thereto shall (i) approve the
payment of the Termination Fee and the reimbursement of
Transaction Expenses on the terms set forth in Section 8,
(ii) be consistent in all respect with this Agreement and
(iii) otherwise be acceptable to the Investor in its
reasonable discretion.
(iii) In the event that the Offer Conditions are not
satisfied or waived, with the prior written consent of the
Investor, by the Restructuring Deadline:
(A) On the day following the Restructuring Deadline, the
Company shall, and, subject to the terms of the Prepackaged
Plan, shall cause each of the Debtor Subsidiaries to,
(1) file the Chapter 11 Petitions in the Bankruptcy
Court and commence cases under the Bankruptcy Code (the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding) in the Bankruptcy Court
(the date on which such Chapter 11 Petitions is filed, the
Filing Date), (B) file the motions relating to
the First Day Orders and seek to obtain entry of the First Day
Orders by the Bankruptcy Court and (C) schedule a hearing
(the Confirmation Hearing) in the Bankruptcy Court
on the earliest date possible to consider confirmation of the
Prepackaged Plan and approve the Disclosure Statement. As soon
as practicable after the Filing Date, the Company shall send the
Bankruptcy Notices to all Persons to whom such notices are
required to be sent under the Bankruptcy Code and such to other
Persons to whom it is ordered by the Bankruptcy Court to send
the Bankruptcy Notices.
(B) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to
obtain confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan by the Bankruptcy
Court at the Confirmation Hearing. Upon entry of an order
confirming the Prepackaged Plan (the Confirmation
Order), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts
to obtain the dismissal of any and all appeals and motions for
reconsideration filed with respect to the Prepackaged Plan or
with respect to the Confirmation Order. The date on which the
Prepackaged Plan is confirmed is referred to herein as the
Confirmation Date.
B-33
(C) The Company shall cause the Prepackaged Plan to become
effective and the distributions provided for under the
Prepackaged Plan (the Distributions) to be commenced
as promptly as possible on or following the day on which the
Confirmation Order is entered if no stay of the Confirmation
Order pending appeal has been entered and all other conditions
to effectiveness set forth in the Prepackaged Plan shall have
been satisfied or waived. The date on which the Prepackaged Plan
becomes effective is referred to herein as the Effective
Date.
(q) Company Approvals. At the
request of the Investor, the Board shall approve (i) the
Amended Credit Documents so long as (A) in the case of the
Term Loan Refinancing, the Amended Credit Agreement is in the
form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement or (B) in the
case of the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, the Amended
Credit Agreement is on terms and conditions that are (x) no
less favorable (as to each item (other than immaterial items)
and in the aggregate) to the Company and the Investor in its
capacity as a prospective shareholder of the Company than the
terms and conditions contemplated in the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement, as determined by the Investor in its sole discretion
(exercised in good faith) or (y) otherwise consented to by
the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
(ii) the ABL Documents so long as the ABL Agreement is on
terms and conditions that are no less favorable (as to each item
and in the aggregate) to the Company and the Investor as a
prospective shareholder of the Company than the terms and
conditions summarized in the ABL Term Sheet, as determined by
the Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith)
and are otherwise (1) consistent with and no less favorable
to the Company and the Investor in its capacity as a prospective
shareholder of the Company than the terms and conditions of
asset-based revolving credit financing transactions for
companies sponsored by CD&R, Inc., as determined by the
Investor in its reasonable discretion (exercised in good faith),
or (2) consented to by the Company, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld and (iii) the Ancillary Refinancing
Agreements are consistent with and no less favorable (as to each
item (other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the
Company and the Investor in its capacity as a prospective
shareholder of the Company than the terms and conditions of the
respective document or agreement for companies sponsored by
CD&R, Inc., as determined by the Investor in its reasonable
discretion (exercised in good faith), or consented to by the
Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
Section 7. Indemnity.
(a) In the case of clauses (i) and (ii) below,
from and after the Closing and, in the case of clause (iii)
below, from and after the date of this Agreement, subject to
this Section 7, the Company shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless the Investor and its Affiliates and each of their
respective officers, directors, partners, employees and agents,
and each person who controls the Investor within the meaning of
the Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (the
Investor Indemnified Parties and each, an
Investor Indemnified Party) from and against, and
pay or reimburse the Investor Indemnified Parties for, any and
all losses, liabilities, damages, and expenses (including
reasonable expenses of investigation, enforcement, and
collection and reasonable attorneys and accountants
fees and expenses in connection with any Litigation, any
incidental, indirect or consequential damages, losses,
liabilities or expenses, any amounts paid in settlement, and any
lost profits or diminution in value), whether or not involving a
Third Party Claim (collectively, Losses)
(i) arising from or relating to any inaccuracy in or breach
of any representation or warranty when made or deemed made by
the Company in or pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) arising
from or relating to the failure of the Company to perform any
covenant or agreement under this Agreement or (iii) arising
out of or resulting from the Companys authorization and
approval and the Companys
and/or the
Investors execution, delivery, performance or termination
of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (other
than any Losses attributable to acts, errors or omissions (other
than acts or omissions in conformity with this Agreement) on the
part of the Investor or any Investor Indemnified Parties and
other than any Losses attributable to the economic risks of the
Investors investment decision)), in the event (in the case
of this clause (iii) only) that the Investor or Investor
Indemnified Parties are subject to, named in or made party to
any Litigation by any Governmental Entity, stockholder of the
Company or any other Person (other than the Company).
(b) From and after the Closing, and subject to this
Section 7, the Investor shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Company and its Affiliates and each of their
respective officers, directors, partners, employees and agents
(the Company Indemnified Parties and each, an
Company Indemnified Party) from and against, and pay
or reimburse the Company Indemnified Parties for, any and all
Losses arising from or relating to (i) any inaccuracy
B-34
in or breach of any representation or warranty when made or
deemed made by the Investor in or pursuant to this Agreement, or
(ii) the failure of the Investor to perform any covenant or
agreement under this Agreement.
(c) An Investor Indemnified Party or Company Indemnified
Party (each, an Indemnified Party) seeking
indemnification pursuant to this Section 7 in respect of,
arising out of or involving any claim or demand asserted by a
third party (a Third Party Claim) against such
Indemnified Party entitled to indemnification under this
Agreement shall give written notice to the Company or the
Investor, as applicable (each, as applicable, an
Indemnifying Party), as promptly as practicable
after receipt by such Indemnified Party of written notice of
such third partys Litigation in the case of a Litigation,
or as promptly as practicable after the Indemnified Party has
reasonably determined that the pending or threatened claim has
given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to a right of
indemnification hereunder in the case of any pending or
threatened claim; provided that the failure of any
Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not
relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this
Section 7 except to the extent such Indemnifying Party is
actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. Such notice
shall describe in reasonable detail such Third Party Claim. The
Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the
expense of the Indemnifying Party and so long as the
Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to
indemnify the Indemnified Party for Losses related to such Third
Party Claim) to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim;
provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall
conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the
Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such
Indemnified Partys expense. If the Indemnifying Party does
not timely assume the defense of such Third Party Claim
following notice thereof, the Indemnified Party shall be
entitled to assume and control such defense and to settle or
agree to pay in full such Third Party Claim without the consent
of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the ability of
the Indemnified Party to enforce its claim for indemnification
against the Indemnifying Party hereunder. Except with the prior
written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld), the Indemnifying Party, in the defense
of any such Third Party Claim, shall not consent to a
settlement, compromise or discharge of, or the entry of any
judgment arising from, such Third Party Claim, unless such
settlement, compromise or discharge does not involve any finding
or admission of any violation of Law or admission of any
wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party
shall (i) pay or cause to be paid all amounts arising out
of such settlement or judgment concurrently with the
effectiveness of such settlement, (ii) not encumber any of
the assets of any Indemnified Party or agree to any restriction
or condition that would apply to or adversely affect and
Indemnified Party and (iii) obtain, as a condition of any
settlement or other resolution, a complete and unconditional
release of each Indemnified Party from any and all liability in
respect of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party in
good faith determines that the conduct of the defense or any
proposed settlement of any Third Party Claim would reasonably be
expected to affect adversely the Indemnified Partys Tax
liability, or that the Indemnified Party may have available to
it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent
with one or more of those that may be available to the Company
in respect of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party
shall have the right at all times to take over and control the
defense, settlement, negotiation or litigation relating to any
such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying
Party; provided that if the Indemnified Party does so
take over and control, the Indemnified Party shall not settle
such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the
Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld
or delayed. In any event, the Indemnifying Party and the
Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the defense of any Third
Party Claim subject to this Section 7 and the records of
each shall be reasonably available to the other with respect to
such defense.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Company shall be required to indemnify and hold
harmless the Investor Indemnified Parties pursuant to
Section 7(a) with respect to Losses only:
(i) in the event that the aggregate amount of Losses in
connection with or related to any individual claim (or any
series of related claims (including any class action)) exceeds
$50,000 (the De Minimis Amount), which amount is
intended to be a qualifying claim threshold, and shall not
operate as a deductible;
(ii) in the event that the aggregate amount of Losses
(other than Losses excluded by the immediately preceding
clause (i) because they do not meet the De Minimis Amount)
exceeds $5,000,000 (the Threshold Amount), following
which time all Losses above the Threshold Amount shall be
subject to indemnification (other than Losses excluded by the
immediately preceding clause (i) because they do not meet
the De Minimis Amount); and
B-35
(iii) up to (and not exceeding) the point at which the
aggregate amount of the indemnification payments actually made
by the Company equals $75,000,000 (the Cap);
provided, however, that (x) Losses payable in
connection with clause (i) of Section 7(a) with
respect to an inaccuracy in or breach of any Fundamental
Representation or payable in connection with clauses (ii)
and (iii) of Section 7(a) shall be payable without
regard to the Cap; provided that Losses payable in
connection with clause (i) of Section 7(a) with
respect to an inaccuracy in or breach of any Fundamental
Representation and Losses payable in connection with
clauses (ii) of Section 7(a) shall be taken into
account in determining whether the Cap has been reached, and
(y) Losses payable in connection with clause (iii) of
Section 7(a) shall be payable without regard to whether the
Threshold Amount has been reached and shall not be taken into
account in determining, with respect to other Losses, whether
the Threshold Amount has been reached. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained herein, the Companys aggregate
obligations to make indemnification payments pursuant to
Section 7(a), and to pay any Termination Fee or Deal Fee or
Transaction Expenses shall be limited to and shall not exceed
the Aggregate Purchase Price, and in no event shall the Company
be required to pay any amounts that would cause the total amount
paid by the Company in the aggregate with respect to all such
matters in the aggregate to exceed the Aggregate Purchase Price.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Investor shall be required to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company Indemnified Parties pursuant to
Section 7(b) with respect to Losses only:
(i) in the event that the aggregate amount of Losses in
connection with or related to any individual claim (or any
series of related claims (including any class action)) exceeds
the De Minimis Amount;
(ii) in the event that the aggregate amount of Losses
(other than Losses excluded by the immediately preceding
clause (i) because they do not meet the De Minimis Amount)
exceeds the Threshold Amount, following which time all Losses
above the Threshold Amount shall be subject to indemnification
(other than Losses excluded by the immediately preceding
clause (i) because they do not meet the De Minimis
Amount); and
(iii) up to (and not exceeding) the point at which the
aggregate amount of the indemnification payments actually made
by the Investor equals the Cap;
provided, however, Losses payable in connection
with clause (i) of Section 7(b) with respect to an
inaccuracy in or breach of any Fundamental Representation or
payable in connection with clause (ii) of Section 7(b)
shall be payable without regard to the Cap; provided that
such Losses shall be taken into account in determining whether
the Cap has been reached. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the Investors aggregate
obligations to make indemnification payments pursuant to
Section 7(b) shall be limited to and shall not exceed the
Aggregate Purchase Price.
(f) Any Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder
shall give to the Indemnifying Party a notice (a Claim
Notice) describing in reasonable detail, to the extent
known by the Indemnified Party at the time, the facts giving
rise to the claim for indemnification hereunder and shall
include in such Claim Notice (if then known) the amount or the
method of computation of the amount of such claim, and a
reference to the provision of this Agreement upon which such
claim is based; provided, however, that a Claim
Notice in respect of any action at law or suit in equity by or
against a third Person as to which indemnification will be
sought shall be given no later than promptly after the action or
suit is commenced; provided, further, that to the
extent an Indemnified Party first pursues recoveries from third
parties with respect to a claim for indemnification, such claim
shall be deemed timely and validly given pursuant to this
Section 7(f), so long as a Claim Notice stating only that
the Indemnified Party is currently seeking recoveries from third
parties shall be given within the time periods required by this
Section 7.
(g) The obligations of the Indemnifying Party under this
Section 7 shall survive the transfer, redemption or
conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant
to this Agreement or the Series B Preferred Stock CoD (and
the transfer of the Common Stock issued upon conversion of such
Series B Preferred Stock) or the closing or termination of
this Agreement and any other Transaction Document. The
agreements contained in this Section 7 shall be in addition
to any other rights of the Indemnified Party against the
Indemnifying Party or others, at common law or otherwise,
including as set forth in Section 23 hereof.
B-36
(h) Any Indemnified Party who brings an action against an
Indemnifying Party to enforce an indemnity set forth in
subparagraph Section 7(a) or Section 7(b) and who is
successful in such action shall also be entitled to recover,
from the Indemnifying Party, the reasonable costs and
attorneys fees actually incurred in prosecuting such
action.
Section 8. Termination.
(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the Closing:
(i) by either the Investor or the Company if (x) by
November 12, 2009 (the Outside Date)
(A) the Closing with respect to the Offer shall not have
occurred and (B) the Requisite Acceptances have not been
received or (y) the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding has been
commenced pursuant to Section 6(p)(iii) and the Effective
Date has not occurred by a date that is no later than four
(4) weeks and 10 days after the entry of the
Confirmation Order; provided, that the party seeking to
terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8(a)(i)
shall not have breached in any material respect its obligations
under this Agreement in any manner that shall have been a
proximate cause of the failure to consummate the Investment on
or before such date;
(ii) by either the Investor or the Company in the event
that any Governmental Entity shall have issued an Order or taken
any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting
the Closing or prohibiting or restricting the Investor or its
Affiliates from owning, and exercising in full all exchange,
conversion and voting rights of the Series B Preferred
Stock contemplated to be exercisable by the Investor or
prohibiting or restricting the Investor from exercising its
consent rights pursuant to Article VI of the Stockholders
Agreement and such Order or other action shall have become final
and nonappealable; provided that the party seeking to
terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii)
shall not have breached in any material respect its obligations
under this Agreement in any manner that shall have been a
proximate cause of such Order or action;
(iii) by the Investor if (A) the Company shall have
terminated the Offer or (B) the Offer shall have expired in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement without the Company
having accepted for purchase the Convertible Notes pursuant to
the Offer, unless in either case the Prepackaged Plan shall have
been commenced by the day following the Restructuring Deadline
or if the Offer shall have expired on or after the Outside Date
and the Offer Conditions shall not have been satisfied and the
Requisite Acceptances shall not have been received;
(iv) by the Investor, and in the case of clause (I), the
Company, if:
(A) the Board shall have (v) approved or recommended
to the stockholders of the Company a Superior Proposal,
(w) formally withdrawn its support for the Offer,
(x) made a recommendation against the Offer or the
Prepackaged Plan, (y) recommended another Company
Transaction Proposal or (z) resolved to effect any of the
foregoing;
(B) any of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have
commenced any Proceeding other than the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding;
(C) there shall have been commenced any Proceeding against
any of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding and such Proceeding has not been
dismissed within 30 days of such commencement;
(D) any of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall become
unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay
its debts as they become due, in each case, assuming the
Transactions contemplated hereby are consummated;
(E) any of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall make a
general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
(F) the Company fails to comply with
Section 6(p)(iii)(A) hereof;
(G) at any time after twenty-five days after the filing of
the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding if the Bankruptcy Court has not
entered the order approving the Investment Fee Motion on or
prior to such date;
B-37
(H) at any time after eight (8) weeks after the filing
of the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding if the Bankruptcy Court has
not entered the Confirmation Order with respect to the
Prepackaged Plan on or prior to such date;
(I) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order
denying confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan or the Confirmation
Order is vacated or reversed and does not become a Final Order
within four (4) weeks and ten (10) days after the
entry of the Confirmation Order;
(J) upon the dismissal of the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding
or conversion of the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding from a case
under Chapter 11 to one under Chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code, or the Company files a motion or other pleading
with the Bankruptcy Court seeking the dismissal or conversion of
any of the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding;
(K) if at any time the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
file a plan of reorganization or liquidation other than the
Prepackaged Plan and the Disclosure Statement; or
(L) at any time, if the Bankruptcy Court (x) grants
relief that is materially inconsistent with this Agreement or
the Prepackaged Plan in any respect or (y) enters an order
confirming any plan of reorganization other than the Prepackaged
Plan.
(v) by the Company, in accordance with, and subject to the
terms and conditions of Section 6(k)(iii) or if the
Bankruptcy Court has ordered the Company to terminate this
Agreement in order to accept any Qualifying Transaction; or
(vi) by the mutual written consent of the Investor and the
Company.
(b) In the event that (i) this Agreement is terminated
(x) by the Company pursuant to Section 8(a)(v) or
(y) by the Investor pursuant to Section 8(a)(iv)(A) or
(ii) (A) this Agreement (1) is terminated pursuant to
Section 8(a)(iv) (other than pursuant to
Section 8(a)(iv)(A)) or pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii)
and at the time of such termination the Investor was not in
material breach of any of its material covenants and agreements
contained in this Agreement or its representations and
warranties contained in this Agreement or (2) is terminated
by the Investor pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) and at the time
of such termination the conditions set forth in
Section 3(a)(i) and Section 3(a)(ii) shall have been
satisfied and the Investor was not in material breach of any of
its material covenants and agreements contained in this
Agreement or its representations and warranties contained in
this Agreement and (B) the Company enters into a definitive
agreement with respect to, or consummates, a transaction
contemplated by any Qualified Transaction within twelve months
of the date this Agreement is terminated, then the Company shall
pay the Termination Fee and the Company shall reimburse the
Investor for all of the Transaction Expenses (net of any amounts
previously paid or reimbursed pursuant to Section 8(c) and
net of the Pre-Signing Expenses that have been previously paid
or reimbursed by the Company), to the accounts specified on
Schedule 8(b) hereto, with such Termination Fee being paid
(I) at or prior to the time of termination in the case of a
termination pursuant to Section 8(a)(v) or (II) on the
earlier of entering into a definitive agreement with respect to
or consummating a transaction contemplated by a Qualifying
Transaction in the case of a termination for any of the reasons
specified in clause (ii) of this paragraph and, in each
case, such Transaction Expenses paid not later than two
(2) Business Days after submission of reasonable supporting
documentation thereof. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding,
in no event shall the Company be required to pay the Termination
Fee on more than one occasion.
(c) If (1) this Agreement is terminated in accordance
with Section 8(a) (other than 8(a)(vi)) for any reason
other than solely as a result of the failure of the parties
hereto to obtain the clearance or approval under the HSR Act and
(2) the Investor has not taken any action, or failed to
take any action, in breach of this Agreement which proximately
caused the event, condition or passage of time giving rise to
the termination of this Agreement or the failure of the Closing
to occur, then the Company shall reimburse the Investor for all
of the Transaction Expenses (net of any amounts previously paid
or reimbursed pursuant to Section 8(c) and net of the
Pre-Signing Expenses that have been previously paid or
reimbursed by the Company) not later than two (2) Business
Days after submission of reasonable supporting documentation
thereof.
(d) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that
(i) the agreements contained in Section 8(b) and
Section 8(c) are an integral part of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) the damages resulting
from termination
B-38
of this Agreement under circumstances where a Termination Fee is
payable are uncertain and incapable of accurate calculation and
therefore, the amounts payable pursuant to Section 8(b) are
not a penalty, but rather are liquidated damages in a reasonable
amount that will compensate the Investor for the efforts and
resources expended and opportunities foregone while negotiating
this Agreement and in reliance on this Agreement and on the
expectation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, which amount would otherwise be impossible to calculate
with precision; and (iii) without the agreements contained
in Section 8(b) and Section 8(c), the Investor would
not have entered into this Agreement. Accordingly, if the
Company fails to promptly pay any amount due pursuant to
Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) and, in order to obtain
such payment, the Investor commences a suit that results in a
judgment against the Company for the amount set forth in
Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) or any portion thereof,
the Company shall pay to the Investor costs and expenses
(including attorneys fees) incurred by the Investor and
its Affiliates in connection with such suit, together with
interest on the amount of such amount or portion thereof at the
prime rate of Citibank N.A. in effect on the date such payment
was required to be made through the date of payment.
Following payment of the Termination Fee
and/or
Transaction Expenses, if, as and when provided for in
Section 8(b) or Section 8(c), the Company shall have
no further liability to Investor of any nature or for any reason
under this Agreement other than pursuant to Section 7(iii)
and other than liability arising out of or related to the
willful breach of this Agreement on the part of the Company.
(e) In the event of termination of this Agreement as
provided in Section 8(a), this Agreement shall forthwith
become void and there shall be no liability on the part of
either party hereto except that nothing herein shall relieve
either party from liability for any breach of any covenant of
this Agreement and except that the provisions of this
Section 8 and Sections 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 will survive any
termination of this Agreement.
Section 9. Certain
Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,
the following terms will have the following meanings when used
herein with initial capital letters:
(1) 2008
10-K
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
(2) ABL Agreement has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(f)(iii).
(3) ABL Documents has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(f)(iii).
(4) ABL Financing has the meaning set
forth in the Section 6(f)(i).
(5) ABL Lenders has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
(6) ABL Term Sheet has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
(7) Affiliate means, with respect to any
Person, any other Person that directly, or through one or more
intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common
control with such Person. For purposes of this Agreement,
control shall mean, as to any Person, the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by contract or otherwise (and the terms controlled
by and under common control with shall have
correlative meanings).
(8) Aggregate Purchase Price has the
meaning set forth in Section 1.
(9) Agreement has the meaning set forth
in the Preamble.
(10) Alternative ABL Financing has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(f)(ii).
(11) Alternative Term Loan Refinancing
has the meaning set forth in Section 6(g)(iii).
(12) Amended Credit Agreement has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(g)(iv).
(13) Amended Credit Documents has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(g)(iv).
(14) Ancillary Refinancing Documents
means the ABL Documents (other than the ABL Agreement), the
Amended Credit Documents (other than the Amended Credit
Agreement) and any and all other agreements, instruments and
documents (other than the ABL Agreement and the Amended Credit
Agreement) entered into or delivered pursuant to or in
connection with any of the transactions contemplated by the ABL
B-39
Agreement and the Amended Credit Agreement, including but not
limited to any intercreditor agreement between the agents
and/or the
lenders party to the ABL Agreement and the Amended Credit
Agreement.
(15) Austrian Act has the meaning set
forth in Section 3(a)(i).
(16) Authorized Stock Certificate
Amendment means the amendment set forth in
paragraph 1 of Exhibit A of the Stockholders Agreement.
(17) Authorized Stock Stockholder
Approval means the affirmative vote (in person or in
proxy) by the holders of at least a majority in voting power of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting as a separate
class, at the Stockholders Meeting (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement) or any adjournment or postponement of
the Stockholders Meeting, in favor of Authorized Stock
Certificate Amendment.
(18) Bankruptcy Code means Title 11
of the United States Code.
(19) Bankruptcy Court has the meaning
set forth in the Recitals.
(20) Bankruptcy Exceptions has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(d)(iii).
(21) Bankruptcy Notices has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(p)(i).
(22) Bankruptcy Rules has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(p)(i).
(23) Beneficially Own shall mean, with
respect to any securities, having beneficial
ownership of such securities for purposes of
Rule 13d-3
or 13d-5
under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof.
(24) Board has the meaning set forth in
the Recitals.
(25) Business means the business and
operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as conducted as
of the date hereof and at any time between the date hereof and
the Closing.
(26) Business Day means any day other
than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in New York City or
Houston, or any other day on which commercial banks in New York
City or Houston are authorized or required by Law or government
decree to close.
(27) By-Laws has the meaning set forth
in Section 4(a)(iii).
(28) Cap has the meaning set forth in
Section 7(d)(iii).
(29) Capital Stock has the meaning set
forth in Section 4(b).
(30) Capitalization Date has the meaning
set forth in Section 4(b).
(31) CD&R Inc. means Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc., a Delaware corporation and
investment manager with respect to the Investor, and its
successors and assigns.
(32) Certificate of Incorporation means
the Companys Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended from time to time.
(33) Chapter 11 Petitions has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(p)(ii).
(34) Claim Notice has the meaning set
forth in Section 7(f).
(35) Closing means (a) if the
Restructuring is not being effectuated through the confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby but
excluding the transactions contemplated by the Prepackaged Plan
and (b) if the Restructuring is being effectuated through
the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
the Prepackaged Plan.
(36) Closing Date means the date on
which the Closing occurs, which, if the Restructuring is being
effectuated through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in
the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, shall be the Effective Date.
(37) Code means the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.
B-40
(38) Commission has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.
(39) Common Stock has the meaning set
forth in Section 4(b).
(40) Company has means NCI Building
Systems, Inc. and if the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, during the pendency of the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, NCI Building Systems, Inc., as
debtor and
debtor-in-possession,
and from and after the Closing, the Reorganized Debtor (as
defined in the Prepackaged Plan).
(41) Company Benefit Plan means each
employee benefit plan within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of ERISA, including multiemployer plans within
the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA, and each other stock
purchase, stock option, restricted stock, severance, retention,
employment, consulting, advisory,
change-of-control,
termination, supplemental retirement benefit, collective
bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee
loan, fringe benefit and other benefit plan, agreement, program,
policy, commitment or other arrangement, whether or not subject
to ERISA (including any related funding mechanism now in effect
or required in the future), whether formal or informal, oral or
written, sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
contributes or is obligated to contribute or could have any
liability, in each case under which any past or present
director, officer, employee, consultant or independent
contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or of any
Person acquired by the Company or any of such Persons
Subsidiaries, has any present or future right to benefits.
(42) Company Indemnified Party and
Company Indemnified Parties have the meanings
set forth in Section 7(b).
(43) Company Preferred Stock has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(b).
(44) Company Reports has the meaning set
forth in Section 4(e)(iii).
(45) Company Transaction Proposal has
the meaning set forth in Section 6(k)(vi)(A).
(46) Confidentiality Agreement has the
meaning set forth in Section 22.
(47) Confirmation Date has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(B).
(48) Confirmation Hearing has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(A).
(49) Confirmation Order has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(B).
(50) Contingency Plan Proposal has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(k)(vi)(B).
(51) Contract means any agreement,
arrangement, commitment, plan or other instrument or obligation.
(52) Convertible Notes has the meaning
set forth in the Recitals.
(53) Convertible Notes Account means a
separate account of the Company at a Qualified Bank set forth on
Section 2(b)(i) of the Disclosure Letter or such other
segregated account of the Company at a Qualified Bank designated
in writing to the Investor not less than two (2) Business
Days prior to the Closing or such escrow account or other
separate account of the Company required by the lenders party to
the Amended Credit Agreement which meets the requirements
specified by such lenders with respect to such account.
(54) Convertible Notes Expenses has the
meaning set forth in the Section 2(b)(i).
(55) Convertible Notes Portion has the
meaning set forth in the Section 2(b)(i).
(56) Credit Agreement has the meaning
set forth in the Recitals.
(57) Credit Documents has the meaning
set forth in the Credit Agreement.
(58) De Minimis Amount has the meaning
set forth in Section 7(d)(i).
(59) Deal Fee means an amount equal to
$8,250,000.
B-41
(60) Debtor Subsidiaries means any
Subsidiaries of the Company that are debtors under the
Prepackaged Plan.
(61) Default has the meaning set forth
in Section 4(q)(ii).
(62) Disbursing Agent has the meaning
set forth in Section 2(i).
(63) Disclosure Letter has the meaning
set forth in Section 4.
(64) Disclosure Statement has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
(65) Distributions has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(C).
(66) Effective Date has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(C).
(67) Environmental Law means any Law
regulating or relating to the protection of human health,
safety, natural resources or the environment.
(68) ERISA means the Employment
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(69) Exchange Act has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.
(70) Fairness Opinion has the meaning
set forth in Section 4(z).
(71) Filing Date has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(A).
(72) Final Order means an order or
judgment of the Bankruptcy Court which has not been reversed,
stayed or modified or amended in a manner inconsistent with this
Agreement.
(73) First Day Orders has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(p)(ii).
(74) Form of Amended Credit Agreement
means the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, with such
additions, modifications, alterations, corrections or other
changes as the Investor deems advisable in its sole discretion
(exercised in good faith) (i) to add, provide or complete
any schedule, annex, exhibit, numerical amount or other
information that is omitted, missing or incomplete, or to
modify, alter, correct or change (including without limitation
by deleting or replacing) any wording that is in brackets,
(ii) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission or defect,
(iii) to cure any inconsistency, including with any other
provision of the same agreement or of the ABL Agreement or any
other Transaction Document, (iv) to address a material risk
that (x) the Company will be unable to comply with the
terms or conditions of the agreement or (y) by complying
with the terms and conditions of the agreement the Company will
be subject to a material risk of not complying with the terms
and conditions of the ABL Agreement or any other Transaction
Document, (v) to effect the intent evidenced by the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A or (vi) to avoid adverse
tax consequences to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in
each case under clauses (i) through (vi) above, as
determined by the Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in
good faith).
(75) Form S-4
has the meaning set forth in Section 4(y).
(76) Fundamental Representations has the
meaning set forth in Section 10.
(77) GAAP has the meaning set forth in
Section 4(e)(i).
(78) Governmental Entity means any
international, national, federal, state, provincial or local
governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency,
commission, court, tribunal, arbitral body, self regulated
entity or similar body, whether domestic or foreign.
(79) Hazardous Substances means any
substance that: (i) is or contains asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum or petroleum products,
(ii) requires investigation or remedial action pursuant to
any Environmental Law, or is defined, listed or identified as a
hazardous waste, hazardous substance,
toxic substance or words of similar import
thereunder, or (iii) is regulated under any Environmental
Law.
(80) HSR Act has the meaning set forth
in Section 3(a)(i).
B-42
(81) Indebtedness means, with respect to
any Person, without duplication, (i) all obligations of
such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of
such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar
instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person upon
which interest charges are customarily paid (other than trade
payables incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practices), (iv) all obligations of such Person
under conditional sale or other title retention agreements
relating to any property purchased by such Person, (v) all
obligations of such Person incurred or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of property or services (excluding obligations of
such Person to creditors for raw materials, inventory, services
and supplies incurred in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices), (vi) all lease obligations
of such Person capitalized on the books and records of such
Person, (vii) all obligations of others secured by a Lien
on property or assets owned or acquired by such Person, whether
or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed,
(viii) all obligations of such Person under interest rate,
currency or commodity derivatives or hedging transactions,
(ix) all letters of credit or performance bonds issued for
the account of such Person (excluding (a) letters of credit
issued for the benefit of suppliers to support accounts payable
to suppliers incurred in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices, (b) standby letters of
credit relating to workers compensation insurance and
(c) surety bonds and customs bonds) and (x) all
guaranties and arrangements having the economic effect of a
guaranty by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.
For purposes of Section 4(q)(i), Indebtedness
shall be limited to those obligations, guaranties and
arrangements described in (A) clauses (i), (ii), (v),
(vii), (viii), (ix) and (x) of the foregoing
definition, in each case, in excess of amounts agreed between
the parties as of the date of this Agreement and
(B) clauses (iii), (iv) and (vi) of the foregoing
definition, in each case, in excess of amounts agreed between
the parties as of the date of this Agreement.
(82) Indemnification Agreement means an
Indemnification Agreement substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit D.
(83) Indemnified Party has the meaning
set forth in Section 7(c).
(84) Indenture has the meaning set forth
in the Recitals.
(85) Initial Expiration Date means 12:00
midnight, New York City time, on the 20th business day (as
defined in
Rule 14d-1
under the Exchange Act) following the commencement of the Offer;
provided, that if the Offer Condition set forth in
clause 4 under the caption Conditions to
the Offer set forth in Annex A hereto has not been
satisfied by 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the
20th business day (as defined in
Rule 14d-1
under the Exchange Act) following the commencement of the Offer,
the Company shall, subject to the provisions of
Section 8(a), extend the Offer until the Offer Condition
set forth in clause 3 under the caption
Conditions to the Offer set forth in
Annex A hereto has been satisfied and the Initial
Expiration Date shall mean the first scheduled expiration
date following the date on which such Offer Condition shall have
been satisfied.
(86) Intellectual Property means all
trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, including
all goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names,
copyrights, Software and Internet websites, and registrations
and applications to register or renew the registration of any of
the foregoing, patents and patent applications, Trade Secrets
and all similar intellectual property rights.
(87) Investment has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
(88) Investor has the meaning set forth
in the Preamble.
(89) Investor Indemnified Party and
Investor Indemnified Parties have the meanings set
forth in Section 7(a).
(90) Knowledge means (i) in the
case of the Company, the actual knowledge, after due inquiry, of
the Companys the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel
and (ii) in the case of the Investor, the actual knowledge,
after due inquiry, of any principal or partner of the Investor.
B-43
(91) Laws mean federal, state, local or
foreign Law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, writ,
judgment, order, injunction, decree, agency requirement, license
or permit of any Governmental Entity.
(92) Leased Real Property has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(n)(ii).
(93) Leases has the meaning set forth in
Section 4(n)(ii).
(94) Liability Cap has the meaning set
forth in Section 16(a).
(95) Lien means, with respect to any
property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest, lease, encumbrance or other adverse claim of any kind
in respect of such property or asset. For purposes of this
Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any
property or asset that it has acquired or holds subject to the
interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale
agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement
relating to such property or asset.
(96) Litigation means any action, cause
of action, claim, cease and desist letter, demand, suit,
arbitration proceeding, citation, summons, subpoena or
investigation or proceeding of any nature, civil, criminal,
regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity.
(97) Losses has the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a).
(98) Material Adverse Effect means any
event, change, development, effect or occurrence that
(1) is material and adverse to the business, assets,
results of operations or financial condition of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (2) would materially
impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or to
consummate the Investment, the other Transactions or the other
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;
provided, however, that in determining whether a
Material Adverse Effect has occurred, there shall be excluded
any effect to the extent resulting from the following:
(A) any change, development, occurrence or event affecting
the businesses or industries in which the Company and its
Subsidiaries operate (including general pricing changes),
(B) changes in general domestic economic conditions,
including changes in the financial, securities or credit
markets, or changes in such conditions in any area in which the
Company or its Subsidiaries operate, (C) changes in global
or national political conditions (including any outbreak or
escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or
terrorism), (D) the announcement of this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby, (E) the failure of the Company to meet
any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or
earning predictions for any period (provided that the
underlying causes of such failure may be considered in
determining whether there is a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company), (F) any change in the trading prices of the
Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or of the
Convertible Notes (provided that the underlying causes of
such change may be considered in determining whether there is a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company) or (G) the
announcement or commencement of the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding;
except, with respect to clauses (A), (B), or (C), to the extent
that the effects of such changes have a disproportionate impact
on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative
to other businesses supplying to the non-residential
construction industry.
(99) Material Contract shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 4(q)(ii).
(100) Minimum Condition shall have the
meaning set forth in Annex A hereto.
(101) Non-Convertible Note Account means
the account of the Company at a Qualified Bank set forth on
Section 2(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Letter or such other
account of the Company at a Qualified Bank as is designated in
writing to the Investor not less than two (2) Business Days
prior to the Closing, in each case, provided that such
account is different from the Convertible Notes Account.
(102) Notice Period has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(k)(iii)(A).
(103) Offer has the meaning set forth in
the Recitals.
(104) Offer Conditions has the meaning
set forth in Annex A hereto.
(105) Offer Documents has the meaning
set forth in Section 4(y).
B-44
(106) Order means any injunction,
judgment, decree or other order issued by any court of competent
jurisdiction.
(107) Organizational Documents means the
articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation,
charter, bylaws, articles of formation, certificate of
formation, regulations, operating agreement, certificate of
limited partnership, partnership agreement, and all other
similar documents, instruments or certificates executed,
adopted, or filed in connection with the creation, formation, or
organization of a Person, including any amendments thereto.
(108) Other Required Company Filing and
Other Required Company Filings have the
meanings set forth in Section 4(y).
(109) Outside Date has the meaning set
forth in Section 8(a)(i).
(110) Owned Intellectual Property has
the meaning set forth in Section 4(m)(i).
(111) Owned Real Property has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(n)(i).
(112) Owned Software means all Software
owned by either the Company or its Subsidiaries and used or held
for use in connection with, necessary for the conduct of, or
otherwise material to, the Business.
(113) Permitted Investor Assignee has
the meaning set forth in Section 12.
(114) Permitted Liens means
(i) Liens for Taxes and other governmental charges and
assessments not yet due and payable or that are being contested
in good faith and for which adequate accruals or reserves have
been established on the financial statements of the Company or
the applicable Subsidiary, (ii) Liens of carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other like Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business that are being
contested in good faith and for which adequate accruals or
reserves have been established on the financial statements of
the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, (iii) easements,
rights of way, zoning ordinances and other similar encumbrances
affecting real property, (iv) prior to the Closing, Liens
granted pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit
Documents and (v) statutory Liens in favor of lessors
arising in connection with any property leased to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, which Liens and other encumbrances
described in clauses (i) (v) do not materially
interfere with the current use by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of the assets, properties or rights affected
thereby and would not reasonably be expected to have or result
in a Material Adverse Effect.
(115) Person means any natural person,
firm, corporation, partnership, company, limited liability
company, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Entity
or other entity or group (as defined in the Exchange Act).
(116) Prepackaged Plan means a
prepackaged joint plan of reorganization of the Company and the
Debtor Subsidiaries that will effectuate, consistent with the
Bankruptcy Code, the Restructuring on the terms set forth on
Exhibit I hereto and otherwise as contemplated by this
Agreement and the Transaction Documents and containing such
other terms and provisions, not inconsistent with the foregoing,
as may be reasonably agreed by the Company and the Investor.
(117) Prepackaged Plan Conditions means
the conditions set forth in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and
3(d) other than Sections 3(a)(iii), 3(a)(iv), 3(a)(vi) and,
to the extent that any Material Contract may be assumed and
assigned by the Company without consent, authorization or
approval pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code,
3(c)(iii).
(118) Prepackaged Plan Filings has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(p)(ii).
(119) Prepackaged Plan Proceeding has
the meaning set forth in Section 6(p)(iii)(A).
(120) Pre-Signing Transaction Expenses
means any Transaction Expenses reimbursed by and paid to the
Company pursuant to this Agreement (other than pursuant to
Section 8(b), Section 8(c) or Section 2(g)) or
any other agreement of even-date herewith to which Investor and
the Company are a party.
(121) Proceeding has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(b)(i).
B-45
(122) Qualified Bank means any
commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of
America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that
(a) is at least adequately capitalized (as
defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking
regulator), (b) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such
regulations) of not less than $1,000,000,000 and (c) has a
rating of at least AA- from S&P and Aa3 from Moodys.
(123) Qualifying Confidentiality
Agreement has the meaning set forth in
Section 6(k)(vi)(E).
(124) Qualifying Transaction means any
Company Transaction Proposal, which, in the case of Company
Transaction Proposal that is a restructuring, reorganization,
liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction, is a Superior
Lender Proposal (determined without giving effect to the first
parenthetical in the definition thereof).
(125) Registration Rights Agreement a
Registration Rights Agreement having the terms set forth in
Exhibit E hereto and such other terms as are reasonably and
mutually acceptable to the Investor and the Company.
(126) Release means any releasing,
disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching,
pumping, dumping, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping,
dispersal, migration, transporting, placing and the like,
including without limitation, the moving of any materials
through, into or upon, any land, soil, surface water,
groundwater or air, or otherwise entering into the indoor or
outdoor environment.
(127) Representatives has the meaning
set forth in Section 16.
(128) Requisite Acceptances has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(p)(i).
(129) Restructuring has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
(130) Restructuring Deadline means the
date on which the Requisite Acceptances have been received and
the Offer has expired pursuant to Section 6(d)(i) hereof.
(131) Schedule TO has the meaning
set forth in Section 4(y).
(132) SEC Reports has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.
(133) Securities has the meaning set
forth in Section 5(a)(i).
(134) Securities Act means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(135) Series B Preferred Shares has
the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
(136) Series B Preferred Stock has
the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
(137) Series B Preferred Stock CoD
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
(138) Software means all computer
software, including but not limited to, application software,
system software and firmware, including all source code and
object code versions thereof, in any and all forms and media,
and all related documentation.
(139) Solicitation has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
(140) Solicitation Materials has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
(141) SOX has the meaning set forth in
Section 4(e)(viii).
(142) Stockholders Agreement means a
Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit C.
(143) Subsidiary means, with respect to
any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or other entity of which a majority of the
voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of
the securities or other interests of which having by their terms
ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
directors or persons performing similar functions with respect
to such entity, is, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person
and/or one
or more Subsidiaries thereof.
B-46
(144) Superior Lender Proposal has the
meaning set forth in Section 6(k)(vi)(C).
(145) Superior Proposal has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(k)(vi)(D).
(146) Tax Returns means any and all
reports, returns, declarations, disclosures, or statements
supplied or required to be supplied to a taxing authority in
connection with Taxes, including any schedule, attachment or
amendment thereto.
(147) Taxes means any and all federal,
state, local or foreign taxes, imposts, levies or other like
assessments, including all net income, gross receipts, capital,
sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise,
profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding,
payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise,
severance, stamp, occupation, property and estimated taxes,
customs duties, and other taxes of any kind whatsoever,
including any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax or
additional amounts imposed by any Governmental Entity in
connection or with respect thereto, in all cases whether
disputed or not.
(148) Tender Closing Date has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(y).
(149) Tender Date has the meaning set
forth in Section 4(y).
(150) Term Lenders has the meaning set
forth in the Recitals.
(151) Term Loan Refinancing has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
(152) Termination Fee means $8,250,000.
(153) Third Party Claim has the meaning
set forth in Section 7(c).
(154) Threshold Amount has the meaning
set forth in Section 7(d)(ii).
(155) Trade Secrets means all
inventions, processes, designs, formulae, trade secrets,
know-how, ideas, research and development, data, databases and
confidential information.
(156) Transaction Documents refers
(a) if the Restructuring is not being effectuated through
the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, collectively to this Agreement, the Stockholders
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Indemnification Agreement, the Series B Preferred Stock
CoD, the ABL Agreement, the Amended Credit Agreement and the
Ancillary Refinancing Documents (b) if the Restructuring is
being effectuated through the confirmation of the Prepackaged
Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, the Prepackaged Plan
and Exhibit I to the Prepackaged Plan.
(157) Transaction Expenses means all
out-of-pocket
expenses reasonably incurred by the Investor or on its behalf in
connection with the Investors due diligence on the
Company, the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents and the undertaking, structuring and consummation of
the Transactions (including, without limitation, in connection
with obtaining the consents, approvals, authorizations of or
delivering any notices or filings in connection therewith to,
Governmental Entities necessary in connection with the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other
Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby), including, without limitation, fees and expenses of
legal, accounting and financial advisors, up to a maximum of
(i) with respect to Section 2(g), $14,500,000 and
(ii) with respect to Section 8(b) and
Section 8(c), $9,500,000 in the aggregate.
(158) Transactions refers (a) if
the Restructuring is not being effectuated through the
confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, collectively to this Agreement, the transactions
contemplated hereby to take place on or before the Closing Date,
including, without limitation, the Investment and the Offer, the
other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated
thereby, including the Term Loan Refinancing (or the Alternative
Term Loan Refinancing, as the case may be) and the ABL Financing
(or the Alternative ABL Financing, as the case may be) but
excluding the transactions contemplated by the Prepackaged Plan
and (b) if the Restructuring is being effectuated through
the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding, the transactions contemplated by the Prepackaged
Plan.
B-47
(159) Unrestricted Cash means aggregate
cash and cash equivalents excluding any cash or cash equivalents
that are used in the determination of the borrowing base under
the ABL Agreement.
(160) Voting Debt has the meaning set
forth in Section 4(b).
Section 10. Survival
of Representations, Warranties and
Agreements. Each of the representations and
warranties set forth in this Agreement (or in any instrument
delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Closing but only for a period
of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date and
thereafter shall expire and have no further force and effect;
provided that the representations and warranties set
forth in Section 4(a), Section 4(b),
Section 4(d), Section 4(w), Section 4(x) and
Section 5(a) and Section 5(c) (collectively, the
Fundamental Representations) and any corresponding
representations and warranties in any instrument delivered
pursuant hereto, shall survive the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the Closing indefinitely or until the latest
date permitted by law. Except as otherwise provided herein, all
covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive for the
duration of any statutes of limitations applicable thereto or
until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, any breach of
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in respect of
which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement shall survive
the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to the
preceding sentences, if notice of the inaccuracy or breach
thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity shall have been
given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought
prior to such time. The Confidentiality Agreement will survive
termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.
Section 11. Notices.
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
all notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed
to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight
courier service, or when received by facsimile transmission if
promptly confirmed, as follows:
(a) if to the Company, to it at:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Fax:
(281) 477-9674
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
Attention: Mark Gordon
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Fax:
(212) 403-2000
(b) if to the Investor, to it at:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.
c/o Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
Attention: Theresa Gore
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York NY 10152
Fax:
(212) 407-5252
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg
Fax:
(212) 909-6836
B-48
or to such other address, facsimile number or telephone as
either party may, from time to time, designate in a written
notice given in a like manner.
Section 12. Successors
and Assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any
of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be
assigned by any of the parties hereto, in whole or in part
(whether by operation of law or otherwise), without the prior
written consent of each of the other parties; provided
that, following the Closing, the Company may assign the rights
and obligations under this Agreement to a successor and the
Investor may, without the prior written consent of the Company,
assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations to
purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the Closing
to one or more parallel or co-invest vehicles under common
control or management with the Investor (each assignee parallel
or co-invest vehicles, a Permitted Investor
Assignee), in which case such parallel or co-invest
vehicle(s) shall become party to this Agreement by execution of
a joinder hereto and each such parallel or co-invest vehicle
shall thereafter be included in the term Investor
with respect to such rights; provided, further,
that any assignment pursuant to the preceding proviso shall not
relieve the assigning Investor of its obligations to purchase
shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the Closing until the
Closing has occurred and the assignee has funded its obligation
to purchase Series B Preferred Stock hereunder. The number
of Permitted Investor Assignees shall not exceed two (2).
Subject to the first and second sentences of this
Section 12, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to
the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their
respective successors and assigns. Any attempted assignment in
violation of this Section 12 shall be void. For purposes of
this Agreement, successor for any entity other than
a natural person shall mean a successor to such entity as a
result of such entitys merger, consolidation, sale of
substantially all of its assets, or similar transaction.
Section 13. Amendments;
Waiver . This Agreement may not be
modified or amended except pursuant to an instrument in writing
signed by the Company and the Investor. Any party may waive in
whole or in part any benefit or right provided to it under this
Agreement, such waiver being effective only if contained in a
writing executed by the waiving party. No failure by any party
to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty,
agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any
right or remedy consequent upon breach thereof shall constitute
a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty,
agreement or condition, nor shall any delay or omission of any
party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the
exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.
Section 14. Headings. The
descriptive headings of the several sections in this Agreement
are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this
Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 15. Severability.
If any term or provision of this Agreement or any application
thereof shall be declared or held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, in whole or in part, whether generally or in any
particular jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed amended
to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to cure such
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, and the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions, both
generally and in every other jurisdiction, shall not in any way
be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 16. Liability
Limitations.
(a) No former current or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator, shareholder, managing member, member,
manager, general partner, limited partner, stockholder,
principal agent, other representative or Affiliate
(collectively, Representatives) of any of the
Investor or the Company and no former, current, or future
Representative of any of the foregoing shall have any liability
for any obligations of the Investor or the Company, as
applicable, under this Agreement or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, the performance of the respective
obligations of the Investor or the Company hereunder or the
negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement whether by
the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable
proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other
applicable law or otherwise. Each party hereto hereby waives and
releases all such liability. This waiver and release is a
material inducement to each partys entry into this
Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, (i) in no event shall the Investors aggregate
liability under this Agreement in connection with a failure by
the Investor to close on the Investment in violation of this
Agreement exceed an amount equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price
(Liability Cap) and (ii) in no event shall the
Investor be liable for any consequential, incidental, indirect
or punitive damages. In addition, the Investor shall not be
liable for diminution of value, loss of business opportunity or
loss of future revenue, income or profits (except to the extent
B-49
that such items constitute direct damages sought by the Company
for breach of contract rather than indirect or consequential
damages (subject to the limitations in clause (i) of this
sentence)).
(b) In the event that the Company or any of its Affiliates
(i) asserts in any Litigation that the provisions of this
Section 16 are illegal, invalid or unenforceable in whole
or in part, or that the Investor is liable under this Agreement
in connection with a failure by the Investor to close on the
Investment in violation of this Agreement in excess of the
Liability Cap or (ii) asserts any theory of liability
against any of the Investors Representatives or any
Representative of Investors Representatives with respect
to the performance of the obligations of the Investor hereunder
or the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement,
then none of the Investor, any Representative of the Investor or
any Representative of the Investors Representatives shall
have any liability to the Company or any of its Affiliates with
respect to the performance of the obligations of the Investor
hereunder, including in connection with a failure by the
Investor to close on the Investment in violation of this
Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or delivery of this
Agreement.
Section 17. Integration.
This Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement, the other
Transaction Documents and the schedules and exhibits attached to
any such documents constitute the entire agreement and
understanding between the Company and the Investor with respect
to the matters referred to herein and supersede all prior
agreements (but not any even-dated agreements), understandings
or representations, in each case among the parties, with respect
to such matters.
Section 18. Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware
applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the
State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law
rules that would require or permit the application of the laws
of another jurisdiction.
Section 19. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall constitute an original and all of which together
shall constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 20. Access;
Information. From the date hereof until the
Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement, the Company
hereby agrees that it shall ensure that upon reasonable notice,
the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) will afford to the
Investor and its representatives (including, without limitation,
officers and employees of the Investor, and counsel, accountants
and other professionals retained by the Investor) such
reasonable access during normal business hours to its books,
records (including, without limitation, Tax Returns and
appropriate work papers of independent auditors under normal
professional courtesy), properties, personnel (but not including
directors who are not employees of the Company), accountants and
other professional retained by the Company and to such other
information as such Investor may reasonably request;
(ii) will furnish the Investor such financial and operating
data and other information with respect to the business and
properties of the Company as the Company prepares and compiles
for members of its Board in the ordinary course and as such
Investor may from time to time reasonably request; and
(iii) permit such Investor to discuss the affairs, finances
and accounts of the Company, and to furnish advice with respect
thereto, with the principal officers of the Company within
thirty days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company.
All requests for access and information shall be coordinated
through senior corporate officers of the Company. The foregoing
notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to afford
such access if it would unreasonably disrupt the operations of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would cause a violation
of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
is a party, would cause a loss of privilege to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or would constitute a violation of any
applicable Law, nor shall Investor or any of its representatives
be permitted to perform any onsite procedure with respect to any
property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 21. Publicity .
On the date hereof, the Company shall issue a press release
substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto. No other
written public release or written announcement concerning the
execution of this Agreement or concerning any of the
Transactions shall be issued by any party without the prior
written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), except as such release or announcement
may be required by Law or the rules or regulations of any
securities exchange, in which case the party required to make
the release or announcement shall, to the extent reasonably
practicable, allow the other party reasonable time to comment on
such release or announcement in advance of such issuance. The
provisions of this Section 21 shall not restrict the
ability of a party to summarize or describe the Transactions
contemplated by this Agreement in any
B-50
prospectus or similar offering document so long as the other
party is provided a reasonable opportunity to review such
disclosure in advance.
Section 22. Confidentiality
Agreement. The Investor will treat as
strictly confidential all information provided to it by or on
behalf of the Company in connection with the matters
contemplated hereby in accordance with the Confidentiality
Agreement, dated December 23, 2008, by and between the
Company and CD&R Inc. (the Confidentiality
Agreement).
Section 23. Specific
Performance; Jurisdiction.
(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur
for which money damages would not suffice in the event that any
of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached
and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law.
It is accordingly agreed that the non-breaching party shall be
entitled to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other
equitable relief exclusively (i) if the Company has
commenced a case under the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy
Court or (ii) if the Company has not commenced a case under
the Bankruptcy Code, in the Delaware Court of Chancery enjoining
any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and
provisions hereof, or in the event (but only in the event) that
such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such
action or proceeding, in the United States District Court for
the District of Delaware or another court sitting in the state
of Delaware. The foregoing is in addition to any other remedy to
which any party is entitled at Law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any
legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and
the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition
and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and
the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by the
other party hereto or its successors or assigns shall be brought
and determined exclusively (i) if the Company has commenced
a case under the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court or
(ii) if the Company has not commenced a case under the
Bankruptcy Code, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, or in the
event (but only in the event) that such court does not have
subject matter jurisdiction over such action or proceeding, in
the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or
another court sitting in the state of Delaware. Each of the
parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any
such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its
property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not
bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other
than the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby
irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion,
as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or
proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) any claim
that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the
above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to
serve in accordance with this Section 23, (ii) any
claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from
jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process
commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice,
attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of
judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) to
the fullest extent permitted by the applicable Law, any claim
that (A) the suit, action or proceeding in such court is
brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such
suit, action or proceeding is improper or (C) this
Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in
or by such courts.
(c) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the
service of any summons and complaint and any other process in
any other action relating to this Agreement, on behalf of itself
or its property, by the personal delivery of copies of such
process to such party or by sending or delivering a copy of the
process to the party to be served at the address and in the
manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 11.
Nothing in this Section 23 shall affect the right of any
party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner
permitted by Law.
Section 24. Waiver
of Jury Trial. Each party hereby waives, to
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may
have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or other
proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated hereby. Each party (i) certifies and
acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any
other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such
other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to
enforce the foregoing waiver, and (ii) acknowledges that it
understands and has considered the implications of this waiver
and makes this waiver voluntarily, and that it and the other
parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among
other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this
Section 24.
B-51
Section 25. Interpretation.
(a) When a reference is made in this Agreement to a
Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement
unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words
include, includes or
including are used in this Agreement, they shall be
deemed to be followed by the words without
limitation. The words hereof,
herein and hereunder and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement. The word or shall be deemed to mean
and/or. All terms defined in this Agreement shall
have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise
defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are
applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such
terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter
genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute
defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument
that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or
statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented,
including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver
or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of
comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments
thereto and instruments incorporated therein. Each of the
parties has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this
Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or
interpretation arises, this Agreement must be construed as if it
is drafted by all the parties, and no presumption or burden of
proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of
authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
(b) It is understood and agreed that in each instance in
which, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Investor is
entitled to act in the Investors sole discretion
(exercised in good faith), or otherwise act in good faith,
good faith shall not prevent the Investor from
acting in its own interests as a prospective shareholder of the
Company, but shall require that the Investor refrain from
engaging in arbitrary or commercially unreasonable conduct
having as its purpose (as opposed to its possible result)
avoiding closing under this Agreement.
Section 26. No
Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this
Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any
Person, other than the parties hereto, permitted assignees of
the Investor and their respective successors, any rights,
remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this
Agreement, except, solely with respect to the payment of the
payment of the Deal Fee in accordance with Section 2(g),
CD&R Inc. and the provisions of Section 6(d)(ii),
Section 7 and Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of
the persons referred to in such Sections.
Section 27. Certain
Considerations Relating to Bankruptcy. It is
the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement be
enforceable in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, and in
furtherance of this intent the Investor and the Company each
hereby waive, to the fullest extent permissible under law, the
provisions of Section 365(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
[REMAINDER
OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
B-52
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the
agreement between us by signing in the space provided below for
that purpose.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
By: CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., its general partner
Name: Theresa A. Gore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Treasurer and
|
Assistant Secretary
B-53
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Norman
C. Chambers
|
Name: Norman C. Chambers
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
B-54
Annex
C
AMENDMENT
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
Dated as of August 28, 2009
AMENDMENT
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT (this Amendment), dated as of
August 28, 2009, to the Investment Agreement, dated as of
August 14, 2009 (the Investment
Agreement), by and between NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, and CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE
FUND VIII, L.P., a Cayman exempted limited partnership (the
Investor).
WHEREAS, Section 13 of the Investment Agreement provides
for the amendment of the Investment Agreement in accordance with
the terms set forth therein;
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Investment Agreement to
provide (A) that the commencement of the Offer and of the
solicitation for acceptances of the Prepackaged Plan be on or
prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on September 9,
2009, rather than prior to the open of business on the date that
is the tenth Business Day after the date of the Investment
Agreement and (B) for certain other matters set forth
herein; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investment Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions;
References. Unless otherwise specifically
defined herein, each term used herein shall have the meaning
assigned to such term in the Investment Agreement. Each
reference in the Investment Agreement to hereof,
herein, hereunder, hereby,
hereto and this Agreement shall, from
and after the date hereof, refer to the Investment Agreement as
amended by this Amendment, and each reference in the Transaction
Documents (other than the Investment Agreement) and in the
Disclosure Letter to the Investment Agreement shall
refer to the Investment Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
Section 2. Amendment
to Section 6(d)(i). The first sentence
of Section 6(d)(i) of the Investment Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in
accordance with Section 8, the Company shall commence
(within the meaning of
Rule 13e-4(a)(4)
promulgated under the Exchange Act) the Offer to purchase all of
the Convertible Notes and solicit acceptances of the Prepackaged
Plan with the Solicitation Materials on or prior to
11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on September 9, 2009.
Section 3. Amendment
to Section 6(k)(ii)(B). Each reference
in Section 6(k)(ii)(B) of the Investment Agreement to
September 30, 2009 is amended to refer to
12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the
20th business
day (as defined in
Rule 14d-1
under the Exchange Act) following the commencement of the
Offer.
Section 4. Amendment
to
Section 6(k)(vi)(A). Section 6(k)(vi)(A)
of the Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in
its entirety to read as follows:
Company Transaction Proposal means any inquiry,
proposal or offer from any person or group of persons other than
the Investor or its Affiliates relating to any (1) direct
or indirect acquisition or purchase of a business that
constitutes 20% or more of the net revenues, net income or
assets of the Company and the Companys Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, or 20% or more of any class or series of equity
securities (or any indebtedness or other obligation that is
exchangeable for or convertible into any such security, or any
other right to acquire any such security, contingent or
otherwise) of the Company, or (2) any tender offer or
exchange offer, merger, reorganization, restructuring,
consolidation, share exchange, business combination,
recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, equity infusion or
similar transaction involving the Company (or any Subsidiary or
Subsidiaries of the Company whose business constitutes 20% or
more of the net revenues, net income or assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole) that if consummated
would result in any person or group of persons beneficially
owning 20% or more of the voting rights of any class or series
of capital stock of the Company;
C-2
Section 5. Amendment
to Section 8(b). Section 8(b) of
the Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
In the event that (i) this Agreement is terminated
(x) by the Company pursuant to Section 8(a)(v) or
(y) by the Investor pursuant to Section 8(a)(iv)(A) or
(ii) (A) this Agreement (1) is terminated pursuant to
Section 8(a)(iv) (other than pursuant to Section
8(a)(iv)(A)) or pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii) and at the
time of such termination the Investor was not in material breach
of any of its material covenants and agreements contained in
this Agreement or its representations and warranties contained
in this Agreement or (2) is terminated pursuant to Section
8(a)(i) and at the time of such termination the conditions set
forth in Section 3(a)(i) and Section 3(a)(ii) shall have
been satisfied and the Investor was not in material breach of
any of its material covenants and agreements contained in this
Agreement or its representations and warranties contained in
this Agreement and (B) the Company enters into a definitive
agreement with respect to, or consummates, a transaction
contemplated by any Qualifying Transaction within twelve months
of the date this Agreement is terminated, then the Company shall
pay the Termination Fee and the Company shall reimburse the
Investor for all of the Transaction Expenses (net of any amounts
previously paid or reimbursed pursuant to Section 8(c) and
net of the Pre-Signing Expenses that have been previously paid
or reimbursed by the Company), to the accounts specified on
Schedule 8(b) hereto, with such Termination Fee being paid
(I) at or prior to the time of termination in the case of a
termination pursuant to Section 8(a)(v) or (II) on the
earlier of entering into a definitive agreement with respect to
or consummating a transaction contemplated by a Qualifying
Transaction in the case of a termination for any of the reasons
specified in clause (ii) of this paragraph and, in each
case, such Transaction Expenses paid not later than two
(2) Business Days after submission of reasonable supporting
documentation thereof. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding,
in no event shall the Company be required to pay the Termination
Fee on more than one occasion.
Section 6. Amendment
to Section 8(d). The final sentence of
Section 8(d) of the Investment Agreement is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Following payment of the Termination Fee
and/or
Transaction Expenses, if, as and when provided for in
Section 8(b) or Section 8(c), the Company shall have
no further liability to Investor of any nature or for any reason
under this Agreement other than pursuant to
Section 7(a)(iii) and other than liability arising out of
or related to the willful breach of this Agreement on the part
of the Company.
Section 7. No
Further Amendment. Except as expressly
amended hereby, the Investment Agreement is in all respects
ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions, and
provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This
Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall not be
deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition of the
Investment Agreement or any of the documents referred to therein.
Section 8. Effect
of Amendment. This Amendment shall form a
part of the Investment Agreement for all purposes, and each
party thereto and hereto shall be bound hereby. From and after
the execution of this Amendment by the parties hereto, any
reference to the Investment Agreement shall be deemed a
reference to the Investment Agreement as amended hereby. This
Amendment shall be deemed to be in full force and effect from
and after the execution of this Amendment by the parties hereto.
Section 9. Miscellaneous.
Section 12 (Successors and Assign); Section 13
(Amendments; Waiver); Section 14 (Headings);
Section 15 (Severability); Section 16 (Liability
Limitations); Section 17 (Integration); Section 18
(Governing Law); Section 19 (Counterparts); Section 23
(Specific Performance; Jurisdiction); Section 24 (Waiver of
Jury Trial); Section 25 (Interpretation); Section 26
(No Third Party Beneficiaries); and Section 27 (Certain
Considerations Relating to Bankruptcy) of the Investment
Agreement shall apply to this Amendment, mutatis mutandis.
[Signature Page Follows]
C-3
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the
agreement between us by signing in the space provided below for
that purpose.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
By: CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., its general partner
Name: Theresa A. Gore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Treasurer and
|
Assistant Secretary
[Signature Page to the Amendment to the Investment Agreement]
C-4
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President, General
|
Counsel and Secretary
[Signature Page to the Amendment to the Investment Agreement]
C-5
Annex
D
AMENDMENT
No. 2
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII,
L.P.
Dated as of August 31, 2009
AMENDMENT
No. 2
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT No. 2 (this Amendment
No. 2), dated as of August 31, 2009, to the
Investment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, by and
between NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P., a
Cayman exempted limited partnership (the
Investor), as amended by that Amendment,
dated August 28, 2009, by and between the Company and the
Investor (as so amended, the Investment
Agreement).
WHEREAS, Section 13 of the Investment Agreement provides
for the amendment of the Investment Agreement in accordance with
the terms set forth therein;
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Investment Agreement to
provide that the Offer (as defined in the Investment Agreement)
be commenced and conducted on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth on an amended Annex A attached
hereto; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investment Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions;
References. Unless otherwise specifically defined
herein, each term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Investment Agreement. Each reference in the
Investment Agreement to hereof, herein,
hereunder, hereby, hereto
and this Agreement shall, from and after the date
hereof, refer to the Investment Agreement as amended by this
Amendment No. 2, and each reference in the Transaction
Documents (other than the Investment Agreement) and in the
Disclosure Letter to the Investment Agreement shall
refer to the Investment Agreement as amended by this Amendment
No. 2.
Section 2. Amendment
to Section 3(c)(xii). The first sentence of
Section 3(c)(xii) of the Investment Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
To the extent that the Company has authorized and unissued
shares of Common Stock sufficient to permit the conversion of
all or a portion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock
to be issued at the Closing, (A) such shares of Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred
Stock shall have been duly authorized for listing, subject to
official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange or
such other exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or
quoted and (B) the number of such shares of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock
that are so duly authorized for listing shall be no less than
7,800,000.
Section 3. Amendment
to Section 4. The beginning paragraph of
Section 4 of the Investment Agreement is hereby amended by
inserting the following language immediately prior to the
proviso:
, and as contemplated by that
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement, dated August 31, 2009, by and among the
Company and the other signatories thereto,
Section 4. Amendment
to Section 4(i). The last sentence of
Section 4(i) of the Investment Agreement is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
As of the Closing Date, 7,800,000 shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred
Stock will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action and when so issued will be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, will not subject the holders thereof to personal
liability, will not be subject to preemptive rights of any
stockholder of the Company and will be free of restrictions on
transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the
Transaction Documents and under applicable state and federal
securities laws.
Section 5. Amendment
to Section 6(b)(i). The first sentence of
Section 6(b)(i) of the Investment Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following language between Except
as otherwise expressly permitted or
D-1
required by the Transaction Documents or otherwise consented to
by Investor, and permitted by Section 6(k),
contemplated by Section 6(p) or as set forth on
Section 6(b) of the Disclosure Letter and subject to the
terms and upon the conditions therein,
contemplated by that
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement, dated August 31, 2009, by and among the
Company and the other signatories thereto,
Section 6. Amendment
to Section 9(85). The definition of
Initial Expiration Date in Section 9(85) of the
Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
Initial Expiration Date means 12:00 midnight, New
York City time, on the 20th business day (as defined in
Rule 14d-1
under the Exchange Act) following the commencement of the Offer;
provided, that if the Offer Condition set forth in
clause (3) under the caption Conditions
to the Offer set forth in Annex A hereto has not been
satisfied by 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the
20th business day (as defined in
Rule 14d-1
under the Exchange Act) following the commencement of the Offer,
the Company shall, subject to the provisions of
Section 8(a), extend the Offer until the Offer Condition
set forth in clause (3) under the caption
Conditions to the Offer set forth in
Annex A hereto has been satisfied and the Initial
Expiration Date shall mean the first scheduled expiration
date following the date on which such Offer Condition shall have
been satisfied.
Section 7. Amendment
to Exhibit B. Exhibit B to the
Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as Exhibit B attached hereto.
Section 8. Amendment
to Exhibit I. The row with the heading
Claims Under Convertible Notes in Exhibit I to
the Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
|
|
|
|
Claims Under Convertible Notes:
|
Impaired; entitled to vote. Holders of Convertible Notes shall
receive, on the Effective Date, in consideration of their claims
(including accrued interest), cash and common stock in amounts
calculated as follows: for each $1,000 of principal amount of
Convertible Notes held by them a) cash in an amount equal
to $500 and b) 390 shares of common stock of the
reorganized Company.
|
Section 9. Amendment
to Annex A. Annex A to the Investment
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read
as Annex A attached hereto.
Section 10. No
Further Amendment. Except as expressly amended
hereby, the Investment Agreement is in all respects ratified and
confirmed and all the terms, conditions, and provisions thereof
shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment is limited
precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment
to any other term or condition of the Investment Agreement or
any of the documents referred to therein.
Section 11. Effect
of Amendment. This Amendment No. 2 shall
form a part of the Investment Agreement for all purposes, and
each party thereto and hereto shall be bound hereby. From and
after the execution of this Amendment No. 2 by the parties
hereto, any reference to the Investment Agreement shall be
deemed a reference to the Investment Agreement as amended
hereby. This Amendment No. 2 shall be deemed to be in full
force and effect from and after the execution of this Amendment
No. 2 by the parties hereto.
Section 12. Miscellaneous. Section 12
(Successors and Assign); Section 13 (Amendments; Waiver);
Section 14 (Headings); Section 15 (Severability);
Section 16 (Liability Limitations); Section 17
(Integration); Section 18 (Governing Law); Section 19
(Counterparts); Section 23 (Specific Performance;
Jurisdiction); Section 24 (Waiver of Jury Trial);
Section 25 (Interpretation); Section 26 (No Third
Party Beneficiaries); and Section 27 (Certain
Considerations Relating to Bankruptcy) of the Investment
Agreement shall apply to this Amendment No. 2, mutatis
mutandis.
[Signature
Page Follows]
D-2
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the
agreement between us by signing in the space provided below for
that purpose.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
By: CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., its general partner
Name: Theresa A. Gore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Treasurer and
|
Assistant Secretary
[Signature Page to the Amendment No. 2 to the Investment
Agreement]
D-3
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Norman
C. Chambers
|
Name: Norman C. Chambers
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
[Signature Page to the Amendment No. 2 to the Investment
Agreement]
D-4
Annex A
Terms and
Conditions of the Offer
Section 1. Terms
of the Offer.
|
|
|
Transaction:
|
|
Exchange offer to any and all holders of the Convertible Notes.
|
Type of Offer:
|
|
Registered with the Commission on Form S-4 and filed with the
Commission on Schedule TO.
|
Pricing:
|
|
Tendering holders shall receive, for each $1,000 of principal
amount Convertible Notes surrendered for exchange, a combination
of (A) $500.00, in cash, and (B) 390 shares of Common Stock
of the Company.
|
Launch Date:
|
|
On or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on September 9,
2009.
|
Expiration Date:
|
|
The Initial Expiration Date, extended as provided in Section
6(d)(i) of the Agreement.
|
Withdrawal Rights:
|
|
Tendering holders may withdraw tendered Convertible Notes at any
time prior to the Expiration Date.
|
Settlement:
|
|
The Closing Date.
|
Exchange Offer Materials:
|
|
Schedule TO, the Form S-4, the Offer Documents and the Required
Company Filings, subject to Section 6(d)(iii) of the Agreement.
|
Section 2. Conditions
to the Offer.
The Companys obligation to accept for exchange Convertible
Notes in the Offer shall be conditioned upon satisfaction of
each of the following conditions at the expiration of the Offer
(collectively, the Offer Conditions):
(1) At least 95% of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding of the Convertible Notes must have been validly
tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer
(the Minimum Condition).
(2) The Company shall have received the proceeds from the
Investment.
(3) The
Form S-4
shall have become effective and no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the
Form S-4
shall have been instituted by the SEC.
(4) No provision of any applicable Law and no Order
prohibit consummation of the Offer.
D-5
Annex E
AMENDMENT
No. 3
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
Dated as of October 8, 2009
AMENDMENT
No. 3
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT No. 3 (this Amendment
No. 3), dated as of October 8, 2009, to the
Investment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, by and
between NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P., a
Cayman exempted limited partnership (the
Investor), as amended by that Amendment,
dated August 28, 2009, by and between the Company and the
Investor and by that Amendment No. 2, dated as of
August 31, 2009, by and between the Company and the
Investor (as so amended, the Investment
Agreement).
WHEREAS, Section 13 of the Investment Agreement provides
for the amendment of the Investment Agreement in accordance with
the terms set forth therein; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investment Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions;
References. Unless otherwise specifically defined
herein, each term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Investment Agreement. Each reference in the
Investment Agreement to hereof, herein,
hereunder, hereby, hereto
and this Agreement shall, from and after the date
hereof, refer to the Investment Agreement as amended by this
Amendment No. 3, and each reference in the Transaction
Documents (other than the Investment Agreement) and in the
Disclosure Letter to the Investment Agreement shall
refer to the Investment Agreement as amended by this Amendment
No. 3.
Section 2. Addition of
Exhibit J. A new Exhibit J is hereby
added to the Investment Agreement in the form of Exhibit J
attached hereto.
Section 3. Amendment to
Section 9(74). The definition of Form
of Amended Credit Agreement in Section 9(74) of the
Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:
(74) Form of Amended Credit Agreement means the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A after giving effect to
the matters referred to in Exhibit J, with such additions,
modifications, alterations, corrections or other changes as the
Investor deems advisable in its sole discretion (exercised in
good faith) (i) to add, provide or complete any schedule,
annex, exhibit, numerical amount or other information that is
omitted, missing or incomplete, or to modify, alter, correct or
change (including without limitation by deleting or replacing)
any wording that is in brackets, (ii) to cure any
ambiguity, mistake, omission or defect, (iii) to cure any
inconsistency, including with any other provision of the same
agreement or of the ABL Agreement or any other Transaction
Document, (iv) to address a material risk that (x) the
Company will be unable to comply with the terms or conditions of
the agreement or (y) by complying with the terms and
conditions of the agreement the Company will be subject to a
material risk of not complying with the terms and conditions of
the ABL Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (v) to
effect the intent evidenced by the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A after giving effect to the matters referred to in
Exhibit J or (vi) to avoid adverse tax consequences to
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case under
clauses (i) through (vi) above, as determined by the
Investor in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith).
Section 4. Amendment to
Section 3(c)(vi). The first sentence of
Section 3(c)(vi) of the Investment Agreement is hereby
amended and restated as follows:
The Company shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered
the Amended Credit Agreement for the Term Loan Refinancing (or
the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, as the case may be)
(i) in the case of the Term Loan Refinancing, in the form
of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement or (ii) in the case
of the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing, on terms and
conditions that are (x) no less favorable (as to each item
(other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the
Company and the Investor in its capacity as a prospective
shareholder of the Company than the terms and conditions
contemplated in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement without
giving effect to the matters referred to in Exhibit J, as
determined by the Investor in
E-1
its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) or
(y) otherwise acceptable to the Investor in its sole
discretion (exercised in good faith).
Section 5. Amendment to
Section 6(g)(iii). Section 6(g)(iii) of
the Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated as
follows:
(iii) In the event the Term Loan Refinancing is not
available on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Form
of Amended Credit Agreement for any reason, the Company shall
use its reasonable best efforts (and the Investor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company in
such efforts, including by actively assisting the Company in its
negotiation of related definitive documentation) to amend and
restate the terms of the Credit Agreement (A) on terms and
conditions (x) that are no less favorable (as to each item
(other than immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the
Company and the Investor as a prospective shareholder of the
Company than the terms and conditions contemplated in the Form
of Amended Credit Agreement without giving effect to the matters
referred to in Exhibit J, as determined by the Investor in
its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) or
(y) otherwise acceptable to the Investor in its sole
discretion (exercised in good faith), and (B) to extend the
maturity of $150 million principal amount of the term loans
outstanding under the Credit Agreement (an Alternative
Term Loan Refinancing), as promptly as practicable but in
any event no later than the Outside Date.
Section 6. Amendment to
Section 6(q). Section 6(q) of the
Investment Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:
At the request of the Investor, the Board shall approve
(i) the Amended Credit Documents so long as (A) in the
case of the Term Loan Refinancing, the Amended Credit Agreement
is in the form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement or
(B) in the case of the Alternative Term Loan Refinancing,
the Amended Credit Agreement is on terms and conditions that are
(x) no less favorable (as to each item (other than
immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the Company and the
Investor in its capacity as a prospective shareholder of the
Company than the terms and conditions contemplated in the Form
of Amended Credit Agreement without giving effect to the matters
referred to in Exhibit J, as determined by the Investor in
its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) or
(y) otherwise consented to by the Company, such consent not
to be unreasonably withheld; (ii) the ABL Documents so long
as the ABL Agreement is on terms and conditions that are no less
favorable (as to each item and in the aggregate) to the Company
and the Investor as a prospective shareholder of the Company
than the terms and conditions summarized in the ABL Term Sheet,
as determined by the Investor in its sole discretion (exercised
in good faith) and are otherwise (1) consistent with and no
less favorable to the Company and the Investor in its capacity
as a prospective shareholder of the Company than the terms and
conditions of asset-based revolving credit financing
transactions for companies sponsored by CD&R, Inc., as
determined by the Investor in its reasonable discretion
(exercised in good faith), or (2) consented to by the
Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and
(iii) the Ancillary Refinancing Agreements are consistent
with and no less favorable (as to each item (other than
immaterial items) and in the aggregate) to the Company and the
Investor in its capacity as a prospective shareholder of the
Company than the terms and conditions of the respective document
or agreement for companies sponsored by CD&R, Inc., as
determined by the Investor in its reasonable discretion
(exercised in good faith), or consented to by the Company, such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
Section 7. No Further
Amendment. Except as expressly amended hereby,
the Investment Agreement is in all respects ratified and
confirmed and all the terms, conditions, and provisions thereof
shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 3
is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an
amendment to any other term or condition of the Investment
Agreement or any of the documents referred to therein.
Section 8. Effect of
Amendment. This Amendment No. 3 shall form a
part of the Investment Agreement for all purposes, and each
party thereto and hereto shall be bound hereby. From and after
the execution of this Amendment No. 3 by the parties
hereto, any reference to the Investment Agreement shall be
deemed a reference to the Investment Agreement as amended
hereby. This Amendment No. 3 shall be deemed to be in full
force and effect from and after the execution of this Amendment
No. 3 by the parties hereto.
E-2
Section 9. Miscellaneous. Section 12
(Successors and Assign); Section 13 (Amendments; Waiver);
Section 14 (Headings); Section 15 (Severability);
Section 16 (Liability Limitations); Section 17
(Integration); Section 18 (Governing Law); Section 19
(Counterparts); Section 23 (Specific Performance;
Jurisdiction); Section 24 (Waiver of Jury Trial);
Section 25 (Interpretation); Section 26 (No Third
Party Beneficiaries); and Section 27 (Certain
Considerations Relating to Bankruptcy) of the Investment
Agreement shall apply to this Amendment No. 3, mutatis
mutandis.
[Signature
Page Follows]
E-3
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the
agreement between us by signing in the space provided below for
that purpose.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
By: CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., its general partner
Name: Theresa A. Gore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
|
[Signature
Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the Investment
Agreement]
E-4
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Norman
C. Chambers
|
Name: Norman C. Chambers
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
[Signature
Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the Investment
Agreement]
E-5
EXHIBIT J
1. [Intentionally omitted]
2. The definition of the term Applicable Margin
in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
(a) to substitute 5.00% per annum for
4.00% per annum with respect to ABR Loans, and
6.00% per annum for 5.00% per annum with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans, respectively, in clause (i)
thereof, and (b) to insert the phrase ending on or
after October 30, 2011 after the phrase most
recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower in
clause (ii) thereof.
3. The following definition will be added to the Form of
Amended Credit Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:
2009 Tax Refund: any U.S. federal or
state income tax refund received by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof (including the amount of such refund that
would have been received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary but
for being utilized to offset any tax liability otherwise payable
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to the extent attributable
to (and that would not have been so received but for) any
carryback of net operating losses, capital losses, tax credits
or similar tax attributes, if any, of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the taxable year ended on November 1, 2009
to any prior taxable year, provided that, for these
purposes, (i) the amount of any state income tax refund
shall be net of U.S. federal income tax cost thereof to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a 2009 Tax Refund
shall not include any refund of state income taxes as a result
of an audit or examination of any tax return of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary thereof and (iii) a 2009 Tax Refund shall
not include any refund of U.S. federal income taxes as a
result of an audit or examination of any tax return of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof unless the amount of such
refund exceeds $4,000,000.
Tax Refund Calculation Date: (i) each day on which
the Borrower or any Subsidiary receives a 2009 Tax Refund of
U.S. federal income taxes and (ii) the last day of any
fiscal quarter of the Borrower if during such fiscal quarter the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of
state income taxes, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000,
provided that if, during any fiscal quarter, the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of state income
taxes that, in the aggregate, do not exceed $100,000, then the
amount of such 2009 Tax Refunds received in such fiscal quarter
shall be treated as being received by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in the immediately following fiscal quarter for the
purpose of this clause (ii).
4. The definition of Excess Cash Flow in the
Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified to delete the
words plus (m) in the last line thereof and insert
in lieu thereof the words minus (m) to the extent
included in calculating EBITDA for such period, any 2009 Tax
Refund or any portion thereof, plus (n).
5. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to renumber paragraph (iii) as
paragraph (iv).
6. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to insert a new paragraph
(iii) in numerical order as follows:
(iii) On or before the date (each such date, a Tax
Refund Prepayment Date) that is 45 calendar days after
each Tax Refund Calculation Date, the Borrower shall, in
accordance with Section 3.4(d) and Section 3.4(e),
prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Tax Refund
Prepayment Amount (if greater than zero) with respect to such
Tax Refund Calculation Date. As used herein, the term Tax
Refund Prepayment Amount with respect to any Tax Refund
Calculation Date means the amount equal to the excess of
(1) the greater of (x) $10 million and
(y) 50% of the aggregate amount of all 2009 Tax Refunds
received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the date of
this Agreement to such Tax Refund Calculation Date over
(2) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid
pursuant to Section 3.4(a) (other than any principal amount
of Term Loans so prepaid that has previously been applied by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii) to reduce the
amount of any prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii)), repurchased pursuant to
Section 3.4(b) or prepaid pursuant to this
Section 3.4(c)(iii), in each case from the date of this
Agreement to the Tax Refund Prepayment Date corresponding to
such Tax Refund Calculation Date.
E-6
7. Section 3.4(c)(ii) will be modified to insert the
phrase (other than any principal amount of Term Loans so
prepaid that has previously been applied by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(iii) to reduce the amount of any
prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(iii)) after the phrase the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) where it appears twice in
Section 3.4(c)(ii).
8. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add the following:
Section 6.11 2009 Tax Refund.
The Borrower shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain
the maximum amount of any 2009 Tax Refund of U.S. federal
income taxes and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes, in each case
that is legally due to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof,
as soon as reasonably practicable and based on positions
determined by the Borrower in good faith and consistent with
past practice of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course, provided that this Section 6.11
shall not apply to any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes
that, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, is not
expected to be greater than $25,000, and provided,
further, that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
thereof shall be required to file any tax return prior to the
due date (taking into account applicable extensions) for filing
such tax return.
9. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add a new affirmative covenant that will
read as follows:
Section 6.12 Notice of Any ABL Refinancing.
If the Borrower shall have determined to replace or
refinance the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall give
notice to the Administrative Agent of such determination (and
the Administrative Agent agrees to so notify the Lenders). The
Lenders shall have an opportunity (for such period of time as
the Borrower shall in good faith determine to be reasonable) to
make a proposal to provide such replacement or refinancing of
the ABL Facility Agreement, provided that (i) the
Borrower shall not have any obligation to accept any such
proposal or to enter into, continue or consummate any
discussions, negotiations, understanding or agreement with any
of the Lenders or any other Person with respect to any such
proposal or any replacement or refinancing of the ABL Facility
Agreement, (ii) if the Borrower elects to enter into any
discussions or negotiations with any of the Lenders or any other
Person with respect to any such proposal or any replacement or
refinancing of the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall
have the right in its sole discretion to suspend, discontinue or
terminate such discussions or negotiations at any time or from
time to time, and (iii) notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, the Borrower shall not have any liability to any of the
Lenders with respect to any fees, expenses or other obligations
or liabilities that any of the Lenders or any other Person may
incur in making any such proposal or in entering into or
continuing any such discussions or negotiations.
10. Section 9.10 of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to read as follows:
(a) Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth
herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, respectively, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, as follows:
(i) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent,
respectively, upon 10 days notice to the Lenders and
the Borrower.
(ii) If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent
is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender,
either the Required Lenders or the Borrower may, upon
10 days notice to the Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, remove such agent.
(iii) If an ABL Default Event shall have occurred and be
continuing, and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, is an Affiliate of or the same Person as the
administrative agent or collateral agent under the ABL Facility
Agreement, the Required Lenders may, upon 10 days
notice to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, remove such agent.
(b) If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, then the Required
E-7
Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent
for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be subject to
approval by the Borrower, whereupon such successor agent shall
succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative
Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term
Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent
effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former
Agents rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent
or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without
any other or further act or deed on the part of such former
Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of
the Term Loans. After any retiring Agents resignation or
removal as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents. Additionally, after any retiring
Agents resignation as such Agent, the provisions of this
Section shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or
omitted to be taken by it while it was such Agent under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(c) Any successor agent shall be subject to approval by
the Borrower, which approval (i) shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed in the case of any successor agent that is a
commercial bank with a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000 and (ii) may otherwise be withheld by the
Borrower in its sole discretion. It is understood and agreed
that the Borrower shall have no obligation to pay any fee to any
successor agent that is greater than or in addition to the fees
payable to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof.
11. The Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
to include a definition of ABL Default Event that
will provide that an ABL Default Event will have occurred if any
of certain specified major events of default has occurred and is
continuing, and the administrative agent or collateral agent
under the ABL Facility Agreement shall have exercised any remedy
provided for thereunder and shall not have rescinded such action
(it being understood and agreed that the definitive wording of
such definition shall be determined in accordance with the
definition of the term Form of Amended Credit
Agreement, including clause (i) of such definition).
E-8
Annex F
AMENDMENT No. 4
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
Dated as
of October 16, 2009
AMENDMENT
No. 4
TO
INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT No. 4 (this Amendment
No. 4), dated as of October 16, 2009, to the
Investment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, by and
between NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P., a
Cayman exempted limited partnership (the
Investor), as amended by that Amendment,
dated August 28, 2009, by and between the Company and the
Investor, by that Amendment No. 2, dated as of
August 31, 2009, by and between the Company and the
Investor and by that Amendment No. 3, dated as of
October 8, 2009, by and between the Company and the
Investor (as so amended, the Investment
Agreement).
WHEREAS, Section 13 of the Investment Agreement provides
for the amendment of the Investment Agreement in accordance with
the terms set forth therein; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investment Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions;
References. Unless otherwise specifically
defined herein, each term used herein shall have the meaning
assigned to such term in the Investment Agreement. Each
reference in the Investment Agreement to hereof,
herein, hereunder, hereby,
hereto and this Agreement shall, from
and after the date hereof, refer to the Investment Agreement as
amended by this Amendment No. 4, and each reference in the
Transaction Documents (other than the Investment Agreement) and
in the Disclosure Letter to the Investment Agreement
shall refer to the Investment Agreement as amended by this
Amendment No. 4.
Section 2. Amendment
to Exhibit J. A new Item 12 is
hereby added to Exhibit J to the Investment Agreement to
read as follows:
12. If the Restructuring is effectuated other than
(i) through the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding or (ii) through any other Proceeding, the
definition of the term Termination Date in the Form
of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified to delete the words
the fifth anniversary of and insert in lieu thereof
the words the date that is four years and six months
from.
Section 3. No
Further Amendment. Except as expressly
amended hereby, the Investment Agreement is in all respects
ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions, and
provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This
Amendment No. 4 is limited precisely as written and shall
not be deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition
of the Investment Agreement or any of the documents referred to
therein.
Section 4. Effect
of Amendment. This Amendment No. 4 shall
form a part of the Investment Agreement for all purposes, and
each party thereto and hereto shall be bound hereby. From and
after the execution of this Amendment No. 4 by the parties
hereto, any reference to the Investment Agreement shall be
deemed a reference to the Investment Agreement as amended
hereby. This Amendment No. 4 shall be deemed to be in full
force and effect from and after the execution of this Amendment
No. 4 by the parties hereto.
Section 5. Miscellaneous. Section 12
(Successors and Assign); Section 13 (Amendments; Waiver);
Section 14 (Headings); Section 15 (Severability);
Section 16 (Liability Limitations); Section 17
(Integration); Section 18 (Governing Law); Section 19
(Counterparts); Section 23 (Specific Performance;
Jurisdiction); Section 24 (Waiver of Jury Trial);
Section 25 (Interpretation); Section 26 (No Third
Party Beneficiaries); and Section 27 (Certain
Considerations Relating to Bankruptcy) of the Investment
Agreement shall apply to this Amendment No. 4, mutatis
mutandis.
[Signature Page Follows]
F-1
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the
agreement between us by signing in the space provided below for
that purpose.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
By: CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., its general partner
Name: Theresa A. Gore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Treasurer and
|
Assistant Secretary
[Signature
Page to Amendment No. 4 to the Investment Agreement]
F-2
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name: Todd R. Moore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
[Signature
Page to Amendment No. 4 to the Investment Agreement]
F-3
Annex
G
FORM OF
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
DATED AS OF [], 2009
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
G-1
|
|
|
Section 1.1
|
|
|
Certain Definitions
|
|
|
G-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
G-8
|
|
|
Section 2.1
|
|
|
Representations and Warranties of the Company
|
|
|
G-8
|
|
|
Section 2.2
|
|
|
Representations and Warranties of CD&R Fund VIII.
|
|
|
G-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III GOVERNANCE MATTERS; VOTING; STANDSTILL
PROVISIONS
|
|
|
G-9
|
|
|
Section 3.1
|
|
|
Board of Directors
|
|
|
G-9
|
|
|
Section 3.2
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
G-13
|
|
|
Section 3.3
|
|
|
Standstill and Other Restrictions
|
|
|
G-13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV TRANSFER AND HEDGING RESTRICTIONS
|
|
|
G-14
|
|
|
Section 4.1
|
|
|
Transfer Restrictions
|
|
|
G-14
|
|
|
Section 4.2
|
|
|
Hedging Restrictions
|
|
|
G-16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
|
|
|
G-16
|
|
|
Section 5.1
|
|
|
Subscription Rights
|
|
|
G-16
|
|
|
Section 5.2
|
|
|
Notice
|
|
|
G-16
|
|
|
Section 5.3
|
|
|
Purchase Mechanism
|
|
|
G-17
|
|
|
Section 5.4
|
|
|
Failure to Purchase
|
|
|
G-17
|
|
|
Section 5.5
|
|
|
Certain Qualified Offerings
|
|
|
G-18
|
|
|
Section 5.6
|
|
|
Cooperation
|
|
|
G-18
|
|
|
Section 5.7
|
|
|
Limitation of Rights
|
|
|
G-18
|
|
|
Section 5.8
|
|
|
Termination of Subscription Rights
|
|
|
G-18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI CONSENT RIGHTS
|
|
|
G-19
|
|
|
Section 6.1
|
|
|
Investor Consent Rights
|
|
|
G-19
|
|
|
Section 6.2
|
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation Amendments
|
|
|
G-20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION
|
|
|
G-21
|
|
|
Section 7.1
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
G-21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII ACCESS, INFORMATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY
|
|
|
G-21
|
|
|
Section 8.1
|
|
|
Confidentiality
|
|
|
G-21
|
|
|
Section 8.2
|
|
|
Access and Information
|
|
|
G-22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
G-22
|
|
|
Section 9.1
|
|
|
Tax Matters
|
|
|
G-22
|
|
|
Section 9.2
|
|
|
Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
G-23
|
|
|
Section 9.3
|
|
|
Amendments; Waiver; Company Action
|
|
|
G-23
|
|
|
Section 9.4
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
G-24
|
|
|
Section 9.5
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
G-24
|
|
|
Section 9.6
|
|
|
Specific Performance; Jurisdiction
|
|
|
G-24
|
|
|
Section 9.7
|
|
|
Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
G-25
|
|
|
Section 9.8
|
|
|
Headings
|
|
|
G-25
|
|
|
Section 9.9
|
|
|
Entire Agreement
|
|
|
G-25
|
|
|
Section 9.10
|
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
G-25
|
|
|
Section 9.11
|
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
G-25
|
|
|
Section 9.12
|
|
|
Interpretation
|
|
|
G-25
|
|
|
Section 9.13
|
|
|
No Third Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
G-26
|
|
|
Section 9.14
|
|
|
Investor Portfolio Companies
|
|
|
G-26
|
|
|
Section 9.15
|
|
|
Conflicting Agreements
|
|
|
G-26
|
|
G-i
THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this Agreement),
dated as of [ ], 2009, is made by and between
NCI Building Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., a Cayman
exempted limited partnership (CD&R
Fund VIII).1
W I T N E
S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company (as herein defined) and CD&R
Fund VIII have entered into an Investment Agreement, dated
August 14, 2009 (as it may be amended from time to time,
the Investment Agreement), pursuant to which
CD&R Fund VIII purchased and acquired from the
Company, and the Company issued and sold to CD&R
Fund VIII (the Investment), shares (the
Series B Preferred Shares) of a newly
created series of preferred stock designated the Series B
Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value
$1.00 per share of the Company (the Series B
Preferred Stock), which is convertible into shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share of the Company (the
Common Stock); and
WHEREAS, the Investor (as defined herein) and the Company desire
to set forth certain terms and conditions regarding the
Investment and the ownership of the shares of the Series B
Preferred Stock, including certain restrictions on the Transfer
(as defined herein) of the Series B Preferred Stock and the
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof and on certain
actions of the Investor and its Affiliates with respect to the
Company, and to provide for, among other things, subscription
rights, corporate governance rights and consent rights and other
obligations and rights;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Certain
Definitions. In addition to other terms
defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement,
the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them
below. All terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall
have the meanings assigned to them in the Investment Agreement.
10% Holder shall mean a Person or
Group Beneficially Owning securities of the Company entitling
such Person or Group to cast a number of votes in excess of 10%
of the Aggregate Voting Power.
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to
any Person, any other Person that directly, or through one or
more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with such Person. For purposes of this Agreement,
control shall mean, as to any Person, the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise (and the terms
controlled by and under common control
with shall have correlative meanings).
Affiliate Transactions shall mean any
transactions between the Company and its Controlled Affiliates,
on the one hand, and the Investor and its Affiliates (other than
the Company and its Controlled Affiliates), on the other
hand; provided, that none of the following shall
constitute an Affiliate Transaction:
(i) acquisitions of securities, or payments, transactions,
Board of Director rights, access rights, anti-dilution rights,
registration rights, subscription rights and the other matters
governed by this Agreement, the Investment Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement or
the Series B Certificate, including, without limitation,
the rights, powers and preferences of the Holders (as defined in
the Series B Certificate) under the terms of the
Series B Certificate;
(ii) customary compensation arrangements (whether in the
form of cash or equity awards), expense reimbursement, D&O
insurance coverage, and indemnification arrangements (and
related advancement of expenses) in each case for Investor
Directors and Board Observers; or
1 This
Form of Stockholders Agreement assumes that CD&R
Fund VIII is the signatory under the Investment Agreement
and that it has not assigned any portion of its rights and
obligations under the Investment Agreement.
G-1
(iii) transactions and arrangements in the ordinary course
of business and on arms length third-party terms with any
portfolio company held or managed by the Investor or the Parent
Controlled Affiliates and not involving in excess of
$1 million per annum with respect to any such portfolio
company and $5 million per annum with respect to all such
portfolio companies.
Aggregate Voting Power means, as of
any date, the number of votes that may be cast by all holders of
Common Stock and all holders of Non-Common Voting Stock voting
together as a single class on any matter on which the holders of
Common Stock are entitled to vote.
Agreement shall have the meaning set
forth in the Preamble.
Amended Credit Agreement shall mean
the Amended Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended,
supplemented, waived, restated, otherwise modified, extended,
renewed, refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, from time
to time.
Amendment Recommendation shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.
Authorized Stock Certificate Amendment
means the amendment set forth in paragraph 1 of
Exhibit A attached hereto.
Authorized Stock Stockholder Approval
means the affirmative vote (in person or in proxy) by the
holders of at least a majority in voting power of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock voting as a separate class,
at the Stockholders Meeting or any adjournment or postponement
of the Stockholders Meeting, in favor of Authorized Stock
Certificate Amendment.
Stockholders Meeting shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.2.
Bankruptcy Exceptions shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).
Beneficially Own shall mean, with
respect to any securities, having beneficial
ownership of such securities for purposes of
Rule 13d-3
or 13d-5
under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof, and
Beneficial Ownership shall have the corresponding
meaning; provided, that the Investor and its Affiliates
shall not be deemed to Beneficially Own any
securities of the Company held or owned by an Investor Portfolio
Company.
Board shall mean the Board of
Directors the Company.
Board Observer shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 3.1(b)(iii).
Business Combination means (i)
any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange,
tender or exchange offer or other business combination or
similar transaction involving the Company with any Person or
(ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer,
exchange, lease or other disposition (including by liquidation
or dissolution of the Company) by the Company of all or
substantially all of its assets to any Person.
Business Day shall mean any day other
than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in New York City or
Houston, or any other day on which commercial banks in New York
City or Houston are authorized or required by Law or government
decree to close.
By-laws means the By-laws of the
Company, as amended from time to time (subject to
Section 6.1(a)(x)).
CD&R shall have the meaning set
forth in the preamble.
CD&R Director shall mean any
CD&R Nominee elected or appointed to the Board, from time
to time, and the principals or partners of the Investor who are
designated as such on Schedule 3.1(a).
CD&R Nominee shall mean a
principal or partner of the Investor or Parent who is designated
by the Investor in writing to the Company as a nominee for
election to the Board, or is designated as a replacement
director for appointment to the Board, pursuant to
Section 3.1(b)(i) or Section 3.1(b)(ii).
Certificate of Incorporation shall
mean the Companys Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
as amended from time to time (subject to Section 6.1(a)(x)).
G-2
Certificate of Incorporation Amendment
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.
Change in Circumstances means an
action taken with the consent of the Investor pursuant to
Section 6.1(b) that causes Section 305(a) of the Code
not to apply to any actual or deemed PIK Distribution.
Change of Control shall mean, with
respect to the Company, the occurrence of any one of the
following events:
(i) any Person or Group (other than the Investor and its
Affiliates) holds or acquires, directly or indirectly, a Voting
Interest greater than 50%;
(ii) the consummation of a Non-Qualified Business
Combination; or
(iii) the number of votes that can be cast by individuals,
who are not Continuing Directors and who are nominated by any
Person or Group other than the Investor and its Affiliates,
constitute at least a majority of the aggregate number of votes
that can be cast by all of the directors then on the Board.
Change of Control Event shall mean any
of the following: (a) the Company executes definitive
documentation for a transaction that will result in or has
resulted in a Change of Control, (b) the Board approves,
accepts or recommends to the stockholders of the Company a
transaction that upon consummation will result in a Change of
Control, (c) the stockholders of the Company approve a
transaction that upon consummation will result in a Change of
Control or (d) a Change of Control has been consummated;
provided that no Change of Control Event shall be deemed
to have occurred if (x) with respect to a Change of
Control of the types set forth in clauses (i) and
(ii) of the definition of Change of Control, at
the time of the event or action set forth in clause (a), (b),
(c) or (d) hereof, as applicable, (A) the
Investor Voting Interest is equal to or greater than 45% and
(B) the aggregate number of votes that the Investor
Directors are entitled to cast do not constitute a majority of
the total number of votes that can be cast by all of the members
of the Board of Directors or the aggregate number of votes that
are cast by Investor Directors do not constitute a majority of
the total number of votes that could be cast by the directors
constituting the quorum granting such approval or recommendation
of the consummation of such Non-Qualified Business Combination
and (y) with respect to a Change of Control of the type
set forth in clause (iii) of the definition of Change
of Control, at the time of election of any such
individual, the Investor Voting Interest is equal to or greater
than 45%; provided that if the Investor Transfers any of
the Investor Voting Interest and the effect thereof is to make
an event or action which would not be a Change of Control Event
prior to such Transfer into a Change of Control Event, such
Transfer shall not be effective for purposes of determining
whether a Change of Control Event has occurred.
Closing shall have the meaning
assigned in the Investment Agreement.
Closing Date shall have the meaning
assigned in the Investment Agreement.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.
Common Stock shall have the meaning
set forth in the recitals hereto.
Company shall mean NCI Building
Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and
assigns.
Company Default Event shall mean, at
any time prior to an Investor Rights Termination Event, either
of the following events:
(i) the failure of any Investor Nominee to be elected to
the Board within 45 calendar days following any annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which such
individual stood for election but was nevertheless not elected,
provided that there shall be no Company Default Event as
a result of this clause (i) if such individual (or an
alternate designated by the Investor) is elected or appointed to
the Board (regardless of whether such individual accepts such
appointment or complies with any obligations relating to such
individuals appointment or service) prior to the
expiration of such
45-day
period; or
(ii) the removal of an Investor Director from the Board
without cause other than by action, or at the request or
direction, directly or indirectly, of the Investor.
Competitor shall mean any Person that
manufactures, engineers, markets, sells or provides, within
North America, (i) metal building systems or components
(including, without limitation, primary and secondary framing
G-3
systems, roofing panels
and/or
systems, end or side wall panels, sectional or
roll-up
doors, insulated metal panels, windows, or other metal
components of a building structure), (ii) coated or painted
steel or metal coils, or (iii) coil coating or coil
painting services, and the engineering, marketing, selling and
providing of the items referred to in clauses (i)
(iii) in the aggregate either (x) is the primary
business of such Person or (y) such Person and its
Affiliates generated revenue from such items for the twelve
(12) months comprising its most recently completed four
fiscal quarters equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate
revenue of the Company during such period.
Continuing Directors shall mean
(i) the directors who constitute the Initial Board,
(ii) any person becoming a director subsequent to the date
of this Agreement whose election or nomination for election was
approved by the affirmative majority vote of the directors who
are Continuing Directors at the time of such election or
nomination (either by a specific vote or by approval of the
proxy statement of the relevant party in which such person is
named as a nominee for director, without written objection to
such nomination), (iii) all Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors nominated or selected in accordance with
Section 3.1(c)(ii) or (iii) hereof, and (iv) all
Investor Directors, even if the individuals serving as Investor
Directors should change.
Controlled Affiliate shall mean any
Affiliate of the specified Person that is, directly or
indirectly, controlled (as defined in the definition of
Affiliate) by the specified Person.
Covered Securities shall mean any
equity of the Company (including Common Stock, preferred stock
or restricted stock), or any Equity Equivalents, in each case,
other than Excluded Securities.
Designated Securities shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).
Determination shall have the meaning
given thereto in Section 1313(a) of the Code.
Directed Offer means any so-called
registered direct sale, block trade or other similar
offering or Transfer that is not widely distributed.
Equity Equivalents shall mean any
securities, options or debt of the Company that are convertible
or exchangeable into equity of the Company (or securities,
options or debt convertible into or exercisable therefor) or
that include an equity component (such as an equity
kicker) (including any hybrid security).
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor federal statute, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended,
and as the same may be in effect from time to time.
Excluded Securities shall mean any
securities that are (i) issued by the Company pursuant to
any employment contract, employee or benefit plan, stock
purchase plan, stock ownership plan, stock option or equity
compensation plan or other similar plan, to or for the benefit
of any employees (including new employees), officers or
directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
(ii) issued by the Company in connection with business
combinations, mergers, or acquisitions of assets or securities
of another Person, or (iii) issued upon the conversion,
exchange or exercise of any security or right or purchase
obligation that either (x) is outstanding as of the date
hereof in accordance with its terms as such terms exist as of
the date hereof or (y) becomes outstanding after the date
hereof if the security being converted, exchanged or exercised
was issued after the date hereof and was a Covered Security at
the time of its issuance.
Group shall mean any group
as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act.
Hedge shall mean to enter into any
agreement, arrangement, transaction or series of transactions,
including any swap or any repurchase or similar so-called
stock borrowing agreement or arrangement, that
hedges, mitigates or transfers, in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Common
Stock or any other security of the Company, or which provides,
directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in
any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of
the Common Stock or any other security of the Company, in each
case regardless of whether any such agreement, arrangement
transaction or series of transactions is to be settled by
delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise.
Hedging Limitation Period shall mean
the period from the date hereof until the later of (i) the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) the occurrence of
an Investor Rights Termination Event.
G-4
Independent Director shall mean a
director who is (i) not an Affiliate of the Investor or of
the Company and (ii) would qualify as an Independent
Director pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE,
or, if the securities of the Company are not quoted or listed
for trading on the NYSE, pursuant to the rules of the stock
exchange on which the securities of the Company are then quoted
or listed for trading, with respect to (x) the Investor and
its Affiliates (as if such Persons were listed on the NYSE or
such other stock exchange) and (y) to the Company
(including that such individual has, and in the period starting
three (3) years prior to the date of determination and
ending on the date of determination, has had, no material
relationship with either the Investor, its Affiliates or the
Company (excluding such individuals service, if any, as a
director on the board of (1) not more than one of the
Investors portfolio companies, or (2) the Company)).
Independent Non-Investor Directors
shall mean the Independent Directors on the Board who are
not Investor Directors.
Initial Board shall mean the directors
who are members of the Board effective as of the Closing.
Investment Agreement shall have the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Investor means CD&R and any
Parent Controlled Affiliates that are either transferees or
assignees of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with
the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and Section 9.2,
respectively.
Investor Consent Action shall mean any
of the actions of the Company requiring the consent of the
Investor pursuant to Article VI.
Investor Director shall mean any
Investor Nominee who is elected or appointed to the Board.
Investor Director Number shall mean a
number of directors that is proportionate to the Investor Voting
Interest, rounded to the nearest whole number.
Investor Independent Director shall
mean any Investor Independent Nominee who is elected or
appointed to the Board, from time to time, and the directors on
the Initial Board who are designated as such on
Schedule 3.1(a).
Investor Independent Nominee shall
mean an individual who (i) is designated by the Investor in
writing to the Company for election to the Board, or is
designated as a replacement director for appointment to the
Board, pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i) or
Section 3.1(b)(ii) and (ii) would be an Independent
Director upon such individuals appointment or election to
the Board.
Investor Nominee shall mean a
CD&R Nominee, an Investor Independent Nominee or an Other
Investor Nominee.
Investor Portfolio Company shall mean
any portfolio company of Parent or the Investor with respect to
which neither Parent, the Investor nor any of their respective
Affiliates (excluding the portfolio company and its Controlled
Affiliates) exercises control over investment decisions with
respect to the Companys securities, or encouraged,
influenced or facilitated any such decision or action by such
portfolio company with respect to the Companys securities;
provided, that (a) neither Parent, the Investor nor any of
their respective Affiliates (excluding the portfolio company and
its Controlled Affiliates) shall provide or have provided to
such portfolio company or any of its Controlled Affiliates any
non-public information concerning the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company and (b) such portfolio company is not acting
at the request or direction of or in coordination with any of
Parent, the Investor or any of their respective Controlled
Affiliates (excluding the portfolio company and its Controlled
Affiliates).
Investor Rights Period shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(i).
Investor Rights Termination Event
shall be deemed to have occurred if, at any time following
the Closing Date, the Percentage Interest is less than 10%.
Investor Voting Interest shall mean,
as of any date, with respect to the Investor, the ratio,
expressed as a percentage, of (i) the aggregate number of
votes that may be cast by holders of Common Stock and Non-Common
Voting Stock Beneficially Owned by the Investor at the relevant
time divided by (ii) the Aggregate Voting Power at the
relevant time.
G-5
Law shall mean applicable federal,
state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule,
regulation, judgment, order, injunction, decree or agency
requirement of any United States or foreign governmental or
regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity, authority or
self-regulatory organization.
Non-Common Voting Stock shall mean
(i) Series B Preferred Stock and (ii) any other
class or series of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote
together with the Common Stock as a single class with respect to
the election of directors to the Board.
Non-Qualified Business Combination
shall mean a Business Combination that is not a Qualified
Business Combination.
NYSE means the New York Stock Exchange.
Other Investor Director shall mean any
Other Investor Nominee who is elected or appointed to the Board,
from time to time, and the directors on the Initial Board who
are designated as such on Schedule 3.1(a).
Other Investor Nominee shall mean an
individual who (i) is designated by the Investor in writing
to the Company for election to the Board, or is designated as a
replacement director for appointment to the Board, pursuant to
Section 3.1(b)(i) or Section 3.1(b)(ii), and
(ii) is neither a CD&R Nominee nor an Investor
Independent Nominee.
Parent shall mean any entity that is
or performs the functions of, directly or indirectly, the
managing member or general partner of the Investor or is the
investment manager with respect to such entity and all such
entities collectively.
Parent Controlled Affiliate shall mean
Parent and any individuals that are partners, managing members
or have similar titles with respect thereto, together with the
Controlled Affiliates of any of them or of the Investor or any
entity with respect to which Parent is the investment manager.
Percentage Interest shall mean, as of
any date, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (i) the
Investor Voting Interest as of such date (determined as if there
had been no issuances of Common Stock or Non-Common Voting Stock
following the Closing to any Person(s)) by (ii) the
Investor Voting Interest immediately following the Closing.
Permitted Increase shall mean
(i) an acquisition of Qualified Debt or (ii) an
acquisition of securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries as
the result of (A) the payment of dividends in kind in
additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to
the Series B Certificate, (B) the exercise of
subscription rights pursuant to Article V, (C) the
adjustment of the Conversion Price (as defined in the
Series B Certificate) pursuant to the terms of the
Series B Certificate, (D) any repurchase or redemption
of securities by the Company or (E) any other right of the
Investor or transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the
other Transaction Documents.
Permitted Third Party Transferee shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).
Person shall mean a legal person,
including any individual, corporation, company, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, limited
liability company or unincorporated association or any other
entity or organization, including a government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever
nature.
PIK Distribution shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).
Private Placement shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).
Proceeds means, for purposes of
Section 6.1(a)(iii), the cash proceeds to the Company from
the issuance or sale of any capital stock, other than options
and warrants, plus, with respect to options and warrants, the
aggregate exercise price
and/or
conversion price that would be received by the Company if all of
such options were to be exercised or converted in full.
Proprietary Information shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
Qualified Business Combination shall
mean a Business Combination immediately following which:
(i) the individuals and entities that were the Beneficial
Owners of the Common Stock and Non-Common Voting Stock
outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination
Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than
G-6
50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such
Business Combination (including, without limitation, a
corporation that, as a result of such transaction, owns the
Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets
either directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries)
in substantially the same proportions as their ownership
immediately prior to such Business Combination of the voting
power of the Common Stock and Non-Common Voting Stock, and
(ii) no Person or Group (excluding the Investor and its
Affiliates) either (x) Beneficially Owns, directly or
indirectly, more of the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity than
the Investor and its Affiliates so Beneficially Own, and, solely
in the case of the application of this definition for purposes
of clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 4.1(a), the
Investor and its Affiliates shall Beneficially Own, directly or
indirectly, more than 17.5% of the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity, or
(y) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or
more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (or equivalent) of such entity.
Qualified Debt means the term loans
advanced pursuant to, or outstanding under, the Amended Credit
Agreement.
Qualified Debt Holder means, at any
time, any of the Investor and its Parent Controlled Affiliates
that is a holder of record of Qualified Debt at such time.
Qualified Offering shall mean any
public or nonpublic offering of Covered Securities.
Registrable Shares shall have the
meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Registration Rights Agreement shall
mean the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
[ ], 2009, executed and delivered between the
Company and CD&R concurrently with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement.
Resulting Entity Preferred Stock shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Securities shall mean
(i) Series B Preferred Shares, (ii) shares of
Series B Preferred Stock issued as payment of dividends in
kind pursuant to the Series B Certificate and
(iii) the Registrable Shares.
Securities Act shall mean the
U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and any similar or successor
federal statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder, all as amended, and as the same may be in effect
from time to time.
Series B Certificate shall mean
the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of
Series B Preferred Stock in the form contemplated by the
Investment Agreement and filed with the Secretary of State of
Delaware on [ ], 2009.
Series B Preferred Shares shall
have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Series B Preferred Stock shall
have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Tax Returns shall mean any return,
report or similar filing (including the attached schedules)
filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (and any
amendments thereto), including any information return, claim for
refund or declaration of estimated Taxes.
Taxes shall mean any and all domestic
or foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind
(together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax
and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by
any Governmental Entity, including taxes on or with respect to
income, franchises, windfall or other profits, gross receipts,
property, sales, use, capital stock, payroll, employment,
unemployment, social security, workers compensation or net
worth, and taxes in the nature of excise, withholding, ad
valorem or value added, and including any liability in respect
of any items described above as a transferee or successor, or
pursuant to
Section 1.1502-6
of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state,
local or foreign Law), or as an indemnitor, guarantor, surety or
in a similar capacity under any contract, arrangement,
agreement, understanding or commitment (whether oral or written).
G-7
Transfer shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 4.1(a).
Transfer Exception shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Transfer Limitation Period shall mean
any time during the period from the Closing Date to the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing Date during which the Unaffiliated
Shareholders Voting Interest is equal to or greater than
5%; provided that the Transfer Limitation Period shall
terminate upon the occurrence of (x) a Company Default
Event or (y) a Change of Control Event.
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c)(i).
Unaffiliated Shareholders shall mean
the stockholders of the Company not Affiliated, and not a member
of a Group, with the Investor.
Underlying Sale shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 5.5.
Voting Agreement Termination Event
shall mean any of the following: (i) a Change of
Control Event or (ii) the later of (x) the
6-month
anniversary of an Investor Rights Termination Event and
(y) the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing Date.
Voting Interest shall mean, as of any
date, with respect to a specified Person(s), the ratio,
expressed as a percentage, of (i) the aggregate number of
votes that may be cast by holders of Common Stock and Non-Common
Voting Stock Beneficially Owned by such Person(s) at the
relevant time divided by (ii) the Aggregate Voting Power at
the relevant time.
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
Section 2.1 Representations
and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to CD&R as of the date hereof as
follows:
(a) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the Laws of the
State of Delaware, and has full right, power, authority and
capacity to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.
(c) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly
executed and delivered by the Company, and assuming due
authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by
CD&R, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the
Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its
terms, except to the extent that the enforcement thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors rights generally and general equitable
principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is
considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity
(Bankruptcy Exceptions).
Section 2.2 Representations
and Warranties of CD&R
Fund VIII. CD&R Fund VIII
represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof as
follows:
(a) CD&R Fund VIII has been duly organized and is
validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, and has full right, power,
authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Investor and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by
all necessary action on the part of the Investor.
G-8
(c) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly
executed and delivered by CD&R Fund VIII, and assuming
due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the Company, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of
CD&R Fund VIII, enforceable against CD&R
Fund VIII in accordance with its terms, except to the
extent that the enforcement thereof may be limited by the
Bankruptcy Exceptions.
ARTICLE III
GOVERNANCE
MATTERS; VOTING; STANDSTILL PROVISIONS
Section 3.1 Board
of Directors.
(a) Initial Board. The Initial
Board shall consist of the individuals set forth on
Schedule 3.1(a), each serving, effective as of the Closing,
in the class and on the committees of the Board set forth beside
their name on such schedule.
(b) Investor Directors.
(i) Investor Director Nomination, Appointment and
Election. From and after the Closing until an
Investor Rights Termination Event (the Investor Rights
Period), subject to Section 3.1(c), the Investor
shall be entitled to nominate for election and appoint
replacements for a number of Investor Directors up to the
Investor Director Number. Subject to (A) limitations and
requirements imposed by Law, regulation or the rules of a stock
exchange on which the securities of the Company are quoted or
listed for trading and (B) the preceding sentence, there
shall be no limit on the number of, and the number of votes that
can be cast by, Investor Directors that are CD&R Directors
or Other Investor Directors. At each annual meeting or special
meeting of stockholders during the Investor Rights Period at
which any directors of the Company are to be elected, the
Company shall take all corporate and other actions necessary to
cause the applicable Investor Nominees to be nominated for
election as directors on the Board and will use its reasonable
best efforts to solicit proxies in favor of the election of such
Investor Nominees to be elected at such meeting, in each case
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at
which the term for directors in such Investor Nominees
class of directors shall expire and until such Investor
Nominees successor shall have been duly elected and
qualified or at such earlier time (if any) as such Investor
Nominee may resign, retire, die or be removed as a director of
the Company. During the Investor Rights Period, (1) if the
number of Investor Directors exceeds the Investor Director
Number, unless otherwise requested by the Company by action of
the Independent Non-Investor Directors, the Investor shall
promptly (and in any event, if so requested, prior to the time
at which the Board next takes any action, whether at a meeting
or by written consent) cause one or more of the CD&R
Directors or the Other Investor Directors to resign such that,
following the resignations of such individuals, the number of
Investor Directors no longer exceeds the Investor Director
Number at such time and (2) if the limitations and
requirements imposed by Law, regulation or the rules of a stock
exchange on which the securities of the Company are quoted or
listed for trading require a change to the number of Investor
Directors that are not Investor Independent Directors (including
the number of votes that can be cast by such directors),
following consultation with the Board, the Investor shall
promptly cause one or more of the CD&R Directors or the
Other Investor Directors to resign and, if, following such
resignations, the number of Investor Directors falls below the
Investor Director Number, Investor Independent Nominees shall be
designated and appointed to the Board in accordance with the
terms of Section 3(b)(ii) so that, following such
appointments, the number of Investor Directors equals the
Investor Director Number. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, at all times during the Investor
Rights Period, the Investor Director Number shall not be less
than one.
(ii) Investor Director Replacements. The
CD&R Directors who are members of the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee (or if none serve thereon, the
remaining CD&R Directors or, if no CD&R Directors
remain in office, the Investor) shall have the right to
designate any replacement for an Investor Director upon the
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office of such
director, and the Company and the Board will use its reasonable
best efforts to take all corporate and other actions necessary
to cause the Investor Nominees designated pursuant to this
sentence to be appointed to the Board.
(iii) Board Observer. Upon the occurrence
of any Company Default Event, the Investor shall have the right
to designate an individual (a Board Observer)
to attend (without voting rights) each meeting of the Board or
any committee thereof (and to receive from the Company, subject
to the execution and delivery of a customary
G-9
confidentiality agreement, copies of all notices, information
and other material it provides to the Board and committees
thereof) until such time as such Company Default Event is cured.
The Company agrees that each Board Observer shall be entitled to
reimbursement for its participation and related expenses as if
such Board Observer were a director of the Company.
(iv) Non-Participation of CD&R Directors and Other
Investor Directors With Respect to Certain
Actions. Solely with respect to any action to be
taken, or any determination to be made, with respect to whether
dividends payable on the outstanding shares of Series B
Preferred Stock are to be paid in cash or by issuing shares of
Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to, and in accordance
with, the Series B Certificate, (A) such action shall
be taken or determination shall be made on behalf of the Company
by a majority of the directors (though less than a quorum) who
are not CD&R Directors or Other Investor Directors and
(B) no CD&R Director or Other Investor Director shall
have any right to vote upon, and by a decision of the remaining
directors may be excluded from participating in any discussion
of, such action or determination; provided,
however, (x) the CD&R Directors and the Other
Investor Directors shall have the right prior to any vote upon
or discussion of any such action or determination to present to
the remaining directors their opinion, and the basis for such
opinion, with respect to such action or determination and
(y) the remaining directors shall reasonably believe that
the action taken or determination made by the remaining
directors will not (1) constitute a Default under any of
the terms, conditions or provisions of any of the Refinancing
Agreements or any other material financing or loan agreement,
contract or other instrument or obligation to which the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries are bound, or to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or any of the properties, assets, or
rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be subject
or (2) result in the Company having insufficient liquidity
to operate its business in the ordinary course, consistent with
past practice. Each CD&R Director and Other Investor
Director shall, if requested by the remaining directors, appear
at any properly called meeting if their presence is required to
establish a quorum. Except as set forth in this
Section 3.1(b)(iv), Section 3.3(a), Section 3.3(b) and
Section 9.3(b), CD&R Directors and Other Investor
Directors shall have the right to vote upon, and be present for
any discussion concerning, all actions and determinations made
by the Board.
(v) Investor Director Title and
Position. Until such time as the Investor Voting
Interest is less than 20%, the Investor shall have the right, in
its sole discretion, either (A) to cause one of the
Investor Directors serving on the Executive Committee of the
Board to have the title of Chairman of the Executive Committee
or (B) to cause one of the Investor Directors serving on
the Board to have the title Lead Director.
(vi) D&O Insurance. During the
Investor Rights Period, the Company (A) agrees that the
Investor Directors shall be entitled to the same rights,
privileges and compensation as the other members of the Board in
their capacity as such, including with respect to insurance
coverage and reimbursement for Board participation and related
expenses and (B) shall purchase and maintain, at its own
expense, directors and officers liability insurance, from
reputable carriers agreed upon prior to Closing by the Company
and the Investor, in at least the amounts set forth on
Schedule 3.1(b)(vi) hereto (or in a lesser amount agreed
upon, from time to time, by the Company and the Investor), on
behalf of and covering the individuals who at any time on or
after the Closing are or become directors of the Company,
against expenses, liabilities or losses asserted against or
incurred by such individual in such capacity or arising out of
such individuals status as such, subject to customary
exclusions.
(vii) Investor Obligations With Respect to Investor
Nominees. With respect to each annual meeting of
stockholders of the Company occurring during the Investor Rights
Period, the Investor shall notify the Company of the individuals
it nominates as the applicable Investor Nominees in writing and
shall provide, or cause such individuals to provide, to the
Company, such information about such individuals and the
nomination to the Company, at such times as the Company may
reasonably request in order to ensure compliance with applicable
securities Laws and the rules of a stock exchange on which the
securities of the Company are quoted or listed for trading, and
to enable the Board to make determinations with respect to the
qualifications of the individuals to be Investor Nominees. The
Company shall not be obligated to take actions to elect or
appoint to the Board any Investor Nominee until such Investor
Nominee has been identified and has provided the information
required by the preceding sentence to the Company.
(viii) Termination of Investor
Rights. All obligations of the Company pursuant
to this Section 3.1(b) shall terminate, and the Investor
shall, upon request by the Company by action of the Independent
Non-Investor
G-10
Directors, cause each CD&R Director and Other Investor
Director to resign from the Board, promptly upon the occurrence
of an Investor Rights Termination Event (and in any event prior
to the time at which the Board next takes any action, whether at
a meeting or by written consent). As a condition to the
nomination, election or appointment of any CD&R Nominee or
Other Investor Nominee, each such individual shall agree in
writing with the Company to offer to resign from the Board
and/or any
committees thereof promptly upon the occurrence of an Investor
Rights Termination Event (and in any event prior to the time at
which the Board next takes any action, whether at a meeting or
by written consent) or as otherwise required pursuant to this
Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(d).
(c) Unaffiliated Shareholder Independent
Directors.
(i) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(b), from and after the
Closing, if the Unaffiliated Shareholders Voting Interest
is equal to or greater than 5%, the Investor Director Number
shall not exceed three (3) less than the total number of
directors of the Company and there shall be at least three
(3) directors of the Company who are not Investor
Directors, at least two (2) of whom shall be Independent
Directors and shall be designated the Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors, and the other of whom shall be
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Without the consent
of the Investor, notwithstanding the number of Independent
Directors who are Independent Non-Investor Directors then
serving on the Board, there shall be only two
(2) Independent Non-Investor Directors designated as the
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors. The Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors serving on the Initial Board shall be the Independent
Directors that are designated as such on Schedule 3.1(a).
(ii) In the event that there is a vacancy or vacancies of
the Board that must be filled with an Unaffiliated Shareholder
Director in order for there to be at least two
(2) Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, the remaining
Unaffiliated Shareholder Director or, if no such directors
exist, the Independent Non-Investor Directors, or if no such
directors exist, the Independent Directors, shall fill any such
vacancy or vacancies on the Board.
(iii) At any annual meeting or special meeting of
stockholders of the Company at which any Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors are to be elected, the Company shall take
all corporate and other actions necessary to nominate for
election as directors on the Board each of the Unaffiliated
Shareholder Director(s) whose term expires at such meeting (or
other individual(s) selected by the Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors, or, if no such directors exist, the Independent
Non-Investor Directors, or if no such directors exist, the
Independent Directors).
(iv) During the Investor Rights Period, the Investor shall
cause each share of Common Stock and Series B Preferred
Stock Beneficially Owed by it to be present in person or
represented by proxy at all meetings of stockholders of the
Company at which an individual nominated to serve as an
Unaffiliated Shareholder Director pursuant to this
Section 3.1(c) is to be elected, so that all such shares
shall be counted as present for determining the presence of a
quorum at such meetings and to vote such shares, at such
meetings or at any adjournments or postponements thereof or by
written consent, as appropriate, proportionately with the
Unaffiliated Shareholders with respect to the nominees who would
be Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors upon their election.
(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement or in the Certificate of Incorporation, for so long as
the Unaffiliated Shareholders Voting Interest is equal to
or greater than 5%, an Unaffiliated Shareholder Director may not
be removed except by the affirmative vote (including by written
consent) of an Unaffiliated Shareholder or Unaffiliated
Shareholders holding 80% of all of the Unaffiliated
Shareholders Voting Interest. The Investor shall cause
each share of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
Beneficially Owed by it to be present in person or represented
by proxy at all meetings of stockholders of the Company at which
the removal of an Unaffiliated Shareholder Director is to be
voted on, so that all such shares shall be counted as present
for determining the presence of a quorum at such meetings and
(A) in the event that an Unaffiliated Shareholder or
Unaffiliated Shareholders holding 80% of all of the Unaffiliated
Shareholders Voting Interest vote (including by written
consent) in favor of the removal of an Unaffiliated Shareholder
Director, the Investor shall vote each share of Common Stock and
Series B Preferred Stock Beneficially Owed by it for the
removal of such Unaffiliated Shareholder Director and
(B) otherwise, the Investor shall vote (including by
written consent) each share of Common Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock Beneficially Owed by it against the removal of
such Unaffiliated Shareholder Director.
G-11
(d) Committees.
(i) General. Subject to applicable Law,
regulation or the rules of a stock exchange on which the
securities of the Company are quoted or listed for trading and
Section 3.1(d)(ii), for so long as the Investor is entitled
to nominate for election, and designate replacements for,
Investor Directors pursuant to Section 3.1(b), the Investor
shall also be entitled to representation proportionate to the
Investor Voting Interest (rounded to the nearest whole number,
subject to the last proviso of this sentence) on all committees
of the Board, provided that notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Investor shall be entitled to have a minimum of
one Investor Director serving on each committee of the Board
(except that, (A) where an Investor Director is in a
conflict position, such Investor Director may not serve on a
special committee of the Board, and (B) where the Investor
is in a conflict position, none of the CD&R Directors or
Other Investor Directors may serve on the relevant special
committee of the Board); and provided, further,
that there shall be at least one Unaffiliated Shareholder
Director on each committee of the Board. If as a result of the
application of the preceding sentence no Investor Director may
serve on a certain committee, the Investor shall be entitled to
appoint a Board Observer to such committee (who shall not have
voting rights), so long as any such Board Observer meets any
applicable independence rules of the stock exchange on which the
securities of the Company are quoted or listed for trading.
(ii) Affiliate Transactions
Committee. During the Investor Rights Period, the
Board shall establish and maintain an Affiliate Transactions
Committee, which shall be comprised of (x) the Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors then in office and (y) one Investor
Independent Director, if an Investor Independent Director is
then serving on the Board, and otherwise, the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company serving as a director on the Board. Such
Affiliate Transactions Committee shall review, consider and
approve any Affiliate Transactions, and no such Affiliate
Transactions shall be effected without the prior approval of a
majority of the directors on the Affiliate Transactions
Committee; provided, that, for so long as the provisions
in Article TENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, as in
effect on the date hereof, are still in effect, an Affiliate
Transaction that is subject to Article TENTH of the
Certificate of Incorporation may be effected in accordance with
Section 1(i) thereof if all of the conditions specified in
paragraph A of such Section 1 are met, in lieu of the
review, consideration or approval of the Affiliate Transactions
Committee pursuant to this Section 3.1(d)(ii).
(iii) Termination of Investor Rights. All
obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 3.1(d)
shall terminate, and the Investor shall, unless otherwise
requested by the Company by action of the Independent
Non-Investor Directors, cause each CD&R Director and Other
Investor Director to resign from each committee of the Board,
upon the occurrence of an Investor Rights Termination Event.
(e) Controlled Company Status; Listing.
(i) Effective upon the Closing, the Company shall have
taken all corporate action and filed all election notices or
other documentation with the NYSE necessary to elect to take
advantage of the exemptions to the requirements of
Sections 303A.01, 303A.04 and 303A.05 of the NYSE Listed
Company Manual. In the annual proxy statement for the Company
next following the Closing, the Company shall disclose such
election, that it is a controlled company within the
meaning set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual and the
basis for such determination. For so long as the Company
qualifies as a controlled company within the meaning
set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual or any similar
provision in the rules of a stock exchange on which the
securities of the Company are quoted or listed for trading, the
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take advantage
of the exemptions therein.
(ii) During the Investor Rights Period, the Company shall
keep the Investor informed, on a current basis, of any events,
discussions, notices or changes with respect to any Tax (other
than ordinary course communications which could not reasonably
be expected to be material to the Company), criminal or
regulatory investigation or action involving the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries (other than routine audits or ordinary
course communications which could not reasonably be expected to
be material to the Company) that have been brought to the
attention of the Board, and shall reasonably cooperate with the
Investor, its members or their respective Affiliates in an
effort to avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences
to them that might arise from such investigation or action
(including by reviewing written submissions in advance,
attending meetings with authorities and coordinating and
providing assistance in meeting with regulators).
G-12
(iii) From and after the Closing, the Company shall
(A) use its best efforts to cause all Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of the then-outstanding Series B Preferred
Stock to be approved for listing on each exchange on which the
Common Stock is then listed or quoted, subject to official
notice of issuance, at all times following the Closing and
(B) use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the listing
of the shares of Common Stock described in clause (A) after
issuance on each securities exchange on which the Common Stock
is then listed or quoted, and, in the case of either (A) or
(B), the Investor shall support and not oppose such efforts.
Section 3.2 Voting. At
any time following the Closing during which the Investor Voting
Interest is less than 50%, at any and all meetings of
stockholders of the Company occurring prior to a Voting
Agreement Termination Event, the Investor shall cause each share
of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock Beneficially
Owned by it and the Parent Controlled Affiliates to be present
in person or represented by proxy at all meetings of
stockholders of the Company, so that all such shares shall be
counted as present for determining the presence of a quorum at
such meetings and to vote, at such meetings or at any
adjournments or postponements thereof or by written consent,
(a) subject to Section 3.1(c)(iv), in favor of all
director nominees nominated by the Board for election by the
stockholders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and
the By-laws, and (b) as recommended by the Board, on any
and all (i) proposals relating to or concerning
compensation or equity incentives for directors, officers or
employees of the Company adopted in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice, (ii) proposals by
stockholders of the Company (including under
Rule 14a-8
of the Exchange Act), and (iii) proposals the subject
matter of which is an Investor Consent Action, provided in
respect of clauses (i) and (iii) only, that the
Boards recommendation is consistent with the
Investors exercise of its consent rights provided in
Article VI hereof in connection with such Investor Consent
Action and the submission of such proposal occurred in a
reasonably timely manner and such proposal has not failed to
receive the requisite number of affirmative votes for the
adoption of such proposal since the Investors exercise of
its consent right in connection therewith.
Section 3.3 Standstill
and Other Restrictions. (a) (i) During
the period from the Closing until the earlier of (x) the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing and (y) the
6-month
anniversary of an Investor Rights Termination Event, the
Investor and the Parent Controlled Affiliates shall not, and
(ii) if the
6-month
anniversary of an Investor Rights Termination Event has not
occurred prior to the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing, during the period from the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing until the
6-month
anniversary of an Investor Rights Termination Event, without the
approval of a majority of the Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors, the Investor and the Parent Controlled Affiliates
shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) other than a
Permitted Increase, in any way acquire, offer or propose to
acquire, or agree to acquire, in any manner (including by means
of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or
otherwise), Beneficial Ownership of any securities of the
Company or its Subsidiaries (including convertible securities)
if immediately following such acquisition or agreement, the
Investor and the Parent Controlled Affiliates would Beneficially
Own in the aggregate more than 80% of the Aggregate Voting Power
or economic interest of the Company (treating securities
convertible into or exercisable for voting securities, economic
interests or Common Stock that are Beneficially Owned by the
Investor or the Parent Controlled Affiliates as fully converted
into or exercised for the underlying voting securities, economic
interests or Common Stock without regard to the exercisability,
vesting or similar provisions and restrictions thereof) or
(ii) seek, directly or indirectly, any amendment, waiver,
or release of, or to contest the validity of, any of the
restrictions contained in this Section 3.3(a) (including
this clause (ii)) by the Company. The restrictions of this
Section 3.3(a) shall (A) terminate upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control Event, and (B) not apply at any time
during which the Unaffiliated Shareholders Voting Interest
is less than 5%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a majority of
the Independent Directors consent in writing prior thereto, any
Qualified Debt Holder may exchange Qualified Debt for equity
securities of the Company on terms and conditions agreed to in
writing by the Company (by approval of a majority of the
Independent Directors) and such Qualified Debt Holder.
(b) During the Hedging Limitation Period, the Investor and
its Parent Controlled Affiliates shall not, directly or
indirectly, without the prior written consent of a majority of
the Independent Directors: (i) in any way acquire, offer or
propose to acquire or agree to acquire, directly or indirectly,
in any manner, Beneficial Ownership of any indebtedness or debt
securities of the Company other than Qualified Debt or
(ii) seek, directly or indirectly, any amendment, waiver,
or release of, or to contest the validity of, any of the
restrictions contained in this Section 3.3(b) (including
this clause (ii)) by the Company.
G-13
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, the restrictions of this Section 3.3 shall
not apply upon the occurrence of any Company Default Event,
provided that the restrictions of this Section 3.3
shall apply from and after the date that such Company Default
Event is cured or remedied until the date upon which such
restriction terminates in accordance with this Section 3.3.
ARTICLE IV
TRANSFER AND
HEDGING RESTRICTIONS
Section 4.1 Transfer
Restrictions. (a) Prior to the
expiration of the Transfer Limitation Period, without the
approval of a majority of the Independent Directors, the
Investor shall not transfer, sell, pledge, assign or otherwise
dispose of (including by merger or otherwise by operation of
Law) (Transfer) any of the Securities, other
than (i) to a Parent Controlled Affiliate that agrees to be
bound by the provisions of this Agreement as if it were the
Investor hereunder (for the avoidance of doubt, any such
Transferee shall be included in the term Investor),
(ii) to the Company, (iii) in a Qualified Business
Combination approved, or recommended to the stockholders of the
Company, by the Board (so long as such approval and
recommendation has not been revoked prior to the Transfer) in
which (A) the consideration received by the Investor (other
than with respect to any Series B Preferred Stock that is
exchangeable for, or convertible into, preferred stock of the
resulting entity of the Qualified Business Combination in
accordance with clause (B) below, if applicable), divided
by the number of shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by
the Investor (treating any securities (other than the
Series B Preferred Stock that is exchangeable for, or
convertible into, preferred stock of the resulting entity of the
Qualified Business Combination, if applicable) convertible into
or exercisable for Common Stock (or securities convertible into
or exercisable therefor) as fully converted into or exercised
for the underlying Common Stock) is equal to, and in the same
form as, the per-share consideration received by all holders of
Common Stock (other than holders that are the counterparty to
such transaction or an affiliate of such counterparty);
provided, in the event that holders of Common Stock have
the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be
received in such Qualified Business Combination, the Investor
shall have the opportunity to make such election with respect to
the consideration described in this clause (A) on the same
basis as all holders of Common Stock
and/or
(B) the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
exchangeable for, or convertible into, shares of the resulting
entity of the Qualified Business Combination (the
Resulting Entity Preferred Stock) having
terms, preferences, rights (including, without limitation, as to
dividends, voting, redemption at the option of the holder,
rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up,
and protections against dilution and other impairment),
privileges and powers substantially similar to and no more
favorable than the terms, preferences, rights, privileges and
powers under the Series B Certificate, and the number of
shares of Resulting Entity Preferred Stock for which each share
of Series B Preferred Stock is so exchangeable, or into
which each share of Series B Preferred Stock is so
convertible, are, immediately following such exchange or
conversion in connection with the Qualified Business
Combination, convertible in the aggregate into the same amount
and form of consideration (which may be common stock of the
resulting entity from such Qualified Business Combination) that
would have been receivable in the Qualified Business Combination
if such share of Series B Preferred Stock had been fully
converted into the underlying Common Stock immediately prior to
such Qualified Business Combination, or (iv) in a
Non-Qualified Business Combination approved, or recommended to
the stockholders of the Company, by the Board (so long as such
approval and recommendation of such Non-Qualified Business
Combination has not been revoked prior to the Transfer) in which
the consideration received by the Investor in such transaction
divided by the number of shares of Common Stock Beneficially
Owned by the Investor (treating Series B Preferred Stock
and other securities convertible into or exercisable for Common
Stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable therefor)
as fully converted into or exercised for the underlying Common
Stock) is equal to, and in the same form as, the per-share
consideration received by all holders of Common Stock (other
than holders that are the counterparty to such transaction or an
affiliate of such counterparty); provided in the event
that holders of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the
form of consideration to be received in such Non-Qualified
Business Combination, the Investor shall have the opportunity to
make such election on the same basis as all holders of Common
Stock (each of the exceptions described in clauses (i)
through (iv), a Transfer Exception). In the
event any Person who is a Transferee pursuant to clause (i)
of the preceding sentence ceases to be a Parent Controlled
Affiliate, then any prior Transfer to such Person pursuant to
clause (i) shall become null and void and ownership and
title to any such Securities so Transferred shall revert to the
Investor. The Investor shall immediately
G-14
notify the Company if it engages in any of the transactions
referred to in this Section 4.1. The Investor shall give
the Company notice of any proposed Transfer not less than five
(5) Business Days prior to any Transfer (or the entering
into of any agreement relating to a Transfer).
(b) Following the Transfer Limitation Period, the Investor
shall not Transfer any of the Securities, except as follows:
(i) the Registrable Shares may be Transferred by the
Investor (A) in a privately negotiated transaction
(including any Directed Offer if negotiated between the Investor
(or its agents or representatives) and any Transferee (or its
agents or representatives)) to a Person or Group that represents
that it, and that such Transferee reasonably believes,
(1) is not a Competitor, (2) is not and will not be,
after giving effect to the Transfer, a 10% Holder or an
Affiliate of any 10% Holder and (3) is not proposing to
effect a Change of Control of the Company without the prior
written consent of a majority of the Independent Directors (such
Person, a Permitted Third Party Transferee);
provided that the Transferring Investor, shall have
provided the Company five (5) Business Days notice in
writing prior to any such Transfer, (B) in public market
trades (which shall include any Directed Offer that is not of
the type referred to in clause (A) above), provided
that the Transferring Investor shall have no reason to believe
that any Transferee is not a Permitted Third Party Transferee
and the Transferring Investor shall have instructed the
Transferring Investors underwriters or brokers, if any, of
the requirements of a Permitted Third Party Transferee, and
(C) in a traditional underwritten public offering
(excluding any Directed Offer) in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the Securities may
be Transferred pursuant to a Transfer Exception. The
restrictions of this Section 4.1(b) shall
(x) terminate upon the occurrence of a Change of Control
Event, and (y) not apply at any time during which the
Unaffiliated Shareholders Voting Interest is less than 5%.
(c) The Investors rights under this Agreement will
not be Transferable to any Transferee of any shares of the
Securities, other than a Transferee that is a Parent Controlled
Affiliate (and has entered into an agreement with the Company as
set forth in Section 4.1(a)). In the event any Person who
is a Transferee pursuant to the preceding sentence ceases to be
a Parent Controlled Affiliate, then any prior Transfer to such
Person shall become null and void and ownership and title to any
such Securities, and the rights under this Agreement, so
Transferred shall revert to the Investor.
(d) Any certificates for Securities issued pursuant to the
Investment Agreement or issued upon conversion of Securities or
issued in respect of any Transfer of Securities shall bear a
legend or legends (and appropriate comparable notations or other
arrangements will be made with respect to any uncertificated
shares) substantially to the following effect:
THIS INSTRUMENT WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, (THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN
EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH
LAWS.
In addition, for so long as the restrictions of this
Article IV remain in effect, such legend or notations will
include language substantially to the following effect:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT,
DATED [ ], 2009, AMONG THE ISSUER
OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE COMPANY) AND THE OTHER PARTY
OR PARTIES THERETO. A COPY OF THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT
SETTING FORTH SUCH RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER IS ON FILE WITH THE
SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
The holder of any certificate(s) bearing any such legend (or any
uncertificated shares subject to such notations or arrangements)
shall be entitled to receive from the Company new certificates
for a like number of Securities not bearing such legend (or the
elimination or termination of such notations or arrangements)
promptly upon the request of such holder at any time when
(i) the restrictions on Transfer pursuant to this Agreement
are no longer applicable, and (ii) an opinion of counsel to
such holder has been delivered to the Company, which opinion is
reasonably
G-15
satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that the restriction
referenced in such legend (or such notations or arrangements) is
no longer required in order to ensure compliance with the
Securities Act and applicable state Laws.
Section 4.2 Hedging
Restrictions. The Investor agrees that,
during the Hedging Limitation Period, it and the Parent
Controlled Affiliates shall not Hedge its or their direct or
indirect exposure to the Common Stock or any other Security,
except in transactions involving an index-based portfolio of
securities that includes Common Stock (provided that the
value of such Common Stock in such portfolio is not more than 5%
of the total value of the portfolio of securities). For the
avoidance of doubt, following the Hedging Limitation Period,
nothing in this Section 4.2 shall prohibit the Investor or
the Parent Controlled Affiliates from Hedging its direct or
indirect exposure to the Common Stock or any other Security,
including any transactions involving an index-based portfolio of
securities that includes Common Stock (regardless of the value
of such Common Stock in such portfolio relative to the total
value of the portfolio of securities) or involving the purchase
or sale of derivative securities or any short sale of Common
Stock.
ARTICLE V
SUBSCRIPTION
RIGHTS
Section 5.1 Subscription
Rights. From and after the Closing, if the
Company offers to sell Covered Securities in a Qualified
Offering (which may only be effected in compliance with
Section 6.1), the Investor shall be afforded the
opportunity to acquire from the Company, for the same price and
on the same terms as such Covered Securities are offered to
others, in the aggregate up to the amount of Covered Securities
required to enable the Investor to maintain (a) with
respect to offers to sell Covered Securities consisting of
Common Stock, Non-Common Voting Stock or Equity Equivalents
convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock or Non-Common
Voting Stock (or convertible into or exercisable therefor), the
then-current Investor Voting Interest and (b) with respect
to offers to sell Covered Securities consisting of non-voting
equity of the Company or Equity Equivalents convertible or
exchangeable for non-voting equity (or convertible into or
exercisable therefor), the Investors then-current
percentage economic interest.
Section 5.2 Notice. (a) In
the event the Company intends to make a Qualified Offering of
Covered Securities that is an underwritten public offering or a
private offering made to Qualified Institutional Buyers (as such
term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, no
later than five (5) Business Days after the initial filing
of a registration statement with respect to such underwritten
offering or the commencement of such Rule 144A offering,
the Company shall give the Investor written notice of its
intention (including, in the case of a registered public
offering and to the extent possible, a copy of the prospectus
included in the registration statement filed in respect of such
offering), describing, to the extent then known, the anticipated
amount of securities, price (or range of prices), timing and
other material terms upon which the Company proposes to offer
the same. The Investor shall have five (5) Business Days
from the date and time of receipt of any such notice to notify
the Company in writing that it intends to exercise such
subscription rights and as to the amount of Covered Securities
the Investor desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount
calculated pursuant to Section 5.1 (the Designated
Securities). Such notice shall constitute a
non-binding indication of interest of the Investor to purchase
the Designated Securities so specified at the price and other
terms set forth in the Companys notice to it. The failure
of the Investor to respond during such five-Business Day period
shall constitute a waiver of subscription rights under this
Article V only with respect to the offering described in
the applicable notice and a notice purporting to exercise
subscription rights for more than the maximum amount
contemplated by Section 5.1 shall be deemed to be an
election to acquire the maximum amount. To the extent the
Company shall give the Investor notice of any such offer prior
to the public announcement thereof, the Investor shall agree to
confidentiality and restriction on trading terms reasonably
acceptable to the Company.
(b) If the Company proposes to make a Qualified Offering of
Covered Securities that is not an underwritten public offering
or Rule 144A offering (a Private
Placement), the Company shall (i) give the
Investor written notice of its intention, describing, to the
extent then known, the anticipated amount of securities, price
and other material terms upon which the Company proposes to
offer the same and (ii) promptly provide the Investor with
an updated notice reflecting any changes to such anticipated
amount of securities, price or other material terms. The
Investor shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of
receipt of the last notice required by the immediately
G-16
preceding sentence to notify the Company in writing that it
intends to exercise such subscription rights and as to the
amount of Designated Securities the Investor desires to
purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to
Section 5.1. Such notice shall constitute a non-binding
indication of interest of the Investor to purchase the amount of
Designated Securities so specified at the price and upon other
terms set forth in the Companys notice to it;
provided that the closing of the Private Placement with
respect to which such rights has been exercised takes place
within fifteen (15) calendar days after giving notice of
such exercise by the Investor. The failure of the Investor to
respond during the ten-Business Day period referred to in the
second preceding sentence shall constitute a waiver of the
subscription rights under this Article V only with respect
to the offering described in the applicable notice and a notice
purporting to exercise subscription rights for more than the
maximum amount contemplated by Section 5.1 shall be deemed
to be an election to acquire the maximum amount. To the extent
the Company shall give the Investor notice of any such offer
prior to the public announcement thereof, the Investor shall
agree to confidentiality and restriction on trading terms
reasonably acceptable to the Company.
Section 5.3 Purchase
Mechanism. (a) If the Investor exercises
its subscription rights as provided in Section 5.2(a), the
Company shall offer the Investor, if such underwritten public
offering or Rule 144A offering is consummated, the
Designated Securities (as adjusted to reflect the actual size of
such offering when priced) on the same material terms as the
Covered Securities are offered to the underwriters or initial
purchasers and shall provide written notice of such price to the
Investor as soon as practicable prior to such consummation.
Contemporaneously with the execution of any underwriting
agreement or purchase agreement entered into between the Company
and the underwriters or initial purchasers of such underwritten
public offering or Rule 144A offering, the Investor shall,
if it continues to wish to exercise its subscription rights with
respect to such offering, enter into an instrument in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company acknowledging
its binding obligation to purchase the Designated Securities to
be acquired by it and containing representations, warranties and
agreements of the Investor that are customary in private
placement transactions and, in any event, no less favorable to
the Investor than any underwriting or purchase agreement entered
into by the Company in connection with such offering, and the
failure to enter into such an instrument at or prior to such
time shall constitute a waiver of the subscription rights in
respect of such offering. Any offers and sales pursuant to this
Article V in the context of a registered public offering
shall be also conditioned on reasonably acceptable
representations and warranties of the Investor regarding its
status as the type of offeree to whom a private sale can be made
concurrently with a registered offering in compliance with
applicable securities Laws.
(b) If the Investor exercises its subscription rights as
provided in Section 5.2(b), the closing of the purchase of
the Covered Securities with respect to which such right has been
exercised shall be conditioned on the consummation of the sale
of securities pursuant to the Private Placement with respect to
which such subscription right has been exercised and shall take
place as soon as practicable after the closing of the Private
Placement; provided, that such time period shall be
extended for a maximum of 95 days in order to comply with
applicable Laws and regulations; provided,
further, that the actual amount of Covered Securities to
be sold to the Investor pursuant to its exercise of subscription
rights hereunder shall be proportionally reduced if the
aggregate amount of Covered Securities sold in the Private
Placement is reduced and, at the option of the Investor (to be
exercised by delivery of written notice to the Company within
five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice of such
increase), shall be increased if such aggregate amount of
Covered Securities sold in the Private Placement is increased.
In connection with its purchase of Designated Securities, the
Investor shall, if it continues to wish to exercise its
subscription rights with respect to such offering, execute an
agreement containing representations and warranties and, if at
such time the Investors Voting Interest is greater than
20%, agreements of the Investor that are substantially similar
in all material respects to the agreements executed by other
purchasers in such Private Placement. Each of the Company and
the Investor agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to secure
any regulatory or stockholder approvals or other consents, and
to comply with any Law or regulation necessary in connection
with the offer, sale and purchase of, such Covered Securities.
Section 5.4 Failure
to Purchase. In the event that the Investor
fails to exercise its subscription rights provided in this
Article V within the applicable period or, if so exercised,
the Investor is unable to consummate such purchase within the
time period specified in Section 5.3 above because of its
failure to obtain any required regulatory or stockholder consent
or approval or because of the failure to purchase any or all of
the Covered Securities contemplated to be purchased by the
election notice, the Company shall thereafter be entitled during
the
G-17
period of 60 days following the conclusion of the
applicable period to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant
to which the sale of the Covered Securities covered thereby
shall be consummated, if at all, within 30 days from the
date of said agreement) to sell the Covered Securities not
elected to be purchased pursuant to this Article V or which
the Investor is unable to purchase because of such failure to
obtain any such consent or approval or otherwise fails to
purchase, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the
purchasers of such securities in the Private Placement, the
underwritten public offering or Rule 144A offering, as the
case may be, than were specified in the Companys notice to
the Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such sale is
subject to the receipt of any regulatory or stockholder approval
or consent or the expiration of any waiting period, the time
period during which such sale may be consummated shall be
extended until the expiration of five (5) Business Days
after all such approvals or consents have been obtained or
waiting periods expired, but in no event shall such time period
exceed 90 days from the date of the applicable agreement
with respect to such sale. In the event the Company has not sold
the Covered Securities or entered into an agreement to sell the
Covered Securities within said
60-day
period (or sold and issued Covered Securities in accordance with
the foregoing within thirty (30) days from the date of said
agreement (as such period may be extended in the manner
described above for a period not to exceed 90 days from the
date of said agreement)), the Company shall not thereafter
offer, issue or sell such Covered Securities without first
offering such securities to the Investor in the manner provided
above.
Section 5.5 Certain
Qualified Offerings. In the case of a
Qualified Offering of Covered Securities for a consideration in
whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired
in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so
exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed
to be the fair value thereof as determined by a firm of
independent public accountants or an independent appraiser, in
each case, of recognized national standing selected by the Board
and approved by the Investor, provided, however,
that such fair value as determined in accordance with this
Section 5.5 shall not exceed the aggregate market price of
the securities being offered as of the date the Board authorizes
the offering of such securities. In the event that the sale of
Designated Securities to the Investor cannot be consummated
substantially concurrently with the sale giving rise to the
applicable exercise of subscription rights by the Investor under
Section 5.1 (the Underlying Sale),
consummation of the Underlying Sale shall not be delayed or
conditioned upon such sale of Designated Securities to the
Investor; provided, in such event, that the Company shall
use its best efforts to consummate the sale of such Designated
Securities to the Investor as promptly as practicable following
the consummation of the Underlying Sale.
Section 5.6 Cooperation. The
Company and the Investor shall cooperate in good faith to
facilitate the exercise of the Investors subscription
rights hereunder, including, without limitation, securing any
required approvals or consents, in a manner that does not
jeopardize the timing, marketing, pricing or execution of any
offering of the Companys securities.
Section 5.7 Limitation
of Rights. Notwithstanding the above, nothing
set forth in this Article V shall confer upon the Investor
the right to purchase any securities of the Company other than
Designated Securities. For the avoidance of doubt,
notwithstanding the above, nothing set forth in this
Article V shall limit the Investors rights pursuant
to and in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement,
including, without limitation, with respect to notice of or
registration of Registrable Securities in Piggy-back
Registrations (each as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement).
Section 5.8 Termination
of Subscription Rights. Anything to the
contrary in this Article V notwithstanding, the
subscription right to purchase Covered Securities granted by
this Article V shall not be available for any offering that
commences at any time after the occurrence of an Investor Rights
Termination Event.
G-18
ARTICLE VI
CONSENT
RIGHTS
Section 6.1 Investor
Consent Rights.
(a) Until such time as the Investor Voting Interest is less
than 25%, without the prior consent of the Investor, the Company
shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, take
any of the following actions, commit, resolve or agree to take
any of the following actions or authorize or otherwise
facilitate any of the following actions:
(i) in any fiscal year, acquire, in a single transaction or
a series of related transactions, any business organization or
division thereof or assets if in such fiscal year (A) the
aggregate consideration paid by the Company for all such
acquisitions completed in such fiscal year would exceed 10% of
the Companys consolidated assets as of the end of the most
recently completed fiscal year or (B) the aggregate
contribution to revenue of the businesses, divisions and assets
acquired on a pro forma basis for the most recently completed
fiscal year would exceed 10% of the Companys revenues for
the most recently completed fiscal year, excluding, in all
cases, (1) transactions consented to by the Investor,
(2) transactions between and among any of the Company and
its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries and
(3) acquisitions of inventory, equipment and real property
in the ordinary course of business;
(ii) in any fiscal year, sell, transfer or dispose of, in a
single transaction or a series of related transactions, any
business organization or division of the Company or any of its
assets if in such fiscal year (A) the aggregate
consideration received by the Company for all such sales,
transfers or dispositions completed in such fiscal year would
exceed 10% of the Companys consolidated assets as of the
end of the most recently completed fiscal year or (B) the
aggregate contribution to revenue of the sold, transferred or
disposed businesses, divisions and assets for the most recently
completed fiscal year would exceed 10% of the Companys
revenues for the most recently completed fiscal year, excluding,
in all cases, (1) transactions consented to by the
Investor, (2) transactions between and among any of the
Company and its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries,
(3) disposition of any aircrafts owned by the Company and
(4) dispositions of inventory, equipment and real property
in the ordinary course of business;
(iii) other than grants in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice to employees or directors of the
Company pursuant to an existing stock option plan or restricted
stock plan, pursuant to another plan or agreement adopted or
approved by the Board in the ordinary course with terms that are
consistent with past practice or pursuant to the issuance of
shares in respect of any exercise of options or settlement of
any other share-based awards outstanding on the date of this
Agreement, or as may be granted after the date of this
Agreement, as permitted by this Agreement, authorize, issue,
deliver, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant, award or encumber any
shares (or options, warrants, convertible securities or rights
of any kind to acquire or receive any shares) of capital stock,
ownership interests or voting securities if the Proceeds to the
Company for all such issuances in the aggregate exceeds
$5 million in any given fiscal year;
(iv) redeem, repurchase or acquire any shares of capital
stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares
of the capital stock, other than any Securities or pursuant to
the acquisition of shares from a holder of an option, restricted
share or any other share-based award in satisfaction of Tax
withholding obligations or in payment of the exercise price, if
as a result of such action the aggregate consideration paid by
the Company in respect of all such redemptions, repurchases or
acquisitions since the date of this Agreement would exceed
$10 million annually and other than transactions between
and among any of the Company and its direct or indirect
wholly-owned Subsidiaries;
(v) declare or pay any extraordinary dividend or
distribution (other than dividends or distributions by a direct
or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company to the
Company or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
Company); it being understood that the Company may, without the
Investors consent, declare or pay ordinary cash dividends
on shares of Common Stock in which the shares of Series B
Preferred Stock participate pursuant to the terms of the
Series B Certificate;
(vi) newly incur or guarantee any Indebtedness except for
(A) any Indebtedness among the Company and its wholly owned
Subsidiaries or among the Companys wholly owned
Subsidiaries, (B) guarantees by the
G-19
Company of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Company, which
Indebtedness is incurred in compliance with this
Section 6.1(a)(vi), (C) borrowings under the ABL
Documentation and the Amended Credit Agreement, each as in
effect on the Closing Date and without giving effect to any
amendment, modification or extension thereof, and
(D) Indebtedness not to exceed $35 million in
aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time;
(vii) engage to a material extent in any business in which
the Company is not engaged on the Closing Date or any business
related, ancillary or complementary to such business;
(viii) adopt a plan or agreement of complete or partial
liquidation or dissolution (except a liquidation or dissolution
of a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary into the Company
or another wholly-owned Subsidiary) or commence a Proceeding;
(ix) increase the number of directors that would constitute
the entire Board at such time assuming all vacancies were
filled; or
(x) amend, alter, or repeal any provisions of its
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.
(b) Until such time as the Investor Voting Interest is less
than 20%, without the prior consent of the Investor (which may
be granted, withheld or conditioned in the sole discretion of
the Investor), the Company shall not, and shall cause each of
its Subsidiaries not to, issue any stock or security (other than
Common Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and, with respect to
the foregoing, options, restricted stock units, restricted stock
and stock appreciation rights that are described in
clause (i) of the defined term Excluded Securities),
including, without limitation, non-participating preferred stock
or debt securities that are convertible into shares of capital
stock or capital stock equivalents by their terms, that gives
rise, in the good faith belief of the Investor based on advice
of counsel, to a not insubstantial risk that distributions (or
deemed distributions) on the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock that are paid (or deemed paid) in shares of such stock
(the PIK Distributions) would not be governed
by the general rule of Section 305(a) of the Code.
(c) Consent of the Investor to any of the actions specified
above may be made in a writing addressed to the Board, and in
addition shall be deemed to have been given if a CD&R
Director shall affirm at a meeting of the Board that, in such
individuals capacity as a representative of the Investor,
he or she consents to any such action on behalf of the Investor.
Section 6.2 Certificate
of Incorporation Amendments.
(a) Effective as of the Closing, the Board (i) shall
have adopted and declared advisable, and unanimously approved
and recommended to the Companys stockholders each of the
amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation set forth on
Exhibit A hereto (each a Certificate of
Incorporation Amendment and, collectively, the
Certificate of Incorporation Amendments)
(such approval and recommendation, the Amendment
Recommendation) and (ii) shall have authorized
the Company to take all actions permitted by Law and, if consent
from the Investor is required, consented to by the Investor, to
increase the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but
unissued shares of Common Stock to permit such reservation or to
permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B
Preferred Stock and shall have adopted and declared advisable,
and unanimously approved and resolved to recommend to the
stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon, following
the receipt of the prior written approval of the Investor in
accordance with Section 6.2(c), the actions requiring the
affirmative vote or consent of the stockholders of the Company
set forth on Schedule 6.2(c) hereto.
(b) From and after the Closing, subject to the third
sentence of this Section 6.2(b), the Company shall use its
best efforts and take all corporate actions necessary to obtain
stockholder approval, as required by Delaware law, of each
Certificate of Incorporation Amendment promptly following the
Closing. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) the Company
shall (x) submit each Certificate of Incorporation
Amendment for the approval of the stockholders of the Company,
as required by Delaware law, at the next meeting of stockholders
subsequent to the Closing, which shall be no later than the next
annual meeting of the stockholders subsequent to the Closing
(the Stockholders Meeting),
(y) file with the Commission a proxy statement related to
the Stockholders Meeting and use its best efforts to respond to
any comments of the SEC or its staff and to cause a definitive
proxy statement related to the Stockholders Meeting, which shall
include the Amendment Recommendation, to be mailed to the
Companys
G-20
stockholders and (z) use its best efforts to solicit
proxies in favor of the adoption of the Certificate of
Incorporation Amendments and to otherwise cause the stockholders
of the Company at the Stockholders Meeting to approve each
Certificate of Incorporation Amendment by the affirmative vote
required by applicable Law and the Certificate of Incorporation
as in effect on the date of the Stockholders Meeting and
(ii) at each annual meeting or special meeting of
stockholders of the Company following the Stockholders Meeting,
unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Investor, the
Company shall use its best efforts and take all corporate action
necessary to obtain stockholder approval of each Certificate of
Incorporation Amendment that has not been approved by the
requisite affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Company
prior to such annual or special meeting of stockholders, and, in
the case of either (i) or (ii), the Investor shall support
and not oppose such efforts. To the extent that stockholders of
the Company are permitted to take action without a meeting of
stockholders by written consent, notwithstanding and in lieu of
the foregoing, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of
each Certificate of Incorporation Amendment by written consent.
The Investor shall cause each share of Common Stock and
Series B Preferred Stock Beneficially Owned by it and any
Parent Controlled Affiliate that is entitled to vote with
respect to the adoption of an applicable Certificate of
Incorporation Amendment to be voted for, or to consent to, the
adoption of such Certificate of Incorporation Amendment.
(c) In the event that the Authorized Stock Stockholder
Approval has not been obtained by the date that is
18 months following the Closing, or at any time following
the Authorized Stock Stockholder Approval the number of shares
of authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of Common Stock
is less than 110% of the number of shares of Common Stock
required to permit the conversion of all then-outstanding shares
of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock in
accordance with the applicable terms of conversion as set forth
in the Series B Certificate, the Company shall take all
actions permitted by Law and, if consent from the Investor is
required, consented to by the Investor, to increase the number
of shares of authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of
Common Stock, including, without limitation, at the option of
the Investor in its sole discretion, taking the actions set
forth on Schedule 6.2(c) hereto. So long as the Investor
has consented to an action to be taken by the Company pursuant
to this Section 6.2(c) hereto, the Investor shall cause
each share of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
Beneficially Owned by it and the Parent Controlled Affiliates
that is entitled to vote on such matter to vote in favor of the
action.
ARTICLE VII
EFFECTIVENESS
AND TERMINATION
Section 7.1 Termination. This
Agreement will be effective as of the date hereof and will
continue in effect thereafter until the earliest of (a) its
termination by the mutual written agreement of the Company
(subject to Section 9.3(b)) and the Investor,
(b) except as otherwise specifically provided herein with
respect to particular Sections of this Agreement, at such time
as the Investor no longer Beneficially Owns any Securities and
(c) the dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the
Company.
ARTICLE VIII
ACCESS,
INFORMATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY
Section 8.1 Confidentiality.
(a) Subject to Section 8.1(b), each party to this
Agreement will hold, and will cause its respective Controlled
Affiliates and any other Affiliate to whom it releases or
discloses Proprietary Information and their respective
directors, officers, partners, employees, agents, consultants
and advisors to hold in strict confidence, all non-public
records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other
data and information, including without limitation, information
regarding the Companys finances and results, technology,
trade secrets, know-how, customers, vendors, business
and/or
strategic plans, marketing activities, financial data and other
business affairs (collectively, Proprietary
Information) concerning the other party hereto
furnished to it by such other party or its representatives
pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such
information can be shown to have been (i) previously known
by such party on a non-confidential basis, (ii) in the
public domain through no fault of such party or (iii) later
lawfully acquired from other sources not known to or suspected
by such party to be prohibited from disclosing such
G-21
Proprietary Information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary
obligation), and neither party hereto shall release or disclose
such Proprietary Information to any other Person, except its
auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, other consultants and
advisors.
(b) In the event that any party, any Controlled Affiliates
of any party or any of its or their representatives (a
Disclosing Party) is requested pursuant to,
or required by, applicable Law, regulation or legal process to
disclose any Proprietary Information of the other party (a
Disclosed Party), then before
substantively responding to any such request or requirement, to
the extent permitted by Law, such Disclosing Party will provide,
or cause its Controlled Affiliate or its or their representative
to provide, the Disclosed Party with prompt written notice of
any such request or requirement so that it may, at its sole
expense, seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy, or
both, or waive compliance with the provisions of this
Section 8.1(b) or other appropriate remedy, or if it so
directs, the Disclosing Party, will exercise its own reasonable
best efforts, at the Disclosed Partys expense, to assist
it in obtaining a protective order or other appropriate remedy.
If, failing the entry of a protective order or other appropriate
remedy or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, disclosure of any
Proprietary Information is, in the opinion of the Disclosing
Partys counsel, required, the Disclosing Party may,
without liability hereunder, furnish only that portion of the
Proprietary Information which in the opinion of the Disclosing
Partys counsel is required to be so furnished pursuant to
Law, regulation or legal process.
Section 8.2 Access
and Information. The Company hereby agrees
that it shall ensure that upon reasonable notice, the Company
and its Subsidiaries (a) will afford to the Investor and
its representatives (including, without limitation, officers and
employees of the Investor, and counsel, accountants and other
professionals retained by the Investor) such access during
normal business hours to its books, records (including, without
limitation, Tax Returns and appropriate work papers of
independent auditors under normal professional courtesy),
properties, personnel, accountants and other professional
retained by the Company and to such other information as such
Investor may reasonably request; (b) will furnish the
Investor such financial and operating data and other information
with respect to the business and properties of the Company as
the Company prepares and compiles for members of its Board in
the ordinary course and as such Investor may from time to time
reasonably request; and (c) permit such Investor to discuss
the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company, and to
furnish advice with respect thereto, with the principal officers
of the Company within thirty days after the end of each fiscal
quarter of the Company. All requests for access and information
shall be coordinated in writing through senior corporate
officers of the Company.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1 Tax
Matters. (a) Absent a change in Law or a
Determination to the contrary, the parties hereto shall treat
the Series B Preferred Stock as common stock
for purposes of Section 305 of the Code. Absent a change in
Law, a Change in Circumstances or a Determination to the
contrary, the parties hereto will use reasonable best efforts to
treat all PIK Distributions (other than deemed distributions
resulting from the anti-dilution rights under
Section 10(a)(iv) or (v) of the Series B
Certificate) as governed by the general rule of
Section 305(a) of the Code (rather than Section 305(b)
of the Code) and to file all Tax Returns consistent with the
foregoing. The parties anticipate that, absent a change in Law
or a Change in Circumstances, no withholding tax shall be
imposed on any PIK Distributions. In the case of any withholding
tax imposed or reasonably likely to be imposed on a PIK
Distribution with respect to any share of Series B
Preferred Stock held by the Investor or its Affiliates as a
result of a change in Law or a Change in Circumstances, the
Investor and the Company shall endeavor to negotiate in good
faith an arrangement regarding the funding (or elimination or
reduction) of such withholding tax. For the avoidance of doubt,
any consent of the Investor required pursuant to
Section 6.1(b) may be granted or withheld in the sole
discretion of the Investor, and may be conditioned on the
Investor and the Company entering into an arrangement regarding
the funding (or elimination or reduction) of any withholding tax
with respect to any PIK Distributions which the Investor deems
in its sole discretion to be satisfactory.
(b) To the extent permitted by Law, the Company shall treat
the Investor and any of its
non-U.S. Affiliates
as a withholding foreign partnership and shall not withhold on
any cash (or other) distributions made or deemed to be made to
the Investor or to any such Affiliate so long as the Investor or
such Affiliate, as the case may be, has provided the Company
with the required documentation.
G-22
(c) On the Closing Date, and from time to time thereafter
as any previously delivered form or other document expires or
becomes inaccurate or any Affiliate acquires Series B
Preferred Stock or at any other time as the Company may
reasonably request, the Investor shall deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Company one or more duly completed Internal
Revenue Service (IRS)
Forms W-8IMY
or other
W-8, as
applicable (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors
thereto), in the case of the Investor or any Affiliate of the
Investor that is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, together with any applicable related
withholding or other statement or form, and
W-9 (or any
subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto), in the case
of any Affiliate that is a U.S. person for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, in each case confirming,
to the extent permitted by law, that the Company is not required
to deduct or withhold any amount of U.S. federal income tax
in respect of distributions or deemed distributions by the
Company to the Investor (or any Affiliate). CD&R
Fund VIII confirms that it has applied to enter into a
withholding foreign partnership agreement with the IRS, and that
it presently intends for all potential Investors to do likewise.
Section 9.2 Successors
and Assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any
of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be
assigned by any of the parties hereto, in whole or in part
(whether by operation of Law or otherwise), without the prior
written consent of each of the other parties (subject to
Section 9.3(b)); provided that the Company may
assign the rights and obligations under this Agreement to a
successor and the Investor may, pursuant and subject to
Section 4.1(a)(i), assign all or a portion of its rights,
interests and obligations under this Agreement, including,
without limitation, its rights, interests and obligations under
Section 5, without the prior written consent of the
Company, to any Parent Controlled Affiliate, but only if the
assignee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Company (with
a copy thereof to be furnished to the Company) to be bound by
the terms of this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, any
such assignee shall be included in the term
Investor); provided, further, that no
such assignment shall relieve the assigning Investor of its
obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this
Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and
assigns. For purposes of this Agreement, successor
for any entity other than a natural person shall mean a
successor to such entity as a result of such entitys
merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of its assets,
or similar transaction. Any attempted assignment in violation of
this Section 9.2 shall be void.
Section 9.3 Amendments;
Waiver; Company Action. (a) Subject to
Section 9.3(b): (i) this Agreement may not be modified
or amended except pursuant to an instrument in writing signed by
an authorized officer of the Company and the Investor; and
(ii) any party may waive in whole or in part any benefit or
right provided to it under this Agreement, such waiver being
effective only if contained in a writing executed by the waiving
party. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict
performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of
this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent
upon breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach
or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition, nor
shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right
hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right
accruing to it thereafter.
(b) Solely with respect to any action by the Company to
amend, waive, or enforce or comply with any provision of this
Agreement, or to make any determination pursuant to this
Agreement, in which Investor has or may have interests different
from the Company or its stockholders other than the Investor,
such action shall be taken or determination shall be made on
behalf of the Company solely by a majority of the Independent
Non-Investor Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company (though less than a quorum); provided that any
action to amend, waive, or enforce or comply with any provision
of this Agreement, or to make any determination pursuant to this
Agreement, which provision either (i) relates to the
qualifications for, selection, nomination or election of, or to
the powers, rights or privileges of the Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors or (ii) requires the consent or approval of the
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, such action shall be taken
or determination shall be made on behalf of the Company solely
by the Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors. No Investor Director
shall have any right to vote upon, and by a decision of the
remaining directors may be excluded from participating in any
discussion of, any such action or determination referenced in
the preceding sentence. Each Investor Director shall, if
requested by the remaining directors, appear at any properly
called meeting if their presence is required to establish a
quorum.
G-23
Section 9.4 Notices. Except
as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, requests,
claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
when delivered by hand or overnight courier service, or when
received by facsimile transmission if promptly confirmed, as
follows:
If to the Company, to it at:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Fax:
(281) 477-9674
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
Attention: Mark Gordon
51 West 52nd Street
New York, NY 10019
Fax:
(212) 403-2000
If to the Investor, to it at:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.
c/o Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
Attention: Theresa Gore
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York NY 10152
Fax:
(212) 893-5252
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg
Fax:
(212) 909-6836
or to such other address, facsimile number or telephone as
either party may, from time to time, designate in a written
notice given in a like manner.
Section 9.5 Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware
applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the
State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law
rules that would require or permit the application of the Laws
of another jurisdiction.
Section 9.6 Specific
Performance; Jurisdiction.
(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur
for which money damages would not suffice in the event that any
of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached
and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law.
It is accordingly agreed that the non-breaching party shall be
entitled to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other
equitable relief exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery
enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms
and provisions hereof, or in the event (but only in the
event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction
over such action or proceeding, in the United States District
Court for the District of Delaware or another court sitting in
the state of Delaware. The foregoing is in addition to any other
remedy to which any party is entitled at Law, in equity or
otherwise.
G-24
(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any
legal action or proceeding in connection with or with respect to
this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder,
or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of
this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder
brought by the other party hereto or its successors or assigns
shall be brought and determined exclusively in the Delaware
Court of Chancery, or in the event (but only in the event) that
such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such
action or proceeding, in the United States District Court for
the District of Delaware or another court sitting in the state
of Delaware. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself
and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally,
to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees
that it will not bring any action in connection with or relating
to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts.
Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees
not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or
otherwise, in any action or proceeding in connection with or
with respect to this Agreement, (i) any claim that it is
not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named
courts for any reason other than the failure to serve in
accordance with this Section 9.6, (ii) any claim that
it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any
such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts
(whether through service of notice, attachment prior to
judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution
of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) to the fullest extent
permitted by the applicable Law, any claim that (A) the
suit, action or proceeding in such court is brought in an
inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such suit, action or
proceeding is improper or (C) this Agreement, or the
subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.
(c) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the
service of any summons and complaint and any other process in
any other action in connection with or relating to this
Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by the personal
delivery of copies of such process to such party or by sending
or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at
the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices
in Section 9.4. Nothing in this Section 9.6 shall
affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in
any other manner permitted by Law.
Section 9.7 Waiver
of Jury Trial. Each party hereby waives, to
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may
have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or other
proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated hereby. Each party (i) certifies and
acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any
other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such
other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to
enforce the foregoing waiver, and (ii) acknowledges that
it understands and has considered the implications of this
waiver and makes this waiver voluntarily, and that it and the
other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by,
among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in
this Section 9.7.
Section 9.8 Headings. The
descriptive headings of the several sections in this Agreement
are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this
Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 9.9 Entire
Agreement. This Agreement, the other
Transaction Documents and the schedules and exhibits attached to
any such documents constitute the entire agreement and
understanding between the Company and the Investor with respect
to the matters referred to herein and supersede all prior
agreements, understandings or representations, in each case
among the parties, with respect to such matters.
Section 9.10 Severability. If
any term or provision of this Agreement or any application
thereof shall be declared or held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, in whole or in part, whether generally or in any
particular jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed amended
to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to cure such
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, and the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions, both
generally and in every other jurisdiction, shall not in any way
be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 9.11 Counterparts. This
Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original and all of which together
shall constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 9.12 Interpretation. When
a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section,
Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section
of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only
G-25
and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement. Whenever the words include,
includes and including are used in this
Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words
without limitation. For all purposes of this
Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires, (a) the terms defined include
the plural as well as the singular, and (b) the words
herein, hereof and hereunder
and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision. For all purposes of this Agreement, any reference
to Investor shall, if there is more than one
Investor at any time, refer to each Investor individually and
all of them collectively.
Section 9.13 No
Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this
Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any
Person, other than the parties hereto or permitted assignees of
the Investor pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(i) and
Section 9.2, or their respective successors, any rights,
remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this
Agreement.
Section 9.14 Investor
Portfolio Companies. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree that
nothing in Section 3.2, Section 3.3 or in
Section 4.2 shall apply to any portfolio company of Parent
or the Investor with respect to which neither Parent, the
Investor nor any of their respective Affiliates (excluding the
portfolio company and its Controlled Affiliates) exercises
control over the decision of such portfolio company to take any
such action that would otherwise be prohibited or required by
Section 3.2, Section 3.3 or Section 4.2, nor
assisted, encouraged, influenced or facilitated any such
decision or action; provided, (a) that neither
Parent, the Investor nor any of their respective Affiliates
(excluding the portfolio company and its Controlled Affiliates)
shall provide or have provided to such portfolio company or any
of its Controlled Affiliates any non-public information
concerning the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and
(b) such portfolio company is not acting at the request or
direction of or in coordination with any of Parent, the Investor
or any of their respective Controlled Affiliates (excluding the
portfolio company and its Controlled Affiliates).
Section 9.15 Conflicting
Agreements. The Company has not entered into,
and, from and after the date hereof, shall not enter into, any
agreement, arrangement or understanding which (i) violates
or conflicts with any provision of this Agreement or
(ii) impedes or prevents the Companys ability to
fulfill and comply with its obligations, or the Investors
ability to utilize its rights, set forth herein.
[REMAINDER
OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
G-26
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the
date set forth at the head of this Agreement.
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name:
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
CD&R Associates VIII Ltd.,
its general partner
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
[Signature
Page to Stockholders Agreement]
G-27
EXHIBIT A
Certificate
of Incorporation Amendments
1. The first paragraph of Article FOURTH,
Section 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation as of the
date of this Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety
as set forth below:
Section 1. Capitalization. The
Corporation is authorized to issue
[ ] shares of capital stock.
[ ] of the authorized shares shall be common
stock, one cent ($0.01) par value each (Common
Stock), and [ ] of the authorized shares
shall be preferred stock, one dollar ($1.00) par value each
(Preferred Stock).
2. The second paragraph of Article FOURTH,
Section 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation as of the
date of this Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety
as set forth below:
Each holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation
shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one
vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock
of the Corporation held by the stockholder, unless otherwise
specifically provided pursuant to this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of
any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the number of
authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may be
increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares
thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors irrespective of the
provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL. The holders of
the Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any
amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating
to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the
terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if
the holders of such affected series are entitled, either
separately or together with the holders of one or more other
such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate
of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or
pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.
3. Article FIFTH, Section 4 of the Certificate of
Incorporation as of the date of this Agreement shall be amended
to read in its entirety as set forth below:
Section 4. Removal. Any
director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from
office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative
vote of the holder or holders of 80 percent of the
outstanding voting power of the Corporation.
4. Article FIFTH, Section 5 of the Certificate of
Incorporation as of the date of this Agreement shall be amended
to read in its entirety as set forth below:
Section 5. Stockholders
Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of the
Corporation may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, by the
Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a
majority of the entire Board of Directors, or by the Secretary
of the Corporation at the written request of the holder or
holders of 25 percent of the outstanding voting power of
the Corporation.
5. Article FIFTH, Section 6 of the Certificate of
Incorporation as of the date of this Agreement shall be deleted
in its entirety.
6. Article SEVENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation
as of the date of this Agreement shall be deleted in its
entirety.
7. Article TENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation
as of the date of this Agreement shall be deleted in its
entirety.
G-28
8. A new article shall be added to the Certificate of
Incorporation, such article to read in its entirety as set forth
below:2
[INSERT ARTICLE NUMBER].
Section 1. At
any time the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
[ ], 2009, by and among the Corporation and
[ ], as amended from time to time (the
Stockholders Agreement), is in effect, if the number
of Investor Directors (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement)
then serving on the Board of Directors is not equal to the
Investor Director Number (as defined in the Stockholders
Agreement), then (x) each CD&R Director (as defined in
the Stockholders Agreement) then serving on the Board of
Directors shall have, on all matters, that number of votes equal
to (i) the Investor Director Number less the number of
Investor Independent Directors (as defined in the Stockholders
Agreement) and Other Investor Directors (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement) divided by (ii) the number of
CD&R Directors then serving on the Board of Directors and
(y) each director then serving on the Board of Directors
other than a CD&R Director shall have one vote on all
matters; provided, that, if there is no CD&R Director then
serving on the Board of Directors, then (a) each Investor
Director then serving on the Board of Directors shall have, on
all matters, that number of votes equal to (i) the Investor
Director Number divided by (ii) the number of Investor
Directors then serving on the Board of Directors and
(b) each director then serving on the Board of Directors
other than an Investor Director shall have one vote on all
matters.
Section 2. At
any time that any CD&R Director or Investor Director has
more than one vote pursuant to this Article
[ ], all references in this Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation and
any other charter document of the Corporation, as each may be
amended from time to time, to a majority of the
directors, a majority of the directors then in
office, a majority of the remaining directors,
a majority of the entire Board of Directors, a
majority of the total number of directors and similar
phrases shall be interpreted to give effect to the proportional
voting provisions of this Article [ ] on all
matters such that (a) the references to
directors or Board of Directors shall
mean a number of directors equal to the number of directors that
are not Investor Directors then serving on the Board of
Directors, plus the then applicable Investor Director Number and
(ii) the references to majority shall mean a
majority of the aggregate number of votes to which each director
is entitled pursuant to this Article [ ].
2 To
be conformed to provide for instances in which the limitations
and requirements imposed by Law, regulation or the rules of a
stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are quoted
or listed for trading require a change in the composition of the
Board of Directors with respect to the number of directors that
are Independent ; in such instances, the Investor
Directors that are Independent under the applicable
Law, regulation or rule shall be the Investor Directors that
have a number of votes greater than one vote.
G-29
Schedule 6.2(c)
Certain
Actions
1. The Company, through action of the Board and otherwise,
shall approve and use its best efforts to obtain the affirmative
vote or consent of the holders of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock necessary to increase the number of authorized
shares of Common Stock so that the number of authorized,
unissued and otherwise unreserved shares of Common Stock is no
less than 110% of the number of shares of Common Stock required
to permit the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock in
accordance with the applicable terms of conversion as set forth
in the Series B Certificate.
2. The Company, through action of the Board and otherwise,
shall approve and use its best efforts to obtain the affirmative
vote and consent of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
the Company to effect a reclassification (e.g. a reverse stock
split) of the outstanding and issued shares of Common Stock as
may be necessary to cause the Company to have a number of
authorized, unissued and otherwise unreserved shares of Common
Stock equal to no less than 110% of the number of shares of
Common Stock required to permit the conversion of all
then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock into
shares of Common Stock in accordance with the applicable terms
of conversion as set forth in the Series B Certificate.
3. The Company, through action of its Board of Directors
and otherwise, shall approve and use its best efforts to obtain
the affirmative vote or consent of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company to create a new class of capital
stock (e.g. Class A Common Stock), identical in all
material respects to the Common Stock (except that the Company
shall be required to (1) pay a dividend or distribution on
such capital stock whenever and to such an extent that a
dividend or distribution is paid on the Common Stock and
(2) pay a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock
whenever and to such an extent that a dividend or distribution
is paid on such capital stock), into which the then outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock could convert, which new
class of capital stock would also be convertible into shares of
Common Stock on a
one-for-one
basis at the election of the holder of Series B Preferred
Stock (or such new class of capital stock) and which new class
of capital stock, at the option of the Investor, would be
registered with the Commission and publicly listed on the stock
exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed and traded.
G-30
Annex
H
FORM OF
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES B CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PARTICIPATING PREFERRED
STOCK
OF
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Pursuant to Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions of Section 151
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
DGCL), does hereby certify that, pursuant to
the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of NCI
Building Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Corporation), by the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors has by resolution duly
provided for the issuance of and created a series of Preferred
Stock of the Corporation, par value $1.00 per share (the
Preferred Stock), and in order to fix the
designation and amount and the voting powers, preferences and
relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and
the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of
Preferred Stock, has duly adopted resolutions setting forth such
rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof, of a series of Preferred
Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Designations,
Preferences and Rights of Series B Cumulative Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock (the
Certificate).
Each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall rank equally
in all respects and shall be subject to the following provisions:
Section 1. Number
of Shares and
Designation. [ ] shares of
Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of
Preferred Stock designated as Series B Cumulative
Convertible Participating Preferred Stock (the
Series B Preferred Stock). Subject to
and in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11(b), the number of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock may be increased (to the extent of the
Corporations authorized and unissued Preferred Stock) or
decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly
adopted by the Board of Directors and the filing of a
certificate of increase or decrease, as the case may be, with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
Section 2. Rank. The
Series B Preferred Stock shall, with respect to payment of
dividends, redemption payments, rights (including as to the
distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the affairs of the Corporation, or otherwise (i)
rank senior and prior to the Corporations common stock,
par value $0.01 per share (the Common
Stock) and each other class or series of equity
securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or
issued in the future, that by its terms ranks junior to the
Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends,
redemption payments, rights (including as to the distribution of
assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Corporation, or otherwise (all of such equity
securities, including the Common Stock, are collectively
referred to herein as the Junior Securities)
and (ii) rank junior to each class or series of equity
securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or
issued in the future without violation of this Certificate, that
by its terms ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock
as to payment of dividends, redemption payments, rights
(including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, or
otherwise (all of such equity securities are collectively
referred to herein as the Senior Securities).
The respective definitions of Junior Securities and Senior
Securities shall also include any securities, rights or options
exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any of the
Junior Securities or Senior Securities, as the case may be. At
the time of the initial issuance of the Series B Preferred
Stock there shall be no Senior Securities outstanding. For the
avoidance of doubt, at the time of the initial issuance of the
Series B Preferred Stock or at any time in the future
during which shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
outstanding, there shall be no other class or series of equity
securities of the Corporation that ranks on parity with the
Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends,
redemption payments or rights (including as to the distribution
of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Corporation. Each other class or series of equity
securities of the Corporation
H-1
issued at any time during which shares of Series B
Preferred Stock are outstanding shall, subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11,
expressly by its terms rank junior or senior to the
Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends,
redemption payments or rights (including as to the distribution
of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Corporation.
Section 3. Definitions. As
used herein the following terms shall have the meanings set
forth below or in the section cross-referenced below, as
applicable, whether used in the singular or the plural:
Accrued Dividends means, as of any
date, with respect to any share of Series B Preferred
Stock, all dividends that have accrued pursuant to
Section 4(a)(ii) but that have not been paid as of
such date.
Affiliate of any specified Person
means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
control when used with respect to any specified
Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and
the terms controlling and controlled
have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Applicable Current Market Price means
(i) in connection with an issuance or sale of any Common
Stock, Convertible Securities or Options other than Excluded
Stock in an underwritten public offering, the Current Spot
Market Price or (ii) in connection with any other issuance
or sale of any Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Options
other than Excluded Stock, the Current Average Market Price.
Applicable Default Dividend Rate means
(i) except in connection with a Default of the type set
forth in clause (iii) of the definition of
Default occurring after June 30, 2011, 3.00%
per annum and (ii) in connection with a Default of
the type set forth in clause (iii) the definition of
Default occurring after June 30, 2011, 6.00%
per annum.
Applicable Non-Qualified Business
Combination has the meaning set forth in
Section 9(a)(i).
Automatic Conversion Date means the
date of the event set forth in clause (x) or (y), as
applicable, of the first sentence of Section 9(a)(i).
Base Amount means, with respect to any
share of Series B Preferred Stock, as of any date, the sum
of (x) the Liquidation Preference and (y) the Base
Amount Accrued Dividends with respect to such share.
Base Amount Accrued Dividends means,
with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, as
of any date, (i) if a Series B Preferred Dividend
Payment Date has occurred since the issuance of such share, the
Accrued Dividends with respect to such share as of the preceding
Series B Preferred Dividend Payment Date or (ii) if
no Series B Preferred Dividend Payment Date has occurred
since the issuance of such share, zero.
Base Dividend Rate means, for any day,
12.00% per annum, subject to adjustment pursuant to
Section 4(d); provided, however, in
the event that Series B Preferred Dividends are paid in
cash on the Series B Dividend Payment Date on which such
Series B Preferred Dividends would otherwise compound, the
Base Dividend Rate, for any day during the Payment
Period to and including the Series B Preferred Dividend
Payment Date on which such Series B Dividends are paid,
shall be equal to 8.00% per annum, subject to adjustment
pursuant to Section 4(d).
Beneficially Own and
Beneficial Ownership have the meaning
set forth in Section 8(c)(ii).
Board of Directors means the board of
directors of the Corporation or any committee thereof duly
authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors.
Business Combination means (i)
any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange,
tender or exchange offer or other business combination or
similar transaction involving the Corporation with any Person or
(ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition (including by liquidation or dissolution of
the Corporation) by the Corporation of all or substantially all
of its assets to any Person.
Business Day means any day other than
a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions
are not required to be open in the State of New York or Texas.
H-2
By-laws means the By-laws of the
Corporation as amended from time to time.
Capital Stock of any Person means any
and all shares, interests (including partnership interests),
rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other
equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of
such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any
debt securities convertible into such equity.
Certificate has the meaning set forth
in the preamble.
Certificate of Incorporation means the
Corporations Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended from time to time.
Change of Control has the meaning set
forth in Section 8(c)(i).
Change of Control Date has the meaning
set forth in Section 8(a)(i).
Change of Control Notice has the
meaning set forth in Section 8(b)(i).
Change of Control Redemption has the
meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(i).
Change of Control Redemption Date
means, with respect to each share of Series B Preferred
Stock, the date on which the Corporation makes the payment in
full in cash of the Change of Control Redemption Price for
such share to the Holder of such share.
Change of Control
Redemption Price means (i) with respect
to each share of Series B Preferred Stock that a Holder of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock has requested be
redeemed pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) or
Section 8(a)(ii), the applicable Make-Whole Change
of Control Redemption Price for such share of Series B
Preferred Stock and (ii) with respect to each share of
Series B Preferred Stock that a Holder of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock has requested be redeemed pursuant
to Section 8(a)(iii), the applicable Other Change of
Control Redemption Price for such share of Series B
Preferred Stock.
Closing Debt Agreements has the
meaning set forth in Section 8(c)(i)(C).
Closing Price of the Common Stock on
any date of determination means the closing sale price or, if no
closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price of
the shares of the Common Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange on such date. If the Common Stock is not traded on the
New York Stock Exchange on any date of determination, the
Closing Price of the Common Stock on such date of determination
means the closing sale price as reported in the composite
transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional
securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or
quoted, or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last
reported sale price on the principal U.S. national or
regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so
listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or
quoted on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange,
the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the
over-the-counter
market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or similar organization,
or, if that bid price is not available, the market price of the
Common Stock on that date as determined by a nationally
recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the
Corporation and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares
of Series B Preferred Stock for this purpose.
For purposes of this Certificate, all references herein to the
Closing Price and last reported sale
price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange
shall be such closing sale price and last reported sale price as
reflected on the website of the New York Stock Exchange
(http://www.nyse.com)
and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service;
provided that in the event that there is a discrepancy
between the closing sale price or last reported sale price as
reflected on the website of the New York Stock Exchange and as
reported by Bloomberg Professional Service, the closing sale
price and last reported sale price on the website of the New
York Stock Exchange shall govern. If the date of determination
is not a Trading Day, then such determination shall be made as
of the last Trading Day prior to such date.
Common Stock has the meaning set forth
in Section 2.
Common Stock Dividend Payment Date has
the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).
Common Stock Dividend Record Date has
the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(v).
Conversion Date has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(b)(iii).
H-3
Conversion Notice has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(b)(i).
Conversion Price means, as of any
date, the Initial Conversion Price, as adjusted pursuant to
Section 10.
Conversion Right has the meaning set
forth in Section 6(a)(i).
Convertible Securities means
indebtedness or shares of Capital Stock convertible into or
exchangeable for Common Stock.
Corporation has the meaning set forth
in the preamble.
Corporation Milestone
Redemption Right has the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a)(ii).
Current Average Market Price means, on
any date, the average of the daily Closing Price per share of
the Common Stock or other securities on each of the 10
consecutive Trading Days preceding the earlier of the day before
the date in question and the day before the Ex-Date with respect
to the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to
the Conversion Price, if any.
Current Spot Market Price means, on
any date, the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock or
other securities on the Trading Day preceding the earlier of the
date in question and the day before the Ex-Date with respect to
the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the
Conversion Price, if any.
Default means (i) the
Corporations failure to pay any Participating Dividend
contemplated by Section 4(a)(i), (ii)
following the date on which there are no outstanding Convertible
Notes (as defined in the Investment Agreement), the
Corporations failure to pay, in cash or kind, any
Series B Preferred Dividend contemplated by
Section 4(a)(ii) on the applicable Series B
Preferred Dividend Payment Date, (iii) the
Corporations failure at any time after June 30, 2010
to reserve and keep available for issuance the number of shares
of Common Stock required pursuant to
Section 6(a)(iii), (iv) the
Corporations failure to maintain the listing of the Common
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or another
U.S. national securities exchange, (v) the
Corporations violation of Section 4(c) or
Section 4(e), (vi) the Corporations
failure to comply with its obligations to convert Series B
Preferred Stock in compliance with Section 6
(without giving effect to the proviso to the first sentence of
Section 6(a)(i)) or Section 9 or (vii)
the Corporations failure to redeem Series B Preferred
Stock in compliance with Section 7 or
Section 8; except that no Default (A) shall
be deemed to have occurred or (B) shall be deemed to be
continuing, in each case, in connection with a failure of the
type described in clauses (i) (vii) above if
(a) the Board of Directors can take an action which could
reasonably be expected to prevent (in case of clause (A))
or to cure (in the case of clause (B)) such failure (a
Cure Action), (b) the Board of
Directors does not promptly take such Cure Action and (c)
at any time when the Board of Directors could have taken a Cure
Action and it fails to take such Cure Action with respect to
such failure, the aggregate number of votes that the Investor
Directors (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) are
entitled to cast constitute a majority of the total number of
votes that can be cast by all of the members of the Board of
Directors or, if the failure to take such Cure Action was with
the approval of the Board of Directors, the aggregate number of
votes that were cast by the Investor Directors constituted a
majority of the total number of votes that could be cast by the
directors constituting the quorum that granted such approval;
provided, however, if taking a Cure Action with
respect to a failure of the type described in clauses
(i) (vii) above
(x) would result in a Cross Default, (y) would be
adverse to the best interests of the Corporation in the good
faith judgment of a majority of the Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors or (z) if the failure to take such Cure Action
was with the approval of the Board of Directors, a majority of
the number of votes that were cast by the Independent Directors
serving on the Board of Directors at the time of such approval
were not cast in favor of taking the Cure Action, such failure
of the type described in clauses
(i) (vii) above
shall constitute a Default. As used herein, Cross
Default shall mean the performance of such action by
the Corporation will (I) result in a breach of any
provision of applicable Law or the Certificate of Incorporation,
(II) result in, with notice or lapse of time or both, an
event of default under, or result in the termination of, or
would cause or permit the acceleration or other changes of any
right or obligation or the loss of any benefit under any
agreement, arrangement, commitment, plan or other instrument or
obligation to which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries,
is a party or by which the Corporation or any of its
Subsidiaries may be bound, or to which the Corporation or any of
its Subsidiaries or any of the properties, assets, or rights of
the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries may be subject or
(III) result in a breach of any injunction, judgment,
decree or other order of any court or governmental agency to
which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound or
(IV) requires the consent of the stockholders of the
H-4
Corporation or any other Person (other than the Investor
pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Stockholders Agreement) and
(1) there is reasonably sufficient time to obtain such
consent under applicable Law prior to the applicable failure,
the Board of Directors, if required, timely authorized the
Corporation to seek such consent, such consent is not obtained
prior to the applicable failure and, if the consent required is
of the stockholders of the Corporation, at the time the vote is
taken or the written consent of stockholders is solicited with
respect to such Cure Action, the Investor does not Beneficially
Own, directly or indirectly, 45% or more of the voting power of
each group of voting securities of the Corporation (including,
each separate class or series of voting stock of the
Corporation) the affirmative vote or written consent of which is
required, by applicable Law or otherwise, to approve such Cure
Action or the Investor votes all shares of voting securities of
the Corporation Beneficially Owned by it entitled to vote with
respect to such Cure Action to approve such Cure Action; or
(2) there is not reasonably sufficient time to obtain
such consent under applicable Law; provided,
however, there shall be no Cross Default under
clause (II) above in connection with any agreement,
arrangement, commitment, plan or other instrument (excluding any
agreement, arrangement, commitment, plan or other instrument
relating to indebtedness that is material to the Corporation and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole) or under clause (III)
above unless such result (in the case of clause (II) above)
or such breach (in the case of clause (III) above) would
reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the
business, assets, results of operations or financial condition
of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Designated Change of Control
Redemption Date has the meaning set forth in
Section 8(a)(ii).
Designated Milestone
Redemption Date means a business day on or
after the Milestone Date that (i) in the case of a Holder
Milestone Redemption Request pursuant to
Section 7(b)(i) is not less than 30 days nor
more than 90 days following the date of such Holder
Milestone Redemption Request or (ii) in the case of
a notice given to the Holders by the Corporation pursuant to
Section 7(b)(ii) is not less than 30 days nor
more than 90 days following the date of such notice.
DGCL has the meaning set forth in the
preamble.
Dividend Payment Record Date has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(v).
Dividend Rate means, for any day, the
Base Dividend Rate as increased by the Applicable Default
Dividend Rate, if any, applicable on such day pursuant to
Section 4(b).
Dividend Reduction Event has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(d).
Dividend Reduction Price means
$1.2748 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any
stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events).
Exchange Act means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Exchange Property has the meaning set
forth in Section 9(a)(i).
Excluded Stock means (i) shares
of Common Stock issued by the Corporation as a stock dividend
payable in shares of Common Stock, or upon any subdivision or
split-up of
the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, in each case, which is
subject to the provisions of Section 10(a)(i) or
Section 10(a)(ii), or upon conversion of shares of
Capital Stock (but not the issuance of such Capital Stock, which
will be subject to the provisions of
Section 10(a)(iii) and Section 10(b)),
(ii) shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common
Stock issued upon exercise of Options) and Options for Common
Stock issued to directors or employees of the Corporation
pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan or other
agreement approved by the Board of Directors, (iii)
shares of Common Stock issued in connection with acquisitions of
assets or securities of another Person (other than issuances to
Persons that were Affiliates of the Corporation at the time that
the agreement with respect to such issuance was entered into)
and (iv) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of
the Series B Preferred Stock; provided, shares or
Options set forth in clauses (i)-(iii) shall be
Excluded Stock only if such shares or Options are
issued in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders
Agreement.
Ex-Date when used with respect to any
issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the
Common Stock or other securities trade without the right to
receive the issuance or distribution giving rise to an
adjustment to the Conversion Price.
Group shall mean any group
as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act.
H-5
Holder means, at any time, the Person
in whose name shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
registered, which may be treated by the Corporation as the
absolute owner of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock
for the purpose of making payment and settling the related
conversions and for all other purposes.
Holder Milestone Redemption Request
has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b)(i).
Holder Milestone Redemption Right
has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a)(i).
Implied Quarterly Dividend Amount
means, with respect to any share of Series B Preferred
Stock, as of any date, the product of (a) the Base Amount
of such share of Series B Preferred Stock on such date and
(b) one-fourth of the Dividend Rate applicable on such
date.
Independent Directors has the meaning
set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
Independent Majority has the meaning
set forth in Section 10(a)(iii)(B).
Initial Conversion Price means
(i) with respect to each share of Series B Preferred
Stock issued on the Original Issuance Date, $1.2748 per
share of Common Stock and (ii) with respect to each share
of Series B Preferred Stock issued as payment of a
Series B Preferred Dividend in accordance with
Section 4, the Conversion Price in effect
immediately prior to the issuance of such share.
Investment Agreement means the
Investment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, by and
between Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.
a Cayman exempted limited partnership and the Corporation, as
the same may be amended from time to time.
Investor has the meaning set forth in
the Stockholders Agreement.
Investor Portfolio Company has the
meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
Issuance Date means with respect to a
share of Series B Preferred Stock, the date of issuance of
such share of Series B Preferred Stock.
Junior Securities has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.
Law has the meaning set forth in the
Stockholders Agreement.
Liquidation means the voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation.
Liquidation Preference means, with
respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock,
$1,000.00 per share.
Make Whole Change of Control
Redemption Price has the meaning set forth in
Section 8(a)(i).
Milestone Date means the tenth
anniversary of the Original Issuance Date.
Milestone Redemption Date means,
with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, the
date on which the Corporation makes the payment in full in cash
of the Milestone Redemption Price for such share to the
Holder of such share.
Milestone Redemption Price has
the meaning set forth in Section 7(a)(i).
Milestone Redemption Requesting
Holder means each Holder making a Holder Milestone
Redemption Request pursuant to Section 7(b)(i).
Non-Qualified Business Combination
means a Business Combination that is not an Qualified Business
Combination.
Officer means the Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Operating Officer, President, Vice
President-Finance, any Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer or
Controller of the Corporation.
Options means rights, options or
warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common
Stock or Convertible Securities.
Original Issuance Date means the date
of closing pursuant to the Investment Agreement.
Other Capital Stock has the meaning
set forth in Section 6(a)(i).
H-6
Other Change of Control
Redemption Price has the meaning set forth in
Section 8(a)(iii).
Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock
means, as of any date, the then-outstanding voting securities of
the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors.
Participating Dividends has the
meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).
Payment Period means, with respect to
a share of Series B Preferred Stock, the period beginning
on the day after the preceding Series B Preferred Dividend
Payment Date (or the Issuance Date if no Series B Preferred
Dividend Payment Date has occurred since the issuance of such
share) to and including the next Series B Preferred
Dividend Payment Date.
Person means an individual, entity or
group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2)
of the Exchange Act).
Preferred Stock has the meaning set
forth in the preamble.
Principal Market means, with respect
to any day on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or
admitted to trading or quoted on any securities exchange or
quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or
non-U.S.),
the principal such exchange or facility on which the shares of
Common Stock are so listed or admitted or so quoted.
Pro Rata Repurchase means any purchase
of shares of Common Stock by the Corporation or any Affiliate
(other than Investor or any of its Affiliates) thereof pursuant
to any tender offer or exchange offer subject to
Section 13(e) of the Exchange Act, or pursuant to any other
offer available to substantially all holders of Common Stock,
whether for cash, shares of capital stock of the Corporation,
other securities of the Corporation, evidences of indebtedness
of the Corporation or any other Person or any other property
(including, without limitation, shares of capital stock, other
securities or evidences of indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the
Corporation), or any combination thereof, effected while any
shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding;
provided, however, that Pro Rata
Repurchase shall not include any purchase of shares by the
Corporation or any Affiliate thereof made in accordance with the
requirements of
Rule 10b-18
as in effect under the Exchange Act. The Effective
Date of a Pro Rata Repurchase means the date of
acceptance of shares for purchase or exchange under any tender
or exchange offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase or the date of
purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase that is not a
tender or exchange offer.
Qualified Business Combination means a
Business Combination immediately following which (i) the
individuals and entities that Beneficially Owned the Outstanding
Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business
Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than
50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such
Business Combination (including, without limitation, a
corporation that, as a result of such transaction, owns the
Corporation or all or substantially all of the
Corporations assets either directly or through one or more
subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the
voting power of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock, and
(ii) no Person (excluding the Investor and its
Affiliates) either (x) Beneficially Owns, directly or
indirectly, more of the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity than
the Investor and its Affiliates so Beneficially Own, and the
Investor and its Affiliates shall Beneficially Own, directly or
indirectly, more than 17.5% of the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity, or
(y) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more
of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (or equivalent) of such entity.
Redemption Agent means a
redemption agent that meets the criteria set forth in
Section 13(g).
Register means the securities register
maintained in respect of the Series B Preferred Stock by
the Transfer Agent or the Corporation.
Required Number of Shares has the
meaning set forth in Section 8(b)(iii).
Securities Act means the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
H-7
Senior Securities has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.
Series B Preferred Dividends has
the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(ii).
Series B Preferred Dividend Payment
Date means March 15, June 15, September
15 and December 15 of each year (each, a Quarterly
Date), commencing on the first Quarterly Date
immediately following the Original Issuance Date;
provided, that if any such Quarterly Date is not a
Business Day then the Series B Preferred Dividend
Payment Date shall be the next Business Day immediately
following such Quarterly Date.
Series B Preferred Stock has the
meaning set forth in Section 1.
Specified Contract Terms has the
meaning set forth in Section 8(b)(iii).
Stockholders Agreement means the
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the Original Issuance Date,
by and between [ ] and the Corporation, as
the same may be amended from time to time.
Successor Debt Agreement has the
meaning set forth in Section 8(c)(i)(C).
Subsidiary of any Person means those
corporations, associations and other entities of which such
Person owns or controls more than 50% of the outstanding equity
securities either directly or through entities as to each of
which more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities is
owned directly or indirectly by its parent.
Trading Day means a day on which the
Principal Market is open for the transaction of business, or if
the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading
and are not quoted on any securities exchange or quotation
facility, a Business Day.
Transfer Agent means
[ ], or as later changed pursuant to
Section 12(a), acting as the Corporations duly
appointed transfer agent, registrar and conversion and dividend
disbursing agent for the Series B Preferred Stock, and its
successors and assigns.
Transfer Restrictions means the
restrictions on Transfer (as defined in the Stockholders
Agreement) set forth in Section 4.1 of the Stockholders
Agreement.
Treasury Rate means, as of any Change
of Control Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of
such Change of Control Redemption Date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and
published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to the Change of Control
Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar
market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Change of
Control Redemption to the Milestone Date; provided,
however, that if the period from the Change of Control
Redemption to the Milestone Date is less than one year, the
weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be
used.
Unaffiliated Shareholder Director has
the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
VWAP per share of Common Stock on any
date of determination means the volume-weighted average sale
price per share of Common Stock on the Principal Market as
displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page
NCS Equity VWAP (or any appropriate successor page)
in respect of the period from the open of trading until the
close of trading on the Principal Market on such date of
determination (or if such volume-weighted average price is
unavailable or not provided for any reason, or there is no
Principal Market for the Common Stock, the market price per
share of Common Stock on that date determined, using a
volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized
independent investment banking firm retained by the Corporation
and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock for this purpose).
In addition to the above definitions, unless the context
requires otherwise:
(i) any reference to any statute, regulation, rule or form
as of any time shall mean such statute, regulation, rule or form
as amended or modified and shall also include any successor
statute, regulation, rule or form from time to time;
(ii) references to $ or dollars
means the lawful coin or currency the United States of
America; and
H-8
(iii) references to Section are references to
Sections of this Certificate.
Section 4. Dividends.
(a) The Holders of the issued and outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out
of assets legally available for the payment of dividends,
dividends on the terms described below:
(i) Holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to participate equally and ratably with the
holders of shares of Common Stock in all cash dividends paid on
the shares of Common Stock as if immediately prior to each
Common Stock Dividend Record Date (as defined below), all shares
of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding were converted
into shares of Common Stock (assuming that all of the then
issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock
could be converted into shares of Common Stock on the record
date in respect of such dividend). Dividends or distributions
payable pursuant to this Section 4(a)(i) (the
Participating Dividends) shall be payable on
the same date that such dividends or distributions are payable
to holders of shares of Common Stock (a Common Stock
Dividend Payment Date), and no dividends shall be
payable to holders of shares of Common Stock unless the full
dividends contemplated by this Section 4(a)(i) are
paid at the same time to the Holders of the Series B
Preferred Stock. Other than in respect of dividends paid in cash
on the shares of Common Stock as and to the extent provided for
in this paragraph (i), Holders of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in
dividends or distributions of any nature paid on or in respect
of the Common Stock or to holders thereof.
(ii) In addition to any dividends pursuant to
Section 4(a)(i), the Corporation shall pay, if, as
and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds
legally available therefor, on each Series B Preferred
Dividend Payment Date dividends on each outstanding share of
Series B Preferred Stock (the Series B
Preferred Dividends) at a rate per annum equal
to the Dividend Rate as further specified below. Series B
Preferred Dividends on each share of Series B Preferred
Stock shall accrue and accumulate on a daily basis from the
Issuance Date of such share, whether or not declared and whether
or not the Corporation has funds legally available for the
payment of such dividends, shall compound quarterly on each
Series B Preferred Dividend Payment Date and shall be
payable quarterly in arrears, if, as and when so authorized and
declared by the Board of Directors, on each Series B
Preferred Dividend Payment Date, commencing on the first
Series B Preferred Dividend Payment Date following the
Issuance Date of such share. The amount of Series B
Preferred Dividends accruing with respect to any share of
Series B Preferred Stock for any day shall be determined by
dividing (x) the Implied Quarterly Dividend Amount with
respect to such day by (y) the actual number of days in
the Payment Period in which such day falls. The amount of
Series B Preferred Dividends payable with respect to any
share of Series B Preferred Stock for any Payment Period
shall equal the sum of the Series B Preferred Dividends
accrued in accordance with the prior sentence of this
Section 4(a)(ii) with respect to such share during
such Payment Period. Series B Preferred Dividend payments
shall be aggregated per Holder and shall be made to the nearest
cent (with $.005 being rounded upward).
(iii) Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4(a)(iv), the Series B Preferred
Dividends may, at the option of the Corporation, be paid in cash
or by issuing fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Series B Preferred Stock. If the Corporation pays any
Series B Preferred Dividend in shares of Series B
Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock to be paid in respect of such Series B Preferred
Dividend will be equal to the number of shares (including
fractional shares) that have an aggregate Liquidation Preference
equal to the amount of such Series B Preferred Dividend.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 4(a) (including for the avoidance of doubt,
the last sentence of Section 4(a)(v)), the
Corporation shall not pay any Series B Preferred Dividends
accumulating prior to the date following the first date on which
there are no longer any outstanding Convertible Notes (as
defined in the Investment Agreement) by issuing fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Series B Preferred Stock, but must
pay such Series B Preferred Dividends on any applicable
Series B Preferred Dividend Payment Date, if at all, in
cash.
(v) Each Participating Dividend or Series B Preferred
Dividend shall be paid pro rata to the Holders entitled thereto.
Each Participating Dividend or Series B Preferred Dividend
shall be payable to the Holders of Series B Preferred Stock
as they appear on the Register at the close of business on the
record date designated by
H-9
the Board of Directors for such dividends (each such date, a
Dividend Payment Record Date), which
(i) with respect to Participating Dividends, shall be the
same day as the record date for the payment of dividends to the
holders of shares of Common Stock (the Common Stock
Dividend Record Date) and, (ii) with respect to
Series B Preferred Dividends, shall be not more than thirty
(30) days nor less than ten (10) days preceding the
applicable Series B Preferred Dividend Payment Date.
Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Base Amount Accrued Dividends
may be declared and paid in cash or in shares of Series B
Preferred Stock at any time to Holders of record on the Dividend
Payment Record Date therefor.
(b) Upon the occurrence of a Default, the Dividend Rate
shall increase by the Applicable Default Dividend Rate from and
including the date on which the Default shall occur and be
continuing through but excluding the date on which all then
occurring Defaults are no longer continuing. The Dividend Rate
shall not be increased further pursuant to this
Section 4(b) for a subsequent Default occurring
while the Dividend Rate is already increased pursuant to this
Section 4(b); provided, however, in
the event that a Default of the type set forth in
clause (iii) of the definition of Default
occurs, or is continuing to occur, after June 30, 2011 and
the Applicable Default Dividend Rate in effect as of such date
is 3.00% per annum, the Dividend Rate shall increase by
an additional 3.00% per annum and shall remain so
increased until the date on which such Default set forth in
clause (iii) is no longer continuing.
(c) At any time during which a Default shall be occurring,
no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment,
or other distributions declared or made, upon any Junior
Securities, nor shall any Junior Securities be redeemed,
purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (nor shall
any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for
the redemption of any shares of any such Junior Securities) by
the Corporation, directly or indirectly (except, subject to and
in accordance with the provisions of Section 11
hereof and Article VI of the Stockholders Agreement, by
conversion into or exchange for Junior Securities or the payment
of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith).
(d) If, at any time after the
30-month
anniversary of the Original Issuance Date, the VWAP per share of
Common Stock equals or exceeds 200% of the Dividend Reduction
Price for each Trading Day during any period of 20 consecutive
Trading Days (the Dividend Reduction Event),
the Base Dividend Rate shall become 0.00% commencing on the day
immediately following the last Trading Day of such period of 20
consecutive Trading Days and for all days thereafter. Within
30 days of an adjustment to the Dividend Rate pursuant to
this Section 4(d), the Corporation shall send notice
by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders
stating such adjustment and the basis therefor. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Dividend Rate shall be subject to
increase pursuant to Section 4(b) even if the Base
Dividend Rate becomes 0.00% pursuant to this
Section 4(d).
(e) Neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall (i) declare, pay or set aside for payment any
dividends or distributions upon any Junior Securities (except,
(x) subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11 hereof and Article VI of the
Stockholders Agreement, for any such dividends or distributions
payable solely in Junior Securities or (y) for such
ordinary cash dividends (as may be determined and declared by
the Board of Directors from time to time) declared, paid or set
aside for payment after the Dividend Reduction Event on shares
of Common Stock in which the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock participate pursuant to Section 4(a)(i)) or
(ii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Junior
Securities for any consideration or pay any moneys or make
available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of
such Junior Securities (except, subject to and in accordance
with the provisions of Section 11 hereof and
Article VI of the Stockholders Agreement, by conversion
into or exchange for Junior Securities or the payment of cash in
lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith and any
consideration consisting solely of Junior Securities), unless,
in each case, the Corporation has access to sufficient lawful
funds immediately following such action such that the
Corporation would be legally permitted to redeem in full all
shares of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding for
an amount equal to the sum of (A) the aggregate
Liquidation Preference and (B) the aggregate Accrued
Dividends of such shares as of such date.
Section 5. Liquidation
Rights.
(a) In the event of any Liquidation, each Holder shall be
entitled to receive liquidating distributions out of the assets
of the Corporation legally available for distribution to its
stockholders, before any payment or distribution of any assets
of the Corporation shall be made or set apart for holders of any
Junior Securities, including, without limitation, the Common
Stock, for such Holders shares of Series B Preferred
Stock in an amount equal to the
H-10
greater of (i) the sum of (A) the aggregate
Liquidation Preference and (B) the aggregate Accrued
Dividends of such shares as of the date of the Liquidation and
(ii) the amount such Holder would have received had such
Holder, immediately prior to such Liquidation, converted such
shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common
Stock (pursuant to Section 6 without regard to any
of the limitations on convertibility contained therein).
(b) In the event the assets of the Corporation available
for distribution to stockholders upon a Liquidation, shall be
insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to
all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock
pursuant to Section 5(a), such assets, or the
proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the Holders ratably
in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions
to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled upon such
Liquidation.
(c) Neither the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for
cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all
or substantially all of the assets or business of the
Corporation (other than in connection with the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of its business) nor the merger or
consolidation of the Corporation into or with any other Person
shall by itself be deemed to be a Liquidation for purposes of
this Section 5.
Section 6. Conversion.
(a) Conversion Right.
(i) Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 6, each Holder of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right (the
Conversion Right), at any time and from time
to time, at such Holders option, to convert all or any
portion of such Holders shares of Series B Preferred
Stock into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock
or such other shares of capital stock of the Corporation
identical in all material respects to the Common Stock (except
that the Corporation shall be required to (1) pay a
dividend or distribution on such capital stock whenever and to
such an extent that a dividend or distribution is paid on the
Common Stock and (2) pay a dividend or distribution on the
Common Stock whenever and to such an extent that a dividend or
distribution is paid on such capital stock) as shall have been
approved or consented to, in addition to any vote required by
law, by the holders of a majority of the then issued and
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock
(Other Capital Stock, and for purposes of
this Section 6 (and otherwise throughout this
Certificate where such inclusion is appropriate by the context)
Common Stock and Other Capital Stock shall be collectively
referred to as Common Stock);
provided, that the Conversion Right shall be exercisable
only to the extent that there is a sufficient number of
authorized and unissued (or issued and included in treasury) and
otherwise unreserved shares of Common Stock into which such
shares of Series B Preferred Stock sought to be converted
may convert. Upon a Holders election to exercise the
Conversion Right, each share of Series B Preferred Stock
for which the Conversion Right is exercised shall be converted
into such number of shares of Common Stock (calculated as to
each conversion to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share) equal
to the quotient of (A) the sum of (1) the
Liquidation Preference and (2) the Accrued Dividends of
such share as of the Conversion Date, divided by (B) the
Conversion Price of such share in effect at the time of
conversion.
(ii) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued
upon the conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred
Stock. If more than one share of Series B Preferred Stock
shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same
Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the sum of
(A) the aggregate Liquidation Preference and (B)
the aggregate Accrued Dividends as of the Conversion Date, on
all shares of Series B Preferred Stock so surrendered. If
the conversion of any share or shares of Series B Preferred
Stock results in a fractional share of Common Stock issuable
after application of the immediately preceding sentence, as
applicable, the Corporation shall pay a cash amount in lieu of
issuing such fractional share in an amount equal to such
fractional interest multiplied by the Closing Price on the
Trading Day immediately prior to the Conversion Date.
(iii) The Corporation will (to the extent and for so long
as the shares of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible)
at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized
and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting
conversions of the Series B Preferred Stock into shares of
Common Stock, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 110%
of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The
Corporation shall take all action permitted by law, including
calling meetings of stockholders of the Corporation and
soliciting proxies for any necessary vote of the stockholders of
the Corporation,
H-11
to amend the Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number
of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock (or to
otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 6.2 of the
Stockholders Agreement) if at any time there shall be
insufficient authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock to
permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The
Corporation covenants that the Series B Preferred Stock and
all Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of
Series B Preferred Stock shall upon issuance be duly
authorized, fully paid and non-assessable, will not subject the
holders thereof to personal liability and will not be subject to
preemptive rights or subscription rights of any other
stockholder of the Corporation, other than the subscription
rights provided in the Stockholders Agreement. The Corporation
further covenants that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be
listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities
exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system, the
Corporation shall, if permitted by the rules of such national
exchange or automated quotation system, at its sole expense,
cause to be authorized for listing or quotation on such exchange
or automated quotation system, all Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, subject to
official notice of issuance. The Corporation will use its best
efforts to ensure that such Common Stock may be issued without
violation of any applicable law or regulation or any requirement
of such securities exchange or automated quotation system.
(b) Mechanics of Conversion.
(i) The Conversion Right of a Holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be exercised by the Holder by the
surrender to the Corporation of the certificates representing
the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted at
any time during usual business hours at the Corporations
principal place of business or the offices of the Transfer
Agent, accompanied by written notice to the Corporation that the
Holder elects to convert all or a portion of the shares of
Series B Preferred Stock represented by such certificates
(a Conversion Notice) and specifying the name
or names (with address or addresses) in which a certificate or
certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued and (if
so required by the Corporation or the Transfer Agent) by a
written instrument or instruments of transfer in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent duly
executed by the Holder or its legal representative.
(ii) As promptly as practicable after the surrender of the
certificate or certificates for the Series B Preferred
Stock pursuant to Section 6(b)(i), the receipt of
the Conversion Notice, and the payment of required taxes or
duties pursuant to Section 12(i), if applicable, and
in no event later than three Trading Days thereafter, the
Corporation shall issue and shall deliver or cause to be issued
and delivered to such Holder, or to such other Person on such
Holders written order (A) one or more certificates
representing the number of validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable whole shares of Common Stock to which the Holder
of the Series B Preferred Stock being converted, or the
Holders transferee, shall be entitled, (B) if less
than the full number of shares of Preferred Stock evidenced by
the surrendered certificates is being converted, a new
certificate or certificates, of like tenor, for the number of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock evidenced by the
surrendered certificate or certificates, less the number of
shares being converted and (C) cash for any fractional
interest in respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such
conversion settled as provided in Section 6(a)(ii).
(iii) The conversion of any share of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been made at the close
of business on the date of the later to occur of giving the
Conversion Notice and of surrendering the certificate
representing the share of Series B Preferred Stock to be
converted so that the rights of the Holder thereof as to the
share of Series B Preferred Stock being converted shall
cease and the Person entitled to receive shares of Common Stock
shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record
holder of those shares of Common Stock at that time (the
Conversion Date); provided,
however, if on the date of the later to occur of giving
such Conversion Notice and of surrendering the certificate
representing such share of Series B Preferred Stock to be
converted there is a not a sufficient number of authorized and
unissued (or issued and included in treasury) and otherwise
unreserved shares of Common Stock to convert such share of
Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the
Conversion Date of such share of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be the close of business on the date on
which there is a sufficient number of authorized and unissued
(or issued and included in treasury) and otherwise unreserved
shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B
Preferred Stock sought to be converted may convert. Until the
Conversion Date with respect to any share of Series B
Preferred Stock, such share of Series B Preferred Stock
will remain outstanding and will be entitled to all of the
powers, designations, preferences and other rights provided
herein, including, without limitation, that such share
(x) may be redeemed pursuant to Section 7 or
H-12
Section 8 and, if not so redeemed, (y) shall
(i) accrue and accumulate Series B Preferred
Dividends and participate in Participating Dividends pursuant to
Section 4 and (ii) entitle the Holder thereof
to the voting rights provided in Section 11;
provided, however, any such shares that are
redeemed pursuant to Section 7 or
Section 8 shall not be entitled to be converted.
(c) Corporations Obligations to Issue Common
Stock. The Corporations obligations to
issue and deliver shares of Common Stock upon conversion of
Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms
hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any
action or inaction by any Holder to enforce the same, any waiver
or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of
any judgment against any Person or any action to enforce the
same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or
termination, or any breach or alleged breach by any Holder or
any other Person of any obligation to the Corporation or any
violation or alleged violation of law by any Holder or any other
Person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might
otherwise limit such obligation of the Corporation to any Holder
in connection with the issuance of such shares of Common Stock.
Section 7. Milestone
Redemption.
(a) Milestone Redemption.
(i) Each Holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock
shall have the right (the Holder Milestone
Redemption Right) to require, at any time on or
after the Milestone Date, at such Holders option, that the
Corporation redeem all, but not less than all, of such
Holders shares of Series B Preferred Stock, out of
funds legally available therefor, at a purchase price (the
Milestone Redemption Price) for each share of
Series B Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (A) the
Liquidation Preference and (B) the Accrued Dividends of
such share as of the applicable Milestone Redemption Date.
(ii) The Corporation shall have the right (the
Corporation Milestone Redemption Right),
at any time on or after the Milestone Date, at the
Corporations option, to redeem all, but not less than all,
of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series B
Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at the
applicable Milestone Redemption Price for each issued and
outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock.
(b) Mechanics of Milestone Redemption.
(i) The Holder Milestone Redemption Right shall be
exercised by a Holder of Series B Preferred Stock
requesting in writing delivered to the Corporation that the
Corporation redeem its shares of Series B Preferred Stock
(a Holder Milestone Redemption Request).
Each Holder Milestone Redemption Request must specify a
Designated Milestone Redemption Date selected by the
Milestone Redemption Requesting Holder for the redemption of its
shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and the Corporation
shall redeem, or shall cause to be redeemed, such shares of
Series B Preferred Stock then issued and outstanding on
such specified Designated Milestone Redemption Date. As
promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 10 business
days) following receipt of a Holder Milestone
Redemption Request, the Corporation shall deliver, or shall
cause to be delivered, a notice by first class mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to each Milestone Redemption Requesting
Holder as it appears in the Register as of the date of such
notice, stating the following: (A) the expected aggregate
Milestone Redemption Price of such Holders shares of
Series B Preferred Stock as of the Designated Milestone
Redemption Date (it being understood that the actual
Milestone Redemption Price will be determined as of the
actual Milestone Redemption Date), (B) the name of
the Redemption Agent to whom, and the address of the place
where, the Series B Preferred Stock is to be surrendered
for payment of the applicable Milestone Redemption Price
and a description of the procedure that such Holder must follow
to have its shares of Series B Preferred Stock redeemed;
and (C) that Series B Preferred Dividends on any
share to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such shares
actual Milestone Redemption Date.
(ii) The Corporation shall (i) exercise the
Corporation Milestone Redemption Right by delivering, or
causing to be delivered, a notice of redemption by first class
mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of the
Series B Preferred Stock as they appear in the Register as
of the date of such notice, stating the following: (A)
the Designated Milestone Redemption Date selected by the
Corporation for the redemption of all then issued and
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock; (B)
the expected aggregate Milestone Redemption Price of such
Holders shares of Series B Preferred Stock as of such
Designated Milestone Redemption Date (it being understood
that the actual Milestone Redemption Price will be
determined as of the actual Milestone Redemption Date);
(C) the name of the
H-13
Redemption Agent to whom, and the address of the place where,
the Series B Preferred Stock is to be surrendered for
payment of the applicable Milestone Redemption Price and a
description of the procedure that a Holder must follow to have
its shares of Series B Preferred Stock redeemed; and
(D) that Series B Preferred Dividends on any share
to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such shares actual
Milestone Redemption Date and (ii) redeem, or shall
cause to be redeemed, all then issued and outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock on the Designated Milestone
Redemption Date specified in such notice.
(iii) On or prior to each Designated Milestone
Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit with the
applicable Redemption Agent in trust funds consisting of
cash or cash equivalents sufficient to pay the aggregate
Milestone Redemption Price for all shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Designated Milestone
Redemption Date; provided that if such payment is
made on the Designated Milestone Redemption Date it must be
received by the Redemption Agent by
10:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date. The
deposit in trust with the Redemption Agent shall be
irrevocable as of the applicable Designated Milestone
Redemption Date, except that the Corporation shall be
entitled to receive from the Redemption Agent (i)
the Milestone Redemption Price with respect to shares of
Series B Preferred Stock that are no longer to be redeemed,
whether by conversion or otherwise, and (ii) the interest
or other earnings, if any, earned on any such deposit. The
Holders of the shares redeemed shall have no claim to such
interest or other earnings, and any funds so deposited with the
Redemption Agent and unclaimed by the Holders of the
Series B Preferred Stock entitled thereto at the expiration
of one year from the applicable Designated Milestone
Redemption Date, shall be repaid, together with any
interest or other earnings thereon, to the Corporation, and
after any such repayment, the holders of the shares entitled to
the funds so returned to the Corporation shall look only to the
Corporation for such payment, without interest. Notwithstanding
the deposit of such funds with the Redemption Agent, the
Corporation shall remain liable for the payment of the
applicable Milestone Redemption Price to the extent such
Milestone Redemption Price is not paid as provided herein.
If on or prior to the applicable Designated Milestone
Redemption Date, the Corporation shall have deposited in
accordance with this Section 7(b)(iii) money in
immediately available funds, designated for the redemption of
the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on
such Designated Milestone Redemption Date and sufficient to
pay the aggregate Milestone Redemption Price as of such
Designated Milestone Redemption Date for all such shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, such shares of Series B
Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and
all powers, designations, preferences and other rights of the
Holder thereof as a Holder of Series B Preferred Stock
(except the right to receive from the Corporation the Maturity
Redemption Price) shall cease and terminate with respect to
such shares.
(iv) The Redemption Agent on behalf of the Corporation
shall pay the applicable Milestone Redemption Price on the
later to occur of (A) the applicable Designated Milestone
Redemption Date and (B) the date on which surrender
of the certificates representing the shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to be redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned
for transfer, if the Corporation shall so require and if letters
of transmittal and instructions therefor on reasonable terms are
included in the notice sent by the Corporation) occurs;
provided that if such certificates are lost, stolen or
destroyed, the Corporation may require such Holder to indemnify
the Corporation, in a reasonable amount and in a reasonable
manner, and post a customary bond in respect of such indemnity,
prior to paying such Milestone Redemption Price.
(v) If the funds of the Corporation legally available to
redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock on a Designated
Milestone Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the
total number of such shares required to be so redeemed, the
Corporation shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law (1) redeem, pro rata among the Holders of shares
required to be so redeemed on such Designated Milestone
Redemption Date, a number of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock with an aggregate Maturity Redemption Price
equal to the maximum amount legally available for the redemption
of such shares; (2) subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 11 and
Section 13(a), use its best efforts, and take any
and all action necessary, to remove as soon as practicable any
limitations or impediments to the Corporations ability to
redeem the total number of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock required to be so redeemed, including, without limitation,
(x) taking all actions required or permitted under
Delaware law, (y) seeking to liquidate assets and
otherwise seeking to raise sufficient funds legally available
for the redemption of the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock required to be so redeemed and (z) seeking a merger
or other sale of the Corporation that would provide for the
redemption of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock
required to be so redeemed and (3) redeem each and every
share of Series B Preferred Stock not redeemed in
accordance with
H-14
clause (1) of this paragraph at the applicable Milestone
Redemption Price as soon as practicable to the extent it is
able to make such redemption out of assets legally available for
the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock;
provided, however, that the failure to (A)
deposit in accordance with Section 7(b)(iii) money
in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the aggregate
Milestone Redemption Price as of a Designated Milestone
Redemption Date for all shares of Series B Preferred
Stock required to be redeemed on such Designated Milestone
Redemption Date or (B) redeem on a Designated
Milestone Date shares of Series B Preferred Stock upon
surrender of the certificates therefor in accordance with
Section 7(b)(iv), shall constitute a Default. The
inability of the Corporation to make a redemption payment for
any reason shall not relieve the Corporation from its obligation
to effect any required redemption when, as and if permitted by
law. In the event the officers or directors of the Corporation
do not take the actions required in this Section 7
because they reasonably believe, after consultation with outside
legal counsel, that taking such action would violate their
fiduciary duties, then no Holder of Series B Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to, and none shall, make any claim
against any such officers or directors in their individual
capacities as a result of their failure or the
Corporations failure to take such actions;
provided, that nothing herein shall relieve the
Corporation from its obligations owed to the Holders of the
Series B Preferred Stock provided herein and nothing herein
shall preclude any Holder of Series B Preferred Stock from
making claims for monetary damages against the Corporation or
seeking injunctions or other equitable remedies to cause the
Corporation to fulfill its obligations hereunder.
(vi) From and after the Milestone Redemption Date with
respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, such
share of Series B Preferred Stock will no longer be deemed
to be outstanding, and all powers, designations, preferences and
other rights of the Holder thereof as a Holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall cease and terminate with respect to such
share. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, until a share of Series B
Preferred Stock is redeemed by the payment in cash in full of
the applicable Milestone Redemption Price under
Section 7(a)(i) or Section 7(a)(ii) for
such share, such share of Series B Preferred Stock will
remain outstanding and will be entitled to all of the powers,
designations, preferences and other rights provided herein,
including, without limitation, that such share (x) may be
converted pursuant to Section 6 and, if not so
converted, (y) shall (i) accrue and accumulate
Series B Preferred Dividends and participate in
Participating Dividends pursuant to Section 4 and
(ii) entitle the Holder thereof to the voting rights
provided in Section 11; provided, that, any
such shares that are converted pursuant to Section 6
shall not be entitled to receive any redemption payment.
Section 8. Change
of Control Redemption at the Option of the Holder.
(a) Change of Control Redemption.
(i) In connection with a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(B), each Holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the
Holders option) to require, by request in writing to the
Corporation during the period starting 50 days prior to the
consummation of such Change of Control and ending on the date
that is 10 days prior to the consummation of such Change of
Control (such date of consummation, the Change of
Control Date), that the Corporation redeem (or that
the acquiring or surviving Person in such Change of Control, if
not the Corporation, redeem) (a Change of Control
Redemption) all, but not less than all, of such
Holders shares of Series B Preferred Stock, out of
funds legally available therefor, at a purchase price (the
Make Whole Change of Control Redemption
Price) for any share of Series B Preferred Stock
equal to (A) if the applicable Change of Control
Redemption Date is prior to the fourth anniversary of the
Original Issuance Date, the sum of (1) the Liquidation
Preference plus the Accrued Dividends of such share as of the
applicable Change of Control Redemption Date and (2)
an amount equal to the net present value (computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis
points) of the sum of all Series B Preferred Stock
Dividends that would otherwise be payable on such share of
Series B Preferred Stock on and after the applicable Change
of Control Redemption Date to and including the fourth
anniversary of the Original Issuance Date, assuming the
Corporation chose to pay such dividends in cash, or (B)
if the applicable Change of Control Redemption Date is on
or after the fourth anniversary of the Original Issuance Date,
the sum of (1) the Liquidation Preference and (2)
the Accrued Dividends of such share as of the applicable Change
of Control Redemption Date. The Corporation shall effect such
Change of Control Redemptions, or cause such Change of Control
Redemptions to be effected, on the applicable Change of Control
Dates.
H-15
(ii) In connection with a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(A), each Holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the
Holders option) to require, by request in writing to the
Corporation during the period starting on the date on which the
consummation of such Change of Control is publicly disclosed and
ending on the date that is designated by the Corporation (the
Designated Change of Control
Redemption Date) that is not less than 30 nor
more than 45 days after the date of the Change of Control
Notice in connection with such Change of Control, that the
Corporation redeem each such Holders shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available
therefor, at the applicable Make Whole Change of Control
Redemption Price, whereupon the Corporation shall effect
such Change of Control Redemptions, or cause such Change of
Control Redemptions to be effected, on the applicable Designated
Change of Control Redemption Dates.
(iii) In connection with a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(C), each Holder of Series B
Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the
Holders option) to require, by request in writing to the
Corporation during the period starting on the date on which the
consummation of such Change of Control is publicly disclosed and
ending on the applicable Designated Change of Control
Redemption Date that is not less than 30 nor more than
45 days after the date of the Change of Control Notice in
connection with such Change of Control, that the Corporation
redeem each such Holders shares of Series B Preferred
Stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a purchase
price (the Other Change of Control
Redemption Price ) for any share of Series B
Preferred Stock equal to 101% of the sum of (1) the
Liquidation Preference and (2) the Accrued Dividends of
such share as of the applicable Change of Control
Redemption Date. The Corporation shall effect such Change
of Control Redemptions, or cause such Change of Control
Redemptions to be effected, on the applicable Designated Change
of Control Redemption Dates.
(b) Mechanics of Change of Control Redemption.
(i) The Corporation shall deliver, or shall cause to be
delivered, written notice of a Change of Control (a
Change of Control Notice), by first class
mail, postage prepaid, as promptly as practicable (but,
(x) with respect to a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(B), in no event later than
60 days prior to such Change of Control and (y) with
respect to a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(A) or
Section 8(c)(i)(C), in no event later than
5 days following the public disclosure of the consummation
of such Change of Control), addressed to the Holders of the
Series B Preferred Stock as they appear in the Register as
of the date of such Change of Control Notice. Each Change of
Control Notice must state: (A) a reasonably detailed
summary of the circumstances constituting the applicable Change
of Control and the redemption right at the option of the Holders
arising as a result thereof; (B) the applicable Change of
Control Redemption Price; (C) with respect to
(x) a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(B), the applicable Change of Control
Date or (y) a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(A) or
Section 8(c)(i)(C), the applicable Designated Change
of Control Redemption Date; (D) that the Holder must
exercise the redemption right on or prior to the applicable
Change of Control Date or the applicable Designated Change of
Control Redemption Date, as the case may be; (E) the
name of the Redemption Agent to whom, and the address of
the place where, the Series B Preferred Stock are to be
surrendered for payment of the applicable Change of Control
Redemption Price and a description of the procedure that a
Holder must follow to exercise its redemption right and
(F) if such Change of Control is an Applicable
Non-Qualified Business Combination, (1) that the Change
of Control is an Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination,
(2) the effect on a Holders shares of Series B
Preferred Stock in the event such Holder decides not to exercise
its right to require the Corporation to redeem its shares of
Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this
Section 8 and (3) the information set forth
in clauses (C) and (D) of the final sentence of
Section 9(a)(ii).
(ii) On or prior to each Change of Control Date and each
Designated Change of Control Redemption Date, the Corporation
shall, subject to Section 8(b)(iii), deposit with
the Redemption Agent in trust funds consisting of cash or
cash equivalents sufficient to pay the aggregate Change of
Control Redemption Price for all shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Change of Control Date or
such Designated Change of Control Redemption Date, as the
case may be; provided that if such payment is made on the
Change of Control Date or the Designated Change of Control
Redemption Date, as applicable, it must be received by the
Redemption Agent by 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on
such date. The deposit in trust with the Redemption Agent
shall be irrevocable as of the applicable Change of Control Date
or the applicable Designated Change of Control
Redemption Date, as the case may be, except that the
Corporation shall be entitled to receive from the
Redemption Agent (i) the Change of Control
Redemption Price with respect to shares of Series B
Preferred Stock that are no
H-16
longer to be redeemed, whether by conversion or otherwise; and
(ii) the interest or other earnings, if any, earned on
any such deposit. The Holders of the shares redeemed shall have
no claim to such interest or other earnings, and any funds so
deposited with the Redemption Agent and unclaimed by the
Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock entitled thereto at
the expiration of one year from the applicable Change of Control
Date or the applicable Designated Change of Control
Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be repaid,
together with any interest or other earnings thereon, to the
Corporation, and after any such repayment, the holders of the
shares entitled to the funds so returned to the Corporation
shall look only to the Corporation for such payment, without
interest. Notwithstanding the deposit of such funds, the
Corporation shall remain liable for the payment of the
applicable Change of Control Redemption Price to the extent
such Change of Control Redemption Price is not paid as
provided herein.
(iii) If the Corporation (A) shall not have
sufficient funds legally available under the DGCL for the
redemption of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock that
Holders of Series B Preferred Stock have requested be
redeemed under Section 8(a)(i),
Section 8(a)(ii) or Section 8(a)(iii)
(the Required Number of Shares) or (B)
will be in violation of Specified Contract Terms (as defined
below), to the extent still in effect and applicable at such
time, if it redeems the Required Number of Shares, the
Corporation shall: (1) redeem, pro rata among the Holders
of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that have requested
their shares be redeemed, a number of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock with an aggregate Change of Control
Redemption Price equal to the lesser of (y) the
amount legally available for the redemption of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock and (z) the largest amount
that can be used for such redemption not prohibited by Specified
Contract Terms; (2) subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 11 and
Section 13(a), use its best efforts to eliminate any
limitation or other impediment on the Corporations ability
to redeem the Required Number of Shares as soon as practicable
(including, without limitation, seeking to refinance all
indebtedness under the contracts containing the Specified
Contract Terms, seeking to liquidate assets and otherwise
seeking to raise sufficient funds legally available for the
redemption of the Required Number of Shares without violation of
Specified Contract Terms, and seeking a merger or other sale of
the Corporation that would provide for the redemption of the
Required Number of Shares); and (3) redeem each and every
share of Series B Preferred Stock not redeemed because of
the limitations described in clause (A) or clause (B)
of this paragraph at the applicable Change of Control
Redemption Price as soon as practicable to the extent it is
able to make such redemption out of assets legally available for
the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and
without violation of Specified Contract Terms; provided,
however, that the failure to redeem on the applicable
Change of Control Date all shares of Series B Preferred
Stock that Holders have requested be redeemed under
Section 8(a)(i), or the failure to redeem on the
applicable Designated Change of Control Redemption Date all
shares of Series B Preferred Stock that Holders have
requested be redeemed under Section 8(a)(ii) or
Section 8(a)(iii), shall constitute a Default. The
inability of the Corporation to make a redemption payment for
any reason shall not relieve the Corporation from its obligation
to effect any required redemption when, as and if permitted by
law and Specified Contract Terms. As used in this paragraph,
Specified Contract Terms means the covenants
of the Corporation contained in (x) the Amended Credit
Agreement (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and the other
Credit Documents (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement),
(y) the ABL Documentation (as defined in the Investment
Agreement) and (z) the Indenture (as defined in the
Investment Agreement), in each case under clauses (x),
(y) and (z) as the same shall be in effect following
the Closing (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and not
including any subsequent amendment, restatement, refinancing,
replacement or other modification thereof or any successor
contract thereto and only for so long as such covenants shall be
in effect. In the event the officers or directors of the
Corporation do not take the actions required in this
Section 8 because they reasonably believe, after
consultation with outside legal counsel, that taking such action
would violate their fiduciary duties, then no Holder of
Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to, and none
shall, make any claim against any such officers or directors in
their individual capacities as a result of their failure or the
Corporations failure to take such actions;
provided, that nothing herein shall relieve the
Corporation from its obligations owed to the Holders of the
Series B Preferred Stock provided herein and nothing herein
shall preclude any Holder of Series B Preferred Stock from
making claims for monetary damages against the Corporation or
seeking injunctions or other equitable remedies to cause the
Corporation to fulfill its obligations hereunder.
(iv) From and after the Change of Control
Redemption Date with respect to any share of Series B
Preferred Stock, such share of Series B Preferred Stock
will no longer be deemed to be outstanding; and all powers,
designations, preferences and other rights of the Holder thereof
as a Holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease
H-17
and terminate with respect to such share. For the avoidance of
doubt, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary, until a share of Series B Preferred Stock is
redeemed by the payment in cash in full of the applicable Change
of Control Redemption Price under
Section 8(a)(i), Section 8(a)(ii) or
Section 8(a)(iii) for such share, such share of
Series B Preferred Stock will remain outstanding and will
be entitled to all of the powers, designations, preferences and
other rights provided herein, including, without limitation,
that such share (x) may be converted pursuant to
Section 6 and, if not so converted, (y) shall
(i) accrue and accumulate Series B Preferred
Dividends and participate in Participating Dividends pursuant to
Section 4 and (ii) entitle the Holder thereof
to the voting rights provided in Section 11;
provided, that, any such shares that are converted
pursuant to Section 6 shall not be entitled to
receive any redemption payment.
(c) Certain Definitions.
(i) As used herein, Change of Control
means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(A) so long as at the time immediately prior to the
consummation of such acquisition and, if such acquisition (or
any transaction or series of transactions leading to such
acquisition) is approved, or recommended to the stockholders of
the Corporation, by the Board of Directors, at the time such
acquisition is approved or recommended by the Board of
Directors, (x) the Investor does not Beneficially Own,
directly or indirectly, 45% or more of the combined voting power
of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock and (y) the
aggregate number of votes that the Investor Directors are
entitled to cast do not constitute a majority of the total
number of votes that can be cast by all of the members of the
Board of Directors or the aggregate number of votes that are
cast by Investor Directors do not constitute a majority of the
total number of votes that could be cast by the directors
constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation, any Person (other than any Investor or any of
its Affiliates) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or
indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the
Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock;
(B) so long as at the time such Business Combination is
approved, or recommended to the stockholders of the Corporation,
by the Board of Directors (if so approved or recommended) and at
the time immediately prior to the consummation of such Business
Combination (x) the Investor does not Beneficially Own,
directly or indirectly, 45% or more of the combined voting power
of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock and (y) the
aggregate number of votes that the Investor Directors are
entitled to cast do not constitute a majority of the total
number of votes that can be cast by all of the members of the
Board of Directors or the aggregate number of votes that are
cast by Investor Directors do not constitute a majority of the
total number of votes that could be cast by the directors
constituting the quorum granting such approval or
recommendation, the consummation of a Non-Qualified Business
Combination; or
(C) so long as at the time such change of
control is approved, or recommended to the stockholders of
the Corporation, by the Board of Directors (if so approved or
recommended) and at the time immediately prior to the
consummation of such change of control (x)
the Investor does not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly,
45% or more of the combined voting power of the Outstanding
Corporation Voting Stock and (y) the aggregate number of
votes that the Investor Directors are entitled to cast do not
constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can be
cast by all of the members of the Board of Directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by Investor Directors do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that
could be cast by the directors constituting the quorum granting
such approval or recommendation, any event that would not
otherwise constitute a Change of Control pursuant to
Section 8(c)(i)(A) or Section 8(c)(i)(B)
but would constitute a change of control for
purposes of (i) prior to any amendment, restatement,
refinancing, replacement or other modification, or the
termination or expiration thereof, (1) the Amended Credit
Agreement (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and the Other
Credit Documents (as defined in the Investment Agreement) or
(2) the ABL Documentation (as defined in the Investment
Agreement) (the Closing Debt Agreements) or
(ii) any subsequent amendment, restatement, refinancing,
replacement or other modification of any Closing Debt Agreement
or any successor contract to any Closing Debt Agreement (each a
Successor Debt Agreement) assuming that the
events constituting a change of control under any
Successor Debt Agreement are the same as were in effect in the
applicable Closing Debt Agreement as of the date of Closing (as
defined in the Investment Agreement).
H-18
(ii) The terms Beneficially Own and
Beneficial Ownership are used herein as
defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Original Issuance
Date, but without taking into account any contractual
restrictions or limitations on voting or other rights;
provided, that the Investor and its Affiliates shall not
be deemed to Beneficially Own, or have
Beneficial Ownership of, any securities of the
Corporation held or owned by an Investor Portfolio Company.
Section 9. Certain
Business Combinations.
(a) Automatic Conversion Following Certain Business
Combinations.
(i) Without limiting the provisions of (or the
Holders rights under) Section 8, if a
Non-Qualified Business Combination is consummated pursuant to
which the Common Stock will be converted into the right to
receive cash, securities or other property of a Person other
than the Corporation (an Applicable Non-Qualified
Business Combination), then (x) upon the
consummation of an Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination
that is not a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(B), the shares of the Holders of
Series B Preferred Stock shall or (y) upon the
consummation of an Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination
that is a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(B), the shares of Series B
Preferred Stock held by each Holder that has not exercised its
right to a Change of Control Redemption pursuant to
Section 8(a) shall, without the consent of such
Holder, automatically convert into the right to receive the kind
and amount of cash, securities or other property, if any (the
Exchange Property), receivable in such
Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination by a holder of
Common Stock (that was not the counterparty to the Applicable
Non-Qualified Business Combination or an affiliate of such
counterparty) holding that number of shares of Common Stock into
which such Holders shares of Series B Preferred Stock
would have been convertible (pursuant to Section 6
without regard to any of the limitations on convertibility
contained therein) immediately prior to the consummation of such
Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination. In the event that
holders of shares of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect
the form of consideration to be received in an Applicable
Non-Qualified Business Combination, each Holder shall have the
same opportunity to elect the form of consideration that each
Holder is entitled to receive.
(ii) The Corporation (or any successor) shall, as promptly
as practicable, but in no event later than 5 business days
following the consummation of an Applicable Non-Qualified
Business Combination, deliver written notice of the occurrence
of such Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination, by first
class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders as they
appear in the records of the Corporation as of the date of such
notice; provided, however, the Change of Control
Notice delivered pursuant to and in accordance with
Section 8(b)(i) prior to an Applicable Non-Qualified
Business Combination that is a Change of Control described in
Section 8(c)(i)(B) shall satisfy the
Corporations obligation to deliver notice pursuant to this
Section 9(a)(ii). Each notice must state: (A)
a reasonably detailed summary of the circumstances constituting
the Applicable Non-Qualified Business Combination and the
automatic conversion of the Holders shares of
Series B Preferred Stock arising as a result thereof;
(B) the date of consummation of the Applicable
Non-Qualified Business Combination; (C) the kind and
amount of the cash, securities or other property that
constitutes the Exchange Property and of the right, if
applicable, to elect the form of consideration to be received;
and (D) the name of the paying agent or exchange agent,
if any, to whom, and the address of the place where, the
Series B Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment
of the Exchange Property and a description of the procedure that
a Holder must follow to exchange its shares of Series B
Preferred Stock and, if applicable, to elect the form of
consideration to be received.
(b) Mechanics of Automatic Conversion.
(i) Each applicable Holder of Series B Preferred Stock
shall surrender to the Corporation (or any successor) the
certificates representing its shares of Series B Preferred
Stock to the Transfer Agent at the address stated in the notice
provided pursuant to Section 9(a)(ii) or
Section 8(b)(i), as the case may be, accompanied by
written notice of such Holders election of the form of
consideration to be received, if applicable, and specifying the
name or names (with address or addresses) in which a certificate
or certificates for shares of securities that constitute part of
the Exchange Property, if any, are to be issued and (if so
required by the Corporation (or any successor) or the Transfer
Agent) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (or any
successor) or the Transfer Agent duly executed by the Holder or
its legal representative.
H-19
(ii) The Transfer Agent on behalf of the Corporation (or
any successor) shall pay the applicable Exchange Property as
promptly as practicable upon surrender of the certificates
representing the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be
exchanged; provided that if such certificates are lost,
stolen or destroyed, the Corporation (or any successor) may
require the Holder to indemnify the Corporation (or any
successor), in a reasonable amount and in a reasonable manner,
and post a customary bond in respect of such indemnity, prior to
paying such Exchange Property.
(iii) From and after the Automatic Conversion Date,
(A) shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be
exchanged for Exchange Property will no longer be deemed to be
outstanding, and all powers, designations, preferences and other
rights of the Holder thereof as a Holder of Series B
Preferred Stock (except the right to receive from the
Corporation (or any successor) the Exchange Property) shall
cease and terminate with respect to such shares and (B)
the Person entitled to receive shares of securities that
constitute part of the Exchange Property, if any, shall be
treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of
those shares at that time.
Section 10. Adjustments
to Conversion Price.
(a) Adjustments to Conversion
Price. Except as provided in
Section 10(e), the Conversion Price shall be subject
to the following adjustments, so long as, in the case of clauses
(iii) (v) of this Section 10(a), at
the time the relevant event referred to in such clause is
approved, or recommended to the stockholders of the Corporation,
by the Board of Directors either (x) the aggregate number
of votes that the Investor Directors are entitled to cast do not
constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can be
cast by all of the members of the Board of Directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by Investor Directors do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that
could be cast by the directors constituting the quorum granting
such approval or recommendation or (y) if the aggregate
number of votes that the Investor Directors are entitled to cast
do constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can
be cast by all of the members of the Board of Directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by Investor Directors do
constitute a majority of the total number of votes that could be
cast by the directors constituting the quorum granting such
approval or recommendation, (1) so long as at least one
Unaffiliated Shareholder Director was part of the quorum
granting such approval or recommendation, either (A) a
majority of the Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors voting with
respect to such approval or recommendation voted in favor of
such approval or recommendation or (B) each Unaffiliated
Shareholder Director that was a part of the quorum granting such
approval or recommendation abstained from voting with respect
thereto or (2) a majority of the Independent Directors did
not in good faith oppose such approval or recommendation on the
merits (without regard to the impact of such approval or
recommendation, or the withholding thereof, on the Investor):
(i) Stock Dividends and
Distributions. If the Corporation declares a
dividend or makes a distribution on the Common Stock payable in
shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect at
the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or
distribution shall be adjusted to the price determined by
multiplying the Conversion Price at the opening of business on
such Ex-Date by the following fraction:
Where,
OS0
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close
of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the
Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution.
OS1
= the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at
the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding
the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution plus the total
number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or
distribution.
If any dividend or distribution described in this
Section 10(a)(i) is declared but not so paid or
made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of
the date and time the Board of Directors publicly announces its
decision not to make such dividend or distribution, to such
Conversion Price that would be in effect if such dividend or
distribution had not been declared.
(ii) Subdivisions, Splits and Combination of the
Common Stock. If the Corporation subdivides,
splits or combines the shares of Common Stock, then the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the effective
date of
H-20
such share subdivision, split or combination shall be adjusted
to the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in
effect immediately prior to the effective date of such share
subdivision, split or combination by the following fraction:
Where,
OS0
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or
combination.
OS1
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
after the opening of business on the effective date of such
share subdivision, split or combination.
If any subdivision, split or combination described in this
Section 10(a)(ii) is announced but the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are not subdivided, split or combined,
the Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the
date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not
to subdivide, split or combine the outstanding shares of Common
Stock, to such Conversion Price that would be in effect if such
subdivision, split or combination had not been announced.
(iii) Issuance of Common Stock, Convertible
Securities and Options. Subject to
Section 10(b), if the Corporation issues or sells
any Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Options other than
Excluded Stock without consideration or for consideration per
share less than the Applicable Current Market Price, then the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or
sale shall be adjusted to the price determined by multiplying
the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such
issuance or sale by the following fraction:
Where,
OS0
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to the date of such issuance or sale.
ACMP = the Applicable Current Market Price.
X = the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for
the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.
Y = the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.
For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price
pursuant to this Section 10(a)(iii), the following
provisions shall be applicable:
(A) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash,
the amount of the consideration received by the Corporation
shall be deemed to be the gross amount of the cash proceeds
received by the Corporation for such Common Stock without any
deduction of brokerage, transaction, acquisition, advisory, due
diligence, origination or similar fees, including underwriting
discounts fees or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the
Corporation in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.
(B) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock (other than
upon the conversion of Convertible Securities) for a
consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including
securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities
by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than
cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined
by a firm of independent public accountants or an independent
appraiser, in each case, of recognized national standing
selected by the Board of Directors by action of a majority of
the Independent Directors (Independent
Majority) and consented to by the Holder of a majority
of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (if
there is one such Person or Group (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld)), provided that such fair value,
together with any cash or other consideration received in
respect of the Common Stock, shall not for the purposes hereof
in any event exceed
H-21
the aggregate Applicable Current Market Price of the shares of
Common Stock being issued as of the date the Board of Directors
authorizes the issuance of such shares.
(C) In the case of the issuance of (x) Options for
Common Stock (whether or not at the time exercisable) or
(y) Convertible Securities (whether or not at the time so
convertible or exchangeable) or Options for Convertible
Securities (whether or not at the time exercisable):
(1) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock
deliverable upon exercise of Options for Common Stock shall be
deemed to have been issued at the time such Options are issued
and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined
in the manner provided in Section 10(a)(iii)(A) and
Section 10(a)(iii)(B)), if any, received by the
Corporation upon the issuance of such Options plus the minimum
purchase price provided in such Options for the Common Stock
covered thereby;
(2) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock
deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange for Convertible
Securities, or upon the exercise of Options for Convertible
Securities and the subsequent conversion or exchange of the
Convertible Securities issued upon the exercise thereof, shall
be deemed to have been issued at the time such Convertible
Securities were issued or such Options for Convertible
Securities were issued and for a consideration equal to the
consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such
Convertible Securities or Options for Convertible Securities
(excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or
accrued dividends), plus the additional consideration
(determined in the manner provided in
Section 10(a)(iii)(A) and
Section 10(a)(iii)(B)), if any, to be received by
the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such
Convertible Securities, or upon the exercise of such Options for
Convertible Securities and the subsequent conversion or exchange
of the Convertible Securities issued upon the exercise thereof;
(3) on any change in the number of shares of Common Stock
deliverable upon exercise of any such Options or conversion or
exchange of such Convertible Securities or any change in the
consideration to be received by the Corporation upon such
exercise, conversion or exchange, the Conversion Price as then
in effect shall forthwith be readjusted to such Conversion Price
as would have been obtained had an adjustment been made upon the
issuance of such Options not exercised prior to such change, or
of such Convertible Securities not converted or exchanged prior
to such change, upon the basis of such change; and
(4) if the Conversion Price shall have been adjusted upon
the issuance of any such Options or Convertible Securities, no
further adjustment of such Conversion Price shall be made for
the actual issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise,
conversion or exchange thereof.
(D) For the avoidance of doubt, the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the date of any
issuance or sale of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or
Options shall include only the number of shares of Common Stock
actually outstanding as of such time and shall not include any
shares of Common Stock deliverable upon (i) conversion of
or in exchange for Convertible Securities, (ii) exercise
of Options for Common Stock or (iii) exercise of Options
for Convertible Securities and the subsequent conversion or
exchange of the Convertible Securities issued upon the exercise
thereof.
(iv) Other Distributions. If the
Corporation distributes to all holders of shares of Common Stock
evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock, securities,
cash or other assets (excluding (a) any cash dividends to
the extent a corresponding cash dividend is paid on the
Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to
Section 4(a)(i), (b) dividends or
distributions referred to in Section 10(a)(i),
(c) Convertible Securities or Options referred to in
Section 10(a)(iii) or (d) any dividend of
shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar
equity interests, of or relating to a Subsidiary of the
Corporation or other business unit in the case of certain
spin-off transactions as described below), then the Conversion
Price in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such
distribution shall be adjusted to the price determined by
multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
the Ex-Date for such distribution by the following fraction:
H-22
Where,
SP0
= the Current Average Market Price per share of Common Stock on
the date immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution.
FMV = the fair market value of the portion of the distribution
applicable to one share of Common Stock on the Ex-Date for such
distribution, in the case of a non-cash distribution or with
respect to the non-cash portion of a distribution, if any, as
determined by a firm of independent public accountants or an
independent appraiser, in each case, of recognized national
standing selected by the Board of Directors by action of an
Independent Majority and consented to by the Holder of a
majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred
Stock (if there is one such Person or Group (such consent not to
be unreasonably withheld)), provided that such value
shall not for the purposes hereof in any event be equal to or
greater than the Current Average Market Price per share of
Common Stock on such date.
In a spin-off, where the Corporation makes a
distribution to all holders of shares of Common Stock consisting
of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity
interests of, or relating to, a Subsidiary of the Corporation or
other business unit, the Conversion Price will be adjusted on
the
15th Trading
Day after the effective date of the distribution by multiplying
such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such
15th Trading
Day by the following fraction:
Where,
MP0
= the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the
first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth
Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution.
MPs
= the average of the Closing Prices of the capital stock or
equity interests representing the portion of the distribution
applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first ten
Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day
following the effective date of such distribution, or, if not
traded on a national or regional securities exchange or
over-the-counter
market, the fair market value of the capital stock or equity
interests representing the portion of the distribution
applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as
determined by a firm of independent public accountants or an
independent appraiser, in each case, of recognized national
standing selected by the Board of Directors by action of an
Independent Majority and consented to by the Holder of a
majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred
Stock (if there is one such Person or Group (such consent not to
be unreasonably withheld)).
In the event that such distribution described in this
Section 10(a)(iv) is not so paid or made, the
Conversion Price shall be readjusted, effective as of the date
the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to
pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion
Price that would then be in effect if such dividend or
distribution had not been declared.
(v) Certain Repurchases of Common
Stock. If the Corporation effects a Pro Rata
Repurchase of Common Stock which involves the payment by the
Corporation of consideration per share of Common Stock that
exceeds the Current Average Market Price per share of Common
Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Effective Date of
such Pro Rata Repurchase (provided that if part or all of
the consideration is not cash, the fair market value of the
non-cash consideration shall be determined by a firm of
independent public accountants or an independent appraiser, in
each case, of recognized national standing selected by the Board
of Directors by action of an Independent Majority and consented
to by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock (if there is one such Person or
Group (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld))), then the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Effective
Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase shall be adjusted (such
adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening
of business on the day following the Effective Date
H-23
of such Pro Rata Repurchase) by multiplying the Conversion Price
in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of such Pro
Rata Repurchase by the following fraction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OS0
×
SP0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AC +
(SP0
×
OS1)
|
|
|
Where,
SP0
= the Current Average Market Price on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the first public announcement of the
intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase.
OS0
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the
Effective Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase, including, if
applicable, any shares validly tendered and not withdrawn or
exchanged shares.
OS1
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the
Effective Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase, including, if
applicable, any shares validly tendered or exchanged and not
withdrawn, minus the number of shares purchased in such Pro Rata
Repurchase (which shares shall equal the Purchased Shares (as
defined below) if such Pro Rata Repurchase is effected pursuant
to a tender offer or exchange offer).
AC = the aggregate cash and fair market value of the other
consideration payable in such Pro Rata Repurchase, in the case
of non-cash consideration, as determined by a firm of
independent public accountants or an independent appraiser, in
each case, of recognized national standing selected by the Board
of Directors by action of an Independent Majority and consented
to by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock (if there is one such Person or
Group (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)), based, in
the case of a tender offer or exchange offer, on the number of
shares actually accepted for purchase (the Purchased
Shares).
In the event that the Corporation, or one of its Affiliates, is
obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any
such Pro Rata Repurchase, but the Corporation, or such
Affiliate, is permanently prevented by applicable law from
effecting any such purchases, or all such purchases are
rescinded, then the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to be
such Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such Pro
Rata Repurchase had not been made.
(vi) Rights Plans. To the extent
that the Corporation has a rights plan in effect with respect to
the Common Stock on any Conversion Date, upon conversion of any
shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Holders will
receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock, the rights
under the rights plan, unless, prior to such Conversion Date,
the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock, in
which case the Conversion Price will be adjusted at the time of
separation as if the Corporation had issued the rights to all
holders of the Common Stock in an issuance triggering an
adjustment pursuant to Section 10(a)(iii), subject
to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or
redemption of such rights.
(b) Adjustments Upon Certain Issuances of Common
Stock, Convertible Securities and
Options. Except as provided in
Section 10(e), if during the three year period
immediately following the Original Issuance Date the Corporation
issues or sells any Common Stock, Convertible Securities or
Options other than Excluded Stock without consideration or for
consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect
immediately prior to such issuance or sale at a time when such
Conversion Price is greater than the Applicable Current Market
Price, so long as at the time that such issuance or sale is
approved, or recommended to stockholders of the Corporation, by
the Board of Directors either (x) the aggregate number of
votes that the Investor Directors are entitled to cast do not
constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can be
cast by all of the members of the Board of Directors and the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by Investor Directors do
not constitute a majority of the total number of votes that
could be cast by the directors constituting the quorum granting
such approval or recommendation or (y) if the aggregate
number of votes that the Investor Directors are entitled to cast
do constitute a majority of the total number of votes that can
be cast by all of the members of the Board of Directors or the
aggregate number of votes that are cast by Investor Directors do
constitute a majority of the total number of votes that could be
cast by the directors constituting the quorum granting such
approval or recommendation, (1) a majority of the
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors voted in favor of such
approval or recommendation or (2) a majority of the
Independent Directors did not in good faith oppose such approval
or recommendation on the merits (without regard to the impact
H-24
of such approval or recommendation, or the withholding thereof,
on the Investor) and the Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors
shall have received a certificate of a majority of the CD&R
Directors and the Other Investor Directors (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement) certifying that, in the good faith
judgment of such majority of the CD&R Directors and Other
Investor Directors, such issuance or sale is in the best
interests of the Corporation, then in lieu of any adjustment
pursuant to Section 10(a)(iii), the Conversion Price
in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale shall be
adjusted to the price determined by multiplying such Conversion
Price by the following fraction:
Where,
OS0
= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to the date of such issuance or sale.
P0
= the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such
issuance or sale.
X = the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for
the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.
Y = the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.
For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price
pursuant to this Section 10(b), the provisions set
forth in Section 10(a)(iii)(A),
Section 10(a)(iii)(B),
Section 10(a)(iii)(C) and
Section 10(a)(iii)(D) shall apply.
(c) Other Adjustments.
(i) The Corporation may make decreases in the Conversion
Price, in addition to any other decreases required by this
Section 10, if the Board of Directors by action of
an Independent Majority deems it advisable to avoid or diminish
any income tax to holders of the Common Stock resulting from any
dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or issuance
of Options for Common Stock) or from any event treated as such
for income tax purposes or for any other reason.
(ii) If the Corporation takes any action affecting the
Common Stock, other than an action described in
Section 10(a) or Section 10(b), which
upon a determination by the Board of Directors by action of an
Independent Majority, such determination intended to be a
fact for purposes of Section 151(a) of the
DGCL, would materially adversely affect the conversion rights of
the Holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the
Conversion Price shall be adjusted, to the extent permitted by
law, in such manner, if any, and at such time, as the Board of
Directors by action of an Independent Majority determines in
good faith to be equitable in the circumstances.
(d) Successive
Adjustments. Successive adjustments in the
Conversion Price shall be made, without duplication, whenever
any event specified in Section 10(a),
Section 10(b), Section 10(c) or
Section 10(e) shall occur.
(e) Rounding of Calculations; Minimum
Adjustments. All adjustments to the
Conversion Price shall be calculated to the nearest one-tenth
(1/10th)
of a cent. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be
required if such adjustment would be less than $0.01;
provided, that any adjustments which by reason of this
Section 10(e) are not required to be made shall be
carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent
adjustment; provided, further that on any
Conversion Date adjustments to the Conversion Price will be made
with respect to any such adjustment carried forward and which
has not been taken into account before such date.
(f) Statement Regarding Adjustments;
Notices. Whenever the Conversion Price is to
be adjusted in accordance with one or more of
Section 10(a), Section 10(b) or
Section 10(c), the Corporation shall: (i)
compute the Conversion Price in accordance with
Section 10(a), Section 10(b) or
Section 10(c), taking into account the one cent
threshold set forth in Section 10(e); (ii)
(x) in the event that the Corporation shall give notice or
make a public announcement to the holders of Common Stock of any
action of the type described in one or more of
Section 10(a) or Section 10(b) (but only
if the action of the type described in one or more of
Section 10(a) or Section 10(b) would
result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price or a change in
the type of securities or property to be delivered upon
conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock), the
Corporation shall, at the time of such notice or announcement,
and
H-25
in the case of any action which would require the fixing of a
record date, at least ten days prior to such record date, give
notice to each Holder by mail, first class postage prepaid, at
the address appearing in the Corporations records, which
notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to
any such action, the approximate date on which such action is to
take place and the facts with respect to such action as shall be
reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Conversion
Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other
securities or property which shall be deliverable upon
conversion or redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock or
(y) in the event that the Corporation does not give notice
or make a public announcement as set forth in subclause (x)
of this clause (ii), the Corporation shall, as soon as
practicable following the occurrence of an event that requires
an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to one or more of
Section 10(a), Section 10(b) or
Section 10(c), taking into account the one cent
threshold set forth in Section 10(e) (or if the
Corporation is not aware of such occurrence, as soon as
practicable after becoming so aware), provide, or cause to be
provided, a written notice to the Holders of the occurrence of
such event, in the same manner and with the same detail as the
notice set forth in subclause (x) of this clause (ii);
and (iii) whenever the Conversion Price shall be adjusted
pursuant to one or more of Section 10(a),
Section 10(b) or Section 10(c), the
Corporation shall, as soon as practicable following the
determination of the revised Conversion Price, (x) file
at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing
in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, the
Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment
and the method by which the adjustment to the Conversion Price
was determined and (y) cause a copy of such statement to
be sent in the manner set forth in subclause (x) of
clause (ii) to each Holder.
(g) Certain Adjustment Rules. If
an adjustment in the Conversion Price made hereunder would
reduce the Conversion Price to an amount below par value of the
Common Stock, then such adjustment in Conversion Price made
hereunder shall reduce the Conversion Price to the par value of
the Common Stock. As a condition precedent to the taking of any
action which would require an adjustment pursuant to this
Section 10, the Corporation shall use its best
efforts to take any and all actions which may be necessary,
including, without limitation, obtaining regulatory, New York
Stock Exchange (or such exchange or automated quotation system
on which the Common Stock is then listed) or stockholder
approvals or exemptions, in order that the Corporation may
thereafter validly and legally issue as fully paid and
nonassessable all shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock.
Section 11. Voting
Rights.
(a) General. The Holders of shares
of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote with
the holders of the Common Stock on all matters submitted to a
vote of stockholders of the Corporation, except as otherwise
provided herein or as required by applicable law, voting
together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class. For
such purposes, each Holder shall be entitled to a number of
votes in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock
owned of record by it equal to the number of shares of Common
Stock into which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock
could be converted (assuming that all of the then issued and
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock could be
converted into shares of Common Stock on the record date in
respect of such vote) as of the record date for the
determination of stockholders entitled to vote on such matters
or, if no such record date is established, as of the date such
vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is
solicited. The Holders of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders
meeting in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and
the By-laws as if they were holders of record of Common Stock
for such meeting.
(b) Class Voting Rights. So
long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by
applicable law, the Corporation may not take any of the
following actions (including by means of merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) without the prior
affirmative vote or written consent of the Holders representing
at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate
class:
(i) any amendment, alteration, repeal or other modification
of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, this
Certificate or the By-laws that would alter or change the terms
or the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the
Series B Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;
(ii) any authorization, creation, increase in the
authorized amount of, or issuance of any class or series of
Senior Securities or any security convertible into, or
exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Senior
Securities; and
H-26
(iii) any increase or decrease in the authorized number of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock (except for the
cancellation and retirement of shares set forth in
Section 13(b) or as necessary for the payment of
Series B Preferred Dividends in kind in accordance with
Section 4(a)) or the issuance of additional shares
of Series B Preferred Stock (except for shares of
Series B Preferred Stock issuable as payment of a
Series B Preferred Dividend in accordance with
Section 4).
(c) In addition to any other vote required by applicable
law, during any period (x) beginning (A) on a
Designated Milestone Redemption Date if the Corporation
shall have failed to deposit on or prior to such Designated
Milestone Redemption Date money in immediately available
funds sufficient to pay the aggregate Milestone
Redemption Price as of such Designated Milestone
Redemption Date for all shares of Series B Preferred
Stock to be redeemed on such Designated Milestone Redemption
Date or (B) at any time on or after a Designated
Milestone Redemption Date that the Corporation shall have
failed to pay the applicable full Milestone
Redemption Price for any share of Series B Preferred
Stock to be redeemed on such Designated Milestone Redemption
Date and ending at such time when the applicable full Milestone
Redemption Price for all shares of Series B Preferred Stock
to be so redeemed shall have been paid to the Holders in cash
(in each case, as set forth in Section 7 without
giving effect to any qualifications or limitations as to
legal availability included therein and without
regard to Section 7(b)(v)) or (y) beginning
at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the
applicable full Change of Control Redemption Price for any
share of Series B Preferred Stock that a Holder of shares
of Series B Preferred Stock has requested be redeemed and
ending at such time when the full applicable Change of Control
Redemption Price for all shares of Series B Preferred
Stock so requested to be redeemed shall have been paid to the
Holders in cash (in each case, as set forth in
Section 8 without giving effect to any
qualifications or limitations as to legal
availability included therein and without regard to
Section 8(b)(iii)), the Corporation shall not
without the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting
called for such purpose, by Holders representing at least a
majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate
class:
(i) take any of, commit, resolve or agree to take any of,
or authorize or otherwise facilitate any of the actions set
forth in Sections 6.1(a)(i)-(x) of the Stockholders Agreement
(in each case, without giving effect to the qualification or
limitation as to the Investor Voting Interest
contained in Section 6.1(a) of the Stockholders Agreement);
(ii) take any action that would result in an adjustment to
the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 10;
(iii) enter into any agreement or understanding, or commit,
resolve or agree to enter into any agreement or understanding
with respect to a Business Combination;
(iv) hire, terminate or change the compensation of any
executive officer except for ordinary raises consistent with
past practices (provided that, (A) the holders of
the Series B Preferred Stock shall not unreasonably
withhold or delay approval of any such hiring or termination,
(B) if the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall
not approve the hiring of any such executive officer the
Corporation may appoint an existing employee to fill the
position until a replacement approved by the holders of
Series B Preferred Stock is hired and (C) nothing
herein shall prohibit the Corporation from terminating any
executive officer for cause as defined in such
executive officers employment agreement with the
Corporation); or
(v) adopt an annual budget (provided that if such
consent or vote is not obtained, the budget for the Corporation
for the immediately prior year shall be utilized as the
Corporations budget).
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders shall not
have any voting rights if, at or prior to the effective time of
the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be
required, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred
Stock shall have been converted into shares of Common Stock or
converted into Exchange Property.
(e) The consent or votes required in
Section 11(b) and Section 11(c) shall be
in addition to any approval of stockholders of the Corporation
which may be required by law or pursuant to any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.
Section 12. Certificates.
(a) Transfer Agent. The duly
appointed Transfer Agent shall be []. The Corporation may,
in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance
with the agreement between the Corporation and the Transfer
H-27
Agent; provided that the Corporation shall appoint a
successor transfer agent of recognized standing who shall accept
such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal.
Upon any such removal or appointment, the Corporation shall send
notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the
Holders.
(b) Form and Dating. The
Series B Preferred Stock shall be initially issued and
thereafter evidenced only in definitive, certificated form. Each
Preferred Stock certificate shall be dated the date of its
authentication.
(c) Execution and
Authentication. Two Officers shall sign any
Series B Preferred Stock certificate for the Corporation by
manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is
on a Series B Preferred Stock certificate no longer holds
that office at the time the Transfer Agent authenticates the
Series B Preferred Stock certificate, the Series B
Preferred Stock certificate shall be valid nevertheless. A
Series B Preferred Stock certificate shall not be valid
until an authorized signatory of the Transfer Agent manually
signs the certificate of authentication on the Series B
Preferred Stock certificate. The signature shall be conclusive
evidence that such Series B Preferred Stock certificate has
been authenticated under this Certificate. The Transfer Agent
shall authenticate and deliver certificates for shares of
Preferred Stock for original issue upon a written order of the
Corporation signed by two Officers of the Corporation or by an
Officer and an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. Such
order shall specify the number of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to be authenticated and the date on which the
original issue of Series B Preferred Stock is to be
authenticated. The Transfer Agent may appoint an authenticating
agent reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to authenticate
the certificates for Series B Preferred Stock. Unless
limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating
agent may authenticate certificates for Series B Preferred
Stock whenever the Transfer Agent may do so. Each reference in
this Certificate to authentication by the Transfer Agent
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent
has the same rights as the Transfer Agent or agent for service
of notices and demands.
(d) Transfer and Exchange. When
(i) a Series B Preferred Stock certificate is
presented to the Transfer Agent with a request to register the
transfer of such Series B Preferred Stock certificate or
(ii) Series B Preferred Stock certificates are
presented to the Transfer Agent with a request to exchange such
Series B Preferred Stock certificates for a Series B
Preferred Stock certificate representing a number of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock equal to the combined number of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by such
presented certificates, the Transfer Agent shall register the
transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable
requirements for such transaction are met; provided,
however, that the Series B Preferred Stock
certificates surrendered for transfer or exchange:
(i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Corporation and the Transfer Agent, duly executed by the holder
thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and
(ii) are being transferred or exchanged in accordance with
the Transfer Restrictions; and
(iii) if such Series B Preferred Stock certificates
are being delivered to the Transfer Agent by a Holder for
registration in the name of such holder, without transfer, a
certification from such holder to that effect.
(e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers of
Series B Preferred Stock.
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Corporation shall execute and the Transfer Agent shall
authenticate Series B Preferred Stock certificates as
required pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 11(e).
(ii) All Series B Preferred Stock certificates issued
upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Series B
Preferred Stock certificates shall be the valid obligations of
the Corporation, entitled to the same benefits under this
Certificate as the Series B Preferred Stock certificates
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(iii) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer
of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Transfer
Agent and the Corporation may deem and treat the Person in whose
name such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are registered
as the absolute owner of such Series B Preferred Stock and
neither the Transfer Agent nor the Corporation shall be affected
by notice to the contrary. All notices and communications to be
given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders
under the Preferred Stock shall be given or made only to the
Holders.
H-28
(iv) The Transfer Agent shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Certificate or under
applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in
any Series B Preferred Stock other than to require delivery
of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by, the terms of this Certificate, and to examine the
same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the
express requirements hereof.
(f) Replacement Certificates. If
any Series B Preferred Stock certificate shall be
mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation will
issue, in exchange and in substitution for and upon cancellation
of the mutilated certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for
the certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Transfer
Agent shall countersign a replacement Series B Preferred
Stock certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent
amount of Series B Preferred Stock. If required by the
Transfer Agent or the Corporation, such Holder shall furnish
evidence of loss, theft or destruction of such certificate and,
if requested by the Corporation, an indemnity on customary terms
for such situations reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.
(g) Temporary Certificates. Until
definitive Series B Preferred Stock certificates are ready
for delivery, the Corporation may prepare and the Transfer Agent
shall countersign temporary Series B Preferred Stock
certificates. Temporary Series B Preferred Stock
certificates shall be substantially in the form of definitive
Series B Preferred Stock certificates but may have
variations that the Corporation considers appropriate for
temporary Series B Preferred Stock certificates. Without
unreasonable delay, the Corporation shall prepare and the
Transfer Agent shall countersign definitive Series B
Preferred Stock certificates and deliver them in exchange for
temporary Series B Preferred Stock certificates.
(h) Cancellation. In the event the
Corporation shall redeem or otherwise acquire Series B
Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock certificates
representing such redeemed or acquired shares shall thereupon be
delivered to the Transfer Agent for cancellation.
(i) Taxes. The issuance or
delivery of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, shares of
Common Stock or other securities issued on account of
Series B Preferred Stock pursuant hereto, or certificates
representing such shares or securities, shall be made without
charge to the Holder for such shares or certificates or for any
tax in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates
or the securities represented thereby, including, without
limitation, any share transfer, documentary, stamp or similar
tax; provided, however, that the Corporation shall
not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of
any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, shares of Common Stock or other
securities in a name other than that in which the shares of
Series B Preferred Stock with respect to which such shares
or other securities were issued, delivered or registered, or in
respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the
Holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such
issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person
otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has
paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has
established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such
tax has been paid or is not payable.
Section 13. Miscellaneous.
(a) Certain Covenants.
(i) Without limiting the provisions of (or the
Holders rights under) Section 8,
Section 9 and Section 11, the
Corporation shall not merge with or into or consolidate with or
into, or sell, transfer, exchange or lease all or substantially
all of its property to, any other entity, or permit consummation
of any other Business Combination, unless the surviving
successor, transferee or lessee entity, as the case may be (if
not the Corporation), (x) expressly assumes, as part of
the terms of such Business Combination, the due and punctual
performance and observance of each and every covenant and
condition of this Certificate to be performed and observed by
the Corporation and (y) if such Business Combination is a
Qualified Business Combination, expressly agrees, as part of the
terms of such Qualified Business Combination, to exchange, at
the Holders option, shares of Series B Preferred
Stock for shares of the surviving entitys capital stock
having terms, preferences, rights (including, without
limitation, as to dividends, voting, redemption at the option of
the Holder, and rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution
or
winding-up
of the entity), privileges and powers no less favorable
(individually and in the aggregate) than the terms, preferences,
rights (including, without limitation, as to dividends, voting,
redemption at the option of the Holder,
H-29
and rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up
of the entity), privileges and powers under this Certificate, in
each case, such that the rights of the Holders of Series B
Preferred Stock are protected against dilution or other
impairment. Without limiting any of the foregoing, the
Corporation shall cause lawful provision to be made as part of
the terms of each Business Combination such that each Holder
shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall
have the right after such Business Combination to exchange such
shares for, or convert such shares into, the kind and amount of
securities, cash and other property receivable upon the Business
Combination by a holder of Common Stock (that was not a
counterparty to the Business Combination or an affiliate of such
counterparty) holding that number of shares of Common Stock into
which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock would have
been convertible (pursuant to Section 6 without
regard to any limitations on convertibility therein) immediately
prior to such Business Combination, and subject to anti-dilution
adjustment protections substantially equivalent to those set
forth in this Certificate; provided, in the event that
holders of shares of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect
the form of consideration to be received in the Business
Combination, each Holder shall have the same opportunity to
elect the form of consideration that each Holder is entitled to
receive.
(ii) The Corporation shall not, by amendment of the
Certificate of Incorporation or through reorganization,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets, or
otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance
of any of the terms of this Certificate, but will at all times
in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and
in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or
appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holders of
Series B Preferred Stock against dilution or other
impairment.
(iii) In addition to any other vote required by applicable
law, the Corporation shall not, without the consent of the
Holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock
outstanding, enter into any debt agreement or other financing
agreement which by its terms would restrict the payment of
dividends pursuant to this Series B Certificate or the
payment of any amounts due upon the redemption of Series B
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7 or
Section 8.
(b) Status of Shares. Shares of
Series B Preferred Stock which have been converted,
redeemed, repurchased or otherwise cancelled shall be retired
and, following the filing of any certificate required by the
DGCL, have the status of authorized and unissued shares of
Preferred Stock, without designation as to series until such
shares are once more, subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 11, designated as part of a
particular series of Preferred Stock by the Board of Directors.
(c) Notices. All notices referred
to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified
herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given
upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after
the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (or
by first class mail if the same shall be specifically permitted
for such notice under the terms of this Certificate) with
postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Corporation, to
its office at [] or to the Transfer Agent at its office at
[], or to any other agent of the Corporation designated to
receive such notice as permitted by this Certificate of
Designations, or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at
the address of such Holder as listed in the share record books
of the Corporation (which may include the records of the
Transfer Agent) or (iii) to such other address as the
Corporation or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have
designated by notice similarly given.
(d) Severability. If any right,
preference or limitation of the Preferred Stock set forth in
this resolution (as such resolution may be amended from time to
time) is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by
reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other rights,
preferences and limitations set forth in this resolution (as so
amended) which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful
or unenforceable right, preference or limitation shall,
nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right,
preference or limitation herein set forth shall be deemed
dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation
unless so expressed herein.
(e) Subscription Rights. Except as
expressly provided in any agreement between a Holder and the
Corporation, no share of Series B Preferred Stock (nor any
Holder thereof) shall have any subscription right whatsoever as
to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or
options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of
how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be
designated, issued or granted.
(f) Other Rights. Except as expressly
provided in any agreement between a Holder and the Corporation,
the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any
voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional
H-30
or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or as provided
by applicable law.
(g) Redemption Agent. A
Redemption Agent hereunder must be a bank or trust company
in good standing, organized under the laws of the United States
of America or any jurisdiction thereof that has a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such bank or
trust company is a member of a bank holding company system, its
bank holding company shall have a combined capital and surplus
of at least $50,000,000). If such bank or trust company
publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to
law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining
authority, then for the purposes of this
Section 13(g) the combined capital and surplus of
such bank or trust company shall be deemed to be its combined
capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of
condition so published.
(h) Headings. The headings of the
various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference
only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the
provisions hereof.
(i) Effectiveness. This
Certificate shall become effective upon the filing thereof with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
H-31
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate
to be duly executed and acknowledged by its undersigned duly
authorized officer this
day of
,
2009.
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name:
[Signature
Page to the Certificate of Designations]
H-32
Annex
I
FORM OF
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of
[ ], 2009 (as it may be amended from time to
time, this Agreement), is made
[between][among] NCI Building Systems,
Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the Company),
[Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership
(CD&R Fund VIII)],
[CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII,
L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership
(CD&R FF Fund VIII)],
[Holdco, a Delaware limited liability company]
(the Initial Investor[s])
and [any other stockholder of the Company that may become
a party to this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof].
WHEREAS, the Company and the Initial Investor[s]
have entered into the Investment Agreement, dated as of
[ ], 2009 (as it may be amended from time to
time, the Investment Agreement) pursuant to
which the Initial Investor[s] purchased and
acquired from the Company, and the Company issued and sold to
the Initial Investor[s], shares of a newly created
series of preferred stock designated the Series B
Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value
$1.00 per share of the Company (the Series B
Preferred Stock), which is convertible into shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share of the Company (the
Common Stock);
WHEREAS, the Company and the Initial Investor[s]
have entered into the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
the date hereof (as it may be amended from time to time, the
Stockholders Agreement), which sets forth the
terms and conditions of ownership of Series B Preferred
Stock and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof;
WHEREAS, (i) the Investment Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement contemplate the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and (ii) the Company desires to grant to the
Holders certain registration rights with respect to the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred
Stock;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
respective covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Demand Registrations.
(a) Requests for Registration. At
any time and from time to time following the last day of the
Holding Period, the Lead Investor may request in writing that
the Company effect the registration under and in accordance with
the provisions of the Securities Act of all or any part of the
Registrable Securities held by the Investor Holders (each, a
Demand Request). Promptly after its receipt
of any Demand Request, but no later than 10 days after
receipt by the Company of such Demand Request, the Company shall
give written notice of such request to all other Holders, and
shall use its reasonable best efforts to file, as promptly as
reasonably practicable but not later than 30 days after
receipt by the Company of such Demand Request, in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, a Registration Statement
covering all Registrable Securities that have been requested to
be registered (i) in the Demand Request and (ii)
by any other Holders by written notice to the Company given
within 15 days after the date the Company has given such
Holders notice of the Demand Request (or within 10 days if,
at the request of the Lead Investor, the Company states in such
written notice that such registration is a
Short-Form Registration), in accordance with the method or
methods of disposition of the applicable Registrable Securities
elected by the Lead Investor. Any registration requested
pursuant to this Section 1(a) or
Section 1(c) is referred to in this Agreement as a
Demand Registration. The Company shall pay
all expenses (subject to and in accordance with
Section 4) incurred in connection with any
registration pursuant to this Section 1.
(b) Limitations on Demand Registration and Shelf
Underwritten Offering. The Lead Investor
shall be entitled to initiate no more than five Demand
Registrations (other than Short-Form Registrations pursuant
to Section 1(c) provided that they are not
underwritten offerings) and Shelf Underwritten Offerings in the
aggregate, provided, however, that (i) in
respect of four out of the five such Demand Registrations to
which the Holders are entitled under this Agreement, the Company
shall not be obligated to effect such Demand Registration unless
the amount of Registrable Securities requested to be registered
by the Lead Investor is reasonably expected to result in
aggregate gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses) of at least
$50 million and (ii) the Company shall not be
obligated to effect such Demand Registration during the four-
I-1
month period following the effective date of a Registration
Statement pursuant to any other Demand Registration. No request
for registration shall count for the purposes of the limitations
in this Section 1(b) if (A) the Lead Investor
determines in good faith to withdraw (prior to the effective
date of the Registration Statement relating to such request) the
proposed registration due to marketing conditions or regulatory
reasons prior to the execution of an underwriting agreement or
purchase agreement relating to such request, (B) the
Registration Statement relating to a Demand Request is not
declared effective within 180 days of the date such
Registration Statement is filed with the Commission (other than
solely by reason of the Lead Investor having refused to proceed
or a misrepresentation or an omission by the applicable
Holders), (C) prior to the sale of at least 85% of the
Registrable Securities included in the applicable registration
relating to a Demand Request, such registration is adversely
affected by any stop order, injunction or other order or
requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or
court for any reason and the Company fails to have such stop
order, injunction, or other order or requirement removed,
withdrawn or resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lead
Investor within 30 days of the date of such order,
(D) more than 15% of the Registrable Securities requested
by such Lead Investor to be included in such registration are
not so included pursuant to Section 1(f), or
(E) the conditions to closing specified in any
underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into in
connection with the registration relating to such request are
not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach
thereunder by the Lead Investor that proximately and primarily
caused the failure of such conditions). Notwithstanding the
foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, the Company shall pay all expenses (subject to and in
accordance with Section 4) in connection with any
request for registration pursuant to Section 1(a).
(c) Short-Form Registrations.
(i) At all times following the last day of the Holding
Period, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to
qualify for registration on
Form S-3
or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar
short-form registration (a
Short-Form Registration), and, if
requested by the Lead Investor and available to the Company,
such Short-Form Registration shall be a shelf
registration statement providing for the registration of, and
the sale on a continuous or delayed basis of the Registrable
Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or otherwise (a
Shelf Registration Statement). At any time
and from time to time following the last day of the Holding
Period, the Lead Investor shall be entitled to request an
unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations, if available
to the Company, with respect to the Registrable Securities held
by the Investor Holders in addition to the registration rights
provided in Section 1(a), provided, that the
Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration
pursuant to this Section 1(c)(i), (A) within
90 days after the effective date of any Registration
Statement of the Company hereunder and (B) unless the
amount of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by
the Investor Holders is reasonably expected to result in
aggregate gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses) of at least
$50 million. In no event shall the Company be obligated to
effect any shelf registration other than pursuant to a
Short-Form Registration. The Company shall pay all expenses
(subject to and in accordance with Section 4) in
connection with any Short-Form Registration. If any Demand
Registration is proposed to be a Short-Form Registration
and an underwritten offering, if the managing underwriter(s)
shall advise the Company and the Holders that, in its good faith
opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such
proposed offering to file a registration statement on
Form S-1
(or any successor or similar registration statement) or to
include in such registration statement information not required
to be included in a Short-Form Registration, then the
Company shall file a registration statement on
Form S-1
or supplement the Short-Form Registration as reasonably
requested by such managing underwriter(s). A Short
Form Registration that is an underwritten offering shall
count as a Demand Registration pursuant to
Section 1(b) for purposes of calculating how many
Demand Registrations the Lead Investor has initiated.
(ii) Upon filing any Short-Form Registration, the
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such
Short-Form Registration effective with the Commission at
all times and to re-file such Short-Form Registration upon
its expiration, and to cooperate in any shelf take-down, whether
or not underwritten, by amending or supplementing the Prospectus
related to such Short-Form Registration as may be
reasonably requested by the Lead Investor, or as otherwise
required, until such time as all Registrable Securities that
could be sold in such Short-Form Registration have been
sold or are no longer outstanding.
(iii) To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned
issuer (as defined in Rule 405) (a WKSI)
at the time any Demand Request for a
Short-Form Registration is submitted to the Company and
such Demand Request
I-2
requests that the Company file a Shelf Registration Statement,
the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement
(as defined in Rule 405) on
Form S-3
(an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement)
in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, which
covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be
registered. The Company shall pay the registration fee for all
Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to an Automatic
Shelf Registration Statement at the time of filing of the
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement and shall not elect to
pay any portion of the registration fee on a deferred basis. The
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI
(and not to become an ineligible issuer (as defined in
Rule 405)) during the period during which any Automatic
Shelf Registration Statement is effective. If at any time
following the filing of an Automatic Shelf Registration
Statement when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI
status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company
shall use its reasonable best efforts to post-effectively amend
the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to a Shelf
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
or file a new Shelf Registration Statement on
Form S-3
or, if such form is not available,
Form S-1,
have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the
Commission and keep such Registration Statement effective during
the period during which such Short-Form Registration is
required to be kept effective in accordance with
Section 1(c)(ii).
(d) Restrictions on Demand
Registrations. If the filing, initial
effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement,
including a Shelf Registration Statement, with respect to a
Demand Registration, would require the Company to make a public
disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure
in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors (after
consultation with external legal counsel) (i) would be
required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such
Registration Statement would not be materially misleading,
(ii) would not be required to be made at such time but
for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such
Registration Statement or (iii) would reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its
business or on the Companys ability to effect a bona fide
and reasonably imminent material proposed acquisition,
disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or
similar transaction, then the Company may, upon giving prompt
written notice of such action to the Holders participating in
such registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness or,
or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided,
that the Company shall not be permitted to do so (x) more
than once in any
6-month
period or (y) for any single period of time in excess of
60 days, or for periods exceeding, in the aggregate,
90 days during any
12-month
period. In the event that the Company exercises its rights under
the preceding sentence, such Holders agree to suspend, promptly
upon receipt of the notice referred to above, the use of any
Prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any
sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. If the Company so
postpones the filing of a Prospectus or the effectiveness of a
Registration Statement, the Lead Investor shall be entitled to
withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such
registration request shall not count for the purposes of the
limitations set forth in Section 1(b) or
Section 7(a). The Company shall pay all
expenses (subject to and in accordance with
Section 4) incurred in connection with any such
aborted registration or prospectus.
(e) Selection of Underwriters. If
the Lead Investor intends that the Registrable Securities
covered by its Demand Request shall be distributed by means of
an underwritten offering, the Lead Investor shall so advise the
Company as a part of the Demand Request, and the Company shall
include such information in the notice sent by the Company to
the other Holders with respect to such Demand Request. In such
event, the lead underwriter to administer the offering shall be
chosen by the Lead Investor, subject to the prior written
consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the
Company.
(f) Priority on Demand
Registrations. The Company shall not include
in any underwritten registration pursuant to this
Section 1 any securities that are not Registrable
Securities without the prior written consent of the Lead
Investor. If any of the Registrable Securities registered
pursuant to a Demand Registration are to be sold in a firm
commitment underwritten offering, and the managing
underwriter(s) of such underwritten offering advises the Holders
that, in its good faith opinion, the total number or dollar
amount of Registrable Securities (and, if permitted hereunder,
Other Securities requested to be included in such offering)
exceeds the largest number or dollar amount of securities that
can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the
marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on
the per share offering price), the Company shall include in such
offering only such number of
I-3
securities that in the good faith opinion of such underwriter
can be included without adversely affecting the marketability of
the offering, which securities shall be so included in the
following order of priority:
(i) first, Registrable Securities of the Investor
Holders, pro rata (if applicable) on the basis of the
aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by each such
Investor Holder;
(ii) second, Registrable Securities of the other
Holders, pro rata (if applicable) on the basis of the
aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by each such
Holder; and
(iii) third, any Other Securities requested to be
included therein by any other Person (including the securities
to be sold for the account of the Company) allocated among such
Persons in such manner as the Company may determine.
(g) Cancellation of Demand
Registration. The Lead Investor shall have
the right to notify the Company prior to the effectiveness of a
Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration that
such Registration Statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which
event the Company shall promptly abandon or withdraw such
Registration Statement.
2. Piggyback Registrations.
(a) Right to Piggyback. If, at
any time following the last day of the Holding Period, the
Company proposes or is required to file a Registration Statement
under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of
securities of the Company, whether or not for sale for its own
account (including, but not limited to, a Shelf Registration
Statement on
Form S-3
or any successor form, but excluding a Registration Statement
that is (i) solely in connection with a Special
Registration or (ii) pursuant to a Demand Registration in
accordance with Section 1 hereof), the Company shall
give written notice as promptly as practicable, but not later
than 30 days prior to the anticipated date of filing of
such Registration Statement, to all Holders of its intention to
effect such registration and shall include in such registration
all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has
received written notice from Holders for inclusion therein
within 15 days after the date of the Companys notice
(a Piggyback Registration). Any Holder that
has made such a written request may withdraw its Registrable
Securities from such Piggyback Registration by giving written
notice to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, at
any time at least two Business Days prior to the effective date
of the Registration Statement relating to such Piggyback
Registration. The Company may terminate or withdraw any
registration under this Section 2 prior to the
effectiveness of such registration, whether or not any Holder
has elected to include Registrable Securities in such
registration. There is no limitation on the number of Piggyback
Registrations pursuant to this Section 2(a) which
the Company is obligation to effect. No Piggyback Registration
shall count towards registrations required under
Section 1.
(b) Selection of Underwriters. If
the registration referred to in Section 2(a) is
proposed to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise the
Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to
Section 2(a). In such event, the lead underwriter to
administer the offering shall be chosen by the Company, subject
to the prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed, of the Lead Investor.
(c) Piggyback Registration
Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses
(-subject to and in accordance with Section 4) in
connection with any Piggyback Registration, whether or not any
registration or prospectus becomes effective or final or is
terminated or withdrawn by the Company.
(d) Priority on Primary
Registrations. If the securities to be
registered pursuant to this Section 2 are to be sold
in an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company,
the Holders shall be permitted to include all Registrable
Securities requested to be included in such registration in such
offering on the same terms and conditions as any Other
Securities included therein; provided, however, if
such offering involves a firm commitment underwritten offering
and the managing underwriter(s) of such offering advises the
Company and such requesting Holders in writing that, in its good
faith opinion, the total number or dollar amount of Registrable
Securities exceeds the largest number or dollar amount of
securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely
affecting the marketability of the offering (including an
adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company
shall include in such registration or prospectus only such
number of securities that in the good faith opinion of such
underwriters
I-4
can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the
marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on
the per share offering price), which securities shall be
included in the following order of priority:
(i) first, the Other Securities that the Company
proposes to sell;
(ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to
be included by the Holders, pro rata (if applicable) on
the basis of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities
owned by each such Holder; and
(iii) third, any Other Securities requested to be
included therein by any other Person (other than the Company)
allocated among such Persons in such manner as the Company may
determine.
(e) Priority on Secondary
Registrations. If the securities to be
registered pursuant to this Section 2 are to be sold
in an underwritten secondary offering on behalf of holders of
Other Securities, the Holders shall be permitted to include all
Registrable Securities requested to be included in such
registration in such offering on the same terms and conditions
as any Other Securities included therein; provided,
however, that if the managing underwriter(s) of such
offering advises the Company and such requesting Holders in
writing that, in its good faith opinion, the total number or
dollar amount of Registrable Securities exceeds the largest
number or dollar amount of securities that can be sold in such
offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the
offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering
price), the Company shall include in such registration only such
number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such
underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the
marketability of the offering, which securities shall be so
included in the following order of priority:
(i) first, the Other Securities requested to be
included therein by the holders exercising their contractual
rights to demand such registration and the Registrable
Securities requested to be included by the Holders, pro rata
(if applicable) on the basis of the aggregate number of
securities so requested to be included therein owned by each
such holder; and
(ii) second, any Other Securities requested to be
included therein by the Company or any other Person not
exercising a contractual right to demand registration, allocated
among such Persons in such manner as the Company may determine.
3. Registration
Procedures. Subject to
Section 1(d), whenever the Holders of Registrable
Securities have requested that any Registrable Shares be
registered pursuant to Section 1 or
Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall use
its reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable as
provided herein, the registration and sale of such Registrable
Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of
disposition thereof. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, and pursuant thereto, the Company shall cooperate in
the sale of such Registrable Securities and shall, as
expeditiously as possible:
(a) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration
Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities as
provided herein, make all required filings with FINRA and, if
such Registration Statement is not automatically effective upon
filing, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such
Registration Statement to be declared effective as promptly as
practicable after the filing thereof, provided, that
before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any
amendments or supplements thereto (including free writing
prospectuses under Rule 433 (each a Free Writing
Prospectus)) and, to the extent reasonably
practicable, documents that would be incorporated by reference
or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, the Company
shall furnish to Holders Counsel and the managing
underwriter(s), if any, copies of all such documents proposed to
be filed (including exhibits thereto), which documents will be
subject to the reasonable review and comment of such counsel at
the Companys expense. The Company shall not file any
Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto (including Free Writing Prospectuses) with
respect to any registration pursuant to Section 1 or
Section 2 of this Agreement to which the
Holders Counsel or the managing underwriter(s), if any,
shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless
in the opinion of the Company, such filing is necessary to
comply with applicable law;
(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments
and supplements to such Registration Statement and the
Prospectus used in connection therewith and such Free Writing
Prospectuses and Exchange Act reports as may be necessary to
keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of
(i) with respect to a Registration Statement other than a
Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to a Short-Form
Registration, (A)
I-5
not less than four months, (B) if such Registration
Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer
period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a
Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with
sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer, or
(C) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the
securities covered by such Registration Statement have been
disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of
distribution by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such
Registration Statement (but in any event not before the
expiration of any longer period required under the Securities
Act) or (ii) in the case of Shelf Registration Statements
pursuant to a Short-Form Registration, the period set forth
in Section 1(c)(ii), and to comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition
of all securities covered by such Registration Statement until
such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in
accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the
seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration
Statement;
(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, and
the managing underwriter(s), if any, such number of conformed
copies, without charge, of such Registration Statement, each
amendment and supplement thereto, including each preliminary and
final Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, all exhibits and
other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such
Persons may reasonably request including in order to facilitate
the disposition of the Registrable Securities in accordance with
the intended method or methods of disposition thereof; and the
Company, subject to the penultimate paragraph of this Section
3, hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus or and each
amendment or supplement thereto by each of the sellers of
Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter(s), if any,
in connection with the offering and sale of the Registered
Securities covered by such Prospectus and any such amendment or
supplement thereto;
(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify
such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue
sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests
and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary
or reasonably advisable to enable such seller to consummate the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities
owned by such seller in accordance with the intended method or
methods of disposition thereof (provided that the Company
shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do
business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be
required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject
itself to taxation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so
subject or (ii) take any action which would subject it to
general service of process in any jurisdiction wherein it is not
so subject);
(e) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all
Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to
be registered with or approved by such other governmental
agencies, authorities and self-regulatory bodies as may be
necessary or reasonably advisable in light of the business and
operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers
thereof or the managing underwriter(s), if any, to consummate
the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance
with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof;
(f) promptly notify each seller of such Registrable
Securities and the managing underwriter(s), if any, at any time
when a Prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered
under the Securities Act of the occurrence of any event or
existence of any fact as a result of which the Prospectus
(including any information incorporated by reference therein)
included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect,
contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any
fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, as
promptly as practicable upon discovery, prepare and furnish to
such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or
amendment to such Prospectus, or file any other required
document, as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered
to any prospective purchasers of such Registrable Securities,
such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances
under which they were made;
(g) notify each seller of any Registrable Securities
covered by such Registration Statement, Holders Counsel
and the managing underwriter(s) of any underwritten offering, if
any, (i) when the Registration Statement, any
pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed and,
with respect to such Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective,
(ii) of any
I-6
request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such
Registration Statement or to such Prospectus or for additional
information, (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of
any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration
Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose
and (iv) of the suspension of the qualification of such
securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the
institution of any proceedings for any such purposes;
(h) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such
Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange
on which similar securities issued by the Company are then
listed or, if no similar securities issued by the Company are
then listed on any securities exchange, use its reasonable best
efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on
the NYSE or NASDAQ, as determined by the Company;
(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and
registrar for all such Registrable Securities from and after the
effective date of such Registration Statement and, cooperate
with the sellers of any Registrable Securities and the managing
underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and
delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing
Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written
representations from each such seller of Registrable Securities
that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates
so delivered by such seller will be transferred in accordance
with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable
Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such
names as the managing underwriter(s), if any, or the sellers may
request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of
Registrable Securities;
(j) enter into such agreements (including underwriting
agreements with customary provisions) and take all such other
actions as the Lead Investor (if such registration is a Demand
Registration) or the managing underwriter(s), if any, reasonably
request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of
such Registrable Securities;
(k) make available for inspection by any seller of
Registrable Securities and Holders Counsel, any managing
underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such
Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other
agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial
and other records, pertinent corporate documents and documents
relating to the business of the Company, and cause the
Companys officers, directors, employees and independent
accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by
any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in
connection with such Registration Statement; provided
that each Holder shall, and shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause each such underwriter, accountant or
other agent to (i) enter into a confidentiality agreement
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and
(ii) minimize the disruption to the Companys
business in connection with the foregoing;
(l) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply
with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and
make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably
practicable after the effective date of the Registration
Statement, an earnings statement covering the period of at least
12 months beginning with the first day of the
Companys first full calendar quarter after the effective
date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement
shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the
Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
(m) in the event of the issuance of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of
any order suspending or preventing the use of any related
Prospectus or ceasing trading of any securities included in such
Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use every
reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the
earliest possible moment;
(n) cause its senior management to use reasonable best
efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Securities
covered by the Registration Statement (including, without
limitation, participation in road shows) taking into
account the Companys business needs;
(o) obtain one or more comfort letters, addressed to the
sellers of Registrable Securities, dated the effective date of
such Registration Statement and, if requested by the Lead
Investor, dated the date of sale by any Investor Holder (and, if
such registration includes an underwritten public offering,
including any Shelf Underwritten Offering, addressed to each of
the managing underwriter(s) and dated the date of the closing
I-7
under the underwriting agreement for such offering), signed by
the independent public accountants who have issued an audit
report on the Companys financial statements included in
such Registration Statement in customary form and covering such
matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as
the Lead Investor reasonably requests;
(p) provide legal opinions of the Companys outside
counsel (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and
substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing
underwriter(s), if any, and Holders Counsel), addressed to
the Holders of the Registrable Securities being sold, dated the
effective date of such Registration Statement, each amendment
and supplement thereto, and, if requested by the Lead Investor,
dated the date of sale by any Investor Holder (and, if such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, including
any Shelf Underwritten Offering, addressed to each of the
managing underwriter(s) and dated the date of the closing under
the underwriting agreement), with respect to the Registration
Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (including the
preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents relating
thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type
customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature and such
other matters as may be reasonably requested by Holders
Counsel (and, if applicable, by the managing underwriter(s));
(q) use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be
taken all other actions, and do and cause to be done all other
things, necessary or reasonably advisable in the opinion of
Holders Counsel to effect the registration of such
Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.
The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any
Registration Statement with respect to any Registrable
Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus
or any Free Writing Prospectus used in connection therewith,
that refers to any Holder covered thereby by name, or otherwise
identifies such Holder as the holder of any securities of the
Company, without the consent of such Holder, such consent not to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless and to the extent
such disclosure is required by law, in which case the Company
shall provide written notice to such Holders no less than five
(5) Business Days prior to the filing of such amendment to
any Registration Statement or amendment of or supplement to the
Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus.
If the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement for the
benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the
Holders, the Company agrees that it shall use its reasonable
best efforts to include in such registration statement such
disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the
Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security
holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering
of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the
Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a
later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather
than a post-effective amendment.
Subject to the limitations on the Companys ability to
delay the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement as
provided in Section 1(d), each Holder agrees that,
upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of
any event of the kind described in Section 3(f),
such Holder shall promptly discontinue its disposition of
Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement
(other than offers or sales pursuant to a plan that is in effect
and that complies with
Rule 10b5-1
under the Exchange Act) until such Holders receipt of the
copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by
Section 3(f). If so directed by the Company, each
such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Companys
expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in such
Holders possession of the Prospectus covering such
Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. In
the event that the Company shall give any such notice, the
period mentioned in Section 3(b), as applicable,
shall be extended by the number of days during the period from
and including the date of the giving of such notice to and
including the date when such Holder shall have received the
copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by
Section 3(f).
The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities as
to which any registration is being effected to furnish the
Company with such information regarding such Holder and
pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the
registration and the distribution of such securities as the
Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.
I-8
4. Registration Expenses.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all
expenses incidental to the Companys performance of or
compliance with this Agreement (the Registration
Expenses), including, without limitation, (i) all
registration and filing fees (including, without limitation,
fees and expenses (A) with respect to filings required to
be made with the Commission, all applicable securities exchanges
and/or FINRA
and (B) of compliance with securities or blue sky laws
including any fees and disbursements of counsel for the
underwriter(s) in connection with blue sky qualifications of the
Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(d)),
(ii) word processing, duplicating and printing expenses
(including, without limitation, expenses of printing
certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for
deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing
Prospectuses if the printing of Prospectuses is requested by the
managing underwriter(s), if any, or by the Holders of a majority
of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration
Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery
expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company, (v) fees and disbursements of all independent
certified public accountants (including, without limitation, the
fees and disbursements in connection with any cold
comfort letters required by this Agreement), underwriters
and other Persons, including special experts, retained by the
Company, shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall, in
any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without
limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and
employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses
of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expenses of any
liability insurance, the expenses and fees for listing the
securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which
similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and
ratings agency fees. All Selling Expenses shall be borne by the
holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the
basis of the amount of proceeds from the sale of their shares so
registered. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not
bear any Selling Expenses in connection with its obligations
under this Agreement.
(b) The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for
expenses of any Demand Registration begun pursuant to
Section 1 or Shelf Underwritten Offering begun pursuant to
Section 7, the request of which has been subsequently
withdrawn by the Lead Investor unless (i) the withdrawal
is based upon (A) any fact, circumstance, event, change,
effect or occurrence that individually or in the aggregate with
all other facts or circumstances, events, changes, effects or
occurrences has a material adverse effect on the Company or
(B) material adverse information concerning the Company
that the Company had not publicly disclosed at least forty-eight
(48) hours prior to such registration request or that the
Company had not otherwise notified, in writing, the Lead
Investor of at the time of such request, (ii) the Lead
Investor has not withdrawn two Demand Registrations of a type
not covered by clauses (i)(A) or (i)(B) of this
Section 4(b) or (iii) after the Lead
Investors withdrawal of two Demand Registrations where
such withdrawal is not covered by clauses (i)(A) or (i)(B) of
this Section 4(b), the Lead Investor agrees to
forfeit its right to one Demand Registration or Shelf
Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 1 or
Section 7, as applicable, with respect to the limit
set forth in Section 1(b).
(c) If the Lead Investor
and/or the
Holders are required to pay Registration Expenses, such expenses
shall be borne by the holders of the securities that would have
been registered had the applicable registration request not been
withdrawn, pro rata on the basis of the number of such
shares held by them. If the Company is required to pay the
Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to
clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 4(b), then the
Lead Investor shall not forfeit its rights pursuant to
Section 1 or Section 7, as applicable.
(d) In connection with each Demand Registration and each
Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders
of Registrable Securities covered by each such registration for
(i) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one United
States counsel (Holders Counsel)
selected by the Lead Investor if any Investor Holder is
participating in such registration, and, if no Investor Holder
is participating, one counsel for the Holders, selected by
Holders of the majority of the Registrable Securities
participating in such registration and (ii) the reasonable
fees and disbursements, if any, of one counsel for each Holder
of Registrable Securities covered by such registration, incurred
solely in connection with delivering any opinion required under
the applicable underwriting agreement.
5. Indemnification.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, and
hereby does indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, each Holder, each Affiliate thereof, any
Person who is or might be deemed to be a controlling Person of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act
I-9
or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, their respective direct
and indirect general and limited partners, advisory board
members, directors, officers, trustees, managers, members,
Affiliates and shareholders, and each other Person, if any, who
controls any such Holder or any such controlling person within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such person being
referred to herein as a Covered Person)
against, and pay and reimburse such Covered Persons for any
losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, to which
such Covered Person may become subject under the Securities Act
or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or
threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon
(i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material
fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration
Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any
amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any document
incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure
document (including reports and other documents filed under the
Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein)
or other document or report, (ii) any omission or alleged
omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or
(iii) any violation by the Company of any rule or
regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or any state
securities laws applicable to the Company and relating to action
or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such
registration, and the Company shall pay and reimburse such
Covered Persons for any legal or any other expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating,
defending or settling any such loss, claim, liability, action or
proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof)
or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made
or incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement, any
such Prospectus or any such Free Writing Prospectus or any
amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any document
incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure
document (including reports and other documents filed under the
Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein)
or other document or report, or in any application in reliance
upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and
furnished to the Company by such Covered Person pertaining
exclusively to such Covered Person expressly for use therein.
(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which
a Holder is participating, each such Holder shall furnish to the
Company in writing such information and affidavits pertaining
exclusively to such Holder as the Company reasonably requests
for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or
Prospectus and, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
its directors and officers, each underwriter and any Person who
is or might be deemed to be a controlling person of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and
each such underwriter against any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, joint or several, to which such Holder or any such
director or officer, any such underwriter or controlling person
may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any
untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in
any Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing
Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in
any application or (ii) any omission or alleged omission
of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the
extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such
Registration Statement, any such Prospectus or Free Writing
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any
application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information prepared and furnished to the Company by such Holder
pertaining exclusively to such Holder expressly for use therein,
and such Holder shall reimburse the Company and each such
director, officer, underwriter and controlling Person for any
legal or any other expenses actually and reasonably incurred by
them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any
such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding,
provided that the obligation to indemnify and hold
harmless shall be individual and several to each Holder and
shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such
Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such
Registration Statement.
(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall
(i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party
of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and
(ii) unless in such indemnified partys reasonable
judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and
indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim,
permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such
claim with counsel reasonably
I-10
satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is
assumed, the indemnifying party shall not, without the
indemnified partys prior consent, settle or compromise any
action or claim or consent to the entry of any judgment unless
such settlement or compromise includes as an unconditional term
thereof the release of the indemnified party from all liability,
which release shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to,
or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be
obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel
for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with
respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any
indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such
indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with
respect to such claim.
(d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or
any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified
party and shall survive the registration and sale of any
securities by any Person entitled to any indemnification
hereunder and the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
(e) If the indemnification provided for in this
Section 5 is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with
respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute
to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of
the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified
party on the other hand in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage
or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relevant fault of the indemnifying party and
the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the
parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount any Holder
shall be obligated to contribute pursuant to this
Section 5(e) shall be limited to an amount equal to
the net proceeds to such Holder of the Registrable Securities
sold pursuant to the Registration Statement which gives rise to
such obligation to contribute (less the aggregate amount of any
damages which the Holder has otherwise been required to pay in
respect of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action or any
substantially similar loss, claim, damage, liability or action
arising from the sale of such Registrable Securities). No person
guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation
(f) To the extent that any of the Holders is, or would be
expected to be, deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable
Securities pursuant to any Commission comments or policies or
any court of law or otherwise, the Company agrees that
(i) the indemnification and contribution provisions
contained in this Section 5 shall be applicable to
the benefit of such Holder in its role as deemed underwriter in
addition to its capacity as a Holder (so long as the amount for
which any other Holder is or becomes responsible does not exceed
the amount for which such Holder would be responsible if the
Holder were not deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable
Securities) and (ii) such Holder and its representatives
shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which would
normally be conducted in connection with an offering of
securities registered under the Securities Act, including
receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters.
6. Participation in Underwritten
Registrations. No Person may participate in
any registration hereunder that is underwritten unless such
Person (i) agrees to sell the Registrable Securities or
Other Securities it desires to have covered by the registration
on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in
customary form approved by the Person or Persons entitled
hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without
limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or
green shoe option requested by the managing
underwriter(s), provided that (A) no Holder shall
be required to sell more than the number of Registrable
Securities that such Holder has requested the Company to include
in any registration) and (B) if any Holder disapproves of
the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw
therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing
underwriter(s) and, in connection with an underwritten
registration pursuant to Section 1, the Lead
Investor, (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires,
powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and
other documents reasonably required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements, provided that no such Person
(other than the Company) shall be required to make any
representations or warranties other than those related to title
and ownership
I-11
of, and power and authority to transfer, shares and as to the
accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration
Statement, Prospectus or other document in reliance upon, and in
conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to
the Company or the managing underwriter(s) by such Person
pertaining exclusively to such Holder and (iii)
cooperates with the Companys reasonable requests in
connection with such registration or qualification (it being
understood that the Companys failure to perform its
obligations hereunder, which failure is caused by such
Holders failure to cooperate, shall not constitute a
breach by the Company of this Agreement). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Holder shall be required to agree to any
indemnification obligations on the part of such Holder that are
greater than its obligations pursuant to
Section 5(b).
7. Shelf Take-Downs.
(a) At any time that a Shelf Registration Statement
covering Registrable Securities is effective, if the Lead
Investor delivers or deliver a notice (a Take-Down
Notice) to the Company stating that it or they intend
to effect an underwritten offering of all or part of its or the
Investor Holders Registrable Securities, in each case
included by it or them on the Shelf Registration Statement (a
Shelf Underwritten Offering) the Company
shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or
related Prospectus as may be necessary in order to enable such
Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf
Underwritten Offering (taking into account the inclusion of
Registrable Securities by any other Holders pursuant to
Section 1(f)), provided, that the Lead
Investor shall not be entitled to deliver an aggregate of more
than three Take-Down Notices in any
12-month
period and (ii) the Lead Investor may not deliver any
Take-Down Notice within 30 days after the effective date of
any Registration Statement of the Company hereunder. For the
avoidance of doubt, a Shelf Underwritten Offering shall count
against the limit set forth in Section 1(b).
(b) In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering:
(i) the Lead Investor, as applicable, shall also deliver
the Take-Down Notice to all other Holders included on such Shelf
Registration Statement and permit each Holder to include its
Registrable Securities included on the Shelf Registration
Statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such Holder
notifies the Lead Investor, as the case may be, and the Company
within five Business Days after delivery of the Take-Down Notice
to such Holder; and
(ii) in the event that the managing underwriter advises the
Company in its good faith opinion that marketing factors
(including an adverse effect on the per share offering price)
require a limitation on the number of shares which would
otherwise be included in such take-down, the managing
underwriter may limit the number of shares which would otherwise
be included in such take-down offering in the same manner as is
described in Section 1(f) with respect to a
limitation of shares to be included in a registration.
8. Rule 144;
Rule 144A. The Company covenants that it
will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is
not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of
any Holder, make publicly available other information so long as
necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 or
Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any similar rules or
regulations hereafter adopted by the Commission), and it will
take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request,
all to the extent required from time to time to enable such
Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under
the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions
provided by (i) Rule 144 or Rule 144A or
Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be
amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or
regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request
of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written
statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements
and, if not, the specifics thereof.
9. Holdback.
(a) In consideration for the Company agreeing to its
obligations under this Agreement, each Holder agrees, in
connection with any underwritten offering made pursuant to a
Registration Statement in which such Holder has elected to
include Registrable Securities, upon the written request of the
managing underwriter(s) of such offering, not to effect (other
than pursuant to such underwritten offering) any public sale or
distribution of Registrable Securities, including, but not
limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144 or
Rule 144A, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any
option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any
Registrable Securities, any Other Securities of the
I-12
Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for any Other Securities of the Company without the
prior written consent of the managing underwriter(s) during the
Holdback Period. The Company agrees that the Holders shall only
be bound so long as and to the extent that each other
stockholder having registration rights with respect to the
securities of the Company is similarly bound; provided,
that a request under this Section 9(a) shall not be
effective more than once in any twelve-month period.
(b) In connection with any underwritten offering of
Registrable Securities covered by a registration pursuant to
Section 1, the Company agrees, upon the written
request of the managing underwriter(s) of such offering, not to
effect (other than pursuant to such registration or pursuant to
a Special Registration) any public sale or distribution, or to
file any Registration Statement (other than solely in connection
with such registration or a Special Registration) covering any,
of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the
Holdback Period; provided that a request under this
Section 9(b) shall not be effective more than once
in any twelve-month period.
10. Certain Additional
Agreements. If any Registration Statement or
comparable statement under state blue sky laws
refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any
securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right
to require (a) the insertion therein of language, in form
and substance satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to
the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is
not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the
investment quality of the Companys securities covered
thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder
will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the
Company, or (b) in the event that such reference to such
Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the
Company, as advised by outside counsel, required by the
Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state
blue sky or securities law then in force, the
deletion of the reference to such Holder; provided,
however, that if any Registration Statement refers to any
Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of
the Company and if in such Holders sole and exclusive
judgment, such Holder is or might be deemed to be an underwriter
or a controlling Person of the Company, such Holder shall have
the right to require (i) the insertion therein of
language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such
Holder and the Company and presented to the Company in writing,
to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities
is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the
investment quality of the Companys securities covered
thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder
will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the
Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such
Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities
Act or any similar federal statute or any state blue
sky or securities law then in force, the deletion of the
reference to such Holder; provided that with respect to this
clause (ii), if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder
shall furnish to the Company an opinion of counsel to such
effect, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Company.
11. Term. This Agreement shall be
effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect
thereafter until the date on which no Registrable Securities
remain outstanding, except for the provisions of
Section 4, Section 5 and
Section 8, this Section 11 and
Section 13, which shall survive such termination.
12. Defined Terms. In addition to
other terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed
to them below. All terms used and not defined in this Agreement
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders
Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Investment
Agreement.
Agreement has the meaning set forth in
the Recitals.
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement
has the meaning set forth in Section 1(c)(iii).
[CD&R Fund VIII has the
meaning set forth in the Preamble.]
[CD&R FF Fund VIII has the
meaning set forth in the Preamble.]
Closing Date has the meaning set forth
in the Investment Agreement.
Commission means the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering
the Securities Act.
I-13
Common Stock has the meaning set forth
in the Recitals.
Covered Person has the meaning set
forth in Section 5(a).
Demand Registration has the meaning
set forth in Section 1(a).
Demand Request has the meaning set
forth in Section 1(a).
Exchange Act means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute
and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect from time
to time.
FINRA means the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority.
Free Writing Prospectus has the
meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
Holdback Period means (i) with
respect to any registered offering covered by this Agreement,
90 days (or such shorter period as the managing
underwriters permit) after and 10 days before, the
effective date of the related Registration Statement or,
(ii) in the case of a takedown from a Shelf Registration
Statement, 90 days (or such shorter period as the managing
underwriters permit) after the date of the Prospectus supplement
filed with the SEC in connection with such takedown and during
such prior period (not to exceed 10 days) as the Company
has given reasonable written notice to the holder of Registrable
Securities.
Holders means (i) the Investor
Holders and (ii) the Permitted Third Party Transferees.
Holders Counsel has the meaning
set forth in Section 4(b).
Holding Period means the period
starting on and including the Closing Date and ending on and
excluding the
30-month
anniversary of the Closing Date; provided that the
Holding Period shall terminate upon the occurrence of (x)
a Change of Control Event or (y) a Company Default Event
(each of the capitalized terms used in clauses (x) and (y),
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders
Agreement).
Initial Investor[s] has the meaning
set forth in the Preamble.
Investment Agreement has the meaning
set forth in the Recitals.
Investor Holders means (i) the
Initial Investor[s] and (ii) the Permitted
Affiliate Transferees.
Lead Investor means [CD&R
Fund VIII][the Initial Investor].
Other Securities means any equity
securities of the Company other than Registrable Securities.
Permitted Affiliate Transferee means a
Parent Controlled Affiliate who is a Transferee or assignee in
accordance with Section 4.1(a) or Section 9.2
of the Stockholders Agreement, respectively, and that has agreed
in writing for the benefit of the Company (with a copy thereof
to be furnished to the Company) to be bound by the provisions of
this Agreement.
Permitted Third Party Transferee means
(i) any transferee (other than an Investor Holder) of all
or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by an Investor
Holder; provided such transfer was not in violation of
the Stockholders Agreement or (ii) the subsequent
transferee of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities
held by any Permitted Third Party Transferee, in each case, that
has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company (with a
copy thereof to be furnished to the Company) to be bound by the
provisions of this Agreement.
Person means an individual, a
partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability
company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government
or department or agency thereof.
Piggyback Registration has the meaning
set forth in Section 2(a).
Prospectus means the prospectus or
prospectuses (whether preliminary or final) included in any
Registration Statement and relating to Registrable Securities,
as amended or supplemented and including all material
incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.
Register,
registered and
registration refers to a registration
effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement in
compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or
ordering of the effectiveness
I-14
of such Registration Statement, and compliance with applicable
state securities laws of such states in which the Lead Investor
notifies the Company of its intention to offer Registrable
Securities.
Registrable Securities means
(i) all shares of Common Stock and all shares of any new
class of capital stock of the Company, if any, as may be created
pursuant to Section 6.2(c) of the Stockholders Agreement
acquired by the Investor Holders on, from and after the date of
this Agreement, including, without limitation, shares of Common
Stock or such new class of capital stock, if any, issued or
issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock, and (ii) any shares of capital stock or other
equity interests issued or issuable by the Company, directly or
indirectly, with respect to such shares described in
clause (i) by way of conversion or exchange thereof or
stock dividends, stock splits or in connection with a
combination of shares, reclassification, recapitalization,
merger or other reorganization.
As to any particular securities constituting Registrable
Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be
Registrable Securities when (A) a Registration Statement
with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become
effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall
have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration
Statement, (B) such securities shall have been sold to
the public pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 or other
exemption from registration under the Securities Act, (C)
such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or
(D) such securities are transferred to a person who is
not a Holder.
Registration Statement means any
registration statement of the Company which covers any of the
Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement, including any Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus,
amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement,
including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all
documents incorporated by reference in such Registration
Statement.
Rule 144 means Rule 144
under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may
be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect
from time to time.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A
under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may
be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect
from time to time.
Rule 145 means Rule 145
under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may
be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect
from time to time.
Rule 405 means Rule 405
under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may
be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect
from time to time.
Rule 415 means Rule 415
under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may
be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect
from time to time.
Rule 433 means Rule 433
under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may
be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect
from time to time.
Securities Act means the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the
rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
Series B Preferred Stock has the
meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Selling Expenses means all
underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes
applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder and
any other expenses required by law to be paid by a selling
Holder.
Shelf Registration Statement has the
meaning set forth in Section 1(c)(i).
Shelf Underwritten Offering has the
meaning set forth in Section 7(a).
Short-Form Registration has the
meaning set forth in Section 1(c)(i).
Special Registration means the
registration of (i) equity securities
and/or
options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on
Form S-4,
Form S-8
or any successor forms thereto or (ii) shares of equity
securities
and/or
options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered solely
in connection with an employee benefit or dividend reinvestment
plan.
I-15
Stockholders Agreement has the meaning
set forth in the Recitals.
Take-Down Notice has the meaning set
forth in Section 7(a).
WKSI has the meaning set forth in
Section 1(c)(iii).
13. Miscellaneous.
(a) No Inconsistent Agreements; No Grant of
Registration Rights to Other Persons. The
Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with
respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates
the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in
this Agreement or take any action, or permit any change to
occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely
affect the ability of any Holder of Registrable Securities to
include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken
pursuant to this Agreement. Until such time as the Investor
Voting Interest is less than 25%, the Company shall not grant to
any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the
Company registration rights with respect to such securities
without the prior written consent of the Lead Investor.
(b) Amendments and Waivers.
(i) Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of
this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior
written consent of the Company and the Lead Investor. A copy of
each such amendment shall be sent to each Holder and shall be
binding upon each party hereto; provided further
that the failure to deliver a copy of such amendment shall not
impair or affect the validity of such amendment.
(ii) The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any
provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed
as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver
of any other or subsequent breach, except as otherwise
explicitly provided for in such waiver. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party
to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or
remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at
law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by
such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
(c) Successors and Assigns. This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns. In addition, the provisions of this
Agreement which are for the benefit of Holders shall be for the
benefit of and enforceable by any Permitted Affiliate Transferee
and any Permitted Third Party Transferee. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may
assign this Agreement in connection with a merger,
reorganization or sale, transfer or contribution of all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company to any
of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, and, upon the consummation of
any such merger, reorganization, sale, transfer or contribution,
such subsidiary or Affiliate shall automatically and without
further action assume all of the obligations and succeed to all
the rights of the Company under this Agreement.
(d) Severability. If any term or
provision of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be
declared or held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or
in part, whether generally or in any particular jurisdiction,
such provision shall be deemed amended to the extent, but only
to the extent, necessary to cure such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability, and the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions, both generally and in every other
jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement
may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
constitute an original and all of which together shall
constitute one and the same agreement.
(f) Headings. The descriptive
headings of the several sections in this Agreement are for
convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement
and shall not be deemed to limit or affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(g) Governing Law. This Agreement
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws
of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be
performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to
conflicts of law rules that would require or permit the
application of the Laws of another jurisdiction.
I-16
Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party
irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (i)
the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and
(ii) the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York, for the purposes of any suit, action or
other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any
transaction contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any
such suit, action or other proceeding except in such courts).
Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons,
notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such
partys respective address set forth or referred to in
Section 13(k) shall be effective service of process
for any such suit, action or other proceeding. Each party
irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the
laying of venue of any such suit, action or other proceeding in
(i) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York
County, and (ii) the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York, that any such suit, action or
other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in
an inconvenient forum.
(h) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each
party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in
respect of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of
this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each
party (i) certifies and acknowledges that no
representative, agent or attorney of any other party has
represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would
not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing
waiver, and (ii) acknowledges that it understands and has
considered the implications of this wavier and makes this waiver
voluntarily, and that it and the other parties have been induced
to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual
waivers and certifications in this Section 13(h).
(i) Enforcement; Attorneys
Fees. Each party hereto acknowledges that
money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that
any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not
performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore
agreed that in addition to and without limiting any other remedy
or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the
right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other
equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction
enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms
and provisions hereof, provided that no Holder will have
any right to an injunction to prevent the filing or
effectiveness of any Registration Statement of the Company. In
any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of
this Agreement, the successful party shall be entitled to
recover reasonable attorneys fees in addition to its costs
and expenses and other available remedies.
(j) No Third Party
Beneficiaries. Except as set forth in
Section 5, nothing in this Agreement shall confer
any rights upon any Person other than the parties hereto and
each such partys respective heirs, successors and
permitted assigns.
(k) Notices. All notices,
requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or
permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a)
delivered personally, (b) mailed, certified or registered
mail with postage prepaid, (c) sent by reputable
overnight courier or (d) sent by fax (provided a
confirmation copy is sent by one of the other methods set forth
above), as follows (or to such other address as the party
entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with
the terms hereof):
If to the Company, to it at:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Fax:
(281) 477-9674
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
Attention: Mark Gordon
51 West 52nd Street
New York, NY 10019
Fax:
(212) 403-2000
I-17
If to the [ ], to it at:
[ ]
c/o Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
Attention: Theresa Gore
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York NY 10152
Fax:
(212) 893-5252
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg
Fax:
(212) 909-6836
If to any other Holder, to its address set forth on the
signature page of such Holder to this Agreement with a copy
(which shall not constitute notice) to any party so indicated
thereon.
All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other
communications shall be deemed to have been received (w)
if by personal delivery, on the day delivered, (x) if by
certified or registered mail, on the fifth Business Day after
the mailing thereof, (y) if by overnight courier, on the
day delivered, or (z) if by fax, on the day delivered.
(l) Entire Agreement. This
Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the schedules and
exhibits attached to any such documents constitute the entire
agreement and understanding between the Company and the Initial
Investor[s] with respect to the matters referred
to herein and supersede all prior agreements, understandings or
representations, in each case among the parties, with respect to
such matters.
[the
remainder of this page left intentionally blank]
I-18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the
date set forth at the head of this Agreement.
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name:
[CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.]
|
|
|
|
By:
|
CD&R Associates VIII Ltd.,
its general partner
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
[CD&R FRIENDS & FAMILY FUND VIII, L.P.]
|
|
|
|
By:
|
CD&R Associates VIII Ltd.,
its general partner
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
[Signature
Page Registration Rights Agreement]
I-19
Annex
J
FORM OF
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as
of , 2009 (this
Agreement), is among NCI Building Systems,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company),
NCI Group, Inc, a Nevada corporation, and Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively, with the
Company, the Company Entities), Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., a Cayman Islands
exempted limited partnership (the Fund),
CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., a
Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (the Other
Investor), and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (Manager).
Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the
meanings set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement.
RECITALS
A. The Fund is managed by Manager, the general
partner of the Fund is CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., a Cayman
Islands exempted company (the GP of the
Fund), and the special limited partner of the Fund is
CD&R Associates VIII, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted
limited partnership (together with the GP of the Fund and the
general partner of the Other Investor and any other investment
vehicle that is a direct or indirect stockholder in the Company
and managed by Manager or its Affiliates, Manager
Associates).
B. The Company and the Fund have executed an
Investment Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to
time in accordance with the terms thereof, the
Investment Agreement), dated as of
August 14, 2009, pursuant to which the Company will issue
and sell to the Fund, and the Fund will purchase and acquire
from the Company, 250,000 shares of the Series B
Preferred Stock (as defined in the Investment Agreement) (such
purchase and sale, the Investment).
C. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of
this Agreement, the Company, the Fund and the Other Investor
have entered into a Stockholders Agreement (as the same may be
amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof,
the Stockholders Agreement), dated as of the
date hereof, setting forth certain agreements with respect to,
among other things, the management of the Company and transfers
of its shares in various circumstances.
D. In connection with the Investment, the Company has
initiated the Offer (as defined in the Investment Agreement) to
exchange all of the Companys outstanding
2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024
issued under that Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2004,
between the Company, The Bank of New York, as trustee.
E. In connection with the Investment, the Company
and/or one
or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries intend to consummate
the Term Loan Refinancing (as defined in the Investment
Agreement) and the ABL Financing (as defined in the Investment
Agreement) (collectively, the
Financings).
F. The Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries
from time to time in the future may (i) offer and sell or
cause to be offered and sold equity or debt securities or
instruments (such offerings, collectively, the
Subsequent Offerings), including without
limitation (x) offerings of shares of capital stock of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
and/or
options to purchase such shares or other equity-linked
instruments to employees, directors, managers, dealers,
franchisees and consultants of and to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (any such offering, a Management
Offering), and (y) one or more offerings of
debt securities or instruments for the purpose of refinancing
any indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
for other corporate purposes, and (ii) repurchase, redeem
or otherwise acquire certain securities or instruments of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or engage in recapitalization
or structural reorganization transactions relating thereto (any
such repurchase, redemption, acquisition, recapitalization or
reorganization, a Redemption), in each case
subject to the terms and conditions of the Stockholders
Agreement and any other applicable agreement.
G. The parties hereto recognize the possibility that
claims might be made against and liabilities incurred by
Manager, the Fund, the Other Investor, Manager Associates or
Affiliates relating to the provision of financial, investment
banking, management, advisory, consulting, monitoring or other
services (the Transaction Services)
J-1
to the Company Group by Manager or Affiliates thereof or under
applicable securities laws or otherwise in connection with the
Offer, the Financings or the Offerings, and the parties hereto
accordingly wish to provide for Manager, the Fund and Manager
Associates and Affiliates to be indemnified in respect of any
such claims and liabilities upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, and
the mutual agreements and covenants and provisions herein set
forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
(a) Affiliate means, with respect
to any Person, (i) any other Person directly or
indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control
with, such Person, (ii) any Person directly or indirectly
owning or controlling 10% or more of any class of outstanding
voting securities of such Person and who is an employee or
former employee of such Person or any such Person described in
clause (i) or (iii) any officer, director, general
partner, special limited partner or trustee of any such Person
described in clause (i).
(b) Claim means, with respect to
any Indemnitee, any claim by or against such Indemnitee
involving any Obligation with respect to which such Indemnitee
may be entitled to be indemnified by the Company Entities under
this Agreement.
(c) Commission means the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor
entity thereto.
(d) Company Group means the
Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
(e) Control of any Person means
the power to direct the management and policies of such Person
(whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract, as trustee or executor, or otherwise).
(f) Exchange Act means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
(g) Expenses means all reasonable
attorneys fees and expenses, retainers, court, arbitration
and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, bonds,
witness fees, costs of collecting and producing documents,
travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs,
telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other
disbursements, costs or expenses of the types customarily
incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a
witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a Proceeding.
(h) Indemnitee means each of
Manager, the Fund, the Other Investor, Manager Associates, their
respective Affiliates (other than any member of the Company
Group), their respective successors and assigns, and the
respective directors, officers, partners, members, employees,
agents, advisors, consultants, representatives and controlling
persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of each of
them, or of their partners, members and controlling persons, and
each other person who is or becomes a director or an officer of
any member of the Company Group, in each case irrespective of
the capacity in which such person acts.
(i) Obligations means,
collectively, any and all claims, obligations, liabilities,
causes of actions, Proceedings, investigations, judgments,
decrees, losses, damages (including punitive and exemplary
damages), fees, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement,
costs and Expenses (including without limitation interest,
assessments and other charges in connection therewith and
disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and
other professional advisors), in each case whether incurred,
arising or existing with respect to third parties or otherwise
at any time or from time to time.
(j) Offerings means any
Management Offering, any Redemption and any Subsequent Offering.
(k) Person means an individual,
corporation, limited liability company, limited or general
partnership, trust or other entity, including a governmental or
political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
(l) Proceeding means a
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including without limitation a claim, demand, discovery request,
formal
J-2
or informal investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing,
arbitration or other form of alternative dispute resolution,
including an appeal from any of the foregoing.
(m) Related Document means any
agreement, certificate, instrument or other document to which
any member of the Company Group may be a party or by which it or
any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected from
time to time relating in any way to the Transactions or any
Offering or any of the transactions contemplated thereby,
including without limitation, in each case as the same may be
amended from time to time, (i) any registration statement
filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group with
the Commission in connection with the Transactions or any
Offering, including all exhibits, financial statements and
schedules appended thereto, and any submissions to the
Commission in connection therewith, (ii) any prospectus,
preliminary, final, free writing or otherwise, included in such
registration statements or otherwise filed by or on behalf of
any member of the Company Group in connection with the
Transactions or any Offering or used to offer or confirm sales
of their respective securities or instruments in any Offering,
(iii) any private placement or offering memorandum or
circular, information statement or other information or
materials distributed by or on behalf of any member of the
Company Group or any placement agent or underwriter in
connection with the Transactions or any Offering, (iv)
any federal, state or foreign securities law or other
governmental or regulatory filings or applications made in
connection with any Offering, the Transactions or any of the
transactions contemplated thereby, (v) any
dealer-manager, underwriting, subscription, purchase,
stockholders, option or registration rights agreement or plan
entered into or adopted by any member of the Company Group in
connection with any Offering, (vi) any purchase,
repurchase, redemption, recapitalization or reorganization or
other agreement entered into by any member of the Company Group
in connection with any Redemption, or (vii) any
quarterly, annual or current reports or other filing filed,
furnished or supplementally provided by any member of the
Company Group with or to the Commission or any securities
exchange, including all exhibits, financial statements and
schedules appended thereto, and any submission to the Commission
or any securities exchange in connection therewith.
(n) Securities Act means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
(o) Subsidiary means each
corporation or other Person in which a Person owns or Controls,
directly or indirectly, capital stock or other equity interests
representing more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock or
other equity interests.
(p) Transactions means the Offer,
the Financings, the Offerings and any other transactions for
which Transaction Services are or have been provided to any
member of the Company Group.
2. Indemnification.
(a) Each of the Company Entities (each, an
Indemnifying Party and collectively, the
Indemnifying Parties), jointly and
severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each
Indemnitee from and against (A) any and all
Obligations resulting from third-party claims resulting from,
arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to
the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable
securities or other laws, in connection with any Offering, the
Financings, the Offer or any Related Document, (B) any
and all Obligations, whether incurred with respect to third
parties or otherwise, resulting from, arising out of, or in
connection with, based upon or relating to the performance by
Manager or its Affiliates of Transaction Services (whether
performed prior to the date hereof, hereafter, pursuant to a
written agreement or otherwise), (C) any and all
Obligations resulting from third-party claims against an
Indemnitee in its capacity as an Affiliate (within the meaning
of the Exchange Act) or controlling person (within the meaning
of the Exchange Act) of any member of the Company Group,
resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon
or relating to any action or inaction by any member of the
Company Group, provided that such action or inaction was
not proximately caused by such Indemnitee or (D) any and
all Obligations, whether incurred with respect to third parties
or otherwise, resulting from, arising out of, or in connection
with, based upon or relating to any payment or reimbursement by
an Indemnitee pursuant to indemnification arrangements to an
Indemnitee acting as a director or an officer of any member of
the Company Group or having served at the request of or for the
benefit of any member of the Company Group as a director,
officer, member, employee or agent of or advisor or consultant
to another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, including with respect to any breach or
alleged breach by an Indemnitee of his or her fiduciary duty as
a director or an officer of any member of the Company Group; in
each case
J-3
including but not limited to any and all fees, costs and
Expenses (including without limitation fees and disbursements of
attorneys and other professional advisers) incurred by or on
behalf of any Indemnitee in asserting, exercising or enforcing
any of its rights, powers, privileges or remedies in respect of
this Agreement; provided that no Indemnifying Party shall
be obligated to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnitee under
this Section 2(a) in respect of (1) any claim made
against the Indemnitee by any of its own directors, officers,
directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, agents,
advisors, consultants, representatives and controlling persons
(any of the foregoing, a Related
Person) to the extent arising from any obligation of
such Indemnitee to such Related Person (whether arising from
contract, by law or otherwise), other than to the extent such
claim arises out of any indemnification obligation by such
Indemnitee to such Related Person as a result of such Related
Persons service as a director or an officer of the Company
Group or (2) any fraud or intentional misconduct by such
Indemnitee.
(b) Without in any way limiting the foregoing
Section 2(a), each of the Indemnifying Parties agrees,
jointly and severally, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
each Indemnitee from and against any and all Obligations
resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon
or relating to liabilities under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws,
rules or regulations in connection with (i) the
inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement in any Related Document, or any
allegation thereof, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Related
Document or (iii) any omission or alleged omission to
state in any Related Document a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying
Parties shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnitee from
and against any such Obligation to the extent that such
Obligation arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
omission made in such Related Document in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company
Entities, as the case may be, in an instrument duly executed by
such Indemnitee and specifically stating that it is for use in
the preparation of such Related Document.
(c) Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that any
Proceeding is initiated by an Indemnitee or any member of the
Company Group to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the
Indemnifying Parties shall indemnify such Indemnitee against all
costs and Expenses incurred by such Indemnitee or on such
Indemnitees behalf (including by any Manager Associates
for all costs and Expenses incurred by such Person) in
connection with such Proceeding, whether or not such Indemnitee
is successful in such Proceeding, except to the extent that the
Person presiding over such Proceeding determines that (i)
material assertions made by such Indemnitee in such Proceeding
were in bad faith or were frivolous or (ii) as a matter
of applicable law, such Expenses must be limited in proportion
to the success achieved by such Indemnitee in such Proceeding
and the efforts required to obtain that success, as determined
by such presiding Person.
3. Contribution.
(a) If for any reason any Indemnifying Party is prohibited
from fully indemnifying any Indemnitee from any of the
Obligations covered by such indemnity, then the Indemnifying
Parties, jointly and severally, shall contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such
Obligation in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
(i) the relative fault of each member of the Company
Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in
connection with the state of facts giving rise to such
Obligation, (ii) if such Obligation results from, arises
out of, is based upon or relates to the Transactions or any
Offering, the relative benefits received by each member of the
Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the
other, from such Transaction or Offering and (iii) if
required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable
considerations.
(b) If for any reason the indemnity specifically provided
for in Section 2(b) is unavailable or is insufficient to
hold harmless any Indemnitee from any of the Obligations covered
by such indemnity, then the Indemnifying Parties, jointly and
severally, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such Indemnitee as a result of such Obligation in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative
fault of each of the members of the Company Group, on the one
hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the
information contained in or omitted from any Related Document,
which inclusion or omission resulted in the actual or alleged
inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement therein, or which information is
or is alleged to be untrue, required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
(ii) the relative benefits received by the members of the
Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the
J-4
other, from such Transaction or Offering and (iii) if
required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable
considerations.
(c) For purposes of Section 3(a), the relative fault
of each member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and of an
Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, their respective relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct the state of
facts giving rise to such Obligation. For purposes of
Section 3(b), the relative fault of each member of the
Company Group, on the one hand, and of an Indemnitee, on the
other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
(i) whether the included or omitted information relates
to information supplied by the members of the Company Group, on
the one hand, or by such Indemnitee, on the other, (ii)
their respective relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct such inaccuracy, breach,
default, untrue or alleged untrue statement, or omission or
alleged omission, and (iii) applicable law. For purposes
of Section 3(a) or 3(b), the relative benefits received by
each member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and an
Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by weighing the
direct monetary proceeds to the Company Group, on the one hand,
and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or
Offering.
(d) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it would
not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to
Section 3(a) or 3(b) were determined by pro rata allocation
or by any other method of allocation that does not take into
account the equitable considerations referred to in such
respective Section. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable under
Section 3(a) or 3(b), as applicable, for contribution to
the amount paid or payable by any Indemnitee except to the
extent and under such circumstances such Indemnifying Party
would have been liable to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
such Indemnitee under the corresponding Section 2(a) or
2(b), as applicable, if such indemnity were enforceable under
applicable law. No Indemnitee shall be entitled to contribution
from any Indemnifying Party with respect to any Obligation
covered by the indemnity specifically provided for in
Section 2(b) in the event that such Indemnitee is finally
determined to be guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in
connection with such Obligation and the Indemnifying Parties are
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
4. Indemnification Procedures.
(a) Whenever any Indemnitee shall have actual knowledge of
the assertion of a Claim against it, Manager (acting on its own
behalf or, if requested by any such Indemnitee other than
itself, on behalf of such Indemnitee) or such Indemnitee shall
notify the appropriate member of the Company Group in writing of
the Claim (a Notice of Claim) with reasonable
promptness after such Indemnitee has such knowledge relating to
such Claim and has notified Manager thereof, provided the
failure or delay of Manager or such Indemnitee to give such
Notice of Claim shall not relieve any Indemnifying Party of its
indemnification obligations under this Agreement except to the
extent that such omission results in a failure of actual notice
to it and it is materially injured as a result of the failure to
give such Notice of Claim. The Notice of Claim shall specify all
material facts known to Manager (or if given by such Indemnitee,
such Indemnitee) relating to such Claim and the monetary amount
or an estimate of the monetary amount of the Obligation involved
if Manager (or if given by such Indemnitee, such Indemnitee) has
knowledge of such amount or a reasonable basis for making such
an estimate. The Indemnifying Parties shall, at their expense,
undertake the defense of such Claim with attorneys of their own
choosing reasonably satisfactory in all respects to Manager,
subject to the right of Manager to undertake such defense as
hereinbelow provided. Manager may participate in such defense
with counsel of Managers choosing at the expense of the
Indemnifying Parties. In the event that the Indemnifying Parties
do not undertake the defense of the Claim within a reasonable
time after Manager (or if given by such Indemnitee, such
Indemnitee) has given the Notice of Claim, or in the event that
Manager shall in good faith determine that the defense of any
Claim by the Indemnifying Parties is inadequate or may conflict
with the interest of any Indemnitee (including, without
limitation, Claims brought by or on behalf of any member of the
Company Group), Manager may, at the expense of the Indemnifying
Parties, undertake the defense of the Claim and compromise or
settle the Claim, all for the account of and at the risk of the
Indemnifying Parties. In the defense of any Claim against an
Indemnitee, no Indemnifying Party shall, except with the prior
written consent of Manager, consent to entry of any judgment or
enter into any settlement that includes any injunctive or other
non-monetary relief or any payment of money by such Indemnitee,
or that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the
giving by the Person or Persons asserting such Claim to such
Indemnitee of an unconditional release from all liability on any
of the matters that are the subject of such Claim and an
J-5
acknowledgement that such Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in
connection with such matters. The Indemnifying Parties shall not
be obligated to indemnify an Indemnitee against amounts paid in
settlement of a Claim if such settlement is effected by such
Indemnitee without the prior consent of the Company (on behalf
of all Indemnifying Parties), which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. In each case, Manager and each other
Indemnitee seeking indemnification hereunder will cooperate with
the Indemnifying Parties, so long as an Indemnifying Party is
conducting the defense of the Claim, in the preparation for and
the prosecution of the defense of such Claim, including making
available evidence within the control of Manager or such
Indemnitee, as the case may be, and persons needed as witnesses
who are employed by Manager or such Indemnitee, as the case may
be, in each case as reasonably needed for such defense and at
cost, which cost, to the extent reasonably incurred, shall be
paid by the Indemnifying Parties.
(b) The Manager shall notify the Indemnifying Parties in
writing of the amount requested for advances (a Notice
of Advances). Each of the Indemnifying Parties,
jointly and severally, agrees to advance all Expenses incurred
by Manager (acting on its own behalf or, if requested by any
such Indemnitee other than itself, on behalf of such Indemnitee)
or any Indemnitee in connection with any Claim (but not for any
Claim initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee other
than a Proceeding pursuant to Section 2(c)) in advance of
the final disposition of such Claim without regard to whether
Indemnitee will ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for
such Expenses upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
Manager or such Indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it
shall ultimately and finally be determined, including through
all challenges, if any, to the award rendered therein, that
Manager or such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by
any Indemnifying Party as authorized by this Agreement. Such
repayment undertaking shall be unsecured and shall not bear
interest. No Indemnifying Party shall impose on any Indemnitee
additional conditions to advancement or require from such
Indemnitee additional undertakings regarding repayment. The
Indemnifying Parties shall make payment of such advances no
later than 10 days after the receipt of the Notice of
Advances.
(c) Manager shall notify the Indemnifying Parties in
writing of the amount of any Claim actually paid by Manager or
any Indemnitee on whose behalf Manager is acting (a
Notice of Payment). The amount of any Claim
actually paid by Manager or such Indemnitee shall bear simple
interest at the rate equal to the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
prime rate as of the date of such payment plus 2% per annum,
from the date any Indemnifying Party receives the Notice of
Payment to the date on which any Indemnifying Party shall repay
the amount of such Claim plus interest thereon to Manager or
such Indemnitee. The Indemnifying Parties shall make
indemnification payments to the Manager no later than
30 days after receipt of the Notice of Payment.
5. Certain Covenants. The rights of each
Indemnitee to be indemnified under any other agreement,
document, certificate or instrument, by-law, insurance policy or
applicable law are independent of and in addition to any rights
of such Indemnitee to be indemnified under this Agreement;
provided that to the extent that an Indemnitee is
entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnifying Parties under
this Agreement and by any other Indemnitee under any other
agreement, document, certificate, by-law or instrument, the
obligations of the Indemnifying Parties hereunder shall be
primary, and the obligations of such other Indemnitee secondary,
and the Indemnifying Parties shall not be entitled to
contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such
other Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Indemnitee
may choose to seek indemnification from any potential source of
indemnification regardless of whether such indemnitor is primary
or secondary. An Indemnitees election to seek advancement
of indemnified sums from any secondary indemnifying party will
not limit the right of such Indemnitee, or any secondary
indemnitor proceeding under subrogation rights or otherwise,
from seeking indemnification from the Indemnifying Parties to
the extent that the obligations of the Indemnifying Parties are
primary. The rights of each Indemnitee and the obligations of
each Indemnifying Party hereunder shall remain in full force and
effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
such Indemnitee. Following the Investment, each of the Company
Entities, and each of their corporate successors, shall
implement and maintain in full force and effect any and all
corporate charter and by-law provisions that may be necessary or
appropriate to enable it to carry out its obligations hereunder
to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company
shall enter into individual director indemnification agreements
with each of the Investor Directors (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement) to provide such persons, effective as of
the Closing, with indemnification in respect of claims that
might be made against and liabilities incurred by such persons
in connection with their acting in such capacity, on terms and
conditions no less favorable to such persons as the terms and
conditions provided by the Company to its directors
J-6
and officers who served immediately prior to the Closing. No
Indemnifying Party shall seek or agree to any order of a court
or other governmental authority that would prohibit or otherwise
interfere with the performance of any of the Indemnifying
Parties advancement, indemnification and other obligations
under this Agreement.
6. Notices. All notices and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
delivered by certified or registered mail (first class postage
prepaid and return receipt requested), telecopier, overnight
courier or hand delivery, as follows:
(a) If to any Company Entity, to:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Fax:
(281) 477-9674
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
Attention: Mark Gordon
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Fax:
(212) 403-2000
(b) If to Manager, to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Theresa Gore
Facsimile:
(212) 893-5252
(c) If to the Fund or the Other Investor, to:
c/o Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Theresa Gore
Facsimile:
(212) 893-5252
or to such other address or such other person as the Company
Entities, the Manager, the Fund or the Other Investor, as the
case may be, shall have designated by notice to the other
parties hereto. All communications hereunder shall be effective
upon receipt by the party to which they are addressed. A copy of
any notice or other communication given under this Agreement
shall also be given to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg
Facsimile:
(212) 909-6836
7. Arbitration.
(a) Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of,
relating to, or in connection with this contract, or the breach,
termination, enforcement, interpretation or validity thereof,
including the determination of the scope or applicability of
this agreement to arbitrate, shall be finally determined by
arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS. If
the disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds $250,000, not
including interest or attorneys
J-7
fees, the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures
(JAMS Comprehensive Rules) in effect at the
time of the arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as
they may be modified herein or by mutual written agreement of
the parties. If no disputed claim or counterclaim exceeds
$250,000, not including interest or attorneys fees, the
JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures (JAMS
Streamlined Rules) in effect at the time of the
arbitration shall govern the arbitration, except as they may be
modified herein or by mutual written agreement of the parties.
(b) The seat of the arbitration shall be New York, New
York. The parties submit to jurisdiction in the state and
federal courts of the State of New York for the limited purpose
of enforcing this agreement to arbitrate.
(c) The arbitration shall be conducted by one neutral
arbitrator unless the parties agree otherwise. The parties agree
to seek to reach agreement on the identity of the arbitrator
within 30 days after the initiation of arbitration. If the
parties are unable to reach agreement on the identity of the
arbitrator within such time, then the appointment of the
arbitrator shall be made in accordance with the process set
forth in JAMS Comprehensive Rule 15.
(d) The arbitration award shall be in writing, state the
reasons for the award, and be final and binding on the parties.
Subject to Section 2(c), the arbitrator may, in the award,
allocate all or part of the fees incurred in and costs of the
arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrator and the
attorneys fees of the prevailing party. Judgment on the
award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or
having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.
Notwithstanding applicable state law, the arbitration and this
agreement to arbitrate shall be governed by the Federal
Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq.
(e) The parties agree that the arbitration shall be kept
confidential and that the existence of the proceeding and any
element of it (including but not limited to any pleadings,
briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony
or other oral submissions, and any awards) shall not be
disclosed beyond the tribunal, JAMS, the parties, their counsel,
accountants and auditors, insurers and re-insurers, and any
person necessary to the conduct of the proceeding. The
confidentiality obligations shall not apply (i) if
disclosure is required by law, or in judicial or administrative
proceedings, or (ii) as far as disclosure is necessary to
enforce the rights arising out of the award.
8. Governing Law. This Agreement
shall be governed in all respects, including validity,
interpretation and effect, by the law of the State of Delaware,
regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of
conflict of laws to the extent such principles would require or
permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
9. Severability. If any provision
or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.
10. Successors; Binding
Effect. Each Indemnifying Party will require
any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger,
consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and assets of such
Indemnifying Party, by agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to Manager, the Fund, the Other Investor and their
counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement
in the same manner and to the same extent that such Indemnifying
Party would be required to perform if no such succession had
taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and
permitted assigns, and each other Indemnitee, but neither this
Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder shall
be assigned, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by the
Company Entities without the prior written consent of Manager,
the Fund and the Other Investor. Insofar as any Indemnitee
transfers all or substantially all of its assets to a third
party, such third party shall thereupon be deemed an additional
Indemnitee for all purposes of this Agreement, with the same
effect as if it were a signatory to this Agreement in such
capacity.
11. Miscellaneous. The headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and
shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to confer any
right or remedy hereunder upon any Person other than each of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
assigns and each other Indemnitee (each of whom is an intended
third party beneficiary of this Agreement). No amendment,
modification, supplement or discharge of this Agreement, and no
waiver hereunder shall be valid and binding unless set forth in
writing and duly executed by the party or other Indemnitee
against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification,
supplement or discharge is sought. Neither the waiver by any of
the parties hereto or any other Indemnitee of a breach of or a
default under any of the provisions of this
J-8
Agreement, nor the failure by any party hereto or any other
Indemnitee on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the
provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right, powers or
privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other
breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any
provisions hereof, or any rights, powers or privileges
hereunder. The rights, indemnities and remedies herein provided
are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, indemnities
or remedies that any party or other Indemnitee may otherwise
have by contract, at law or in equity or otherwise. This
Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
12. Investment Agreement. The
parties acknowledge that, with respect to Claims relating to the
Investment and the other matters for which indemnification is
provided in the Investment Agreement, the Investment Agreement
(and not this Agreement) shall govern.
[The
remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]
J-9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date
first above written.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE, INC.
Name:
Title:
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VIII, L.P.
By: CD&R Associates VIII Ltd., its general partner
Name:
Title:
CD&R FRIENDS & FAMILY FUND VIII, L.P.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., its general partner
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Name: Theresa A. Gore
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
|
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name:
Title:
J-10
NCI GROUP, INC.
Name:
Title:
ROBERTSON-CECO II CORPORATION
Name:
Title:
J-11
FORM OF
AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.,
as Borrower,
THE SEVERAL LENDERS
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,
and
[ ],
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
Dated as of [ ], 2009
[ ],
as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
[Note: If any of the Transactions are effected through a
prepackaged bankruptcy proceeding, the form of this Agreement
will be modified to include a condition that the prepackaged
plans effective date has occurred and to make other
ministerial changes.]
Table
of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.
|
|
|
K-1
|
|
Section 1.1
|
|
Defined Terms
|
|
|
K-1
|
|
Section 1.2
|
|
Other Definitional Provisions
|
|
|
K-22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
|
|
|
K-22
|
|
Section 2.1
|
|
Term Loans
|
|
|
K-22
|
|
Section 2.2
|
|
Term Loan Notes
|
|
|
K-23
|
|
Section 2.3
|
|
Repayment of Term Loans
|
|
|
K-23
|
|
Section 2.4
|
|
Record of Term Loans
|
|
|
K-23
|
|
Section 2.5
|
|
Additional Commitments
|
|
|
K-23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM LOANS
|
|
|
K-25
|
|
Section 3.1
|
|
Interest Rates and Payment Dates
|
|
|
K-25
|
|
Section 3.2
|
|
Conversion and Continuation Options
|
|
|
K-25
|
|
Section 3.3
|
|
Minimum Amounts of Sets
|
|
|
K-26
|
|
Section 3.4
|
|
Optional and Mandatory Prepayments
|
|
|
K-26
|
|
Section 3.5
|
|
Computation of Interest and Fees
|
|
|
K-28
|
|
Section 3.6
|
|
Inability to Determine Interest Rate
|
|
|
K-28
|
|
Section 3.7
|
|
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments
|
|
|
K-29
|
|
Section 3.8
|
|
Illegality
|
|
|
K-29
|
|
Section 3.9
|
|
Requirements of Law
|
|
|
K-30
|
|
Section 3.10
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
K-31
|
|
Section 3.11
|
|
Indemnity
|
|
|
K-32
|
|
Section 3.12
|
|
Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts
|
|
|
K-33
|
|
Section 3.13
|
|
Further Actions On or Prior to Closing
|
|
|
K-34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
K-35
|
|
Section 4.1
|
|
Financial Condition
|
|
|
K-35
|
|
Section 4.2
|
|
Existence; Compliance with Law.
|
|
|
K-35
|
|
Section 4.3
|
|
Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
|
|
|
K-36
|
|
Section 4.4
|
|
No Legal Bar
|
|
|
K-36
|
|
Section 4.5
|
|
No Material Litigation
|
|
|
K-36
|
|
Section 4.6
|
|
Ownership of Property; Liens
|
|
|
K-36
|
|
Section 4.7
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
|
K-36
|
|
Section 4.8
|
|
No Burdensome Restrictions.
|
|
|
K-37
|
|
Section 4.9
|
|
Taxes.
|
|
|
K-37
|
|
Section 4.10
|
|
Federal Regulations
|
|
|
K-37
|
|
Section 4.11
|
|
ERISA.
|
|
|
K-37
|
|
Section 4.12
|
|
Collateral
|
|
|
K-37
|
|
Section 4.13
|
|
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations
|
|
|
K-38
|
|
Section 4.14
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
K-38
|
|
Section 4.15
|
|
Environmental Matters
|
|
|
K-38
|
|
Section 4.16
|
|
No Material Misstatements
|
|
|
K-39
|
|
Section 4.17
|
|
Labor Matters
|
|
|
K-39
|
|
Section 4.18
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
K-39
|
|
Section 4.19
|
|
Anti-Terrorism
|
|
|
K-39
|
|
K-i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
|
|
|
K-40
|
|
Section 5.1
|
|
Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement
|
|
|
K-40
|
|
Section 5.2
|
|
Conditions to Each Future Extension of Credit
|
|
|
K-43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
K-44
|
|
Section 6.1
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
K-44
|
|
Section 6.2
|
|
Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
K-44
|
|
Section 6.3
|
|
Payment of Obligations
|
|
|
K-45
|
|
Section 6.4
|
|
Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
|
|
|
K-45
|
|
Section 6.5
|
|
Maintenance of Property; Insurance
|
|
|
K-45
|
|
Section 6.6
|
|
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
|
|
|
K-46
|
|
Section 6.7
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
K-46
|
|
Section 6.8
|
|
Environmental Laws
|
|
|
K-47
|
|
Section 6.9
|
|
After-Acquired Real Property and Fixtures
|
|
|
K-48
|
|
Section 6.10
|
|
Post-Closing Security Perfection
|
|
|
K-49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
K-50
|
|
Section 7.1
|
|
Consolidated Leverage Ratio
|
|
|
K-50
|
|
Section 7.2
|
|
Limitation on Indebtedness
|
|
|
K-50
|
|
Section 7.3
|
|
Limitation on Liens
|
|
|
K-52
|
|
Section 7.4
|
|
Limitation on Guarantee Obligations
|
|
|
K-55
|
|
Section 7.5
|
|
Limitation on Fundamental Changes
|
|
|
K-56
|
|
Section 7.6
|
|
Limitation on Sale of Assets
|
|
|
K-56
|
|
Section 7.7
|
|
Limitation on Dividends and Share Repurchases
|
|
|
K-57
|
|
Section 7.8
|
|
Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances
|
|
|
K-59
|
|
Section 7.9
|
|
Limitations on Certain Acquisitions
|
|
|
K-60
|
|
Section 7.10
|
|
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
K-61
|
|
Section 7.11
|
|
Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of Debt
Instruments and Other Documents
|
|
|
K-62
|
|
Section 7.12
|
|
Limitation on Lines of Business
|
|
|
K-63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
|
|
K-63
|
|
Section 8.1
|
|
Defaults
|
|
|
K-63
|
|
Section 8.2
|
|
Waiver of Notices
|
|
|
K-65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX THE AGENTS AND THE OTHER REPRESENTATIVES
|
|
|
K-65
|
|
Section 9.1
|
|
Appointment
|
|
|
K-65
|
|
Section 9.2
|
|
Delegation of Duties
|
|
|
K-65
|
|
Section 9.3
|
|
Exculpatory Provisions
|
|
|
K-66
|
|
Section 9.4
|
|
Reliance by the Administrative Agent
|
|
|
K-66
|
|
Section 9.5
|
|
Notice of Default
|
|
|
K-67
|
|
Section 9.6
|
|
Acknowledgements and Representations by Lenders
|
|
|
K-67
|
|
Section 9.7
|
|
Indemnification
|
|
|
K-67
|
|
Section 9.8
|
|
The Administrative Agent and Other Representatives in Their
Individual Capacity
|
|
|
K-68
|
|
Section 9.9
|
|
Collateral Matters
|
|
|
K-68
|
|
Section 9.10
|
|
Successor Agent
|
|
|
K-69
|
|
Section 9.11
|
|
Other Representatives
|
|
|
K-69
|
|
Section 9.12
|
|
Withholding Tax
|
|
|
K-69
|
|
K-ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
K-69
|
|
Section 10.1
|
|
Amendments and Waivers
|
|
|
K-69
|
|
Section 10.2
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
K-71
|
|
Section 10.3
|
|
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
|
|
|
K-72
|
|
Section 10.4
|
|
Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
K-72
|
|
Section 10.5
|
|
Payment of Expenses and Taxes
|
|
|
K-72
|
|
Section 10.6
|
|
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments
|
|
|
K-73
|
|
Section 10.7
|
|
Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations
|
|
|
K-76
|
|
Section 10.8
|
|
Judgment.
|
|
|
K-77
|
|
Section 10.9
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
K-77
|
|
Section 10.10
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
K-77
|
|
Section 10.11
|
|
Amendment
|
|
|
K-77
|
|
Section 10.12
|
|
Integration
|
|
|
K-77
|
|
Section 10.13
|
|
GOVERNING LAW
|
|
|
K-78
|
|
Section 10.14
|
|
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers
|
|
|
K-78
|
|
Section 10.15
|
|
Acknowledgements
|
|
|
K-78
|
|
Section 10.16
|
|
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
|
|
|
K-78
|
|
Section 10.17
|
|
Confidentiality
|
|
|
K-78
|
|
Section 10.18
|
|
Additional Indebtedness
|
|
|
K-79
|
|
Section 10.19
|
|
USA Patriot Act Notice
|
|
|
K-79
|
|
K-iii
SCHEDULES
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule A
|
|
|
|
Lenders
|
Schedule B
|
|
|
|
Rollover Indebtedness
|
Schedule C
|
|
|
|
Unscheduled Assumed Indebtedness
|
Schedule D
|
|
|
|
Existing Mortgages
|
Schedule 3.13(b)(1)
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Mortgages
|
Schedule 3.13(b)(2)
|
|
|
|
Released Mortgages
|
Schedule 4.5
|
|
|
|
Litigation
|
Schedule 4.6
|
|
|
|
Mortgaged Properties
|
Schedule 4.7
|
|
|
|
Intellectual Property Claims
|
Schedule 4.14
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
Schedule 4.15
|
|
|
|
Environmental Matters
|
Schedule 4.18
|
|
|
|
Insurance
|
Schedule 5.1(i)
|
|
|
|
Title Policies
|
Schedule 7.2(i)
|
|
|
|
Existing Indebtedness
|
Schedule 7.6(j)
|
|
|
|
Dispositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
|
|
Form of Term Loan Note
|
Exhibit B
|
|
|
|
Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
|
Exhibit C
|
|
|
|
Form of Mortgages
|
Exhibit D
|
|
|
|
Form of Intercreditor Agreement
|
Exhibit E
|
|
|
|
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
|
Exhibit F
|
|
|
|
Form of Assignment and Acceptance
|
K-iv
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of
[ ], 2009, among NCI BUILDING
SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with its
successors and assigns, the Borrower),
the several banks and other financial institutions from time to
time parties to this Agreement (as further defined in
Section 1.1, the Lenders) and
[ ], as administrative agent and
collateral agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacities,
respectively, the Administrative Agent and
the Collateral Agent).
The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
W I T N E
S S E T
H:
WHEREAS, the Borrower is party to the Credit Agreement, dated as
of June 18, 2004 (the 2004 Credit
Agreement), among the Lenders, the Borrower, the
subsidiary guarantors party thereto, [ ], as
administrative agent, and [ ], as
syndication agent;
WHEREAS, the 2004 Credit Agreement has been amended by the First
Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 9, 2004,
the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 14, 2005, and the Third Amendment to Credit
Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2006, by and among the
Borrower, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the
Administrative Agent (the 2004 Credit Agreement, as so amended,
the Original Credit Agreement);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Investment Agreement, the CD&R
Investors have agreed to make certain equity investments in the
Borrower (the Equity Investment) subject to,
among other things, the modification of certain terms in the
Original Credit Agreement, including an extension of the
Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (as defined in the
Original Credit Agreement) and the partial prepayment of the
Tranche B Term Loan (as defined in the Original Credit
Agreement), and the amendment and restatement of the Original
Credit Agreement in the form hereof;
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested, and the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders have agreed, to hereby amend and restate
the Original Credit Agreement to satisfy the terms of the
Investment Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Defined
Terms.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
2004 Credit Agreement: as
defined in the Recitals.
ABL Availability: at any
time, the amount of undrawn availability under the ABL Facility
then in effect at such time.
ABL Facility: the revolving
credit facility to be extended pursuant to the ABL Facility
Agreement.
ABL Facility Agreement: the
[describe ABL credit agreement to be entered into by the
Borrower], as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived,
otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced,
in whole or in part, from time to time.
ABL Facility Documents: the
ABL Facility Agreement, the other [Financing Agreements (as
defined therein)] and any other agreements, instruments and
other documents evidencing or governing the ABL Facility or
entered into at any time in connection therewith, as the same
may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified,
extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part,
from time to time.
ABL Facility
Loans: Indebtedness issued pursuant to
the ABL Facility.
K-1
ABR: for any day, a rate
per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next
1/16
of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in
effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in
effect on such day plus
1/2
of 1% and (c) 3.00%. For purposes hereof: Prime
Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum
publicly announced from time to time by
[ ]
(or another bank of recognized standing reasonably selected by
the Administrative Agent and reasonably satisfactory to the
Borrower) as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in
New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the
lowest rate of interest charged by [ ] in connection
with extensions of credit to debtors). Federal
Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the
weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged
by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding
Business Day by the Federal Reserve of New York, or, if such
rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day,
the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions
received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it. Any change in the
ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business
on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the
Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
ABR Loans: Loans the rate
of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
Acceleration: as defined in
Section 8.1(e).
Additional Commitments: as
defined in Section 2.5(a).
Additional Committing
Lender: as defined in
Section 2.5(c).
Additional
Indebtedness: any Indebtedness that
(x) is to be secured by a Lien on any Collateral permitted
by Section 7.3 of this Agreement and (y) is designated
as Additional Indebtedness by the Borrower by notice
in writing to the Administrative Agent.
Additional Lender: as
defined in Section 2.5(c).
Additional Term Loan
Amendment: as defined in
Section 2.5(c).
Additional Term Loan Closing
Date: as defined in Section 2.5(d).
Additional Term Loans: as
defined in Section 2.5(b).
Administrative Agent: as
defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor
to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to
Section 9.10.
Affected Loans: as defined
in Section 3.8.
Affected Rate: as defined
in Section 3.6.
Affiliate: as to any
Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which,
directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or
is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this
definition, control of a Person means the power,
directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 20% or more of
the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of
directors of such Person or (b) direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether
by contract or otherwise.
Agents: the collective
reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
Agreement: this Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or
otherwise modified, from time to time.
Applicable
Margin: (i) 4.00% per annum with
respect to ABR Loans and 5.00% per annum with respect to
Eurocurrency Loans or (ii) if the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio on the last day of the most recently completed fiscal
quarter of the Borrower is less than 3.50 to 1.00, then 3.50%
per annum with respect to ABR Loans and 4.50% per annum with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans, effective on the first day of the
immediately subsequent fiscal quarter, provided that
(x) until the end of the first two fiscal quarter period
that begins after the Closing Date, the Applicable Margin shall
be as set forth in clause (i) above and (y) commencing
with the fiscal quarter of the Borrower beginning
January 30, 2012, the Applicable Margin in the case of
clauses (i) and (ii) above shall increase by 0.25% per
annum on the first day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower
unless
K-2
(1) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans
outstanding at the beginning of the immediately preceding fiscal
quarter of the Borrower shall have been reduced by an amount
(the Target Amortization Amount) equal to
$3,750,000 minus (at the Borrowers option) any or all of
the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (up to an amount
not to exceed $3,750,000) repaid, prepaid, repurchased or
otherwise acquired or retired, including pursuant to
Section 3.4 but excluding scheduled installment payments
pursuant to Section 2.3, from the Closing Date to the last
day of such immediately preceding fiscal quarter (excluding any
amount thereof previously applied by the Borrower to the Target
Amortization Amount for any previous fiscal quarter of the
Borrower), and thereby to cause the Applicable Margin not to
increase on the first day of the immediately succeeding fiscal
quarter of the Borrower or (2) the Target Amortization
Amount as so calculated is zero.
Approved Fund: as defined
in Section 10.6(b).
Asset Sale: any sale,
issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition
(including through a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) by the
Borrower or any other Loan Party, in one or a series of related
transactions, of any real or personal, tangible or intangible,
property or assets of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (including
Capital Stock of any Subsidiary held by any Loan Party) to any
Person.
Assignee: as defined in
Section 10.6(b).
Assignment and
Acceptance: an Assignment and
Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit F.
Assumed Indebtedness: the
collective reference to all Rollover Indebtedness and
Unscheduled Assumed Indebtedness.
Available Amount: the sum,
without duplication, of
(a) 50% of the Available CNI Amount accrued during the
period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on
[ ],
20092 to
the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which consolidated
financial statements of the Borrower are available (or, in case
such Available CNI Amount shall be a negative number, 100% of
such negative number); plus
(b) the aggregate Net Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of
property or assets received (x) by the Borrower as capital
contributions to the Borrower after the Closing Date or from the
issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Capital Stock) after the Closing Date (other than Excluded
Contributions) or (y) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
from the issuance and sale by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
after the Closing Date of Indebtedness that shall have been
converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Borrower or any Parent
Entity, plus the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value of
any property or assets, received by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; minus
(c) the sum of the aggregate amount of dividends, payments
and distributions made after the Closing Date pursuant to
Section 7.7(b), Investments made after the Closing Date and
then outstanding pursuant to Section 7.8(q), acquisitions
made after the Closing Date pursuant to
Section 7.9(b)(ii)(y) and payments, prepayments,
repurchases or redemptions made after the Closing Date pursuant
to Section 7.11(a)(y).
For purposes of the foregoing and Sections 7.8(e), 7.8(f),
7.8(l), 7.8(p), 7.8(q) and 7.8(r) the amount of any Investment
outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such
Investment, reduced (at the Borrowers option) by any
dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital,
repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such
Investment; provided, that to the extent that the amount
of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to
Section 7.8(q) is so reduced by any portion of any such
amount or value that would otherwise be included in the
calculation of Available Amount pursuant to paragraph
(a) above, such portion of such amount or value shall not
be so included.
2 Insert
first day of fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs.
K-3
Available CNI Amount: for
any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock
dividends; provided, that there shall not be included in
such Available CNI Amount:
(a) solely for purposes of determining the amount available
under clause (a) of the definition of Available
Amount to pay or make dividends, payments and
distributions pursuant to Section 7.7(b), any net income
(loss) of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor if such
Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly,
on the payment of dividends or the making of similar
distributions by such Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the
Borrower by operation of the terms of such Subsidiarys
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such
Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (i) restrictions
that have been waived or otherwise released and
(ii) restrictions in effect on the Closing Date with
respect to a Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to
such Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less
favorable to the Lenders than such restrictions in effect on the
Closing Date), except that (A) the Borrowers equity
in the net income of any such Subsidiary for such period shall
be included in such Available CNI Amount up to the aggregate
amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could
have been made by such Subsidiary during such period to the
Borrower or another Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a
dividend that could have been made to another Subsidiary, to the
limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss
of such Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the
aggregate Investment of the Borrower or any of its other
Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary;
(b) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other
disposition of any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that
is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of
business (as determined in good faith by the board of directors
of the Borrower);
(c) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or
nonrecurring gain, loss or charge (including fees, expenses and
charges associated with the Transactions and any related
transactions, and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after
the Closing Date);
(d) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles;
(e) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums
paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;
(f) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any
foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other
similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative
agreements or arrangements);
(g) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or
losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency of such Person;
(h) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant
of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;
(i) to the extent otherwise included in such Available CNI
Amount, any unrealized foreign currency translation or
transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other
obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary owing to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
(j) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact
attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting
(including the total amount of depreciation and amortization,
cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the
write-up of
assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting
adjustments).
In the case of any unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge
not included in such Available CNI Amount pursuant to
clause (c) above in any determination thereof, the Borrower
will deliver an officers certificate to the Administrative
Agent promptly after the date on which such Available CNI Amount
is so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such
unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge.
K-4
Available Excluded Contribution
Amount: the aggregate amount of
Excluded Contributions, minus the sum of (i) the aggregate
amount of dividends, payments and distributions made after the
Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.7(a), (ii) the
aggregate amount of Investments made after the Closing Date and
then outstanding pursuant to Section 7.8(r), (iii) the
aggregate amount of consideration paid for acquisitions made
after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.9(b)(iii) and
(iv) the aggregate amount of payments, prepayments,
repurchases or redemptions made pursuant to
Section 7.11(a)(y).
benefited Lender: as
defined in Section 10.7(a).
Board: the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Borrower: as defined in the
Preamble hereto.
Borrowing: the borrowing of
one Type of Term Loan of a single Tranche by the Borrowers from
all the Lenders having Commitments of the respective Tranche on
a given date or resulting from a conversion or conversions on
such date, having in the case of Eurocurrency Loans the same
Interest Period.
Borrowing Date: as defined
in Section 5.2(c).
Business Day: a day other
than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in New York, New York [and
[ ]]
are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided
that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan,
Business Day shall also exclude any day on which
banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London
interbank market.
Calculation Date: as
defined in Section 7.1(b).
Capital Expenditures: with
respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of all
expenditures by such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries
during such period (exclusive of expenditures made (i) for
investments permitted by Section 7.8 and (ii) for
acquisitions permitted by Section 7.9) which, in accordance
with GAAP, are or should be included in capital expenditures.
Capital Stock: any and all
shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all
equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a
corporation) and any and all warrants or options to purchase any
of the foregoing.
Cash
Equivalents: (a) securities issued
or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government
or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof,
(b) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by any
state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America
or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of any
such state, commonwealth or territory having, at the time of
acquisition, an investment grade rating from either
Standard & Poors Ratings Group (a division of
The McGraw Hill Companies Inc.) or any successor rating agency
(S&P) or Moodys Investors Service,
Inc. or any successor rating agency
(Moodys) (or if at such time neither is
issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of such other
nationally recognized rating agency as shall be approved by the
Administrative Agent in its reasonable judgment), (c) time
deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances
of (i) any Lender or Affiliate thereof or (ii) any
commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$250,000,000 in the case of domestic banks and $100,000,000 (or
the dollar equivalent thereof) in the case of foreign banks,
(d) commercial paper rated at least
A-2 or the
equivalent thereof by S&P or at least
P-2 or the
equivalent thereof by Moodys (or if at such time neither
is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of such other
nationally recognized rating agency as shall be approved by the
Administrative Agent in its reasonable judgment),
(e) repurchase obligations for underlying obligations of
the types described in clauses (a), (b) and (d) above
entered into with any commercial bank meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (c) above or with securities dealers of
recognized national standing, (f) investments in money
market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of
Rule 2a-7
or any successor rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission
under the Investment Company Act, and (g) investments
similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign
currencies approved by the board of directors of the Borrower,
in each case provided in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and
(e) above only, maturing within twelve months after the
date of acquisition.
CD&R: Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and any successor in interest
thereto as manager of [ ].
K-5
CD&R
Holders: CD&R, the CD&R
Investors and any of their respective Affiliates.
CD&R
Investors: Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R
Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P. and their
respective successors in interest thereto.
Change in Consolidated Working
Capital: for any period, a positive or
negative number equal to the amount of Consolidated Working
Capital at the beginning of such period minus the amount of
Consolidated Working Capital at the end of such period, which
number shall be adjusted as follows: (x) if such number is
a positive number, it shall be adjusted by subtracting from such
number the positive number, if any, equal to any net decrease in
ABL Availability during such period, and (y) if such number
is a negative number, it shall be adjusted by adding to such
number the positive number, if any, equal to any net increase in
ABL Availability during such period.
Change in Tax Law: with
respect to any Agent, Lender or other Person, any change in
treaty, law or regulation in respect of Taxes, in each case,
that occurred after such Agent, Lender or Person, as the case
may be, became a party to this Agreement (or, if such Agent,
Lender or Person is an intermediary or flow-through entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant
beneficiary or member of such Agent, Lender or Person, as the
case may be, became such a beneficiary or member, if later);
provided, however, that Change in Tax Law shall not
include any change in any treaty, law or regulation to reflect,
in whole or in part, any proposed rule modification relating to
the qualification as a qualified intermediary, payments to a
nonqualified intermediary or payments to foreign entities
described in the General Explanations of the
Administrations Fiscal Year 2010 Revenue Proposals of the
Department of the Treasury, May 2009.
Change of Control: the
occurrence of any of the following events: (i)(x) the Permitted
Holders shall in the aggregate be the beneficial
owner (as defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act) of (A) if the Borrower is not a
Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, shares of Voting Stock having
less than 35% of the total voting power of all outstanding
shares of the Borrower and (B) if the Borrower is a
Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, shares of Voting Stock having
less than 35% of the total voting power of all outstanding
shares of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is
a Subsidiary of another Parent Entity) and (y) any
person or group (as such terms are used
in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other
than one or more Permitted Holders, shall be the
beneficial owner of (A) if the Borrower is not
a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, shares of Voting Stock having
more than 35% of the total voting power of all outstanding
shares of the Borrower and (B) if the Borrower is a
Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, shares of Voting Stock having
more than 35% of the total voting power of all outstanding
shares of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is
a Subsidiary of another Parent Entity), and (ii) the
Continuing Directors shall cease to constitute a majority of the
members of the board of directors of the Borrower.
Closing Date: as defined in
Section 5.1.
Code: the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Collateral: all assets of
the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a
Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.
Collateral Agent: as
defined in the Preamble hereto.
Commitment: as to any
Lender, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of such Lender.
Commonly Controlled
Entity: an entity, whether or not
incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower
within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a
group which includes the Borrower and which is treated as a
single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the
Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and
Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer
under Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code.
Conduit Lender: any special
purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for
the purpose of making Term Loans otherwise required to be made
by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written
instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of
which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the
Borrower on request); provided that the designation by
any Lender of a Conduit
K-6
Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its
obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to
fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to
fund any such Term Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the
Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to
deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under
this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and
provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall
(a) be entitled to any payment pursuant to any provision of
this Agreement, including without limitation Sections 3.9,
3.10, 3.11 or 10.5, in an amount greater than the designating
Lender would have been entitled to in respect of the extensions
of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender
had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be
deemed to have any Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or
(c) be designated if such designation would otherwise
increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.
Consolidated Current Portion of Long Term
Debt: at the date of determination
thereof, the current portion of Consolidated Long Term Debt that
is included in Consolidated Short Term Debt.
Consolidated
Indebtedness: at the date of
determination thereof, an amount equal to (a) all
indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP and as disclosed on the Borrowers consolidated
balance sheet minus (b) the lesser of (i) the
aggregate amount of cash included in the cash accounts listed on
the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as at such date to the extent such cash is not
classified as restricted for financial statement
purposes and (ii) $50,000,000.
Consolidated Interest
Expense: for any period, an amount
equal to (a) interest expense (accrued and paid or payable
in cash for such period, and in any event excluding any
amortization or write off of financing costs) on Indebtedness of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period minus
(b) interest income (accrued and received or receivable in
cash for such period) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
such period, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Leverage
Ratio: as of the last day of any
period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness on such
day to (b) EBITDA for such period.
Consolidated Long Term
Debt: at the date of determination
thereof, all long term debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
and as disclosed on the Borrowers consolidated balance
sheet most recently delivered under Section 6.1.
Consolidated Net
Income: for any period, net income
(loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Short Term
Debt: at the date of determination
thereof, all short term debt of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP and as disclosed on the Borrowers consolidated
balance sheet most recently delivered under Section 6.1.
Consolidated Tangible
Assets: as of any date of
determination, the total assets less the sum of the goodwill,
net, and other intangible assets, net, in each case reflected on
the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal
quarter of the Borrower for which such a balance sheet is
available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP; provided, that Consolidated Tangible Assets shall
not be less than $[ ].
Consolidated Working
Capital: at the date of determination
thereof, the aggregate amount of all current assets (excluding
cash, Cash Equivalents, and deferred taxes and income taxes
receivable recorded as current assets) minus the aggregate
amount of all current liabilities (excluding indebtedness under
the ABL Facility, the Consolidated Current Portion of Long Term
Debt, working capital indebtedness of Foreign
Subsidiaries, and deferred taxes and accrued income taxes
payable recorded as current liabilities), in each case
determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.
Continuing Directors: the
directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date, after giving
effect to the Transactions and the other transactions
contemplated thereby, and each other director if, in each case,
such other directors nomination for election to the board
of directors of the Borrower is recommended by at least a
K-7
majority of the then Continuing Directors or the election of
such other director is approved by one or more Permitted Holders.
Contractual Obligation: as
to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by
such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other
undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or
any of its property is bound.
Convertible
Notes: 2.125% Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2024 of NCI Building Systems, Inc.,
issued on November 16, 2004.
Convertible Notes
Indenture: the Indenture, dated as of
November 16, 2004, between the Borrower and The Bank of New
York, as trustee.
[Convertible Note Lockbox
Account: has the meaning given in the
Investment Agreement.]
Cumulative Excess Cash
Flow: the sum of Excess Cash Flow (but
not less than zero) for the fiscal year ending on
[ ], 2010 and Excess Cash Flow (but not less than
zero in any period) for each succeeding and completed fiscal
year. For purposes of such calculation, Excess Cash Flow shall
be calculated without reduction for any amount applied as
contemplated by clause (b) of the definition of the term
Not Otherwise Applied.
Cumulative Term Loan
Amortization: as of any date of
determination, the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans
repaid, prepaid, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired
(other than scheduled installment payments pursuant to
Section 2.3) from the Closing Date to the date of
determination.
Cumulative Term Loan Amortization Not Otherwise
Applied: with reference to any amount
of Cumulative Term Loan Amortization, such amount thereof that
was not previously applied by the Borrower to the Required
Amortization Amount and thereby to waive application of
Section 7.1(a), as provided in Section 7.1(b).
Default: any of the events
specified in Section 8.1, whether or not any requirement
for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of
Section 8.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or
both, or any other condition specified in Section 8.1, has
been satisfied.
Default Notice: as defined
in Section 8.1(e).
Defaulting Lender: any
Lender which fails to advance a loan required to be made by it
pursuant to the terms of a syndicated facility or has become
insolvent.
Deposit Account: any
deposit account (as such term is defined in Article 9 of
the UCC).
Disinterested Director: as
defined in Section 7.10.
Disposition: as defined in
Section 7.6.
Disqualified Capital
Stock: any Capital Stock which, by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the
happening of any event, (a) is mandatorily redeemable in
whole or in part prior to the Termination Date, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (b) is
convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of
the issuer thereof) prior to the Termination Date for
(i) Indebtedness or any Capital Stock referred to in
clause (a) above, or (c) contains any mandatory
repurchase obligation which comes into effect prior to the
Termination Date, provided that any Capital Stock that
would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for
provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any
security into or for which such Capital Stock is convertible,
exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer
thereof to redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
change in control or a sale or other Disposition of property or
assets shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock.
Dollars and
$: dollars in lawful currency
of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary: any
Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.
K-8
EBITDA: for any period,
Consolidated Net Income for such period adjusted (i) to
exclude the following items (without duplication) of income or
expense to the extent that such items are included in the
calculation of Consolidated Net Income: (a) Consolidated
Interest Expense, (b) any non-cash expenses and charges,
(c) the provision or benefit for income taxes,
(d) depreciation expense, (e) the expense associated
with amortization of intangible and other assets (including
amortization or other expense recognition of any costs
associated with asset
write-ups in
accordance with FAS Nos. 141 and 142), (f) non-cash
provisions for reserves for discontinued operations,
(g) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains or
losses or charges or credits, including but not limited to any
expenses relating to the Transactions, (h) any gain or loss
associated with the sale or write-down of assets not in the
ordinary course of business, (i) any income or loss
attributable to noncontrolling interests, and (j) any
income or loss accounted for by the equity method of accounting
(except in the case of income to the extent of the amount of
cash dividends or cash distributions paid to the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries by the entity accounted for by the equity
method of accounting). For the purposes of calculating EBITDA
for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a
Reference Period) pursuant to any
determination of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, (i) if at
any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing
Date) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made
any Material Disposition, the EBITDA for such Reference Period
shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive)
attributable to the property that is the subject of such
Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by
an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto
for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference
Period (and after the Closing Date) the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries shall have made a Material Acquisition, EBITDA for
such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma
effect thereto in accordance with
Regulation S-X
as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of
such Reference Period. As used in this definition,
Material Acquisition means any acquisition of
property or series of related acquisitions of property that
(x) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all
of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or
substantially all of the common stock of a Person and
(y) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and
Material Disposition means any
disposition of property or series of related dispositions of
property that (x) constitutes assets comprising all or
substantially all of an operating unit of a business or
constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a
Person and (y) yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this definition, solely
for the purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio, EBITDA of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
shall be: (x) for the four fiscal quarter period ending
[ ]3,
four times EBITDA for the last fiscal quarter in such period,
(y) for the four fiscal quarter period ending
[ ]4,
two times EBITDA for the last two fiscal quarters in such period
and (z) for the four fiscal quarter period ending
[ ]5,
4/3 times
EBITDA for the last three fiscal quarters in such period.
ECF Payment Date: as
defined in Section 3.4(c)(ii).
ECF Percentage: 50%,
provided that with respect to any fiscal year, the ECF
Percentage shall be reduced to zero if the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 4.00
to 1.00.
Environmental Costs: any
and all costs or expenses (including attorneys and
consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees,
response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, fines,
penalties, damages, settlement payments, judgments and awards),
of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or
otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to, any actual
or alleged violation of, noncompliance with or liability under
any Environmental Laws. Environmental Costs include any and all
of the foregoing, without regard to whether they arise out of or
are related to any past, pending or threatened proceeding of any
kind.
Environmental Laws: any and
all U.S. or foreign federal, state, provincial,
territorial, foreign, local or municipal laws, rules, orders,
enforceable guidelines,
orders-in-council,
regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, and such
requirements of any Governmental Authority properly promulgated
and having the
3 Insert
last day of first fiscal quarter commencing after closing.
4 Insert
last day of second fiscal quarter commencing after closing.
5 Insert
last day of third fiscal quarter commencing after closing.
K-9
force and effect of law or other Requirements of Law (including
common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or
standards of conduct concerning protection of human health (as
it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern) or
the environment, as have been, or now or at any relevant time
hereafter are, in effect.
Environmental Permits: any
and all permits, licenses, registrations, notifications,
exemptions and any other authorization required under any
Environmental Law.
Equity Investment: as
defined in the Preamble hereto.
ERISA: the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
time.
Eurocurrency Base
Rate: with respect to each day during
each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan, the rate
per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the
arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
1/100th of 1%) of the offered rates for deposits in Dollars with
a term comparable to such Interest Period that appears on
Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute
page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such
service as determined by Agent) at approximately
11:00 A.M., London time, on the second full Business Day
preceding the first day of such Interest Period;
provided, that the Eurocurrency Base Rate shall not be
less than 2.00% per annum.
Eurocurrency Loans: Term
Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the
Eurocurrency Rate.
Eurocurrency Rate: with
respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a
Eurocurrency Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in
accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the
nearest
1/100th
of 1%):
Eurocurrency Base Rate
1.00 − Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
Eurocurrency Reserve
Requirements: for any day as applied to
a Eurocurrency Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the
rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements
in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal
and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or
other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect
thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for
eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as
Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the
Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
Event of Default: any of
the events specified in Section 8.1, provided that
any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or
both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.
Excess Cash Flow: for any
period, EBITDA minus, without duplication, (a) any Capital
Expenditures made in cash during such period, minus (b) any
principal payments, purchases or other retirements (other than
principal payments during such period pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(ii) unless and to the extent that the event
giving rise to such mandatory prepayment causes an increase in
EBITDA) of the Term Loans made during such period), minus
(c) any principal payments, purchases or other retirements
resulting in a permanent reduction of any other Indebtedness
(other than the Convertible Notes) of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries made during such period, minus
(d) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, minus
(e) any taxes paid or payable in cash for such period,
minus (f) the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale to the
extent that such Net Cash Proceeds (i) (without duplication of
clause (a) or (g) of this definition) consist of any
Reinvested Amount or are otherwise applied in accordance with
Section 3.4(c) and (ii) are included in the
calculation of EBITDA, minus (g) (without duplication of
clause (a) of this definition) any Investment or
acquisition made in accordance with Sections 7.8(e),
7.8(h), 7.8(l) or 7.8(p) (without giving effect to the proviso
thereto), 7.8(q) or 7.9, minus (h) (without duplication of
clause (b) or (c) of this definition) the proceeds of
any Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries during such period in the ordinary
course of its business to the extent included in EBITDA, minus
(i) to the extent not otherwise subtracted from EBITDA in
this definition of Excess Cash Flow, any cash
dividends made during such period by the Borrower, so long as
such dividends are expressly permitted by Section 7.7,
minus (j) to the
K-10
extent not otherwise reflected in a reduction of EBITDA, the
amount of any cash contributions required by law to be made by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Plan, minus
(k) to the extent included in calculating EBITDA, any cash
expenses relating to the Transactions, minus (l) any
earnings of a Foreign Subsidiary included in EBITDA for such
period (except to the extent such earnings are used for any
purposes described in clauses (a) through (k) above)
to the extent such Foreign Subsidiary is subject to legal,
contractual or other restrictions, directly or indirectly, on
paying dividends or making distributions, directly or
indirectly, to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary thereof,
including but not limited to pursuant to the terms of any
Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary, plus (m) the
Change in Consolidated Working Capital for such period.
Exchange Act: the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Excluded Contribution: Net
Proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of property or assets,
received by the Borrower as capital contributions to the
Borrower after the Closing Date or from the issuance or sale
(other than to a Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock of the Borrower), in each case to the
extent designated as an Excluded Contribution by the Borrower
and not previously included in the calculation of Available
Amount for purposes of determining whether a dividend, payment
or distribution may be made pursuant to Section 7.7(b), an
Investment may be made pursuant to Section 7.8(q), an
acquisition may be made pursuant to Section 7.9(b)(iii) or
an optional payment may be made pursuant to
Section 7.11(a)(y).
Excluded Taxes: with
respect to any Agent, Lender or other Person, any (a) Taxes
measured by or imposed upon the net income of such Agent, Lender
or Person, (b) franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on
doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall
capital or net worth of such Agent, Lender or Person and
(c) Taxes imposed by reason of any activity or other
connection of such Agent, Lender or Person in the jurisdiction
imposing such Tax, excluding any activity or connection arising
solely from such Agent, Lender or Person having executed,
delivered or performed its obligations under, or received
payment under or enforced, this Agreement or the Notes.
Exempt Sale and Leaseback
Transaction: any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction (a) in which the sale or transfer of property
occurs within 90 days of the acquisition of such property
by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) that
involves property with a book value of $[ ] or less,
and is not part of a series of related Sale and Leaseback
Transactions involving property with an aggregate value in
excess of such amount and entered into with a single Person or
group of Persons.
Existing Mortgages: the
mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt set forth in
Schedule D.
Existing Term Loans: as
defined in Section 2.5(b).
Extension of Credit: as to
any Lender, the making of a Term Loan by such Lender.
Facility: the
Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans made
thereunder.
Factoring Transaction: any
transaction or series of transactions entered into by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to which the Borrower or
such Subsidiary sells, conveys or otherwise transfers accounts
receivable of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to a non-related
third party factor.
Fair Market Value: with
respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such
asset or property as determined in good faith by the board of
directors of the Borrower, whose determination will be
conclusive.
Federal Funds Effective
Rate: as defined in the definition of
the term ABR in this Section 1.1.
Financing Lease: any lease
by such Person of property, real or personal, for which the
obligations of the lessee are required in accordance with GAAP
to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such lessee; provided,
that, if at any time an operating lease of such lessee is
required to be recharacterized as a Financing Lease after the
date hereof as a result of a change in GAAP, then for purposes
hereof such lease shall not be deemed a Financing Lease. The
stated maturity of any Indebtedness under a Financing Lease
shall be the scheduled date under the terms thereof of the last
payment of rent or any other amount due under such Financing
Lease.
K-11
FIRREA: the Financial
Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as
amended from time to time.
Fiscal Period End Date: as
defined in Section 7.1(b).
fiscal year: any period of
twelve consecutive months ending on the Sunday closest to
October 31 of any calendar year.
Foreign Pension Plan: a
registered pension plan which is subject to applicable pension
legislation other than ERISA or the Code, which a Subsidiary
sponsors or maintains, or to which it makes or is obligated to
make contributions.
Foreign Plan: each Foreign
Pension Plan, deferred compensation or other retirement or
superannuation plan, fund, program, agreement, commitment or
arrangement whether oral or written, funded or unfunded,
sponsored, established, maintained or contributed to, or
required to be contributed to, or with respect to which any
liability is borne, outside the United States of America, by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any such plan,
fund, program, agreement or arrangement sponsored by a
Governmental Authority.
Foreign
Subsidiary: (i) any Subsidiary of
the Borrower that is not organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary and
(ii) any Foreign Subsidiary Holdco.
Foreign Subsidiary
Holdco: any Subsidiary of the Borrower
that has no material assets other than securities or
Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or
Subsidiaries thereof), intellectual property relating to such
Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof) and other assets
relating to an ownership interest in any such securities,
Indebtedness, intellectual property or Subsidiaries.
GAAP: with respect to the
covenant contained in Section 7.1 and all defined terms
relating thereto, and the defined terms Available CNI
Amount and Consolidated Tangible Assets,
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America in effect on the Closing Date, and, for all other
purposes under this Agreement, generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America in effect from time
to time.
Governmental Authority: any
nation or government, any state or other political subdivision
thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining to government.
Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement: the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date
hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, as the same
may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from
time to time.
Guarantee Obligation: as to
any Person (the guaranteeing person),
any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or
(b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of
credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person
has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar
obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect
guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other
obligations (the primary obligations) of any
other third Person (the primary obligor) in
any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such
obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not
contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or
any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
(ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase
or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to
maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary
obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities
or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of
any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary
obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or
(iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any
such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof;
provided, however, that the term Guarantee
Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The
amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person
shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to
the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in
respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and
(b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person
may be liable pursuant to the terms of the
K-12
instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such
primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such
guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or
determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee
Obligation shall be such guaranteeing persons maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as
determined by the Borrower in good faith.
guaranteeing person: as
defined in the definition of the term Guarantee
Obligation in this Section 1.1.
Guarantor: each Domestic
Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Domestic Subsidiary
of a Foreign Subsidiary) which becomes a party to the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement as a guarantor thereunder of the
monetary obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents,
in each case, unless and until such time as the respective
Guarantor ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the
Borrower or is released from its obligations as such a guarantor
under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in accordance with
the terms and conditions thereof.
Indebtedness: of any Person
at any date, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for
borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or
services (other than trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary
course of business), (b) any other indebtedness of such
Person which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar
instrument, (c) all obligations of such Person under
Financing Leases, (d) all obligations of such Person in
respect of acceptances issued or created for the account of such
Person, (e) for purposes of Section 7.2 and
Section 8.1(e) only, all obligations of such Person in
respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements, and (f) all
indebtedness or obligations of the types referred to in the
preceding clauses (a) through (e) to the extent
secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even
though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable
for the payment thereof.
Indemnification
Agreement: the Indemnification
Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2009,
between the Borrower and the CD&R Investors, as the same
may be amended, modified
and/or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof.
Indemnified Liabilities: as
defined in Section 10.5.
Indemnitee: as defined in
Section 10.5.
Individual Lender
Exposure: as to any Lender, such
Lenders Term Loan Exposure.
Insolvency: with respect to
any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is
insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
Insolvent: pertaining to a
condition of Insolvency.
[Insured Fee
Properties: the collective reference to
the real properties owned in fee by the Loan Parties described
on Part I(a) of Schedule 4.6, including without
limitation, all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures
now or subsequently located thereon and owned by any such Loan
Party.]
Intellectual Property: as
defined in Section 4.7.
Intercreditor
Agreement: the Intercreditor Agreement
dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent and
the Collateral Agent and the administrative agent and the
collateral agent under the ABL Facility, and acknowledged by
certain of the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of
Exhibit D, as the same may be amended, modified
and/or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof.
Intercreditor Agreement
Supplement: as defined in
Section 9.9(a).
Interest Payment
Date: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the
last day of each March, June, September and December to occur
while such Term Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date
of such Term Loan, (b) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having
an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such
Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having
an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day
which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the
first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of
such Interest Period.
K-13
Interest Period: with
respect to any Eurocurrency Loan:
(i) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or
conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such
Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months
thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of
borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given
with respect thereto; and
(ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of
the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such
Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months
thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to
the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior
to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect
thereto; and
provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to
Interest Periods are subject to the following:
(A) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result
of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into
another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall
end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(B) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond
the Termination Date shall (for all purposes other than
Section 3.11) end on the Termination Date;
(C) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business
Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end
of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a
calendar month; and
(D) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to
require a scheduled payment of any Eurocurrency Loan during an
Interest Period for such Term Loan.
Interest Rate Protection
Agreement: any interest rate protection
agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option, interest
rate cap or collar or other interest rate hedge arrangement to
or under which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or
becomes a party or a beneficiary.
Investment Agreement: the
Investment Agreement, dated as of
[ ],
2009, between the Borrower and the CD&R Investors, as the
same may be amended, modified
and/or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof.
Investment Company Act: the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
Investment Documents: [the
Investment Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and
the Series B Preferred Stock CoD].
Investments: as defined in
Section 7.8.
Judgment Currency: as
defined in Section 10.8(a).
Judgment Currency Date: as
defined in Section 10.8(a).
Lenders: the several banks
and other financial institutions from time to time parties to
this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any
such bank or financial institution through which such bank or
financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative
Agent and the Borrower, to make any Term Loans available to the
Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or
consenting with respect to (a) any amendment,
supplementation or modification of any Loan Document,
(b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan
Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences
or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or
consent pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, the bank or
financial institution making such election shall be deemed the
Lender rather than such affiliate, which shall not
be entitled to so vote or consent.
Lien: any mortgage, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, security deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement
or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including, without limitation, any
K-14
conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any
Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as
any of the foregoing).
Liquidity Amount: the sum
of (a) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) ABL Availability and
the amount of undrawn availability under any other revolving
credit facility of the Borrower or any Subsidiary then in effect
at such time, if any.
Loan: a Term Loan,
collectively, the Loans.
Loan Documents: this
Agreement, any Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement and any other Security Documents, each
as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time
to time.
Loan Parties: the Borrower
and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to a Loan
Document; individually, a Loan Party.
Management Investors: the
collective reference to the officers, directors, employees and
other members of the management of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, or family members or relatives thereof or trusts
for the benefit of any of the foregoing, who at any particular
date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire,
directly or indirectly, common stock of the Borrower or any
Parent Entity.
Management Subscription
Agreements: one or more stock
subscription, stock option, grant or other agreements which have
been or may be entered into between the Borrower or any Parent
Entity and one or more Management Investors (or any of their
heirs, successors, assigns, legal representatives or estates),
with respect to the issuance to
and/or
acquisition, ownership
and/or
disposition by any of such parties of common stock of the
Borrower or any Parent Entity, or options, warrants, units or
other rights in respect of common stock of the Borrower or any
Parent Entity, any agreements entered into from time to time by
transferees of any such stock, options, warrants or other rights
in connection with the sale, transfer or reissuance thereof, and
any assumptions of any of the foregoing by third parties, as
amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to
time.
Material Adverse Effect: a
material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations,
property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity
or enforceability as to any Loan Party party thereto of this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or
remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and
the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.
Material
Subsidiaries: Subsidiaries of the
Borrower constituting, individually or in the aggregate (as if
such Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary), a
significant subsidiary in accordance with
Rule 1-02
under
Regulation S-X.
Materials of Environmental
Concern: any hazardous or toxic
substances or materials or wastes defined, listed, or regulated
as such in or under, or which may give rise to liability under,
any applicable Environmental Law, including gasoline, petroleum
(including crude oil or any fraction thereof), petroleum
products or by-products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and
urea-formaldehyde insulation.
K-15
Maximum Consolidated Leverage
Ratio: as at the last day of any period
of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending on
any date set forth below, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio set
forth below opposite such period:
|
|
|
Four Fiscal Quarter Period Ending
|
|
Consolidated Leverage Ratio
|
|
October 30, 2011
|
|
5.00:1.00
|
January 29, 2012
|
|
4.75:1.00
|
April 29, 2012
|
|
4.50:1.00
|
July 29, 2012
|
|
4.25:1.00
|
October 28, 2012
|
|
4.00:1.00
|
January 27, 2013
|
|
3.875:1.00
|
April 28, 2013
|
|
3.75:1.00
|
July 28, 2013
|
|
3.625:1.00
|
November 3, 2013 and each fiscal quarter end date thereafter
|
|
3.50:1.00
|
Moodys: as defined in
the definition of Cash Equivalents in this
Section 1.1.
[Mortgaged Fee
Properties: the collective reference to
the real properties owned in fee by the Loan Parties described
on [Part I(b) of] Schedule 4.6, including all
buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures now or
subsequently located thereon and owned by any such Loan Party.]
[Mortgaged
Properties: the collective reference to
each of the Insured Fee Properties and the Mortgaged Fee
Properties.]
Mortgages: each of the
mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt executed and
delivered by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C or in such other
form as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented,
waived or otherwise modified from time to time. For the
avoidance of doubt, the amendment and restatement of an Existing
Mortgage shall constitute a Mortgage hereunder.
Most Recent Four Quarter
Period: the four fiscal quarter period
of the Borrower ending on the last date of the most recently
completed fiscal year or quarter for which financial statements
of the Borrower have been (or have been required to be)
delivered under Section 6.1 (a) or (b).
Multiemployer Plan: a Plan
which is a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Cash Proceeds: with
respect to any Asset Sale, any Recovery Event, or the issuance
of any debt securities or any borrowings by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.2(c), an amount
equal to the gross proceeds in cash and Cash Equivalents of such
Asset Sale, Recovery Event, issuance or borrowing, net of
(a) reasonable attorneys fees, accountants
fees, brokerage, consultant and other customary fees,
underwriting commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses
actually incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, Recovery
Event, issuance or borrowing, (b) Taxes paid or reasonably
estimated to be payable as a result thereof,
(c) appropriate amounts provided or to be provided by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as a reserve, in accordance
with GAAP, with respect to any liabilities associated with such
Asset Sale or Recovery Event and retained by the Borrower or any
such Subsidiary after such Asset Sale or Recovery Event and
other appropriate amounts to be used by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries to discharge or pay on a current basis any
other liabilities associated with such Asset Sale or Recovery
Event, (d) in the case of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event
of or involving an asset subject to a Lien securing any
Indebtedness, payments made and installment payments required to
be made to repay such Indebtedness, including payments in
respect of principal, interest and prepayment premiums and
penalties, and (e) in the case of an Asset Sale or Recovery
Event of or involving an asset of any Foreign Subsidiary, any
amount which may not be applied as provided in
Section 3.4(c) pursuant to any applicable legal,
contractual or other restrictions including but not limited to
pursuant to the terms of any Indebtedness of any Foreign
Subsidiary.
K-16
Net Proceeds: with respect
to any issuance or sale of any securities or incurrence of
indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means the cash
proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of
attorneys fees, accountants fees, underwriters
or placement agents fees, discounts or commissions and
brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of
Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
New Parent: as defined in
Section 7.6(e).
New Tranche B Term Loan Committed
Amount: has the meaning given in the
Third Amendment.
Non-Consenting Lender: as
defined in Section 10.1(e).
Non-Defaulting Lender: Any
Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.
Non-Excluded Taxes: any
Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
Not Otherwise Applied means, with
reference to any amount of Excess Cash Flow, that such amount
(a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Term Loans
pursuant to Section 3.4(c), and (b) was not previously
applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under
the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have
been) and remains contingent on receipt of such amount or
utilization of such amount for a specified purpose. The Borrower
shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any
application of such amount as contemplated by clause (b)
above.
Notes: the Term Loan Notes.
Obligation Currency: as
defined in Section 10.8(a).
Offer: as defined in
Section 3.4(b).
Offer Loans: as defined in
Section 3.4(b).
Original Credit
Agreement: as defined in the Recitals.
Original
Collateral: Collateral, as defined in
the Original Security Agreement
Original Security
Agreement: the Security Agreement,
dated as of June 18, 2004, between the Borrower, the
subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and the Administrative
Agent.
Original Security
Documents: the Original Security
Agreement, any pledge agreements, any account control agreements
and any and all other agreements, instruments and documents
entered into or delivered pursuant to or in connection with a
security interest in the Original Collateral pursuant to the
Original Credit Agreement; for the avoidance of doubt, the
Existing Mortgages are not included in the defined term
Original Security Documents.
Other
Representatives: [ ],
in its capacity as bookrunner and lead arranger of the
Commitments hereunder.
Parent Entity: any Person
of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing
Date that is designated by the Borrower as a Parent
Entity, provided that either immediately after the
Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than
50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or
more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the
Borrower or a Parent Entity of the Borrower immediately prior to
the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary.
Participants: as defined in
Section 10.6(c).
Patriot Act: as defined in
Section 10.19.
PBGC: the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of
Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).
Permitted Hedging
Arrangement: agreements or arrangements
relating to interest, currency, commodity or other hedging
entered into, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries for bona fide hedging purposes.
K-17
Permitted
Holders: (a) CD&R, any
CD&R Investor and any of their respective Affiliates;
(b) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or
advised by CD&R or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate
of or successor to any such investment fund or vehicle,
(c) any limited or general partners of, or other investors
in, any CD&R Investor or any Affiliate thereof, or any such
investment fund or vehicle, (d) any Management Investors
and (e) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter
in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock
of the Borrower or any Parent Entity, and in each case their
successors and assigns.
Permitted Liens: as defined
in Section 7.3.
Person: an individual,
partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business
trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of
whatever nature.
Plan: at a particular time,
any employee benefit plan which is covered by ERISA and in
respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is
an employer as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
Preferred Stock: the
Series B Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred
Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Borrower.
primary obligations: as
defined in the definition of the term Guarantee
Obligation in this Section 1.1.
primary obligor: as defined
in the definition of the term Guarantee Obligation
in this Section 1.1.
Prime Rate: as defined in
the definition of the term ABR in this
Section 1.1.
rate of exchange: as
defined in Section 10.8(c).
Recovery Event: any
settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty
insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any
asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries giving rise to
Net Cash Proceeds to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the
case may be, in excess of $[ ], to
the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute
reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such casualty
or condemnation.
Reference Period: as
defined in the definition of the term EBITDA of this
Section 1.1.
Refinance: with respect to
any then outstanding Indebtedness, the issuance of Indebtedness
issued or given in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are
used to, extend, refinance, renew, replace, substitute or
refund, in whole or in part, such theretofore outstanding
Indebtedness.
Register: as defined in
Section 10.6(b).
Registration Rights
Agreement: the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of
[ ],
2009, between the Borrower and the CD&R Investors, as the
same may be amended, modified
and/or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof.
Regulation S-X: Regulation S-X
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, as in
effect on the Closing Date.
Regulation T: Regulation T
of the Board as in effect from time to time.
Regulation U: Regulation U
of the Board as in effect from time to time.
Regulation X: Regulation X
of the Board as in effect from time to time.
Reinvested Amount: with
respect to any Asset Sale permitted by Section 7.6(i) or
Recovery Event, that portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof
(which portion shall not exceed, with respect to any Asset Sale
occurring on or after the Closing Date (but not any Recovery
Event and excluding any amount applied to permit any acquisition
pursuant to Section 7.9(b)(ii)),
$[ ] minus the aggregate Reinvested
Amounts with respect to all such Asset Sales on or after the
Closing Date) as shall, according to a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the
Administrative Agent within 30 days of such Asset Sale or
Recovery Event, be reinvested in the business of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries in a manner consistent with the
K-18
provisions hereof within 180 days of the receipt of such
Net Cash Proceeds with respect to any such Asset Sale or
Recovery Event or, if such reinvestment is in a project
authorized by the board of directors of the Borrower that will
take longer than such 180 days to complete, the period of
time necessary to complete such project; provided that if
any such certificate of a Responsible Officer is not delivered
to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Asset Sale or
Recovery Event, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement, any Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale or Recovery
Event shall be immediately deposited in a cash collateral
account, established at the Administrative Agent or to be held
as collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent as
applicable, for the benefit of the Lenders on terms reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and shall remain on
deposit in such cash collateral account until such certificate
of a Responsible Officer is delivered to the Administrative
Agent.
Related Taxes: (x) any
taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to
sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp,
property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth,
gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes,
charges or assessments (other than federal, state or local taxes
measured by income and federal, state or local withholding
imposed by any government or other taxing authority on payments
made by any Parent Entity other than to another Parent Entity),
required to be paid by any Parent Entity by virtue of its being
incorporated or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by
virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any
corporation or other entity other than the Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity), or being a holding company
parent of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent
Entity or receiving dividends from or other distributions in
respect of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity, or having guaranteed any
obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, or having
made any payment in respect of any of the items for which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to make
payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 7.7, or
acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, prosecuting,
protecting or defending its intellectual property and associated
rights (including but not limited to receiving or paying
royalties for the use thereof) relating to the business or
businesses of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, or
(y) any other federal, state, foreign, provincial or local
taxes measured by income for which any Parent Entity is liable
up to an amount not to exceed, with respect to federal taxes,
the amount of any such taxes that the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate
company basis, or on a consolidated basis as if the Borrower had
filed a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as
defined in Section 1504 of the Code or an analogous
provision of state, local or foreign law) of which it were the
common parent, or with respect to state and local taxes, the
amount of any such taxes that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
would have been required to pay on a separate company basis, or
on a combined basis as if the Borrower had filed a combined
return on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Reorganization: with
respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan
is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of
ERISA.
Reportable Event: any of
the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other
than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is
waived under Sections .13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC
Reg. § 2615 or any successor regulation thereto.
Required Amortization
Amount: as defined in
Section 7.1(b).
Required Lenders: Lenders
the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures
represent at least a majority of the sum of the aggregate amount
of all outstanding Term Loans of Non-Defaulting Lenders,
excluding any Lender that is a CD&R Holder other than with
respect to any consent, approval, vote or other action of
Required Lenders that would result in a disproportionate impact
or effect on any Lender that is a CD&R Holder in relation
to one or more Lenders that are not CD&R Holders.
Requirement of Law: as to
any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or
other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and
any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or
regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding
upon such Person or any of its material property or to which
such Person or any of its material property is subject,
including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning,
occupancy and
K-19
subdivision of real properties; provided that the
foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of
any Governmental Authority.
Responsible Officer: as to
any Person, any of the following officers of such Person:
(a) the chief executive officer or the president of such
Person and, with respect to financial matters, the chief
financial officer, the treasurer or the controller of such
Person, (b) any vice president of such Person or, with
respect to financial matters, any assistant treasurer or
assistant controller of such Person, who has been designated in
writing to the Administrative Agent as a Responsible Officer by
such chief executive officer or president of such Person or,
with respect to financial matters, such chief financial officer
of such Person, (c) with respect to Section 6.7 and
without limiting the foregoing, the general counsel of such
Person and (d) with respect to ERISA matters, the senior
vice president human resources (or substantial
equivalent) of such Person.
Rollover
Indebtedness: Existing Indebtedness of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries identified on Schedule B
hereto, in each case that remains outstanding after the Closing
Date.
S&P: as defined in the
definition of the term Cash Equivalents in this
Section 1.1.
Sale and Leaseback
Transaction: any arrangement with any
Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of real or personal property which has been or is
to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary
to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or
are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such
property or rental obligations of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary.
Secured Parties: as defined
in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
Securities Act: the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
Security Documents: the
collective reference to each Mortgage related to any Mortgaged
Property, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and all other
similar security documents hereafter delivered to the Collateral
Agent granting a Lien on any asset or assets of any Person to
secure the obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties
hereunder
and/or under
any of the other Loan Documents or to secure any guarantee of
any such obligations and liabilities, including any security
documents executed and delivered or caused to be delivered to
the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6.9(b), in each
case as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from
time to time.
Senior Notes: as defined in
Section 7.2(c).
Series B Preferred Stock
CoD: [ ].
Set: the collective
reference to Eurocurrency Loans of a single Tranche, the then
current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on
the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not
such Term Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
Single Employer Plan: any
Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is
not a Multiemployer Plan.
Solvent and
Solvency: with respect to any
Person on a particular date, the condition that, on such date,
(a) the fair value of the property of such Person is
greater than the total amount of liabilities, including
contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present
fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than
the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability
of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured,
(c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe
that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such
Persons ability to pay as such debts and liabilities
mature, and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a
transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a
transaction, for which such Persons property would
constitute an unreasonably small amount of capital.
Stockholders Agreement: the
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
[ ], 2009, between the Borrower and
the CD&R Investors, as the same may be amended, modified
and/or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof.
Subordinated
Indebtedness: as defined in
Section 7.2(c).
K-20
Subsidiary: as to any
Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or
other entity (a) of which shares of stock or other
ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than
stock or such other ownership interests having such power only
by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority
of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other entity are at
the time owned by such Person, or (b) the management of
which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through
one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person and, in the
case of this clause (b), which is treated as a consolidated
subsidiary for accounting purposes. Unless otherwise qualified,
all references to a Subsidiary or to
Subsidiaries in this Agreement shall refer to a
Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
Supermajority
Lenders: Lenders the sum of whose
outstanding Commitments (or after the termination thereof,
outstanding Individual Lender Exposures) representing at least
662/3%
of the sum of the aggregate amount of the Total Commitment less
the Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders (or after the
termination thereof, the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures
of Non-Defaulting Lenders) at such time.
Target Amortization
Amount: as defined in the definition of
the term Applicable Margin in this Section 1.1.
Taxes: any and all present
or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed,
levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental
Authority.
Term Loan: each Term Loan
advanced pursuant to the Facility.
Term Loan Exposure: as to
any Lender, at any time, the amount of unpaid Term Loans made by
such Lender pursuant to Section 2.1.
Term Loan Lender: any
Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment hereunder
and/or a
Term Loan outstanding hereunder.
Term Loan Note: each Term
Loan Note as defined in Section 2.2 and each New Term Loan
Note.
Term Loan Percentage: as to
any Term Loan Lender at any time, the percentage which such
Lenders Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the
aggregate Term Loans then outstanding.
Term Loan Prepayment: as
defined in Section 5.1(b).
Termination Date: the fifth
anniversary of the Closing Date.
Third Amendment Effective
Date: has the meaning given in the
Original Credit Agreement.
Total Credit Percentage: as
to any Lender at any time, the percentage of the aggregate Total
Commitment then constituted by such Lenders Commitment.
Total Commitment: at any
time, the sum of the Commitments of each of the Lenders at such
time.
Total Lender Exposure: at
any time, the sum of all Individual Lender Exposures.
Total Term Loan
Commitment: at any time, the sum of the
Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders at
such time.
Tranche: each tranche of
Loans available hereunder, with there being one on the Closing
Date; namely Term Loans.
Tranche B Term Loan
Commitment: as to any Lender, its
obligation to make Term Loans to the Borrower; collectively, as
to all the Term Loan Lenders, the Tranche B
Term Loan Commitments.
Transactions: as defined in
Section 5.1(b).
Transferee: any Participant
or Assignee.
K-21
Type: the type of Loan
determined based on the currency in which the same is
denominated, and the interest option applicable thereto, with
there being multiple Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR
Loans and Eurocurrency Loans.
UCC: the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.
Underfunding: the excess of
the present value of all accrued benefits under a Plan (based on
those assumptions used to fund such Plan), determined as of the
most recent annual valuation date, over the value of the assets
of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits.
Unscheduled Assumed
Indebtedness: existing Indebtedness of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries identified on Schedule C,
which (i) does not constitute Rollover Indebtedness,
(ii) will not be repaid in connection with the Transactions
and (iii) has material terms and conditions reasonably
satisfactory to the Required Lenders.
U.S. Tax Compliance
Certificate: as defined in
Section 3.10(b).
Voting Stock: shares of
Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors.
Wholly Owned Domestic
Subsidiary: as to any Person, any
Domestic Subsidiary of such Person that is a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of such Person.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary: as
to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such
Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary
other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by
nominees.
Section 1.2 Other
Definitional Provisions.
(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined
in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in
any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto.
(b) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan
Document, and any certificate or other document made or
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating
to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not defined in
Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in
Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the
respective meanings given to them under GAAP.
(c) The words hereof, herein and
hereunder and words of similar import when used in
this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not
to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section,
Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified. The words include,
includes and including shall be deemed
to be followed by the phrase without limitation.
(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such
terms.
ARTICLE II
AMOUNT
AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
Section 2.1 Term
Loans.
(a) On the date of this Agreement, upon and subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender holds Term
Loans initially funded under the Original Credit Agreement and
outstanding hereunder, in the aggregate principal amount set
forth opposite such Lenders name in Schedule A, in
each case as such amounts may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to
the terms hereof. The Term Loans, except as hereinafter
provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be maintained
as, and/or
converted into, ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans, provided
that except as otherwise specifically provided in
Section 3.8 and Section 3.9, all Term Loans comprising
the same borrowing shall at all times be of the same Type.
(b) Once repaid, Term Loans outstanding hereunder may not
be reborrowed.
K-22
Section 2.2 Term
Loan Notes. Each Lender in possession of any
promissory notes issued by the Borrower evidencing obligations
under Original Credit Agreement prior to the Closing Date shall
return such promissory notes to the Borrower no later than the
Closing Date, whereupon such returned promissory notes shall be
marked Cancelled and new replacement promissory
notes in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended,
supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time,
a Term Loan Note) issued to such Lender in
equal principal amount. Any Term Loan Notes issued prior to the
Closing Date not so tendered for exchange shall be void and
deemed cancelled. Each Term Loan Note issued with respect to
Term Loans provided under the initial Term Loan Commitment shall
be dated the Closing Date and each Term Loan Note issued with
respect to Term Loans provided under the New Tranche B Term
Loan Committed Amount shall be dated the Third Amendment
Effective Date. Each Term Loan Note shall be payable as provided
in Section 2.1 and provide for the payment of interest in
accordance with Section 3.1.
Section 2.3 Repayment
of Term Loans.
The aggregate Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in
consecutive quarterly installments from and after the Closing
Date to and including the Termination Date (subject to reduction
as provided in Section 3.4), on the dates and in the
principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below,
equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with
all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable
installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such
Term Loans then outstanding):
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Amount
|
|
The last day of each March, June, September and December to
occur (x) on or after the first day of the second calendar
quarter to commence after the Closing Date and (y) prior to
the Termination Date
|
|
0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Term
Loans as of such date
|
Termination Date
|
|
All unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Term
Loans
|
Section 2.4 Record
of Term Loans.
(a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual
practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the
Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Term Loan of such
Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and
interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under
this Agreement.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register
pursuant to Section 10.6(b), and a subaccount therein for
each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of
each Term Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each
Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the
amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become
due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and
(iii) both the amount of any sum received by the
Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each
Lenders share thereof.
(c) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of
each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.4(b) shall, to
the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence
of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower
therein recorded; provided, however, that the
failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain
the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall
not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
(with applicable interest) the Term Loans made to the Borrower
by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Section 2.5 Additional
Commitments.
(a) Requests for Additional
Commitments. So long as no Default or Event
of Default exists or would arise therefrom, at any time and from
time to time prior to the Termination Date, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may, by notice to
the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent
shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request
to add additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitments under the
Facility or under a new term loan credit facility to be included
under the Facility (the Additional
Commitments). Any Additional Commitments shall be in
an aggregate principal amount that (x) is not less than
$5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof, and (y) together with the aggregate principal
K-23
amount of all Additional Commitments previously obtained
pursuant to this Section 2.5 does not exceed the sum of
$50,000,000.
(b) Ranking and Other
Provisions. The additional Term Loans made
pursuant to Additional Commitments (the Additional Term
Loans) (i) shall have the same guarantees as, and
be secured on a pari passu basis in right of payment and
security by the same Collateral securing, the previously
outstanding Term Loans (the Existing Term
Loans) (to the extent such guarantees and such
security in such Collateral can be reasonably obtained without
material cost or risk, and subject to legal limitations and tax
structuring considerations), (ii) shall have a stated
maturity date not earlier than the Termination Date and
(iii) except as set forth above, shall be treated
substantially the same as the Existing Term Loans,
provided that any or all of the terms and conditions of
or applicable to any Additional Term Loans may (at the
Borrowers option) be different from those of the Existing
Term Loans.
(c) Additional Amendments. Each
notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall
set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the
relevant Additional Commitment. Additional Commitments (or any
portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any
other bank or entity (any such bank or other financial
institution, an Additional Lender), in each
case on terms permitted in this Section 2.5 or otherwise on
terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. No
Lender shall be obligated to provide any Additional Commitments
unless it so agrees. Commitments in respect of any additional
Term Loans shall become Commitments under this Agreement
pursuant to an amendment (an Additional Term Loan
Amendment) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the
other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower as of the
Additional Term Loan Closing Date (as defined below), each
Lender agreeing to provide such Additional Commitment, if any,
each Additional Lender, if any (each such Lender or Additional
Lender, an Additional Committing Lender), and
the Administrative Agent. An Additional Term Loan Amendment may,
without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments
to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the
opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of
this Section 2.5.
(d) Certain Conditions. The
effectiveness of any Additional Term Loan Amendment shall,
unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each
Additional Committing Lender, be subject to the satisfaction on
the date thereof (each, an Additional Term Loan Closing
Date) of each of the following conditions:
(i) the Administrative Agent shall have received on or
prior to the Additional Term Loan Closing Date each of the
following, each dated the applicable Additional Term Loan
Closing Date unless otherwise indicated or agreed to by the
Administrative Agent and each in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent: (A) the
applicable Additional Term Loan Amendment executed by each
Additional Committing Lender and the Borrower;
(B) certified copies of resolutions of the board of
directors of the Borrower as of the Additional Term Loan Closing
Date, approving the execution, delivery and performance of the
Additional Term Loan Amendment; and (C) to the extent
requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel for
the Loan Parties dated the Additional Term Loan Closing Date,
addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent;
(ii) the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.2
shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to
such Additional Term Loan Amendment and the Additional Term Loan
provided thereby;
(iii) there shall have been paid to the Administrative
Agent, for the account of the Additional Committing Lenders, all
reasonable fees, if any, as may have been separately agreed in
writing by the Borrower to be due and payable to the Additional
Committing Lenders on or before the Additional Term Loan Closing
Date; and
(iv) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to the
issuance of the Additional Term Loans, the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio of the Borrower as of the last day of the Most Recent Four
Quarter Period shall be less than 4.00 to 1.00.
K-24
ARTICLE III
GENERAL
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM LOANS
Section 3.1 Interest
Rates and Payment Dates.
(a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day
during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per
annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such day
plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.
(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it
is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the ABR for such day
plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.
(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of
any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or
(iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate
per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal,
the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to
the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00%,
(y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be
otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan
pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section
(other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in
the case of, fees, commissions or other amounts, the rate
described in paragraph (b) of this Section for ABR Loans
plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such non-payment until
such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).
(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to
paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to
time on demand.
(e) It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply
strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is
stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which
constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether
contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in
connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or
any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or
thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any
circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed
by applicable usury laws.
Section 3.2 Conversion
and Continuation Options.
(a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert
outstanding Term Loans from Eurocurrency Loans made or
outstanding in Dollars to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative
Agent at least two Business Days prior irrevocable notice
of such election, provided that any such conversion of
Eurocurrency Loans may only be made on the last day of an
Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect
from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans made or
outstanding in Dollars from ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans
outstanding in Dollars by giving the Administrative Agent at
least three Business Days prior irrevocable notice of such
election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurocurrency Loans
outstanding in Dollars shall specify the length of the initial
Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of
any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify
each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding
Eurocurrency Loans made or outstanding in Dollars and ABR Loans
may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i)
(unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Term Loan may
be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan when any Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of
any Default, the Administrative Agent has given notice to the
Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no
Term Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan after the
date that is one month prior to the Termination Date.
(b) Any Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such upon the
expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect
thereto by the Borrower giving notice to the Administrative
Agent of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable
to such Term Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the term Interest Period set forth in
Section 1.1, provided that no Eurocurrency Loan may
be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise
consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing and, in the case of any Default, the
Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no
such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that
is one month prior to the Termination Date, and provided,
further, that (A) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans
made or outstanding in Dollars, if the Borrower shall fail to
give any required notice
K-25
as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is
not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such
Eurocurrency Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans
on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period and
(B) if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice
as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is
not permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding
proviso, such Eurocurrency Loans will be continued for the
shortest available Interest Periods as determined by the
Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any such notice of
continuation pursuant to this Section 3.2(b), the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender
thereof.
Section 3.3 Minimum
Amounts of Sets.
All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans
hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall
be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so
that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal
amount of the Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in Dollars
comprising each Set shall be equal to $2,000,000 or a whole
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall
not be more than 15 Sets at any one time outstanding.
Section 3.4 Optional
and Mandatory Prepayments.
(a) Optional Prepayment. The
Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term
Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to
Section 3.11, without premium or penalty, upon at least
three Business Days irrevocable notice by the Borrower to
the Administrative Agent (in the case of Eurocurrency Loans
outstanding), at least one Business Days irrevocable
notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (in the case
of ABR Loans outstanding). Such notice shall specify, in the
case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the date and amount of
prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurocurrency Loans,
ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a
combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each.
Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent
shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such
notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be
due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if
a Eurocurrency Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the
Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant
to Section 3.11 and accrued interest to such date on the
amount prepaid; provided that, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 3.4(a), the Borrower may
rescind any notice of prepayment under this Section 3.4(a),
if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of
this Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or
shall otherwise be delayed. Partial prepayments of the Term
Loans pursuant to this Section 3.4(a) shall be applied to
such installment or installments thereof at the Borrower may
elect; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any
Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety.
(b) Optional
Repurchase. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Section 3.4 or any other
provision of this Agreement and without otherwise limiting the
rights in respect of prepayments of the Term Loans of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of
the Borrower may repurchase outstanding Term Loans pursuant to
this Section 3.4 on the following basis:
(i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may make
one or more offers (each, an Offer) to
repurchase all or any portion of the Term Loans (such Term
Loans, the Offer Loans) of Term Loan Lenders;
provided that, (A) the Borrower shall have used
commercially reasonable efforts to have the Facility rated by
Standard & Poors and Moodys prior to the
proposed consummation date of such Offer,
(B) Standard & Poors shall not have issued,
or indicated that it will issue, a rating with respect to the
Facility of SD or D and Moodys shall not have issued, or
indicated that it will issue, a rating with respect to the
Facility of C, in each case with such rating to be in effect at
the time of the proposed consummation date of such Offer,
(C) the Borrower or such Subsidiary delivers a notice of
such Offer to the Administrative Agent and all Term Loan Lenders
no later than noon (New York City time) at least five Business
Days in advance of a proposed consummation date of such Offer
indicating (1) the last date on which such Offer may be
accepted, (2) the maximum dollar amount of such Offer,
(3) the repurchase price per dollar of principal amount of
such Offer Loans at which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is
willing to repurchase such Offer Loans and (4) the
instructions, consistent with this Section 3.4 with respect to
the Offer, that a Term Loan Lender must follow in order to have
its Offer Loans repurchased; (D) the Borrower or such
Subsidiary shall hold such Offer open for a minimum period of
two Business Days; (E) a Term Loan Lender who elects to
participate in the Offer may choose to sell all or part of such
Term Loan Lenders Offer Loans; and (F) such Offer
shall be made to Term Loan Lenders holding the
K-26
Offer Loans on a pro rata basis in accordance with the
respective principal amount then due and owing to the Term Loan
Lenders; provided, further that, if any Term Loan
Lender elects not to participate in the Offer, either in whole
or in part, the amount of such Term Loan Lenders Offer
Loans not being tendered shall be excluded in calculating the
pro rata amount applicable to the balance of such Offer Loans;
(ii) In addition to any repurchase pursuant to
Section 3.4(b)(i) above, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of
the Borrower may repurchase all or any portion of the Term Loans
held by (x) any Lender on terms mutually acceptable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary and to such Lender or (y) any
CD&R Holder pursuant to and in accordance with the
provisions of the Stockholders Agreement;
(iii) With respect to all repurchases made by the Borrower
or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, such repurchases shall be
deemed to be voluntary prepayments pursuant to this
Section 3.4 in an amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of such Term Loans, provided that such repurchases
shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 3.7 and
Section 3.11;
(iv) Following any repurchase by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.4,
(A) all principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the
Term Loans so repurchased shall be deemed to have been paid for
all purposes and no longer outstanding (and may not be resold by
the Borrower or such Subsidiary), for all purposes of this
Agreement and all other Loan Documents, (B) the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of the Borrower, as the case may be, will
promptly advise the Administrative Agent of the total amount of
Offer Loans that were repurchased from each Lender who elected
to participate in the Offer; and (C) unless otherwise
consented to by the Borrower, each Lender participating in such
repurchase shall surrender to the Borrower any outstanding Notes
held by it all or a portion of which are being repurchased and
such Notes shall be marked cancelled by the
Borrower; and
(v) Failure by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower
to make any payment to a Lender required by an agreement
permitted by this Section 3.4(b) shall not constitute an
Event of Default under Section 8.1(a).
(c) Mandatory Prepayments.
(i) If on or after the Closing Date (1) the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed
money pursuant to Section 7.2(c) pursuant to a public
offering or private placement or otherwise, (2) the
Borrower or any other Loan Party shall make an Asset Sale
pursuant to Section 7.6(i) or (3) a Recovery Event
occurs, then, in each case, if and to the extent the applicable
Net Cash Proceeds are not required to be applied to the payment
of obligations of the Borrower or the other borrowers under the
ABL Facility, the Borrower shall prepay, in accordance with this
Section 3.4(c), the Term Loans in an amount equal to:
(A) in the case of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness
other than Subordinated Indebtedness, 100% of the Net Cash
Proceeds thereof, (B) in the case of the incurrence of any
such Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, 50% of the
Net Cash Proceeds thereof; and (C) in the case of any such
Asset Sale or Recovery Event, 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds
thereof, in each case minus any Reinvested Amounts, with such
prepayment to be made no later than the Business Day following
the date of receipt of any such Net Cash Proceeds except that,
in the case of clause (C), if any such Net Cash Proceeds are
eligible to be reinvested in accordance with the definition of
the term Reinvested Amount in Section 1.1 and
the Borrower has not elected to reinvest such proceeds (or
portion thereof, as the case may be), such prepayment to be made
on the earlier of (x) the date on which the certificate of
a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to such effect is
delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with such
definition and (y) the last day of the period within which
a certificate setting forth such election is required to be
delivered in accordance with such definition).
(ii) On or before the date that is fifteen Business Days
after the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of
the Borrower ending on or after October 31, 2010 (each, an
ECF Payment Date), the Borrower shall, in
accordance with Section 3.4(d) and Section 3.4(e),
apply toward the prepayment of the Term Loans an amount equal to
(x) the ECF Percentage of (i) the Borrowers
Excess Cash Flow for the immediately preceding fiscal year minus
(ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid
pursuant to Section 3.4(a), and any ABL Facility Loans
prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent
commitment reduction under the ABL Facility, in each case during
such fiscal year excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from
the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness, minus (y) the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a), and any ABL Facility Loans prepaid to the
extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment
reduction under
K-27
the ABL Facility, in each case since the end of such fiscal year
and on or prior to such ECF Payment Date, excluding prepayments
funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term
Indebtedness (in the case of this clause (y), without
duplication of any amount thereof previously deducted in any
calculation pursuant to this Section 3.4(c) for any prior
ECF Payment Date). For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of
this Section 3.4(c), proceeds from the incurrence of
long-term Indebtedness shall not be deemed to include proceeds
from the incurrence of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility or
any other revolving credit or working capital financing.
(iii) Nothing in this paragraph (c) shall limit the
rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in
Article VIII. Prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to this
Section 3.4(c) shall be applied to reduce the remaining
amortization payments in forward order of maturity.
(d) Amounts prepaid or deemed prepaid on account of Term
Loans pursuant to Section 3.4(a), 3.4(b) and 3.4(c) may not
be reborrowed.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 3.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term
Loans pursuant to Sections 3.4(a) or 3.4(c) would result,
after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this
Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under
Section 3.11 as a result of Eurocurrency Loans being
prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with
respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in
its sole discretion, initially deposit a portion (up to 100%) of
the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of
such Eurocurrency Loans with the Administrative Agent (which
deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such
Eurocurrency Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as
security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such
prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered
into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the
first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest
Period with respect to such Eurocurrency Loans (or such earlier
date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower);
provided that, such unpaid Eurocurrency Loans shall
continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 3.1
until such unpaid Eurocurrency Loans or the related portion of
such Eurocurrency Loans have or has been prepaid.
Section 3.5 Computation
of Interest and Fees.
(a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate)
shall be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year
for the actual days elapsed; and commitment fees and interest
based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a
365- (or
366-day
year, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.
The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the
Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of a
Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term
Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency
Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of
business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The
Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the
Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the
amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the
Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement
shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders
in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent
shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to
the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable
detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in
determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 3.1,
excluding any Eurocurrency Base Rate which is based upon the
Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page
and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Prime Rate.
Section 3.6 Inability
to Determine Interest Rate.
If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the
Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by
reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate
and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the
Eurocurrency Rate with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan (the
Affected Rate) for such Interest Period, the
Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice
thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable
thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurocurrency
Term Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on
the Affected Rate requested to be made on the first day of such
Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans (to the extent
otherwise permitted by Section 3.2) and (b) any Term
Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such
Interest Period to or
K-28
continued as Eurocurrency Loans the rate of interest applicable
to which is based upon the Affected Rate shall be converted to
or continued as ABR Loans (to the extent otherwise permitted by
Section 3.2).
Section 3.7 Pro
Rata Treatment and Payments.
(a) Each payment (including each prepayment but excluding
purchases pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) by the Borrower on
account of principal of and interest on any Term Loans shall be
allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the
respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then
held by the respective Lenders. All payments (including
prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on
account of principal, interest, fees, or otherwise, shall be
made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made prior to
1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to
the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders holding
the relevant Term Loan, at the Administrative Agents
office specified in Section 10.2, in Dollars, in
immediately available funds. Payments received by the
Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have
been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent
shall distribute such payments to such Lenders, if any such
payment is received prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time,
on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of
such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall
distribute such payment to such Lenders on the next succeeding
Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on
the Eurocurrency Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other
than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect
to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at
the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment
on a Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other
than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect
to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at
the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the
result of such extension would be to extend such payment into
another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be
made on the immediately preceding Business Day.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been
notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such
Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share
of such borrowing available to such Agent, the Administrative
Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount
available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to
the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding
amount. If such amount is not made available to the
Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date
therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on
demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the
daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate as quoted by the
Administrative Agent for the period until such Lender makes such
amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A
certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender
with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such
Lenders share of such borrowing is not made available to
the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business
Days of such Borrowing Date, (x) the Administrative Agent
shall notify the Borrower of the failure of such Lender to make
such amount available to the Administrative Agent and the
Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such
amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to
ABR Loans hereunder on demand, from the Borrower and
(y) then the Borrower may, without waiving or limiting any
rights or remedies it may have against such Lender hereunder or
under applicable law or otherwise, borrow a like amount on an
unsecured basis from any commercial bank for a period ending on
the date upon which such Lender does in fact make such borrowing
available, provided that at the time such borrowing is
made and at all times while such amount is outstanding the
Borrower would be permitted to borrow such amount pursuant to
Section 2.1.
Section 3.8 Illegality.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of
or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation
or application thereof occurring after the Closing Date shall
make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any
Eurocurrency Loans as contemplated by this Agreement
(Affected Loans), (a) such Lender shall
promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be
withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist),
(b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make
Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an
ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and,
until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such
Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender
shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an
K-29
Affected Loan is requested (to the extent otherwise permitted by
Section 3.2), (c) such Lenders Term Loans then
outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted
automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the
then current Interest Periods with respect to such Term Loans or
within such earlier period as required by law (to the extent
otherwise permitted by Section 3.2) and (d) such
Lenders Term Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if
any, not otherwise permitted to be converted to ABR Loans by
Section 3.2 shall, upon notice to the Borrower, be prepaid
with accrued interest thereon on the last day of the then
current Interest Period with respect thereto (or such earlier
date as may be required by any such Requirement of Law). If any
such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a
day which is not the last day of the then current Interest
Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such
Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to
Section 3.11.
Section 3.9 Requirements
of Law.
(a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of
Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable
to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any
central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made
subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which
such Lender becomes a Lender):
(i) shall subject such Lender to any tax of any kind
whatsoever with respect to any Eurocurrency Loans made or
maintained by it or its obligation to make or maintain
Eurocurrency Loans, or change the basis of taxation of payments
to such Lender in respect thereof in each case, except for
Non-Excluded Taxes and Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net
income, or franchise Taxes, or Taxes measured by or imposed upon
overall capital or net worth, or branch Taxes (in the case of
such capital, net worth or branch taxes, imposed in lieu of such
net income Tax), of such Lender or its applicable lending
office, branch, or any affiliate thereof;
(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against
assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the
account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or
any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender
which is not otherwise included in the determination of the
Eurocurrency Rate hereunder; or
(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition
(excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost
to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be
material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining
Eurocurrency Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder
in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the
Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, in
accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such
Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to
compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount
receivable with respect to such Eurocurrency Loans,
provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect
to convert the Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender hereunder
to ABR Loans (to the extent, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans,
such Eurocurrency Loans are denominated in Dollars and, in all
cases, to the extent such Loans are permitted by
Section 3.2) by giving the Administrative Agent at least
one Business Days notice of such election, in which case
the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand,
without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to
such Lender pursuant to this Section 3.9(a) and such
amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to
Section 3.11. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any
additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall provide
prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the
Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events
described in this paragraph (a) has occurred and describing
in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to
the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event
and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender
and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation
thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable
pursuant to this Section submitted by such Lender, through the
Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the
absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans
and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption
of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital
adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or
compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such
Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy
(whether or not having
K-30
the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case,
made subsequent to the Closing Date, does or shall have the
effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or
such corporations capital as a consequence of such
Lenders obligations hereunder to a level below that which
such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such
change or compliance (taking into consideration such
Lenders or such corporations policies with respect
to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be
material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after
submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying
(x) that one of the events described in this paragraph
(b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the
nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate
of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as
to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or
corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the
calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or
corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any
additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by
such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower
shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This
covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable
hereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary this
Section 3.9, no Borrower shall be required to pay any
amount with respect to any additional cost or reduction
specified in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, to
the extent such additional cost or reduction is attributable,
directly or indirectly, to the application of, compliance with
or implementation of specific capital adequacy requirements or
new methods of calculating capital adequacy, including any part
or pillar (including Pillar 2), of the International
Convergence of Capital Measurement Standards: a Revised
Framework, published by the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision in June 2004, or any implementation, adoption
(whether voluntary or compulsory) thereof, whether by an EC
Directive or the FSA Integrated Prudential Sourcebook or any
other law or regulation, or otherwise.
Section 3.10 Taxes.
(a) Except as provided below in this Section 3.10 or
as required by law, all payments made by the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the Notes shall be
made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for
or on account of, any Taxes; provided that if any
Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts
payable by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower to any Agent
or any Lender under this Agreement or the Notes, the amounts so
payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent
necessary to yield to such Agent or Lender (after payment of all
Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable
hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this
Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower
shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and shall not be
required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any
amounts payable by the Borrower or any Agent to, or for the
account of, any Agent or any Lender shall not be increased
(i) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the
requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this
Section 3.10 or Section 3.12 or (ii) with respect
to any Non-Excluded Taxes (x) imposed in connection with
the payment of any fees under this Agreement or the Notes or
(y) imposed by the United States or any state or political
subdivision thereof unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed
as a result of a Change in Tax Law applicable to such Agent or
Lender, as the case may be. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are
payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the
Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own
account or for the account of the applicable Lender a certified
copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower
showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any
Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority
or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required
receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower
shall indemnify the applicable Agent or Lender for any
incremental taxes, interest or penalties incurred by such Agent
or Lender as a result of any such failure.
(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is a United
States person (within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing
Date or, in the case of an Agent or Lender that is an assignee
or transferee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to
Section 10.6, on the date of such assignment or transfer to
such Agent or Lender, two accurate and complete original signed
copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-9
(or successor form), in each case certifying that such Agent or
Lender is a United States person (within the meaning
of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) and to such
Agents or Lenders entitlement as of such date to a
complete exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax
with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and
under any Note. Each Agent and each Lender that is not a
K-31
United States person (within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing
Date or, in the case of an Agent or Lender that is an assignee
or transferee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to
Section 10.6, on the date of such assignment or transfer to
such Agent or Lender, (i) two accurate and complete
original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8ECI
or
Form W-8BEN
(claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) (or successor
forms), in each case certifying to such Agents or
Lenders entitlement as of such date to a complete
exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to
payments to be made under this Agreement and under any Note,
(ii) if such Agent or Lender is not a bank
within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and
cannot deliver either Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8ECI
or
Form W-8BEN
(claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) (or successor
form) pursuant to clause (i) above, (x) two
certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit E (any
such certificate, a U.S. Tax Compliance
Certificate) and (y) two accurate and complete
original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
(claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption) (or
successor form) certifying to such Agents or Lenders
entitlement as of such date to a complete exemption from
U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to payments of
interest to be made under this Agreement and under any Note or
(iii) if such Agent or Lender is a
non-U.S. intermediary
or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, two accurate and complete signed copies of Internal
Revenue Service
Form W-8IMY
(and all necessary attachments, including to the extent
applicable, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates) certifying to
such Agents or Lenders entitlement as of such date
to a complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax
with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and
under any Note. In addition, each Agent and Lender agrees that
from time to time after the Closing Date, when the passage of
time or a change in circumstances renders the previous
certification obsolete or inaccurate, such Agent or Lender shall
deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two new
accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue
Service
Form W-9,
Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8ECI,
Form W-8BEN
(claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty), or
Form W-8BEN
(claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption) and
a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, or
Form W-8IMY
(with respect to a
non-U.S. intermediary
or flow-through entity), as the case may be, and such other
forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the
entitlement of such Agent or Lender to a continued exemption
from U.S. withholding tax with respect to payments under
this Agreement and any Note, unless there has been a Change in
Tax Law applicable to such Agent or Lender which renders all
such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or
Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form with
respect to it, in which case such Agent or Lender shall promptly
notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its
inability to deliver any such form.
(c) Each Agent and each Lender shall, upon request by the
Borrower, deliver to the Borrower or the applicable Governmental
Authority, as the case may be, any form or certificate required
in order that any payment made under this Agreement or any Note
to such Agent or Lender may be made free and clear of, and
without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes
(or to allow any such deduction or withholding to be made at a
reduced rate), provided that such Agent or Lender is
legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such form or
certificate. Each Person that shall become a Lender or a
Participant pursuant to Section 10.6 shall, upon the
effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide
all of the forms, certifications and statements pursuant to this
Section 3.10, provided that in the case of a
Participant the obligations of such Participant pursuant to
paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 3.10 shall
be determined as if such Participant were a Lender except that
such Participant shall furnish all such required forms,
certifications and statements to the Lender from which the
related participation shall have been purchased.
(d) The provisions in this Section 3.10 shall survive
the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Notes
and all amounts payable hereunder.
Section 3.11 Indemnity.
The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each
such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender
may sustain or incur (other than through such Lenders
gross negligence or willful misconduct) as a consequence of
(a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of,
conversion into or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans after the
Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the
Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of Eurocurrency
Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the
making of a payment or prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans or the
conversion of Eurocurrency
K-32
Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period
with respect thereto. Such indemnification may include an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest
which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted,
or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from
the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to
borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable
Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert
or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on
the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of
interest for such Eurocurrency Loans, as applicable, provided
for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included
therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as
reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued
to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit
for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank
eurocurrency market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any
amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 3.11,
it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through
the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the
events described in clause (a), (b) or (c) has
occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such
event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred
by such Lender as a consequence thereof and (z) as to the
amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and
a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof.
Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this
Section submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative
Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of
this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other
amounts payable hereunder.
Section 3.12 Certain
Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts.
(a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower,
each Lender to which the Borrower is required to make a payment
pursuant to Section 3.9 and Section 3.10, and any
Participant in respect of whose participation such payment is
required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity
to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in
contesting, the imposition of any such Tax giving rise to such
payment; provided that (i) such Lender shall not be
required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest
unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such
Lender its obligation to make such payment pursuant to this
Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender
for its reasonable attorneys and accountants fees
and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower
in contesting the imposition of such Tax; provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender
shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to
contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the
imposition of any such Taxes, if such Lender in its sole
discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an
adverse effect on it.
(b) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office
(other than (i) pursuant to paragraph (c) below or
(ii) after an Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a)
or 8.1(f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such
change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the
Borrower to become obligated to make any payment under
Section 3.9 or Section 3.10, the Borrower shall not be
obligated to make such payment.
(c) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would
upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the
payment of any amount to or on behalf of any Lender by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 3.9 or Section 3.10, such
Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available
to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which
shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such
Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or
an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender
shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable
judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or
operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless
the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender for the reasonable
incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).
(d) If the Borrower shall become obligated to make any
payment under Section 3.9 or Section 3.10 and any
affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to
avoid the need for payments under Section 3.9 or
Section 3.10, the Borrower shall have the right, for so
long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of
the Administrative Agent, to seek one or more substitute Lenders
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in
part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loans
principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected
obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no
Default or Event of Default then exists or will exist
immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment,
upon at least four Business Days irrevocable notice to the
Administrative Agent, to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole
or in part, subject to Section 3.11, without premium or
penalty. In the case of the
K-33
substitution of a Lender, the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall
execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to Section 10.6(b) to effect the
assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by,
the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to
be paid by Section 10.6(b) in connection with such
assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute
Lender. In connection with any such substitution under this
Section 3.12(d), if the affected Lender does not execute
and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed
Assignment and Acceptance
and/or any
other documentation necessary to reflect such substitution
within a period of time deemed reasonable by the Administrative
Agent after the later of (a) the date on which the
substitute Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and
Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation and (b) the date as of which all
obligations of the Borrower owing to the affected Lender
relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall
be paid in full by the substitute Lender to such affected
Lender, then such affected Lender shall be deemed to have
executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be
entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such
Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation on behalf of such affected Lender. In the
case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount
specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date
specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such
date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the
substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected
Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any
additional amounts owing under Section 3.9 and
Section 3.10 (as well as any commitment fees and other
amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts
under Section 3.11) prior to such substitution or
prepayment.
(e) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly
attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made a payment
under Section 3.9 or Section 3.10, such Agent or such
Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund
(together with any interest with respect thereto received from
the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost
incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower;
provided, however, that the Borrower agrees
promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with
respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of
all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender,
as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is
required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.
(f) The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant
under this Section 3.12 shall survive the termination of
this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts
payable hereunder.
Section 3.13 Further
Actions On or Prior to Closing.
(a) Effective as of the Closing Date, without further
action by any party thereto, the Original Security Agreement and
other Original Security Documents and the Liens created thereby
shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. On the
Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent,
as applicable, shall take all actions necessary or reasonably
requested by the Borrower to carry out and effectuate the
release of all Original Collateral from the Liens created
thereby; all rights to the Original Collateral thereunder shall
revert to the Obligors (as defined in the Original Security
Agreement) and the Administrative Agent shall execute and
deliver to the Obligors such documents (including UCC
termination statements) as such Obligors shall have reasonably
requested to evidence such
termination.6
(b) [Subject to Section 6.10, on or prior to the
Closing Date, (i) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower
or its Subsidiaries shall amend and restate each of the Existing
Mortgages listed on Schedule 3.13(b)(1) into substantially
the form set forth in Exhibit C or as shall otherwise be
reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall release the
Mortgagor or Grantor, as applicable (as defined in such Existing
Mortgage) from the Lien of each Existing Mortgage listed on
Schedule 3.13(b)(2) and the Administrative Agent shall
execute and deliver to the Mortgagor or Grantor, as applicable,
such documents as such Mortgagor or Grantor, as applicable shall
have reasonably requested to evidence such release, which
documents shall, among other things, be in form acceptable for
recording in the applicable land records.]
6 Separate
subsidiary guarantor signature pages to be attached
acknowledging consent and agreement of each subsidiary guarantor
to this provision.
K-34
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS
AND
WARRANTIES7
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as of the Closing
Date that:
Section 4.1 Financial
Condition.
(a) (i) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal years
ended October 29, 2006, October 28, 2007 and
November 2, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of
income, shareholders equity and cash flows for the fiscal
years ended on such dates and (ii) the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter period ending on
[ ]8,
together with the related consolidated statements of income or
operations, equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter period
ending on such date in each case were prepared in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered
thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
condition as at such date, and the consolidated results of
operations and consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal
years then ended, of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries.
(b) The pro forma balance sheet and statements of
operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,
copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender,
are the balance sheet and statements of operations of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of
[ ],
adjusted to give effect (as if such events had occurred on such
date for purposes of the balance sheet and on
[ ] for
purposes of the statement of operations), to the initial
borrowings and the other transactions contemplated to occur on
the Closing Date.
(c) As of the Closing Date, except as set forth in Schedule
[ ] to
the Investment Agreement as in existence as of
[ ],
no fact, event, change or circumstances shall have occurred
since the date of the Investment Agreement that has had or would
be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
provided, however, that in determining whether a
Material Adverse Effect has occurred, there shall be excluded
any effect to the extent resulting from the following:
(A) any change, development, occurrence or event affecting
the businesses or industries in which the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries operate (including general pricing changes),
(B) changes in general domestic economic conditions,
including changes in the financial, securities or credit
markets, or changes in such conditions in any area in which the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries operate, (C) changes in global
or national political conditions (including any outbreak or
escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or
terrorism), (D) the announcement of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, the Investment Agreement and the ABL
Facility Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby, (E) the failure of the Borrower to meet any
internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or
earning predictions for any period (provided that the
underlying causes of such failure may be considered in
determining whether there is a Material Adverse Effect on the
Borrower) or (F) any change in the trading prices of the
Capital Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or of the
Convertible Notes (provided that the underlying causes of such
change may be considered in determining whether there is a
Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower); except, with respect
to clauses (A), (B), or (C), to the extent that the effects of
such changes have a disproportionate impact on the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other businesses
supplying to the non-residential construction industry.
(d) As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the
consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower is Solvent.
Section 4.2 Existence;
Compliance with Law.
Each of the Loan Parties (a) is duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
of its incorporation or formation, (b) has the corporate or
other organizational power and authority, and the legal right,
to own and operate its property, to lease the property it
operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is
currently engaged, except to the extent that the failure to have
such legal right would not be reasonably expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, (c) is duly qualified and in good
standing under the laws of each
7 Conforming
changes to be made upon finalization of the Investment Agreement.
8 Insert
end date of most recent fiscal quarter for which financial
statements are available.
K-35
jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property
or the conduct of its business requires such qualification,
other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so
qualified and in good standing would not be reasonably expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance
with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the
failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.3 Power;
Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.
Each Loan Party has the corporate or other organizational power
and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform
the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and each such Loan
Party has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational
action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of
the Loan Documents to which it is a party on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and any Notes. No consent or
authorization of, filing with, notice to or other similar act by
or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person
is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of any Loan
Party in connection with the execution, delivery, performance,
validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which it is
a party, except for (a) consents, authorizations, notices
and filings which have been obtained or made prior to the
Closing Date, (b) filings to perfect the Liens created by
the Security Documents and (c) consents, authorizations,
notices and filings which the failure to obtain or make would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
Borrower, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party
is a party will be duly executed and delivered on behalf of such
Loan Party. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Borrower and each other Loan Document
to which any Loan Party is a party when executed and delivered
will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such
Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance
with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general
equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by
proceedings in equity or at law).
Section 4.4 No
Legal Bar.
The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by
any of the Loan Parties, the Extensions of Credit hereunder and
the use of the proceeds thereof (a) will not violate any
Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of such Loan Party
in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and (b) will not result in, or
require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than the
Liens permitted by Section 7.3) on any of its properties or
revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual
Obligation.
Section 4.5 No
Material Litigation.
No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any
arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by or against the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their respective
properties or revenues, (a) except as described on
Schedule 4.5, which is so pending or threatened at any time
on or prior to the Closing Date and relates to any of the Loan
Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or
(b) which would be reasonably expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
Section 4.6 Ownership
of Property; Liens.
Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title in fee
simple to all its Mortgaged Property, and good title to, or a
valid leasehold interest in, all its other material property,
and none of such property is subject to any Lien, except for
Liens permitted by Section 7.3.
Section 4.7 Intellectual
Property.
The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal
right to use, all United States and foreign patents, patent
applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names,
copyrights, technology, know-how and processes necessary for
each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted (the
Intellectual Property) except for those the
failure to own or have such legal right to use would not be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as
provided in Schedule 4.7, no claim has been asserted and is
pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any
such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of
any
K-36
such Intellectual Property, nor does the Borrower know of any
such claim, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the use of
such Intellectual Property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such
claims and infringements which in the aggregate, would not be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.8 No
Burdensome Restrictions.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation
of any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of or
applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would
be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.9 Taxes.
To the knowledge of the Borrower, each of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all United States
federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns
that are required to be filed by it and has paid (a) all
taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and
(b) all taxes (other than taxes on real property) shown to
be due and payable on any assessments of which it has received
notice made against it or any of its property and all other
taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its
property by any Governmental Authority, and no tax lien has been
filed, and no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such
tax, fee or other charge (in each case under this
Section 4.9, excluding any (i) taxes, fees or other
charges with respect to which the failure to pay, in the
aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect and
(ii) taxes, fees or other charges the amount or validity of
which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which
reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be).
Section 4.10 Federal
Regulations.
No part of the proceeds of any Extensions of Credit will be used
for any purpose which violates the provisions of the Regulations
of the Board, including without limitation, Regulation T,
Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board. If
requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the
Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each
Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with
the requirements of FR
Form G-3
or FR
Form U-1,
referred to in said Regulation U.
Section 4.11 ERISA.
During the five year period prior to each date as of which this
representation is made, or deemed made, with respect to any Plan
(or, with respect to (f) or (h) below, as of the date
such representation is made or deemed made), none of the
following events or conditions, either individually or in the
aggregate, has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in a
Material Adverse Effect: (a) a Reportable Event;
(b) an accumulated funding deficiency (within
the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302
of ERISA); (c) any noncompliance with the applicable
provisions of ERISA or the Code; (d) a termination of a
Single Employer Plan (other than a standard termination pursuant
to Section 4041(b) of ERISA); (e) a Lien on the
property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in favor of the
PBGC or a Plan; (f) any Underfunding with respect to any
Single Employer Plan; (g) a complete or partial withdrawal
from any Multiemployer Plan by the Borrower or any Commonly
Controlled Entity; (h) any liability of the Borrower or any
Commonly Controlled Entity under ERISA if the Borrower or any
such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from
all Multiemployer Plans as of the annual valuation date most
closely preceding the date on which this representation is made
or deemed made; (i) the Reorganization or Insolvency of any
Multiemployer Plan; or (j) any transactions that resulted
or could reasonably be expected to result in any liability to
the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity under
Section 4069 of ERISA or Section 4212(c) of ERISA.
Section 4.12 Collateral. Upon
execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Mortgages will be
effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor
of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties,
a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the
Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by
applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other
similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights
generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied
K-37
covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When (a) the
actions specified in Schedule 3 to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement have been duly taken, (b) all
applicable Instruments, Chattel Paper and Documents (each as
described therein) a security interest in which is perfected by
possession have been delivered to,
and/or are
in the continued possession of, the Collateral Agent or the
agent under the ABL Facility (to be held for the benefit of the
Lenders and the lenders under the ABL Facility pursuant to the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), (c) all Deposit
Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper and Pledged Stock (each as
defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) a security
interest in which is required to be or is perfected by
control (as described in the UCC from time to time)
are under the control of the Collateral Agent or the
Administrative Agent, as agent for the Collateral Agent and as
directed by the Collateral Agent and (d) the Mortgages have
been duly recorded, the security interests granted pursuant
thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a
perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of
each pledgor or mortgagor (as applicable) party thereto in the
Collateral described therein (excluding Commercial Tort Claims,
as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, other than
such Commercial Tort Claims set forth on Schedule 7 thereto
(if any)) with respect to such pledgor or mortgagor (as
applicable). Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, capitalized terms which are used in this
Section 4.12 and not defined in this Agreement are so used
as defined in the applicable Security Document. Notwithstanding
the foregoing or any other provision of any Loan Document, it is
understood and agreed that the Collateral shall be as is,
where is, and that such liens and security interests in
favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders
with respect thereto shall be subject in all respects to all
existing Liens, security interests, title imperfections and
defects, and other defects and impairments of any nature
whatsoever.
Section 4.13 Investment
Company Act; Other Regulations.
The Borrower is not an investment company, or a
company controlled by an investment
company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.
The Borrower is not subject to regulation under any Federal or
State statute or regulation (other than Regulation X of the
Board) which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness as
contemplated hereby.
Section 4.14 Subsidiaries.
Schedule 4.14 sets forth all the Subsidiaries of the
Borrower at the Closing Date, the jurisdiction of their
incorporation and the direct or indirect ownership interest of
the Borrower therein.
Section 4.15 Environmental
Matters.
Other than as disclosed on Schedule 4.15 or exceptions to
any of the following that would not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to give rise to a Material
Adverse Effect:
(i) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries: (i) are, and
within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have
been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;
(ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in
full force and effect) required for any of their current
operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise
operated by any of them and reasonably expect to timely obtain
without material expense all such Environmental Permits required
for planned operations; (iii) are, and within the period of
all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance
with all of their Environmental Permits; and (iv) believe
they will be able to maintain compliance with Environmental
Laws, including any reasonably foreseeable future requirements
thereto.
(ii) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been
transported, disposed of, emitted, discharged, or otherwise
released or threatened to be released, to or at any real
property presently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or at any other location,
which would reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to
liability or other Environmental Costs of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries under any applicable Environmental Law, or
(ii) interfere with the Borrowers planned or
continued operations, or (iii) impair the fair saleable
value of any real property owned by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries that is part of the Collateral.
(iii) There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral
proceeding (including any notice of violation or alleged
violation) under any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries is, or to the
K-38
knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is
reasonably likely to be, named as a party that is pending or, to
the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
threatened.
(iv) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
received any written request for information, or been notified
that it is a potentially responsible party, under the federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act or any similar Environmental Law, or received
any other written request for information from any Governmental
Authority with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.
(v) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or
settlement or other agreement, nor is subject to any judgment,
decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial,
administrative, arbitral, or other forum, relating to compliance
with or liability under any Environmental Law.
Section 4.16 No
Material Misstatements.
The written information, reports, financial statements, exhibits
and schedules furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the
negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or
delivered pursuant thereto, taken as a whole, did not contain as
of the Closing Date any material misstatement of fact and did
not omit to state as of the Closing Date any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not materially
misleading in their presentation of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. It is understood that (a) no
representation or warranty is made concerning the forecasts,
estimates, pro forma information, projections and statements as
to anticipated future performance or conditions, and the
assumptions on which they were based, contained in any such
information, reports, financial statements, exhibits or
schedules, except that as of the date such forecasts, estimates,
pro forma information, projections and statements were
generated, (i) such forecasts, estimates, pro forma
information, projections and statements were based on the good
faith assumptions of the management of the Borrower and
(ii) such assumptions were believed by such management to
be reasonable and (b) such forecasts, estimates, pro forma
information and statements, and the assumptions on which they
were based, may or may not prove to be correct.
Section 4.17 Labor
Matters.
There are no strikes pending or, to the knowledge of the
Borrower, reasonably expected to be commenced against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, individually or in
the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. The hours worked and payments made to employees
of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have not been in
violation of any applicable laws, rules or regulations, except
where such violations would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.18 Insurance.
Schedule 4.18 sets forth a complete and correct listing of
all insurance that is (a) maintained by the Loan Parties
and (b) material to the business and operations of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole with the amounts
insured (and any deductibles) set forth therein.
Section 4.19 Anti-Terrorism.
As of the Closing Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in
compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening of America by
Providing the Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and
Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, except as would not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
K-39
ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT
Section 5.1 Conditions
to Effectiveness of this Agreement.
This Agreement shall become effective on the date on which the
following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or
waived (the Closing Date):
(a) Loan Documents
The Administrative Agent shall have received the following Loan
Documents, executed and delivered as required below, with, in
the case of clause (i), a copy for each Lender:
(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly
authorized officer of the Borrower;
(ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and
delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each
material Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary; and
(iii) the Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered
by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto.
(b) Transactions
The following collectively are referred to herein as the
Transactions:
(i) The Administrative Agent shall receive, substantially
concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions
precedent set forth in this Section 5.1, evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have
received gross cash proceeds from the issuance of shares of
Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Investment Agreement;
(ii) The Administrative Agent shall receive, substantially
concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions
precedent set forth in this Section 5.1, evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it that the Borrower shall have
obtained the ABL Facility with not less than $125,000,000 of
commitments thereunder as of the Closing Date;
(iii) The Lenders shall receive, substantially currently
with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set
forth in this Section 5.1, prepayment of no less than, in the
aggregate, approximately $143,000,000 principal amount of the
Term Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement,
together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (the
Term Loan Prepayment);
(iv) The Administrative Agent shall receive, substantially
concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions
precedent set forth in this Section 5.1, evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have
accepted for redemption the tender of Convertible Notes in
principal amount of not less than
[ ]; and
(v) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall
have received complete and correct copies of the ABL Facility
Agreement and the Investment Agreement, certified as such by an
appropriate officer of the Borrower.
(c) After giving effect to the consummation of the
Investment, the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have no
outstanding Indebtedness held by third parties, except for
Indebtedness under the Facility and any Assumed Indebtedness.
All material terms and conditions of any Unscheduled Assumed
Indebtedness shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required
Lenders. Any other existing Indebtedness, other than any such
Unscheduled Assumed Indebtedness, shall have been repaid,
defeased or otherwise discharged substantially concurrently with
or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent
set forth in this Section 5.1.
(d) The Lenders shall have received (i) annual
projections of the operating budget and cash flow budget
(including related consolidated balance sheets, income
statements and statements of cash flows) of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries prepared on a quarterly basis though the first four
complete fiscal quarters after the Closing Date and thereafter
on an annual basis through the fiscal year ended 2013 and
(ii) a opening pro forma balance sheet for
K-40
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of
[ ]9
adjusted to give effect to the Transactions and the other
transactions related thereto.
(e) The applicable waiting periods specified under
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, with respect to
the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement shall
have lapsed or been terminated and all other consents or
approvals from the boards of directors, shareholders and other
corporate governing bodies, applicable third parties and any
other Governmental Authority required to consummate the
Transactions, the failure of which to obtain would have a
material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or
otherwise) or results of operations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall have been obtained. At the
Closing Date, there shall be no law, regulation, injunction,
re-straining order or decree of any Governmental Authority that
is in effect that restrains or prohibits, or imposes materially
adverse conditions upon, the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transactions.
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received the
following executed legal opinions:
[To come.]
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have obtained a valid,
perfected security interest in the Collateral (to the extent
provided in the Loan Documents); and all documents, instruments,
filings, recordations and searches (consisting solely of
Mortgages, surveys, appraisals and flood hazard certificates and
related opinions of local counsel in the case of the Mortgaged
Property of the Loan Parties that constitutes Collateral)
reasonably necessary in connection with the perfection and, in
the case of the filings with the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, protection of such
security interests shall have been executed and delivered or
made or, in the case any UCC filings, written authorization to
make such UCC filings shall have been delivered to the
Administrative Agent; provided that with respect to any
such Collateral the security interest in which may not be
perfected by possession or the filing of a UCC financing
statement or (in the case of foreign collateral) by making a
similar filing in a foreign jurisdiction or by making a filing
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the
U.S. Copyright Office, if perfection of the Administrative
Agents security interest in such Collateral may not be
accomplished on the Closing Date using commercially reasonable
efforts, then delivery of documents and instruments for
perfection of such security interest shall not constitute a
condition precedent to the Closing Date, and Section 6.10
shall govern the delivery thereof after the Closing Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understand and agreed that
the Collateral shall be as is, where is, and that
such liens and security interests in favor of the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Lenders with respect thereto shall
be subject in all respects to all existing Liens, security
interests, title imperfections and defects, and other defects
and impairments of any nature whatsoever. The delivery
requirements set forth in this Section 5.1(g) shall be a
delivery requirement only and not a requirement with respect to
condition or value.
(h) The Collateral Agent shall have received the
certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Stock under (and
as defined in) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together
with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed
in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof.
(i) The Collateral Agent shall have received in respect of
each of the Insured Fee Properties an irrevocable written
commitment to issue a mortgagees title policy (or
policies) or marked up unconditional binder for such insurance
dated the Closing Date. Each such policy shall (i) be in
the amount set forth with respect to such policy in Part I
of Schedule 5.1(i); [(ii) insure that the Mortgage insured
thereby creates a valid Lien on the Mortgaged Property;]
(iii) name the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders as the insured thereunder; [(iv) be in the form of an
ALTA Loan Policy; (v) contain such endorsements and
affirmative coverage as were contained in the ALTA Loan Policy
listed with respect to such policy in Part II of
Schedule 5.1(i); and (vi) be issued by
[ ] or
any other title companies reasonably satisfactory to the
Collateral Agent (with any other reasonably satisfactory title
companies acting as co-insurers or reinsurers, at the option of
the Collateral Agent)]. The Collateral Agent shall have received
evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all premiums in
respect of each such policy, and all charges for mortgage
recording tax, if any, have been paid or other reasonably
satisfactory arrangements have
9 Insert
the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to
the Closing Date for which financial statements have been
required to have been delivered pursuant to the Original Credit
Agreement.
K-41
been made. The Collateral Agent shall have also received a copy
of all recorded documents referred to, or listed as exceptions
to title in, the title policy or policies referred to in this
Section and a copy, certified by such parties as the Collateral
Agent may deem reasonably appropriate, of all other documents
affecting the property covered by each Mortgage as shall have
been reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent. The delivery
requirements set forth in this Section 5.1(i) shall be a
delivery requirement only and not a requirement with respect to
condition or value; provided that if delivery of the
foregoing items may not be accomplished on the Closing Date
using commercially reasonable efforts, then delivery of the
foregoing items shall not constitute a condition precedent to
the Closing Date, and Section 6.10 shall govern the
delivery thereof after the Closing Date.
(j) The Agents and the Lenders shall have received all fees
and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to
them on or prior to the Closing Date.
(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of
the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent, of the board of directors of each
Loan Party authorizing, as applicable, (i) the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement, any Notes and the
other Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party as of the
Closing Date, and (ii) the granting by it of the Liens to
be created pursuant to the Security Documents to which it will
be a party as of the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary of such Loan Party as of the Closing
Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall
state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been
amended, modified (except as any later such resolution may
modify any earlier such resolution), revoked or rescinded and
are in full force and effect.
(l) The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, as to
the incumbency and signature of the officers of such Loan Party
executing any Loan Document, reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Administrative Agent executed by a Responsible
Officer and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such
Loan Party.
(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of
the certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws (or
other similar governing documents serving the same purpose) of
each Loan Party, certified as of the Closing Date as complete
and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of such Loan Party with accompanying good standing
certificates issued by the secretary of the state of
incorporation or organization of each Loan Party.
(n) The Borrower shall have used reasonable best efforts to
ensure that the Administrative Agent shall have received
evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it
that all of the requirements of Section 6.5 of this
Agreement and
[Section 5.2.2]10
of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been
satisfied. The Borrower shall have caused the Administrative
Agent and the other Secured Parties to have been named as
additional insureds with respect to liability policies and the
Collateral Agent to have been named as loss payee with respect
to the casualty insurance maintained by the Borrower and the
Guarantors.
(o) Except as set forth in Schedule
[ ] to the Investment
Agreement as in existence as of
[ ], no fact, event, change or
circumstances shall have occurred since the date of the
Investment Agreement that has had or would be reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided,
however, that in determining whether a Material Adverse
Effect has occurred, there shall be excluded any effect to the
extent resulting from the following: (A) any change,
development, occurrence or event affecting the businesses or
industries in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries operate
(including general pricing changes), (B) changes in general
domestic economic conditions, including changes in the
financial, securities or credit markets, or changes in such
conditions in any area in which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries
operate, (C) changes in global or national political
conditions (including any outbreak or escalation of hostilities,
declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism), (D) the
announcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the
Investment Agreement and the ABL Facility Documents and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (E) the
failure of the Borrower to meet any internal or published
projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any
period (provided that the underlying causes of such
10 The
GCA will provide that the Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable,
shall maintain insurance as required by Section 6.5, and
shall furnish to the Collateral Agent, upon written request,
information in reasonable detail as to the insurance carried.
K-42
failure may be considered in determining whether there is a
Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower) or (F) any change
in the trading prices of the Capital Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange or of the Convertible Notes (provided that the
underlying causes of such change may be considered in
determining whether there is a Material Adverse Effect on the
Borrower); except, with respect to clauses (A), (B), or (C), to
the extent that the effects of such changes have a
disproportionate impact on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, relative to other businesses supplying to the
non-residential construction industry.
(p) There shall not exist (pro forma for the
Transactions) any Default or Event of Default under this
Agreement after giving effect to the effectiveness hereof on the
Closing Date; provided that any Default or Event of
Default that would otherwise result from the failure to provide
any guarantee or collateral on the Closing Date after the use of
commercially reasonable efforts by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to do so shall in each case not constitute a
Default or Event of Default for purposes of this Agreement.
(q) The Borrower shall have used its reasonable best
efforts to have the Facility rated by Standard &
Poors and Moodys.
(r) There shall be no bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
pending with respect to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and
there shall be no material litigation pending or to the
knowledge of the Borrower threatened that would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(s) The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower
certifying the Solvency of the Borrower in customary form
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(t) All representations and warranties shall be true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the
Equity Investment (although any representations and warranties
which expressly relate to a given date or period shall be
required only to be true and correct in all material respects as
of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case
may be), before and after giving effect to the application of
the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date.
The receipt and acceptance of the Term Loan Prepayment by the
Lenders hereunder shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an
acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and each Lender that
each of the conditions precedent set forth in this
Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied in accordance with
its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by
such Person.
Section 5.2 Conditions
to Each Future Extension of Credit.
The agreement of each Lender or Additional Committing Lender to
make any Extension of Credit requested to be made by it on any
date after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or
waiver of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Representations and
Warranties. Each of the representations and
warranties made by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or
any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or
supplement hereto or thereto) to which it is a party, and each
of the representations and warranties contained in any
certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan
Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall, except to the extent that they relate to a particular
date, be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
such date as if made on and as of such date.
(b) No Default. No Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such
date after giving effect to the Extensions of Credit requested
to be made on such date.
(c) Borrowing Notice. With respect
to any Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have received a
notice of such Borrowing (which notice must be received by the
Administrative Agent prior to 12:30 P.M., New York City
time) at least three Business Days prior to the date of
Borrowing (such date, the Borrowing Date)
specifying the amount to be borrowed.
Each borrowing of Term Loans by the Borrower hereunder shall
constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of
the date of such borrowing or such issuance that the conditions
contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
K-43
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date
and thereafter until payment in full of the Term Loans and any
other amount then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent
hereunder and under any Note, the Borrower shall and (except in
the case of delivery of financial information, reports and
notices) shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
Section 6.1 Financial
Statements.
Furnish to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each Lender
(and the Administrative Agent agrees to make and so deliver such
copies):
(a) as soon as available, but in any event not later than
the fifth Business Day after the 90th day following the end
of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as at the end of such year and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in common stockholders
equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case,
in comparative form the figures for and as of the end of the
previous year, reported on without a going concern
or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out
of the scope of the audit, by [Ernst & Young LLP] or
other independent certified public accountants of nationally
recognized standing not unacceptable to the Administrative Agent
in its reasonable judgment (it being agreed that the furnishing
of the Borrowers annual report on
Form 10-K
for such year, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, will satisfy the Borrowers obligation under
this Section 6.1(a) with respect to such year except with
respect to the requirement that such financial statements be
reported on without a going concern or like
qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the
scope of the audit);
(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than
the fifth Business Day after the 45th day following the end
of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year
of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such
quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of
operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year
through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case, in
comparative form the figures for and as of the corresponding
periods of the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer
of the Borrower as being fairly stated in all material respects
(subject to normal year-end audit and other adjustments) (it
being agreed that the furnishing of the Borrowers
quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
for such quarter, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, will satisfy the Borrowers obligations under
this Section 6.1(b) with respect to such quarter); and
(c) all such financial statements delivered pursuant to
Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b) to be (and, in the case of any
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b)
shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as
being) complete and correct in all material respects in
conformity with GAAP and to be (and, in the case of any
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b)
shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as
being) prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with GAAP
applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein
and with prior periods that began on or after the Closing Date
(except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case
may be, and disclosed therein, and except, in the case of any
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b),
for the absence of certain notes).
Section 6.2 Certificates;
Other Information.
Furnish to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each Lender
(and the Administrative Agent agrees to make and so deliver such
copies):
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a certificate or
report of the independent certified public accountants reporting
on such financial statements stating that in making the audit
necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or
Event of Default insofar as the same relates to the covenant set
forth in Section 7.1(a) to the extent such covenant is then
applicable, except as specified in such certificate or report
(which certificate or report may be limited in accordance with
accounting rules or guidelines);
K-44
(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements and reports referred to in Sections 6.1(a) and
6.1(b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible
Officers knowledge, the Borrower and its respective
Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of
its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every
condition, contained in this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party to be observed, performed or
satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained
no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, except, in each
case, as specified in such certificate, and (ii) setting
forth the calculations required to determine compliance with the
covenant set forth in Section 7.1(a) to the extent each
covenant is then applicable (in the case of a certificate
furnished with the financial statements referred to in
Section 6.1(a) and Section 6.1(b));
(c) within five Business Days after the same are sent,
copies of all financial statements and reports which the
Borrower sends to its public security holders, and within five
Business Days after the same are filed, copies of all financial
statements and periodic reports which the Borrower may file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or
analogous Governmental Authority;
(d) within five Business Days after the same are filed,
copies of all registration statements and any amendments and
exhibits thereto, which the Borrower may file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous
Governmental Authority, and such other documents or instruments
as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in
connection therewith; and
(e) promptly, such additional financial and other
information as any Agent or Lender may from time to time
reasonably request.
Section 6.3 Payment
of Obligations.
Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or
before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its
material obligations of whatever nature (other than those
relating to the Mortgaged Properties), including taxes, except
where the amount or validity thereof is currently being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect
thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and except to the
extent that failure to do so, in the aggregate, would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.4 Conduct
of Business and Maintenance of Existence.
Continue to engage in business of the same general type as
conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing
Date or that is reasonably related thereto, taken as a whole,
and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its
corporate or other organizational existence and take all
reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and
franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of the
business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
except as otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to
Section 7.5, provided that the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries shall not be required to maintain any such rights,
privileges or franchises, if the failure to do so would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
comply with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that
failure to comply therewith, in the aggregate, would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.5 Maintenance
of Property; Insurance.
(a) Keep all property useful and necessary in the business
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in good
working order and condition; maintain with financially sound and
reputable insurance companies insurance on all property material
to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, in at least such amounts and against at least such risks
(but including in any event public liability, product liability
and business interruption) as are consistent with the past
practices of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and otherwise as
are usually insured against in the same general area by
companies engaged in the same or a similar business; furnish to
the Administrative Agent, upon written request, information in
reasonable detail as to the insurance carried; and ensure that
at all times the Administrative Agent and the other Secured
Parties shall be named as additional insureds with respect to
liability policies and the Collateral Agent shall be named as
loss payee with respect to the casualty insurance maintained by
the Borrower and the Guarantors; provided that, unless an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Collateral Agent shall turn over to the Borrower any amounts
received by it as loss
K-45
payee under any casualty insurance maintained by the Borrower or
its Subsidiaries, the disposition of such amounts to be subject
to the provisions of Section 3.4(c), and, unless an Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral
Agent agrees that the Borrower
and/or the
applicable Guarantor shall have the sole right to adjust or
settle any claims under such insurance.
(b) With respect to each property of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries subject to a Mortgage:
(i) If any portion of any such property is located in an
area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal
Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, the
Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained, flood
insurance to the extent required by law.
(ii) The Borrower and each of its applicable Subsidiaries
promptly shall comply with and conform to (i) all
provisions of each such insurance policy, and (ii) all
requirements of the insurers applicable to such party or to such
property or to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession,
operation, maintenance, alteration or repair of such property,
except for such non-compliance or non-conformity as would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall not use or permit
the use of such property in any manner which would reasonably be
expected to result in the cancellation of any insurance policy
or would reasonably be expected to void coverage required to be
maintained with respect to such property pursuant to
Section 6.5(a).
(iii) If the Borrower is in default of its obligations to
insure or deliver any such prepaid policy or policies, the
result of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, then the Administrative Agent, at its option
upon 10 days written notice to the Borrower, may
effect such insurance from year to year at rates substantially
similar to the rate at which the Borrower or any Subsidiary had
insured such property, and pay the premium or premiums
therefore, and the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative
Agent on demand such premium or premiums so paid by the
Administrative Agent with interest from the time of payment at a
rate per annum equal to 2.00%.
(iv) If such property, or any part thereof, shall be
destroyed or damaged and the reasonably estimated cost thereof
would exceed $5,000,000, the Borrower shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Administrative Agent. All insurance proceeds paid
or payable in connection with any damage or casualty to any
property shall be applied in the manner specified in
Section 6.5(a).
Section 6.6 Inspection
of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.
(a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full,
complete and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all
material Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and
transactions in relation to its business and activities; and
permit representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and
inspect any of its properties and examine and, to the extent
reasonable, make abstracts from any of its books and records and
to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial
and other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with
officers and employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
with its independent certified public accountants, in each case
at any reasonable time, upon reasonable notice, and as often as
may reasonably be desired.
Section 6.7 Notices.
Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender
of:
(a) as soon as possible after a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower knows or reasonably should know thereof, the occurrence
of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) as soon as possible after a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower knows or reasonably should know thereof, any
(i) default or event of default under any Contractual
Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other
than as previously disclosed in writing to the Lenders, or
(ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may
exist at any time between the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, which in either
case would reasonably be expected to not be cured or adversely
determined and, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the
case may be, would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect;
K-46
(c) as soon as possible after a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower knows or reasonably should know thereof, the occurrence
of any default or event of default under the Convertible Notes
Indenture;
(d) as soon as possible after a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower knows or reasonably should know thereof, any litigation
or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect;
(e) the following events, as soon as possible and in any
event within 30 days after a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries knows or reasonably should
know thereof: (i) the occurrence or expected occurrence of
any Reportable Event (or similar event) with respect to any
Single Employer Plan or Foreign Plan, a failure to make any
required contribution to a Single Employer Plan, Multiemployer
Plan or Foreign Plan, the creation of any Lien on the property
of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in favor of the PBGC, a Plan
or a Foreign Plan or any withdrawal from, or the full or partial
termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer
Plan or Foreign Plan; (ii) the institution of proceedings
or the taking of any other formal action by the PBGC or the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled
Entity or any Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be
expected to result in the withdrawal from, or the termination,
Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Single Employer Plan,
Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan; provided,
however, that no such notice will be required under
clause (i) or (ii) above unless the event giving rise
to such notice, when aggregated with all other such events under
clause (i) or (ii) above, could be reasonably expected
to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) the first
occurrence of an Underfunding under a Single Employer Plan or
Foreign Plan that exceeds 10% of the value of the assets of such
Single Employer Plan or Foreign Plan, in each case, determined
as of the most recent annual valuation date of such Single
Employer Plan or Foreign Plan on the basis of the actuarial
assumptions used to determine the funding requirements of such
Single Employer Plan or Foreign Plan as of such date; and
(f) as soon as possible after a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower knows or reasonably should know thereof, (i) any
release or discharge by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
of any Materials of Environmental Concern required to be
reported under applicable Environmental Laws to any Governmental
Authority, unless the Borrower reasonably determines that the
total Environmental Costs arising out of such release or
discharge would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect; (ii) any condition, circumstance,
occurrence or event not previously disclosed in writing to the
Administrative Agent that would reasonably be expected to result
in liability or expense under applicable Environmental Laws,
unless the Borrower reasonably determines that the total
Environmental Costs arising out of such condition, circumstance,
occurrence or event would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, or would not reasonably be expected to
result in the imposition of any lien or other material
restriction on the title, ownership or transferability of any
facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
(iii) any proposed action to be taken by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to
subject the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any material
additional or different requirements or liabilities under
Environmental Laws, unless the Borrower reasonably determines
that the total Environmental Costs arising out of such proposed
action would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a
statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (and, if
applicable, the relevant Commonly Controlled Entity or
Subsidiary) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
therein and stating what action the Borrower (or, if applicable,
the relevant Commonly Controlled Entity or Subsidiary) proposes
to take with respect thereto.
Section 6.8 Environmental
Laws.
(a) (i) Comply substantially with, and require
substantial compliance by all tenants, subtenants, contractors,
and invitees with, all applicable Environmental Laws;
(ii) obtain, comply substantially with and maintain any and
all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations as
conducted and as planned; and (iii) require that all
tenants, subtenants, contractors, and invitees obtain, comply
substantially with and maintain any and all Environmental
Permits necessary for their operations as conducted and as
planned, with respect to any property leased or subleased from,
or operated by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries. For purposes of
this Section 6.8(a), noncompliance with the foregoing
provisions shall not constitute a breach of this covenant,
provided that, upon learning of any actual or
K-47
suspected noncompliance, the Borrower and any such affected
Subsidiary shall promptly undertake and diligently pursue
reasonable efforts, if any, to achieve compliance, and
provided, further, that in any case such
noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Promptly comply, in all material respects, with all
orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding
Environmental Laws, other than such orders or directives
(i) as to which the failure to comply would not reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or
(ii) as to which: (x) appropriate reserves have been
established in accordance with GAAP; (y) an appeal or other
appropriate contest is or has been timely and properly taken and
is being diligently pursued in good faith; and (z) if the
effectiveness of such order or directive has not been stayed,
the failure to comply with such order or directive during the
pendency of such appeal or contest could not reasonably be
expected to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.9 After-Acquired
Real Property and Fixtures.
(a) With respect to any owned real property or fixtures
thereon located in the United States of America, in each case
with a purchase price or a fair market value at the time of
acquisition of at least $[ ], in
which any Loan Party acquires ownership rights at any time after
the Closing Date, promptly grant to the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the applicable Lenders, a Lien of record on all such
owned real property and fixtures, upon terms reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent and
in accordance with any applicable requirements of any
Governmental Authority (including any required appraisals of
such property under FIRREA); provided that
(i) nothing in this Section 6.9 shall defer or impair
the attachment or perfection of any security interest in any
Collateral covered by any of the Security Documents which would
attach or be perfected pursuant to the terms thereof without
action by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other
Person and (ii) no such Lien shall be required to be
granted as contemplated by this Section 6.9 on any owned
real property or fixtures the acquisition of which is financed,
or is to be financed within any time period permitted by
Section 7.2(f) or Section 7.2(g), in whole or in part
through the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted by
Section 7.2(f) or Section 7.2(g), until such
Indebtedness is repaid in full (and not refinanced as permitted
by Section 7.2(f) or Section 7.2(g)) or, as the case
may be, the Borrower determines not to proceed with such
financing or refinancing. In connection with any such grant to
the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, of a Lien
of record on any such real property in accordance with this
Section 6.9, the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent any surveys,
title insurance policies and flood hazard certificates in
connection with such grant of such Lien obtained by it in
connection with the acquisition of such ownership rights in such
real property or any survey, title insurance policy or flood
hazard certificate that the Collateral Agent shall reasonably
request (in light of the value of such real property and the
cost and availability of such surveys, title insurance policies
and flood hazard certificates and whether the delivery of such
surveys, title insurance policies and flood hazard certificates
would be customary in connection with such grant of such Lien in
similar circumstances).
(b) With respect to any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary
created or acquired (including by reason of any Foreign
Subsidiary Holdco ceasing to constitute same) subsequent to the
Closing Date by the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries
(other than any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary formed solely
for the purpose of becoming a Parent Entity, or merging with the
Borrower in connection with another Wholly Owned Domestic
Subsidiary becoming a Parent Entity, or otherwise creating or
forming a Parent Entity), promptly notify the Administrative
Agent of such occurrence and, if the Administrative Agent or the
Required Lenders so request, promptly (i) execute and
deliver to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders
such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the
Collateral Agent shall reasonably deem necessary or reasonably
advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of
the Lenders, a perfected security interest (as and to the extent
provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in the
Capital Stock of such new Domestic Subsidiary, (ii) deliver
to the Collateral Agent the certificates (if any) representing
such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, executed
and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the
parent of such new Domestic Subsidiary and (iii) cause such
new Domestic Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) to take all
actions reasonably deemed by the Collateral Agent to be
necessary or advisable to cause the Lien created by the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in such new Domestic
Subsidiarys Collateral to be duly perfected in accordance
with all applicable Requirements of Law, including the filing of
financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably
requested by the Collateral Agent.
K-48
(c) With respect to any Foreign Subsidiary created or
acquired subsequent to the Closing Date by the Borrower or any
of its Domestic Subsidiaries, the Capital Stock of which is
owned directly by the Borrower or any of its Domestic
Subsidiaries, promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such
occurrence and if the Administrative Agent or the Required
Lenders so request (it being understood that if the
Administrative Agent does not so request with respect to any
such Foreign Subsidiary that it believes is or is likely to
become material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole, it will provide notice to the Lenders thereof), promptly
(i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a new
pledge agreement or such amendments to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably
deem necessary or reasonably advisable to grant to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected
security interest (as and to the extent provided in the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in the Capital Stock of such
new Foreign Subsidiary that is directly owned by the Borrower or
any of its Domestic Subsidiaries (provided that in no
event shall more than 65% of the Capital Stock of any such new
Foreign Subsidiary that is so owned be required to be so pledged
and, provided, further, that no such pledge or
security shall be required with respect to any non-wholly owned
Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that the grant of such pledge
or security interest would violate the terms of any agreements
under which the Investment by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries was made therein) and (ii) to the extent
reasonably deemed advisable by the Collateral Agent, deliver to
the Collateral Agent the certificates, if any, representing such
Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, executed and
delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the parent of
such new Foreign Subsidiary and take such other action as may be
reasonably deemed by the Collateral Agent to be necessary or
desirable to perfect the Collateral Agents security
interest therein.
(d) At its own expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver,
or cause the execution, acknowledgement and delivery of, and
thereafter register, file or record in an appropriate
governmental office, any document or instrument reasonably
deemed by the Collateral Agent to be necessary or desirable for
the creation, perfection and priority and the continuation of
the validity, perfection and priority of the foregoing Liens or
any other Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to contrary in this Agreement,
nothing in this Section 6.9 shall require that any Loan
Party grant a Lien with respect to any owned real property or
fixtures in which such Subsidiary acquires ownership rights to
the extent that the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable
judgment, determines that the granting of such a Lien is
impracticable.
Section 6.10 Post-Closing
Security Perfection.
The Borrower agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to
deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments,
and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be
reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests
described in Sections 3.13(b), 5.1(g) and 5.1(i) (including
applicable Mortgages, title reports, title insurance policies,
surveys, appraisals, flood hazard certificates and related
opinions of local counsel with respect to the Mortgaged Property
of the Loan Parties that constitutes Collateral) that are not so
provided on the Closing Date. The delivery requirements set
forth in this Section 6.10 are delivery requirements only
and not requirements with respect to condition or value. In
addition, with respect to the owned real property located at
Highway 114 West and 400 North Kimball, Southlake, Texas,
if such owned real property is owned by a Loan Party on
March 31, 2010, the applicable Loan Party shall promptly
grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the applicable
Lenders, a Lien of record on such owned real property and
fixtures, upon terms reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Collateral Agent and in accordance with any
applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority.
K-49
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing and
thereafter until payment in full of the Term Loans and any other
amount then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder
and under any Note, the Borrower shall not and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
Section 7.1 Consolidated
Leverage Ratio.
(a) Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as at the last
day of the Most Recent Four Quarter Period, beginning with the
four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower ending
October 30, 2011, to exceed the Maximum Consolidated
Leverage Ratio.
(b) Section 7.1(a) shall not apply with respect to any
four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower (the last day of such
period, the Fiscal Period End Date) if, as of
the last day (the Calculation Date) on which
financial statements of the Borrower are required to be
delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or 6.1(b) for the
fiscal year or quarter ending on the Fiscal Period End Date,
(x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans
outstanding at the beginning of the fiscal quarter then ended
shall have been reduced by an amount (the Required
Amortization Amount) equal to $3,750,000 minus (at the
Borrowers option) any or all of the Cumulative Term Loan
Amortization Not Otherwise Applied (up to an amount not to
exceed $3,750,000), through any repayment, prepayment,
repurchase or other acquisition or retirement (including
pursuant to Section 3.4 but excluding scheduled principal
installment payments made pursuant to Section 2.3), or
(y) the Required Amortization Amount as calculated pursuant
to the foregoing is zero.
Section 7.2 Limitation
on Indebtedness.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness
(including any Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries), except:
(a) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness evidenced by the Convertible Notes in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
$[ ], provided that all such
Indebtedness shall be repaid, redeemed, defeased, discharged or
otherwise acquired or retired no later than [November 27,
2009] with payment therefor to be disbursed from the Convertible
Note Lockbox Account;
(c) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
evidenced by any senior notes, other senior debt securities, or
other senior indebtedness (collectively, Senior
Notes) or subordinated notes, other subordinated debt
securities or other subordinated indebtedness
(Subordinated Indebtedness), provided
that (i) immediately after giving effect to each issuance
of such Senior Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness, the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as at the last day
of the Most Recent Four Quarter Period is less than 4.00 to
1.00, (ii) any such Senior Notes or Subordinated
Indebtedness shall have a stated maturity date after the
Termination Date and (iii) any such Senior Notes or
Subordinated Indebtedness shall not be secured by any assets of
the Loan Parties not pledged as Collateral;
(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
incurred pursuant to the ABL Facility Documents, including any
extension, refinancing, refunding, replacement or renewal
thereof, whether in whole or in part; provided that at
any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (d) (i) the
aggregate face amount of any outstanding undrawn letters of
credit that are not cash collateralized shall not exceed
$20,000,000 and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness (including the aggregate face amount of any
outstanding undrawn letters of credit that are not cash
collateralized) shall not exceed $100,000,000 at any time
outstanding (except as a result of any capitalization of accrued
and unpaid interest thereon) and ;
(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing,
construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets (whether
pursuant to a loan, a
K-50
Financing Lease or otherwise) otherwise permitted pursuant to
this Agreement, and any other Financing Leases, and any
refinancings, replacements, refundings, renewals or extensions
thereof, in whole or in part, in an aggregate principal amount
not exceeding $[ ] at any time
outstanding, provided that such amount shall be increased
by an amount equal to $[ ] on each
anniversary of the Closing Date, so long as no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on any date on
which such amount is to be increased;
(g) (x) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries incurred to finance or refinance the
purchase price of, or (y) Indebtedness of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries assumed in connection with, any
acquisition permitted by Section 7.9; provided that
(i) in the case of clause (x), such Indebtedness is
incurred prior to, substantially simultaneously with or within
six months after such acquisition or in connection with a
refinancing thereof, (ii) if such Indebtedness is owed to a
Person, other than the Person from whom such acquisition is made
or any Affiliate thereof, such Indebtedness shall have terms and
conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
and shall not exceed 70% of the purchase price of such
acquisition (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection
with such acquisition) (or such greater percentage as shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or, if any
such purchase price shall be greater than
$[ ], such greater percentage as
shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders),
(iii) if such Indebtedness is being assumed under clause
(y), such Indebtedness shall not have been incurred by any party
in contemplation of the acquisition permitted by
Section 7.9 and (iv) immediately after giving effect
to such acquisition no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing;
(h) to the extent that any Indebtedness may be incurred or
arise thereunder, Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries under Interest Rate Protection Agreements and
Permitted Hedging Arrangements;
(i) other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date, or incurred under
facilities in existence on the Closing Date, and listed on
Schedule 7.2(i), and any refinancings, replacements,
refundings, renewals or extensions thereof, in whole or in part,
on financial and other terms, in the reasonable judgment of the
Borrower, no more onerous to the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries in the aggregate than the financial and other terms
of such Indebtedness, provided that the amount of such
Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing,
replacements, refunding, renewal or extension except by an
amount equal to any original issue discount (if applicable), any
premium or other amounts paid, and discounts, commissions, fees
and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing,
refunding, renewal or extension;
(j) to the extent that any Guarantee Obligation or other
obligation described in Section 7.4 constitutes
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness;
(k) Indebtedness in respect of performance, bid, appeal,
surety, judgment, replevin and similar bonds, other suretyship
arrangements, other similar obligations, and trade-related
letters of credit, all in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower
not exceeding, as to all such Foreign Subsidiaries, in aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding an amount equal to
$[ ];
(m) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
incurred to finance insurance premiums in the ordinary course of
business;
(n) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar
instrument against insufficient funds; provided that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its
incurrence;
(o) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
in respect of Financing Leases which have been funded solely by
Investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted by
Section 7.8(m);
(p) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
arising in connection with industrial development or revenue
bonds or similar obligations secured by property or assets
leased to and operated by the Borrower or such Subsidiary that
were issued in connection with the financing or refinancing of
such property or assets, provided, that, the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at
any time shall not exceed $ ;
K-51
(q) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of netting
services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each
case arising under standard business terms of any bank at which
the Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash
pooling or other similar facility or arrangement;
(r) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction,
provided that immediately after giving effect to each
such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio of the Borrower as at the last day of the Most Recent Four
Quarter Period is less than
[ ] to
1.00 and any refinancings, replacements, refundings, renewals or
extensions thereof, in whole or in part;
(s) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
in respect of obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes
or similar instruments issued as
payment-in-kind
interest payments in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted
under this Section 7.2;
(t) accretion of the principal amount of Indebtedness of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries otherwise permitted
under this Section 7.2 issued at any original issue
discount;
(u) other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries not exceeding $[ ] in
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding; and
(v) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
which represents an extension, refinancing, refunding,
replacement or renewal, in whole or in part, of any of the
Indebtedness described in clause (c) and (g) hereof;
provided that (i) the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) thereof (less any original issue discount,
if applicable) does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended,
refinanced, refunded, replaced or renewed, except by an amount
equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including
applicable prepayment penalties) thereon plus discounts,
commission and other fees and expenses reasonably incurred in
connection therewith, (ii) any Liens securing such
Indebtedness are limited to all or part of the same property
(including, if provided by the documentation evidencing such
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, replaced or renewed,
after-acquired property) that secured or would have secured the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, refunded, replaced or
renewed; provided that the total value of the collateral
securing such Indebtedness incurred under this
Section 7.2(v) immediately following such incurrence shall
not be materially greater than the value of the collateral
securing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, replaced
or renewed immediately prior to such extension, refinancing,
replacement or renewal, (iii) no Loan Party that is not
originally obligated with respect to repayment of such
Indebtedness is required to become obligated with respect
thereto, (iv) such extension, refinancing, refunding,
replacement or renewal does not result in a shortening of the
average weighted maturity of the Indebtedness so extended,
refinanced, refunded, replaced or renewed and (v) if the
Indebtedness that is extended, refinanced, refunded, replaced or
renewed was subordinated in right of payment to the obligations
of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents,
then the terms and conditions of the extension, refinancing,
refunding, replacement or renewal Indebtedness must include
subordination terms and conditions that are at least as
favorable to the Lenders as those that were applicable to the
extended, refinanced, refunded, replaced or renewed Indebtedness.
For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 7.2, in the event that any Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described
in clauses (a) through (v) above, the Borrower, in its
sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and
may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or
more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause
and in part under another such clause).
Section 7.3 Limitation
on Liens.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of
its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except for the following (Liens described below are
herein referred to as Permitted Liens;
provided, however, that no reference to a
Permitted Lien herein, including any statement or provision as
to the acceptability of any Permitted Lien, shall in any way
constitute or be construed so as to postpone or subordinate
K-52
any Liens or other rights of the Agents, the Lenders or any of
them hereunder or arising under any other Loan Document in favor
of such Permitted Lien):
(a) Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of
which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect, or which are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and
adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the
books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
in conformity with GAAP;
(b) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics,
materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens arising
in the ordinary course of business and relating to obligations
which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted;
(c) Liens of landlords or of mortgagees of landlords
arising by operation of law or pursuant to the terms of real
property leases, provided that the rental payments
secured thereby are not yet due and payable;
(d) pledges, deposits or other Liens in connection with
workers compensation, unemployment insurance, other social
security benefits or other insurance related obligations
(including pledges or deposits in respect of liability to
insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance
arrangements);
(e) Liens arising by reason of any judgment, decree or
order of any court or other Governmental Authority, if
appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated
for the review of such judgment, decree or order, are being
diligently prosecuted and shall not have been finally terminated
or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated
shall not have expired;
(f) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade
contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for
utilities, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
bonds, performance bonds, judgment and like bonds, replevin
bonds, other similar bonds and other obligations of a like
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way,
restrictions on the use of property, other similar encumbrances
incurred in the ordinary course of business and minor
irregularities of title, which do not materially interfere with
the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(h) Liens arising from (i) operating leases and
(ii) equipment or other materials which are not owned by
any Borrower or a Subsidiary located on the premises of such
Borrower or Subsidiary (but not in connection with, or as part
of, the financing thereof) from time to time in the ordinary
course of business and (it being understood that any
precautionary UCC financing statement filings in respect of any
such lease or equipment shall not be deemed a Lien);
(i) statutory or common law Liens or rights of setoff of
depository banks or securities intermediaries with respect to
deposit accounts, securities accounts or other funds of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary maintained at such banks or
intermediaries, including to secure fees and charges in
connection with returned items or the standard fees and charges
of such banks or intermediaries in connection with the deposit
accounts, securities accounts or other funds maintained by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary at such banks or intermediaries (but
not any Indebtedness for borrowed money owing by the Borrower or
such Subsidiary to such banks or intermediaries);
(j) Liens on goods in favor of customs and revenue
authorities arising as a matter of law to secure custom duties
in connection with the importation of such goods;
(k) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
entered into by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
(l) Liens in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.2(m) or
Section 7.2(o);
(m) Liens on the property or assets described in
Section 7.2(p) in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.2(p);
K-53
(n) Liens in respect of or consisting of
(i) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
permitted by Section 7.2(f) incurred to finance or
refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement
of fixed or capital assets, provided, that such Liens do
not at any time encumber any property other than the property
financed or refinanced by such Indebtedness, or
(ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
permitted by Section 7.2(g) assumed in connection with any
acquisition permitted by Section 7.9, provided that
in the case of this clause (ii), (x) such Liens shall not
be created in contemplation of such acquisition and shall be
created no later than the later of the date of such acquisition
or the date of the assumption of such Indebtedness, and
(y) the total value of the collateral subject to such Liens
immediately following such acquisition shall not be materially
greater than the value of the collateral subject to such Liens
immediately prior to such acquisition;
(o) Liens existing on assets or properties at the time of
the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries which do not materially interfere with the use,
occupancy, operation and maintenance of structures existing on
the property subject thereto or extend to or cover any assets or
properties of the Borrower or such Subsidiary other than the
assets or property being acquired;
(p) (i) Liens in respect of Indebtedness of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.2(i),
provided that no such Lien in respect of Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(i) is spread to cover any
additional property after the Closing Date and that the amount
of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased except as
permitted by Section 7.2(i), (ii) Liens not otherwise
permitted hereunder, all of which Liens permitted pursuant to
this Section 7.3(p)(ii) secure obligations not exceeding
$[ ] in aggregate amount at any
time outstanding, and (iii) Liens contemplated by
Section 7.2(v)(ii);
(q) Liens in respect of Guarantee Obligations permitted
under Section 7.4(d) not exceeding (as to the Borrower and
all of its Subsidiaries) $[ ] in
aggregate amount at any time outstanding;
(r) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
(s) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call
agreements) with respect to the Capital Stock of any joint
venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or
similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar
arrangement, provided that no such encumbrance or
restriction affects in any way the ability of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries to comply with Section 6.9(b) or
Section 6.9(d);
(t) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary of the
Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted
by Section 7.2;
(u) Liens on intellectual property, including any foreign
patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark
applications, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how or
processes; provided that such Liens result from the
granting of licenses in the ordinary course of business to any
Person to use such intellectual property or such foreign
patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark
applications, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how or
processes, as the case may be;
(v) Liens on property (i) of any Subsidiary that is
not a Loan Party and (ii) that does not constitute
Collateral, which are Liens in respect of Indebtedness of the
applicable Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.2,
Guarantee Obligations of the applicable Subsidiary permitted
under Section 7.4, or other liabilities or obligations of
the applicable Subsidiary not prohibited by this Agreement;
(w) Liens in respect of or consisting of Indebtedness of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted by
Section 7.2(c) and Guarantee Obligations in respect of such
Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.4(k) and any
refinancings, extensions, refundings, renewals and replacements
thereof, in whole or in part, otherwise permitted under this
Agreement;
(x) Liens in respect of or consisting of Indebtedness of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted by
Section 7.2(d) and Guarantee Obligations in respect of such
Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.4(k) and any
refinancings, extensions, refundings, renewals and replacements
thereof, whether in whole or in part, otherwise permitted under
this Agreement or otherwise created pursuant to the ABL Facility
Documents; provided that (i) such Liens do not apply
to any asset other than Collateral that is subject to a Lien
granted under a Security Document to secure the Secured
Obligations as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral
K-54
Agreement and (ii) all such Liens shall be subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement that
is no less favorable to the Secured Parties than the
Intercreditor Agreement;
(y) Liens in respect of or in connection with Interest Rate
Protection Agreements and Permitted Hedging Arrangements entered
into by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries;
(z) Liens on property subject to Sale and Leaseback
Transactions and general intangibles related thereto;
(aa) Liens in respect of Guarantee Obligations permitted
under Section 7.4 relating to Indebtedness permitted under
Section 7.2, to the extent Liens in respect of such
Indebtedness are permitted under this Section 7.3; and
(bb) Liens, security interests, title imperfections and
defects, and all other defects and impairments of any nature
whatsoever, in each case in existence on the Closing Date.
Section 7.4 Limitation
on Guarantee Obligations.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantee
Obligation except:
(a) Guarantee Obligations in existence on the Closing Date,
and any refinancings, refundings, extensions, replacements or
renewals thereof, in whole or in part, provided that the
amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall not be increased at
the time of such refinancing, refunding, extension, replacements
or renewal except to the extent that the amount of Indebtedness
in respect of such Guarantee Obligations is permitted to be
increased by Section 7.2(i);
(b) Guarantee Obligations in respect of performance, bid,
appeal, surety judgment, replevin and similar bonds, other
suretyship arrangements, other similar obligations and
trade-related letters of credit, all in the ordinary course of
business;
(c) Guarantee Obligations in respect of indemnification and
contribution agreements expressly permitted by
Section 7.10(d) or similar agreements by the Borrower;
(d) Guarantee Obligations in respect of third-party loans
and advances to officers or employees of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries (i) for travel and entertainment expenses
incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) for
relocation expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business,
or (iii) for other purposes in an aggregate amount (as to
the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries), together with the
aggregate amount of all Investments permitted under Section
7.8(e)(iv), of up to $[ ]
outstanding at any time;
(e) obligations to insurers required in connection with
workers compensation and other insurance coverage incurred
in the ordinary course of business;
(f) obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under
any Interest Rate Protection Agreements or under Permitted
Hedging Arrangements;
(g) Guarantee Obligations incurred in connection with
acquisitions permitted under Section 7.9, provided
that if any such Guarantee Obligation inures to the benefit of
any Person other than the Person from whom such acquisition is
made or any Affiliate thereof, such Guarantee Obligation shall
not exceed, with respect to any such acquisition, 70% of the
purchase price of such acquisition (including any Indebtedness
assumed in connection with any such acquisition) (or such
greater percentage as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent or, if any such purchase price shall be
greater than $[ ], such greater
percentage shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required
Lenders);
(h) guarantees made by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than any Indebtedness outstanding pursuant
to Sections 7.2(b), (c) and (d)) which obligations are
otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
(i) Guarantee Obligations in connection with sales or other
dispositions permitted under Section 7.6, including
indemnification obligations with respect to leases, and
guarantees of collectability in respect of accounts receivable
or notes receivable for up to face value;
K-55
(j) Guarantee Obligations incurred pursuant to the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Loan Document,
or otherwise in respect of Indebtedness permitted by
Section 7.2(a);
(k) Guarantee Obligations (i) in respect of
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 7.2(b),
(c) and (d), provided that (x) if any such
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents, then any corresponding Guarantee Obligations shall be
subordinated to Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this
Agreement and other Loan Documents to substantially the same
extent, and (y) Guarantee Obligations in respect of
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(b) and
(c) shall be permitted only so long as such Guarantee
Obligations are incurred only by Guarantors or the Borrower, or
(ii) otherwise arising pursuant to the ABL Facility
Documents;
(l) accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade
creditors of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business;
(m) Guarantee Obligations in respect of Investments
expressly permitted by Section 7.8; and
(n) Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness or
other obligations of a Person in connection with a joint venture
or similar arrangement in respect of which no other co-investor
or other Person has a greater legal or beneficial ownership
interest than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and as to
all of such Persons does not at any time exceed
$[ ] in aggregate outstanding
principal amount; provided that (i) such amount
shall be increased by an amount equal to
$[ ] on each anniversary of the
Closing Date, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing on any date on which such amount
is to be increased and (ii) such amount and any increase in
such amount permitted by clause (i) shall be reduced by the
aggregate amount of Investments outstanding under
Section 7.8(l).
Section 7.5 Limitation
on Fundamental Changes.
Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or
liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation
or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or
otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its property,
business or assets, except:
(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Borrower
(provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or
surviving corporation) or with or into any one or more Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower (provided that the
Wholly Owned Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower shall be
the continuing or surviving entity);
(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon
voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (and, in the case of a
non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, may be liquidated to the extent the
Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary which is a direct parent
of such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary receives a pro rata
distribution of the assets thereof);
(c) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may be merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into another Person if the
Borrower or such Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the
Person formed by or surviving such merger, consolidation or
amalgamation (i) is organized or existing under the laws of
the United States or any state, district or territory thereof,
(ii) expressly assumes all obligations of the Borrower or
such Subsidiary, as applicable, under the Loan Documents
pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and immediately after such merger,
consolidation or amalgamation, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred;
(d) as expressly permitted by Section 7.6; or
(e) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation in connection
with an acquisition permitted by Section 7.9(b) or (c).
Section 7.6 Limitation
on Sale of Assets.
Convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer, license, abandon or
otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets,
including receivables and leasehold interests (each, a
Disposition) (other than leases and subleases
in the
K-56
ordinary course of business), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary of the Borrower,
issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiarys Capital
Stock, to any Person other than the Borrower or any Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower, except:
(a) the sale or other Disposition of obsolete, worn out or
surplus property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the sale or other Disposition of any property or assets
in the ordinary course of business or in connection with an
Exempt Sale and Leaseback Transaction;
(c) the sale or other Disposition of accounts receivable
pursuant to any Factoring Transaction;
(d) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts
receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable
into or for notes receivable, in connection with the compromise
or collection thereof; provided that, in the case of any
Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, any such sale or discount
may be with recourse if such sale or discount is consistent with
customary practice in such Foreign Subsidiarys country of
business;
(e) any Disposition of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary that
becomes a Parent Entity (New Parent),
including as a result of a merger of the Borrower with a
Subsidiary in which (x) previously outstanding Capital
Stock of the Borrower is converted into or becomes a right to
receive Capital Stock of a New Parent and (y) Capital Stock
of the Borrower as the continuing or surviving Person in such
merger consist of Capital Stock directly or indirectly held by a
New Parent;
(f) subject to any applicable limitations set forth in
Section 7.5, Dispositions of any assets or property by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(g) (i) the abandonment or other Disposition of
patents, trademarks or other intellectual property that are, in
the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically
practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and
(ii) licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary
course of business;
(h) any Disposition by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of each
such Disposition do not exceed $[ ]
and the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all Dispositions in any
fiscal year made pursuant to this paragraph (h) do not
exceed $[ ];
(i) any Asset Sale by the Borrower or any other Loan Party,
or other Disposition by any other Subsidiary of the Borrower,
the Net Cash Proceeds of which, together with the Net Cash
Proceeds of other Asset Sales and Dispositions pursuant to this
Section 7.6(i), do not exceed $[ ] in the aggregate after
the Closing Date, provided that in the case of any such
Asset Sale, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of
all such Asset Sales less the Reinvested Amount is applied in
accordance with Section 3.4(c)(i)(2); and
(j) any Disposition set forth on Schedule 7.6(j).
Section 7.7 Limitation
on Dividends and Share Repurchases.
Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely
in common stock of the Borrower or options, warrants or other
rights to purchase common stock of the Borrower) on, or make any
payment on account of (including to set apart assets for a
sinking or other analogous fund for) the purchase, redemption,
defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any shares of
any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any warrants or
options to purchase any such Capital Stock, whether now or
hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution (other
than distributions payable solely in common stock of the
Borrower or options, warrants or other rights to purchase common
stock of the Borrower) in respect thereof, either directly or
indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the
Borrower, except that:
(a) the Borrower may pay or make any dividend, payment or
distribution in an amount not exceeding the Available Excluded
Contribution Amount immediately prior to the time of the payment
or making of such dividend, payment or distribution,
provided that no such dividend, payment or distribution
shall be permitted if a Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing or would result therefrom unless the aggregate
K-57
amount of such dividend, payment or distribution does not exceed
the aggregate amount of any Excluded Contributions (to the
extent not applied to permit any dividend, payment or
distribution pursuant to this Section 7.7(a)) received
within the 90 day period preceding the date of such
dividend, payment or distribution;
(b) after the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010, the
Borrower may pay or make any other dividend, payment or
distribution in an amount not exceeding the Available Amount
immediately prior to the time of the payment or making of such
dividend, payment or distribution; provided that, at the
time of such payment, dividend or distribution, (i) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result therefrom and (ii) immediately after giving
effect to such dividend, payment or distribution, the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the last day
of the Most Recent Four Quarter Period, calculated on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to such dividend, payment or
distribution, is less than 4.00 to 1.00;
(c) the Borrower may pay cash dividends in an amount
sufficient to allow any Parent Entity to pay expenses (other
than taxes) incurred in the ordinary course of business,
provided that, if any Parent Entity shall own any
material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Borrower or
another Parent Entity or other assets relating to the ownership
interest of such Parent Entity in another Parent Entity, the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries, such cash dividends with respect
to such Parent Entity shall be limited to the reasonable and
proportional share, as determined by the Borrower in its
reasonable discretion, of such expenses incurred by such Parent
Entity relating or allocable to its ownership interest in the
Borrower or another Parent Entity and such other related assets;
(d) the Borrower may pay cash dividends in an amount
sufficient to cover reasonable and necessary expenses (including
professional fees and expenses) (other than taxes) incurred by
any Parent Entity in connection with (i) registration,
public offerings and exchange listing of equity or debt
securities and maintenance of the same, (ii) compliance
with reporting obligations under, or in connection with
compliance with, federal or state laws or under this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents and
(iii) indemnification and reimbursement of directors,
officers and employees in respect of liabilities relating to
their serving in any such capacity, or obligations in respect of
director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor),
provided that, in the case of sub-clause (i) above,
if any Parent Entity shall own any material assets other than
the Capital Stock of the Borrower or another Parent Entity or
other assets relating to the ownership interest of such Parent
Entity in another Parent Entity, the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, with respect to such Parent Entity such cash
dividends shall be limited to the reasonable and proportional
share, as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable
discretion, of such expenses incurred by such Parent Entity
relating or allocable to its ownership interest in another
Parent Entity, the Borrower and such other assets;
(e) the Borrower may repurchase or may pay cash dividends
in an amount sufficient to allow any Parent Entity to repurchase
shares of Capital Stock of the Borrower or such Parent Entity,
as the case may be, or rights, options or units in respect
thereof from any Management Investors or former Management
Investors (or any of their respective heirs, successors,
assigns, legal representatives or estates), or as otherwise
contemplated by any Management Subscription Agreements, for an
aggregate purchase price not to exceed
$[ ]; provided that such
amount shall be increased by (i) an amount equal to
$[ ] on each anniversary of the
Closing Date, commencing on the first anniversary of the Closing
Date, and (ii) an amount equal to the proceeds to the
Borrower (whether received by it directly or from a Parent
Entity or applied to pay Parent Entity expenses) of any resales
or new issuances of shares and options to any Management
Investors, at any time after the initial issuances to any
Management Investors, together with the aggregate amount of
deferred compensation owed by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to any Management Investor that shall thereafter
have been cancelled, waived or exchanged at any time after the
initial issuances to any thereof in connection with the grant to
such Management Investor of the right to receive or acquire
shares of the Borrowers or any Parent Entitys
Capital Stock;
(f) the Borrower may pay cash dividends to pay or permit
any Parent Entity to pay any Related Taxes;
(g) the Borrower may pay cash dividends in an amount
sufficient to allow any Parent Entity to pay all fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and the
other transactions expressly contemplated by this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents;
K-58
(h) the Borrower may repurchase or withhold, or may pay
cash or other dividends in an amount sufficient to allow any
Parent Entity to repurchase or withhold, Capital Stock of the
Borrower or any Parent Entity in connection with the exercise of
stock options or warrants or the vesting of restricted stock
(including restricted stock units) if such Capital Stock
represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding
obligation with respect to such options, warrants or restricted
stock; and
(i) in addition to cash dividends, payments and
distributions expressly permitted by this Section 7.7, the
Borrower may make cash dividends, payments and distributions in
an aggregate amount not to exceed
[ ]% of Consolidated Tangible
Assets less any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.8(p)
and then outstanding.
For the purposes of this Section 7.7, if the Convertible
Notes Indenture is amended, modified or otherwise supplemented
or any provision thereof is waived after the Closing Date, any
payments made with respect to the Convertible Notes in excess of
principal, interest and other fees payable with respect to the
Convertible Notes prior to such amendment, modification,
supplement or waiver because of such amendment, modification,
supplement or waiver through and including the final redemption,
repurchase or retirement of the Convertible Notes shall be
deemed to be a dividend subject to the provisions of this
Section 7.7.
Section 7.8 Limitation
on Investments, Loans and Advances.
Make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital
contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures
or other securities of or any assets constituting a business
unit of, or make any other investment, in cash or by transfer of
assets or property, in (each an Investment),
any other Person, except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of
business;
(b) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(c) Investments existing on the Closing Date;
(d) Investments in notes receivable and other instruments
and securities obtained in connection with transactions
permitted by Section 7.6(d);
(e) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) in the
ordinary course of business for travel and entertainment
expenses, (ii) existing on the Closing Date,
(iii) made after the Closing Date for relocation expenses
in the ordinary course of business, (iv) made for other
purposes in an aggregate amount (as to the Borrower and all of
its Subsidiaries), together with the aggregate amount of all
Guarantee Obligations permitted pursuant to
Section 7.4(d)(iii), of up to
$[ ] outstanding at any time and
(v) relating to indemnification or reimbursement of any
officers, directors or employees in respect of liabilities
relating to their serving in any such capacity or as otherwise
specified in Section 7.10;
(f) loans and advances to Management Investors in
connection with the purchase by such Management Investors of
Capital Stock of any Parent Entity (so long as such Parent
Entity applies an amount equal to the net cash proceeds of such
purchases to, directly or indirectly, make capital contributions
to, or purchase Capital Stock of, the Borrower or applies such
proceeds to pay Parent Entity expenses) or the Borrower of up to
$[ ] outstanding at any one time;
(g) Investments by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(h) acquisitions expressly permitted by Section 7.9;
(i) Investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under
Interest Rate Protection Agreements or under Permitted Hedging
Arrangements;
(j) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with
respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the
ordinary course of business or otherwise described in
Sections 7.3(c), 7.3(d) or 7.3(f);
(k) Investments representing non-cash consideration
received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in
connection with any Disposition or Asset Sale, provided
that in the case of any Disposition or Asset Sale permitted
under Sections 7.6(h) or 7.6(i), such non-cash
consideration constitutes not more than 25% of the aggregate
consideration received in connection with such Disposition or
Asset Sale and any such non-cash
K-59
consideration received by the Borrower or any other Loan Party
is pledged to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents;
(l) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
in a Person in connection with a joint venture or similar
arrangement in respect of which no other co-investor or other
Person has a greater legal or beneficial ownership interest than
the Borrower or such Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to
exceed an amount equal to $[ ]
outstanding at any time; provided that (i) such
amount shall be increased by an amount equal to
$[ ] on each anniversary of the
Closing Date, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing on any date on which such amount
is to be increased, (ii) such amount and any increase in
such amount permitted by clause (i) shall be reduced by the
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness in respect of
Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.4(n),
(iii) the Borrower or such Subsidiary complies with the
provisions of Section 6.9(b) hereof, if applicable, with
respect to such ownership interest;
(m) Investments in industrial development or revenue bonds
or similar obligations secured by property or assets leased to
and operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that
were issued in connection with the financing or refinancing of
such property or assets, so long as the Borrower or any such
Subsidiary may obtain title to such property or assets at any
time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations, paying a
nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;
(n) Investments representing evidences of Indebtedness,
securities or other property received from another Person by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any
bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of such other
Person or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement
of any Lien or exchange for evidences of Indebtedness,
securities or other property of such other Person held by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that any
such securities or other property received by the Borrower or
any other Loan Party is pledged to the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents;
(o) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock
of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or
Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;
(p) in addition to Investments otherwise expressly
permitted by this Section 7.8, Investments by the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at
any time not to exceed the greater of (x)
[ ]% of Consolidated Tangible
Assets and (y) $[ ];
provided that (in the case of this clause (y)) such
amount shall be increased by the amount of Cumulative Excess
Cash Flow Not Otherwise Applied (which shall be available for
use hereunder only at any time that the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio of the Borrower as at the last day of the Most Recent Four
Quarter Period is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00);
(q) any Investment in an amount that does not exceed the
Available Amount immediately prior to the time of the making of
such Investment; provided that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;
(r) any Investment in an amount that does not exceed the
Available Excluded Contribution Amount immediately prior to the
time of the making of such Investment; and
(s) any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.7.
For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 7.8, in the event that any Investment meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Investments described
in clauses (a) through (s) above, the Borrower, in its
sole discretion, shall classify such item of Investment and may
include the amount and type of such Investment in one or more of
such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in
part under another such clause).
Section 7.9 Limitations
on Certain Acquisitions.
Acquire by purchase or otherwise all the business or assets of,
or stock or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, any
Person, except that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be
allowed to make any such acquisition so long as:
(a) such acquisition is expressly permitted by
Section 7.5, or
K-60
(b) the aggregate consideration paid by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries for such acquisition (including cash and
Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such
acquisition) consists of any combination of:
(i) Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent Entity;
and/or
(ii) Cash, property
and/or
Indebtedness (whether incurred or assumed) in an aggregate
amount not exceeding the greater of (x) the sum of
(A) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all Asset Sales
pursuant to Section 7.6 not required to be applied to a
mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(i)(2) plus (B) Cumulative Excess Cash
Flow Not Otherwise Applied and (y) the Available Amount
immediately prior to the time of payment of such cash
consideration pursuant to this clause (ii)(y); and/or
(iii) Cash, property
and/or
Indebtedness (whether incurred or assumed) in an aggregate
amount not exceeding the Available Excluded Contribution Amount
immediately prior to the time of payment of such cash
consideration pursuant to this clause (iii); and/or
(iv) other cash, property and Indebtedness (whether
incurred or assumed) in an aggregate amount that, when
aggregated with all other amounts of such cash and property
paid, and Indebtedness incurred or assumed, in each case in
reliance on this clause (iv), does not exceed $20,000,000 in the
aggregate since the Closing Date; or
(c) (i) immediately after giving effect to such
acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing as a result of such acquisition, (ii) the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Most Recent Four Quarter
Period, calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such
acquisition, is equal to or less than either (x) 4.00 to
1.00 or (y) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Most
Recent Four Quarter Period prior to giving effect such
acquisition (such calculation to be made in a manner reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and evidenced by a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered
to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver copies
to each Lender) promptly upon or prior to the consummation of
such acquisition), and (iii) the acquired Person and its
Subsidiaries (to the extent the same become Wholly Owned
Domestic Subsidiaries) shall become Guarantors pursuant to the
terms of
Section 6.9(b).11
Section 7.10 Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates.
Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease
or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with
any Affiliate unless such transaction is (a) otherwise
permitted under this Agreement, and (b) upon terms no less
favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may
be, than it would obtain in a comparable arms length
transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate;
provided that nothing contained in this Section 7.10
shall be deemed to prohibit:
(a) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from entering
into or performing any consulting, management or employment
agreements or other compensation arrangements with a director,
officer or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
that provides for annual aggregate base compensation not in
excess of $[2,000,000] for each such director, officer or
employee;
(b) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from entering
into or performing an agreement with any CD&R Investor or
any Affiliate of any CD&R Investor for the rendering of
management, consulting or financial advisory services for
compensation not to exceed in the aggregate
$[ ] per year plus reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses;
(c) the payment of transaction expenses in connection with
this Agreement or any of the Transactions;
(d) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from entering
into, making payments pursuant to and otherwise performing an
indemnification and contribution agreement in favor of any
Permitted Holder and each person who is or becomes a director,
officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries
11 [Treatment
of Foreign Subsidiaries to be determined.]
K-61
or any Parent Entity, in respect of liabilities (A) arising
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any other
applicable securities laws or otherwise, in connection with any
offering of securities by any Parent Entity (provided
that, if such Parent Entity shall own any material assets other
than the Capital Stock of the Borrower or another Parent
Entity, or other assets relating to the ownership interest
of such Parent Entity in the Borrower or another Parent Entity,
such liabilities shall be limited to the reasonable and
proportional share, as determined by the Borrower in its
reasonable discretion, of such liabilities relating or allocable
to the ownership interest of such Parent Entity in the Borrower
or another Parent Entity and such other related assets) or the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) incurred to third
parties for any action or failure to act of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity or any of their
predecessors or successors, (C) arising out of the
performance by any Affiliate of any CD&R of management
consulting or financial advisory services provided to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity,
(D) arising out of the fact that any indemnitee was or is a
director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity, or is or was serving at
the request of any such corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or enterprise or (E) to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware or other applicable state law, arising out
of any breach or alleged breach by such indemnitee of his or her
fiduciary duty as a director or officer of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity;
(e) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from performing
any agreements or commitments with or to any Affiliate existing
on the Closing Date;
(f) any transaction permitted under Sections 3.4(b),
7.4, 7.5, 7.7, 7.8(e) or 7.8(f) and any transaction with a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(g) the Borrower from paying to CD&R, any CD&R
Investor or any of their respective Affiliates fees of up to
$[ ] in the aggregate, plus
out-of-pocket expenses, in connection with the Transactions;
(h) the Transactions and all transactions relating thereto
and agreements in connection therewith, including the Investment
Documents; and
(i) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Borrower
or capital contribution to the Borrower.
For purposes of this Section 7.10, (A) any transaction
with any Affiliate shall be deemed to have satisfied the
standard set forth in clause (b) of the first sentence
hereof if (i) such transaction is approved by a majority of
the Disinterested Directors of the board of directors of any
Parent Entity, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, or (ii) in
the event that at the time of any such transaction, there are no
Disinterested Directors serving on the board of directors of any
Parent Entity, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, such transaction
shall be approved by a nationally recognized expert with
expertise in appraising the terms and conditions of the type of
transaction for which approval is required, and
(B) Disinterested Director shall mean,
with respect to any Person and transaction, a member of the
board of directors of such Person who does not have any material
direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such
transaction.
Section 7.11 Limitation
on Optional Payments and Modifications of Debt Instruments and
Other Documents.
(a) Make any optional payment or prepayment on or optional
repurchase or redemption of any Subordinated Indebtedness, other
than the Convertible Notes, including any optional payments on
account of, or for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition thereof,
except optional payments, prepayments, repurchases, redemptions,
defeasance or other acquisition of such Subordinated
Indebtedness (x) in an amount that does not exceed the
Cumulative Excess Cash Flow Not Otherwise Applied so long as the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower for the Most Recent
Four Quarter Period (after giving effect to such payment,
prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition) is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00, (y) in
an amount that does not exceed the sum of the Available Amount
plus the Available Excluded Contribution Amount immediately
prior to the time of making of such optional payment,
prepayment, repurchase or redemption or (z) out of the Net
Proceeds of, or in exchange for Subordinated Indebtedness or
Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent Entity.
K-62
(b) In the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control,
repurchase or repay any Subordinated Indebtedness or any portion
thereof, unless the Borrower shall have (i) made payment in
full of the Term Loans and any other amounts then due and owing
to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under
any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loans and
any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the
Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have
made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the
Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer.
(c) Amend, supplement, waive or otherwise modify any of the
provisions of any documents governing Subordinated Indebtedness
(including pursuant to an extension, renewal, replacement or
refinancing thereof) which amends, supplements, waives, or
otherwise modifies any subordination provisions contained
therein in any manner that is adverse to the Lenders in any
material respect.
Section 7.12 Limitation
on Lines of Business. Enter into any
business, either directly or through any Subsidiary or joint
venture or similar arrangement described in Section 7.8(l),
except for those businesses of the same general type as those in
which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the
Closing Date or which are reasonably related thereto, taken as a
whole.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF
DEFAULT
Section 8.1 Defaults. If
any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any
Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether
at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or
the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or
any other amount payable hereunder, within five (5) days
after any such interest or other amount becomes due in
accordance with the terms hereof; or
(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by
any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any
amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or
which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by
or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any
such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in
any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed
made; or
(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or
performance of any agreement contained in Section 6.7(a) or
Article VII of this Agreement or [Section 5.2.2 of the
Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement]12;
provided that, in the case of a default in the observance
or performance of its obligations under Section 6.7(a)
hereof, such default shall have continued unremedied for a
period of two days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
shall have discovered or should have discovered such default,
and provided further that, in the case of a default in
the observance of or compliance with its obligations under
Section 7.1(a) hereof for any four fiscal quarter period,
such default shall have continued unremedied for a period of
[five] Business Days after the Calculation Date with respect to
such period; or
(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or
performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement
or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs
(a) through (c) of this Article VIII), and such
default shall continue unremedied for a period ending on the
earlier of (i) the date 32 days after a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower shall have discovered or should have
discovered such default and (ii) the date 15 days
after written notice has been given to the Borrower by the
Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or
(e) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
(i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or
interest on any Indebtedness in excess of
$[ ] or (y) in the payment of
any Guarantee Obligation in excess of
$[ ], beyond the period of grace,
if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such
12 The
GCA will provide that the Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable,
shall maintain insurance as required by Section 6.5, and
shall furnish to the Collateral Agent, upon written request,
information in reasonable detail as to the insurance carried.
K-63
Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; or
(ii) default in the observance or performance of any other
agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness or Guarantee
Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in
any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating
thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the
effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause,
or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or
beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a
trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or
beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of
notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become
due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to
become payable (an Acceleration), and such
time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a Default
Notice) shall be required to commence a grace period
or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice
of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have
been given, and (in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee
Obligation created under the ABL Facility Documents) either a
further period of 30 days shall have elapsed or such
Acceleration of such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall
have occurred; or
(f) If (i) any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiaries
of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other
action (A) under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have
an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to
adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
winding-up,
liquidation, dissolution, composition or other similar relief
with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment
of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and
manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar
official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
assets, or any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiaries of the
Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any
Loan Party or any Material Subsidiaries of the Borrower any
case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in
clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an
order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or
(B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded
for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be
commenced against any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiaries of
the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking
issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or
similar process against all or any substantial part of its
assets which results in the entry of an order for any such
relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or
bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry
thereof; or (iv) any Loan Party or any Material
Subsidiaries of the Borrower shall take any corporate action in
furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or
acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii),
or (iii) above; or (v) any Loan Party or any Material
Subsidiaries of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or
shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts
as they become due; or
(g) Any Person shall engage in any prohibited
transaction (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any
accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in
Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist
with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a
Plan shall arise on the assets of either of the Borrower or any
Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall
occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a
trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to
administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which
Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment
of a trustee is in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative
Agent likely to result in the termination of such Plan for
purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single
Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of
ERISA other than a standard termination pursuant to
Section 4041(b) of ERISA, (v) either of the Borrower
or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable
opinion of the Administrative Agent is reasonably likely to,
incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the
Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, or
(vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with
respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through
(vi) above, such event or condition, together with all
other such events or conditions, if any, could be reasonably
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered
against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the
aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or
indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to
or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received
in respect thereof in the
K-64
event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of
$[ ] or more, and all such
judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged,
stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the
entry thereof; or
(i) Any of the Security Documents shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect (other than pursuant to
the terms hereof or thereof), or any Loan Party which is a party
to any of the Security Documents shall so assert in writing, or
(ii) the Lien created by any of the Security Documents
shall cease to be perfected and enforceable in accordance with
its terms or of the same effect as to perfection and priority
purported to be created thereby with respect to any significant
portion of the Collateral (other than in connection with any
termination of such Lien in respect of any Collateral as
permitted hereby or by any Security Document), and such failure
of such Lien to be perfected and enforceable with such priority
shall have continued unremedied for a period of
20 days; or
(j) A Change of Control shall have occurred;
then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an
Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of
paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower,
automatically the Commitments, if any, shall immediately
terminate and the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest
thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall
immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event
is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following
actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required
Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of
the Required Lenders the Administrative Agent shall, by notice
to the Borrower, declare the Commitments to be terminated
forthwith, whereupon the Commitments, if any, shall immediately
terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required
Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of
the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice
to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued
interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this
Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same
shall immediately become due and payable.
Section 8.2 Waiver
of Notices. Except as expressly provided
above in this Article VIII, presentment, demand, protest
and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.
ARTICLE IX
THE
AGENTS AND THE OTHER REPRESENTATIVES
Section 9.1 Appointment.
Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints
[ ] as
the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent of such Lender
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such
Lender irrevocably authorizes
[ ],
as Administrative Agent for such Lender, to take such action on
its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are expressly delegated to or required of the
Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to
the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative
Agent and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative
Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth
herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no
implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the
Administrative Agent or the Other Representatives. Each of the
Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments
and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its
respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates
(it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may perform any of
their respective duties under the Security Documents by or
through one or more of their respective affiliates).
Section 9.2 Delegation
of Duties.
In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement,
each Agent shall act solely as agent for the Lenders and, as
applicable, the other Secured Parties, and no Agent assumes any
(and shall not be deemed to have assumed any) obligation or
relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries. Each
K-65
Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact
(including the Collateral Agent in the case of the
Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of
counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No
Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of
any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with
reasonable care.
Section 9.3 Exculpatory
Provisions.
None of the Administrative Agent or any Other Representative nor
any of their officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person under or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
Person or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates) or (b) responsible in any
manner to any of the Lenders for (i) any recitals,
statements, representations or warranties made by the Borrower
or any other Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for
in, or received by the Administrative Agent or any Other
Representative under or in connection with, this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, (ii) for the value, validity,
effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of
this Agreement or any Notes or any other Loan Document,
(iii) for any failure of the Borrower or any other Loan
Party to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other
Loan Document, (iv) the performance or observance of any of
the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, (v) the satisfaction of any of the
conditions precedent set forth in Article V, or
(vi) the existence or possible existence of any Default or
Event of Default. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Other
Representative shall be under any obligation to any Lender to
ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of
any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the
properties, books or records of the Borrower or any other Loan
Party. Each Lender agrees that, except for notices, reports and
other documents expressly required to be furnished to the
Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder or given to the
Administrative Agent for the account of or with copies for the
Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Other Representatives
shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender
with any credit or other information concerning the business,
operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise),
prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Loan
Party which may come into the possession of the Administrative
Agent and the Other Representatives or any of their officers,
directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
Section 9.4 Reliance
by the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be
fully protected (and shall have no liability to any Person) in
relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document or conversation
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon
advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the
Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by
the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and
treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all
purposes unless such Note shall have been transferred in
accordance with Section 10.6 and all actions required by
such Section in connection with such transfer shall have been
taken. Any request, authority or consent of any Person or entity
who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority
or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and
binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or
endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or of any Note or
Notes issued in exchange therefor. The Administrative Agent
shall be fully justified as between itself and the Lenders in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such
advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders
and/or such
other requisite percentage of the Lenders as is required
pursuant to Section 10.1(a) as it deems appropriate or it
shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred
by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected
in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement
and any Notes and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a
request of the Required Lenders
and/or such
other requisite percentage of the Lenders as is required
pursuant to Section 10.1(a), and such request and any
action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding
upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Term Loans.
K-66
Section 9.5 Notice
of Default.
The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge
or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice
from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that
such notice is a notice of default, In the event
that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the
Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the
Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action
reasonably promptly with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as shall be directed by the Required Lenders
and/or such
other requisite percentage of the Lenders as is required
pursuant to Section 10.1(a); provided that unless
and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such
directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such
action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it
shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
Section 9.6 Acknowledgements
and Representations by Lenders.
Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the
Administrative Agent or the Other Representatives nor any of
their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact
or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it
and that no act by the Administrative Agent or any Other
Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the
affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed
to constitute any representation or warranty by the
Administrative Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender.
Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent, the Other
Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that, independently
and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Other
Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and
will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the
business, operations, property, financial and other condition
and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties,
it has made its own decision to make its Term Loans hereunder
and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions
in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this
Agreement, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Other
Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either
initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the
holder of any Note with any credit or other information with
respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the
making of the Term Loans or at any time or times thereafter.
Each Lender represents to each other party hereto that it is a
bank, savings and loan association or other similar savings
institution, insurance company, investment fund or company or
other financial institution which makes or acquires commercial
loans in the ordinary course of its business, that it is
participating hereunder as a Lender for such commercial
purposes, and that it has the knowledge and experience to be and
is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of being a Lender
hereunder. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with
the provisions of Section 10.6 applicable to the Lenders
hereunder.
Section 9.7 Indemnification.
(a) The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent (or any
Affiliate thereof) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower
or any other Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of
the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective
Total Credit Percentages in effect on the date on which
indemnification is sought under this Section from and against
any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time
(including at any time following the payment of the Term Loans)
be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof) in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other
Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby or any action taken or omitted by any Agent (or any
Affiliate thereof) under or in connection with any of the
foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for
the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements to the extent arising from
(a) such Agents gross negligence or willful
misconduct or (b) claims made or legal proceedings
commenced against such Agent by any security holder or creditor
thereof arising out of and based upon rights afforded any such
security holder or creditor solely in its capacity as such. The
agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Term
Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(b) The agreements in this Section 9.7 shall survive
the payment of all Borrower Obligations and Guaranteed
Obligations (each as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement).
K-67
Section 9.8 The
Administrative Agent and Other Representatives in Their
Individual Capacity.
The Administrative Agent, the Other Representatives and their
Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally
engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any other
Loan Party as though the Administrative Agent and the Other
Representatives were not the Administrative Agent or the Other
Representatives hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.
With respect to Term Loans made or renewed by them and any Note
issued to them, the Administrative Agent and the Other
Representatives shall have the same rights and powers under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though they were not the Administrative
Agent or an Other Representative, and the terms
Lender and Lenders shall include the
Administrative Agent and the Other Representatives in their
individual capacities.
Section 9.9 Collateral
Matters.
(a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent
to (x) enter into the Security Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the
other Secured Parties and (y) enter into any amendments,
amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or
supplements to or other modifications to the Intercreditor
Agreement or enter into a separate intercreditor agreement in
connection with the incurrence of any Loan Party or any
Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (the
Intercreditor Agreement Supplement) to permit
such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected
lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant
Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is
permitted by the Loan Documents). Each Lender hereby agrees, and
each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed
to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action
taken by the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Security
Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement (as amended by any
Intercreditor Agreement Supplement), and the exercise by the
Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or
therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of
the Lenders. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf
of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or
further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any
action with respect to any Collateral or Security Documents
which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the
security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted
pursuant to the Security Documents.
(b) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent
and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to, and the
Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable,
shall release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any
Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and
payment and satisfaction of all of the obligations under the
Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this
Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, (ii) upon the sale or other Disposition
of such Collateral (to a Person other than a Loan Party)
expressly permitted under Section 7.6, including sales in
the ordinary course of business, (iii) upon any merger,
amalgamation, consolidation, sale, lease, transfer or other
Disposition expressly permitted under Section 7.5 and
(iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the
Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required
by Section 10.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly
provided in the relevant Security Documents. Upon request by the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, at any time, the
Lenders shall confirm in writing such Agents authority to
release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this
Section 9.9.
(c) No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the
Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected
or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or
pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully
created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any
particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at
all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or
fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or
available to the Agents in this Section 9.9 or in any of
the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that in
respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related
thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem
appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agents own
interest in the Collateral as Lender and that no Agent shall
have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for
its gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(d) The Collateral Agent may, and hereby does, appoint the
Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding
any Collateral
and/or
perfecting the Collateral Agents security interest therein
and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to
the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.
K-68
Section 9.10 Successor
Agent.
(a) Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth
herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent,
respectively, upon 10 days notice to the Lenders and
the Borrower.
(b) If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is
a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender,
either the Required Lenders or the Borrower may, upon
10 days notice to the Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, remove such agent.
(c) If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among
the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor
agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights,
powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral
Agent, as applicable, and the term Administrative
Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable,
shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment
and approval, and the former Agents rights, powers and
duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further
act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the
parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans.
After any retiring Agents resignation or removal as Agent,
the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. Additionally, after any retiring Agents
resignation as such Agent, the provisions of this Section shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by it while it was such Agent under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.
Section 9.11 Other
Representatives.
None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint
lead arrangers pursuant to the definition of Other
Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or
responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in
its capacity as such.
Section 9.12 Withholding
Tax.
To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may
withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to
any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent
be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount
with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue
Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that
any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or
for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was
not delivered or was not properly executed or because such
Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances
which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding
tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall
indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or
indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any
penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1 Amendments
and Waivers.
(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor
any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented,
modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 10.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the
written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative
Agent and the Collateral Agent may, from time to time,
(x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or
thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or
modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the
purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the
other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or
obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or
thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Partys request,
on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders, the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case
K-69
may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements
of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or
Event of Default and its consequences; provided,
however, that no such waiver and no such amendment,
supplement or modification shall:
(i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of
maturity of any Term Loan or of any scheduled installment
thereof under Section 2.3, or reduce or forgive the stated
rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other
than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any
post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the
scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or
extend the expiration date of any Lenders Commitment, or
change the currency in which any Term Loan is payable, in each
case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely
affected thereby (it being understood that (x) waivers,
amendment, supplements or modifications of conditions precedent,
covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory
reduction in the aggregate Commitment of all Lenders shall not
constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender, and that
an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any
Lender shall not constitute an increase in the Commitment of
such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment, supplement or
modification of Section 3.4 or Section 3.7 shall not be
subject to this clause (i));
(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this
Section 10.1(a)or reduce the percentage specified in the
definition of Required Lenders, or consent to the assignment or
transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than
pursuant to Section 7.5 or Section 10.6(a)), in each case
without the written consent of all the Lenders;
(iii) release any Guarantor under any Security Document,
or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions), substantially all of the Collateral
without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly
permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents
are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of
execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms
hereof);
(iv) require any Lender to make Term Loans having an
Interest Period of longer than six months without the consent of
such Lender; or
(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article IX
without the written consent of the then Administrative Agent and
of any Other Representative affected thereby;
provided further that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release
the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of
$[10,000,000] in any fiscal year without the consent of any
Lender.
(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or
modification pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall apply to
each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties,
the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of
the Term Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan
Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be
restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default
waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,
this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the
written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative
Agent and the Borrowers (x) to add one or more additional
credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions
of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the
accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in
the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with
the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in
respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the
Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or
action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each
Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for
any additional credit facilities in a manner consistent with
those provided the original Facilities pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10.1(a) as originally in effect.
(d) Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the
Lenders is required in certain circumstances as set forth in
Section 10.1(a), (x) each Lender is entitled to vote
as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan
that affects the Term Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that
the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code
supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and
(y) the Required Lenders
K-70
may consent to allow a Borrower or Guarantor to use cash
collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding.
(e) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver,
discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this
Agreement
and/or any
other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 10.1(a), the
consent of each Lender or each affected Lender, as applicable,
is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time
is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders
whose consent is required is not obtained (each such other
Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender), then the
Borrower may, on written notice to the Administrative and the
Non-Consenting Lender, replace such Non-Consenting Lender by
causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to)
assign pursuant to Section 10.6 (with the assignment fee
and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in
such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither
the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any
obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender;
provided, further, that the applicable assignee
shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or
termination of this Agreement
and/or the
other Loan Documents; and provided, further, that
all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting
Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned
shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such
Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and
Acceptance. In connection with any such replacement under this
Section 10.1(e), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed
Assignment and Acceptance
and/or any
other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement within
a period of time deemed reasonable by the Borrower after the
later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender
executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation and (b) the date as of which all
obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender
relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall
be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting
Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have
executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be
entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such
Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender.
Section 10.2 Notices.
(a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the
respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing
(including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided
herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when
delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the
mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice,
electronic communication (including electronic message
attachment and internet or intranet websites reasonably approved
by the Administrative Agent) or, delivery by a nationally
recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as
follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent
and the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in
the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address
as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto
and any future holders of the Term Loans:
The Borrower:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
10943 N. Sam Houston Parkway W.
Houston, Texas 77064
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile:
[ ]
Telephone:
[ ]
Email: mejohnson@ncilp.com
with copies (which copies will not constitute notice) to:
[To be specified by CD&R]
K-71
The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
[ ]
Attention:
[ ]
Facsimile:
[ ]
Telephone:
[ ]
Email:
[ ]
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon
the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to
Sections 3.2, 3.4 or 3.7 shall not be effective until
received.
(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan
Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic
notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent
may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without
liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by
the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible
Officer.
Section 10.3 No
Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.
No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part
of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other
Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or
privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights,
remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Section 10.4 Survival
of Representations and Warranties.
All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the
other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or
supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered
pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the
Term Loans hereunder.
Section 10.5 Payment
of Expenses and Taxes.
The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and
the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with
(i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development,
preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment,
supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and any other documents prepared in connection
herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and
administration of the transactions (including the syndication of
the Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and
(iii) efforts to monitor the Term Loans and verify,
protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or
otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) (i) the
reasonable fees and disbursements of
[ ] and
such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors,
appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the
continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower,
(b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Agents for all
their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with
the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents
prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees
and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders,
(c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender and the
Agents for, and hold each Lender and the Agents harmless from,
any and all recording and filing fees and any and all
liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in
paying, stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may
be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the
execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of
any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment,
supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or
in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any
such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or
reimburse each Lender, each Agent, their respective affiliates,
and their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees,
shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and
controlling persons (each, an Indemnitee)
for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and
all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of
any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution,
delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other
documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the
K-72
use of proceeds of the Term Loans or the violation of,
noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law
applicable to the operations of the Borrower of any of its
Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries (all the foregoing in this clause (d),
collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities),
provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation
hereunder to the Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any
Lender with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from
(i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any such Lender (or any
of their respective directors, trustees, officers, employees,
agents, successors and assigns) or (ii) claims made or
legal proceedings commenced against the Administrative Agent,
any other Agent or any such Lender by any security holder or
creditor thereof arising out of and based upon rights afforded
any such security holder or creditor solely in its capacity as
such. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any consequential or
punitive damages in connection with the Facilities. All amounts
due under this Section shall be payable not later than
30 days after written demand therefor. Statements
reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this
Section shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set
forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address
as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to
the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except
as provided in clauses (b) and (c) above, the Borrower
shall have no obligation under this Section 10.5 to any
Indemnitee with respect to any Taxes. The agreements in this
Section shall survive repayment of the Term Loans and all other
amounts payable hereunder.
Section 10.6 Successors
and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that
(i) other than in accordance with Section 7.5, none of
the Loan Parties may assign or otherwise transfer any of its
rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written
consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer
by any Loan Party without such consent shall be null and void)
and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its
rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this
Section.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in
Section 10.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit
Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance
with applicable law, assign to one or more assignees (each, an
Assignee) all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including its Tranche B
Term Loan Commitment
and/or Term
Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially
in the form of Exhibit F) with the prior written
consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed) of:
(1) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the
Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an
affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below), a
CD&R Holder or, if an Event of Default under
Sections 8.1(a) or 8.1(f) has occurred and is continuing,
any other Person; provided, further, that if any Lender
assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement to one of its affiliates in connection with or in
contemplation of the sale or other disposition of its interest
in such affiliate, the Borrowers prior written consent
shall be required for such assignment; and
(2) the Administrative Agent, provided that no
consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an
assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or a CD&R
Holder.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following
additional conditions:
(1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an
affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of
the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders
Commitments or Term Loans under any Facility, the amount of the
Commitments or Term Loans of the assigning Lender subject to
each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment
and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to
the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000
unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise
consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the
Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under
Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) has occurred and is
continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in
respect of each Lender and its affiliates or Approved Funds, if
any;
(2) the parties to each assignment shall execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and
Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of
$3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two
or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be
required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such
assignments; and
K-73
(3) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative
questionnaire.
For the purposes of this Section 10.6, the term
Approved Fund has the following meaning:
Approved Fund means any Person (other than a natural
person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or
investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the
ordinary course and that is administered or managed by
(a) a Lender, (b) an affiliate of a Lender or
(c) an entity or an affiliate of an entity that administers
or manages a Lender.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant
to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date
specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the
interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the
rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the
assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its
obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning
Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such
Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be
entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related
obligations under) Sections 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12,
10.5 and 10.17). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of
rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply
with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this
Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such
rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of
this Section.
(iv) The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative
Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the
Borrowers agent, solely for purposes of this
Section 10.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New
York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance
delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names
and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and
interest and principal amount of the Term Loans owing to, each
Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
Register). The entries in the Register shall
be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person
whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms
hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,
notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and
Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the
Assignees completed administrative questionnaire (unless
the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the
processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) of this Section and any written consent to such
assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the
Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and
Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the
Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and
recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective
for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in
the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(vi) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment
pursuant to this Section 10.6(b), the assigning Lender
shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a
portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by
the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative
Agent to the Borrower marked cancelled.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Assignee, which as of
the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this
Section 10.6 would be entitled to any payment under
Sections 3.9, 3.10 or 10.5 in an amount greater than the
assigning Lender would have been entitled to as of such date
under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall
be entitled to such greater payments unless the assignment was
made after an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or
8.1(f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has
expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this
provision at the time of such assignment.
(i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the
ordinary course of its business and in accordance with
applicable law, without the consent of the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks
or other entities (a Participant) in all or a
portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this
Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the
Term Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such
Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain
unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible
to the other parties hereto for the performance of such
obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any
such Term Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and (D) the Borrower,
K-74
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such
Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any
agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation
shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to
enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment,
modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;
provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender
will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any
amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the
consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the
proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1(a) and
(2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph
(c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have
the related obligations under) Sections 3.9, 3.10, 3.11,
3.12 and 10.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had
acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph
(b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each
Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of
Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided
that such Participant shall be subject to Section 10.7(a) as
though it were a Lender.
(ii) No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater
payment under Sections 3.9, 3.10 or 10.5 than it would have
been obligated to make in the absence of any participation,
unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior
written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly
waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such
participation. Any Participant shall not be entitled to the
benefits of Section 3.10 unless such Participant complies
with Section 3.10(b) and provides the forms and certificates
referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.
(d) Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a
security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this
Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any
pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve
Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or
assignment of a security interest; provided that no such
pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a
Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by
foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such
Lender as a party hereto.
(e) No assignment or participation made or purported to be
made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without
the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require
the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority
or qualify any Term Loan or Note under the laws of any
jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and
receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably
request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to
determine whether any such filing or qualification is required
or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in
accordance with applicable law.
(f) In the event of a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may,
on prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the
Defaulting Lender, replace such Defaulting Lender by causing
such Defaulting Lender to (and such Defaulting Lender shall be
obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.6 (with the
assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by
the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided
that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have
any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; and
provided, further, that all obligations of the
Borrower owing to the Defaulting Lender relating to the Term
Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by
the assignee Lender to such Defaulting Lender concurrently with
such Assignment and Acceptance. In connection with any such
replacement under this Section 10.6(f), if the Defaulting
Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent
a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance
and/or any
other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement within
a period of time deemed reasonable by the Administrative Agent
after the later of (a) the date on which the replacement
Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation and (b) the date as of which all
obligations of the Borrower owing to the Defaulting Lender
relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall
be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Defaulting
Lender, then such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have
executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be
entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such
Assignment and Acceptance
and/or such
other documentation on behalf of such Defaulting Lender.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may
assign any or all of the Term Loans it may have funded hereunder
to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or
the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations
set forth in Section 10.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and
the Administrative
K-75
Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a
Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a
Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or
similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full
of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such
Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each
Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to
indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for
any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability
to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender
during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender
shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant
to this Section 10.6(g) within 30 Business Days of receipt
of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the
loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is
being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent
manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations
of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this
Section 10.6(g), in the event that the indemnifying Lender
fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Term
Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by
the Borrower, be assigned promptly to the Lender that
administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such
Conduit Lender shall be void.
(h) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Term Loans or
Commitments under any Facility with ones having different terms,
it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative
Agent and subject to at least three Business Days advance
notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying
the Term Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments to be
replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to
assign such Term Loans or Commitments to the Administrative
Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in
accordance with Section 10.1. Pursuant to any such
assignment, all Term Loans and Commitments to be replaced shall
be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such
Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Term
Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments were
being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower),
accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon
and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.11. By
receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility
shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Term Loans or
Commitments under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the
form of Assignment and Acceptance attached hereto as
Exhibit F, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders
shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of
this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the
perfection and priority of existing security interests in the
Collateral during any such replacement.
Section 10.7 Adjustments;
Set-off; Calculations; Computations.
(a) If any Lender (a benefited Lender)
shall at any time receive any payment from the Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof of all or part of its Term Loans owing to it
or interest thereon, or receive any collateral from the Borrower
or any Subsidiary thereof in respect thereof (whether
voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or
proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8.1(f), or
otherwise (except pursuant to Sections 3.4, 3.12(d) or
10.5), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or
collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of
such other Lenders Term Loans owing to it, or interest
thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the
other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or
otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lenders Term
Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the
benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as
shall be necessary to cause such benefited Lender to share the
excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds
ratably with each of the Lenders; provided,
however, that if all or any portion of such excess
payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited
Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price
and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but
without.
(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders
provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior
notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived
by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a)
to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due
and payable under Section 8.1(a) by the Borrower any and
all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or
final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or
claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any
time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency
thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower.
Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made
by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such
notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and
application.
K-76
Section 10.8 Judgment.
(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment
against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it
becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other
currency being hereinafter in this Section 10.8 referred to
as the Judgment Currency) an amount due under
any Loan Document in any currency (the Obligation
Currency) other than the Judgment Currency, the
conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on
the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual
payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the
courts of any jurisdiction that will give effect to such
conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the
judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts
of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such
conversion is made pursuant to this Section 10.8 being
hereinafter in this Section 10.8 referred to as the
Judgment Conversion Date).
(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any
jurisdiction referred to in Section 10.8(a), there is a
change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment
Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the
amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional
amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be
necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the
Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange
prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of
the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the
amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or
judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the
Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party
under this Section 10.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt
and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any
other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan
Documents.
(c) The term rate of exchange in this
Section 10.8 means the rate of exchange at which the
Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00
noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance
with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the
Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.
Section 10.9 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to
this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including
by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall
be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of
the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be
delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Section 10.10 Severability.
Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition
or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability
in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable
such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 10.11 Amendment.
As of the Closing Date, the terms, conditions, agreements,
covenants, representations and warranties set forth in the
Original Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in their
entirety, and as so amended and restated, replaced and
superseded, by the terms, conditions, agreements, covenants,
representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement. The
amendment and restatement contained herein shall not, in any
manner, be construed to constitute payment of, or impair, limit,
cancel or extinguish, or constitute a novation in respect of,
the Indebtedness and other obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower evidenced by or arising under the Original Credit
Agreement.
Section 10.12 Integration.
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire
agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings,
representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party
hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the
subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to
herein or in the other Loan Documents.
K-77
Section 10.13 GOVERNING
LAW.
THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 10.14 Submission
to Jurisdiction; Waivers.
(a) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally:
(i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action
or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and
enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the
non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of
New York, the courts of the United States of America for the
Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any
thereof;
(ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be
brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now
or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding
in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought
in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the
same;
(iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or
proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by
registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form
of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable
Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the
address specified in Section 10.2 or at such other address
of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the
Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
(iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to
effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law
or shall limit the right to sue in any other
jurisdiction; and
(v) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law,
any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or
proceeding referred to in this section any consequential or
punitive damages.
Section 10.15 Acknowledgements.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation,
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents;
(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Other
Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or
duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the
relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on
the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection
herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and
debtor; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan
Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among any
of the Borrower and the Lenders.
Section 10.16 WAIVER
OF JURY TRIAL.
EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM
THEREIN.
Section 10.17 Confidentiality.
Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any
information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the
Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or
in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by
such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the
Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries;
provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender
from disclosing any such information (i) to any Agent, any
Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any
Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any
K-78
creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its
advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the
Borrower and its obligations which agrees to comply with the
provisions of this section pursuant to a written instrument (or
electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above
in this clause (ii), which Person has been approved by the
Borrower (such approval not be unreasonably withheld), in
respect to any electronic information) for the benefit of the
Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be
solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such
electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its
affiliates and the employees, officers, directors, agents,
attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and
its affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform
each such Person of the agreement under this Section 10.17
and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such
Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement
(including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to
acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under
this Section 10.17), (iv) upon the request or demand
of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such
Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response
to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as
shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law,
provided that such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any
Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure
pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is
reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which
has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this
Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any
remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest
Rate Protection Agreement, (vii) in connection with
periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any
Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or
its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in
connection with any litigation to which such Lender (or, with
respect to any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any affiliate
of any Lender party thereto) may be a party, subject to the
proviso in clause (iv), and (ix) if, prior to such
information having been so provided or obtained, such
information was already in an Agents or a Lenders
possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of
confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document
or any Assignment and Acceptance, the confidentiality provisions
of this Section 10.17 shall survive with respect to each
Lender and Agent until the second anniversary of such Lender or
Agent ceasing to be a Lender or Agent, respectively.
Section 10.18 Additional
Indebtedness. In connection with the
incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of
Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and
the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver the
Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and any amendments,
amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or
supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document,
and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions
in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the
Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on
the property or assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure
such Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien
(with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan
Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by
the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so
amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or
otherwise modified or otherwise.
Section 10.19 USA
Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby
notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the
USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.:
107-56
(signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Patriot
Act), it is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies the Borrower, which information
includes the name of the Borrower and other information that
will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance
with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such
information from time to time to any Lender upon its written
request.
K-79
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and
duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above
written.
[SIGNATURE PAGES TO BE PROVIDED SEPARATELY]
K-80
Annex L
Capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the
lock-up
agreement (dated October 8, 2009) (see Annex O).
1. Upon the effectiveness of the Restatement on the Closing
Date, the Lenders that execute the new credit agreement (in the
form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement after giving effect
to the matters referred to in this Schedule B) prior
to the filing of the Prepackaged Plan shall receive a consent
fee equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans
held by such Lenders that is prepaid pursuant to the Prepayment,
in addition to the consent fee previously offered by the Company
equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans held by
such Lenders that remain outstanding after giving effect to the
Prepayment. Such fees shall be paid to the Administrative Agent
for the account of such Lenders. Such fees together comprise the
total consent fee to be paid to such Lenders with respect to the
Restatement and related transactions.
2. The definition of the term Applicable Margin
in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
(a) to substitute 5.00% per annum for
4.00% per annum with respect to ABR Loans, and
6.00% per annum for 5.00% per annum with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans, respectively, in clause (i)
thereof, and (b) to insert the phrase ending on or
after October 30, 2011 after the phrase most
recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower in
clause (ii) thereof.
3. The following definition will be added to the Form of
Amended Credit Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:
2009 Tax Refund: any U.S. federal or
state income tax refund received by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof (including the amount of such refund that
would have been received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary but
for being utilized to offset any tax liability otherwise payable
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to the extent attributable
to (and that would not have been so received but for) any
carryback of net operating losses, capital losses, tax credits
or similar tax attributes, if any, of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the taxable year ended on November 1, 2009
to any prior taxable year, provided that, for these
purposes, (i) the amount of any state income tax refund
shall be net of U.S. federal income tax cost thereof to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a 2009 Tax Refund
shall not include any refund of state income taxes as a result
of an audit or examination of any tax return of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary thereof and (iii) a 2009 Tax Refund shall
not include any refund of U.S. federal income taxes as a
result of an audit or examination of any tax return of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof unless the amount of such
refund exceeds $4,000,000.
Tax Refund Calculation Date: (i) each day on
which the Borrower or any Subsidiary receives a 2009 Tax Refund
of U.S. federal income taxes and (ii) the last day of
any fiscal quarter of the Borrower if during such fiscal quarter
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds
of state income taxes, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000,
provided that if, during any fiscal quarter, the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of state income
taxes that, in the aggregate, do not exceed $100,000, then the
amount of such 2009 Tax Refunds received in such fiscal quarter
shall be treated as being received by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in the immediately following fiscal quarter for the
purpose of this clause (ii).
4. The definition of Excess Cash Flow in the
Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified to delete the
words plus (m) in the last line thereof and insert
in lieu thereof the words minus (m) to the extent
included in calculating EBITDA for such period, any 2009 Tax
Refund or any portion thereof, plus (n).
5. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to renumber paragraph (iii) as
paragraph (iv).
6. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to insert a new paragraph
(iii) in numerical order as follows:
(iii) On or before the date (each such date, a Tax
Refund Prepayment Date) that is 45 calendar days after
each Tax Refund Calculation Date, the Borrower shall, in
accordance with Section 3.4(d) and Section 3.4(e),
prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Tax Refund
Prepayment Amount (if greater than zero) with respect to such
Tax Refund Calculation Date. As used herein, the term Tax
Refund Prepayment Amount with respect to any Tax Refund
Calculation Date means the amount equal to the excess of
(1) the greater of (x) $10 million and
(y) 50%
L-1
of the aggregate amount of all 2009 Tax Refunds received by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the date of this Agreement to
such Tax Refund Calculation Date over (2) the aggregate
principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) (other than any principal amount of Term
Loans so prepaid that has previously been applied by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii) to reduce the
amount of any prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii)), repurchased pursuant to
Section 3.4(b) or prepaid pursuant to this
Section 3.4(c)(iii), in each case from the date of this
Agreement to the Tax Refund Prepayment Date corresponding to
such Tax Refund Calculation Date.
7. Section 3.4(c)(ii) will be modified to insert the
phrase (other than any principal amount of Term Loans so
prepaid that has previously been applied by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(iii) to reduce the amount of any
prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(iii)) after the phrase the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) where it appears twice in
Section 3.4(c)(ii).
8. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add the following:
Section 6.11 2009 Tax Refund.
The Borrower shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain
the maximum amount of any 2009 Tax Refund of U.S. federal
income taxes and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes, in each case
that is legally due to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof,
as soon as reasonably practicable and based on positions
determined by the Borrower in good faith and consistent with
past practice of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course, provided that this Section 6.11
shall not apply to any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes
that, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, is not
expected to be greater than $25,000, and provided,
further, that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
thereof shall be required to file any tax return prior to the
due date (taking into account applicable extensions) for filing
such tax return.
9. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add a new affirmative covenant that will
read as follows:
Section 6.12 Notice of Any ABL Refinancing.
If the Borrower shall have determined to replace or
refinance the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall give
notice to the Administrative Agent of such determination (and
the Administrative Agent agrees to so notify the Lenders). The
Lenders shall have an opportunity (for such period of time as
the Borrower shall in good faith determine to be reasonable) to
make a proposal to provide such replacement or refinancing of
the ABL Facility Agreement, provided that (i) the
Borrower shall not have any obligation to accept any such
proposal or to enter into, continue or consummate any
discussions, negotiations, understanding or agreement with any
of the Lenders or any other Person with respect to any such
proposal or any replacement or refinancing of the ABL Facility
Agreement, (ii) if the Borrower elects to enter into any
discussions or negotiations with any of the Lenders or any other
Person with respect to any such proposal or any replacement or
refinancing of the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall
have the right in its sole discretion to suspend, discontinue or
terminate such discussions or negotiations at any time or from
time to time, and (iii) notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, the Borrower shall not have any liability to any of the
Lenders with respect to any fees, expenses or other obligations
or liabilities that any of the Lenders or any other Person may
incur in making any such proposal or in entering into or
continuing any such discussions or negotiations.
10. Section 9.10 of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to read as follows:
(a) Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth
herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, respectively, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, as follows:
(i) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent,
respectively, upon 10 days notice to the Lenders and
the Borrower.
L-2
(ii) If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent
is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender,
either the Required Lenders or the Borrower may, upon
10 days notice to the Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, remove such agent.
(iii) If an ABL Default Event shall have occurred and be
continuing, and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, is an Affiliate of or the same Person as the
administrative agent or collateral agent under the ABL Facility
Agreement, the Required Lenders may, upon 10 days
notice to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, remove such agent.
(b) If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among
the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor
agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower, whereupon
such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and
duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as
applicable, and the term Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall mean such
successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval,
and the former Agents rights, powers and duties as
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall
be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the
part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this
Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring
Agents resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of
this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Additionally,
after any retiring Agents resignation as such Agent, the
provisions of this Section shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was such
Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(c) Any successor agent shall be subject to approval by
the Borrower, which approval (i) shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed in the case of any successor agent that is a
commercial bank with a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000 and (ii) may otherwise be withheld by the
Borrower in its sole discretion. It is understood and agreed
that the Borrower shall have no obligation to pay any fee to any
successor agent that is greater than or in addition to the fees
payable to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof.
11. The Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
to include a definition of ABL Default Event that
will provide that an ABL Default Event will have occurred if any
of certain specified major events of default has occurred and is
continuing, and the administrative agent or collateral agent
under the ABL Facility Agreement shall have exercised any remedy
provided for thereunder and shall not have rescinded such action.
12. If the Restructuring is effectuated other than (i)
through the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding
or (ii) through any other Proceeding, the definition of the term
Termination Date in the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to delete the words the fifth
anniversary of and insert in lieu thereof the words
the date that is four years and six months from.
L-3
Annex M
CONFIDENTIAL
August 31,
2009
Board of Directors
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Members of
the Board of Directors:
We understand that NCI Building Systems, Inc. (the
Company) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund VIII, L.P. (Investor) have entered into an
Investment Agreement dated as of August 14, 2009 (the
Agreement), as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated
as of August 28, 2009 (Amendment No. 1)
and as proposed to be amended by an Amendment No. 2
(Amendment No. 2, and with the Agreement and
Amendment No. 1, the Investment Agreement),
which provides, among other things, for the Company to issue,
sell and deliver to Investor, and for Investor to purchase from
the Company (the Investment), 250,000 shares
(the Series B Preferred Shares) of a newly
created series of preferred stock designated the Series B
Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value
$1.00 per share (the Series B Preferred Stock),
of the Company, for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,000
in cash (the Consideration). The terms and
conditions of the Investment are more fully set forth in the
Investment Agreement. We understand that Investor is an
affiliate of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
Concurrently with the Investment, the Company is undertaking a
financial restructuring (the Restructuring), which
is expected to include, among other things:
(i) an amendment to the Companys Credit Agreement
(defined below), pursuant to which the Company will agree to
repay in cash approximately $143 million principal amount
of the outstanding term loans thereunder, and the Term Lenders
(defined below) will agree to extend the maturity of the
remaining approximately $150 million principal amount of
term loans under revised terms and conditions,
(ii) an approximately $125 million Revolving Credit
Facility (defined below) for general corporate purposes, and
(iii) an exchange offer (the Offer) by the
Company for all of its outstanding 2.125% Convertible
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024 (the Convertible
Notes) in exchange for a combination of cash and common
stock of the Company in amounts specified in the Investment
Agreement.
We understand that upon completion of the Investment and the
Restructuring, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of
the Investment Agreement, (i) Investor will own
approximately 68.5% of the fully diluted common stock of the
Company (on an as converted basis), (ii) the current
holders of the Convertible Notes will own approximately 24.5% of
the fully diluted common stock of the Company and (iii) the
current holders of the Companys common stock will own
approximately 7.0% of the fully diluted common stock of the
Company.
We understand that (i) the Company is currently in default
under certain financial covenants in the Credit Agreement, which
defaults have been waived through November 6, 2009,
(ii) the Convertible Notes contain cross-acceleration
provisions that would be triggered by a default on the Credit
Agreement, (iii) the holders of the Convertible Notes are
entitled to require the Company to repurchase the notes at par
on November 15, 2009, (iv) the Companys previous
$125 million revolving credit facility expired on
June 18, 2009 and was not renewed or extended, (v) the
Company has no current source of liquidity other than cash on
hand and (vi) in the absence of the Investment and
Restructuring the Company would be unable to meet its
obligations as they become due.
You have asked for our opinion as to whether, as of the date
hereof, the Consideration to be received by the Company pursuant
to the Investment is fair, from a financial point of view, to
the Company. We have not been requested to opine as to, and our
opinion does not in any manner address, (i) the underlying
business decision to proceed with or effect the Investment or
the Restructuring, (ii) any of the financial or other terms
of the
M-1
Restructuring or (iii) any plan of reorganization under
Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the
Bankruptcy Code).
For purposes of the opinion set forth herein, we have:
1. reviewed the Agreement, Amendment No. 1 and an
August 31, 2009 draft of Amendment No. 2 (including
certain related documents);
2. reviewed an August 31, 2009 draft of the Form of
Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of
Series B Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred
Stock (the Certificate of Designations) of the
Company included as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2;
3. reviewed the form of the amendment (the Credit
Agreement Amendment) to the Companys Credit
Agreement (as amended prior to the date hereof, the Credit
Agreement), dated June 18, 2004, by and among the
Company, certain of its subsidiaries, as guarantors, Wachovia
Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, Bank of
America, N.A., as syndication agent, and the lenders party
thereto (the Term Lenders) included as an exhibit to
the Investment Agreement;
4. reviewed an August 11, 2009 draft of the
$125 million revolving credit facility (the Revolving
Credit Facility) between the Company and the lenders named
therein;
5. reviewed the form of the stockholders agreement (the
Stockholders Agreement) between Investor and the
Company included as an exhibit to the Investment Agreement;
6. reviewed the form of the indemnification agreement (the
Indemnification Agreement) between Investor and the
Company included as an exhibit to the Investment Agreement;
7. reviewed the form of the registration rights agreement
(the Registration Rights Agreement) between Investor
and the Company included as an exhibit to the Investment
Agreement;
8. reviewed an August 28, 2009 draft of the
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement (together with the Credit Agreement Amendment,
Revolving Credit Facility, Stockholders Agreement,
Indemnification Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement, the
Related Restructuring Agreements) between the
Company and the holders of the Convertible Notes party thereto;
9. reviewed certain publicly available financial statements
of the Company;
10. reviewed certain other publicly available business and
financial information relating to the Company that we deemed
relevant;
11. reviewed certain information, including financial
forecasts and other financial and operating data concerning the
Company, prepared by the management of the Company;
12. discussed the past and present operations and financial
condition and the prospects of the Company with senior
executives of the Company;
13. compared the equity value implied by the Consideration
with the trading valuations of certain publicly traded companies
that we deemed relevant;
14. compared the equity value implied by the Consideration
with that received in certain publicly available transactions
that we deemed relevant;
15. compared the equity value implied by the Consideration
to the valuation derived by discounting future cash flows and a
terminal value of the business at discount rates we deemed
appropriate;
16. reviewed the illustrative bankruptcy recoveries by the
Companys stockholders and creditors implied by
managements projections under various scenarios;
17. participated, at the written request of the Company, in
discussions and negotiations among representatives of the
Company and its legal advisors and representatives of Investor
and its legal advisors; and
18. performed such other analyses and considered such other
factors as we deemed appropriate.
M-2
We have assumed and relied upon, without independent
verification, the accuracy and completeness of the information
publicly available, supplied or otherwise made available to us
by management of the Company for the purposes of this opinion
and have further relied upon the assurances of management of the
Company that they are not aware of any facts or circumstances
that would make such information inaccurate or misleading. With
respect to the financial forecasts and projections and other
data that have been furnished or otherwise provided to us, we
have assumed that such projections and data were reasonably
prepared on a basis reflecting the best currently available
estimates and good faith judgments of the management of the
Company as to those matters, and we have relied upon such
forecasts and data in arriving at our opinion. We express no
opinion with respect to such projections and data or the
assumptions upon which they are based. We have not made any
independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities
of the Company, nor have we been furnished with any such
appraisals, and at your direction we based our review of the
potential recoveries by the Companys stockholders and
creditors in a bankruptcy of the Company on those implied by
managements projections under various scenarios. We have
assumed that the Investment will be consummated in accordance
with the terms set forth in the final, executed Investment
Agreement, which we have further assumed will be identical in
all material respects to the latest draft thereof we have
reviewed, and without waiver of any material terms or conditions
set forth in the Investment Agreement, and that the Investment
and Restructuring are effectuated as contemplated therein. We
have assumed and relied upon, without independent verification,
the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in
the Investment Agreement and that no indemnification payments
will be made by the Company under the Investment Agreement. We
have further assumed that all material governmental, regulatory
and other consents and approvals necessary for the consummation
of the Investment will be obtained without any effect on the
Company, the Investment or the contemplated benefits of the
Investment meaningful to our analysis. Our opinion is
necessarily based on financial, economic, market and other
conditions as in effect on, and the information made available
to us as of, the date hereof. It should be understood that
subsequent developments may affect this opinion, and we do not
have any obligation to update, revise, or reaffirm this opinion.
We understand that you have extensively solicited third parties
for expressions of interest in a potential sale of the Company
or other alternative transactions, and we have participated as
your financial advisor in discussions and negotiations with
certain third parties, including the Investor, as part of that
process. We have assumed that the terms of the Investment are
the most beneficial terms from the Companys perspective
that could under the circumstances be negotiated among the
parties to the Investment.
We have acted as financial advisor to the Board of Directors
(the Board) of the Company in connection with the
Investment and have received a fee for rendering our opinion
dated as of August 13, 2009, will not receive any
additional fee for rendering this opinion and will receive a fee
for other services rendered in connection with the Investment, a
portion of which is contingent on the consummation of the
Investment. In addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify us
for certain liabilities arising out of our engagement. During
the two years preceding the date of this opinion we have not
been engaged by, performed any services for or received any
compensation from the Company or any other parties to the
Investment Agreement (other than any amounts that were paid to
us under the letter agreement pursuant to which we were retained
as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the
Investment) and at the date hereof we have no material
relationships mutually understood to be contemplated with such
parties.
It is understood that this letter is for the information of the
Board and is rendered to the Board in connection with their
consideration of the Investment and may not be used for any
other purpose without our prior written consent. We are not
expressing an opinion as to any aspect of the Investment or
Restructuring, including any payments to be made to or by the
Company pursuant to the Investment Agreement or Related
Restructuring Agreements, other than the fairness to the Company
of the Consideration to be received by it from a financial point
of view. We are also not expressing an opinion as to the
fairness of any portion or aspect of the Investment or the
Restructuring to the holders of any class of securities,
creditors or other constituencies of the Company, the fairness
of any portion or aspect of the Investment or the Restructuring
to any one class or group of the Companys security holders
relative to any other class or group of the Companys
security holders, or the solvency, creditworthiness or fair
value of the Company under any applicable laws relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar
matters. In particular, we express no opinion as to the prices
at which any publicly-traded common shares of the Company will
trade at any future time. This opinion has been approved by our
fairness committee. This opinion
M-3
is not intended to be and does not constitute a recommendation
to the members of the Board of Directors as to whether they
should approve the Investment or the Investment Agreement.
Based on and subject to the foregoing, including the limitations
and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that as
of the date hereof the Consideration to be received by the
Company pursuant to the Investment is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the Company.
This opinion replaces and supersedes our opinion dated as of
August 13, 2009 in all respects.
Very best regards,
GREENHILL & CO., LLC
Andrew K. Woeber
Managing Director
M-4
Annex
N
LOCK-UP
AND VOTING AGREEMENT
This LOCK-UP
AND VOTING AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated
as of August 31, 2009, is by and among the Persons
executing this Agreement as Consenting Noteholders
on the signature pages hereto (each a Consenting
Noteholder), the Persons executing this Agreement as
Consenting Lenders on the signature pages hereto
(each, a Consenting Lender and together with
the Consenting Noteholders, the Consenting
Creditors) and NCI Building Systems, Inc. (the
Company).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company is party to an Investment Agreement, dated
as of August 14, 2009 and as amended by that Amendment,
dated as of August 28, 2009 (as in effect on the date
hereof, the Investment Agreement), by
and between the Company and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund VIII, L.P. (Investor), pursuant to
which Investor has agreed to invest, subject to the terms and
conditions contained therein, $250,000,000 in the Company (the
Investment);
WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement,
the Company and the Investor are entering into Amendment
No. 2 (the Amendment No. 2) to the
Investment Agreement to provide inter alia that the offer
to exchange be conducted on certain amended terms (such amended
offer to exchange, the Offer) as set forth in
the Investment Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 2, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the
Investment Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 2 and in
effect on the date hereof, the Amended Investment
Agreement);
WHEREAS, the Amended Investment Agreement contemplates an offer
by the Company to acquire any and all of the Companys
outstanding 2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2024 (the Notes) in exchange for
cash and shares of common stock of the Company, with such offer
to be commenced and conducted by the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions contemplated by the Amended Investment
Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Amended Investment Agreement contemplates a Term
Loan Refinancing (as defined in the Amended Investment
Agreement) pursuant to which the Company would agree to prepay
all principal obligations under the Credit Agreement (as defined
in the Amended Investment Agreement) in excess of
$150 million, together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon (the Prepayment), and enter into an
amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement (the
Restatement) in the form set forth in the
Form of Amended Credit Agreement attached as
Exhibit A to the Amended Investment Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Amended Investment Agreement contemplates that, as
an alternative to achieving the Restructuring (as defined in the
Amended Investment Agreement) through effectuating inter
alia the Offer, the Prepayment and the Restatement, the
Company would effectuate the Restructuring through the
effectiveness of the Prepackaged Plan (as defined in the Amended
Investment Agreement) by commencing cases (the
Cases) under the Bankruptcy Code (as defined
in the Amended Investment Agreement) in the Bankruptcy Court (as
defined in the Amended Investment Agreement) and in connection
therewith, the Company intends to distribute to the holders of
Notes and the Lenders the Solicitation Materials (as defined in
the Amended Investment Agreement) and intends to seek the
affirmative vote of the Lenders and the holders of Notes on such
prepackaged bankruptcy plan prior to commencing the Cases;
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Amended Investment Agreement
that (a) not less than 95% in principal amount of the Notes
are tendered in the Offer and not less than 100% of the Term
Lenders agree to the Prepayment and the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement or (b) in the alternative, the Company receives
the Requisite Acceptances (as defined in the Amended Investment
Agreement) to allow the Prepackaged Plan to be confirmed in the
Cases;
WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company and the Investor to
enter into Amendment No. 2, the Consenting Noteholders and
the Consenting Lenders have contemporaneously executed this
Agreement to agree to and be bound by, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the obligations and restrictions contained
herein; and
N-1
WHEREAS, in order to induce the Consenting Noteholders and the
Consenting Lenders to support the Offer, the Prepayment and the
Restatement, the Company is executing this Agreement to agree to
and be bound by, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
obligations and restrictions contained herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally
bound, agree as follows:
I.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Capitalized
Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement
and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms
in the Amended Investment Agreement as in effect on the date
hereof (after giving effect to the execution of Amendment
No. 2) and without giving effect to any subsequent
amendment, waiver or consent thereto.
Section 1.2 Other
Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Beneficial Owner or
Beneficial Ownership with respect to any
securities means having beneficial ownership of such
securities (as determined pursuant to Rule
13d-3 or
Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act).
(b) End Date means the date of
termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article V
of this Agreement.
(c) Loans means the loans under
the Credit Agreement.
(d) Required Consenting Creditors
means Consenting Creditors holding not less than
662/3%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by all
Consenting Creditors.
(e) Transfer means to, directly or
indirectly, (i) sell, pledge, assign, encumber, grant an
option with respect to, transfer or dispose of any participation
or interest (voting or otherwise) in or (ii) enter into an
agreement, commitment or other arrangement to sell, pledge,
assign, encumber, grant an option with respect to, transfer or
dispose of any participation or interest (voting or otherwise)
in, the subject matter of the Transfer, or the act thereof.
II.
AGREEMENT TO TENDER, VOTE AND SUPPORT
Section 2.1 Agreement
to Tender. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof and provided that (1) the economic terms of the
transactions contemplated by the Amended Investment Agreement
(including the Offer, the Prepayment, the Restatement and the
Investment, collectively, the Transactions)
are not altered or amended in a manner adverse to the Consenting
Noteholders, (2) the consideration (and mix of
consideration) being offered in the Transactions is not altered
or amended and (3) the other terms of the Transactions are
not altered or amended in a manner materially adverse to such
Consenting Noteholder, each Consenting Noteholder hereby
irrevocably agrees to promptly (but in any event not later than
the 10th
Business Day after the commencement of the Offer) tender in the
Offer, and not withdraw from the Offer, all Notes held by or
Beneficially Owned by it, or with respect to which it serves as
manager or investment advisor having the unrestricted power to
vote or dispose thereof, unless the Offer shall have been
terminated in accordance with its terms; provided that
such Consenting Noteholder may withdraw such Notes from the
Offer in order to effect a Transfer of such Notes in compliance
with Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement so long as any
transferee of such Notes shall promptly thereafter tender such
Notes in the Offer.
Section 2.2 Agreement
to Accept Prepayment and Restatement. Subject to
the terms and conditions hereof and provided that (1) the
economic terms of the Transactions are not altered or amended in
a manner adverse to the Consenting Lenders, (2) the
consideration (and mix of consideration) being offered in the
Transactions is not altered or amended and (3) the other
terms of the Transactions are not altered or amended in a manner
materially adverse to such Consenting Lender, each Consenting
Lender hereby irrevocably agrees, contemporaneously with the
consummation of the Investment, to accept the share of the
Prepayment applicable to the obligations under the Credit
Agreement held by it or Beneficially Owned by it, or with
respect to which it serves as manager or investment advisor
having the unrestricted power to vote or dispose thereof, and,
with respect to the remaining obligations under the Credit
Agreement held by it, or with respect to which it serves as
manager or investment advisor having
N-2
the unrestricted power to vote or dispose thereof, execute a new
credit agreement in the form of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement (with the completion of items currently blank as
agreed upon by Wachovia Bank, National Association (or any
successor thereto), as administrative agent).
Section 2.3 Agreement
to Vote. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof and provided that the terms of the Prepackaged Plan as
set forth in the Amended Investment Agreement are not altered or
amended and provided further that it has received the
Solicitation Materials in compliance with Section 1126(b)
of the Bankruptcy Code, each Consenting Creditor hereby
irrevocably agrees to timely (as set forth in the Solicitation
Materials and in any event prior to the Initial Expiration Date)
vote, and not change or revoke such vote, all Notes
and/or all
obligations under the Credit Agreement held by it, or with
respect to which it serves as manager or investment advisor
having the unrestricted power to vote, in favor of the
Prepackaged Plan; provided that the terms of the
Prepackaged Plan are consistent with Exhibit I to
the Amended Investment Agreement and otherwise reasonably
satisfactory to the Required Consenting Creditors.
Section 2.4 Additional
Agreements of Consenting Creditors.
(a) Against Other Transactions. Each
Consenting Creditor agrees that, from and after the date hereof,
it will not directly or indirectly seek, solicit, support,
formulate or encourage any other plan, sale, proposal or offer
of reorganization or liquidation, merger, restructuring or
recapitalization of the Company
and/or its
subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to prevent, delay
or impede the Transactions on the terms set forth in the Amended
Investment Agreement. Each Consenting Creditor agrees it shall
not (i) object to, or otherwise commence any proceeding
opposing, any of the terms of the Transactions or the
Transaction Documents, (ii) take any action, including but
not limited to objecting to the Prepackaged Plan, which is
inconsistent with, or that would delay approval, consummation or
confirmation of any of the Transactions or any of the
Transaction Documents or (iii) take any action that would
make any representation or warranty of such Consenting Creditor
herein untrue or incorrect in any material respect, or have the
effect of preventing or disabling the Consenting Creditor from
performing its obligations hereunder in any material respect.
(b) Other Proxy Matters. The Consenting
Creditor hereby irrevocably grants to, and appoints, the
Company, and any individual designated in writing by the
Company, and each of them individually, as the Consenting
Creditors proxy and attorney-in-fact (with full power of
substitution and resubstitution), for and in the name, place and
stead of the Consenting Creditor, to vote such creditors
Notes and/or
Loans, or grant a consent or approval in respect of such
creditors Notes
and/or Loans
solely to implement and fulfill such Consenting Creditors
obligations under Section 2.1, Section 2.2,
Section 2.3 and Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement to
the extent the Consenting Creditor has failed to fulfill such
obligations after notice by the Company of such failure. Such
irrevocable proxy is executed and intended to be irrevocable in
accordance with the provisions of Section 212(e) of the
DGCL. The irrevocable proxy granted hereunder shall
automatically terminate upon the termination of this Agreement.
(c) Restrictions on Transfer, Etc. Each
Consenting Creditor agrees, from and after the date hereof, not
to directly or indirectly Transfer any Note or Loan or interest
therein other than a Transfer that does not require registration
under the Securities Act and in accordance with the terms of the
Credit Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, to (x) a
transferee that is a Consenting Creditor or any Affiliate
thereof or (y) a transferee that represents that it is a
Qualified Institutional Buyer within the meaning of
Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Unless such Transfer is
to a Consenting Creditor, such Transfer shall be pursuant to a
privately negotiated transaction and the transferee shall
execute and deliver to the Company a joinder agreement pursuant
to which the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this
Agreement as though it had been an original signatory hereto,
including the making of the representations by the Consenting
Creditors therein, including those in Sections 3.1(d)
through 3.1(h). Any Transfer of any Note or Loan in violation of
the foregoing shall be deemed ineffective to Transfer any right
to accept or reject the Offer, which right shall remain with and
be exercised only by the purported transferor. This Agreement
shall in no way be construed to preclude any Consenting Creditor
from acquiring additional Notes or Loans; provided that
such Notes or Loans shall become subject to the terms hereof as
if such Notes or Loans had been held by such Consenting Creditor
as of the date of this Agreement; provided further
that any such Consenting Creditor acquiring additional Notes or
Loans shall notify the Company of the amount of any such
additional Notes or Additional Loans and Schedule A
hereto shall be updated accordingly. Nothing in this Agreement
shall prohibit any Consenting Creditor from ordinary course
pledges of Notes in a prime brokerage account. In addition, any
N-3
transferee which is an entity that acquires Notes or Loans for
the purpose of facilitating trading in Notes or Loans shall not
be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to any
Notes or Loans held by it other than Notes or Loans that were
acquired from a Consenting Creditor or that otherwise were
subject to this Agreement (any such Notes or Loans held by it
other than Notes or Loans that were acquired from a Consenting
Creditor or that otherwise were subject to this Agreement, the
Excluded Notes or Excluded Loans, as the
case may be).
(d) Public Statement. Each Consenting
Creditor agrees that it shall not issue any press release or
make any other public statement with respect to the Amended
Investment Agreement, the Offer, the Prepayment, the Form of
Amended Credit Agreement or the Prepackaged Plan or any other
transaction contemplated by the Amended Investment Agreement
without the prior written consent of the Company, except as may
be required by applicable Law.
(e) Additional Matters. Each Consenting
Creditor shall, from time to time, execute and deliver, or cause
to be executed and delivered, such additional or further
consents, documents and other instruments as the Company may
reasonably request for the purpose of effecting the tenders and
votes of such Consenting Creditor contemplated by
Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Agreement.
III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 3.1 Representations
and Warranties of Consenting Creditors. Each
Consenting Creditor, severally and not jointly, represents and
warrants to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and at
all times during the term of this Agreement, as follows:
(a) Such Consenting Creditor has the requisite capacity and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill
and perform such Consenting Creditors obligations
hereunder. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by such Consenting Creditor and constitutes a legal,
valid and binding agreement of such Consenting Creditor
enforceable by the Company against such Consenting Creditor in
accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy
and similar laws affecting creditors rights generally.
(b) Except for any changes as a result of Transfers made in
accordance with Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement or as a
result of acquisitions contemplated by the last sentence of
Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement:
(i) Such Consenting Creditor (or, in the case of record
ownership, its nominee through which such Consenting Creditor
holds Loans
and/or
Notes) is (or with respect to trades pending settlement, will
be) the record and Beneficial Owner, and such Consenting
Creditor has (or with respect to trades pending settlement, will
have) good, valid and marketable title, free and clear of any
Liens (other than those arising under this Agreement and other
than those that would not adversely affect such Consenting
Creditors performance of its obligations under this
Agreement),
and/or is
the authorized manager or investment advisor with respect to,
the principal amount of Loans
and/or Notes
set forth next to such Consenting Creditors name on
Schedule A hereto, and, except as provided in this
Agreement, has full and unrestricted power to dispose of and
vote all of such Loans
and/or Notes
without the consent or approval of, or any other action on the
part of any other Person, and has not granted any proxy
inconsistent with this Agreement that is still effective or
entered into any voting or similar agreement inconsistent with
this Agreement with respect to, such Loans and Notes.
(ii) Except for any Excluded Notes or Excluded Loans in the
case of a transferee of Notes or Loans, the Loans and Notes set
forth next to such Consenting Creditors name on
Schedule A hereto constitute all of the Loans and
Notes that are Beneficially Owned by such Consenting Creditor,
or as to which such Consenting Creditor serves as manager or
investment advisor having the unrestricted power to vote or
dispose thereof, as of the date hereof, and such Consenting
Creditor does not Beneficially Own or otherwise so manage or
advise with respect to, any other Loans or Notes.
(c) None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
such Consenting Creditor, the consummation by such Consenting
Creditor of the transactions contemplated hereby or compliance
by such Consenting Creditor with any of the provisions hereof
(i) requires any consent or other Permit of, or filing
N-4
with or notification to, any Governmental Entity or any other
Person by such Consenting Creditor other than has been taken or
made or, (ii) results in a violation or breach of, or
constitutes (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a
default (or gives rise to any third party right of termination,
cancellation, material modification or acceleration) under any
of the terms, conditions or provisions of any organizational
document or contract to which such Consenting Creditor is a
party or by which such Consenting Creditor or any of such
Consenting Creditors properties or assets (including such
Consenting Creditors Loans and Notes) may be bound,
(iii) violates any order or law applicable to such
Consenting Creditor or any of such Consenting Creditors
properties or assets (including such Consenting Creditors
Loans and Notes), or (iv) results in a Lien upon any of
such Consenting Creditors properties or assets (including
such Consenting Creditors Loans and Notes).
(d) Such Consenting Noteholder is (i) an
accredited investor within the meaning of
Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities Act, (ii) aware that the offer and sale of the
Common Stock pursuant to the Offer and the Prepackaged Plan
(except to the extent that Securities distributed under the
Prepackaged Plan may be resold, pledged or otherwise transferred
under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code) (the
Securities) to it is being made in reliance
on a private placement exemption from registration under the
Securities Act and not by means of a general solicitation or
general advertising and (iii) acquiring the Securities for
its own account and has no current intention to Transfer any of
its Notes or Loans or the Common Stock received pursuant to the
Offer or the Prepackaged Plan (except to the extent that
Securities distributed under the Prepackaged Plan may be resold,
pledged or otherwise transferred under Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code).
(e) Such Consenting Noteholder understands and agrees that
the Securities are being offered in a transaction not involving
any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act,
that such Securities have not been and, except as contemplated
by the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, will not be
registered under the Securities Act and that such Securities may
be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only
(i) in a transaction not involving a public offering,
(ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration
requirements under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144
thereunder (if available), (iii) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, or (iv) to
the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, in each of cases
(i) through (iv) in accordance with any applicable
securities Laws of any State of the United States, and that it
will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any
subsequent purchaser of Securities from it of the resale
restrictions referred to above, as applicable, and will provide
the Company and the transfer agent such certificates and other
information as they may reasonably require to confirm that the
transfer by it complies with the foregoing restrictions, if
applicable; provided, however, that if the
Securities are distributed to the Consenting Creditor under the
Prepackaged Plan, such Securities may be resold, pledged or
otherwise transferred to the extent allowed by Section 1145
of the Bankruptcy Code.
(f) Except to the extent that Securities distributed under
the Prepackaged Plan may be resold, pledged or otherwise
transferred under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (and
not otherwise prohibited because such Consenting Noteholder is
deemed an underwriter as defined in subsection (b) of
Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code), such Consenting
Noteholder understands that, unless sold pursuant to a
registration statement that has been declared effective under
the Securities Act or in compliance with Rule 144, the
Company may require that the Securities will bear a legend or
other restriction substantially to the following effect (it
being agreed that if the Securities are not certificated, other
appropriate restrictions shall be implemented to give effect to
the following):
THIS INSTRUMENT WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, (THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN
EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH
LAWS.
N-5
(g) Such Consenting Creditor:
(i) is able to fend for itself in the transactions
contemplated hereby;
(ii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of its prospective investment in the Securities;
(iii) has the ability to bear the economic risks of its
prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such
investment;
(iv) acknowledges that (1) it has conducted its own
investigation of the Company and the terms of the Securities,
(2) it has had access to the Companys public filings
with the Commission and to such financial and other information
as it deems necessary to make its decision to purchase the
Securities, and (3) has been offered the opportunity to ask
questions of the Company and received answers thereto, as it
deemed necessary in connection with the decision to purchase the
Securities; and
(v) understands that the Company will rely upon the truth
and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements
and agreements.
(h) Such Consenting Creditor acknowledges that the Common
Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Company
is required to file reports containing certain business and
financial information with the Commission pursuant to the
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and that it is able
to obtain copies of such reports.
Section 3.2 Representations
and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby
represents and warrants to the Consenting Creditors, that,
except as otherwise disclosed in the Companys 2008
10-K or the
SEC Reports:
(a) The Company has the requisite capacity and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill and perform
its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly and
validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a
legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable by the Consenting
Creditors against the Company in accordance with its terms,
subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.
(b) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the
Company of this Agreement nor the consummation of the
Transactions, including, without limitation, the filing and
prosecution of the Prepackaged Plan, nor compliance by the
Company with any of the provisions hereof will (A) violate,
conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or
constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of
time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in
the termination of, or result in the loss of any benefit or
creation of any right on the part of any third party under, or
accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of
termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of any
Lien (other than (1) Permitted Liens and (2) as of the
Closing, Liens granted pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement
and the other Amended Credit Documents and (3) as of the
Closing, Liens granted pursuant to the ABL Agreement and the
other ABL Documents) upon any of the properties or assets of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of (x) its Certificate of
Incorporation or By-laws or (y) any note, bond, mortgage,
indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, contract, agreement or
other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may be bound, or to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries or any of the properties, assets, or rights of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be subject, or
(B) subject to compliance with the Statutes and
Regulations, violate any law, statute, ordinance, rule or
regulation, permit, concession, grant, franchise or any
judgment, ruling, Order, writ, injunction or decree applicable
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
respective properties or assets, except in the case of clause
(A)(y), with respect to the Credit Agreement and related
agreements, the Notes and certain Company Benefit Plans and, if
the Restructuring is being effectuated through the confirmation
of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, for
any violations, conflicts and breaches arising solely from the
commencement of the Prepackaged Plan Proceedings and in the case
of clauses (A)(y) and (B), for such violations, conflicts and
breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For
purposes of this Agreement, Statutes and Regulations
means (I) the filing of the Series B Preferred Stock
CoD with the
N-6
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (II) the
passage of the applicable ten (10) day notice period in
compliance with Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock
Exchanges Listed Company Manual, (III) the filing and
approval of subsequent listing applications with the New York
Stock Exchange, (IV) in connection or in compliance with
the HSR Act, (V) the filing with the Commission of the
Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and any Other Required Company Filings and
the filings with the Commission or any other Governmental Entity
pursuant to the applicable requirements of any federal or state
securities or Blue Sky laws, (VI) such other
consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations,
declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be
obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and
(VII) in the event the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the Prepackaged Plan, notice to, filing with, exemption
or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, the
Bankruptcy Court (including entry of the Confirmation Order).
(c) The representations of the Company set forth in the
Amended Investment Agreement in Sections 4(a), (b) and
(c) and set forth below are true and correct as of the date
hereof and shall be true and correct upon the consummation of
the Transactions:
(i) Securities. Subject to
Section 6(p) of the Investment Agreement, in the event the
Restructuring is being effectuated through the Prepackaged Plan
and the satisfaction of the Prepackaged Plan Conditions, the
Securities shall have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action. When issued and sold against receipt of the
consideration therefor as contemplated by the Offer or the
Prepackaged Plan, the Securities will be validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable, will not subject the holders thereof to
personal liability, will not be subject to preemptive rights of
any other stockholder of the Company and will be free of
restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer
under the Transaction Documents, this Agreement, and under
applicable state and federal securities laws.
(ii) Compliance with New York Stock Exchange Continued
Listing Requirements. The Common Stock is as of
the date of this Agreement listed on the New York Stock
Exchange. The Company is as of the date of this Agreement in
compliance in all material respects with applicable continued
listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, and the
Company has not received any notice of the delisting of the
Common Stock from the New York Stock Exchange.
(iii) Board Approvals. At a duly held
meeting on August 31, 2009, the Board unanimously
determined that this Agreement and the Transactions, including
without limitation the issuance of the Securities, the
compliance with the terms of this Agreement, are in the best
interests of the Company and the Companys Subsidiaries.
IV.
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
Section 4.1 Disclosure. Without
the consent of any Consenting Creditor, the Company may not
publish or disclose in any announcement or disclosure such
individual Consenting Creditors identity and ownership of
Loans and Notes. The Company may publish or disclose the
aggregate amount of the Consenting Creditors Loans
and/or Notes
without reference to any individual Consenting Creditors
Loans or Notes and the nature of the Consenting Creditors
obligations under this Agreement; provided that, the
Consenting Creditors shall have a reasonable opportunity to
review and comment on any such announcement or disclosure prior
to its publication, filing or disclosure.
Section 4.2 Additional
Covenants of the Company. (a) As long as the
End Date (as defined below) has not occurred, the Company shall
use its commercially reasonable efforts to successfully
consummate the Transactions in the manner and in accordance with
the timeline contemplated by this Agreement and the Amended
Investment Agreement.
(b) The Company shall not enter into any agreement or other
arrangement with any holder of Loans or Notes with respect to or
relating in any way to the transactions contemplated by the
Amended Investment Agreement if such agreement or other
arrangement contains any term or provision relating to the
consideration in respect of such Loans or Notes, including any
agreement to pay any fee or other consideration (whether or not
in cash), and any conditions relating to such payments, that is
more favorable to such holder than those contained in agreements
and
N-7
arrangements with the Consenting Noteholders or Consenting
Lenders, as applicable, without also providing such term,
provision or condition for the benefit of the Consenting
Noteholder or Consenting Lender, as applicable, party to this
Agreement.
Section 4.3 Consenting
Creditor Shelf Registration Statement. If the
Restructuring is completed pursuant to the Offer or, if the
Restructuring is completed through a prepackaged bankruptcy and
the Securities received by the Consenting Creditors are not
freely tradeable pursuant to the provisions of section 1145
of the Bankruptcy Code, the Company will enter into a
registration rights agreement (the Exchange
Registration Rights Agreement) containing customary
indemnification provisions for selling stockholders and
providing that the Company will, subject to customary blackout
periods in connection with earnings releases and material
corporate developments, (i) file with the SEC as soon as
practicable, but in any event not later than 5 Business Days
following the consummation of the Offer or the effective date of
any bankruptcy plan, as the case may be, a shelf
registration statement covering resales of the Securities
received by each Consenting Creditor in the Offer or pursuant to
the bankruptcy plan on a delayed or continuous basis and
(ii) use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of
such registration until the earlier of (A) six months after
the completion of the Restructuring and (B) the date on
which all such Securities held by the Consenting Creditors can
be resold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation as to
volume or compliance with any manner of sale requirements;
provided, however, that, if, during the six months
after the completion of the Restructuring, there is not
adequate current public information with respect to
the Company for purposes of resales of Common Stock under
Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act, then the words
six months in the immediately preceding
clause (A) shall be replaced with words twelve
months. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in
connection the filing of the registration statement pursuant to
this Section 4.3.
Section 4.4 Acceptability
of Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors. The Company agrees that the directors
who are members of the Board effective as of the Closing shall
include two Independent Directors (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement in the form attached to the Investment
Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) who are Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement
in the form attached to the Investment Agreement as in effect on
the date hereof) (the Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors). So long as this Agreement is in effect and
there has been no breach by the Consenting Creditors of their
obligations under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4(c) or 6.19 of
this Agreement and there has been no material breach by the
Consenting Creditors of their obligations under
Sections 2.4(a) or 2.4(d) of this Agreement,
(i) Noteholders representing at least a majority of the
outstanding Notes may submit proposed persons to serve as the
Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, and the Company
shall consider in good faith any such proposed persons;
(ii) prior to the appointment of the Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors, the Company shall provide notice prior to
the Closing of the Companys proposed Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors; and (iii) in the event that
Noteholders representing at least a majority of the outstanding
Notes provide written notice to the Company within 7 Business
Days that they object to the proposed Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors, the Company shall propose (and, if
necessary, continue to propose) alternative Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors so that at least one of the two Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors is acceptable to Noteholders
representing at least a majority of the outstanding Notes (which
acceptance shall, in the case of the initially proposed Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, be evidenced by the absence
of a written objection within 7 Business Days of notice of such
initially proposed Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors
and, in the case of any subsequently proposed Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, be evidenced by the absence
of a written objection within 2 Business Days of notice of such
subsequently proposed Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors).
V.
TERMINATION
Section 5.1 Termination
by Consenting Creditors. This Agreement may be
terminated by the Required Consenting Creditors:
(a) upon the occurrence (or non-occurrence) of any event
specified in Section 8 (other than Sections 8(a)(vi))
of the Amended Investment Agreement that would permit either the
Company or the Investor to terminate the Amended Investment
Agreement, in each case, without taking into account any
alteration or amendment of such Sections subsequent to the date
hereof or any waivers or consents granted by the Investor or the
Company, as applicable, of the occurrence (or non-occurrence) of
such events (provided that this
N-8
Agreement shall not terminate pursuant to this
Section 5.1(a) with respect to a Consenting Creditor unless
such Consenting Creditor shall not have breached in any material
respect its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that
shall have been a proximate cause of such occurrence (or
non-occurrence));
(b) if the Company shall have materially breached any of
its obligations set forth in this Agreement;
(c) if the Amended Investment Agreement shall have been
terminated in accordance with its terms;
(d) if (i) the economic terms of the Transactions are
altered or amended in a manner adverse to the Consenting
Lenders, (ii) the consideration (or mix of consideration)
being offered in the Transactions is altered or amended,
(iii) the other terms of the Transactions are altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to the Consenting
Creditors, or (iv) the Minimum Condition (as defined in the
Amended Investment Agreement) shall have been decreased or is
altered or amended, or the Amended Credit Agreement is executed
and in effect and, at such time, the Amended Credit Agreement is
not binding on all Term Lenders;
(e) an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) shall
occur and be continuing, other than an Event of Default under
clause (j) of Section 8.01 of the Indenture resulting
from the filing of an insolvency proceeding by the Company so
long as the Company is pursuing the Prepackaged Plan; or
(f) at any time after 11:59 p.m. on January 15,
2010.
Section 5.2 Notice
of Termination. In the event that the Required
Consenting Creditors desire to terminate this Agreement pursuant
to Section 5.1, the Required Consenting Creditors shall
provide written notice to the Company of the basis of such
termination, and such termination shall be effective within
three (3) Business Days of receipt by the Company of such
written notice unless the basis of such termination has been
cured by the Company (it being agreed that, during such
3-Business-Day period, the Consenting Noteholders obligations
under Article II (other than those set forth in
Sections 2.4(c) and 2.4(d)) of this Agreement shall be
suspended and the Company shall not be permitted to consummate
the Offer, the Prepayment, the Restatement, or the Prepackaged
Plan during such period in reliance on the Loans or Notes
subject to this Agreement or the votes of the Consenting
Creditors).
Section 5.3 Effect
of Termination. (a) Upon the Closing, the
rights and obligations of all the parties will terminate and
become void without further action by any party and (b) if
this Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms
prior to the completion of the Restructuring, all votes and
tenders delivered by a Consenting Creditor prior to such
termination shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be null and
void from the first instance and shall not be considered or
otherwise used in any manner by the Company and the rights and
obligations of all the parties will terminate and become void
without further action by any party, except, in each of
clause (a) and clause (b), for the provisions of
Section 5.1, Section 5.2, this Section 5.3 and
Article VI, and in the case of clause (a),
Section 4.3, which will survive such termination. For the
avoidance of doubt, the termination of this Agreement shall not
relieve any party of liability for any willful breach of this
Agreement prior to the time of termination.
VI.
GENERAL
Section 6.1 Notices. Except
as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, requests,
claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
when delivered by hand or overnight courier service, or when
received by facsimile transmission if promptly confirmed, as
follows:
(a) if to a Consenting Creditor, to the address set forth
below such Consenting Creditors name on the signature
pages hereto; and
(b) if to the Company, to it at:
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Fax:
(281) 477-9674
N-9
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
Attention: Mark Gordon
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Fax:
(212) 403-2000
or to such other address, facsimile number or telephone as
either party may, from time to time, designate in a written
notice given in a like manner.
Section 6.2 Parties
in Interest. Other than with respect to the
parties to this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any person any
right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by
reason of this Agreement.
Section 6.3 Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware
applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the
State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law
rules that would require or permit the application of the laws
of another jurisdiction.
Section 6.4 Severability. Any
term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or
unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the
remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting
the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions
of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.
Section 6.5 Assignment. Except
for Transfers permitted by Section 2.4(c), neither this
Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations
hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto, in
whole or in part (whether by operation of law or otherwise),
without the prior written consent of each of the other parties.
Subject to the first sentence of this Section 6.5, this
Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and
assigns. Any attempted assignment in violation of this
Section 6.5 shall be void. For purposes of this Agreement,
successor for any entity other than a natural person
shall mean a successor to such entity as a result of such
entitys merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all
of its assets, or similar transaction.
Section 6.6 Interpretation. When
a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, such
reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated. Whenever the words include,
includes or including are used in this
Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words
without limitation. The words hereof,
herein and hereunder and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement. The word or shall be deemed to mean
and/or. All terms defined in this Agreement shall
have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise
defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are
applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such
terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter
genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute
defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument
that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or
statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented,
including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver
or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of
comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments
thereto and instruments incorporated therein. Each of the
parties has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this
Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or
interpretation arises, this Agreement must be construed as if it
is drafted by all the parties, and no presumption or burden of
proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of
authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 6.7 Amendments. This
Agreement may not be modified or amended with respect to the
Consenting Creditors except pursuant to an instrument in writing
signed by the Requisite Consenting Creditors; provided
that any such modification or amendment that treats one
Consenting Creditor in an adverse manner as compared to any
other Consenting Creditor shall not be effective unless such
Consenting Creditor shall have consented to such modification or
amendment. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict
performance of any
N-10
covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to
exercise any right or remedy consequent upon breach thereof
shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other
covenant, duty, agreement or condition, nor shall any delay or
omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any
manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it
thereafter.
Section 6.8 Waiver. The
Company may, in its sole discretion, (i) extend the time
for the performance of any of the obligations of any Consenting
Creditor, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties of any Consenting Creditor
contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered under
this Agreement or (iii) waive compliance by any Consenting
Creditor with any of the covenants or conditions contained in
this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of a party to any
extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in an
instrument in writing signed by such party. No failure by any
party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant,
duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise
any right or remedy consequent upon breach thereof shall
constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant,
duty, agreement or condition, nor shall any delay or omission of
any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair
the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.
Section 6.9 Fees
and Expenses. Except as set forth in the next
sentence, each party is responsible for its own fees and
expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel, financial
consultants, investment bankers and accountants) in connection
with the entry into this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby; provided that the Company shall pay
the fees and expenses of the counsel to the Consenting Creditors
in accordance with that letter agreement, dated August 17,
2009, by and between the Company and Milbank, Tweed, Hadley
&
McCloy
LLP. The Company shall pay all reasonable
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses of the Consenting Creditors (including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel) incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of
their rights and remedies hereunder.
Section 6.10 Entire
Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements,
understandings, representations and warranties, both written and
oral, among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement.
Section 6.11 Remedies
Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, any and all remedies expressly conferred upon a party
to this Agreement will be cumulative with, and not exclusive of,
any other remedy contained in this Agreement, at law or in
equity. The exercise by a party to this Agreement of any one
remedy will not preclude the exercise by it of any other remedy.
Section 6.12 Counterparts;
Effectiveness; Execution. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, all of which are one and
the same agreement. This Agreement will become effective and
binding upon each Consenting Creditor when executed by such
Consenting Creditor. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile
signature by any party and such signature is deemed binding for
all purposes hereof, without delivery of an original signature
being thereafter required.
Section 6.13 Specific
Performance; Jurisdiction.
(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur
for which money damages would not suffice in the event that any
of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached
and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law.
It is accordingly agreed that the non-breaching party shall be
entitled to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other
equitable relief exclusively (i) if the Company has
commenced a case under the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy
Court or (ii) if the Company has not commenced a case under
the Bankruptcy Code, in the Delaware Court of Chancery enjoining
any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and
provisions hereof, or in the event (but only in the event) that
such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such
action or proceeding, in the United States District Court for
the District of Delaware or another court sitting in the state
of Delaware. The foregoing is in addition to any other remedy to
which any party is entitled at Law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any
legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and
the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition
and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and
the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by the
other party hereto or its successors or assigns shall be brought
and determined exclusively (i) if the Company has commenced
a case under
N-11
the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court or (ii) if the
Company has not commenced a case under the Bankruptcy Code, in
the Delaware Court of Chancery, or in the event (but only in the
event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction
over such action or proceeding, in the United States District
Court for the District of Delaware or another court sitting in
the state of Delaware. Each of the parties hereto hereby
irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding
for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally, to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid
courts and agrees that it will not bring any action relating to
this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. Each of
the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to
assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or
otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this
Agreement, (i) any claim that it is not personally subject
to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason
other than the failure to serve in accordance with this
Section 6.13, (ii) any claim that it or its property
is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from
any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through
service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in
aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or
otherwise) and (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the
applicable Law, any claim that (A) the suit, action or
proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum,
(B) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is
improper or (C) this Agreement, or the subject matter
hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.
(c) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the
service of any summons and complaint and any other process in
any other action relating to this Agreement, on behalf of itself
or its property, by the personal delivery of copies of such
process to such party or by sending or delivering a copy of the
process to the party to be served at the address and in the
manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 6.1.
Nothing in this Section 6.13 shall affect the right of any
party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner
permitted by Law.
Section 6.14 Waiver
of Jury Trial. Each party hereby waives, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may
have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or other
proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated hereby. Each party (i) certifies and
acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any
other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such
other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to
enforce the foregoing waiver, and (ii) acknowledges that it
understands and has considered the implications of this waiver
and makes this waiver voluntarily, and that it and the other
parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among
other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this
Section 6.14.
Section 6.15 No
Waiver of Participation and Reservation of
Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, nothing herein is intended to, or does, in
any manner waive, limit, impair, or restrict the ability of each
of the Consenting Creditors to protect and preserve its rights,
remedies and interests, including without limitation, its claims
against the Company in respect of Loans and Notes or otherwise,
or its full participation in the Cases as a party in interest.
If the transactions contemplated by the Amended Investment
Agreement are not consummated, or if this Agreement is
terminated for any reason, the parties fully reserve any and all
of their rights.
Section 6.16 Consenting
Creditor Obligations Several and not Joint. The
obligations of the Consenting Creditors hereunder shall be
several and not joint, and no Consenting Creditor shall be
liable for any breach of the terms of this Agreement by any
other Consenting Creditor.
Section 6.17 Settlement
Discussions. This Agreement is part of a proposed
settlement of matters that could otherwise be the subject of
litigation among the parties hereto. Nothing herein shall be
deemed an admission of any kind. Pursuant to Federal Rule of
Evidence 408 and any applicable state rules of evidence, this
Agreement and all negotiations relating thereto shall not be
admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a
proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement.
Section 6.18 Status
of Consenting Creditors. Each Consenting Creditor
acknowledges that its decision to enter into this Agreement has
been made by such Consenting Creditor independently of any other
Consenting Creditor and independently of any information,
materials, statements or opinions as to the business, affairs,
operations, assets, properties, liabilities, results of
operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of
the Company or of the Subsidiaries which may have made or given
by any other Consenting Creditor or by any agent or employee of
any other Consenting Creditor. Each Consenting Creditor
acknowledges that nothing contained herein,
N-12
or in any Transaction Documents entered into with respect to the
Transactions (including the Investment Agreement and any
amendments thereto), and no action taken by any Consenting
Creditor pursuant hereto or thereto, including any
renegotiation, amendment, early conversion, exercise or
termination, or other modification to the Transactions or the
Transaction Documents, shall be deemed to constitute the
Consenting Creditors as a partnership, an association, a joint
venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption
that the Consenting Creditors are in any way acting in concert
or as a group for purposes of Section 13(d) of
the Exchange Act with respect to such obligations or the
Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
Section 6.19 No
Impairment of Put Right. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties agree
that nothing in this Agreement shall limit or impair the ability
of a Consenting Creditor to exercise its put right with respect
to the Notes under Section 3.06 of the Indenture, to
deliver any notice with respect thereto or to take any other
action required to consummate such put, in each case, in
accordance with the terms of, and subject to the conditions set
forth in, the Indenture; provided that the Consenting
Creditors agree not to exercise such put right or deliver any
notice with respect thereto prior to November 13, 2009.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature
Page Follows.]
N-13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement
to be signed as of the date first above written.
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name:
Title:
[Signature page to the
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement]
N-14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement
to be signed as of the date first above written.
CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS:
CONSENTING LENDERS:
[Signature page to the
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement]
N-15
Annex O
AMENDMENT
NO. 1
TO LOCK-UP
AND VOTING AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this Amendment), dated
as of October 8, 2009, to the
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2009 (the
Lock-Up Agreement), is by and among the
Persons executing this Amendment as Requisite Consenting
Creditors on the signature pages hereto and NCI Building
Systems, Inc. (the Company). Unless otherwise
specifically defined herein, each term used herein shall have
the meaning assigned to such term in the
Lock-Up
Agreement.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to modify certain economic terms of
the Transactions as specified herein and the parties hereto
desire to amend the
Lock-Up
Agreement to permit such modifications;
WHEREAS, Section 6.7 of the
Lock-Up
Agreement provides for the amendment of the
Lock-Up
Agreement in accordance with the terms set forth therein by an
instrument in writing signed by the Requisite Consenting
Creditors; and
WHEREAS, this Amendment constitutes such an instrument in
writing, and has been signed by the Requisite Consenting
Creditors.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Consenting
Creditors hereto (constituting the Requisite Consenting Lenders)
hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. References to
Lock-Up
Agreement. Each reference in the
Lock-Up
Agreement to hereof, herein,
hereunder, hereby, hereto
and this Agreement shall, from and after the date
hereof, refer to the
Lock-Up
Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
Section 2. Amendment to
Section 2.1. Clause (1) of the first
sentence of Section 2.1 of the
Lock-Up
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read
as follows:
. . . (1) the economic terms of the transactions
contemplated by the Amended Investment Agreement, after giving
effect to the matters referred to on Schedule B hereto
(including the Offer, the Prepayment, the Restatement and the
Investment, after giving effect to the matters referred to on
Schedule B hereto, collectively, the
Transactions) are not altered or amended in a
manner adverse to the Consenting Noteholders, . . .
Section 3. Amendment to Definition of
the Transactions. For all purposes of
the Lock-Up
Agreement, the term Transactions shall have the
meaning ascribed to it in clause (1) of Section 2.1 of
the Lock-Up
Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment.
Section 4. Amendment to
Section 2.3. Section 2.3 of the
Lock-Up
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the phrase after
giving effect to the matters referred to on Schedule B
hereto after each use in such section of the term
Amended Investment Agreement.
Section 5. Amendment to
Section 4.3. Section 4.3 of the
Lock-Up
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the phrase unless
the Securities received by each Consenting Creditor in the Offer
or pursuant to the bankruptcy plan are registered after
the words If the Restructuring is completed pursuant to
the Offer or, if the Restructuring is completed through a
prepackaged bankruptcy and the Securities received by the
Consenting Creditors are not freely tradeable pursuant to the
provisions of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 6. Representations and
Warranties. Each of the Consenting Creditors
signatory hereto and the Company represents and warrants that
the representations and warranties set forth in
Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the
Lock-Up
Agreement, respectively, of the
Lock-Up
Agreement are true and complete on the date hereof as if made on
and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or
warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a
O-1
specific date, such representation or warranty shall be true and
correct as of such specific date), and as if each reference in
said Sections 3.1 and 3.2 to this Agreement
included reference to this Amendment.
Section 7. Conditions
Precedent. This Amendment shall become effective
as of the date of this Amendment upon receipt by the Company of
counterparts of this Amendment executed by the Company and
Consenting Lenders party to the
Lock-Up
Agreement constituting the Requisite Consenting Lenders.
Section 8. Effect of the
Amendment. Each of the Company and the Requisite
Consenting Creditors acknowledges and agrees that nothing
contained herein shall, by implication or otherwise, be deemed
to constitute a waiver of or consent to any other term,
provision or condition of the
Lock-Up
Agreement or limit, impair or prejudice any right or remedy that
any party hereto may have or may in the future have under the
Lock-Up
Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the
Consenting Creditors hereby reserve all such rights and
remedies. Except as set forth herein, the terms, provisions and
conditions of the
Lock-Up
Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
Section 9. Miscellaneous. Article VI
of the
Lock-Up
Agreement shall apply to this Amendment, mutatis mutandis.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank.]
O-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment
to be signed as of the date first above written.
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name: Mark E. Johnson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
[Signature
page to Amendment No. 1 to
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement]
O-3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment
to be signed as of the date first above written.
CONSENTING
NOTEHOLDERS:
[Signature
page to Amendment No. 1 to
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement]
O-4
SCHEDULE B13
1. Upon the effectiveness of the Restatement on the Closing
Date, the Lenders that execute the new credit agreement (in the
form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement after giving effect
to the matters referred to in this Schedule B) prior
to the filing of the Prepackaged Plan shall receive a consent
fee equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans
held by such Lenders that is prepaid pursuant to the Prepayment,
in addition to the consent fee previously offered by the Company
equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans held by
such Lenders that remain outstanding after giving effect to the
Prepayment. Such fees shall be paid to the Administrative Agent
for the account of such Lenders. Such fees together comprise the
total consent fee to be paid to such Lenders with respect to the
Restatement and related transactions.
2. The definition of the term Applicable Margin
in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
(a) to substitute 5.00% per annum for
4.00% per annum with respect to ABR Loans, and
6.00% per annum for 5.00% per annum with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans, respectively, in clause (i)
thereof, and (b) to insert the phrase ending on or
after October 30, 2011 after the phrase most
recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower in
clause (ii) thereof.
3. The following definition will be added to the Form of
Amended Credit Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:
2009 Tax Refund: any U.S. federal or
state income tax refund received by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof (including the amount of such refund that
would have been received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary but
for being utilized to offset any tax liability otherwise payable
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to the extent attributable
to (and that would not have been so received but for) any
carryback of net operating losses, capital losses, tax credits
or similar tax attributes, if any, of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the taxable year ended on November 1, 2009
to any prior taxable year, provided that, for these
purposes, (i) the amount of any state income tax refund
shall be net of U.S. federal income tax cost thereof to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a 2009 Tax Refund
shall not include any refund of state income taxes as a result
of an audit or examination of any tax return of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary thereof and (iii) a 2009 Tax Refund shall
not include any refund of U.S. federal income taxes as a
result of an audit or examination of any tax return of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof unless the amount of such
refund exceeds $4,000,000.
Tax Refund Calculation Date: (i) each day on which
the Borrower or any Subsidiary receives a 2009 Tax Refund of
U.S. federal income taxes and (ii) the last day of any
fiscal quarter of the Borrower if during such fiscal quarter the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of
state income taxes, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000,
provided that if, during any fiscal quarter, the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of state
income taxes that, in the aggregate, do not exceed $100,000,
then the amount of such 2009 Tax Refunds received in such fiscal
quarter shall be treated as being received by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in the immediately following fiscal quarter for
the purpose of this clause (ii).
4. The definition of Excess Cash Flow in the
Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified to delete the
words plus (m) in the last line thereof and insert
in lieu thereof the words minus (m) to the extent
included in calculating EBITDA for such period, any 2009 Tax
Refund or any portion thereof, plus (n).
5. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to renumber paragraph (iii) as
paragraph (iv).
6. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to insert a new paragraph
(iii) in numerical order as follows:
(iii) On or before the date (each such date, a Tax
Refund Prepayment Date) that is 45 calendar days after
each Tax Refund Calculation Date, the Borrower shall, in
accordance with Section 3.4(d) and Section 3.4(e),
prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Tax Refund
Prepayment Amount (if greater than
13 The
inclusion of any item in this Schedule B shall not be
construed as an admission or indication that such item or
similar items (or any amendment thereto) is material or is an
economic term of, or consideration (or mix of consideration)
being offered in, the Transactions
O-5
zero) with respect to such Tax Refund Calculation Date. As used
herein, the term Tax Refund Prepayment Amount with
respect to any Tax Refund Calculation Date means the amount
equal to the excess of (1) the greater of
(x) $10 million and (y) 50% of the aggregate
amount of all 2009 Tax Refunds received by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries from the date of this Agreement to such Tax Refund
Calculation Date over (2) the aggregate principal amount of
Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 3.4(a) (other than
any principal amount of Term Loans so prepaid that has
previously been applied by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(ii) to reduce the amount of any prepayment
of Term Loans otherwise required pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(ii)), repurchased pursuant to
Section 3.4(b) or prepaid pursuant to this
Section 3.4(c)(iii), in each case from the date of this
Agreement to the Tax Refund Prepayment Date corresponding to
such Tax Refund Calculation Date.
7. Section 3.4(c)(ii) will be modified to insert the
phrase (other than any principal amount of Term Loans so
prepaid that has previously been applied by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(iii) to reduce the amount of any
prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(iii)) after the phrase the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) where it appears twice in
Section 3.4(c)(ii).
8. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add the following:
Section 6.11 2009 Tax Refund.
The Borrower shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain
the maximum amount of any 2009 Tax Refund of U.S. federal
income taxes and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes, in each case
that is legally due to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof,
as soon as reasonably practicable and based on positions
determined by the Borrower in good faith and consistent with
past practice of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course, provided that this Section 6.11
shall not apply to any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes
that, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, is not
expected to be greater than $25,000, and provided,
further, that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
thereof shall be required to file any tax return prior to the
due date (taking into account applicable extensions) for filing
such tax return.
9. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add a new affirmative covenant that will
read as follows:
Section 6.12 Notice of Any ABL Refinancing.
If the Borrower shall have determined to replace or
refinance the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall give
notice to the Administrative Agent of such determination (and
the Administrative Agent agrees to so notify the Lenders). The
Lenders shall have an opportunity (for such period of time as
the Borrower shall in good faith determine to be reasonable) to
make a proposal to provide such replacement or refinancing of
the ABL Facility Agreement, provided that (i) the
Borrower shall not have any obligation to accept any such
proposal or to enter into, continue or consummate any
discussions, negotiations, understanding or agreement with any
of the Lenders or any other Person with respect to any such
proposal or any replacement or refinancing of the ABL Facility
Agreement, (ii) if the Borrower elects to enter into any
discussions or negotiations with any of the Lenders or any other
Person with respect to any such proposal or any replacement or
refinancing of the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall
have the right in its sole discretion to suspend, discontinue or
terminate such discussions or negotiations at any time or from
time to time, and (iii) notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, the Borrower shall not have any liability to any of the
Lenders with respect to any fees, expenses or other obligations
or liabilities that any of the Lenders or any other Person may
incur in making any such proposal or in entering into or
continuing any such discussions or negotiations.
10. Section 9.10 of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to read as follows:
(a) Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth
herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, respectively, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, as follows:
(i) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent,
respectively, upon 10 days notice to the Lenders and
the Borrower.
O-6
(ii) If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent
is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender,
either the Required Lenders or the Borrower may, upon
10 days notice to the Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, remove such agent.
(iii) If an ABL Default Event shall have occurred and be
continuing, and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, is an Affiliate of or the same Person as the
administrative agent or collateral agent under the ABL Facility
Agreement, the Required Lenders may, upon 10 days
notice to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, remove such agent.
(b) If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among
the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor
agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower, whereupon
such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and
duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as
applicable, and the term Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall mean such
successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval,
and the former Agents rights, powers and duties as
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall
be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the
part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this
Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring
Agents resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of
this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Additionally,
after any retiring Agents resignation as such Agent, the
provisions of this Section shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was such
Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(c) Any successor agent shall be subject to approval by
the Borrower, which approval (i) shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed in the case of any successor agent that is a
commercial bank with a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000 and (ii) may otherwise be withheld by the
Borrower in its sole discretion. It is understood and agreed
that the Borrower shall have no obligation to pay any fee to any
successor agent that is greater than or in addition to the fees
payable to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof.
11. The Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
to include a definition of ABL Default Event that
will provide that an ABL Default Event will have occurred if any
of certain specified major events of default has occurred and is
continuing, and the administrative agent or collateral agent
under the ABL Facility Agreement shall have exercised any remedy
provided for thereunder and shall not have rescinded such action.
O-7
Annex P
LOCK-UP
AND VOTING AGREEMENT
This LOCK-UP
AND VOTING AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated
as of October 8, 2009, is by and among the Persons
executing this Agreement as Consenting Noteholders
on the signature pages hereto (each a Consenting
Noteholder), the Persons executing this Agreement as
Consenting Lenders on the signature pages hereto
(each, a Consenting Lender and together with
the Consenting Noteholders, the Consenting
Creditors) and NCI Building Systems, Inc. (the
Company).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company is party to an Investment Agreement, dated
as of August 14, 2009 and as amended by that Amendment,
dated as of August 28, 2009 and that Amendment dated as of
August 31, 2009 (as in effect on the date hereof, the
Investment Agreement), by and between the
Company and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII,
L.P. (Investor), pursuant to which Investor
has agreed to invest, subject to the terms and conditions
contained therein, $250,000,000 in the Company (the
Investment);
WHEREAS, in accordance with the Investment Agreement, the
Company has commenced an offer to acquire any and all of the
Companys outstanding 2.125% Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2024 (the Notes) in
exchange for cash and shares of common stock of the Company (the
Offer);
WHEREAS, the Investment Agreement contemplates a Term Loan
Refinancing (as defined in the Investment Agreement) pursuant to
which the Company would agree to prepay all principal
obligations under the Credit Agreement, dated as of
June 18, 2004, among the Company, the subsidiaries of the
Company party thereto as guarantors, Wachovia Bank, National
Association, as Administrative Agent and the other financial
institutions party thereto as lenders (the
Lenders) and agents (as amended from time to
time, the Credit Agreement) in excess of
$150 million, together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon (the Prepayment), and enter into an
amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement (the
Restatement) in the form set forth in the
Form of Amended Credit Agreement attached as
Exhibit A to the Investment Agreement, but subject
to the matters set forth on Schedule B hereto;
WHEREAS, the Investment Agreement contemplates that, as an
alternative to achieving the Restructuring (as defined in the
Investment Agreement) through effectuating inter alia the
Offer, the Prepayment and the Restatement, the Company would
effectuate the Restructuring through the effectiveness of the
Prepackaged Plan (as defined in the Investment Agreement) by
commencing cases (the Cases) under the
Bankruptcy Code (as defined in the Investment Agreement) in the
Bankruptcy Court (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and in
connection therewith, the Company has distributed to the holders
of Notes and the Lenders the Solicitation Materials (as defined
in the Investment Agreement) and is seeking the affirmative vote
of the Lenders and the holders of Notes on such prepackaged
bankruptcy plan prior to commencing the Cases;
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement that
(a) not less than 95% in principal amount of the Notes are
tendered in the Offer and not less than 100% of the Term Lenders
agree to the Prepayment and the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
or (b) in the alternative, the Company receives the
Requisite Acceptances (as defined in the Investment Agreement)
to allow the Prepackaged Plan to be confirmed in the
Cases; and
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the
Company and the Investor will enter into an amendment (the
Investment Agreement Amendment) relating to
the Investment Agreement pursuant to which the Investor and the
Company will agree that the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
attached to the Investment Agreement immediately prior to the
Investment Agreement Amendment (except with respect to
Section 3(c)(vi)(ii), Section 6(g)(iii) and
Section 6(q)(i)(B) of the Investment Agreement) shall give
effect to the matters set forth on Schedule B
hereto, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in
the Investment Agreement Amendment (whether the Term Loan
Refinancing is effectuated out of court or through the
effectiveness of the Prepackaged Plan in the Prepackaged Plan
Proceeding).
P-1
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally
bound, agree as follows:
I.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Capitalized
Terms. Capitalized terms used in this
Agreement and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to
such terms in the Investment Agreement (as amended by the
Investment Agreement Amendment) as in effect on the date hereof
and without giving effect to any subsequent amendment, waiver or
consent thereto. The terms Intercreditor Agreement,
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and
Mortgages have the meanings ascribed to such terms
in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement.
Section 1.2 Other
Definitions. For the purposes of this
Agreement:
(a) Beneficial Owner or
Beneficial Ownership with respect to any
securities means having beneficial ownership of such
securities (as determined pursuant to
Rule 13d-3
or
Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act).
(b) End Date means the date of
termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article V
of this Agreement.
(c) Loans means the loans under the
Credit Agreement.
(d) Required Consenting Creditors means
Consenting Creditors holding not less than
662/3%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Loans held by all
Consenting Creditors.
(e) Transfer means to, directly or
indirectly, (i) sell, pledge, assign, encumber, grant an
option with respect to, transfer or dispose of any participation
or interest (voting or otherwise) in or (ii) enter into an
agreement, commitment or other arrangement to sell, pledge,
assign, encumber, grant an option with respect to, transfer or
dispose of any participation or interest (voting or otherwise)
in, the subject matter of the Transfer, or the act thereof.
II.
AGREEMENT TO TENDER, VOTE AND SUPPORT
Section 2.1 Agreement
to Tender. Subject to the terms and
conditions hereof (including the execution and delivery of the
Investment Agreement Amendment) and provided that (1) the
economic terms of the transactions contemplated by the
Investment Agreement after giving effect to the matters referred
to on in Schedule B hereto (including the Offer, the
Prepayment, the Restatement and the Investment, and giving
effect to the matters referred to on in Schedule B
hereto, collectively, the Transactions) are
not altered or amended in a manner adverse to the Consenting
Noteholders, (2) the consideration (and mix of
consideration) being offered in the Transactions is not altered
or amended and (3) the other terms of the Transactions are
not altered or amended in a manner materially adverse to such
Consenting Noteholder, each Consenting Noteholder hereby
irrevocably agrees to promptly (but in any event not later than
the third (3rd) Business Day after the date hereof) tender in
the Offer, and not withdraw from the Offer, all Notes held by or
Beneficially Owned by it, or with respect to which it serves as
manager or investment advisor having the unrestricted power to
vote or dispose thereof, unless the Offer shall have been
terminated in accordance with its terms; provided that
such Consenting Noteholder may withdraw such Notes from the
Offer in order to effect a Transfer of such Notes in compliance
with Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement so long as any
transferee of such Notes shall promptly thereafter tender such
Notes in the Offer.
Section 2.2 Agreement
to Accept Prepayment and Restatement. Subject
to the terms and conditions hereof (including the execution and
delivery of the Investment Agreement Amendment) and provided
that (1) the economic terms of the Transactions are not
altered or amended in a manner adverse to the Consenting
Lenders, (2) the consideration (and mix of consideration)
being offered in the Transactions is not altered or amended and
(3) the other terms of the Transactions are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such Consenting
Lender, each Consenting Lender hereby irrevocably agrees,
contemporaneously with the consummation of the Investment, to
accept the share of the Prepayment applicable to the obligations
under the Credit Agreement held by it or Beneficially Owned by
it, or with respect to which it serves as manager or investment
advisor having the unrestricted power to vote or dispose
thereof, and, with respect to the remaining obligations under
the Credit
P-2
Agreement held by it, or with respect to which it serves as
manager or investment advisor having the unrestricted power to
vote or dispose thereof, execute a new credit agreement in the
form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement after giving effect
to the matters referred to in Schedule B hereto
(with the completion of items currently blank as agreed upon by
Wachovia Bank, National Association (or any successor thereto),
as administrative agent). Each Consenting Lender hereby
acknowledges and agrees that the Intercreditor Agreement, the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages, the other
Amended Credit Documents (other than the Amended Credit
Agreement), and the other Ancillary Refinancing Documents
entered into or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any
of the transactions contemplated by the Amended Credit
Agreement, will be in form and substance as agreed upon by
Wachovia Bank, National Association (or any successor thereto),
as administrative agent; provided, however, that to the
extent draft forms of any such documents have been provided to
the Consenting Lenders prior to the date hereof, the definitive
forms of such documents shall not be materially altered from the
draft forms so provided in a manner adverse to the Consenting
Lenders.
Section 2.3 Agreement
to Vote. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof (including the execution and delivery of the Investment
Agreement Amendment) and provided that the terms of the
Prepackaged Plan as set forth in the Investment Agreement (after
giving effect to the matters referred to on
Schedule B hereto) are not altered or amended and
provided further that it has received the Solicitation Materials
in compliance with Section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code,
each Consenting Creditor hereby irrevocably agrees to timely (as
set forth in the Solicitation Materials and in any event prior
to the Initial Expiration Date) vote, and not change or revoke
such vote, all Notes
and/or all
obligations under the Credit Agreement held by it, or with
respect to which it serves as manager or investment advisor
having the unrestricted power to vote, in favor of the
Prepackaged Plan; provided that the terms of the
Prepackaged Plan are consistent with Exhibit I to
the Investment Agreement (after giving effect to the matters
referred to on Schedule B hereto) and otherwise
reasonably satisfactory to Consenting Creditors holding not less
than 50.0% in principal amount of all Loans and Notes held by
all Consenting Creditors in the aggregate.
Section 2.4 Additional
Agreements of Consenting Creditors.
(a) Against Other Transactions. Subject to the terms
and conditions hereof (including the execution and delivery of
the Investment Agreement Amendment) and provided that
(1) the economic terms of the Transactions are not altered
or amended in a manner adverse to the Consenting Lenders,
(2) the consideration (and mix of consideration) being
offered in the Transactions is not altered or amended and
(3) the other terms of the Transactions are not altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to such Consenting
Lender, each Consenting Creditor agrees that, from and after the
date hereof, it will not directly or indirectly seek, solicit,
support, formulate or encourage any other plan, sale, proposal
or offer of reorganization or liquidation, merger, restructuring
or recapitalization of the Company
and/or its
subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to prevent, delay
or impede the Transactions on the terms set forth in the
Investment Agreement, and that each Consenting Creditor agrees
it shall not (i) object to, or otherwise commence any
proceeding opposing, any of the terms of the Transactions or the
Transaction Documents, (ii) take any action, including but
not limited to objecting to the Prepackaged Plan, which is
inconsistent with, or that would delay approval, consummation or
confirmation of any of the Transactions or any of the
Transaction Documents or (iii) take any action that would
make any representation or warranty of such Consenting Creditor
herein untrue or incorrect in any material respect, or have the
effect of preventing or disabling the Consenting Creditor from
performing its obligations hereunder in any material respect.
(b) Restrictions on Transfer, Etc. Each Consenting
Creditor agrees, from and after the date hereof, not to directly
or indirectly Transfer any Note or Loan or interest therein
other than a Transfer that does not require registration under
the Securities Act and in accordance with the terms of the
Credit Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, to (x) a
transferee that is a Consenting Creditor or any Affiliate
thereof, (y) a transferee that is a Consenting
Creditor under that certain
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2009, by and among
the Company and the creditors of the Company signatory thereto
(an Other Consenting Creditor) or (z) a
transferee that represents that it is a Qualified
Institutional Buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A
under the Securities Act. Unless such Transfer is to a
Consenting Creditor or an Other Consenting Creditor, such
Transfer shall be pursuant to a privately negotiated transaction
and the transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company a
joinder agreement pursuant to which the transferee agrees to be
bound by the terms of this Agreement as though it had been an
original signatory hereto, including the making of the
representations by the Consenting Creditors
P-3
therein, including those in Sections 3.1(d) through 3.1(h).
Any Transfer of any Note or Loan in violation of the foregoing
shall be deemed ineffective to Transfer any right to accept or
reject the Prepayment, the Restatement or the Offer, which right
shall remain with and be exercised only by the purported
transferor. This Agreement shall in no way be construed to
preclude any Consenting Creditor from acquiring additional Notes
or Loans; provided that such Notes or Loans shall become
subject to the terms hereof as if such Notes or Loans had been
held by such Consenting Creditor as of the date of this
Agreement; provided further that any such
Consenting Creditor acquiring additional Notes or Loans shall
notify the Company of the amount of any such additional Notes or
Additional Loans and Schedule A hereto shall be
updated accordingly. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit
any Consenting Creditor from ordinary course pledges of Notes in
a prime brokerage account. In addition, a Consenting Creditor
shall not be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with
respect to any Notes or Loans acquired by it after the date
hereof in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker (other than
Notes or Loans that were acquired from a Consenting Creditor or
that otherwise were subject to this Agreement). For purposes of
this Agreement, (i) a Qualified
Marketmaker means an entity that (x) holds itself
out to the public as standing ready in the ordinary course of
its business to purchase from customers and sell to customers
Marketmaker Contracts (defined below) (or to enter with
customers into long and short positions in derivative contracts
that constituted Marketmaker Contracts), in its capacity as a
dealer or market maker in such Marketmaker Contracts, and
(y) regularly makes a two-way market in such Marketmaker
Contracts; and (ii) a Marketmaker Contract
means, without limitation, (x) debt securities issued or
guaranteed by the Company, (y) options, forward contracts,
swaps or other derivative contracts that require the delivery of
such debt securities, or that require the payment of money
determined by reference to the value or yield of such debt
securities or (z) secured, unsecured and undersecured
claims against the Company, including, without limitation, bank
debt, trade claims, lease claims and deficiency claims.
(c) Public Statement. Each Consenting Creditor
agrees that it shall not issue any press release or make any
other public statement with respect to the Investment Agreement,
the Offer, the Prepayment, the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
or the Prepackaged Plan or any other transaction contemplated by
the Investment Agreement without the prior written consent of
the Company, except as may be required by applicable Law.
(d) Additional Matters. Each Consenting Creditor
shall, from time to time, execute and deliver, or cause to be
executed and delivered, such additional or further consents,
documents and other instruments as the Company may reasonably
request for the purpose of effecting the tenders and votes of
such Consenting Creditor contemplated by Sections 2.1, 2.2
and 2.3 of this Agreement.
III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 3.1 Representations
and Warranties of Consenting Creditors. Each
Consenting Creditor, severally and not jointly, represents and
warrants to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and at
all times during the term of this Agreement, as follows:
(a) Such Consenting Creditor has the requisite capacity and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill
and perform such Consenting Creditors obligations
hereunder. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by such Consenting Creditor and constitutes a legal,
valid and binding agreement of such Consenting Creditor
enforceable by the Company against such Consenting Creditor in
accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy
and similar laws affecting creditors rights generally.
(b) Except for any changes as a result of Transfers made in
accordance with Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement or as a
result of acquisitions contemplated by the last sentence of
Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement:
(i) Such Consenting Creditor (or, in the case of record
ownership, its nominee through which such Consenting Creditor
holds Loans
and/or
Notes) is (or with respect to trades pending settlement, will
be) the record and Beneficial Owner, and such Consenting
Creditor has (or with respect to trades pending settlement, will
have) good, valid and marketable title, free and clear of any
Liens (other than those arising under this Agreement and other
than those that would not adversely affect such Consenting
Creditors performance of its obligations under this
Agreement),
and/or is
the authorized manager or investment advisor with respect to,
the principal amount of Loans
and/or Notes
set forth next to such
P-4
Consenting Creditors name on Schedule A
hereto, and, except as provided in this Agreement, has full and
unrestricted power to dispose of and vote all of such Loans
and/or Notes
without the consent or approval of, or any other action on the
part of any other Person, and has not granted any proxy
inconsistent with this Agreement that is still effective or
entered into any voting or similar agreement inconsistent with
this Agreement with respect to, such Loans and Notes.
(ii) Except for any Excluded Notes or Excluded Loans in the
case of a transferee of Notes or Loans, the Loans and Notes set
forth next to such Consenting Creditors name on
Schedule A hereto constitute all of the Loans and
Notes that are Beneficially Owned by such Consenting Creditor,
or as to which such Consenting Creditor serves as manager or
investment advisor having the unrestricted power to vote or
dispose thereof, as of the date hereof, and such Consenting
Creditor does not Beneficially Own or otherwise so manage or
advise with respect to, any other Loans or Notes. For purposes
of this Agreement, Excluded Notes and
Excluded Loans mean any Notes or Loans,
respectively, acquired by a Consenting Creditor after the date
hereof in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker (other than
Notes or Loans that were acquired from a Consenting Creditor or
that otherwise were subject to this Agreement pursuant to the
fifth sentence of Section 2.4(c)).
(c) None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
such Consenting Creditor, the consummation by such Consenting
Creditor of the transactions contemplated hereby or compliance
by such Consenting Creditor with any of the provisions hereof
(i) requires any consent or other Permit of, or filing with
or notification to, any Governmental Entity or any other Person
by such Consenting Creditor other than has been taken or made
or, (ii) results in a violation or breach of, or
constitutes (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a
default (or gives rise to any third party right of termination,
cancellation, material modification or acceleration) under any
of the terms, conditions or provisions of any organizational
document or contract to which such Consenting Creditor is a
party or by which such Consenting Creditor or any of such
Consenting Creditors properties or assets (including such
Consenting Creditors Loans and Notes) may be bound,
(iii) violates any order or law applicable to such
Consenting Creditor or any of such Consenting Creditors
properties or assets (including such Consenting Creditors
Loans and Notes), or (iv) results in a Lien upon any of
such Consenting Creditors properties or assets (including
such Consenting Creditors Loans and Notes).
(d) Such Consenting Noteholder (i) is an
accredited investor within the meaning of
Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities Act, (ii) is aware that the offer and sale of
the Common Stock pursuant to the Offer and the Prepackaged Plan
(except to the extent that Securities distributed under the
Prepackaged Plan may be resold, pledged or otherwise transferred
under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code) (the
Securities) to it is being made in reliance
on a private placement exemption from registration under the
Securities Act and not by means of a general solicitation or
general advertising (iii) is acquiring the Securities for
its own account and has no current intention to Transfer any of
its Notes or Loans or the Common Stock received pursuant to the
Offer or the Prepackaged Plan (except to the extent that
Securities distributed under the Prepackaged Plan may be resold,
pledged or otherwise transferred under Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code), (iv) if it beneficially owns any Notes,
was not solicited to this Agreement by any public announcement
of the Offer or the Prepackaged Plan or by any registration
statement (or the filing thereof) related thereto filed with the
Commission, and (v) the transferee became interested in
purchasing the Notes or Loans through a pre-existing
relationship with the transferor and not by means of a general
solicitation or general advertising.
(e) Such Consenting Noteholder understands and agrees that
the Securities are being offered in a transaction not involving
any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act,
that such Securities have not been and, except as contemplated
by the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, will not be
registered under the Securities Act and that such Securities may
be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only
(i) in a transaction not involving a public offering,
(ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration
requirements under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144
thereunder (if available), (iii) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, or (iv) to
the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, in each of cases
(i) through (iv) in accordance with any applicable
securities Laws of any State of the United States, and that it
will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any
subsequent purchaser of Securities
P-5
from it of the resale restrictions referred to above, as
applicable, and will provide the Company and the transfer agent
such certificates and other information as they may reasonably
require to confirm that the transfer by it complies with the
foregoing restrictions, if applicable; provided,
however, that if the Securities are distributed to the
Consenting Creditor under the Prepackaged Plan, such Securities
may be resold, pledged or otherwise transferred to the extent
allowed by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(f) Except to the extent that Securities distributed under
the Prepackaged Plan may be resold, pledged or otherwise
transferred under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (and
not otherwise prohibited because such Consenting Noteholder is
deemed an underwriter as defined in subsection (b) of
Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code), such Consenting
Noteholder understands that, unless sold pursuant to a
registration statement that has been declared effective under
the Securities Act or in compliance with Rule 144, the
Company may require that the Securities will bear a legend or
other restriction substantially to the following effect (it
being agreed that if the Securities are not certificated, other
appropriate restrictions shall be implemented to give effect to
the following):
THIS INSTRUMENT WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, (THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN
EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH
LAWS.
(g) Such Consenting Creditor:
(i) is able to fend for itself in the transactions
contemplated hereby;
(ii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of its prospective investment in the Securities;
(iii) has the ability to bear the economic risks of its
prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such
investment;
(iv) acknowledges that (1) it has conducted its own
investigation of the Company and the terms of the Securities,
(2) it has had access to the Companys public filings
with the Commission and to such financial and other information
as it deems necessary to make its decision to purchase the
Securities, and (3) has been offered the opportunity to ask
questions of the Company and received answers thereto, as it
deemed necessary in connection with the decision to purchase the
Securities; and
(v) understands that the Company will rely upon the truth
and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements
and agreements.
(h) Such Consenting Creditor acknowledges that the Common
Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Company
is required to file reports containing certain business and
financial information with the Commission pursuant to the
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and that it is able
to obtain copies of such reports.
Section 3.2 Representations
and Warranties of the Company. The Company
hereby represents and warrants to the Consenting Creditors,
that, except as otherwise disclosed in the Companys 2008
10-K or the
SEC Reports:
(a) The Company has the requisite capacity and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill and perform
its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly and
validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a
legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable by the Consenting
Creditors against the Company in accordance with its terms,
subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.
(b) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the
Company of this Agreement nor the consummation of the
Transactions, including, without limitation, the filing and
prosecution of the
P-6
Prepackaged Plan, nor compliance by the Company with any of the
provisions hereof will (A) violate, conflict with, or
result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default
(or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or
result in the loss of any benefit or creation of any right on
the part of any third party under, or accelerate the performance
required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration
of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than
(1) Permitted Liens and (2) as of the Closing, Liens
granted pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement and the other
Amended Credit Documents and (3) as of the Closing, Liens
granted pursuant to the ABL Agreement and the other ABL
Documents) upon any of the properties or assets of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries under any of the terms, conditions or
provisions of (x) its Certificate of Incorporation or
By-laws or (y) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of
trust, license, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument
or obligation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
be bound, or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
any of the properties, assets, or rights of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries may be subject, or (B) subject to
compliance with the Statutes and Regulations, violate any law,
statute, ordinance, rule or regulation, permit, concession,
grant, franchise or any judgment, ruling, Order, writ,
injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets,
except in the case of clause (A)(y), with respect to the Credit
Agreement and related agreements, the Notes and certain Company
Benefit Plans and, if the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the confirmation of the Prepackaged Plan in the
Prepackaged Plan Proceeding, for any violations, conflicts and
breaches arising solely from the commencement of the Prepackaged
Plan Proceedings and in the case of clauses (A)(y) and (B), for
such violations, conflicts and breaches that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement,
Statutes and Regulations means (I) the filing
of the Series B Preferred Stock CoD with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware, (II) the passage of the
applicable ten (10) day notice period in compliance with
Paragraph 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchanges
Listed Company Manual, (III) the filing and approval of
subsequent listing applications with the New York Stock
Exchange, (IV) in connection or in compliance with the HSR
Act, (V) the filing with the Commission of the
Schedule TO, the
Form S-4,
the Offer Documents and any Other Required Company Filings and
the filings with the Commission or any other Governmental Entity
pursuant to the applicable requirements of any federal or state
securities or Blue Sky laws, (VI) such other
consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations,
declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be
obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and
(VII) in the event the Restructuring is being effectuated
through the Prepackaged Plan, notice to, filing with, exemption
or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, the
Bankruptcy Court (including entry of the Confirmation Order).
(c) The representations of the Company set forth in the
Investment Agreement in Sections 4(a), (b) and
(c) and set forth below are true and correct as of the date
hereof and shall be true and correct upon the consummation of
the Transactions:
(i) Securities. Subject to Section 6(p) of the
Investment Agreement, in the event the Restructuring is being
effectuated through the Prepackaged Plan and the satisfaction of
the Prepackaged Plan Conditions, the Securities shall have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. When issued
and sold against receipt of the consideration therefor as
contemplated by the Offer or the Prepackaged Plan, the
Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
will not subject the holders thereof to personal liability, will
not be subject to preemptive rights of any other stockholder of
the Company and will be free of restrictions on transfer other
than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Documents,
this Agreement, and under applicable state and federal
securities laws.
(ii) Compliance with New York Stock Exchange Continued
Listing Requirements. The Common Stock is as of the date of
this Agreement listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The
Company is as of the date of this Agreement in compliance in all
material respects with applicable continued listing requirements
of the New York Stock Exchange, and the Company has not received
any notice of the delisting of the Common Stock from the New
York Stock Exchange.
(iii) Board Approvals. At a duly held meeting on
August 31, 2009, the Board unanimously determined that this
Agreement and the Transactions, including without limitation the
issuance of the
P-7
Securities, the compliance with the terms of this Agreement, are
in the best interests of the Company and the Companys
Subsidiaries.
IV.
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
Section 4.1 Disclosure. Without
the consent of any Consenting Creditor, the Company may not
publish or disclose in any announcement or disclosure such
individual Consenting Creditors identity and ownership of
Loans and Notes. The Company may publish or disclose the
aggregate amount of the Consenting Creditors Loans
and/or Notes
without reference to any individual Consenting Creditors
Loans or Notes and the nature of the Consenting Creditors
obligations under this Agreement; provided that, the
Consenting Creditors shall have a reasonable opportunity to
review and comment on any such announcement or disclosure prior
to its publication, filing or disclosure.
Section 4.2 Additional
Covenants of the Company. (a) As long as
the End Date (as defined below) has not occurred, the Company
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to successfully
consummate the Transactions in the manner and in accordance with
the timeline contemplated by this Agreement and the Investment
Agreement.
(b) The Company shall not enter into any agreement or other
arrangement with any holder of Loans or Notes with respect to or
relating in any way to the transactions contemplated by the
Investment Agreement if such agreement or other arrangement
contains any term or provision relating to the consideration in
respect of such Loans or Notes, including any agreement to pay
any fee or other consideration (whether or not in cash), and any
conditions relating to such payments, that is more favorable to
such holder than those contained in agreements and arrangements
with the Consenting Noteholders or Consenting Lenders, as
applicable, without also providing such term, provision or
condition for the benefit of the Consenting Noteholder or
Consenting Lender, as applicable, party to this Agreement.
Section 4.3 Consenting
Creditor Shelf Registration Statement. If the
Restructuring is completed pursuant to the Offer or, if the
Restructuring is completed through a prepackaged bankruptcy and
the Securities received by the Consenting Creditors are not
freely tradeable pursuant to the provisions of section 1145
of the Bankruptcy Code, unless the Securities received by each
Consenting Creditor in the Offer or pursuant to the bankruptcy
plan are registered, the Company will enter into a registration
rights agreement (the Exchange Registration Rights
Agreement) containing customary indemnification
provisions for selling stockholders and providing that the
Company will, subject to customary blackout periods in
connection with earnings releases and material corporate
developments, (i) file with the SEC as soon as practicable,
but in any event not later than 5 Business Days following the
consummation of the Offer or the effective date of any
bankruptcy plan, as the case may be, a shelf
registration statement covering resales of the Securities
received by each Consenting Creditor in the Offer or pursuant to
the bankruptcy plan on a delayed or continuous basis and
(ii) use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of
such registration until the earlier of (A) six months after
the completion of the Restructuring and (B) the date on
which all such Securities held by the Consenting Creditors can
be resold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation as to
volume or compliance with any manner of sale requirements;
provided, however, that, if, during the six months
after the completion of the Restructuring, there is not
adequate current public information with respect to
the Company for purposes of resales of Common Stock under
Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act, then the words
six months in the immediately preceding
clause (A) shall be replaced with words twelve
months. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in
connection the filing of the registration statement pursuant to
this Section 4.3.
Section 4.4 Acceptability
of Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors. The Company agrees that the
directors who are members of the Board effective as of the
Closing shall include two Independent Directors (as defined in
the Stockholders Agreement in the form attached to the
Investment Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) who are
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement in the form attached to the Investment
Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (the Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors). So long as this
Agreement is in effect and there has been no breach by the
Consenting Creditors of their obligations under
Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4(c) or 6.19 of this Agreement
and there has been no material breach by the Consenting
Creditors of their obligations under Sections 2.4(a) or
2.4(d) of this Agreement, (i) Noteholders representing at
least a majority of the outstanding Notes may submit proposed
persons to serve as the Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors, and the Company shall consider in good faith any such
proposed persons;
P-8
(ii) prior to the appointment of the Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors, the Company shall provide notice prior to
the Closing of the Companys proposed Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors; and (iii) in the event that
Noteholders representing at least a majority of the outstanding
Notes provide written notice to the Company within 7 Business
Days that they object to the proposed Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors, the Company shall propose (and, if
necessary, continue to propose) alternative Initial Unaffiliated
Shareholder Directors so that at least one of the two Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors is acceptable to Noteholders
representing at least a majority of the outstanding Notes (which
acceptance shall, in the case of the initially proposed Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, be evidenced by the absence
of a written objection within 7 Business Days of notice of such
initially proposed Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors
and, in the case of any subsequently proposed Initial
Unaffiliated Shareholder Directors, be evidenced by the absence
of a written objection within 2 Business Days of notice of such
subsequently proposed Initial Unaffiliated Shareholder
Directors).
V.
TERMINATION
Section 5.1 Termination
by Consenting Creditors. This Agreement may
be terminated by the Required Consenting Creditors:
(a) upon the occurrence (or non-occurrence) of any event
specified in Section 8 (other than Sections 8(a)(vi))
of the Investment Agreement that would permit either the Company
or the Investor to terminate the Investment Agreement, in each
case, without taking into account any alteration or amendment of
such Sections subsequent to the date hereof or any waivers or
consents granted by the Investor or the Company, as applicable,
of the occurrence (or non-occurrence) of such events (provided
that this Agreement shall not terminate pursuant to this
Section 5.1(a) with respect to a Consenting Creditor unless
such Consenting Creditor shall not have breached in any material
respect its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that
shall have been a proximate cause of such occurrence (or
non-occurrence));
(b) if the Company shall have materially breached any of
its obligations set forth in this Agreement;
(c) if the Investment Agreement shall have been terminated
in accordance with its terms;
(d) if (i) the economic terms of the Transactions are
altered or amended in a manner adverse to the Consenting
Lenders, (ii) the consideration (or mix of consideration)
being offered in the Transactions is altered or amended,
(iii) the other terms of the Transactions are altered or
amended in a manner materially adverse to the Consenting
Creditors, or (iv) the Minimum Condition (as defined in the
Investment Agreement) shall have been decreased or is altered or
amended, or the Amended Credit Agreement is executed and in
effect and, at such time, the Amended Credit Agreement is not
binding on all Term Lenders; provided, however, this Agreement
may not be terminated by the Required Consenting Creditors
pursuant to this Section 5.1(d), as a result of
(x) any alterations or amendments to the Form of Amended
Credit Agreement after giving effect to the matters referred to
in Schedule B hereto or (y) the form and
substance of the Ancillary Refinancing Documents to be entered
into or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the
transactions contemplated by the Amended Credit Agreement, that
in each case, are agreed upon by Wachovia Bank, National
Association (or any successor thereto), as administrative agent,
as contemplated in Section 2.2;
(e) an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit
Agreement) shall occur and be continuing, other than an Event of
Default under clause (d) or (e) of Section 7.1 of
the Credit Agreement resulting from the filing of an insolvency
proceeding by the Company so long as the Company is pursuing the
Prepackaged Plan; or
(f) at any time after 11:59 p.m. on January 15,
2010.
Section 5.2 Notice
of Termination. In the event that the
Required Consenting Creditors desire to terminate this Agreement
pursuant to Section 5.1, the Required Consenting Creditors
shall provide written notice to the Company of the basis of such
termination, and such termination shall be effective within
three (3) Business Days of receipt by the Company of such
written notice unless the basis of such termination has been
cured by the Company (it being agreed that, during such
3-Business-Day period, the Consenting Noteholders obligations
under Article II (other than those set forth in
Sections 2.4(c) and 2.4(d)) of this Agreement shall be
suspended and the Company
P-9
shall not be permitted to consummate the Offer, the Prepayment,
the Restatement, or the Prepackaged Plan during such period in
reliance on the Loans or Notes subject to this Agreement or the
votes of the Consenting Creditors).
Section 5.3 Effect
of Termination. (a) Upon the Closing,
the rights and obligations of all the parties will terminate and
become void without further action by any party and (b) if
this Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms
prior to the completion of the Restructuring, all votes and
tenders delivered by a Consenting Creditor prior to such
termination shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be null and
void from the first instance and shall not be considered or
otherwise used in any manner by the Company and the rights and
obligations of all the parties will terminate and become void
without further action by any party, except, in each of
clause (a) and clause (b), for the provisions of
Section 5.1, Section 5.2, this Section 5.3 and
Article VI, and in the case of clause (a),
Section 4.3, which will survive such termination. For the
avoidance of doubt, the termination of this Agreement shall not
relieve any party of liability for any willful breach of this
Agreement prior to the time of termination.
VI.
GENERAL
Section 6.1 Notices. Except
as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, requests,
claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
when delivered by hand or overnight courier service, or when
received by facsimile transmission if promptly confirmed, as
follows:
(a) if to a Consenting Creditor, to the address set forth
below such Consenting Creditors name on the signature
pages hereto; and
(b) if to the Company, to it at:
|
|
|
|
|
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
10943 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77064
Fax:
(281) 477-9674
|
|
|
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
|
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
Attention: Mark Gordon
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Fax:
(212) 403-2000
|
or to such other address, facsimile number or telephone as
either party may, from time to time, designate in a written
notice given in a like manner.
Section 6.2 Parties
in Interest. Other than with respect to the
parties to this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any person any
right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by
reason of this Agreement.
Section 6.3 Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware
applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the
State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law
rules that would require or permit the application of the laws
of another jurisdiction.
Section 6.4 Severability. Any
term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or
unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the
remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting
the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions
of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.
Section 6.5 Assignment. Except
for Transfers permitted by Section 2.4(c), neither this
Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations
hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto, in
whole or in part
P-10
(whether by operation of law or otherwise), without the prior
written consent of each of the other parties. Subject to the
first sentence of this Section 6.5, this Agreement will be
binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
parties and their respective successors and assigns. Any
attempted assignment in violation of this Section 6.5 shall
be void. For purposes of this Agreement, successor
for any entity other than a natural person shall mean a
successor to such entity as a result of such entitys
merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of its assets,
or similar transaction.
Section 6.6 Interpretation. When
a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, such
reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated. Whenever the words include,
includes or including are used in this
Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words
without limitation. The words hereof,
herein and hereunder and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement. The word or shall be deemed to mean
and/or. All terms defined in this Agreement shall
have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise
defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are
applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such
terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter
genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute
defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument
that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or
statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented,
including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver
or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of
comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments
thereto and instruments incorporated therein. Each of the
parties has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this
Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or
interpretation arises, this Agreement must be construed as if it
is drafted by all the parties, and no presumption or burden of
proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of
authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 6.7 Amendments. This
Agreement may not be modified or amended with respect to the
Consenting Creditors except pursuant to an instrument in writing
signed by the Requisite Consenting Creditors; provided
that any such modification or amendment that treats one
Consenting Creditor in an adverse manner as compared to any
other Consenting Creditor shall not be effective unless such
Consenting Creditor shall have consented to such modification or
amendment. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict
performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of
this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent
upon breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach
or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition, nor
shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right
hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right
accruing to it thereafter.
Section 6.8 Waiver. The
Company may, in its sole discretion, (i) extend the time
for the performance of any of the obligations of any Consenting
Creditor, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties of any Consenting Creditor
contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered under
this Agreement or (iii) waive compliance by any Consenting
Creditor with any of the covenants or conditions contained in
this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of a party to any
extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in an
instrument in writing signed by such party. No failure by any
party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant,
duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise
any right or remedy consequent upon breach thereof shall
constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant,
duty, agreement or condition, nor shall any delay or omission of
any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair
the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.
Section 6.9 Fees
and Expenses. Except as set forth in the next
sentence and in the Credit Agreement, each party is responsible
for its own fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses
of counsel, financial consultants, investment bankers and
accountants) in connection with the entry into this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company shall pay
all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the
Consenting Creditors (including, without limitation, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in
connection with the enforcement of any of their rights and
remedies hereunder.
Section 6.10 Entire
Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements,
understandings, representations and warranties, both written and
oral, among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement.
P-11
Section 6.11 Remedies
Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, any and all remedies expressly conferred upon a
party to this Agreement will be cumulative with, and not
exclusive of, any other remedy contained in this Agreement, at
law or in equity. The exercise by a party to this Agreement of
any one remedy will not preclude the exercise by it of any other
remedy.
Section 6.12 Counterparts;
Effectiveness; Execution. This Agreement may
be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which are one
and the same agreement. This Agreement will become effective and
binding upon each Consenting Creditor when executed by such
Consenting Creditor. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile
signature by any party and such signature is deemed binding for
all purposes hereof, without delivery of an original signature
being thereafter required.
Section 6.13 Specific
Performance; Jurisdiction.
(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur
for which money damages would not suffice in the event that any
of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached
and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law.
It is accordingly agreed that the non-breaching party shall be
entitled to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other
equitable relief exclusively (i) if the Company has
commenced a case under the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy
Court or (ii) if the Company has not commenced a case under
the Bankruptcy Code, in the Delaware Court of Chancery enjoining
any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and
provisions hereof, or in the event (but only in the event) that
such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such
action or proceeding, in the United States District Court for
the District of Delaware or another court sitting in the state
of Delaware. The foregoing is in addition to any other remedy to
which any party is entitled at Law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any
legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and
the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition
and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and
the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by the
other party hereto or its successors or assigns shall be brought
and determined exclusively (i) if the Company has commenced
a case under the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court or
(ii) if the Company has not commenced a case under the
Bankruptcy Code, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, or in the
event (but only in the event) that such court does not have
subject matter jurisdiction over such action or proceeding, in
the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or
another court sitting in the state of Delaware. Each of the
parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any
such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its
property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not
bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other
than the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby
irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion,
as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or
proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) any claim
that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the
above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to
serve in accordance with this Section 6.13, (ii) any
claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from
jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process
commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice,
attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of
judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) to
the fullest extent permitted by the applicable Law, any claim
that (A) the suit, action or proceeding in such court is
brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such
suit, action or proceeding is improper or (C) this
Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in
or by such courts.
(c) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the
service of any summons and complaint and any other process in
any other action relating to this Agreement, on behalf of itself
or its property, by the personal delivery of copies of such
process to such party or by sending or delivering a copy of the
process to the party to be served at the address and in the
manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 6.1.
Nothing in this Section 6.13 shall affect the right of any
party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner
permitted by Law.
Section 6.14 Waiver
of Jury Trial. Each party hereby waives, to
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may
have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or other
proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated hereby. Each party (i) certifies and
acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any
other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such
other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to
enforce the foregoing waiver, and (ii) acknowledges that it
understands and has
P-12
considered the implications of this waiver and makes this waiver
voluntarily, and that it and the other parties have been induced
to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual
waivers and certifications in this Section 6.14.
Section 6.15 No
Waiver of Participation and Reservation of
Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, nothing herein is intended to, or
does, in any manner waive, limit, impair, or restrict the
ability of each of the Consenting Creditors to protect and
preserve its rights, remedies and interests, including without
limitation, its claims against the Company in respect of Loans
and Notes or otherwise, or its full participation in the Cases
as a party in interest. If the transactions contemplated by the
Investment Agreement are not consummated, or if this Agreement
is terminated for any reason, the parties fully reserve any and
all of their rights.
Section 6.16 Consenting
Creditor Obligations Several and not
Joint. The obligations of the Consenting
Creditors hereunder shall be several and not joint, and no
Consenting Creditor shall be liable for any breach of the terms
of this Agreement by any other Consenting Creditor
Section 6.17 Settlement
Discussions. This Agreement is part of a
proposed settlement of matters that could otherwise be the
subject of litigation among the parties hereto. Nothing herein
shall be deemed an admission of any kind. Pursuant to Federal
Rule of Evidence 408 and any applicable state rules of evidence,
this Agreement and all negotiations relating thereto shall not
be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a
proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement.
Section 6.18 Status
of Consenting Creditors. Each Consenting
Creditor acknowledges that its decision to enter into this
Agreement has been made by such Consenting Creditor
independently of any other Consenting Creditor and independently
of any information, materials, statements or opinions as to the
business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities,
results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or
prospects of the Company or of the Subsidiaries which may have
been made or given by any other Consenting Creditor or by any
agent or employee of any other Consenting Creditor. Each
Consenting Creditor acknowledges that nothing contained herein,
or in any Transaction Documents entered into with respect to the
Transactions (including the Investment Agreement and any
amendments thereto), and no action taken by any Consenting
Creditor pursuant hereto or thereto, including any
renegotiation, amendment, early conversion, exercise or
termination, or other modification to the Transactions or the
Transaction Documents, shall be deemed to constitute the
Consenting Creditors as a partnership, an association, a joint
venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption
that the Consenting Creditors are in any way acting in concert
or as a group for purposes of Section 13(d) of
the Exchange Act with respect to such obligations or the
Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
Section 6.19 No
Impairment of Put Right. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the
parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall limit or
impair the ability of a Consenting Creditor to exercise its put
right with respect to the Notes under Section 3.06 of the
Indenture, to deliver any notice with respect thereto or to take
any other action required to consummate such put, in each case,
in accordance with the terms of, and subject to the conditions
set forth in, the Indenture; provided that the Consenting
Creditors agree not to exercise such put right or deliver any
notice with respect thereto prior to November 13, 2009.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank. Signature Page Follows.]
P-13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement
to be signed as of the date first above written.
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name: Mark E. Johnson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
[Signature
page to the
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement]
P-14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement
to be signed as of the date first above written.
CONSENTING
NOTEHOLDERS:
CONSENTING
LENDERS:
[Signature
page to the
Lock-Up and
Voting Agreement]
P-15
SCHEDULE A
CONSENTING
NOTEHOLDERS:
CONSENTING
LENDERS:
P-16
SCHEDULE B
The term Form of Amended Credit Agreement used in
this Schedule B has the meaning ascribed to such term in
the Investment Agreement without giving effect to the Investment
Agreement Amendment.
1. Upon the effectiveness of the Restatement on the Closing
Date, the Lenders that execute the new credit agreement (in the
form of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement after giving effect
to the matters referred to in this Schedule B) prior
to the filing of the Prepackaged Plan shall receive a consent
fee equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans
held by such Lenders that is prepaid pursuant to the Prepayment,
in addition to the consent fee previously offered by the Company
equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans held by
such Lenders that remain outstanding after giving effect to the
Prepayment. Such fees shall be paid to the Administrative Agent
for the account of such Lenders. Such fees together comprise the
total consent fee to be paid to such Lenders with respect to the
Restatement and related transactions.
2. The definition of the term Applicable Margin
in the Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
(a) to substitute 5.00% per annum for
4.00% per annum with respect to ABR Loans, and
6.00% per annum for 5.00% per annum with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans, respectively, in clause (i)
thereof, and (b) to insert the phrase ending on or
after October 30, 2011 after the phrase most
recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower in
clause (ii) thereof.
3. The following definition will be added to the Form of
Amended Credit Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:
2009 Tax Refund: any U.S. federal or
state income tax refund received by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof (including the amount of such refund that
would have been received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary but
for being utilized to offset any tax liability otherwise payable
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to the extent attributable
to (and that would not have been so received but for) any
carryback of net operating losses, capital losses, tax credits
or similar tax attributes, if any, of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the taxable year ended on November 1, 2009
to any prior taxable year, provided that, for these
purposes, (i) the amount of any state income tax refund
shall be net of U.S. federal income tax cost thereof to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a 2009 Tax Refund
shall not include any refund of state income taxes as a result
of an audit or examination of any tax return of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary thereof and (iii) a 2009 Tax Refund shall
not include any refund of U.S. federal income taxes as a
result of an audit or examination of any tax return of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof unless the amount of such
refund exceeds $4,000,000.
Tax Refund Calculation Date: (i) each day on which
the Borrower or any Subsidiary receives a 2009 Tax Refund of
U.S. federal income taxes and (ii) the last day of any
fiscal quarter of the Borrower if during such fiscal quarter the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of
state income taxes, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000,
provided that if, during any fiscal quarter, the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries have received 2009 Tax Refunds of state income
taxes that, in the aggregate, do not exceed $100,000, then the
amount of such 2009 Tax Refunds received in such fiscal quarter
shall be treated as being received by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in the immediately following fiscal quarter for the
purpose of this clause (ii).
4. The definition of Excess Cash Flow in the
Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified to delete the
words plus (m) in the last line thereof and insert
in lieu thereof the words minus (m) to the extent
included in calculating EBITDA for such period, any 2009 Tax
Refund or any portion thereof, plus (n).
5. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to renumber paragraph (iii) as
paragraph (iv).
6. Section 3.4(c) of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to insert a new paragraph
(iii) in numerical order as follows:
(iii) On or before the date (each such date, a Tax
Refund Prepayment Date) that is 45 calendar days after
each Tax Refund Calculation Date, the Borrower shall, in
accordance with Section 3.4(d) and Section 3.4(e),
prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Tax Refund
Prepayment Amount (if greater than zero) with respect to such
Tax Refund Calculation Date. As used herein, the term Tax
Refund Prepayment Amount with respect to any Tax Refund
Calculation Date means the amount equal to the excess of
(1) the
P-17
greater of (x) $10 million and (y) 50% of the
aggregate amount of all 2009 Tax Refunds received by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the date of this Agreement to
such Tax Refund Calculation Date over (2) the aggregate
principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) (other than any principal amount of Term
Loans so prepaid that has previously been applied by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii) to reduce the
amount of any prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii)), repurchased pursuant to
Section 3.4(b) or prepaid pursuant to this
Section 3.4(c)(iii), in each case from the date of this
Agreement to the Tax Refund Prepayment Date corresponding to
such Tax Refund Calculation Date.
7. Section 3.4(c)(ii) will be modified to insert the
phrase (other than any principal amount of Term Loans so
prepaid that has previously been applied by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(iii) to reduce the amount of any
prepayment of Term Loans otherwise required pursuant to
Section 3.4(c)(iii)) after the phrase the
aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) where it appears twice in
Section 3.4(c)(ii).
8. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add the following:
Section 6.11 2009 Tax Refund.
The Borrower shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain
the maximum amount of any 2009 Tax Refund of U.S. federal
income taxes and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes, in each case
that is legally due to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof,
as soon as reasonably practicable and based on positions
determined by the Borrower in good faith and consistent with
past practice of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course, provided that this Section 6.11
shall not apply to any 2009 Tax Refund of state income taxes
that, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, is not
expected to be greater than $25,000, and provided,
further, that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
thereof shall be required to file any tax return prior to the
due date (taking into account applicable extensions) for filing
such tax return.
9. Article VI of the Form of Amended Credit Agreement
will be modified to add a new affirmative covenant that will
read as follows:
Section 6.12 Notice of Any ABL Refinancing.
If the Borrower shall have determined to replace or
refinance the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall give
notice to the Administrative Agent of such determination (and
the Administrative Agent agrees to so notify the Lenders). The
Lenders shall have an opportunity (for such period of time as
the Borrower shall in good faith determine to be reasonable) to
make a proposal to provide such replacement or refinancing of
the ABL Facility Agreement, provided that (i) the
Borrower shall not have any obligation to accept any such
proposal or to enter into, continue or consummate any
discussions, negotiations, understanding or agreement with any
of the Lenders or any other Person with respect to any such
proposal or any replacement or refinancing of the ABL Facility
Agreement, (ii) if the Borrower elects to enter into any
discussions or negotiations with any of the Lenders or any other
Person with respect to any such proposal or any replacement or
refinancing of the ABL Facility Agreement, the Borrower shall
have the right in its sole discretion to suspend, discontinue or
terminate such discussions or negotiations at any time or from
time to time, and (iii) notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, the Borrower shall not have any liability to any of the
Lenders with respect to any fees, expenses or other obligations
or liabilities that any of the Lenders or any other Person may
incur in making any such proposal or in entering into or
continuing any such discussions or negotiations.
10. Section 9.10 of the Form of Amended Credit
Agreement will be modified to read as follows:
(a) Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth
herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, respectively, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, as follows:
(i) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may
resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent,
respectively, upon 10 days notice to the Lenders and
the Borrower.
P-18
(ii) If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent
is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender,
either the Required Lenders or the Borrower may, upon
10 days notice to the Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, remove such agent.
(iii) If an ABL Default Event shall have occurred and be
continuing, and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, is an Affiliate of or the same Person as the
administrative agent or collateral agent under the ABL Facility
Agreement, the Required Lenders may, upon 10 days
notice to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, remove such agent.
(b) If the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall
resign or be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among
the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor
agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower, whereupon
such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and
duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as
applicable, and the term Administrative Agent or
Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall mean such
successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval,
and the former Agents rights, powers and duties as
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall
be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the
part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this
Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring
Agents resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of
this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Additionally,
after any retiring Agents resignation as such Agent, the
provisions of this Section shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was such
Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(c) Any successor agent shall be subject to approval by
the Borrower, which approval (i) shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed in the case of any successor agent that is a
commercial bank with a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000 and (ii) may otherwise be withheld by the
Borrower in its sole discretion. It is understood and agreed
that the Borrower shall have no obligation to pay any fee to any
successor agent that is greater than or in addition to the fees
payable to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof.
11. The Form of Amended Credit Agreement will be modified
to include a definition of ABL Default Event that
will provide that an ABL Default Event will have occurred if any
of certain specified major events of default has occurred and is
continuing, and the administrative agent or collateral agent
under the ABL Facility Agreement shall have exercised any remedy
provided for thereunder and shall not have rescinded such action.
P-19
Annex
Q
NCI
Building Systems
Summary
Term Sheet
$125,000,000
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
Borrower: |
|
NCI Group Inc., Robertson-Ceco II Corporation and/or any
domestic operating subsidiaries of NCI Building Systems, Inc.
(the Company) with assets to be included in the
Borrowing Base. |
|
Guarantors: |
|
The Company and each material domestic subsidiary of the Company
that is not a Borrower. |
|
Credit Facility: |
|
$125MM senior secured revolving credit facility (the
Facility or Revolver) with sublimits for
LC issuance ($25MM) and Swingline ($10MM). |
|
Accordion: |
|
$50MM up to a Maximum Credit of $175MM. |
|
Borrowing Base: |
|
95% of Qualified Cash (in a blocked account at a Lender or
affiliate subject to control of Agent), plus |
|
|
|
85% of Eligible A/R, plus |
|
|
|
Lesser of (i) 65% of Eligible Inventory or (ii) 85% of
NOLV of Eligible Inventory or (iii) 130% of A/R
Availability, minus
Reserves. |
|
Collateral: |
|
Generally, first priority lien on accounts, inventory and
associated intangibles, and second priority lien on the assets
securing the $150MM Term Loan. (Generally, Term Loan collateral
will include a second priority lien on the Revolver Collateral). |
|
Tenor: |
|
Earlier of (i) 5 years or (ii) scheduled maturity
of the Term Loan. |
|
Financial Covenants: |
|
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.0:1.0, tested when
excess availability falls below the greater of
(i) $20,000,000, and (ii) the lesser of (a) 18%
of Facility and (b) 18% of the Borrowing Base. |
|
Cash Dominion: |
|
Required when excess availability falls below the greater of
(i) $20,000,000 and (ii) the lesser of (a) 18% of
Facility and (b) 18% of the Borrowing Base. |
|
Availability: |
|
The Revolver will be undrawn at close other than letters of
credit. |
|
Pricing: |
|
|
|
Arrangement Fee: |
|
1.5% of allocated commitment amount. |
|
Closing Fee: |
|
2.0% of allocated commitment amount. |
|
Unused Fee: |
|
1.0% if usage < 50% of Facility, otherwise 0.75%. |
|
Pricing Grid: |
|
LIBOR Grid: 425 to 475bps, opening at 450bps. Base Rate Grid:
325 to 375bps, opening at 350bps. |
Q-1
Annex R
LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT
by and among
NCI GROUP, INC.
ROBERTSON-CECO II CORPORATION
as Borrowers
and
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
as Guarantor
THE LENDERS AND ISSUING BANK FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
,
as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent
.
,
as Co-Collateral Agents
as Joint Lead Arrangers
and
as Joint Lead Bookrunners
Dated:
,
2009
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
R-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES
|
|
|
R-43
|
|
2.1
|
|
Revolving Loans
|
|
|
R-43
|
|
2.2
|
|
Swing Line Loans
|
|
|
R-44
|
|
2.3
|
|
Letters of Credit
|
|
|
R-44
|
|
2.4
|
|
Requests for Borrowings
|
|
|
R-48
|
|
2.5
|
|
Mandatory Prepayments
|
|
|
R-48
|
|
2.6
|
|
Optional Prepayments
|
|
|
R-49
|
|
2.7
|
|
Increase in Maximum Credit
|
|
|
R-49
|
|
2.8
|
|
Decrease in Maximum Credit
|
|
|
R-50
|
|
2.9
|
|
Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers
|
|
|
R-51
|
|
2.10
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
R-52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES
|
|
|
R-52
|
|
3.1
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
R-52
|
|
3.2
|
|
Fees
|
|
|
R-53
|
|
3.3
|
|
Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate
|
|
|
R-54
|
|
3.4
|
|
Illegality
|
|
|
R-54
|
|
3.5
|
|
Increased Costs
|
|
|
R-54
|
|
3.6
|
|
Capital Requirements
|
|
|
R-55
|
|
3.7
|
|
Delay in Requests
|
|
|
R-55
|
|
3.8
|
|
Mitigation; Replacement of Lenders
|
|
|
R-55
|
|
3.9
|
|
Funding Losses
|
|
|
R-56
|
|
3.10
|
|
Maximum Interest
|
|
|
R-56
|
|
3.11
|
|
No Requirement of Match Funding
|
|
|
R-56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
|
|
|
R-57
|
|
4.1
|
|
Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit
|
|
|
R-57
|
|
4.2
|
|
Conditions Precedent to All Loans and Letters of Credit
|
|
|
R-59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5. GRANT AND PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST
|
|
|
R-60
|
|
5.1
|
|
Grant of Security Interest
|
|
|
R-60
|
|
5.2
|
|
Perfection of Security Interests
|
|
|
R-61
|
|
5.3
|
|
Special Provisions Relating to Collateral
|
|
|
R-65
|
|
5.4
|
|
Intercreditor Relations
|
|
|
R-65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6. COLLECTION AND ADMINISTRATION
|
|
|
R-65
|
|
6.1
|
|
Borrowers Loan Accounts
|
|
|
R-65
|
|
6.2
|
|
Statements
|
|
|
R-65
|
|
6.3
|
|
Lenders Evidence of Debt
|
|
|
R-65
|
|
6.4
|
|
Register
|
|
|
R-66
|
|
6.5
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
R-66
|
|
6.6
|
|
Cash Management; Collection of Proceeds of Collateral
|
|
|
R-66
|
|
6.7
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
R-68
|
|
6.8
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
R-69
|
|
6.9
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
R-72
|
|
6.10
|
|
Appointment of Administrative Borrower as Agent for Requesting
Loans and Receipts of Loans and Statements
|
|
|
R-72
|
|
R-i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.11
|
|
Pro Rata Treatment
|
|
|
R-73
|
|
6.12
|
|
Sharing of Payments, Etc.
|
|
|
R-73
|
|
6.13
|
|
Settlement Procedures
|
|
|
R-74
|
|
6.14
|
|
Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders Rights
|
|
|
R-78
|
|
6.15
|
|
Bank Products
|
|
|
R-78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7. COLLATERAL REPORTING AND COVENANTS
|
|
|
R-79
|
|
7.1
|
|
Collateral Reporting
|
|
|
R-79
|
|
7.2
|
|
Accounts Covenants
|
|
|
R-80
|
|
7.3
|
|
Inventory Covenants
|
|
|
R-81
|
|
7.4
|
|
Equipment and Real Property Covenants
|
|
|
R-81
|
|
7.5
|
|
Power of Attorney
|
|
|
R-82
|
|
7.6
|
|
Right to Cure
|
|
|
R-82
|
|
7.7
|
|
Access to Premises
|
|
|
R-83
|
|
7.8
|
|
Bills of Lading and Other Documents of Title
|
|
|
R-83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
R-83
|
|
8.1
|
|
Financial Condition
|
|
|
R-83
|
|
8.2
|
|
No Change; Solvent
|
|
|
R-84
|
|
8.3
|
|
Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law
|
|
|
R-84
|
|
8.4
|
|
Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
|
|
|
R-84
|
|
8.5
|
|
No Legal Bar
|
|
|
R-85
|
|
8.6
|
|
No Material Litigation
|
|
|
R-85
|
|
8.7
|
|
No Default
|
|
|
R-85
|
|
8.8
|
|
Ownership of Property; Liens
|
|
|
R-85
|
|
8.9
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
|
R-85
|
|
8.10
|
|
No Burdensome Restrictions
|
|
|
R-86
|
|
8.11
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
R-86
|
|
8.12
|
|
Federal Regulations
|
|
|
R-86
|
|
8.13
|
|
Employee Benefits
|
|
|
R-86
|
|
8.14
|
|
Collateral
|
|
|
R-87
|
|
8.15
|
|
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations
|
|
|
R-87
|
|
8.16
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
R-87
|
|
8.17
|
|
Purpose of Loans
|
|
|
R-87
|
|
8.18
|
|
Environmental Compliance
|
|
|
R-88
|
|
8.19
|
|
Name; State of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Collateral
Locations
|
|
|
R-88
|
|
8.20
|
|
Labor Disputes
|
|
|
R-88
|
|
8.21
|
|
Bank Accounts
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.22
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.23
|
|
Eligible Accounts
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.24
|
|
Eligible Inventory
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.25
|
|
Interrelated Businesses
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.26
|
|
OFAC
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.27
|
|
True and Correct Disclosure
|
|
|
R-89
|
|
8.28
|
|
Delivery of Investment Documents
|
|
|
R-90
|
|
R-ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
R-90
|
|
9.1
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
R-90
|
|
9.2
|
|
Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
R-91
|
|
9.3
|
|
Payment of Obligations
|
|
|
R-92
|
|
9.4
|
|
Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
|
|
|
R-92
|
|
9.5
|
|
Maintenance of Property; Insurance
|
|
|
R-93
|
|
9.6
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
R-94
|
|
9.7
|
|
Environmental Laws
|
|
|
R-94
|
|
9.8
|
|
New Inventory Locations
|
|
|
R-95
|
|
9.9
|
|
Compliance with ERISA
|
|
|
R-95
|
|
9.10
|
|
End of Fiscal Years
|
|
|
R-95
|
|
9.11
|
|
Additional Guaranties and Collateral Security; Further Assurances
|
|
|
R-95
|
|
9.12
|
|
Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
R-96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
R-97
|
|
10.1
|
|
Limitation on Fundamental Changes
|
|
|
R-97
|
|
10.2
|
|
Encumbrances
|
|
|
R-98
|
|
10.3
|
|
Indebtedness
|
|
|
R-98
|
|
10.4
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
R-100
|
|
10.5
|
|
Restricted Payments
|
|
|
R-101
|
|
10.6
|
|
Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
R-103
|
|
10.7
|
|
Change in Business
|
|
|
R-104
|
|
10.8
|
|
Limitation of Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
|
|
|
R-104
|
|
10.9
|
|
Certain Payments of Indebtedness, Etc.
|
|
|
R-105
|
|
10.10
|
|
Modifications of Indebtedness, Organizational Documents and
Certain Other Agreements
|
|
|
R-106
|
|
10.11
|
|
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
|
|
|
R-106
|
|
10.12
|
|
Designation of Designated Senior Debt
|
|
|
R-107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 11. FINANCIAL COVENANT
|
|
|
R-107
|
|
11.1
|
|
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
|
|
|
R-107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
|
|
|
R-107
|
|
12.1
|
|
Events of Default
|
|
|
R-107
|
|
12.2
|
|
Remedies
|
|
|
R-109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 13. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS CONSENTS;
GOVERNING LAW
|
|
|
R-111
|
|
13.1
|
|
Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial
Waiver
|
|
|
R-111
|
|
13.2
|
|
Waiver of Notices
|
|
|
R-112
|
|
13.3
|
|
Amendments and Waivers
|
|
|
R-112
|
|
13.4
|
|
Indemnification
|
|
|
R-114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 14. THE AGENT
|
|
|
R-115
|
|
14.1
|
|
Appointment, Powers and Immunities
|
|
|
R-115
|
|
14.2
|
|
Reliance by Agent
|
|
|
R-115
|
|
14.3
|
|
Events of Default
|
|
|
R-116
|
|
14.4
|
|
in its Individual Capacity
|
|
|
R-116
|
|
14.5
|
|
Indemnification
|
|
|
R-116
|
|
14.6
|
|
Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders
|
|
|
R-116
|
|
14.7
|
|
Failure to Act
|
|
|
R-117
|
|
R-iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
|
Additional Loans
|
|
|
R-117
|
|
14.9
|
|
Concerning the Collateral and the Related Financing Agreements
|
|
|
R-117
|
|
14.10
|
|
Field Audit, Examination Reports and other Information;
Disclaimer by Lenders
|
|
|
R-117
|
|
14.11
|
|
Collateral Matters
|
|
|
R-118
|
|
14.12
|
|
Agency for Perfection
|
|
|
R-119
|
|
14.13
|
|
Agent May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
|
R-119
|
|
14.14
|
|
Successor Agent
|
|
|
R-120
|
|
14.15
|
|
Other Agent Designations
|
|
|
R-120
|
|
14.16
|
|
Co-Collateral Agent Determinations
|
|
|
R-120
|
|
14.17
|
|
Intercreditor Arrangements
|
|
|
R-121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 15. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
R-121
|
|
15.1
|
|
Term
|
|
|
R-121
|
|
15.2
|
|
Interpretative Provisions
|
|
|
R-122
|
|
15.3
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
R-123
|
|
15.4
|
|
Partial Invalidity
|
|
|
R-123
|
|
15.5
|
|
Confidentiality
|
|
|
R-124
|
|
15.6
|
|
Successors
|
|
|
R-125
|
|
15.7
|
|
Assignments; Participations
|
|
|
R-125
|
|
15.8
|
|
Entire Agreement
|
|
|
R-127
|
|
15.9
|
|
USA Patriot Act
|
|
|
R-127
|
|
15.10
|
|
Counterparts, Etc.
|
|
|
R-127
|
|
R-iv
INDEX
TO
EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
[TO BE COMPLETED]
R-v
LOAN
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Loan and Security Agreement (this Agreement)
dated ,
2009 is entered into by and among NCI Group, Inc., a Nevada
corporation (NCI), Robertson-Ceco II
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (Robertson-Ceco,
and together with NCI, individually each a Borrower
and collectively, Borrowers, as hereinafter further
defined), NCI Building Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(NCI Building Systems or Parent), the
parties hereto from time to time as lenders, whether by
execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance
(each individually a Lender and collectively,
Lenders as hereinafter further
defined), ,
a ,
in its capacity as administrative and collateral agent for
Issuing Bank and Lenders (in such capacity, Agent as
hereinafter further
defined), ,
a
( )
and ,
a
(
and, together
with
and Agent, collectively, Co-Collateral
Agents).14
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Borrowers and Guarantor have requested that Agent,
Issuing Bank and Lenders enter into financing arrangements with
Borrowers pursuant to which Lenders may make loans and provide
other financial accommodations to Borrowers; and
WHEREAS, Issuing Bank and each Lender are willing to agree
(severally and not jointly) to make such loans and provide such
financial accommodations to Borrowers on a pro rata basis
according to its Commitment (as defined below) on the terms and
conditions set forth herein and Agent is willing to act as agent
for Issuing Bank and Lenders on the terms and conditions set
forth herein and the other Financing Agreements;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and
agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions
For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the respective meanings given to them below:
1.1 Acceleration shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 12.1(h) hereof.
1.2 Accounts shall mean, as to each
Borrower and Guarantor, all present and future rights of such
Borrower or Guarantor to payment of a monetary obligation,
whether or not earned by performance, which is not evidenced by
chattel paper or an instrument, (a) for property that has
been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise
disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered,
(c) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred,
or (d) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or
information contained on or for use with the card.
1.3 Additional Agent shall have the
meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
1.4 Acquired Business shall have the
meaning given such term in the definition of the term
Permitted Acquisitions contained herein.
1.5 Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
shall mean for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of Parent
and its Subsidiaries before any reduction thereof in respect of
preferred stock dividends; provided, that there
shall not be included in such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income:
(a) any net income (loss) of any Subsidiary that is not a
Borrower or Guarantor if such Subsidiary is subject to
restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of
dividends or the making of similar distributions by such
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to a Borrower by operation
of the terms of such Subsidiarys charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental
rule or regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or its
stockholders (other than restrictions that have been
14 Note:
If any of the Transactions are effected through a prepackaged
bankruptcy proceeding, the form of this Agreement will be
modified to include a condition that the prepackage plans
effective date has occurred and to make other changes acceptable
to the parties to reflect such circumstances.
R-1
waived or otherwise released); except, that,
(A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (b)
below, the Borrowers equity in the net income of any such
Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Adjusted
Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any
dividend or distribution that was or could have been made by
such Subsidiary during such period to a Borrower or another
Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have
been made to another Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in
this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Subsidiary shall
be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the
Parent or any of its other Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary;
(b) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other
Disposition of any asset of Parent or any Subsidiary (including
pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback transaction) that is not sold
or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as
determined in good faith by the board of directors of the
Parent);
(c) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or
nonrecurring gain, loss or charge (including fees, expenses and
charges associated with the Transactions and any related
transactions, and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after
the Closing Date);
(d) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles;
(e) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums
paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;
(f) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any
foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other
similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative
agreements or arrangements);
(g) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or
losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency of such Person;
(h) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant
of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;
(i) to the extent otherwise included in such Adjusted
Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency
translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of
Indebtedness or other obligations of Parent or any Subsidiary
owing to Parent or any Subsidiary; and
(j) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact
attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting
(including the total amount of depreciation and amortization,
cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the
write-up of
assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting
adjustments).
In the case of any unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge
not included in such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant
to clause (c) above in any determination thereof, Parent
will deliver an officers certificate to Agent promptly
after the date on which such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income is
so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such
unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge.
1.6 Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall mean,
with respect to (a) each one (1) or two (2) month
Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of
the same borrowing (including conversions, extensions and
renewals), (i) the rate per annum determined by dividing
(A) the highest of the London Interbank Offered Rates for
any of the one (1), two (2) or three (3) month
Interest Period by (B) a percentage equal to: (x) one
(1) minus (y) the Reserve Percentage and (b) with
respect to each other Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate
Loan comprising part of the same borrowing (including
conversions, extensions and renewals), the rate per annum
determined by dividing (i) the London Interbank Offered
Rate for such Interest Period by (ii) a percentage equal
to: (A) one (1) minus (B) the Reserve Percentage.
For purposes hereof, Reserve Percentage shall mean
for any day, that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is
in effect from time to time under Regulation D of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor),
as such regulation may be amended from time to time or any
successor regulation, as the maximum reserve requirement
(including, without limitation, any basic, supplemental,
emergency, special, or marginal reserves)
R-2
applicable with respect to Eurocurrency liabilities as that term
is defined in Regulation D (or against any other category
of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the
interest rate of Eurodollar Rate Loans is determined), whether
or not any Lender has any Eurocurrency liabilities subject to
such reserve requirement at that time. Eurodollar Loans shall be
deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall
be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of
credits for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be
available from time to time to a Lender. The Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective
date of any change in the Reserve Percentage.
1.7 Administrative Borrower shall mean
NCI Group, Inc., a Nevada corporation, in its capacity as
Administrative Borrower on behalf of itself and the other
Borrowers and Guarantors pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof
and its successors and assigns in such capacity.
1.8 Affiliate shall mean, as to any
Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which,
directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or
is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this
definition, control (including with correlative
meanings, the terms controlled by and under
common control with), of a Person means the power,
directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote twenty (20%)
percent or more of the securities having ordinary voting power
for the election of the Board of Directors of such Person or
(b) direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
1.9 Agent shall
mean
in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of Lenders
pursuant to the terms hereof and any replacement or successor
agent hereunder.
1.10 Agent Payment Account shall mean
account
no.
of Agent
at ,
or such other account of Agent as Agent may from time to time
designate in writing to Administrative Borrower as the Agent
Payment Account for purposes of this Agreement and the other
Financing Agreements.
1.11 Applicable Margin shall mean, with
respect to Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans, the
applicable percentage (on a per annum basis) set forth below
based on the Quarterly Average Excess Availability for the
immediately preceding three (3) month period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable
|
|
Applicable
|
|
|
|
|
Eurodollar Rate
|
|
Base Rate
|
Tier
|
|
Quarterly Average Excess Availability
|
|
Margin
|
|
Margin
|
|
1
|
|
Equal to or greater than $60,000,000
|
|
|
4.25%
|
|
|
|
3.25%
|
|
2
|
|
Greater than or equal to $30,000,000 but less than $60,000,000
|
|
|
4.50%
|
|
|
|
3.50%
|
|
3
|
|
Less than $30,000,000
|
|
|
4.75%
|
|
|
|
3.75%
|
|
provided, that, (i) the Applicable Margin
shall be calculated and established once each three
(3) month period and shall remain in effect until adjusted
for the next three (3) month period, (ii) each
adjustment of the Applicable Margin shall be effective as of the
first day of a calendar month based on the Quarterly Average
Excess Availability for the immediately preceding three
(3) month period; provided, that, in the
event that a Borrowing Base Certificate is not delivered when
required under the terms hereof, for the period from the date
upon which such Borrowing Base Certificate was required to be
delivered until the date upon which it actually is delivered,
the Applicable Margin shall be three and three-quarters (3.75%)
percent per annum, in the case of Base Rate Loans and four and
three-quarters (4.75%) percent per annum, in the case of
Eurodollar Rate Loans (it being understood that the foregoing
shall not limit the rights of Agent and Lenders set forth in
Section 12) and (iii) the Applicable Margin
through April 30, 2010 shall be the amount for Tier 2
set forth above. In addition, at all times that an Event of
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable
Margin shall not decrease from that previously in effect as a
result of the delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate. In the
event that at any time within six (6) months after the end
of a three (3) month period the Quarterly Average Excess
Availability for such three (3) month period used for the
determination of the Applicable Margin was more or less than the
actual amount of the Quarterly Average Excess Availability for
such three (3) month period as a result of the inaccuracy
of information provided by or on behalf of Borrowers to Agent
for the calculation of Excess Availability, the Applicable
Margin for such prior three (3) month period shall be
adjusted to the applicable percentage based on such actual
Quarterly Average Excess Availability and
R-3
any additional interest for the applicable period as a result of
such recalculation shall be promptly paid to Agent or any
reduction in interest for the applicable periods as a result of
such recalculation shall be given as a credit to Borrowers to
reduce the then outstanding Loans, as the case may be. The
foregoing shall not be construed to limit the rights of Agent
and Lenders with respect to the amount of interest payable after
a Default or Event of Default whether based on such recalculated
percentage or otherwise.
1.12 Approved Fund shall mean any Person
(other than a natural person) that is engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar
extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is
administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an
Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of
an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
1.13 Arrangers shall mean,
collectively, ,
a ,
and ,
a ,
each in its capacity as joint lead arranger, and their
respective successors and assigns hereunder.
1.14 Assignment and Acceptance shall mean
an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of
Exhibit A attached hereto (with blanks appropriately
completed) delivered to Agent in connection with an assignment
of a Lenders interest hereunder in accordance with the
provisions of Section 15.7 hereof.
1.15 Bank Product Provider shall mean any
Lender or Affiliate of any Lender that provides any Bank
Products to Borrowers or Guarantors.
1.16 Bank Products shall mean any one or
more of the following types or services or facilities provided
to a Borrower or Guarantor by Agent or a Bank Product Provider:
(a) credit cards or stored value cards or the processing of
payments and other administrative services with respect to
credit cards or stored value cards or (b) treasury, cash
management or related services, including (i) the automated
clearinghouse transfer of funds for the account of a Borrower or
Guarantor pursuant to agreement or overdraft for any accounts of
a Borrower or Guarantor, and (ii) controlled disbursement
services, (iii) returned items, netting, overdrafts and
interstate depository network services, and (iv) Hedge
Agreements if and to the extent permitted hereunder.
1.17 Base Rate shall mean, on any date,
the greater of (a) the prime lending rate as announced from
time to time
by ,
or its successors or (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect
on such day plus one half
(1/2%)
percent.
1.18 Base Rate Loans shall mean any Loans
or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the
Base Rate in accordance with the terms thereof. All Swing Line
Loans shall be Base Rate Loans.
1.19 Board of Directors shall mean, for
any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of
such Person or, if such Person does not have such a board of
directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a
single entity, the Board of Directors of such entity, or, in
either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on
behalf of such Board of Directors.
1.20 Borrowers shall have the meaning set
forth in the preamble hereto and include any other Person that
at any time after the date hereof becomes a Borrower; each
sometimes being referred to herein individually as a
Borrower.
1.21 Borrowing Base shall mean, at any
time, the amount equal to:
(a) ninety-five (95%) percent of Qualified Cash; plus
(b) the amount equal to eighty-five (85%) percent
multiplied by the amount of Eligible Accounts; plus
(c) the amount equal to the lesser of (i) sixty-five
(65%) percent multiplied by the Value of Eligible Inventory or
(ii) eighty-five (85%) percent of the Net Recovery
Percentage multiplied by the Value of Eligible Inventory or
(iii) one hundred thirty (130%) percent of the amount
determined based on clause (b) above; minus
(d) Reserves.
R-4
1.22 Borrowing Base Certificate shall
mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, as such form may from time to time be modified by Agent
in accordance with the terms hereof, which is duly completed
(including all schedules thereto) and executed by the chief
executive officer, chief financial officer or other appropriate
financial officer of Administrative Borrower reasonably
acceptable to Agent and delivered to Agent.
1.23 Business Day shall mean any day
other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial
banks located in New York, New York or Atlanta, Georgia are
authorized or required by law to close, except that if a
determination of a Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar
Rate Loans, the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on
which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the
London interbank market.
1.24 Capital Expenditures shall mean with
respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of all
expenditures by such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries
during such period (exclusive of expenditures made (a) for
Permitted Investments and (b) for Permitted Acquisitions,
including the portion of the consideration therefor allocated to
property, plant and equipment so acquired), which, in accordance
with GAAP, are or should be included in capital
expenditures; except, that, Capital
Expenditures shall not include: (i) any such expenditures
to the extent financed with proceeds of any Equity Interests
issued, or capital contributions received by Parent, or of any
Indebtedness permitted hereunder (excluding Loans under this
Agreement), (ii) an amount of such expenditures equal to
all or part of the proceeds of any casualty insurance,
condemnation or eminent domain, or any sale or other Disposition
of assets (other than Revolving Loan Priority Collateral), to
the extent applied within one (1) year of the date of the
receipt of such proceeds, except as to proceeds of any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction, to the extent applied within three
(3) months of the date of the receipt of such proceeds, and
(iii) any such expenditures made in any period that are
contractually required to be reimbursed to any Borrower or
Guarantor in cash by a Person other than Parent and its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including landlords) and are so
reimbursed in cash during such period.
1.25 Capital Leases shall mean, as
applied to any Person, any lease by such Person of property,
real or personal, for which the obligations of the lessee are
required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on the
balance sheet of such lessee; provided, that, if
at any time an operating lease of such lessee is required to be
recharacterized as a Capital Lease after the date hereof as a
result of a change in GAAP, then for purposes hereof such lease
shall not be deemed a Capital Lease. The stated maturity of any
Indebtedness under a Capital Lease shall be the scheduled date
under the terms thereof of the last payment of rent or any other
amount due under such Capital Lease.
1.26 Cash Equivalents shall mean
(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of
and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the
United States of America or any agency or instrumentality
thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States of America, in each case maturing within one
(1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) direct obligations of any state, commonwealth or
territory of the United States of America or any political
subdivision, agency or instrumentality of any such state,
commonwealth or territory maturing within one (1) year from
the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition,
having an investment grade rating from either S&P or
Moodys (or, if at any time neither S&P nor
Moodys shall be rating such obligations, then an
equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating
service); (c) commercial paper or other indebtedness
maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of
creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a
rating of at least
A-2 from
S&P or at least
P-2 from
Moodys (or, if at any time neither S&P nor
Moodys shall be rating such obligations, then an
equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating
service); (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and
Eurodollar time deposits or bankers acceptances maturing
within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof
and overnight bank deposits issued by any bank organized under
the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or
the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign
bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital
and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of
domestic banks and $100,000,000 (or the dollar equivalent
thereof) in the case of foreign banks; (e) repurchase
obligations for underlying obligations of the types described in
clauses (a), (b) and (d) above entered into with any
bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d)
above or with securities dealers of recognized national
standing; and (f) investments in money market funds or
shares of investment companies that are registered
R-5
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that invest
substantially all their property or assets in obligations of the
types described in clauses (a) through (e) above or
are subject to the risk limiting conditions of
Rule 2a-7
or any successor rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.27 Cash Management Accounts shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 6.6 hereof.
1.28 CD&R shall mean Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and any successor in interest
thereto or successor to CD&Rs investment management
business.
1.29 CD&R Investors shall mean,
collectively, (a) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund VIII, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited
partnership, or any successor thereto, (b) CD&R
Friends and Family Fund VIII, L.P., a Cayman Islands
exempted limited partnership, or any successor thereto, and
(c) any Affiliate of any CD&R Investor.
1.30 Change in Law means the occurrence,
after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following:
(a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule,
regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule,
regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or
application thereof by any Governmental Authority or
(c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any
Governmental Authority.
1.31 Change in Tax Law shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.8.
1.32 Change of Control shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the failure
of one or more of the Permitted Holders to be the
beneficial owner (within the meaning of such term
under
Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of less than
twenty-five (25%) percent of the voting power of the total
outstanding Voting Stock of the Relevant Parent Company,
(b) the Continuing Directors shall cease to constitute a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Relevant Parent Company; (c) there shall not be any
designee of one or more Permitted Holders serving as a member of
the Board of Directors of the Relevant Parent Company;
(d) the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock
of the Relevant Parent Company of any Person that is not a
Permitted Holder is both (i) more than thirty-five (35%)
percent of such voting power and (ii) more than the voting
power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Relevant
Parent Company then beneficially owned by Permitted
Holders; (e) Parent at any time ceases to own, directly or
indirectly, one hundred (100%) percent of the Equity Interests
of any Borrower (other than in a transaction permitted under
Section 10.1); or (f) at any time a change of
control occurs as such term is defined in the Term Loan
Documents. As used herein, the term Relevant Parent
Company means (i) NCI Building Systems so long as NCI
Building Systems is not a Subsidiary of a Parent Entity, and
(ii) any Parent Entity so long as NCI Building Systems is a
Subsidiary thereof and such Parent Entity is not a Subsidiary of
any other Parent Entity. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the foregoing, the Transactions shall not constitute
or give rise to a Change of Control.
1.33 Closing Date shall mean the date on
which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1
shall be satisfied or waived in writing.
1.34 Co-Collateral Agents shall mean,
collectively,
Agent, ,
and ,
each in its capacity as co-collateral agent, and any replacement
or successor collateral agents hereunder.
1.35 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as the same now exists or may from time to time
hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented,
together with all rules, regulations and interpretations
thereunder or related thereto.
1.36 Collateral shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 5 hereof.
1.37 Collateral Access Agreement shall
mean an agreement in writing, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent, from any lessor of premises to any
Borrower or Guarantor (only to the extent any Collateral is at
such premises), or any other person to whom any Collateral is
consigned or who has custody, control or possession of any such
Collateral or is otherwise the owner or operator of any premises
on which any of such Collateral is located (including any third
party processors used by a Borrower), in favor of
R-6
Agent with respect to the Collateral at such premises or
otherwise in the custody, control or possession of such lessor,
consignee or other person.
1.38 Commercial Tort Claims any action
(other than claims primarily seeking declaratory or injunctive
relief) commenced by a Borrower or Guarantor in the United
States of America, any state, territory or political subdivision
thereof, in which such Borrower or Guarantor seeks damages
arising out of torts committed against it that would reasonably
be expected to result in a damage award to it exceeding $500,000
in any one case or $2,500,000 in the aggregate; provided,
that, such thresholds and qualifications do not apply for
purposes of the grant of security interest set forth in
Section 5.1(l) as of the date hereof and Schedule 5.1.
1.39 Commitment shall mean at any time,
as to each Lender, the principal amount set forth next to such
Lenders name on Exhibit C hereto or on
Schedule 1 to the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder in
accordance with the provisions of Section [15.7]
hereof, as the same may be adjusted from time to time in
accordance with the terms hereof; sometimes being collectively
referred to herein as Commitments.
1.40 Concentration Accounts shall mean
the deposit account of NCI Group, Inc. maintained
at
bearing account number
[ ]
and such other accounts as may be established after the date
hereof in accordance with the terms hereof used to receive funds
from the Cash Management Accounts.
1.41 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio shall mean, with respect to any date of
determination, the ratio of (a) the amount, determined on a
consolidated basis, equal to (i) the EBITDA of Parent and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of a
fiscal month for the immediately preceding twelve
(12) consecutive fiscal months for which Agent has received
financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, less
(ii) the amount of Capital Expenditures of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for such period, less (iii) all federal,
foreign state, local and foreign income taxes payable by Parent
and its Subsidiaries in cash for such period (net of tax refunds
received in cash during such period up to the amount of such
taxes payable for such period), less (iv) all Restricted
Payments paid in cash after the Closing Date during such period
permitted under Sections 10.5(d), 10.5(e), 10.5(j), 10.5(k)
and 10.5(l), except to the extent that any of such payments or
the expenses to which such payments relate are otherwise
included as expenses or charges for purposes of the calculation
of EBITDA of Parent and its Subsidiaries to
(b) Consolidated Fixed Charges of Parent and its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period.
1.42 Consolidated Fixed Charges shall
mean, as to Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis, with respect to the immediately preceding twelve
(12) consecutive fiscal months for which Agent has received
financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, the
sum of, without duplication, (a) all Consolidated Interest
Expense payable in cash for such period, plus (b) scheduled
mandatory principal payments made or required to be made (after
giving effect to any prepayments paid in cash that reduce the
amount of such required payments) on account of Indebtedness of
Parent and its Subsidiaries under clause (a), (b) or
(c) of the definition of the term Indebtedness
(excluding the obligations hereunder, any mandatory payments in
respect of the Term Loan Debt based on excess cash flow under
the Term Loan Documents as in effect on the date hereof, and any
payments on Indebtedness required to be made on the final
maturity date thereof, but including any obligations in respect
of Capital Leases), for such period, plus (c) scheduled
mandatory payments on account of Disqualified Equity Interests
of Parent and its Subsidiaries (whether in the nature of
dividends, redemption, repurchase or otherwise) required to be
made during such period, plus (d) the amount of fees in
excess of $2,000,000 payable for such period to any of the
CD&R Investors and their Affiliates for the rendering of
management consulting or financial advisory or other services,
in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP; provided, that, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth in this definition, for
purposes of determining the compliance of Borrowers and
Guarantors with Section 11.1 hereof prior to the last day
of the fiscal month after the first anniversary of the date of
this Agreement, the Consolidated Fixed Charges of Parent and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the applicable periods
set forth on Schedule 1.42 hereto shall be used in the
calculation of such Consolidated Fixed Charges.
1.43 Consolidated Interest Expense shall
mean, for any period, as to Parent and its Subsidiaries, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, the amount equal to total
interest expense of Parent and its Subsidiaries
R-7
on a consolidated basis for such period, whether paid or accrued
(including the interest expense component attributed to any
Capital Lease for such period) in accordance with GAAP.
1.44 Consolidated Net Income shall mean,
with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries for any period, the
aggregate of the net income (loss) of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP.
1.45 Continuing Directors shall mean the
directors of Parent on the Closing Date, after giving effect to
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other
transactions contemplated thereby to occur on such date, and
each other director if, in each case, such other directors
nomination for election to the Board of Directors of Parent is
recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing
Directors or the election of such other director is approved by
one or more Permitted Holders.
1.46 Contractual Obligation shall mean,
as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued
by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other
undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or
any of its property is bound.
1.47 Convertible Note Account shall mean
account
number
at
in the name
of ,
funded with the proceeds
from
received by Parent on or about the date hereof pursuant to the
Investment Agreement, which funds shall only be used for the
payment of Indebtedness evidenced by or pursuant to the
Convertible Notes; provided, that, upon payment in
full of the Convertible Notes, such funds may be transferred to
the Concentration Account and applied as otherwise permitted
hereby.
1.48 Convertible Notes shall mean,
collectively, the 2.125% Convertible Senior Subordinated
Notes due November 2024 in the original principal amount of
$180,000,000, as the same now exist or may hereafter be amended,
modified or supplemented.
1.49 Credit Facility shall mean the Loans
and Letters of Credit provided to or for the benefit of any
Borrower pursuant to Section 2 hereof.
1.50 Default shall mean any of the events
specified in Section 12.1, whether or not any requirement
for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of
Section 12.1(h), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or
both, or any other condition specified in Section 12.1, has
been satisfied.
1.51 Default Notice shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 12.1(h) hereof.
1.52 Defaulting Lender shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.13(f) hereof.
1.53 Deposit Account Control Agreement
shall mean an agreement in writing, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, by and among Agent, the
Borrower or Guarantor that is the customer of the bank with
respect to a deposit account at such bank and such bank, which,
if required hereunder, is sufficient to perfect the security
interests of Agent therein and provides such other rights with
respect thereto as Agent reasonably requires.
1.54 Disposition shall mean any sale,
issuance, assignment conveyance, transfer, exchange, lease,
license or other disposition (including through a Sale and
Leaseback Transaction).
1.55 Disqualified Equity Interest means,
with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest in such Person
that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, either
mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the
happening of any event or condition:
(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely
for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional
shares of such Equity Interests), whether pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise;
(b) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the
holder thereof for Indebtedness of, or Equity Interests in, such
Person (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person
that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interest and cash in
lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests); or
R-8
(c) is redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests
in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity
Interest and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity
Interests) or is required to be repurchased by such Person or
any of its controlled Affiliates, in whole or in part, at the
option of the holder thereof;
in each case, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one
(91) days after the Maturity Date; provided,
that, an Equity Interest that would not constitute a
Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving
holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or
purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an
asset sale or a change of control shall
not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such
requirement becomes operative upon the Payment in Full of all
Obligations.
1.56 Dominion Event shall mean a period
either (a) commencing on the date that an Event of Default
shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and Agent shall
have given written notice thereof to the Administrative Borrower
stating that a Dominion Event has occurred, and ending on the
date that such Event of Default ceases to exist or be continuing
or (b) commencing on the date that Excess Availability has
been less than, at any time, the amount equal to the greater of
(i) eighteen (18%) percent of the lesser of (A) the
Maximum Credit or (B) the Borrowing Base or
(ii) $20,000,000 hereunder for more than three
(3) consecutive Business Days or (c) commencing on the
date that Excess Availability is less than, at any time,
$15,000,000, and Agent shall have given written notice thereof
to the Administrative Borrower stating that a Dominion Event has
occurred, and ending on the date that Excess Availability has
been greater than such amount for any thirty
(30) consecutive day period thereafter; provided,
that, a Dominion Event shall not be terminated less than
ninety (90) days following the date which such Dominion
Event would otherwise terminate in the case of the second (2nd)
or any subsequent Dominion Event in any twelve
(12) consecutive calendar month period.
1.57 EBITDA shall mean, as to Parent and
its Subsidiaries, with respect to any period, an amount equal to
(a) the Consolidated Net Income of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with GAAP,
plus (b) each of the following (without duplication), in
each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of such
Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) depreciation
and amortization (including, but not limited to, imputed
interest and deferred compensation) of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for such period, all in accordance with GAAP, plus
(ii) the Consolidated Interest Expense of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for such period, plus (iii) Provision for
Taxes for such period, plus (iv) non-cash charges
(excluding non-cash charges that are accruals or reserves for
cash charges in a future period), plus (v) cash
restructuring charges for the two (2) fiscal year period
ending October 31, 2010 up to the aggregate amount of
$11,000,000, plus (vi) cash charges, fees and expenses
related to the Transactions as contemplated by the Credit
Facility paid on or before the Closing Date, or within nine
(9) months after the Closing Date, and any items paid or
accrued during such period relating to deferred compensation
owed to management accrued prior to the Closing Date, plus
(vii) fees and expenses paid to any Sponsor or any
Affiliate of any Sponsor for the rendering of management
consulting, financial advisory or other services, not to exceed
$2,000,000 in the aggregate in the case of such fees for any
(12) consecutive month period, plus (viii) any
extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring losses or charges to the
extent that such losses or charges exceed any extraordinary,
unusual or non-recurring gains or credits, up to $5,000,000 in
the aggregate for any (12) consecutive month period (or in
the event that such gains or credits exceed such losses, then
minus the amount of such excess), plus (ix) at
Parents election, to the extent not otherwise added back
pursuant to another provision of this clause (b) in
calculating EBITDA for such period, any non-cash charges that
are accruals or reserves for cash charges in a future period,
minus (c) any cash charge incurred during such period to
the extent a non-cash charge that was an accrual or reserve for
such cash charge was added back pursuant to the preceding
subclause (b)(ix) in calculating EBITDA for any prior period;
provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth in this definition, for purposes of
determining the compliance of Borrowers and Guarantors with
Section 11.1 hereof prior to the last day of the first
fiscal month or quarter (as the case may be) ending after the
first anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the EBITDA of
Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the
applicable periods set forth on the EBITDA Schedule 1.57
hereto shall be used in the calculation of such EBITDA.
1.58 Eligible Accounts shall mean those
Accounts created by Borrowers in the ordinary course of its
business, arising out of its sale of goods or rendition of
services, that comply in all material respects with each
R-9
of the representations and warranties respecting Eligible
Accounts made herein, and that satisfy the criteria set forth
below. Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts if:
(a) such Accounts are not unpaid more than ninety
(90) days after the date of the original invoice for them;
(b) such Accounts are not owed by an account debtor who has
Accounts unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the date
of the original invoice for them which constitute more than
twenty-five (25%) percent of the total Accounts of such account
debtor;
(c) neither the account debtor nor any officer or employee
of the account debtor with respect to such Accounts is an
officer, employee, agent or other Affiliate of any Borrower or
Guarantor; provided, that, in the event that any
account debtor is an Affiliate of CD&R or any CD&R
Investor, to the extent that such Account otherwise satisfies
the criteria for an Eligible Account such Account shall be
deemed an Eligible Account, so long as (i) it arises from a
transaction in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower
to whom such Account is owed and such Affiliate, (ii) it is
on terms no less favorable to such Borrower than it would obtain
in a comparable arms length transaction with a Person that
is not an Affiliate, (iii) it is otherwise at all times
handled in all respects in the same or similar manner as an
Account owing from a Person that is not an Affiliate in
accordance with the practices and policies of such Borrower,
(iv) such Affiliate does not have any power, directly or
indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management
or policies of any Borrower or Guarantor, (v) Agent shall
have received notice of such Accounts at the time of any field
examination to the extent that any Responsible Officer of Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge of such Accounts, and
(vi) in the event that at any time, any such Accounts for
which the account debtor is an Affiliate of CD&R or any
CD&R Investor do not satisfy such criteria, then
Co-Collateral Agents may, at their option, determine in their
Permitted Discretion that all Accounts due from such Affiliate
are not Eligible Accounts;
(d) such Accounts do not arise from sales on consignment,
guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval, or other
terms under which payment by the account debtor may be
conditional or contingent;
(e) Accounts that are not payable in Dollars;
(f) such Accounts are owing by an account debtor with a
chief executive office or principal place of business located
other than in the United States of America or Canada, then if
the account debtor has delivered to such Borrower an irrevocable
letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably
satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted Discretion and payable
only in the United States of America and in U.S. dollars,
sufficient to cover such Account, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent and if required by Agent, the
original of such letter of credit has been delivered to Agent or
Agents agent and the issuer thereof, and such Borrower has
complied with the terms of Section 5.2(f) hereof with
respect to the assignment of the proceeds of such letter of
credit to Agent or naming Agent as transferee beneficiary
thereunder;
(g) such Accounts are owing by an account debtor with a
chief executive office or principal place of business in Canada,
unless at any time promptly upon Agents request, such
Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and
delivered, such other agreements, documents and instruments as
may be reasonably required by Agent to perfect the security
interests of Agent in those Accounts of an account debtor with
its chief executive office or principal place of business in
Canada in accordance with the applicable laws of the Province of
Canada in which such chief executive office or principal place
of business is located and take or cause to be taken such other
and further actions as Agent may reasonably request to enable
Agent as secured party with respect thereto to collect such
Accounts under the applicable Federal or Provincial laws of
Canada;
(h) such Accounts are not owing by any foreign government
or the federal government of the United States of America or any
department, agency or instrumentality of the United States or
any State, or any political subdivision, department, agency or
instrumentality thereof (exclusive, however, of
(i) Accounts owing by the federal government of the United
States of America with respect to which the applicable Borrower
has complied, to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent, with the
Assignment of Claims Act of
R-10
1940 (31 USC Section 3727 or any similar applicable
law and (ii) Accounts owing by any State, or any political
subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof, with
respect to which the applicable Borrower has complied, to the
reasonable satisfaction of Agent, with all applicable laws so as
to give Agent the same rights and remedies with respect thereto
as it has with Accounts owing by an account debtor other than
such State or entity);
(i) the account debtor with respect to such Accounts has
not asserted a counterclaim, defense or dispute and is not owed
or does not claim to be owed any amounts that may give rise to
any right of setoff or recoupment against such Accounts (but the
portion of the Accounts of such account debtor in excess of the
amount at any time and from time to time owed by such Borrower
to such account debtor or claimed owed by such account debtor
that otherwise satisfy the criteria for Eligible Accounts shall
be deemed Eligible Accounts);
(j) such Accounts do not arise from service charges,
interest or fees, or warranty or similar charges,
provided, that, for purposes of the calculation of
the Borrowing Base, Agent shall establish an estimated amount of
such interest, fees and charges that shall not be deemed
Eligible Accounts based on information provided by Borrowers to
Agent, which amount shall be adjusted periodically based on
field examinations and other information that Agent may receive
from time to time, and any portion of any Accounts attributable
to such interest, fees and charges shall not be otherwise
separately deducted from such Accounts;
(k) the aggregate amount of such Accounts (i) owing by
a single account debtor that is Investment Grade do not
constitute more than ten (10%) percent of the aggregate amount
of all otherwise Eligible Accounts of all Borrowers or
(ii) owing by a single account debtor that is not
Investment Grade (or not rated) do not constitute more than five
(5%) percent of the aggregate amount of all otherwise Eligible
Accounts of all Borrowers (provided, that, the portion of the
Accounts not in excess of such applicable percentage that
otherwise satisfy the criteria for Eligible Accounts shall be
deemed Eligible Accounts and for purposes hereof
Investment Grade shall mean that the account debtor
has received a credit rating of BBB- or higher from S&P or
a rating of Baa3 or higher from Moodys or, if neither
S&P nor Moodys shall then be rating such account
debtor, then an equivalent rating from another nationally
recognized rating service); provided, that, in
each case, the amount of Eligible Accounts that are excluded
because they exceed the foregoing percentages shall be
determined by Agent based on all of the otherwise Eligible
Accounts prior to giving effect to any eliminations based upon
the foregoing concentration limit;
(l) there are no proceedings or actions which are
threatened (of which any Borrower has or reasonably should have
notice or of which Agent has any notice) or pending against the
account debtor with respect to such Accounts which could be
reasonably expected to result in any material adverse change in
such account debtors financial condition (including,
without limitation, any bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation,
reorganization or similar proceeding);
(m) any Account the payment of which Co-Collateral Agents
determine in their Permitted Discretion and after notice to
Administrative Borrower is doubtful by reason of the account
debtors financial condition or inability to pay;
(n) such Accounts are subject to the first priority, valid
and perfected security interest of Agent (except as to priority,
subject to the Liens permitted under clauses (b) and
(k) of the definition of Permitted Liens hereof) and any
goods giving rise thereto were not at the time of the sale
thereof, subject to any Liens except those permitted in this
Agreement;
(o) such Accounts are not subject to any Lien other than
(i) the Lien of Agent, (ii) those permitted in clauses
(b), (c), (k) [and (p)] of the definition of the term Permitted
Liens (but as to Liens referred to in clause (k), subject to the
right of Co-Collateral Agents to establish a Reserve as provided
therein), (iii) Liens permitted in clause (z) of the
definition of the term Permitted Liens, subject to any
applicable Deemed Reserve, or with respect to which the Agent
shall have established a Reserve or notified the Administrative
Borrower that no Reserve will be established and (iv) and
any other Liens permitted under
R-11
this Agreement that are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement
or to another intercreditor agreement in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent between the holder of such Lien
and Agent;
(p) such Accounts are Accounts with respect to which
(i) the goods giving rise to such Account have been shipped
and billed to the account debtor, and (ii) the services
giving rise to such Account have been performed and billed to
the Account Debtor, or
(q) (i) such Accounts do not consist of retainage
invoices or progress billings (such that the obligation of the
account debtors with respect to such Accounts is conditioned
upon such Borrowers satisfactory completion of any further
performance under the agreement giving rise thereto), and
(ii) such Accounts do not consist of bill and hold invoices;
(r) such Accounts comply in all material respects with the
covenants contained in Section 7.2(b) of this Agreement and
with respect to the representations and warranties contained in
Section 7.2(b) to the extent such terms and conditions
consist of representations and warranties that are qualified as
to materiality or Material Adverse Effect then the same shall be
true and correct as to such Accounts and to the extent that such
terms and conditions consist of representations and warranties
that are not so qualified, the same shall be true and correct as
to such Accounts in all material respects;
(s) the account debtor is not located in a state requiring
the filing of a Notice of Business Activities Report or similar
report in order to permit such Borrower to seek judicial
enforcement in such State of payment of such Account, unless
such Borrower has qualified to do business in such state or has
filed a Notice of Business Activities Report or equivalent
report for the then current year or such failure to qualify or
file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of
being remedied without any material delay or material cost;
(t) the sale of goods or the rendition of services giving
rise to such Account is not supported by a performance, bid or
surety bond unless the issuer of such bond shall have waived in
writing any rights or interest in and to all Collateral, which
waiver is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Agent; and
(u) none of the transactions giving rise to such Accounts
violate any applicable law or regulation in any material
respect, and all documentation relating to such Accounts is
legally sufficient under such laws and regulations.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Co-Collateral Agents may, from
time to time in their Permitted Discretion, upon three
(3) Business Days prior notice to Administrative Borrower
change the criteria for Eligible Accounts set forth above or add
any new criteria for Eligible Accounts based on either:
(i) an event, condition or other circumstance arising after
the date hereof, or (ii) an event, condition or other
circumstance existing on the date hereof to the extent Agent has
no knowledge thereof or of its affect on the Accounts prior to
the date hereof, in either case under clause (i) or
(ii) which adversely affects or could reasonably be
expected to adversely affect the Accounts in any material
respect as determined by Co-Collateral Agents in their exercise
of its Permitted Discretion; provided, that,
during such three (3) Business Day period, the Borrowing
Base shall, solely for the purposes of any new Loans or Letters
of Credit requested by any Borrower during such three
(3) Business Day period, exclude any Accounts not
constituting Eligible Accounts solely by reason of such proposed
changes or additions to the criteria for Eligible Accounts set
forth in such notice. Any such change in criteria shall have a
reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other
circumstance that is the basis for such change. Upon delivery of
such notice, Agent will be available from time to time during
business hours to consult with Administrative Borrower in
connection with the basis for such new criteria or changes to
the criteria. Borrowers may take such action as may be required
so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for
such change no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent
satisfactory to Co-Collateral Agents in their exercise of its
Permitted Discretion. In no event shall such notice or
opportunity limit the right of Agent to make such change, unless
Co-Collateral Agents shall have determined in their Permitted
Discretion that the event, condition or other circumstance that
is the basis for such new criteria or changes to the criteria no
longer exists (except if there is a reasonable prospect that
such event, condition or other circumstance will occur again
within a reasonable period of time thereafter) or unless
Co-Collateral Agents shall have determined in their
R-12
Permitted Discretion that it has otherwise been adequately
addressed by the applicable Borrower. Any Accounts that are not
Eligible Accounts shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral.
In addition to the foregoing, the determination of Eligible
Accounts acquired in any Permitted Acquisition shall be subject
to the terms of the last paragraph of the definition of the term
Permitted Acquisition herein.
1.59 Eligible In-Transit Inventory shall
mean Inventory that would otherwise be Eligible Inventory (other
than for its location):
(a) that has been shipped from a location of any Borrower
or from the manufacturer or wholesale distributor thereof within
the United States of America for receipt at a location of any
Borrower within the United States of America and permitted
hereunder or from any location of a Borrower to another location
of a Borrower, within thirty (30) days of shipment, but in
either case, which has not yet been delivered to such Borrower,
(i) for which the purchase order is in the name of a
Borrower,
(ii) title has passed to such Borrower (and Agent has
received such evidence thereof as it has reasonably requested),
(iii) except as otherwise reasonably agreed by Agent, for
which a Borrower is designated as shipper
and/or
consignor and the document of title or waybill reflects a
Borrower as consignee with respect thereto,
(iv) as to which Agent has control over the documents of
title, to the extent applicable, to such Inventory and
(v) which is insured in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement;
provided, that, Agent may, upon notice to
Administrative Borrower, exclude any particular Inventory from
Eligible In-Transit Inventory, in the event that Co-Collateral
Agents reasonably determine that such Inventory is subject to
any Persons right or claim that is (or is capable of
being) senior to, or pari passu with, the security interest and
lien of Agent therein (such as, without limitation a right of
stoppage in transit), as applicable or that may otherwise
adversely impact the ability of Agent to realize upon such
Inventory, and
(b) is located outside of the United States of America and
which is in transit to either the premises of a Freight
Forwarder in the United States of America or the premises of any
Borrower in the United States of America which are either owned
and controlled by such Borrower or leased by such Borrower (but
only if Agent has received a Collateral Access Agreement duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Freight Forwarder and
the owner and lessor of such leased premises, as the case may
be); provided, that,
(i) Agent has a first priority perfected security interest
in and lien upon such Inventory and all documents of title with
respect thereto (subject to such Liens as are permitted under
clause (c) of the definition of the term Permitted Liens),
(ii) such Inventory either (A) is the subject of a
negotiable bill of lading (1) in which Agent is named as
the consignee (either directly or by means of endorsements),
(2) that was issued by the carrier respecting such
Inventory that is subject to such bill of lading, and
(3) that is in the possession of Agent or the Freight
Forwarder handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such
Inventory, in all cases, acting on Agents behalf subject
to a Collateral Access Agreement duly authorized, executed and
delivered by such Freight Forwarder, or (B) is the subject
of a negotiable forwarders cargo receipt and such cargo
receipt on its face indicates the name of the freight forwarder
as a carrier or multi-modal transport operator and has been
signed or otherwise authenticated by it in such capacity or as a
named agent for or on behalf of the carrier or multi-modal
transport operator, in any case respecting such Inventory and
either (1) names Agent as the consignee (either directly or
by means of endorsements), or (2) is in the possession of
Agent or the Freight Forwarder handling the importing, shipping
and delivery of such Inventory, in all cases, acting on
Agents behalf subject to a Collateral Access Agreement
duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Freight
Forwarder,
R-13
(iii) such Borrower has title to such Inventory, and Agent
shall have received such evidence thereof as it may from time to
time reasonably require,
(iv) Agent shall have received a Collateral Access
Agreement, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Freight Forwarder located in the United States of America
handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory,
(v) such Inventory is insured against types of loss,
damage, hazards, and risks, and in amounts, satisfactory to
Agent in its Permitted Discretion, and Agent shall have received
a copy of the certificate of marine cargo insurance in
connection therewith in which it has been named as an additional
insured and loss payee in a manner reasonably acceptable to
Agent,
(vi) Agent shall have received (A) a certificate duly
executed and delivered by an officer of such Borrower certifying
to Agent that, to the best of the knowledge of such Borrower,
such Inventory complies in all material respects with all of
such Borrowers covenants contained herein concerning
Eligible In-Transit Inventory and with respect to the
representations and warranties contained herein concerning
Eligible In-Transit Inventory to the extent such terms and
conditions consist of representations and warranties that are
qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect then the
same shall be true and correct as to such Inventory and to the
extent that such terms and conditions consist of representations
and warranties that are not so qualified, the same shall be true
and correct as to such Inventory in all material respects and
that the shipment as evidenced by the documents conforms to the
related order documents, and (B) upon Agents request,
a copy of the invoice, packing slip and manifest with respect
thereto,
(vii) such Inventory is not subject to a Letter of Credit,
and
(viii) such Inventory shall not have been in transit for
more than sixty (60) days.
The aggregate amount of Inventory constituting Eligible
In-Transit Inventory under clauses (a) and (b) above
for purposes of the calculation of the Borrowing Base at any
time will not exceed $3,000,000.
1.60 Eligible Inventory shall mean the
Inventory of Borrowers that comply in all material respects with
each of the representations and warranties respecting Eligible
Inventory made herein, and that satisfy the criteria set forth
below. Eligible Inventory shall not include:
(a) Inventory that does not consist of finished goods and
raw materials and certain
work-in-process
for such finished goods;
(b) obsolete or slow moving Inventory (with inventory that
has not been sold after a period of more than twelve
(12) months being deemed to be obsolete or slow moving for
this purpose), or is damaged or unfit for sale;
(c) Inventory that is not of a type held for sale by any
Borrower in the ordinary course of business;
(d) Inventory that is not subject to the first priority,
valid and perfected security interest of Agent (except as to
priority, subject to the liens permitted in clauses (b), (c),
(k) and (o) of the definition of the term Permitted
Liens);
(e) Inventory that is not owned by any Borrower;
(f) Inventory that is located on premises leased by any
Borrower, or stored with a bailee, warehouseman, processor or
similar Person, unless (i) Agent has given its prior
consent thereto, (ii) a Collateral Access Agreement, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent has been
delivered to Agent, or (iii) Reserves for rent or other
amounts payable with respect to such premises, processing or
storage reasonably satisfactory to Co-Collateral Agents in their
Permitted Discretion, but in no event to exceed the limits for
such rent or other amounts with respect to such locations as
provided herein, have been established with respect thereto;
provided, that, (A) in no event shall
Inventory at third party processors having a value of greater
than $10,000,000 (or such higher amount as Co-Collateral Agents
R-14
may hereafter agree) constitute Eligible Inventory and
(B) in no event shall Inventory at locations where the
value of such Inventory is less than $125,000 constitute
Eligible Inventory;
(g) Inventory that is placed on consignment or is in
transit with a common carrier from vendors or suppliers, except
for Eligible In-Transit Inventory described in
subsection (a) of the definition of Eligible In-Transit
Inventory;
(h) Inventory that consists of display items, samples,
manufacturing supplies or replacement or spare parts not
considered for sale in the ordinary course of business or is
paint;
(i) Inventory that consists of goods which have been
returned by the buyer, other than goods that are undamaged or
that are resalable in the normal course of business;
(j) Inventory that does not comply in all material respects
with each of the representations and warranties respecting
Eligible Inventory made herein;
(k) Inventory that consists of Hazardous Materials that can
be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily
available;
(l) Inventory that is covered by negotiable document of
title, unless such document has been delivered to Agent;
(m) packaging, packing and shipping materials;
(n) supplies used or consumed in such Borrowers
business;
(o) bill and hold Inventory;
(p) Inventory located outside the United States of America
except for Eligible In-Transit Inventory described in
subsection (b) of the definition of Eligible In-Transit
Inventory;
(q) such Inventory that is not subject to a first-priority,
valid and perfected security interest of Agent and is subject to
any Lien other than (i) the Lien of Agent, (ii) as to
priority those permitted in clause (b), (c), (k), (o) [and (p)]
of the definition of the term Permitted Liens (but as to Liens
referred to in clause (k) and (o), subject to the right of
Co-Collateral Agents to establish a Reserve as provided
therein), (iii) Liens permitted in clause (z) of the
definition of the term Permitted Liens, subject to any
applicable Deemed Reserve, or with respect to which the Agent
shall have established a Reserve or notified the Administrative
Borrower that no Reserve will be established and (iv) and
any other Liens permitted under this Agreement that are subject
to the Intercreditor Agreement or to another intercreditor
agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent
between the holder of such Lien and Agent;
(r) tolling Inventory having a value in excess
of $3,000,000; provided, that, only fifty (50%)
percent of the value of such Inventory shall be included in the
calculation of the Borrowing Base;
(s) Inventory that is not produced, used, stored and
maintained in accordance with applicable insurance standards or
in conformity with applicable laws in all material respects;
(t) Inventory that is a discontinued product or component
thereof and is not immediately usable in a continuing product;
(u) Inventory that contains or bears any intellectual
property rights licensed to such Person unless Agent is
satisfied in its Permitted Discretion that it may sell or
otherwise dispose of such Inventory without (i) infringing
the rights of such licensor, (ii) violating any contract
with such licensor, or (iii) incurring any liability with
respect to payment of royalties other than royalties incurred
pursuant to sale of such Inventory under the current licensing
agreement;
(v) Inventory that is not reflected in a current perpetual
inventory report of such Person; and
(w) Inventory for which reclamation rights have been
asserted by the seller.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Co-Collateral Agents may, from
time to time, in their Permitted Discretion, upon three
(3) Business Days prior notice to Administrative
Borrower, change the criteria for
R-15
Eligible Inventory set forth above or add any new criteria for
Eligible Inventory based on either: (i) an event, condition
or other circumstance arising after the date hereof, or
(ii) an event, condition or other circumstance existing on
the date hereof to the extent Agent has no knowledge thereof or
of its affect on the Inventory prior to the date hereof, in
either case under clause (i) or (ii) which adversely
affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the
Inventory in any material respect as determined by Co-Collateral
Agents in the exercise of their Permitted Discretion;
provided, that, during such three
(3) Business Day period, the Borrowing Base shall, solely
for the purposes of any new Loans or Letters of Credit requested
by any Borrower during such three (3) Business Day Period,
exclude any Inventory not constituting Eligible Inventory solely
by reason of such proposed changes or additions to the criteria
for Eligible Inventory set forth in such notice. Any such change
in criteria shall have a reasonable relationship to the event,
condition or other circumstance that is the basis for such
change. Upon delivery of such notice, Agent will be available
from time to time during business hours to consult with
Administrative Borrower in connection with the basis for such
changes to the criteria. Borrowers may take such action as may
be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the
basis for such change no longer exists, in a manner and to the
extent satisfactory to Co-Collateral Agents in the exercise of
their Permitted Discretion. In no event shall such notice or
opportunity limit the right of Agent to make such change, unless
Co-Collateral Agents shall have determined in their Permitted
Discretion that the event, condition or other circumstance that
is the basis for such new criteria or changes to the criteria no
longer exists (except if there is a reasonable prospect that
such event, condition or other circumstance will occur again
within a reasonable period of time thereafter) or unless
Co-Collateral Agents shall have determined in their Permitted
Discretion that it has otherwise been adequately addressed by
the applicable Borrower. Any Inventory that is not Eligible
Inventory shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral. In
addition to the foregoing, the determination of Eligible
Inventory acquired in any Permitted Acquisition shall be subject
to the terms of the last paragraph of the definition of the term
Permitted Acquisition herein.
1.61 Eligible Transferee shall mean
(a) any Lender; (b) the parent company of any Lender
and/or any
Affiliate of such Lender which is at least fifty (50%) percent
owned by such Lender or its parent company; (c) an Approved
Fund approved by Agent; and (d) any other commercial bank,
financial institution or accredited investor (as
defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of
1933) approved by Agent, such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided,
that, neither any Borrower nor any Guarantor nor any
Affiliate of any Borrower or Guarantor shall qualify as an
Eligible Transferee, except a Sponsor Affiliated Lender.
1.62 Environmental Laws shall mean any
and all U.S., Canadian or foreign federal, state, provincial,
territorial, foreign, local or municipal laws, rules, orders,
enforceable guidelines and
orders-in-council,
regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, and such
requirements of any Governmental Authority properly promulgated
and having the force and effect of law or other requirements of
law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing
liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human
health (as it relates to exposure to Hazardous Materials) or the
environment, as have been, or now or at any relevant time
hereafter are, in effect.
1.63 Environmental Permits shall mean any
and all permits, licenses, registrations, and any other
authorization required under any Environmental Law.
1.64 Equipment shall mean, as to any
Person, all of such Persons now owned and hereafter
acquired equipment, wherever located, including machinery, data
processing and computer equipment (whether owned or licensed and
including embedded software), vehicles, rolling stock, tools,
furniture, fixtures, all attachments, accessions and property
now or hereafter affixed thereto or used in connection
therewith, and substitutions and replacements thereof, wherever
located.
1.65 Equity Interests shall mean, with
respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such
Persons capital stock or partnership, limited liability
company or other equity or ownership interests at any time
outstanding, all of the warrants, options or other rights for
the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of
capital stock of (or other equity interests in) such Person, all
of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
capital stock of (or other equity interests in) such Person and
all warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition
from such Person of such shares (or such other equity
interests), but excluding (a) any debt security that is
convertible into or
R-16
exchangeable for any such shares (or such other equity interests
and (b) any stock appreciation rights, interests in phantom
equity plans or similar rights or interests.
1.66 ERISA shall mean the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, together with all rules,
regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.
1.67 ERISA Affiliate shall mean any
person required to be aggregated with any Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of its or their respective Subsidiaries under
Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or 414(o) of the Code.
1.68 ERISA Event shall mean, individually
or in the aggregate, any of the following events or conditions
that either individually or in the aggregate, have or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(a) any reportable event, as defined in
Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued
thereunder, with respect to a Pension Plan, other than events as
to which the requirement of notice has been waived in
regulations by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;
(b) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan that
would require the provision of security pursuant to
Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of
ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any
Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer
Plan or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a
withdrawal or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in
reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to
terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a
termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the
commencement of proceedings by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation to terminate a Pension Plan; (e) an event or
condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute
grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of,
or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan;
(f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of
ERISA, other than the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of
ERISA, upon any Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate.
1.69 Eurodollar Rate Loans shall mean any
Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on
the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.
1.70 Event of Default shall have the
meaning specified in Section 12.1 hereof.
1.71 Excess Availability shall mean, as
to Borrowers, the amount calculated at any date, equal to:
(a) the lesser of: (i) the Borrowing Base and
(ii) the Maximum Credit, minus, without duplication,
(b) the sum of: (i) the principal amount of all then
outstanding and unpaid Loans and Special Agent Advances, plus
(ii) the Letter of Credit Obligations.
1.72 Exchange Act shall mean the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
1.73 Excluded Property shall
mean:15
(a) property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary,
(b) all Real Property other than the Mortgaged Fee
Properties and intellectual property as registered in, or
created under the laws of, a jurisdiction outside of the United
States of America (except to the extent constituting collateral
for the Term Loan Debt),
(c) motor vehicles and other property and assets subject to
certificates of title (except to the extent constituting
collateral for the Term Loan Debt),
(d) any contract, lease, permit, license, charter or other
agreement or instrument, and any right, title or interest in
respect thereof, covering real or personal property, as such, if
under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license,
charter or other agreement or instrument, or applicable law with
respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest or lien
therein to Agent is prohibited or would result in a breach,
default or termination thereof; provided, that,
the foregoing exclusion shall in no way be construed to apply to
the extent that any such prohibition, breach, default or
termination under any such
15 Subject
to revision based upon review of term loan security
documentation. Note also that LC cash collateral account to be
addressed pending resolution of LC rollover.
R-17
contract, lease, permit, license, charter or other agreement or
instrument is unenforceable under
Sections 9-406,
9-407 or 9-408 of the UCC or other applicable law such that a
security interest therein may be granted to Agent without
resulting in a breach, default or termination thereunder to such
extent;
(e) as to any series of Equity Interests of any Foreign
Subsidiary, the Equity Interests of such series in excess of
sixty five (65%) percent of all of the issued and outstanding
Equity Interests of such series or (ii) de minimis shares
of a Foreign Subsidiary held as a nominee or in a similar
capacity;
(f) any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of a Foreign
Subsidiary;
(g) any property that would otherwise be included in the
Collateral (and such property shall not be deemed to constitute
a part of the Collateral) if such property has been sold or
otherwise transferred in connection with a Sale and Leaseback
Transaction to the extent permitted by and subject to the terms
of Section 10.11 of this Agreement;
(h) any Equipment or other property that would otherwise be
included in the Collateral (and such property shall not be
deemed to constitute a part of the Collateral) if such Equipment
or other property is subject to a Lien described in clause (f),
(l) or (s) of the definition of Permitted
Liens;
(i) the assets of a Subsidiary of Parent that is not
directly or indirectly wholly owned by Parent
and/or one
of its other Subsidiaries to the extent that the organizational
documents of such non-wholly owned Subsidiary (including
Permitted Liens, leases or licenses) prohibit the valid grant of
a security interest or lien therein to Agent; provided,
that, the foregoing exclusion shall in no way be
construed to apply to the extent that any such prohibition, is
unenforceable under
Sections 9-406,
9-407 or 9-408 of the UCC or other applicable law such that a
security interest therein may be granted to Agent;
(j) property or assets, other than Mortgaged Fee
Properties, which are not of the type in which a security
interest can be created under Article 9 of the UCC, to the
extent that the UCC is applicable to the creation of such
security interest;
(k) any assets not constituting Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral that are excluded from the Term Loan Priority
Collateral pursuant to the Term Loan Documents as in effect on
the date hereof;
(l) Foreign Intellectual Property; and
(m) trademark or service mark applications that have been
filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the
basis of an
intent-to-use
with respect to such marks, unless and until a statement of use
or amendment to allege use is filed and accepted by the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office at which time such marks
shall automatically and without further action by the parties be
subject to the security interests and liens granted by Borrowers
or Guarantors to Agent hereunder.
1.74 Excluded Real Properties shall mean,
collectively, the fee or leasehold interest in Real Property
owned by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries other than Mortgaged
Fee Properties.
1.75 Existing Foreign Subsidiaries shall
mean Building Systems de Mexico S.A. de C.V., a corporation
organized under the laws of Mexico and Robertson Building
Systems, Limited, a corporation organized the laws of the
Province of Ontario, Canada, and their respective successors and
assigns.
1.76 Existing Letters of Credit shall
mean, collectively, the letters of credit issued or to be issued
for the account of a Borrower or Guarantor or for which such
Borrower or Guarantor is otherwise liable listed on
Schedule 1.76 hereto.
1.77 Factoring Transaction shall mean any
transaction or series of transactions entered into by any Person
pursuant to which such Person sells, conveys or otherwise
transfers (or purports to sell, convey or otherwise transfer)
any accounts receivable
and/or
related rights or assets of such Person to a factor or other
similar Person that is not an Affiliate.
1.78 Federal Funds Rate shall mean, for
any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal, for
each day during such period, to the weighted average of the
rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of
the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as
published for such day (or, if
R-18
such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business
Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate
is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the
average of the quotations for such day on such transactions
received by the Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of
recognized standing selected by it.
1.79 Fee Letter shall mean the fee
letter, dated of even date herewith, by and among Parent, for
itself and its Subsidiaries (and by which Borrowers and
Guarantors hereby confirm their agreement to be
bound),
and certain other Persons, setting forth certain fees payable by
Borrowers in connection with the Credit Facility.
1.80 Financing Agreements shall mean,
collectively, this Agreement, any notes issued pursuant hereto,
any Guarantees, any Security Agreements, any Deposit Account
Control Agreements, any Investment Property Control Agreements,
the Intercreditor Agreement, and the other agreements,
documents, instruments and certificates listed on
Schedule 1.80 hereto, in each case, together with all
schedules and exhibits thereto in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent, as the same now exist or may hereafter
exist or be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed,
restated or replaced; provided, that, the
Financing Agreements shall not include Hedge Agreements.
1.81 Foreign Intellectual Property shall
mean, as to each Borrower and Guarantor, such Borrowers
and Guarantors now owned or hereafter acquired non-US
patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark
applications, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how and
processes.
1.82 Foreign Lender shall mean any Lender
that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than
that in which a Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For
purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each
State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to
constitute a single jurisdiction.
1.83 Foreign Subsidiary shall mean
(a) any Subsidiary of Parent that is not organized or
incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, or
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary
of such Foreign Subsidiary and (b) any Foreign Subsidiary
Holdco.
1.84 Foreign Subsidiary Holdco shall mean
any Subsidiary of Parent that has no material assets other than
securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries
(or Subsidiaries thereof), and intellectual property relating to
such Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof) and other
assets incidental to an ownership interests in any such
securities, Indebtedness, intellectual property or Subsidiaries
(provided, that, in no event for purposes of this
definition shall assets consisting of accounts receivable (other
than accounts receivable from such securities, Indebtedness or
intellectual property), inventory, equipment or real property be
deemed to be incidental to any of such assets).
1.85 Freight Forwarders shall mean the
persons listed on Schedule 1.85 hereto or such other person
or persons as may be selected by Borrowers after the date of
this Agreement, and after written notice by Borrowers to Agent,
who are reasonably acceptable to Agent to handle the receipt of
Inventory within the United States of America
and/or to
clear Inventory through the Bureau of Customs and Border
Protection (formerly the Customs Service) or other domestic or
foreign export control authorities or otherwise perform port of
entry services to process Inventory imported by Borrowers from
outside the United States of America (such persons sometimes
being referred to herein individually as a Freight
Forwarder), provided, that, as to each such
person, (a) Agent shall have received a Collateral Access
Agreement by such person in favor of Agent duly authorized,
executed and delivered by such person, (b) such agreement
shall be in full force and effect and (c) such person shall
be in compliance in all material respects with the terms thereof.
1.86 GAAP shall mean generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect from time to time as set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board which are applicable to the circumstances as of
the date of determination consistently applied, provided,
that, in the event of any change in GAAP after the date
hereof that affects the covenant in Section 11.1 hereof
(including the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio or Consolidated Net Income and any definitions
related thereto), Administrative Borrower may by notice to
Agent, or Agent may, and at the request of Required Lenders
shall, by notice to
R-19
Administrative Borrower require that compliance with such
covenant be determined and such calculations be made in
accordance with GAAP as in effect, and as applied by Parent and
its Subsidiaries, immediately before the applicable change in
GAAP became effective, until either the notice from the
applicable party is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a
manner satisfactory to Administrative Borrower, Agent and the
Required Lenders. Administrative Borrower will notify Agent of
any such changes to GAAP and provide materials to Agent to show
the effect on the financial statements of such changes when and
to the extent included in the annual and quarterly reports filed
by Parent with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.87 Governmental Authority shall mean
any nation or government, any state, province, or other
political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar
monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, and any entity
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
1.88 Guarantee shall mean the Guaranty
Agreement delivered to Agent as of the date hereof substantially
in the form of Exhibit [E] hereto, as the same now
exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented,
extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
1.89 Guarantors shall mean each Person
that shall be or become party to the Guarantee and thereby
guarantee the Obligations of the Borrower as provided therein
(collectively, the Guarantors). As of the date
hereof, the Parent is the only Guarantor.
1.90 Guaranty Obligation shall mean, with
respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligation of
such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of
business of instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing
or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in
any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including, without
limitation, any such obligation, whether or not contingent,
(a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property
constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or provide
funds or other support for the payment or purchase of such
Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other
balance sheet condition of such other Person for the benefit of
any holder of such Indebtedness of such other Person,
(c) to lease or purchase property, securities or services
primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such
Indebtedness of such other Person of the ability of such other
Person to make payment thereon, or (d) to otherwise assure
or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in
respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder
at any time shall (subject to any limitations set forth in any
agreement or instrument governing such Guaranty Obligation) be
deemed to be an amount equal to the then outstanding principal
amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the
Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is
made (or if less, the amount giving effect to such limitations).
1.91 Hazardous Materials shall mean any
hazardous or toxic substances or materials or wastes defined,
listed, or regulated as such in or under, or which may give rise
to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law, including
gasoline, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction
thereof), petroleum products or by-products, asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.
1.92 Hedge Agreement shall mean an
agreement that is a rate swap agreement, basis swap, forward
rate agreement, commodity swap, interest rate option, forward
foreign exchange agreement, spot foreign exchange agreement,
rate cap agreement rate, floor agreement, rate collar agreement,
currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement,
currency option, any other similar agreement (including any
option to enter into any of the foregoing or a master agreement
for any the foregoing together with all supplements thereto) for
the purpose of protecting against or managing exposure to
fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, currency valuations
or commodity prices; sometimes being collectively referred to
herein as Hedge Agreements.
1.93 Indebtedness shall mean, with
respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) any
liability for payments in respect of borrowed money (whether or
not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of
such Person or only to a portion thereof) or evidenced by bonds,
notes, debentures or similar instruments; (b) any liability
representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
price of any property or services (other than trade liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business); (c) all
obligations as lessee under Capital Leases; (d) all
reimbursement obligations and other liabilities for payment of
such Person with respect
R-20
to surety bonds (whether bid, performance or otherwise), letters
of credit, bankers acceptances, drafts or similar
documents or instruments issued for such Persons account;
(e) indebtedness of a Person secured by any Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness is
assumed by or is a personal liability of such Person, all as of
such time, provided, that, if the recourse of the Person to whom
such Indebtedness is owed is limited to the asset subject to
such Lien so that the Person obligated on such indebtedness has
no personal liability, then the amount of such Indebtedness of
such Person shall, at any time, be the lesser of the fair market
value of the asset determined as such time in a manner
reasonably satisfactory to Agent or the amount of such
Indebtedness; (f) all obligations, liabilities and
indebtedness of such Person (marked to market) arising under
Hedge Agreements; (g) indebtedness of any partnership or
joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a
joint venturer to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a
result of such Persons ownership interest in such entity,
except to the extent that the terms of such indebtedness
expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor or
such Person has no liability therefor as a matter of law;
(h) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to
Indebtedness of another Person, (i) all Disqualified Equity
Interests, and (j) the principal and interest portions of
all remaining rental obligations of such Person under any
synthetic lease or similar off-balance sheet financing where
such transaction is considered to be borrowed money for
U.S. federal income tax purposes but is classified as an
operating lease in accordance with GAAP.
1.94 Indemnification Agreement shall mean
the Indemnification Agreement, dated as
[ ],
2009, by and between Parent and the CD&R Investors, as the
same now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
1.95 Intellectual Property shall mean, as
to each Borrower and Guarantor, such Borrowers and
Guarantors now owned or hereafter acquired United States
patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark
applications, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how and
processes.
1.96 Intercreditor Agreement shall mean
the Intercreditor Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof,
by and among Agent and Term Loan Agent, as the same now exists
or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended,
renewed, restated or replaced.
1.97 Interest Payment Date shall mean
(a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan (including Swing
Line Loans), the last Business Day of each month to occur during
any period in which such Loan is outstanding, (b) with
respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of the
Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, in the case of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan with an Interest Period of more than three
months duration, each day prior to the last day of such
Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months
duration after the first day of such Interest Period and
(c) with respect to any Loan, the Maturity Date or such
earlier date on which the Commitments are terminated or the
Loans become due and payable.
1.98 Interest Period shall mean for any
Eurodollar Rate Loan, a period of approximately one (1), two
(2), or three (3) months duration (and, if acceptable to
all Lenders, six (6), nine (9) or twelve (12) months
duration) as any Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf
of such Borrower) may elect, the exact duration to be determined
in accordance with the customary practice in the applicable
Eurodollar Rate market; provided, that, such
Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower)
may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the last
day of the then current term of this Agreement.
1.99 Interest Rate shall mean,
(a) Subject to clause (b) of this definition below:
(i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then
Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans on a per annum basis plus
the Base Rate, and
(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then
Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans on a per annum basis
plus the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
Agent may and Agent shall, at the direction of the Required
Lenders, upon notice to Administrative Borrower, increase the
Applicable Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate
for
R-21
Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans by two (2%) percent
per annum, for the period from and after the date of such notice
but only for so long as such Event of Default is continuing.
1.100 Inventory shall mean, as to each
Borrower and Guarantor, all of such Borrowers and
Guarantors now owned and hereafter existing or acquired
goods, wherever located, which (a) are leased by such
Borrower or Guarantor as lessor; (b) are held by such
Borrower or Guarantor for sale or lease or to be furnished under
a contract of service; (c) are furnished by such Borrower
or Guarantor under a contract of service; or (d) consist of
raw materials, work in process, finished goods or materials used
or consumed in its business.
1.101 Investment shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 10.4 hereof.
1.102 Investment Agreement shall mean the
Investment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009, by and
between Parent and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund VIII, L.P., as amended on each of August 28, 2009
and August 31, 2009, as the same now exists or may
hereafter be further amended, modified, supplemented, extended,
renewed, restated or replaced.
1.103 Investment Documents shall mean,
collectively, the following (as the same now exist or may
hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed,
restated or replaced): (a) the Investment Agreement;
(b) the Stockholders Agreement; (c) the Registration
Rights Agreement; (d) the Indemnification Agreement and
(e) the Series B Preferred Stock CoD.
1.104 Investment Property Control
Agreement shall mean an agreement in writing, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, by and among Agent,
the Borrower or Guarantor that is an account holder or customer
(as the case may be) and any securities intermediary, commodity
intermediary or other person who has custody, control or
possession of any investment property of such account holder or
customer, that is sufficient to perfect the security interests
of Agent therein and provides such other rights with respect
thereto as Agent reasonably requires.
1.105 Issuing Bank shall
mean ,
in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder
[and as to the Existing Letters of
Credit, ,]
and its successors and assigns.
1.106 Lenders shall mean the financial
institutions who are signatories hereto as Lenders (including
Swing Line Lender) and other persons made a party to this
Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 15.7
hereof, and their respective successors and assigns; each
sometimes being referred to herein individually as a
Lender.
1.107 Letter of Credit Documents shall
mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such Letter of
Credit, any amendments thereto, any documents delivered or
issued in connection therewith, and any application therefor.
1.108 Letter of Credit Limit shall mean
$25,000,000.
1.109 Letter of Credit Obligations shall
mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn
amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, plus,
without duplication and (b) the aggregate amount of all
drawings under Letters of Credit for which Issuing Bank has not
at such time been reimbursed, and the aggregate amount of all
payments made by each Lender to Issuing Bank with respect to
such Lenders participation in Letters of Credit as
provided in Section 2.3 for which Borrowers have not at
such time reimbursed the Lenders, whether by way of a Revolving
Loan or otherwise.
1.110 Letters of Credit shall mean all
letters of credit issued by an Issuing Bank for the account of
any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, and all amendments,
renewals, extensions or replacements thereof. The Letters
of Credit as such term is used herein shall include for
all purposes hereunder the Existing Letters of Credit.
1.111 Lien or lien shall mean
any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, security deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or
other security interest or any preference, priority or other
security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever (including, without
R-22
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement and any Capital Lease having substantially the same
economic effect as any of the foregoing).
1.112 Loans shall mean, collectively, the
Revolving Loans and the Swing Line Loans.
1.113 London Interbank Offered Rate shall
mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan for the Interest
Period applicable thereto, the rate appearing on Reuters Screen
LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such
service, or any successor to or substitute for such service,
providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided
on such page of such service, as determined by Agent from time
to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates
applicable to eurodollar deposits in dollars in the London
interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time)
two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period;
provided, that, if more than one rate is specified
on such Page for such comparable period, the applicable rate
shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded to the
nearest 1/100th of 1%). In the event that such rate is not
available at such time for any reason, then the term
London Interbank Offered Rate shall mean, with
respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan for the Interest Period
applicable thereto, the rate of interest per annum at which
dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a term comparable to such
Interest Period are offered by the principal London office
of
or ,
as specified by Agent, in immediately available funds in the
London interbank market at approximately
11:00 a.m. London time two (2) Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
1.114 Material Adverse Effect shall mean
a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets,
operations or financial condition of Borrowers and Guarantors
taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Borrowers and
Guarantors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under
the Financing Agreements or (c) the rights of or remedies
available to Agent, the Issuing Banks or Lenders under the
Financing Agreements.
1.115 Maturity Date shall mean the
earlier of (a) the date that is five (5) years from
the date hereof or (b) the maturity date of the Term Loan
Debt.
1.116 Maximum Credit shall mean the
amount of $125,000,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 2.7 hereof).
1.117 Maximum Interest Rate shall mean
the maximum non-usurious rate of interest under applicable
Federal or State law as in effect from time to time that may be
contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received in respect
of the indebtedness of a Borrower to Agent or a Lender, or to
the extent that at any time such applicable law may thereafter
permit a higher maximum non-usurious rate of interest, then such
higher rate.
1.118 Moodys shall mean
Moodys Investors Service, Inc., and its successors and
assigns.
1.119 Mortgaged Fee Properties shall
mean, collectively, the Real Property owned in fee by a Borrower
or Guarantor described on Part I of Schedule 1.119,
including all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures
now or subsequently located thereon and owned by any such
Borrower or Guarantor.
1.120 Mortgages shall mean the documents,
agreements and instruments set forth on Schedule 1.120 (as
the same now exist or may hereafter be amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced).
1.121 Multiemployer Plan shall mean a
multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is or was at any time
during the current year or the immediately preceding six
(6) years contributed to by any Borrower, Guarantor or any
ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any Borrower, Guarantor
or any ERISA Affiliate may incur any liability.
1.122 NCI Building Systems shall have the
meaning given to such term in the preamble hereto.
1.123 Net Cash Proceeds shall mean the
aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) in respect of any
Disposition of any assets or properties, or any interest in any
assets and properties or as proceeds of any loans, letters of
credit or similar instruments or the issuance or sale of debt
securities or as proceeds from the issuance
and/or sale
of any Equity Interests, or settlement or payment in respect of
any insurance claim or condemnation proceeds to the extent not
R-23
constituting reimbursement or compensation for amounts
previously paid by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in each
case net of (a) the reasonable fees, costs and expenses
relating to such Disposition or loans, letters of credit or
similar instruments or the issuance or sale of debt securities
(including, without limitation, legal, accounting, brokerage,
consultant, underwriting, investment banking and other fees and
commissions), (b) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof
(including reasonable estimates thereof for which Agent has
received reasonably satisfactory evidence of the basis for such
estimate), (c) in the case of a Disposition of any assets
or properties, or interest in assets and properties, amounts
applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a security
interest, lien or other encumbrance (other than a lien created
under the Financing Agreements or the Term Loan Documents) on
the assets or properties that are the subject of such
transaction required to be repaid in connection therewith,
including payments in respect of principal, interest, premiums
and penalties and (d) appropriate reserves to be provided
by Parent or its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP with
respect to any liabilities associated with such Disposition of
any assets or properties, or interest in assets and properties,
or such transaction, or the events giving rise thereto, and
other appropriate amounts to be used by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries to discharge or pay on a current basis any other
liabilities associated with such Disposition or events giving
rise thereto.
1.124 Net Recovery Percentage shall mean
the fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator
of which is the amount equal to the recovery on the aggregate
amount of the Inventory at such time on an orderly liquidation
value basis, net of expenses and charges in connection with
such, liquidation, as set forth in the most recent appraisal of
Inventory received by Agent in accordance with Section 7.3,
and (b) the denominator of which is the [applicable
original
cost]16
of the aggregate amount of the Inventory subject to such
appraisal.
1.125 New Parent shall have the meaning
set forth in the definition of the term Permitted Dispositions.
1.126 Non-Excluded Taxes shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.8.
1.127 Obligations shall mean (a) any
and all Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letter of Credit
Obligations, Special Agent Advances and all other obligations,
liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and
description owing by any or all of Borrowers to Agent or any
Lender, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and
expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety,
endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under any of the
Financing Agreements, whether now existing or hereafter arising,
whether arising before, during or after the initial or any
renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any
case with respect to such Borrower under the United States
Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of
interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but
for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts
are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case),
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or
several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or
unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (b) for purposes
only of Section 5.1 hereof and subject to the priority in
right of payment set forth in Section 6.7 hereof, all
obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature
and description owing by any or all of Borrowers or Guarantors
to any Bank Product Provider arising under or pursuant to any
Bank Products, whether now existing or hereafter arising;
provided, that, (i) as to any such
obligations, liabilities and indebtedness arising under or
pursuant to a Hedge Agreement, the same shall only be included
within the Obligations if (A) Administrative Borrower shall
have notified Agent in writing at the time of the execution and
delivery of such Hedge Agreement that such obligations,
liabilities and indebtedness are to be deemed to constitute
Obligations and (B) upon Agents request, Agent shall
have entered into an agreement, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent, with the Bank Product Provider that is a
counterparty to such Hedge Agreement, as acknowledged and agreed
to by Borrowers and Guarantors (or the Administrative Borrower
acting on their behalf), providing for the delivery to Agent by
such counterparty of information with respect to the amount of
such obligations and providing for the other rights of Agent and
such Bank Product Provider in connection with such arrangements,
(ii) any Bank Product Provider shall have delivered written
notice to Agent and Administrative Borrower that (A) such
Bank Product Provider has entered into a transaction to provide
Bank Products to a Borrower or Guarantor and
16 To
be matched to denominator used in appraisal.
R-24
(B) the obligations arising pursuant to such Bank Products
provided to Borrowers or Guarantors constitute Obligations
entitled to the benefits of the security interest of Agent
granted hereunder, and Agent and Administrative Borrower shall
have accepted such notice in writing and (iii) in no event
shall any Bank Product Provider to whom such obligations,
liabilities or indebtedness are owing be deemed a Lender for
purposes hereof to the extent of and as to such obligations,
liabilities or indebtedness other than for purposes of
Section 5.1 hereof and other than for purposes of
Sections 14.1, 14.2, 14.3(b), 14.6, 14.7, 14.9, 14.12 and
15.6 hereof and in no event shall the approval of any such
Person be required in connection with the release or termination
of any security interest or lien of Agent.
1.128 Optional Payment shall have the
meaning given to such term in Section 10.9 hereof.
1.129 Parent shall have the meaning set
forth in the preamble hereto.
1.130 Parent Entity shall mean any Person
of which Parent becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date that
is designated in writing by Parent to Agent as a Parent
Entity as of or promptly following the date that Parent
becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, provided that
(i) immediately prior to becoming a Parent Entity, such
Person was a Subsidiary of Parent and became a Parent Entity
pursuant to a merger of another Subsidiary with Parent in which
the Voting Stock of Parent was exchanged for or converted into
Voting Stock of such Person (or the right to receive such Voting
Stock), or (ii) immediately after Parent first becomes a
Subsidiary of such Person, more than 90% of the Voting Stock of
such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more
than 90% of the Voting Stock of Parent immediately prior to
Parent first becoming such Subsidiary of such Person, or
(iii) immediately after Parent first becomes a Subsidiary
of such Person, Permitted Holders shall own the requisite
percentage of the Voting Stock of such Person as is necessary to
ensure that a Change of Control has not taken place.
1.131 Parent Entity Expenses shall mean
expenses, Taxes and other amounts incurred or payable by any
Parent Entity in respect of which Parent is permitted to make a
Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 10.5.
1.132 Participant shall mean any
financial institution that acquires and holds a participation in
the interest of any Lender in any of the Loans and Letters of
Credit in conformity with the provisions of Section 15.7 of
this Agreement governing participations.
1.133 Payment Conditions shall mean, as
of the date of the applicable payment or other transaction, and
after giving effect thereto, (a) no Default or Event of
Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing,
(b) the daily average Excess Availability for the period of
sixty (60) consecutive days immediately preceding the date
of such payment or other transaction shall not be less than the
greater of (i) $30,000,000 or (ii) twenty-four (24%)
percent of the lesser of (A) the Maximum Credit or
(B) the Borrowing Base, in each case after giving effect to
the making of any such payment or other transaction, on a pro
forma basis using the Excess Availability as of the date of the
most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base immediately prior
to any such payment or other transaction, and as of the date of
any such payment or other transaction and after giving effect
thereto, using the most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base
prior to the date of any such payment, on a pro forma basis,
Excess Availability shall be not less than such amount,
(c) on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the
applicable payment or other transaction, the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent and its Subsidiaries for the
immediately preceding twelve (12) consecutive month period
ending on the last day of the fiscal month prior to the date of
any payment (or other transaction, as applicable) for which
Agent has received financial statements shall be equal to or
greater than 1.00 to 1.00 and (d) receipt by Agent of
projections for the immediately succeeding twelve
(12) consecutive month period beginning after the date of
payment (or other transaction, as applicable) (including in each
case, balance sheets and statements of income and loss,
statements of cash flow, and the projected Borrowing Base and
Excess Availability) for Parent and its Subsidiaries on such
basis (whether monthly, quarterly, or annually) as Agent may
reasonably specify, all in reasonable detail and in a format
consistent with the projections delivered by Parent to Agent
prior to the date hereof, together with such supporting
information as Agent may reasonably request, which projections
show, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the payment
(or other transaction, as applicable), minimum Excess
Availability at all times during such period of not less than
the amount set forth above and
R-25
that the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at all
times equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00 during such period.
1.134 Payment in Full of all Obligations
shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 15.1(a).
1.135 Pension Plan shall mean a pension
plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to
Title IV of ERISA which any Borrower or Guarantor sponsors,
maintains, or to which any Borrower, Guarantor or ERISA
Affiliate makes, is making, or is obligated to make
contributions, other than a Multiemployer Plan.
1.136 Permits shall mean all material
permits, licenses, approvals, consents, certificates, orders or
authorizations of any Governmental Authority required for the
lawful conduct of the business of Borrowers and Guarantors.
1.137 Permitted Acquisitions shall mean
the acquisition by a Borrower or Guarantor after the date hereof
of all or a substantial part of the property or assets of any
Person, or a business, division or operating unit of any Person
(including pursuant to a merger with such Person by Parent or a
Subsidiary of Parent, including a wholly owned Subsidiary formed
solely for such purpose that is merged with such Person) or of
all or a majority of the Equity Interests of any Person (such
property, assets, business, division or operating unit or Person
being referred to herein as the Acquired Business),
in each case in one transaction or a series of transactions that
satisfies each of the following conditions:
(a) (i) subject to clauses (iv) and
(v) below, in the case of any such Permitted Acquisition
where the aggregate amount of the consideration payable in
connection with such Permitted Acquisition that consists of
cash, property, or Indebtedness incurred or assumed in
connection therewith (and excluding any Equity Interests of
Parent or any Parent Entity, and any cash from the Net Cash
Proceeds of the issuance or sale of any such Equity Interests)
is in an amount less than or equal to $5,000,000, as of the date
of the acquisition and after giving effect to the acquisition,
no Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be
continuing;
(ii) subject to clauses (iv) and (v) below, in
the case of any such Permitted Acquisition where the aggregate
amount of the consideration payable in connection with such
Permitted Acquisition that consists of cash, property, or
Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection therewith (and
excluding any Equity Interests of Parent or any Parent Entity,
and any cash from the Net Cash Proceeds of the issuance or sale
of any such Equity Interests) is in excess of $5,000,000 but
less than or equal to $15,000,000:
(A) as of the date of the acquisition and after giving
effect to the acquisition, no Event of Default shall exist or
have occurred and be continuing;
(B) the daily average Excess Availability for the period of
sixty (60) consecutive days immediately preceding the date of
such acquisition shall be not less than the greater of (1)
$30,000,000 or (2) twenty-four (24%) percent of the lesser of
(x) the Maximum Credit or (y) the Borrowing Base, in each case
after giving effect to the making of any such acquisition, on a
pro forma basis using the Excess Availability as of the date of
the most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base immediately
prior to any such acquisition and as of the date of any such
acquisition and after giving effect thereto, using the most
recent calculation of the Borrowing Base prior to the date of
any such acquisition, on a pro forma basis, Excess Availability
shall be not less than such amount; and
(C) Agent shall have received not less than five (5)
Business Days prior written notice of the proposed
acquisition and such information with respect thereto as Agent
may reasonably request, in each case with such information to
include (1) parties to such acquisition, (2) the proposed date
and amount of the acquisition, (3) description of the assets or
shares to be acquired, (4) the total purchase price for the
assets to be purchased (and the terms of payment of such
purchase price);
(iii) subject to clauses (iv) and (v) below, in
the case of any such Permitted Acquisition where the aggregate
amount of the consideration payable in connection with such
Permitted Acquisition
R-26
that consists of cash, property, or Indebtedness incurred or
assumed in connection therewith (and excluding any Equity
Interests of Parent or any Parent Entity, and any cash from the
Net Cash Proceeds of the issuance or sale of any such Equity
Interests) is in excess of $15,000,000:
(A) the Payment Conditions shall be satisfied; and
(B) Agent shall have received not less than ten (10)
Business Days prior written notice of the proposed
acquisition and such information with respect thereto as Agent
may reasonably request, in each case with such information to
include (1) parties to such acquisition, (2) the proposed date
and amount of the acquisition, (3) description of the assets or
shares to be acquired and (4) the total purchase price for the
assets to be purchased (and the terms of payment of such
purchase price);
(iv) in the case of any Permitted Acquisition where all of
the consideration for any Permitted Acquisition consists of
Equity Interests of Parent or any Parent Entity or cash from the
Net Cash Proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of Parent
or any Parent Entity, regardless of the amount of such
consideration, the only conditions under this clause (a)
applicable in such case are that:
(A) as of the date of the acquisition and after giving
effect to the acquisition, no Event of Default shall exist or
have occurred and be continuing; and
(B) either (1) Excess Availability shall be not less than
the greater of $20,000,000 or eighteen (18%) percent of the
lesser of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing Base, on a pro
forma basis giving effect to such acquisition, for each of the
immediately succeeding twelve (12) consecutive months beginning
after the date of such acquisition based on updated projections
received by Agent (including in each case, forecasted balance
sheets and statements of income and loss, statements of cash
flow, and the projected Borrowing Base and Excess Availability)
for Parent and its Subsidiaries (whether monthly, quarterly, or
annually as Agent may specify), all in reasonable detail and in
a format consistent with the projections delivered by Parent to
Agent prior to the date hereof, together with such supporting
information as Agent may reasonably request or (2) Agent shall
have received updated projections (including in each case,
forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and loss,
statements of cash flow, and the projected Borrowing Base and
Excess Availability) for Parent and its Subsidiaries (whether
monthly, quarterly, or annually as Agent may specify), all in
reasonable detail and in a format consistent with the
projections delivered by Parent to Agent prior to the date
hereof, together with such supporting information as Agent may
reasonably request, showing, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the acquisition, that the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio is at all times equal to or greater than 1.00 to
1.00 during such period;
(v) notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
above, in the case where as of the date of such acquisition and
after giving effect thereto, there are no Loans or Letters of
Credit then outstanding, regardless of the amount of the
consideration for such acquisition, as of the date of the
acquisition and after giving effect to the acquisition, the only
condition applicable under this clause (a) in such case is
that no Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be
continuing;
(b) promptly upon Agents reasonable request, Agent
shall have received true, correct and complete copies of all
material agreements, documents and instruments relating to such
acquisition, if then available (it being agreed that if any of
the foregoing shall not then be available, Administrative
Borrower shall deliver it as soon as available, but the delivery
thereof shall not be a condition to the effectiveness of such
Permitted Acquisition);
(c) the business of the Acquired Business shall be
substantially similar to, or ancillary, complementary or related
to, or used or useful in, the businesses that Borrowers are
engaged in on the date hereof, or the assets so acquired shall
be used or useful in, or otherwise relate to, any such business;
(d) in the case of the acquisition of the Equity Interests
of another Person, such Person (and the board of directors or
other governing body of such Person) shall not have announced
that it will oppose
R-27
such acquisition and shall not have commenced any action which
alleges that such acquisition will violate applicable law; and
(e) Agent shall have received a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of Parent certifying on behalf of Parent to
Agent and Lenders that such transaction complies with this
definition.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if
Administrative Borrower requests that any assets acquired
pursuant to any acquisition be included in the Borrowing Base,
Agent shall initiate, within thirty (30) days of such
request, a field examination with respect to the business and
assets of the Acquired Business in accordance with Agents
customary procedures and practices and as otherwise required by
the nature and circumstances of the business of the Acquired
Business, the scope and results of which shall be reasonably
satisfactory to Co-Collateral Agents, and which shall have been
completed, before such assets may be included. Any Accounts or
Inventory of the Acquired Business shall only be Eligible
Accounts or Eligible Inventory to the extent that Agent has so
completed such field examination with respect thereto and the
criteria for Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory set forth
herein are satisfied with respect thereto in accordance with
this Agreement (or such other or additional criteria as
Co-Collateral Agents may, at their option, establish with
respect thereto in accordance with the definitions of Eligible
Accounts or Eligible Inventory, as applicable, and subject to
such Reserves as Co-Collateral Agents may establish in
connection with the Acquired Business in accordance with the
definition of such term, and, if requested by Agent in its
Permitted Discretion, in the case of Eligible Inventory acquired
pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that it has
been subject to an appraisal that satisfies the requirements of
Section 7.3 hereof.
1.138 Permitted Discretion shall mean a
determination made in good faith in the exercise of reasonable
business judgment from the perspective of an asset based lender.
1.139 Permitted Dispositions shall mean
each of the following:
(a) the sale or other Disposition of obsolete, worn out or
surplus property or assets or property that is no longer used or
useful in the conduct of the business of Parent and its
Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the
ordinary course of business;
(b) the sale or other Disposition of (i) any Inventory
in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any other
assets or property (other than Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral) in the ordinary course of business;
(c) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts
receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable
into or for notes receivable, in each case in connection with
the compromise or collection thereof; provided,
that, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary of Parent,
any such sale or discount may be with recourse if such sale or
discount is consistent with customary practice in such Foreign
Subsidiarys country of business;
(d) the sale or other Disposition of accounts receivable
and/or
related rights or assets of a Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to any
Factoring Transaction of such Foreign Subsidiary;
(e) a Disposition permitted under Section 10.1(b);
(f) subject to any applicable limitations set forth in
Section 10.1(b), Dispositions of any assets or property
among Borrowers and Guarantors; provided, that,
after giving effect thereto, Agent shall continue to have a
security interest in and lien upon such property or assets to
the extent that the same were Collateral with the priority and
rights provided for under the Financing Agreements;
(g) the abandonment or other Disposition of patents,
trademarks or other Intellectual Property or Foreign
Intellectual Property that are, in the reasonable judgment of
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, no longer economically
practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business
of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(h) licenses of Intellectual Property and Foreign
Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business by
Parent and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof;
provided, that, no such license shall impair in
any material respect the ability of Agent to exercise its rights
or remedies with respect to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral;
R-28
+(i) the issuance, sale or other Disposition by Parent of
Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries after the date
hereof, provided, that, after giving effect thereto, no Change
of Control shall occur, and the issuance, sale or other
Disposition of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to Parent or
any other Subsidiary;
(j) the issuance, sale or other Disposition of Equity
Interests of Parent pursuant to an employee stock option or
grant or similar equity plan or 401(k) plans of such Parent for
the benefit of its employees, directors and consultants;
(k) the Disposition of any property or assets pursuant to a
winding up, liquidation or dissolution of a Borrower, a
Guarantor or a Subsidiary permitted under Section 10.1(c)
hereof;
(l) the Disposition of any property or assets in connection
with a merger or consolidation that is a Permitted Acquisition;
(m) the Disposition of any property or assets (other than
Revolving Loan Priority Collateral) in connection with a Sale
and Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 10.11
hereof;
(n) any Disposition of property or assets by Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries; provided, that, (i) the
Net Cash Proceeds of each such Disposition do not exceed
$1,000,000, (ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of all
Dispositions in any fiscal year of Parent made pursuant to this
clause (n) does not exceed $2,500,000, (iii) at any
time a Dominion Event exists, subject to the Intercreditor
Agreement, the Net Cash Proceeds from any such sale or other
Disposition shall be applied to the Obligations in accordance
with Section 2.5;
(o) any other Disposition of property or assets by Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that (i) Agent shall
have received prior written notice of such Disposition, together
with an updated Borrowing Base Certificate giving effect to such
Disposition on a pro forma basis; (ii) not less than eighty
(80%) percent of the consideration to be received by Borrowers
and Guarantors shall be paid or payable in cash and shall be
paid contemporaneously with the consummation of the transaction;
(iii) the consideration paid or payable shall be in an
amount not less than the fair market value of the property
disposed of; (iv) at any time a Dominion Event exists,
subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Net Cash Proceeds
from any such sale or other Disposition shall be applied to the
Obligations in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof; and
(v) as of the date of any such Disposition, and after
giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall exist or have
occurred and be continuing;
(p) any involuntary Disposition due to casualty,
condemnation or eminent domain or foreclosure;
(q) any Disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary
that becomes a Parent Entity (New Parent), including
as a result of a merger of Parent with a Subsidiary in which
(x) previously outstanding Capital Stock of Parent is
converted into or becomes a right to receive Equity Interests of
a New Parent and (y) Equity Interests of Parent as the
continuing or surviving Person in such merger consist of Equity
Interests directly or indirectly held by a New Parent;
provided that after giving effect thereto, no Change of
Control shall occur; and
(r) any Disposition set forth on Schedule 1.139.
1.140 Permitted Guarantees shall mean,
with respect to any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary:
(a) Guaranty Obligations in respect of indemnification and
contribution agreements expressly permitted by
Section 10.6(c) or similar agreements by the Borrower;
(b) Guaranty Obligations in respect of loans and advances
by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to officers, directors or
employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (i) existing
on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 10.4,
(ii) in respect of the indemnification or reimbursement of
any officers, directors or employees for liabilities relating to
their serving in such capacity based on the indemnification
arrangements permitted under Section 10.6 hereof,
(iii) in the ordinary course of business for reasonably and
necessary work-related travel, entertainment or other ordinary
business expenses and for relocation expenses (including home
mortgage financing for relocated employees), and (iv) for
other purposes,
R-29
provided, that, the aggregate amount of the loans
and advances under sub-clauses (iii) and (iv) of this
clause (b), together with the Investments permitted under
sub-clauses (iii)
and (iv) of clause (h) of the definition of
Permitted Investments, shall not exceed $1,000,000
at any time outstanding;
(c) obligations to insurers required in connection with
workers compensation and other insurance coverage incurred
in the ordinary course of business;
(d) obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under
any Hedge Agreements;
(e) guarantees made by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness), which obligations are
otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
(f) Guaranty Obligations in connection with sales or other
Dispositions permitted under Section 10.1 hereof, including
indemnification obligations with respect to leases, and
guarantees of collectibility in respect of accounts receivable
or notes receivable for up to face value;
(g) accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade
creditors of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business; and
(h) Guaranty Obligations in respect of Permitted
Investments.
1.141 Permitted Holders shall mean
(a) any of the CD&R Investors; (b) any of
CD&R and its Affiliates; (c) any investment fund or
vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CD&R or any
Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such
investment fund or vehicle; (d) any limited or general
partners of, or other investors in, any CD&R Investor or
any Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle;
(e) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in
connection with a public or private offering of Equity Interests
of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or of any Parent Entity;
provided, that, any such underwriter shall cease
to be a Permitted Holder on the date that
is
( ) days after the effective date
of such public or private offering, and (f) any Parent
Entity.
1.142 Permitted Investments shall mean
each of the following:
(a) Investments consisting of accounts receivable owing to
any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary if created or acquired in
the ordinary course of business;
(b) the endorsement of instruments for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business;
(c) Investments in cash or Cash Equivalents;
provided, that, (i) at any time on and after
a Dominion Event and for so long as the same is continuing, no
Loans are then outstanding; except that the
limitation in this clause (i) shall not apply to
(A) Qualified Cash, (B) funds held in deposit accounts
that are not required to be transferred to Agent after a Cash
Dominion Event as provided in Section 6.6 hereof and
(C) deposits of cash or other immediately available funds
in operating demand deposit accounts used for disbursements to
the extent required to provide funds for amounts drawn or
anticipated to be drawn shortly on such accounts and which may
be held in Cash Equivalents consisting of overnight investments
until so drawn (so long as such funds and Cash Equivalents are
not held more than three (3) Business Days from the date of
the initial deposit thereof) and (ii) the terms and
conditions of Section 5.2 hereof shall have been satisfied
with respect to the deposit account, investment account or other
account in which such cash or Cash Equivalents are held;
(d) pledges or deposits of cash for leases, utilities and
similar matters in the ordinary course of business;
(e) obligations and other Investments in respect of Hedge
Agreements permitted under Section 10.3(d);
(f) the existing Investments of Parent and its Subsidiaries
as of the date hereof in their respective Subsidiaries;
(g) the Investments set forth on Schedule 10.4 hereto;
R-30
(h) loans and advances by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
to officers, directors or employees of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (i) existing on the Closing Date and set forth
on Schedule 10.4, (ii) in respect of the
indemnification or reimbursement of any officers, directors or
employees for liabilities relating to their serving in such
capacity based on the indemnification arrangements permitted
under Section 10.6 hereof, (iii) in the ordinary
course of business for reasonably and necessary work-related
travel, entertainment or other ordinary business expenses and
for relocation expenses (including home mortgage financing for
relocated employees), and (iv) for other purposes,
provided, that, the aggregate amount of the loans and advances
under clause (iii) and (iv) of this
subsection (h) shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time
outstanding;
(i) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees
the proceeds of which are used to make a substantially
contemporaneous purchase of Equity Interests in Parent or any
Parent Entity, provided, that, (i) Parent or
such Parent Entity applies the Net Cash Proceeds of such
purchases upon the receipt thereof, directly or indirectly, to
make a capital contribution to, or purchase Equity Interests of,
Parent and (ii) such loans and advances shall not exceed
$ at any time outstanding;
(j) Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other Investments
received by Parent and its Subsidiaries in respect of
Indebtedness or other liabilities of such Person owing to Parent
and its Subsidiaries in connection with the insolvency,
bankruptcy, receivership or reorganization of such Person or a
composition or readjustment of the debts of such Person;
(k) obligations of account debtors to Parent and its
Subsidiaries arising from Accounts or other obligations which
are past due, including any evidenced by a promissory note made
by such account debtor payable to Parent or one of its
Subsidiaries;
(l) Investments (i) by a Borrower or Guarantor in a
Borrower or Guarantor or (ii) in the ordinary course of
business by a Borrower or Guarantor in an Existing Foreign
Subsidiary; provided, that, to the extent that any
such Investment is used directly or indirectly for Capital
Expenditures, the amount of such Investment so used shall be
treated as a Capital Expenditure for purposes of the calculation
of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 11
hereof (to the extent the expenditure is or should be accounted
for by the Existing Foreign Subsidiary as a Capital Expenditure
in accordance with GAAP), or (iii) by a Subsidiary that is
not a Borrower or Guarantor in any Borrower, Guarantor or
Subsidiary;
(m) any Investment by Parent or any Subsidiary arising
after the date hereof in industrial development or revenue bonds
or similar obligations issued by any State, county or municipal
industrial development authority or similar Governmental
Authority secured by Real Property or Equipment or other fixed
or capital assets leased to and operated by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries, so long as (i) Parent or any such Subsidiary
may obtain title to such assets free and clear of any Lien
related to such industrial development or revenue bonds or
similar obligations at any time by optionally canceling such
bonds or obligations, paying a nominal fee and terminating such
transaction and (ii) the proceeds received from the
issuance of such bonds or similar obligations are used, directly
or indirectly, to acquire, construct, improve or maintain such
property or assets;
(n) Investments made by Parent and its Subsidiaries as a
result of consideration received in connection with any
Permitted Disposition made in compliance with
Section 10.1(b) hereof;
(o) Investments consisting of loans and advances by Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries to Parent or any Parent Entity to the
same extent that Parent or any such Subsidiary would be
permitted to make a Restricted Payment to Parent or any Parent
Entity under Sections 10.5(c), (d), (e), (i), (j),
(k) and (l) and in amounts and for purposes for which
Restricted Payments by Parent or any Subsidiary are permitted
under such clauses in Section 10.5; provided,
that, the aggregate amount of such loans and advances,
together with such Restricted Payments, shall not exceed any
limitations with respect to such Restricted Payments provided
for under such clauses in Section 10.5 and such loans and
advances shall be used for such purposes;
(p) Investments after the date hereof by Parent and its
Subsidiaries in or to any Person (including, without limitation,
a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement,
whether in corporate,
R-31
partnership or other legal form); provided, that,
as to any such Investment, each of the following conditions is
satisfied:
(i) subject to clauses (iv) and (v) below, in the
case of any such Investment that is in an amount (excluding any
portion of such Investment made with any Equity Interests of
Parent or any Parent Entity, or Net Cash Proceeds of the
issuance or sale of any such Equity Interests) that is in an
amount less than or equal to $5,000,000, as of the date of the
Investment and after giving effect to the Investment, no Event
of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;
(ii) subject to clauses (iv) and (v) below, in
the case of any such Investment that is in an amount (excluding
any portion of such Investment made with any Equity Interests of
Parent or any Parent Entity, or Net Cash Proceeds of the
issuance or sale of any such Equity Interests) in excess of
$5,000,000 but less than or equal to $10,000,000:
(A) as of the date of the Investment and after giving
effect to the Investment, no Event of Default shall exist or
have occurred and be continuing;
(B) as of the date of the Investment and after giving
effect to the Investment, the daily average Excess Availability
for the period of sixty (60) consecutive days immediately
preceding the date of such Investment shall be not less than the
greater of (1) $30,000,000 or (2) twenty-four (24%)
percent of the lesser of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing
Base, on a pro forma basis using the Excess Availability as of
the date of the most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base
immediately prior to any such Investment, and as of the date of
any such Investment and after giving effect thereto, using the
most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base prior to the date
of any such Investment, on a pro forma basis, Excess
Availability shall be not less than such amount; and
(C) Agent shall have received not less than five
(5) Business Days prior written notice of the
proposed Investment and such information with respect thereto as
Agent may reasonably request, in each case with such information
to include (1) parties to such Investment, (2) the
proposed date and amount of the Investment, and (3) the
total amount of the Investment;
(iii) subject to clauses (iv) and (v) below, in
the case of any such Investment that is in an amount (excluding
any portion of such Investment made with any Equity Interests of
Parent or any Parent Entity, or Net Cash Proceeds of the
issuance or sale of any such Equity Interests) in excess of
$10,000,000:
(A) the Payment Conditions shall be satisfied; and
(B) Agent shall have received not less than ten
(10) Business Days prior written notice of the
proposed Investment and such information with respect thereto as
Agent may reasonably request, in each case with such information
to include (1) parties to such Investment, (2) the
proposed date and amount of the Investment, and (3) the
total amount of the Investment;
(iv) notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
above, in the case of any such Investment where all of the
Investment is made with any Equity Interests of Parent or any
Parent Entity
and/or Net
Cash Proceeds of the issuance or sale of any such Equity
Interests, regardless of the amount of such Investment, the only
conditions applicable in this clause (p) in such case are
that:
(A) as of the date of the Investment and after giving
effect to the Investment, no Event of Default shall exist or
have occurred and be continuing;
(B) either (1) Excess Availability shall be not less
than the greater of $20,000,000 or eighteen (18%) percent of the
lesser of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing Base, on a pro
forma basis giving effect to such Investment, for each of the
twelve (12) consecutive months after the date of such
Investment based on updated projections received by Agent
(including in each case, forecasted balance sheets and
statements of income and loss, statements of cash flow, and the
projected Borrowing Base and Excess Availability) for Parent and
its Subsidiaries
R-32
(whether monthly, quarterly, or annually as Agent may specify),
all in reasonable detail and in a format consistent with the
projections delivered by Parent to Agent prior to the date
hereof, together with such supporting information as Agent may
reasonably request or (2) Agent shall have received updated
projections (including in each case, forecasted balance sheets
and statements of income and loss, statements of cash flow, and
the projected Borrowing Base and Excess Availability) for Parent
and its Subsidiaries (whether monthly, quarterly, or annually as
Agent may specify), all in reasonable detail and in a format
consistent with the projections delivered by Parent to Agent
prior to the date hereof, together with such supporting
information as Agent may reasonably request, showing, on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to the Investment or payment,
that the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at all
times equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00 during such period;
(C) Agent shall have received not less than ten
(10) Business Days prior written notice of the
proposed Investment and such information with respect thereto as
Agent may reasonably request, in each case with such information
to include (1) parties to such Investment, (2) the
proposed date and amount of the Investment, and (3) the
total amount of the Investment;
(v) notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
above, in the case where as of the date of such Investment and
after giving effect thereto, there are no Loans or Letters of
Credit then outstanding, regardless of the amount of such
Investment, the only conditions applicable in this
clause (p) in such case are that:
(A) as of the date of the Investment and after giving
effect to the Investment, no Event of Default shall exist or
have occurred and be continuing;
(B) Agent shall have received not less than ten
(10) Business Days prior written notice of the
proposed Investment and such information with respect thereto as
Agent may reasonably request, in each case with such information
to include (1) parties to such Investment, (2) the
proposed date and amount of the Investment, and (3) the
total amount of the Investment;
(vi) Agent shall have received a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of Parent certifying on behalf of Parent to
Agent and Lenders that such transaction complies with this
definition, including identifying the specific subsection of
this clause (p) is applicable thereto; and
(vii) promptly upon Agents reasonable request, Agent
shall have received true, correct and complete copies of all
material agreements, documents and instruments relating to such
Investment (it being agreed that if any of the foregoing shall
not then be available, Administrative Borrower shall deliver it
as soon as available, but the delivery thereof shall not be a
condition to the effectiveness of such Permitted Investment).
1.143 Permitted Liens shall mean, with
respect to any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary:
(a) the Liens of Agent for itself and the benefit of the
Secured Parties and the rights of setoff of Secured Parties
provided for herein or under applicable law;
(b) Liens securing the payment of Taxes, assessments or
other governmental charges or levies either not yet overdue or
the validity of which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to such
Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, which
proceedings (or orders entered in connection with such
proceedings) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or
sale of the property subject to any such Lien (to the extent
such property constitutes Revolving Loan Priority Collateral or,
if not constituting Revolving Loan Priority Collateral, other
property as to which the exercise of rights or remedies by the
holder of such Lien thereon could reasonably be expected to
materially impair the exercise of rights or remedies of Agent or
Lenders with respect to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral) and
with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on
the books of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance
with GAAP;
(c) statutory Liens (other than Liens arising under ERISA
or securing the payment of taxes) arising in the ordinary course
of such Borrowers, Guarantors or Subsidiarys
business that do not secure
R-33
Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers,
warehousemens, materialmens, landlords,
landlords mortgagees, workmens
suppliers, repairmens and mechanics liens, to
the extent such Liens relate to obligations that are not overdue
or are fully insured and being defended at the sole cost and
expense and at the sole risk of the insurer or being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and
available to such Borrower, Guarantor or such Subsidiary,
(i) which proceedings (or orders entered in connection with
such proceeding) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or
sale of the property subject to any such Lien (to the extent
such property constitutes Revolving Loan Priority Collateral or,
if not constituting Revolving Loan Priority Collateral, other
property as to which the exercise of rights or remedies by the
holder of such Lien thereon could reasonably be expected to
materially impair the exercise of the rights or remedies of
Agent or Lenders with respect to Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral) and (ii) with respect to which adequate
reserves have been set aside on its books in accordance with
GAAP;
(d) Liens of landlords, or of mortgagees of landlords,
arising pursuant to the terms of real property leases;
provided, that, the rental payments and any other
obligations secured thereby are not yet due and payable;
(e) zoning restrictions, easements,
rights-of-way,
restrictions on the use of property, other similar encumbrances
as to Real Property incurred in the ordinary course of business
and minor irregularities of title as to Real Property which in
each case do not interfere in any material respect with the use
of such Real Property or ordinary conduct of the business of
such Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary as presently conducted
thereon;
(f) Liens securing Indebtedness of Parent and its
Subsidiaries permitted by Section 10.3(b)(i) incurred to
finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or
improvement of Real Property, Equipment or other fixed or
capital assets subject to such Liens; provided,
that, such Liens do not at any time encumber any property
other than the property financed or refinanced by such
Indebtedness;
(g) Liens on property or assets (other than any Revolving
Loan Priority Collateral) or on cash or Cash Equivalents arising
in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other
types of social security benefits or other insurance related
obligations (including pledges or deposits of cash or Cash
Equivalents securing liability to insurance carriers under
insurance or self-insurance arrangements);
(h) Liens on assets (other than any Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral) or on cash or Cash Equivalents to secure the
performance of tenders, bids, leases, trade contracts (other
than for the repayment of borrowed money Indebtedness),
statutory obligations, obligations for utilities, leases,
statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance
bonds, material and supply bonds, tax bonds, judgment and like
bonds, replevin bonds, and other similar bonds and other
obligations in each case in the ordinary course of business of
such Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary;
(i) Liens arising from (i) operating leases and
(ii) equipment or other materials which are not owned by
any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary located on the premises of
such Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary (but not in connection
with, or as part of, the financing thereof) from time to time in
the ordinary course of business of such Borrower, Guarantor or
Subsidiary (it being understood that any precautionary UCC
financing statement filings in respect of any such lease or
equipment shall not be deemed a Lien);
(j) statutory or common law Liens or rights of setoff of
depository banks or securities intermediaries with respect to
deposit accounts, securities accounts or other funds of any
Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary at such banks or securities
intermediaries to secure fees and charges in connection with
returned items or the standard fees and charges of such banks or
securities intermediaries in connection with the deposit
accounts, securities accounts or other funds maintained by such
Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary at such banks or
intermediaries (but not any Indebtedness owing by such Borrower,
Guarantor or Subsidiary to such banks or intermediaries);
R-34
(k) Liens arising in connection with any judgment, decree
or order of any court or other Governmental Authority that do
not constitute an Event of Default under Section 12.1(e),
provided, that, (i) adequate reserves or
other appropriate provision, if any, as are required by GAAP
have been made therefor, (ii) a stay of enforcement of any
such Liens is in effect (in the case of any Lien on property
constituting Revolving Loan Priority Collateral or, if not
constituting Revolving Loan Priority Collateral, other property
as to which the exercise of rights or remedies by the holder of
such Lien could reasonably be expected to materially impair the
exercise of the rights or remedies of Agent or Lenders with
respect to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral) and
(iii) Co-Collateral Agents may establish a Reserve with
respect thereto (in accordance with and subject to the
definition of such term);
(l) security interests, mortgages and other Liens on
(i) Equipment, Real Property and other fixed or capital
assets arising after the date hereof to secure Indebtedness
(including pursuant to Capital Leases) permitted under
Section 10.3(b) or (ii) property and assets described
in Sections 10.3(s) and 10.3(t);
(m) leases or subleases of Real Property granted by any
Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business of such Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary to any Person
so long as any such leases or subleases do not interfere in any
material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of
such Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary;
(n) licenses of Intellectual Property or Foreign
Intellectual Property to any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary
permitted under clause (h) of the definition of Permitted
Disposition;
(o) Liens on goods in favor of customs and revenue
authorities arising as a matter of law to secure custom duties
in connection with the importation of such goods;
(p) security interests and other Liens on the Collateral
(i) securing Indebtedness permitted under
Section 10.3(e) hereof (and Refinancing Indebtedness with
respect thereto permitted under Section 10.3(v) hereof),
(ii) securing any Bank Products to the extent secured by
the same security interests and other Liens that secure
Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(e) or such
Refinancing Indebtedness or (iii) securing any notes or
other debt securities incurred pursuant to Section 10.3(j),
subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or an
intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
Co-Collateral Agents;
(q) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Borrower, Guarantor
or Subsidiary permitted under Section 10.3(g) hereof to
finance insurance premiums on the insurance policies maintained
by any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary; provided,
that, such Liens shall not in any manner affect the
ability of Agent to obtain or receive payment of proceeds of
insurance with respect to any of the Collateral;
(r) Liens on property or assets other than the Collateral
to secure Indebtedness of Borrowers and Guarantors permitted
under Section 10.3(j);
(s) security interests and other Liens in property or
assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired
pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition after the date hereof in
respect of Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(i)
hereof (and Liens in respect of Refinancing Indebtedness with
respect thereto permitted under Section 10.3(v) hereof);
provided, that, each of the following conditions
is satisfied: (i) such security interests and other Liens
were not granted and did not arise in connection with, or in
anticipation or contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition,
and (ii) the property or assets subject to such security
interests and other Liens do not include any assets or
properties of any Person other than assets or properties of the
Person so acquired;
(t) Liens on assets or property at the time of acquisition
thereof by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries which do not
materially interfere with the use, occupancy, operation and
maintenance of structures existing on the property subject
thereto or extend to or cover any assets or properties of Parent
or such Subsidiary other than the assets or property being
acquired; provided, that, to the extent that any
such assets so acquired consist of Accounts and Inventory, such
Accounts and Inventory shall not in any case constitute Eligible
Accounts or Eligible Inventory unless and until (i) the
Agent shall have established a Reserve with respect to any such
Lien thereon or notified the Administrative Borrower that no
such
R-35
Reserve will be established and (ii) the provisions of the
last two sentences of the definition of Permitted
Acquisitions shall have been complied with;
(u) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call
agreements) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint
venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or
similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar
arrangement; provided, that, no such encumbrance or restriction
affects in any way the ability of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries to comply with Section 9.11(a) or (b);
(v) Liens on property or assets subject to Sale and
Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 10.11;
(w) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
entered into by Parent or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
(x) Liens on property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary
(other than a Borrower or Guarantor) to secure Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary permitted under Section 10.3(r) hereof;
(y) Liens securing any Guaranty Obligation of any Borrower,
Guarantor or Subsidiary to the extent the Indebtedness to which
such Guaranty Obligation relates would be permitted hereunder to
be so secured;
(z) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of
Parent and its Subsidiaries securing liabilities or obligations
that do not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate; provided,
that, to the extent any such Lien encumbers Accounts or
Inventory, such Lien shall be reported to Agent by
Administrative Borrower promptly upon discovery by a Responsible
Officer of any Borrower and an amount of the Accounts and
Inventory so encumbered equal to the amount of the liabilities
or obligations so secured by such Lien shall thereafter not
constitute Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory (such amount,
the Deemed Reserve) unless and until the Agent shall
have established a Reserve with respect to such Lien or
Co-Collateral Agents shall have determined and instructed Agent
to notify the Administrative Borrower that no such Reserve will
be established;
(aa) the Liens set forth on Schedule 10.2 hereto which
are not otherwise permitted under the other clauses of this
definition and any Liens to secure Refinancing Indebtedness of
the Indebtedness secured by such Liens to the extent permitted
under Section 10.3(v) hereof; and
(bb) any other Lien on property or assets of Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries (other than Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral) existing on the Closing Date.
1.144 Person or person shall
mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership,
corporation (including any corporation which elects subchapter S
status under the Code), limited liability company, limited
liability partnership, business trust, unincorporated
association, joint stock corporation, trust, joint venture or
other entity or any government or any agency or instrumentality
or political subdivision thereof.
1.145 Plan shall mean an employee benefit
plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which any
Borrower or Guarantor sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes,
is making, or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case
of a Multiemployer Plan has made contributions at any time
during the immediately preceding six (6) plan years or with
respect to which any Borrower or Guarantor may incur liability.
1.146 Pro Rata Share shall mean, as to
any Lender, the fraction (expressed as a percentage) the
numerator of which is such Lenders Commitment and the
denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all of the
Commitments of the Lenders, as adjusted from time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof; provided, that, if the
Commitments have been terminated, the numerator shall be the
unpaid amount of such Lenders Loans and its interest in
the Swing Line Loans, Special Agent Advances and Letter of
Credit Obligations and the denominator shall be the aggregate
amount of all unpaid Loans, Swing Line Loans, Special Agent
Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations.
R-36
1.147 Provision for Taxes shall mean an
amount equal to all taxes imposed on or measured by net income,
whether Federal, State, Provincial, county or local, and whether
foreign or domestic, that are paid or payable by any Person in
respect of any period in accordance with GAAP.
1.148 Qualified Cash shall mean cash or
subject to the terms below, Cash Equivalents owned by a
Borrower, which are (a) free and clear of any pledge,
security interest, lien, claim or other encumbrance (other than
(i) in favor of Agent, (ii) in favor of the depository
bank or securities intermediary where the deposit account or
investment account is maintained to the extent permitted under
clause (j) of the definition of the term Permitted
Liens, but only to secure its customary fees and charges
and (iii) any other liens permitted under this Agreement
that are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement or an
intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent between the holder of such security interest or Lien and
Agent), (b) subject to the first priority perfected
security interest of Agent (subject to the liens of the
depository bank or securities intermediary where the deposit
account or investment account is maintained for its customary
fees and charges), (c) in a deposit account or an
investment account at a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender and
which account is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement
or an Investment Property Control Agreement, and which cash or
Cash Equivalents, to the extent included in the Borrowing Base,
are not permitted to be withdrawn from such account without the
prior written consent of Agent and for which Agent shall have
received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to Agent, of the amount of such cash or Cash Equivalents held in
such deposit account or investment account as of the applicable
date of the calculation of the Borrowing Base; provided,
that, to the extent such amounts represent payments in
respect of Accounts or other Collateral included in the
Borrowing Base as of such date, such amounts shall not
constitute Qualified Cash (and Administrative Borrower shall
provide such evidence thereof as Agent may reasonably request).
For purposes of this definition, Qualified Cash
shall only include Cash Equivalents maturing within ninety
(90) days from the date of the acquisition thereof and in
the case of obligations or indebtedness described in
clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of the term Cash
Equivalents, obligations or indebtedness having a rating of at
least A-1
from S&P or at least
P-1 from
Moodys (or, if at any time neither S&P nor
Moodys shall be rating such obligations, then an
equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating
service).
1.149 Quarterly Average Excess
Availability shall mean, for any three (3) month
period, the daily average of the aggregate amount of the Excess
Availability for such three (3) month period.
1.150 Real Property shall mean, as to any
Person, all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of
such Person, including leasehold interests, together with all
buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon
and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto,
wherever located, including, in the case of any Borrower or
Guarantor, the Real Property and related assets of such Borrower
or Guarantor more particularly described in the Mortgages.
1.151 Receivables shall mean all of the
following now owned or hereafter arising or acquired property of
each Borrower and Guarantor: (a) all Accounts; (b) all
interest, fees, late charges, penalties, collection fees and
other amounts due or to become due or otherwise payable in
connection with any Account; (c) letters of credit,
indemnities, guarantees, security or other deposits and proceeds
thereof issued payable to any Borrower or Guarantor or otherwise
in favor of or delivered to any Borrower or Guarantor in
connection with any Account; or (d) all other accounts,
contract rights, chattel paper, instruments, notes, general
intangibles and other forms of obligations owing to any Borrower
or Guarantor, whether from the sale and lease of goods or other
property, licensing of any property (including Intellectual
Property or other general intangibles), rendition of services or
otherwise.
1.152 Records shall mean, as to each
Borrower and Guarantor, all of such Borrowers and
Guarantors present and future books and records of every
kind or nature relating to the Collateral, including without
limitation, all purchase and sale agreements, invoices, ledger
cards, bills of lading and other shipping evidence, statements,
correspondence, memoranda, credit files and other data relating
to the Collateral or any account debtor, together with the
tapes, disks, diskettes and other data and software storage
media (including any rights of any Borrower or Guarantor with
respect to the foregoing maintained with or by any other person).
1.153 Refinancing Indebtedness shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(v) hereof.
R-37
1.154 Register shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 6.4 hereof.
1.155 Registration Rights Agreement shall
mean the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
[ ],
2009, by and between Parent and the CD&R Investors, as the
same now exists or may hereafter be further amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
1.156 Related Taxes shall mean:
(a) any Taxes, charges or assessments, including but not
limited to sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem,
value-added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license,
capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy,
intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than
Federal, State or local taxes measured by income and Federal,
State or local withholding imposed by any government or other
taxing authority on payments made by Parent or any Parent
Entity, other than payments to Parent or any Parent Entity),
required to be paid by Parent or any Parent Entity by virtue of
its being incorporated or having Equity Interests outstanding
(but not by virtue of owning stock or other Equity Interests of
any corporation or other entity other than any of its
Subsidiaries, Parent or any Parent Entity), or being a holding
company parent of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, or any Parent
Entity or receiving dividends from or other distributions in
respect of the Equity Interests of Parent, any of its
Subsidiaries, or any Parent Entity or having guaranteed any
obligations of Parent or any Subsidiary thereof, or having made
any payment in respect of any of the items for which Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to make payments to Parent
or any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 10.5, or
acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, prosecuting,
protecting or defending its intellectual property and associated
rights (including but not limited to receiving or paying
royalties for the use thereof) relating to the business or
businesses of Parent or any Subsidiary thereof, or
(b) any Taxes attributable to any taxable period (or
portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, or
attributable to the consummation of, or any Parent Entitys
receipt of (or entitlement to) any payment in connection with,
any of the Transactions, including any payment received after
the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement relating to the
Transactions, or
(c) any other Federal, State, foreign or local taxes
measured by income for which any Parent Entity is liable up to
an amount not to exceed, with respect to Federal Taxes, the
aggregate amount of any such Taxes that Parent and its
Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate
company basis, or on a consolidated basis as if Parent had filed
a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as
defined in Section 1504 of the Code or an analogous
provision of state, local or foreign law) of which Parent were
the common parent, or with respect to state and local taxes, the
aggregate amount of any such taxes that Parent and its
Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate
company basis, or on a combined basis as if Parent had filed a
combined return on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only
of Parent and its Subsidiaries.
1.157 Register shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 6.4 hereof.
1.158 Required Lenders shall mean, at any
time, subject to Section 6.13(g), those Lenders whose Pro
Rata Shares aggregate more than fifty (50%) percent of the
aggregate of the Commitments of all Lenders, or if the
Commitments shall have been terminated, Lenders to whom more
than fifty (50%) percent of the then outstanding Loans and
Letter of Credit Obligations are owing; provided,
that, at any time that there are two (2) or more
Lenders, Required Lenders must include at least two
(2) Lenders.
1.159 Requirement of Law shall mean, as
to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or
other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and
any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or
regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding
upon such Person or any of its material property or to which
such Person or any of its material property is subject,
including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning,
occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided,
that, the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding
recommendation of any Governmental Authority. Without limiting
the foregoing, it is understood that, in the case of any
Borrower or Guarantor, Requirements of Law shall include the
following (collectively, the Anti-Terrorism Laws):
the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C.
§ 1 et seq., as amended) or any of the foreign assets
R-38
control regulations of the United States Treasury Department
(31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any
enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto
(including, but not limited to Executive Order 13224 of
September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting
Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or
Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) and the Uniting
and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools
Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public
Law 107-56),
in each case to the extent applicable to or binding upon such
Borrower or Guarantor.
1.160 Reserves shall mean as of any date
of determination, such amounts as Co-Collateral Agents may from
time to time establish and revise in their Permitted Discretion
reducing the amount of Loans and Letters of Credit which would
otherwise be available to any Borrower under the lending
formula(s) provided for herein: (a) to reflect events,
conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by
Co-Collateral Agents in their Permitted Discretion, adversely
affect, or would have a reasonable likelihood of adversely
affecting, either (i) the Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral, its value or the amount that might be received by
Agent from the sale or other disposition or realization upon
such Collateral or (ii) the security interests and other
rights of Agent or any Lender in the Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and
priority thereof), (b) to reflect other factors arising
after the Closing Date that change in any material respect the
credit risk of lending to Borrowers on the security of the
Revolving Loan Priority Collateral, or (c) to reflect
Agents good faith belief that any collateral report or
financial information furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower
or Guarantor to Agent is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate
or misleading in any material respect. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Reserves may be established to
reflect any of the following: (i) reserves for cost
variances not otherwise reflected in value of Inventory,
(ii) dilution with respect to Accounts (based on the ratio
of the aggregate amount of non-cash reductions in Accounts for
any period to the aggregate dollar amount of the sales of such
Borrower for such period) as calculated by Agent for any period
is or is reasonably anticipated to be greater than five (5%)
percent, (iii) returns, discounts, claims, rebates, back
charges, credits and allowances of any nature that are not paid
pursuant to the reduction of Accounts, (iv) the sales,
excise or similar taxes included in the amount of any Accounts
reported to Agent and amounts due or to become due in respect of
sales, use
and/or
withholding taxes that are subject to collection in trust or
similar arrangements or otherwise give rise to a Lien that may
have priority over the Lien of Agent, (v) any rental
payments, service charges or other amounts due or to become due
to owners or lessors of real property to the extent Inventory or
Records are located in or on such property or in the possession
or control of such parties or such Records are needed to monitor
or otherwise deal with the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral
(other than for locations where Agent has received a Collateral
Access Agreement executed and delivered by the owner and lessor
of such real property that Agent has acknowledged in writing is
in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted
Discretion), provided, that, the Reserves
established pursuant to this clause (v) as to leased
locations shall not exceed at any time the aggregate of amounts
payable for the next five (5) months to the lessors of such
locations (or in the event that any appraisals with respect to
the Inventory after the date hereof conducted in accordance with
Section 7.3 reflect a shorter period of time for
realization on the Inventory in a manner that maximizes the
recovery from it, then such Reserves will be adjusted to reflect
such shorter period), (vi) to reflect average payables to
outside processors based on the immediately preceding three
(3) consecutive month period, (vii) an increase in the
number of days of the turnover of Inventory (unless as a result
of seasonal variation) or a change in the mix of the Inventory
that results in an overall decrease in the value thereof or a
deterioration in its nature or quality (but only to the extent
not addressed by the lending formulas in a manner satisfactory
to Co-Collateral Agents in their Permitted Discretion),
(viii) variances between the aging of accounts and general
ledger, (ix) variances between perpetual inventory records
of Borrowers and the results of the test counts of Inventory
conducted by Agent with respect thereto based on the results of
each field examination or other information with respect thereto
received by Agent, (x) the aggregate amount of deposits, if
any, received by any Borrower from its customers in respect of
unfilled orders for goods, to the extent that the such customer
has a credit balance; provided, that, no such Reserves will be
required in the event that the applicable contract with such
customer includes terms and conditions with respect to the
identification of the applicable goods to such contract and the
passage of title with respect thereto satisfactory to Agent,
(xi) reserves for in-transit inventory, including freight,
taxes, duty and other amounts which Agent estimates must be paid
in connection with such Inventory upon arrival and for delivery
to one of such Borrowers locations for Eligible Inventory
within the United
R-39
States of America, (xii) obligations, liabilities or
indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) of Borrowers or
Guarantors to any Bank Product Provider arising under or in
connection with any Bank Products of any Borrower or Guarantor
with a Bank Product Provider or as such Bank Product Provider
may otherwise require and Agent may agree in connection
therewith to the extent that such obligation, liabilities or
indebtedness constitute Obligations as such term is defined
herein or otherwise receive the benefit of the security interest
of Agent in any Collateral. To the extent that an event,
condition or matter as to any Eligible Accounts or Eligible
Inventory is addressed pursuant to the treatment thereof within
the applicable definition of such terms, neither Agent nor
Co-Collateral Agents shall also establish a Reserve to address
the same event, condition or matter. The amount of any Reserve
established by Agent or Co-Collateral Agents shall have a
reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter
which is the basis for such Reserve. In the event that the
event, condition or other matter giving rise to the
establishment of any Reserve shall cease to exist (unless there
is a reasonable prospect that such event, condition or other
matter will occur again within a reasonable period of time
thereafter), the Reserve established pursuant to such event,
condition or other matter, shall be discontinued. To the extent
that an event, condition or matter as to any Eligible Accounts
or Eligible Inventory is addressed pursuant to the treatment
thereof within the applicable definition of such terms, or in
the computation of net book value of Eligible Inventory or the
Net Recovery Percentage of Eligible Inventory in a manner
satisfactory to Agent in the exercise of its Permitted
Discretion, neither Agent nor Co-Collateral Agents shall also
establish a Reserve to address the same event, condition or
matter. Agent will provide three (3) Business Days
prior notice to Administrative Borrower of any new categories of
Reserves that may be established, or any changes in the
methodology of determination (but not amount) of any Reserves,
or any changes by Agent or Co-Collateral Agents of the amount of
a Reserve specified in any Borrowing Base Certificate received
by Agent, after the date of this Agreement, and Agent will be
available from time to time during business hours to consult
with Administrative Borrower in connection with the basis for
such new categories of or changes to Reserves; provided,
that, during such three (3) Business Day period, the
Borrowing Base shall, solely for the purposes of any new Loans
or Letters of Credit requested by any Borrower during such three
(3) Business Day Period, be reduced by the amount of any
such proposed changes to, or new categories of, Reserves set
forth in such notice. Borrowers may take such action as may be
required so that the event, condition or matter that is the
basis for such Reserve or increase no longer exists, in a manner
and to the extent satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents in
the exercise of their Permitted Discretion. In no event shall
such notice or opportunity limit the right of Agent or
Co-Collateral Agents, as the case may be, to establish such
Reserve, unless Co-Collateral Agents shall have determined in
their Permitted Discretion that the event, condition or other
matter that is the basis for such new category of Reserve no
longer exists or has otherwise been adequately addressed by the
applicable Borrower.
1.161 Responsible Officer shall mean, as
to any Person, any of the following officers of such Person:
(a) the chief executive officer or the president of such
Person and, with respect to financial matters, the chief
financial officer, the treasurer or the controller of such
Person, (b) any vice president of such Person or, with
respect to financial matters, any assistant treasurer or
assistant controller of such Person, who has been designated in
writing to Agent as a Responsible Officer by such chief
executive officer or president of such Person or, with respect
to financial matters, such chief financial officer of such
Person, and (c) with respect to ERISA matters, the senior
vice president-human resources (or substantial equivalent) of
such Person.
1.162 Restricted Payment shall mean any
dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or
other property) with respect to any Equity Interests of Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash,
securities or other property), including any sinking fund or
similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption,
retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such
Equity Interests or on account of any return of capital to
Parent or such Subsidiarys stockholders, partners or
members (or the equivalent Person thereof), or payment made to
redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the
surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights
to acquire any Equity Interests of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries, or any setting apart of funds or property for any
of the foregoing; provided, that, for the
avoidance of doubt, Restricted Payments shall not include any
distributions of Equity Interests in exchange for debt
securities.
R-40
1.163 Revolving Loan Priority Collateral
shall mean the Collateral described on Schedule 1.163
hereto.
1.164 Revolving Loans shall mean loans
now or hereafter made by or on behalf of any Lender or by Agent
for the account of any Lender on a revolving basis pursuant to
the Credit Facility (involving advances, repayments and
readvances) as set forth in Section 2 hereof.
1.165 Sale and Leaseback Transaction
shall mean, with respect to a Borrower or Guarantor, or any
Subsidiary, any arrangement with any Person providing for the
leasing by such Borrower or Guarantor or such Subsidiary of real
or personal property that has been or is to be sold or
transferred by such Borrower, Guarantor or any such Subsidiary
to such Person and thereafter such real or personal property is
leased by such Person back to such Borrower, Guarantor or
Subsidiary.
1.166 Sanctioned Entity shall mean
(i) an agency of the government of, (ii) an
organization directly or indirectly controlled by, or
(iii) a person resident in, a country that is subject to a
sanctions program identified on the list maintained and
published by OFAC and available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs,
or as otherwise published from time to time as such program may
be applicable to such agency, organization or person.
1.167 Sanctioned Person shall mean a
person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or
Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html,
or as otherwise published from time to time.
1.168 S&P shall mean
Standard & Poors Ratings Services, a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and its successors and assigns.
1.169 Secured Parties shall mean,
collectively, (a) Agent, (b) Lenders, (c) the
Issuing Bank and (d) any Bank Product Provider; provided,
that, (i) as to any Bank Product Provider, only to the
extent of the Obligations owing to such Bank Product Provider
and (ii) such parties are sometimes referred to herein
individually as a Secured Party.
1.170 Series B Preferred Stock CoD
shall mean the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and
Rights of Series B Cumulative Convertible Participating
Preferred Stock of NCI Building Systems, dated
[ ].
1.171 Solvent shall mean, at any time
with respect to any Person, that at such time such Person
(a) is able to pay its debts as they mature and has
sufficient capital (and not unreasonably small capital) to carry
on its business, and (b) the assets and properties of such
Person at a fair valuation (and including as assets for this
purpose at a fair valuation all rights of subrogation,
contribution or indemnification arising pursuant to any
guarantees given by such Person) are greater than the
Indebtedness of such Person, and including subordinated and
contingent liabilities computed at the amount which, such Person
has a reasonable basis to believe, represents an amount which
can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured
liability (and including as to contingent liabilities arising
pursuant to any guarantee the face amount of such liability as
reduced to reflect the probability of it becoming a matured
liability).
1.172 Special Agent Advances shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 14.11 hereof.
1.173 Specified Assets shall mean the
following property and assets of each Borrower or Guarantor:
(a) Intellectual Property constituting patents, patent
licenses, trademarks and trademark licenses to the extent that
Liens thereon cannot be perfected by the filing of financing
statements under the UCC or by the filing and acceptance thereof
in the United States Patent and Trademark Office;
(b) Intellectual Property constituting copyrights and
copyright licenses and accounts or receivables arising therefrom
to the extent that the UCC as in effect from time to time in the
relevant jurisdiction is not applicable to the creation or
perfection of Liens thereon or Liens thereon cannot be perfected
by the filing and acceptance of this Agreement or short form
thereof in the United States Copyright Office;
R-41
(c) Collateral for which the perfection of Liens thereon
require filings in or other actions under the laws of
jurisdictions outside of the United States of America, any
state, territory or political division thereof or the District
of Columbia; and
(d) contracts, Accounts or receivables subject to the
Assignment of Claims Act;
1.174 Sponsor shall mean CD&R.
1.175 Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall
mean financial institutions (including commercial finance
companies), investment funds or managed accounts with respect to
which Sponsor or an Affiliate of such Sponsor is an Affiliate or
an advisor or manager in the ordinary course of business,
provided, that, such Person executes a waiver in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent that it shall have no
right whatsoever so long as such Person is an Affiliate of any
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or Sponsor: (a) except as
provided below, to consent to any amendment, modification,
waiver, consent or other such action with respect to any of the
terms of this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements, (b) otherwise to vote on any matter related to
this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, (c) to
require Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain
from taking any action) with respect to this Agreement or any
other Financing Agreement, (d) to attend any meeting with
Agent or any Lender or receive any information from Agent or any
Lender or (e) make or bring any claim, in its capacity as
Lender, against Agent with respect to the duties and obligations
of Agent hereunder; except, that, no amendment,
modification or waiver to this Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements (i) relating to any of the matters
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi) or
(vii) of Section 13.3(a), or (ii) that would
result in a disproportionate impact or effect on any Sponsor
Affiliated Lender in relation to one or more Lenders that are
not Sponsor Affiliated Lenders, shall be effected without the
consent of such Sponsor Affiliated Lender.
1.176 Stockholders Agreement shall mean
the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
[ ],
by and between Parent and the CD&R Investors, as the same
now exists or may hereafter be further amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
1.177 Subordinated Debt shall mean any
notes, debt securities or other Indebtedness of a Borrower or
Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the right
of Agent and Lenders to receive the prior final payment and
satisfaction in cash in full of all of the Obligations in
accordance with Section 10.3(j) hereof.
1.178 Subsidiary or
subsidiary shall mean, with respect to any Person,
any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability
partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust,
association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at
least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other
interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of
directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the
time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such
corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of
the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other
controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest
therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly,
owned by such Person
and/or one
or more subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise qualified,
all references to a Subsidiary or to
Subsidiaries in this Agreement shall refer to a
Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Parent.
1.179 Supermajority Lenders shall mean,
at any time, subject to Section 6.13(g), those Lenders
whose Pro Rata Shares aggregate more than sixty-six and
two-thirds (66.67%) percent of the aggregate of the Commitments
of all Lenders, or if the Commitments shall have been
terminated, Lenders to whom more than sixty-six and two-thirds
(66.67%) percent of the then outstanding Loans and Letter of
Credit Obligations are owing.
1.180 Swing Line Lender shall
mean ,
in its capacity as the lender of Swing Line Loans, and its
successors and assigns.
1.181 Swing Line Loans shall mean loans
now or hereafter made by Swing Line Lender on a revolving basis
pursuant to the Credit Facility (involving advances, repayments
and readvances) as set forth in Section 2 hereof.
1.182 Swing Line Loan Limit shall mean
$10,000,000.
R-42
1.183 Taxes shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 6.8.
1.184 Tax Sharing Agreement means any Tax
Sharing Agreement entered between Parent and any Parent Entity,
substantially in the form of Exhibit [ ] or
otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent.
1.185 Term Loan Agent shall
mean ,
in its capacity as administrative and collateral agent acting
for and on behalf of the Term Loan Lenders and any replacement
or successor agent thereunder.
1.186 Term Loan Debt shall mean the
Indebtedness of Borrowers and Guarantors evidenced by or arising
under the Term Loan Documents.
1.187 Term Loan Documents shall mean,
collectively,
the
as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
1.188 Term Loan Lenders shall mean the
lenders under the Term Loan Documents.
1.189 Term Loan Priority Collateral shall
mean the Collateral described on Schedule 1.189 hereto.
1.190 Transactions shall mean,
collectively, any or all of the following: (a) the equity
investment referred to in Section 4.1(a) hereof,
(b) the amendment and restatement of the Term Loan
Documents, (c) the acceptance of the Convertible Notes
referred to in section 4.1(a)(iii) hereof and (d) all
other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including
payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).
1.191 UCC shall mean the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any
successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that
terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein and
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State
of New York on the date hereof shall continue to have the same
meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such
statute except as Agent may otherwise determine with the consent
of the Administrative Borrower).
1.192 US Dollars, US$
and $ shall each mean lawful currency of the United
States of America.
1.193 Value or value shall
mean, with respect to Inventory, the lower of (a) cost
computed on a
first-in
first-out basis in accordance with GAAP (calculated based on
standard cost with adjustments for purchase price variances) or
(b) market value according to GAAP for inventory purposes
(including adjustments for any
lower-of-cost-or-market
charges); provided, that, for purposes of the calculation of the
Borrowing Base, the Value of the Inventory shall not include
write-ups or
write-downs in value with respect to currency exchange rates and
(i) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the cost of the Inventory shall be computed in the same
manner and consistent with the most recent appraisal of the
Inventory received and accepted by Agent prior to the date
hereof, if any.
1.194 Voting Stock shall mean, as to any
Person, Equity Interests of such Person entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors of such Person.
1.195 Weighted Average Life to Maturity
shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then
outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness into
(b) the total of the product obtained by multiplying
(i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking
fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal,
including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by
(ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making
of such payment.
Section 2. Credit
Facilities
2.1 Revolving Loans.
(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained
herein, each Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees to make
its Pro Rata Share of Revolving Loans to Borrowers from time to
time in amounts requested by any Borrower (or Administrative
Borrower on behalf of Borrowers) up to the aggregate amount
outstanding equal to the Commitment of such Lender,
provided, that, after giving effect to any such
Revolving Loan, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving
Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations
outstanding shall not
R-43
exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base at such time or
(ii) the Maximum Credit as then in effect. All Loans made
by Lenders to Borrowers shall be denominated in US Dollars.
(b) Except with the consent of Agent and all Lenders, or as
otherwise provided herein, (i) the aggregate amount of the
Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at any
time shall not exceed the lesser of: (A) the Borrowing Base
or (B) the Maximum Credit and (ii) the outstanding
amount of Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the Swing Line Loan
Limit. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Borrower
(or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower) may from
time to time borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. No
Lender shall be required to make any Revolving Loan, if, after
giving effect thereto the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of all Revolving Loans of such Lender, together with such
Lenders Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of all
Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, would exceed
such Lenders Commitment.
2.2 Swing Line Loans.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein,
the Swing Line Lender agrees that it will make Swing Line Loans
to each Borrower from time to time in amounts requested by such
Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower)
up to the aggregate amount outstanding equal to the Swing Line
Loan Limit; provided, that, after giving effect to
any such Swing Line Loan, the aggregate principal amount of the
Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit
Obligations outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of the
Borrowing Base or the Maximum Credit at such time. Subject to
the terms and conditions hereof, each Borrower (or
Administrative Borrower on behalf of Borrowers) may from time to
time borrow, prepay and reborrow Swing Line Loans. Swing Line
Lender shall not be required to make Swing Line Loans, if, after
giving effect thereto, the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of all Swing Line Loans would exceed the then existing
Swing Line Loan Limit. Each Swing Line Loan shall be subject to
all of the terms and conditions applicable to other Base Rate
Loans funded by the Lenders constituting Revolving Loans, except
that all payments thereon shall be payable to the Swing Line
Lender solely for its own account. All Revolving Loans and Swing
Line Loans shall be subject to the settlement among Lenders
provided for in Section 6.13 hereof.
(b) Upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, without further
action by any party hereto, each Lender shall be deemed to have
irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received from the
Swing Line Lender, without recourse or warranty, an undivided
interest and participation to the extent of such Lenders
Pro Rata Share in such Swing Line Loan. To the extent that there
is no settlement in accordance with Section 6.13 below, the
Swing Line Lender may at any time, require the Lenders to fund
their participations. From and after the date, if any, on which
any Lender has funded its participation in any Swing Line Loan,
Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, not less than
weekly, such Lenders Pro Rata Share of all payments of
principal and interest received by Agent in respect of such
Swing Line Loan.
2.3 Letters of Credit.
(a) General. Subject to and upon
the terms and conditions contained herein and in the Letter of
Credit Documents, at the request of a Borrower (or
Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower), Agent
agrees to cause Issuing Bank to issue, and Issuing Bank agrees
to issue, for the account of such Borrower one or more Letters
of Credit, for the ratable risk of each Lender according to its
Pro Rata Share, in such form as may be reasonably approved from
time to time by Issuing Bank.
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal,
Extension. The Borrower requesting such
Letter of Credit (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such
Borrower) shall give Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect
thereto three (3) Business Days prior written notice
of such Borrowers request for the issuance of a Letter of
Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding
Letter of Credit). Such notice shall (i) specify the
original face amount of the Letter of Credit requested (or
identify the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or
extended), (ii) the effective date (which date shall be a
Business Day and in no event shall be a date less than ten
(10) days prior to the end of the term of this Agreement)
of issuance of such requested Letter of Credit (or such
amendment, renewal or extension), (iii) whether such Letter
of Credit may be drawn in a single or in partial draws,
(iv) the date on which such requested Letter of Credit is
to expire, (v) the purpose for which such Letter of Credit
is to be issued, (vi) the name and address of the
beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit, (vii) such
other information as shall be
R-44
reasonably necessary to enable the Issuing Bank to prepare,
amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit and (viii) if
requested by Issuing Bank or Agent, the Borrower requesting such
Letter of Credit (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such
Borrower) shall have delivered to Issuing Bank with respect
thereto at such times and in such manner as such Issuing Bank
may reasonably require, an application, in form and substance
consistent with this Agreement and otherwise reasonably
satisfactory to such Issuing Bank and Agent, for the issuance of
the Letter of Credit and such other Letter of Credit Documents
as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof. If requested
by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower requesting the Letter of
Credit (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower)
shall attach to the request the proposed terms of the Letter of
Credit. The renewal or extension of, or increase in the amount
of, any Letter of Credit shall, for purposes hereof, be treated
in all respects the same as the issuance of a new Letter of
Credit hereunder.
(c) Certain Conditions to Letters of
Credit. In addition to being subject to the
satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent contained in
Section 4 hereof and the other terms and conditions
contained herein, no Letter of Credit shall be available to
Borrowers unless each of the following conditions precedent have
been satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Agent: (i) the
Borrower requesting such Letter of Credit (or Administrative
Borrower on behalf of such Borrower) shall have delivered to the
Issuing Bank at such times and in such manner as Issuing Bank
may reasonably require and to Agent, an application, in form and
substance consistent with this Agreement and otherwise
reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank and Agent, for the
issuance of the Letter of Credit and such other Letter of Credit
Documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to the terms
thereof, and the form and terms of the proposed Letter of Credit
shall be satisfactory to Agent and Issuing Bank, (ii) as of
the date of issuance, no order of any court or other
Governmental Authority shall by its terms enjoin or restrain
Issuing Bank from issuing the proposed Letter of Credit, and no
law, rule or regulation applicable to Issuing Bank and no
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law)
from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over Issuing
Bank shall prohibit, or require that Issuing Bank refrain from,
the issuance of such Letter of Credit and (iii) after
giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit,
(A) the Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed the
Letter of Credit Limit and (B) the aggregate principal
amount of the Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letter of
Credit Obligations outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of
the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Credit at such time.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to issue a Letter of Credit
in respect of the obligation of a Borrower or Guarantor arising
in connection with a lease of Real Property or an employment
contract, (1) in the case of a Letter of Credit in
connection with such a lease, with a face amount in excess of
the amount equal to (x) the amount of rent under such
lease, without acceleration, for the greater of one year or
fifteen (15%) percent, not to exceed three (3) years, of
the remaining term of such lease minus (y) the amount of
any cash or other collateral to secure the obligations of a
Borrower or Guarantor in respect of such lease and (2) in
the case of a Letter of Credit in connection with an employment
contract, with a face amount in excess of the compensation
provided by such contract, without acceleration, for a one year
period.
(d) Letter of Credit
Sublimit. Except in Agents discretion
and with the consent of all Lenders, the amount of all
outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations shall not at any time
exceed the Letter of Credit Limit.
(e) Expiration. Each standby
Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the earlier of
(i) twelve (12) months after the date of the issuance
of such standby Letter of Credit (or in the case of any renewal
or extension thereof, twelve (12) months after such renewal
or extension) and (ii) the date that is five
(5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date; provided,
that, (A) any standby Letter of Credit with a one year
tenor may provide for automatic renewal or extension thereof for
additional one year periods (which in no event shall extend
beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) above) and
(B) if the Issuing Bank and Agent each consent, the
expiration date on any standby Letter of Credit may extend
beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) above. Each
other Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of one
hundred eighty (180) days after such Letter of
Credits date of issuance, renewal or extension (as
applicable) or the date five (5) Business Days prior to the
Maturity Date.
(f) Letter of Credit
Participations. Immediately upon the issuance
or amendment of any Letter of Credit issued for the account of a
Borrower, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and
unconditionally purchased and received, without recourse or
warranty, an undivided interest and participation to the extent
of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the liability with
respect to such Letter of Credit and the obligations of
Borrowers with respect thereto (including all Letter of Credit
Obligations with respect thereto). Each Lender shall absolutely,
unconditionally and irrevocably assume, as primary obligor and
not as surety, and be obligated to pay to Issuing
R-45
Bank therefor and discharge when due, its Pro Rata Share of all
of such obligations arising under such Letter of Credit. Without
limiting the scope and nature of each Lenders
participation in any such Letter of Credit, to the extent that
Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed or otherwise paid as
reasonably required hereunder with respect to any such Letter of
Credit or under any such Letter of Credit, each such Lender
shall pay to Issuing Bank its Pro Rata Share of such
unreimbursed drawing or other amounts then due to Issuing Bank
in connection therewith.
(g) Letter of Credit
Reimbursement. If Issuing Bank shall make any
payment in respect of a Letter of Credit, Borrowers shall
reimburse Issuing Bank by paying to Agent an amount equal to
such payment by Issuing Bank not later than 2:00 p.m. on
the date that such payment by Issuing Bank is made, if the
applicable Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of
such Borrower) shall have received notice of such payment by the
Issuing Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. on such date, or, if such
notice shall not have been received by such Borrower (or
Administrative Borrower) prior to such time on such date, then
not later than 2:00 p.m. on the next Business Day;
provided, that, unless such Borrower (or Administrative Borrower
on behalf of such Borrower) requests otherwise, and, subject to
the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, each drawing under
any Letter of Credit or other amount payable in connection
therewith when due shall constitute a request by the Borrower
for whose account such Letter of Credit was issued to Agent for
a Base Rate Loan in the amount of such drawing or other amount
then due, and shall be made by Agent on behalf of Lenders as a
Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan as Administrative Borrower
requests, or if such request is not received in a timely manner,
as Agent determines (or, if determined by Agent as a Special
Agent Advance, as the case may be) in an equivalent amount and,
to the extent so financed, such Borrowers obligation to
make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the
resulting Revolving Loan, Swing Line Loan (or Special Agent
Advance, as the case may be). If the applicable Borrower (or
Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower) fails to
make such payment when due, subject to the rights of Agent under
Section 6.13 hereof, Agent may notify each Lender of the
applicable payment made by the Issuing Bank in respect of such
Letter of Credit, the payment then due from such Borrower in
respect thereof and such Lenders Pro Rata Share thereof.
Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay
to Agent its Pro Rata Share of the payment then due and Agent
shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so
received by it from Lenders. Promptly following receipt by Agent
of any payment from a Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, Agent
shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or,
to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this
paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders
and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment
made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to
reimburse an Issuing Bank for any payment made by such Issuing
Bank (other than the funding of a Revolving Loan, Swing Line
Loan or Special Agent Advance as contemplated above) shall not
constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the applicable Borrower
of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank for such
payment.
(h) Obligations Absolute. The
obligations of Borrowers to pay each Letter of Credit
Obligation, and the obligations of Lenders to make payments to
Agent for the account of Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of
Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and
shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement under any and all circumstances, whatsoever,
notwithstanding the occurrence or continuance of any Default,
Event of Default, the failure to satisfy any other condition set
forth in Section 4 hereof or any other event or
circumstance, and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity
or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or
any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other
document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be
forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement
therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect,
(iii) payment by Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit
against presentation of a draft or other document that does not
comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any
other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar
to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of
this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or
provide a right of setoff against, a Borrowers obligations
hereunder, provided, that this clause (iv) shall not be
construed to relieve Issuing Bank of any liability resulting
from its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined
pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of
competent jurisdiction. None of Agent, Lenders or the Issuing
Bank, or any of their Affiliates, shall have any liability or
responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance
or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to
make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the
circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any
error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or
delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or
relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document
required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in
interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising
from causes beyond the control of an Issuing Bank;
provided, that,
R-46
the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse Issuing Bank from
liability to the applicable Borrower resulting from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Bank (as determined
pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of
competent jurisdiction) or otherwise affect any defense or other
right that such Borrower may have as a result of any such gross
negligence or willful misconduct. In furtherance of the
foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, with
respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be
in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit,
an Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, either accept and make
payment upon such documents without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the
contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such
documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with
the terms of such Letter of Credit; provided,
that, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse an
Issuing Bank from liability to the applicable Borrower resulting
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing
Bank or otherwise affect any defense or other right that such
Borrower may have as a result of any such gross negligence or
willful misconduct as determined pursuant to a final,
non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(i) Disbursement Procedures. The
applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt
thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand
for payment under a Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall
promptly notify Agent and the applicable Borrower (or
Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower) by telephone
(confirmed by facsimile or otherwise as Administrative Borrower
and Issuing Bank may agree) of such demand for payment and
whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make any payment in
respect thereof; provided, that, any failure to give or delay in
giving such notice shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of
its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and Lenders with
respect to any such payment, as provided in this
Section 2.3.
(j) Interim Interest. If an
Issuing Bank shall make any payment in respect of a Letter of
Credit, or otherwise be owed any amounts in respect thereof,
then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse Issuing
Bank for such payment or other amount in full on the date such
payment is made or amount due, the unpaid amount thereof shall
bear interest, for each day from and including the date such
payment is made or amount due but excluding the date that the
applicable Borrower reimburses such payment or other amount, at
the rate per annum then applicable to Base Rate Loans. Interest
accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of
the applicable Issuing Bank; except, that,
interest accrued on and after the date of payment by Agent or
any Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(g) above to reimburse
such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of Agent or such
Lender to the extent of such payment, and shall be payable on
demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the
applicable Borrower reimburses the applicable payment in full.
(k) Account Party. Each Borrower
and Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs each
Issuing Bank to name such Borrower or Guarantor as the account
party therein and to the extent that Agent
or
is the co-applicant, guarantor or indemnitor in respect of any
Letter of Credit to deliver to Agent all instruments, documents
and other writings received by such Issuing Bank pursuant to the
Letter of Credit and to accept and rely upon Agents
instructions and agreements with respect to all matters arising
in connection with the Letter of Credit or the Letter of Credit
Documents with respect thereto. Without limitation upon the
rights of any Borrower to request and obtain Loans and Letters
of Credit for its benefit, subject to and in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth herein, nothing contained herein
shall be deemed or construed to grant any Borrower or Guarantor
any right or authority to pledge the credit of Agent or any
Lender in any manner. Agent and Lenders shall have no liability
of any kind with respect to any Letter of Credit provided by
Issuing Bank unless Agent has duly executed and delivered to
Issuing Bank the application or a guarantee or indemnification
in writing with respect to such Letter of Credit. Borrowers and
Guarantors shall be bound by any reasonable interpretation made
in good faith by Agent, or an Issuing Bank under or in
connection with any Letter of Credit or any documents, drafts or
acceptances thereunder, notwithstanding that such interpretation
may be inconsistent with any instructions of any Borrower or
Guarantor. Except as Agent may otherwise specify, Borrowers and
Guarantors shall designate Agent or the Issuing Bank with
respect to a Letter of Credit as the consignee on all bills of
lading and other negotiable and non-negotiable documents under
such Letter of Credit.
(l) Rights of Lenders and Issuing
Bank. Any rights, remedies, duties or
obligations granted or undertaken by any Borrower to Issuing
Bank in any application for any Letter of Credit, or any other
agreement in favor of Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of
Credit, shall be deemed to have been granted or undertaken by
such Borrower to
R-47
Agent. Any duties or obligations undertaken by Agent to Issuing
Bank in any application for any Letter of Credit, or any other
agreement by Agent in favor of Issuing Bank relating to any
Letter of Credit, to the extent set forth in any corresponding
application for such Letter of Credit or any other agreement in
favor of Issuing Bank relating to such Letter of Credit executed
by any Borrower shall be deemed to have been undertaken by
Borrowers to Agent and to apply in all respects to Borrowers.
2.4 Requests for Borrowings.
(a) To request a Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan, the
applicable Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of
such Borrower) shall notify Agent of such request by telephone
(i) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, not later than
11:00 a.m., three (3) Business Days before the date of
the proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or (ii) in the case of a
Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), not later than
1:00 p.m. on the same Business Day as the date of the
proposed Base Rate Loan. Each such telephonic request shall be
irrevocable and, to the extent required by Agent, shall be
confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile (including by
email or other electronic communication) to Agent of a written
request in a form reasonably satisfactory to Agent and signed by
or on behalf of the applicable Borrower or Administrative
Borrower on behalf of such Borrower.
(b) Each such telephonic and written request shall be in a
form previously approved by Agent and shall specify the
following information:
(i) the Borrower requesting such Revolving Loan or Swing
Line Loan;
(ii) whether such Loan is a Revolving Loan or Swing Line
Loan;
(iii) the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loan or Swing
Line Loan;
(iv) the date of such Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan,
which shall be a Business Day;
(v) if such Loan is to be a Revolving Loan, whether such
Revolving Loan is to be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate
Loan or a combination thereof; and
(vi) the deposit account of the applicable Borrower
specified on Schedule 8.21 or any other account with Agent
(or one of its Affiliates) that shall be specified in a written
notice signed by an officer of such Borrower and delivered to
Agent, to which the proceeds of such Loan are to be remitted.
(c) If no election as to whether a Revolving Loan is to be
a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Rate Loan is specified in the
applicable request, then the requested Revolving Loan shall be a
Base Rate Loan. Promptly following receipt of a request for a
Revolving Loan in accordance with this Section, Agent shall
advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of
such Lenders Revolving Loan to be made as part of the
request.
(d) All Loans and Letters of Credit under this Agreement
shall be conclusively presumed to have been made to, and at the
request of and for the benefit of, any Borrower or Guarantor
when deposited to the credit of any Borrower or Guarantor or
otherwise disbursed or established in accordance with the
instructions of any Borrower or Guarantor or in accordance with
the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2.5 Mandatory Prepayments.
(a) In the event that (i) the aggregate amount of the
Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at any
time exceeds the lesser of: (A) the Borrowing Base or
(B) the Maximum Credit, or (ii) the outstanding amount
of the Swing Line Loans exceeds the Swing Line Loan Limit, such
event shall not limit, waive or otherwise affect any rights of
Agent or Lenders in such circumstances or on any future
occasions and Borrowers shall, upon demand by Agent at the
direction of Co-Collateral Agents, which demand may be made at
any time or from time to time, immediately repay to Agent the
entire amount of any such excess(es) for which payment is
demanded.
(b) At any time that a Dominion Event has occurred and is
continuing, promptly (and in any case no later than the fifth
(5th) day) following any Permitted Disposition other than a
Permitted Disposition referred to in clause (a), (b)(ii), (d),
(f), (g), (i), (j), (l) or (n) of the definition of
such term (and not consisting of the issuance of an Equity
Interest), Borrowers shall, absolutely and unconditionally
without notice or demand, if and to the extent that the Net Cash
Proceeds from such Permitted Disposition are not required to be
applied to the payment of the obligations under the Term Loan
Documents as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, repay the
outstanding Obligations in
R-48
an amount equal to one hundred (100%) percent of the Net Cash
Proceeds payable to or for the benefit of such Person in
connection with such Permitted Disposition.
(c) At any time that a Dominion Event has occurred and is
continuing, promptly (and in any case no later than the fifth
(5th) day) following the incurrence of any Indebtedness
permitted under Section 10.3(j) hereof, Borrowers shall,
absolutely and unconditionally without notice or demand, repay
the outstanding Obligations (i) other than in the case of
Subordinated Debt, in an amount equal to one hundred (100%)
percent of the Net Cash Proceeds payable to or for the benefit
of Borrowers and Guarantors in connection with the incurrence of
such Indebtedness and (ii) in the case of Subordinated
Debt, in an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of the Net Cash
Proceeds payable to or for the benefit of Borrowers and
Guarantors in connection with the incurrence of such
Indebtedness, in each case, under clause (i) or (ii), if
and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds from such
incurrence of Indebtedness are not required to be applied to the
payment of the obligations under the Term Loan Documents as
provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.
(d) At any time that a Dominion Event has occurred and is
continuing, promptly (and in any case no later than the fifth
(5th) day) following the receipt of any amounts as loss payee
under any property insurance maintained by Parent and its
Subsidiaries, Borrowers shall, absolutely and unconditionally
without notice or demand, if and to the extent that the Net Cash
Proceeds from such receipt are not required to be applied to the
payment of the obligations under the Term Loan Documents as
provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, repay the outstanding
Obligations in an amount equal to one hundred (100%) percent of
the Net Cash Proceeds payable to or for the benefit of such
Person in connection therewith.
(e) All payments required to be made pursuant to any
subsection of this Section 2.5 shall be in addition to any
other payments required to be made pursuant to any other
subsection of this Section 2.5.
(f) All amounts received by Agent pursuant to this
Section 2.5 shall be applied by Agent to the Obligations,
whether or not then due, in accordance with Section 6.4
hereof. There shall be no permanent reduction in the Commitments
as a result of any prepayments of the Loans pursuant to this
Section 2.5.
2.6 Optional
Prepayments. Borrowers may prepay without
penalty or premium the principal of any Revolving Loan or Swing
Line Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 3.10
hereof; provided, that, any notice of such
prepayment shall be revocable at any time prior to such
prepayment. All amounts received by Agent pursuant to this
Section 2.6 shall be applied by Agent to the Obligations,
whether or not then due, in accordance with Section 6.7
hereof; but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Commitments shall
not be reduced by any amount of any prepayment of the Loans
pursuant to this Section 2.6.
2.7 Increase in Maximum Credit.
(a) Administrative Borrower may, at any time, deliver a
written request to Agent to increase the Maximum Credit. Any
such written request shall specify the amount of the increase in
the Maximum Credit that Borrowers are requesting,
provided, that, (i) in no event shall the
aggregate amount of any such increase in the Maximum Credit
cause the Maximum Credit to exceed $175,000,000, (ii) such
request shall be for an increase of not less than $10,000,000,
and (iii) in no event shall the Maximum Credit be increased
more than four (4) times during the term hereof.
(b) Upon the receipt by Agent of any such written request,
Agent shall notify each Lender of such request and each Lender
shall have the option (but not the obligation) to increase the
amount of its Commitment by an amount up to its Pro Rata Share
of the amount of the increase in the Maximum Credit requested by
Administrative Borrower as set forth in the notice from Agent to
such Lender. Each Lender shall notify Agent within thirty
(30) days after the receipt of such notice from Agent
whether it is willing to so increase its Commitment, and if so,
the amount of such increase; provided, that,
(i) the minimum increase in the Commitments of each such
Lender providing the additional Commitments shall equal or
exceed $2,000,000, and (ii) no Lender shall be obligated to
provide such increase in its Commitment and the determination to
increase the Commitment of a Lender shall be within the sole and
absolute discretion of such Lender. If the aggregate amount of
the increases in the Commitments received from the Lenders does
not equal or exceed the amount of the increase in the Maximum
Credit requested by Administrative Borrower, Agent may, in
consultation with Administrative Borrower, seek additional
increases from Lenders, or Commitments from such Eligible
Transferees or other Persons as are approved by Administrative
R-49
Borrower. In the event Lenders (or Lenders and any such Eligible
Transferees or other Persons, as the case may be) have committed
in writing to provide increases in their Commitments or new
Commitments in an aggregate amount in excess of the increase in
the Maximum Credit requested by Borrowers or permitted
hereunder, Agent shall then have the right to allocate such
commitments, first to Lenders and then to Eligible Transferees
or such other Persons, in such amounts and manner as Agent may
determine, after consultation with Administrative Borrower.
(c) The Maximum Credit shall be increased by the amount of
the increase in Commitments from Lenders or new Commitments from
Eligible Transferees or other Persons, in each case selected in
accordance with Section 2.7(a) above, for which Agent has
received Assignment and Acceptances sixty (60) days after
the date of the request by Administrative Borrower for the
increase or such earlier date as Agent and Administrative
Borrower may agree (but subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth below), whether or not the aggregate amount
of the increase in Commitments and new Commitments, as the case
may be, equal or exceed the amount of the increase in the
Maximum Credit requested by Administrative Borrower in
accordance with the terms hereof, effective on the date that
each of the following conditions have been satisfied:
(i) Agent shall have received from each Lender or Eligible
Transferee or other Person that is providing an additional
Commitment as part of the increase in the Maximum Credit, an
Assignment and Acceptance or one or more amendments to this
Agreement and as appropriate, the other Financing Agreements and
any such amendment may, without the consent of any other
Lenders, effect such amendments to any Loan Document as may be
necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative
Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.7, duly
executed by such Lender or Eligible Transferee or other Person
and each Borrower;
(ii) the conditions precedent to the making of Revolving
Loans set forth in Section 4.2 shall be satisfied as of the
date of the increase in the Maximum Credit, both before and
after giving effect to such increase;
(iii) to the extent requested by Agent, Agent shall have
received an opinion of counsel to Borrowers in form and
substance and from counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent and
Lenders addressing such matters as Agent may reasonably request
(including an opinion as to no conflicts with other
Indebtedness);
(iv) such increase in the Maximum Credit on the date of the
effectiveness thereof shall not violate any applicable law,
regulation or order or decree of any court or other Governmental
Authority and shall not be enjoined, temporarily, preliminarily
or permanently;
(v) there shall have been paid to each Lender and
third-party bank or other Person providing an additional
Commitment in connection with such increase in the Maximum
Credit all fees and expenses due and payable to such Person on
or before the effectiveness of such increase; and
(vi) there shall have been paid to Agent, for the account
of the Agent and Lenders (in accordance with any agreement among
them) all fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel) due and payable pursuant to any of the
Financing Agreements on or before the effectiveness of such
increase.
(d) As of the effective date of any such increase in the
Maximum Credit, each reference to the term Maximum Credit
herein, and in any of the other Financing Agreements shall be
deemed amended to mean the amount of the Maximum Credit as
increased as specified in the most recent written notice from
Agent to Administrative Borrower of the increase in the Maximum
Credit.
2.8 Decrease in Maximum Credit.
(a) Administrative Borrower (on behalf of itself and each
other Borrower) may, at any time, deliver a written request to
Agent to decrease the Maximum Credit. Any such written request
shall specify the amount of the decrease in the Maximum Credit
that Administrative Borrower is requesting and the effective
date of such decrease (which date shall not be less than five
(5) nor more than ten (10) Business Days after the
date of such request); provided, that, (i) in
no event shall the aggregate amount of any such decrease cause
the Maximum Credit to be less than $75,000,000, (ii) any
such request for a decrease shall be for an amount of not less
than $10,000,000, and (iii) in no event shall more than one
such written request for a decrease be delivered to Agent in any
calendar quarter.
(b) Upon the receipt by Agent of a written request to
decrease the Maximum Credit, Agent shall notify each of the
Lenders of such request and, subject to the terms of
Section 2.8(c) hereof, the Commitment of each Lender shall
R-50
be decreased on the date requested by Administrative Borrower by
an amount equal to such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the
amount of the decrease in the Maximum Credit requested by
Administrative Borrower as set forth in the notice from Agent to
such Lender.
(c) In the event of a request to decrease the Maximum
Credit, the Maximum Credit shall be decreased by the amount
requested by Administrative Borrower in accordance with the
terms hereof; provided, that, after giving effect
to such decrease, the Maximum Credit shall not be less than the
aggregate principal amount of the Loans, Special Agent Advances
and Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at such time.
(d) As of the effective date of any such decrease in the
Maximum Credit, each reference to the term Maximum Credit and
Commitments herein, as applicable, and in any of the other
Financing Agreements shall be deemed amended to mean the amount
of the Maximum Credit and Commitments specified in the most
recent written notice from Agent to Borrower Agent of the
decrease in the Maximum Credit and Commitments, as applicable.
2.9 Joint and Several Liability of
Borrowers.
(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other
Financing Agreements to the contrary, each Borrower, jointly and
severally, in consideration of the financial accommodations to
be provided by Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the
other Financing Agreements, for the mutual benefit, directly and
indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the
undertakings of the other Borrowers to accept joint and several
liability for the Obligations, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a
co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers,
with respect to the payment and performance of all of the
Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that
all of the Obligations shall be the joint and several
obligations of each Borrower without preferences or distinction
among them. Borrowers shall be liable for all amounts due to
Agent and Lenders under this Agreement, regardless of which
Borrower actually receives the Loans or Letter of Credit
Obligations hereunder or the amount of such Revolving Loans
received or the manner in which Agent or any Lender accounts for
such Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or other extensions of
credit on its books and records. The Obligations of Borrowers
with respect to Revolving Loans made to one of them, and the
Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several
liability of one of the Borrowers hereunder with respect to
Revolving Loans made to the other of the Borrowers hereunder,
shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such other
Obligations shall be primary obligations of all Borrowers.
(b) If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to
make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and
when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with
the terms thereof, then in each such event, the other Borrowers
will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such
Obligation.
(c) The obligations of each Borrower under this
Section 2.9 shall not be diminished or rendered
unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement,
liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect
to any Borrower. The joint and several liability of the
Borrowers hereunder shall continue in full force and effect
notwithstanding any absorption, merger, amalgamation or any
other change whatsoever in the name, membership, constitution or
place of formation of any Borrower or any of the Lenders.
(d) The provisions of this Section 2.9 hereof are made
for the benefit of the Lenders and their successors and assigns,
and subject to Section 14.4 hereof, may be enforced by them
from time to time against any Borrower as often as occasion
therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of Agent
or any Lender first to marshal any of its claims or to exercise
any of its rights against the other Borrowers or to exhaust any
remedies available to it against the other Borrowers or to
resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any
of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other remedy. The
provisions of this Section 2.9 shall remain in effect until
the Payment in Full of all Obligations. If at any time, any
payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the
Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or
returned by Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy
or reorganization of any Borrower, or otherwise, the provisions
of this Section 2.9 hereof will forthwith be reinstated and
in effect as though such payment had not been made.
(e) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained
herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements, to the
extent the obligations of a Borrower shall be adjudicated to be
invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without
limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law
relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the
obligations of such Borrower hereunder shall be limited to the
maximum amount
R-51
that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal, state
or provincial and including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy
Code of the United States).
(f) With respect to the Obligations arising as a result of
the joint and several liability of Borrowers hereunder with
respect to Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or other
extensions of credit made to the other Borrowers hereunder, each
Borrower waives, until the Payment in Full of all Obligations,
any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy
which Agent or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against
any Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part
of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to
participate in, any security or collateral given to Agent or any
Lender. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other
Borrower with respect to any payments to Agent or Lenders
hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements are
hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of
payment, without limitation as to any increases in the
Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior
Payment in Full of all Obligations. Upon the occurrence of any
Event of Default and for so long as the same is continuing, to
the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, Agent and
Lenders may proceed directly and at once, without notice (to the
extent notice is waivable under applicable law), against
(i) with respect to Obligations of Borrowers, either or all
of them or (ii) with respect to Obligations of any
Borrower, to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion
of the applicable Obligations, without first proceeding against
the other Borrowers or any other Person, or against any security
or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower consents and
agrees that Agent and Lenders shall be under no obligation to
marshal any assets in favor of Borrower(s) or against or in
payment of any or all of the Obligations. Subject to the
foregoing, in the event that a Loan, Letter of Credit Obligation
or other extension of credit is made to, or with respect to
business of, one Borrower and any other Borrower makes any
payments with respect to such Loan, Letter of Credit Obligation
or extension of credit, the first Borrower shall promptly
reimburse such other Borrower for all payments so made by such
other Borrower.
2.10 Commitments. The
aggregate amount of each Lenders Pro Rata Share of the
Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit
Obligations shall not exceed the amount of such Lenders
Commitment, as the same may from time to time be amended in
accordance with the provisions hereof.
Section 3. Interest
and Fees
3.1 Interest.
(a) Borrowers shall pay to Agent interest on the
outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate.
Interest shall be payable by Borrowers to Agent in arrears on
each Interest Payment Date and shall be calculated on the basis
of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days
elapsed, other than for Base Rate Loans which shall be
calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five
(365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) day year, as
applicable, and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on
non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans)
shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase
or decrease in the Base Rate effective on the date any change in
such Base Rate is effective. All interest accruing hereunder on
and after the date of any termination hereof shall be payable on
demand.
(b) Each Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf of
such Borrower) may from time to time request that Base Rate
Loans be converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans or that any existing
Eurodollar Rate Loans continue for an additional Interest
Period. Such request from a Borrower (or Administrative Borrower
on behalf of such Borrower) shall specify the amount of the
Eurodollar Rate Loans or the amount of the Base Rate Loans to be
converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans or the amount of the
Eurodollar Rate Loans to be continued (subject to the limits set
forth below) and the Interest Period to be applicable to such
Eurodollar Rate Loans (and if it does not specify an Interest
Period, the Interest Period shall be deemed to be a one
(1) month period). Subject to the terms and conditions
contained herein, three (3) Business Days after receipt by
Agent of such a request from a Borrower (or Administrative
Borrower on behalf of such Borrower) which may be telephonic and
followed by a confirmation in writing in the form provided by
Agent to Administrative Borrower (and followed by a confirmation
in writing if requested by Agent), Base Rate Loans shall be
converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans or such Eurodollar Rate Loans
shall continue, as the case may be; provided,
that, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist
or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Maturity Date
is more than one (1) month after the date of the
conversions, (iii) no more than seven (7) Interest
Periods may be in effect at any one time, and (iv) the
aggregate amount of the Eurodollar Rate
R-52
Loans must be in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or an
integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Any request by
or on behalf of a Borrower for Eurodollar Rate Loans or to
convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans or to continue
any existing Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be irrevocable.
(c) Any Eurodollar Rate Loans shall automatically convert
to Base Rate Loans upon the last day of the applicable Interest
Period, unless Agent has received and approved a request to
continue such Eurodollar Rate Loan at least three
(3) Business Days prior to such last day in accordance with
the terms hereof and Borrowers are entitled to such Eurodollar
Rate Loan under the terms hereof. Any Eurodollar Rate Loans
shall, at Agents option, upon notice by Agent to Borrower
(or Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower), be
subsequently converted to Base Rate Loans in the event that this
Agreement shall terminate. Borrowers shall pay to Agent, upon
demand by Agent (or Agent may, at its option, charge any loan
account of any Borrower) any amounts required to compensate
Agent or Participant for any reasonable loss (excluding loss of
anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by such person,
as a result of the conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base
Rate Loans other than the conversion on the last day of any
Interest Period with respect thereto.
3.2 Fees.
(a) Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the account of
Lenders, monthly an unused line fee at a rate equal to:
(i) until six (6) full calendar months after the date
hereof shall have elapsed, one (1.00%) percent (on a per annum
basis) calculated upon the amount by which the Maximum Credit
exceeds the average daily principal balance of the outstanding
Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations during the
immediately preceding month (or part thereof) so long as any
Obligations are outstanding and (ii) from and after the
date on which six (6) full calendar months after the date
hereof shall have elapsed (A) one (1.00%) percent (on a per
annum basis) calculated upon the amount by which the Maximum
Credit exceeds the average daily principal balance of the
outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations during the
immediately preceding month (or part thereof) so long as any
Obligations are outstanding and the Commitments hereunder have
not been terminated, with respect to each such month as to which
the average daily outstanding balance of Loans and Letter of
Credit Obligations was less than fifty (50%) percent of the
Maximum Credit and (B) three-quarters of one (.75%) percent
(on a per annum basis) calculated upon the amount by which the
Maximum Credit exceeds the average daily principal balance of
the outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations during
the immediately preceding month (or part thereof) so long as any
Commitments are outstanding, with respect to each such month as
to which the average daily outstanding balance of Loans and
Letter of Credit Obligations was equal to or greater than fifty
(50%) percent of the Maximum Credit. If the Maximum Credit shall
change during the immediately preceding month (or part thereof),
an average daily Maximum Credit shall be used for the purposes
of calculating such fees for such period. Such fees shall be
payable on the first Business Day of each month in arrears,
beginning with the first full calendar month that commences
following the date hereof (and prorated, if the Closing Date is
not the end of a calendar month, for the portion of the
immediately preceding month from the Closing Date to the end
thereof), and calculated based on a three hundred sixty
(360) day year and actual days elapsed.
(b) Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of
Lenders, quarterly a fee calculated at a rate per annum equal to
the Applicable Margin as to Revolving Loans bearing interest
using the Eurodollar Rate on the average daily outstanding
balance of Letter of Credit Obligations for the immediately
preceding calendar quarter (or part thereof), payable in arrears
as of the first day of each calendar quarter; provided,
that, Borrowers shall, at Agents option or at the
written direction of the Required Lenders, (i) pay such
fees at a rate two (2%) percent greater than such rate on such
average daily maximum amount for the period from and after the
date of termination hereof until Lenders have received Payment
in Full of all Obligations (notwithstanding entry of a judgment
against any Borrower or Guarantor) and (ii) upon written
notice to Administrative Borrower at any time that an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, pay such fees at
a rate two (2%) percent greater than such rate on such average
daily maximum amount for the period from and after the date of
such notice but only for so long as such Event of Default is
continuing. Such letter of credit fees shall be calculated on
the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and
actual days elapsed and the obligation of Borrowers to pay such
fee shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this
Agreement. In addition to the letter of credit fees provided
above, Borrowers shall pay to Issuing Bank for its own account
(without sharing with Lenders) the letter of credit fronting fee
of
( %) percent per annum payable
quarterly in arrears and the other reasonable customary charges
from time to
R-53
time of Issuing Bank with respect to the issuance, amendment,
transfer, administration, cancellation and conversion of, and
drawings under, such Letters of Credit.
(c) Borrowers shall pay to Agent
and
the other reasonable fees and amounts set forth in the Fee
Letter in the amounts and at the times specified therein or as
has otherwise been agreed by or on behalf of Borrowers. To the
extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by
Agent from Borrowers on or about the date hereof, Agent shall
pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the
terms of the arrangements of Agent with such Lender.
3.3 Inability to Determine Applicable Interest
Rate. If Agent shall determine in good faith
(which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and
conclusive and binding on all parties hereto) that on any date
by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market
adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the
interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Rate Loans, Agent shall
on such date give notice to Administrative Borrower and each
Lender of such determination. Upon such date no Loans may be
made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans until such time
as Agent notifies Administrative Borrower and Lenders that the
circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist and any
request for Eurodollar Rate Loans received by Agent shall be
deemed to be a request, or a continuation or conversion, for or
into Base Rate Loans.
3.4 Illegality. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, if (a) any
change in any law or interpretation thereof by any Governmental
Authority after the Closing Date makes it unlawful or
impractical for a Lender to make or maintain a Eurodollar Rate
Loan, then such Lender shall give notice thereof to Agent and
Administrative Borrower and may (i) declare that Eurodollar
Rate Loans will not thereafter be made by such Lender, such that
any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loans from such Lender shall
be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Loan unless such
Lenders declaration has been withdrawn (and it shall be
withdrawn promptly upon the cessation of the circumstances
described above) and (ii) require that all outstanding
Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender be converted to Base
Rate Loans immediately, in which event all outstanding
Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender shall be so converted. This
covenant shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this
Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.
3.5 Increased
Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar
requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account
of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender or the
Issuing Bank; (ii) subject any Lender or the Issuing Bank
to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this
Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter
of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the
basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the Issuing Bank
in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes and taxes
measured by or imposed upon net income, or franchise taxes, or
taxes measured by or imposed upon overall capital or net worth,
or branch taxes (in the case of such capital, net worth or
branch taxes, imposed in lieu of such net income taxes); or
(iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the
London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (in
each case, excluding any taxes of any kind whatsoever) affecting
this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or
any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of
any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such
Lender by an amount such Lender deems to be material of making
or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its
obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to
such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or
maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its
obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit),
or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by
such Lender or the Issuing Bank in respect thereof (whether of
principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of
such Lender or the Issuing Bank, Borrowers will pay to such
Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional
amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or
reduction suffered.
(b) In any such case described in Section 3.5(a), such
Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Rate Loans made by
such Lender hereunder to Base Rate Loans by giving Agent at
least one (1) Business Days notice of such election,
in which case such Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender,
upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required
to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 3.5 and
such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to
Section 3.10. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any
additional amounts pursuant to this subsection, it shall provide
prompt notice thereof to Administrative Borrower, through Agent,
certifying (i) that
R-54
one of the events described in this Section 3.5 has
occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such
event, (ii)as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting
from such event and (iii) as to the additional amount
demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of
the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional
amounts payable pursuant to this subsection submitted by such
Lender, through Agent, to Administrative Borrower shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Borrowers shall pay
such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate
within ten (10) days after receipt thereof in the absence
of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination
of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other
amounts payable hereunder.
3.6 Capital Requirements. If
any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law
affecting such Lender or the Issuing Bank or any lending office
of such Lender or such Lenders or the Issuing Banks
holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or
would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
Lenders or the Issuing Banks capital or on the
capital of such Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding
company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the
Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or
participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the
Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below
that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lenders
or the Issuing Banks holding company could have achieved
but for such Change in Law by an amount such Lender deems to be
material (taking into consideration such Lenders or the
Issuing Banks policies and the policies of such
Lenders or the Issuing Banks holding company with
respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time within ten
(10) Business Days after submission by such Lender to the
Borrowers (with a copy to Agent) of a written request therefor
certifying (a) that one of the events described in this
Section 3.6 has occurred and describing in reasonable
detail the nature of such event, (b) as to the reduction of
the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and
(c) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such
Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of
the calculation thereof, the applicable Borrower shall pay to
such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or
the Issuing Bank or such Lenders or the Issuing
Banks holding company for any such reduction suffered.
Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant
to this subsection submitted by such Lender or Issuing Bank,
through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrowers shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
3.7 Delay in
Requests. Borrowers and Guarantors shall not
be required to compensate Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank
pursuant to Sections 3.5, 3.6 or 6.8 for any increased
costs or other payments incurred or reductions occurring more
than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the date that
Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
becomes aware of the event giving rise to Agents, such
Lenders or Issuing Banks claim for compensation
therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such
claim is retroactive, then the one hundred eighty (180) day
period referred to above shall be extended to include the period
of retroactive effect thereof).
3.8 Mitigation; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) If any Lender requests compensation under
Sections 3.4, 3.5 or 3.6, or Borrowers are required to make
any payment to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the
account of any Lender pursuant to Section 6.8, then such
Lender shall, if requested by Administrative Borrower, use
reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of
such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding
or booking its Loans hereunder, to assign its rights and
obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or
affiliates or to take such other actions as such Lender or Agent
determines, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such
designation, assignment or other action (i) would eliminate
or reduce amounts payable pursuant to such Sections in the
future and (ii) would not subject Agent or such Lender to
any unreimbursed cost or expense and Agent or such Lender would
not suffer any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage.
Nothing in this Section 3.8 shall affect or postpone any of
the obligations of Borrowers or the rights of Agent or such
Lender pursuant to this Section 3.8. Borrowers hereby agree
to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
Agent or any Lender in connection with any such designation or
assignment.
(b) If any Lender requests compensation under
Sections 3.4, 3.5 or Section 3.6 hereof, or Borrowers
are required to make any payment to any Lender or Governmental
Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 6.8, then within sixty (60) days thereafter,
Administrative Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort,
upon
R-55
notice to such Lender and Agent, replace such Lender by
requiring such Lender to assign and delegate (and such Lender
shall be obligated to assign and delegate), without recourse (in
accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 15.7), all of its interests, rights and obligations
under this Agreement to an Eligible Transferee that shall assume
such obligations; provided, that, (i) Administrative
Borrower has received the prior written consent of Agent and
Issuing Bank to the extent required under Section 15.7
hereof, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an
amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Loans
and participations in Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing
Line Loans that it has funded, if any, accrued interest thereon,
accrued fees and other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the
assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal) and
Administrative Borrower (in the case of accrued interest, fees
and other amounts, including amounts under Section 3.9),
and (iii) such assignment will result in a reduction in
such compensation and payments. A Lender shall not be required
to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as
a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the
circumstances entitling the Administrative Borrower to require
such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
3.9 Funding
Losses. Borrowers shall pay to each Lender
all losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest
paid by such Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make
or carry its Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or
liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the
liquidation or redeployment of such) that it sustains
(a) by reason of a default by any Borrower in connection
with the making of any Eurodollar Rate Loan that does not occur
on a date specified therefor in a request for borrowing, or a
conversion to, any Eurodollar Rate Loan that does not occur on a
date specified therefor in a request for conversion or
continuation, (b) if any prepayment or other principal
payment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date
prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to such
Loan, or (c) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar
Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of
prepayment given by a Borrower. This covenant shall survive the
termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of
the Obligations.
3.10 Maximum
Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements, in no event whatsoever shall the aggregate
of all amounts that are contracted for, charged or received by
Agent or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
any of the other Financing Agreements and that are deemed
interest under applicable law exceed the Maximum Interest Rate
(including, to the extent applicable, the provisions of
Section 5197 of the Revised Statutes of the United States
of America as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 85, as
amended). In no event shall any Borrower or Guarantor be
obligated to pay interest or such amounts as may be deemed
interest under applicable law in amounts which exceed the
Maximum Interest Rate. In the event any Interest is charged or
received in excess of the Maximum Interest Rate (the
Excess), each Borrower and Guarantor acknowledges
and stipulates that any such charge or receipt shall be the
result of an accident and bona fide error, and that any Excess
received by Agent or any Lender shall be applied, first, to the
payment of the then outstanding and unpaid principal hereunder;
second to the payment of the other Obligations then outstanding
and unpaid; and third, returned to such Borrower or Guarantor.
All monies paid to Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any of
the other Financing Agreements, whether at maturity or by
prepayment, shall be subject to any rebate of unearned interest
as and to the extent required by applicable law. For the purpose
of determining whether or not any Excess has been contracted
for, charged or received by Agent or any Lender, all interest at
any time contracted for, charged or received from any Borrower
or Guarantor in connection with this Agreement or any of the
other Financing Agreements shall, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread
during the entire term of this Agreement in accordance with the
amounts outstanding from time to time hereunder and the Maximum
Interest Rate from time to time in effect in order to lawfully
charge the maximum amount of interest permitted under applicable
laws. The provisions of this Section 3.10 shall be deemed
to be incorporated into each of the other Financing Agreements
(whether or not any provision of this Section is referred to
therein).
3.11 No Requirement of Match
Funding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, Agent and Lenders shall not be required to
acquire US Dollar deposits in the London interbank market
or any other offshore US Dollar market to fund any
Eurodollar Rate Loan or to otherwise match fund any Obligations
as to which interest accrues based on the Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate. All of the provisions of this Section 3 shall be
deemed to apply as if Agent, each Lender or any Participant had
acquired such deposits to fund any Eurodollar Rate Loan or
R-56
any other Obligation as to which interest is accruing at the
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate by acquiring such US Dollar
deposits for each Interest Period in the amount of the
Eurodollar Rate Loans or other applicable Obligations.
Section 4. Conditions
Precedent
4.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and
Letters of Credit. The obligation of Lenders
to make the initial Loans and of Issuing Bank to provide for the
initial Letters of Credit hereunder is subject to the
satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or
concurrently with the making of such Loan or the issuance of
such Letter of Credit of each of the following conditions
precedent:
(a) Agent shall have received evidence that:
(i) Borrowers have received not less than $250,000,000 in
cash as an equity contribution from the CD&R Investors in
exchange for Equity Interests in the form of preferred stock of
Parent, on terms and conditions substantially as provided in the
Investment Documents or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Agent;
(ii) a portion of the existing Term Loan Debt shall have
been repaid, so that after giving effect to all payments in
respect of the Term Loan Documents, the outstanding principal
balance of the Term Loan Debt thereunder will not exceed
$150,000,000 as of the date hereof;
(iii) the Administrative Agent shall receive, substantially
concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions
precedent set forth in this Section 4.1, evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Parent shall have
accepted for redemption the tender of Convertible Notes in an
aggregate principal amount not less than $171,000,000 and placed
sufficient funds in a segregated account to pay the maximum
consideration necessary to redeem all of the Convertible Notes
not so redeemed pursuant to the terms of the Indenture;
(b) Agent shall have received true, complete and correct
copies of the Investment Documents and the transactions provided
for therein shall have been consummated, or substantially
concurrently with the initial Loans hereunder shall be
consummated, substantially in accordance with the Investment
Documents and all material conditions precedent to the
consummation of such transactions set forth in the Investment
Documents shall have been satisfied or waived;
(c) Agent shall have received true, complete and correct
copies of the Term Loan Documents (including any amendment or
amendment and restatement thereof on or about the date hereof,
but excluding any Mortgages executed and delivered after the
date hereof), as executed and delivered by the parties thereto,
which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Agent;
(d) Agent shall have received, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, the Intercreditor Agreement,
duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Term Loan Agent
for itself and on behalf other Term Loan Lenders and
acknowledged by each Borrower and Guarantor;
(e) all requisite corporate resolutions or equivalent
action by Borrowers and Guarantors in connection with this
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall be reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to Agent, and Agent shall
have received such resolutions or records of equivalent action,
certified where requested by Agent or its counsel by appropriate
corporate officers of Borrowers and Guarantors and a copy of the
certificate of incorporation or formation of each Borrower and
Guarantor certified by the applicable Secretary of State (or
equivalent Governmental Authority) which shall set forth the
same complete corporate name of such Borrower or Guarantor as is
set forth herein;
(f) Agent shall have received a certificate of each
Borrower and Guarantor, dated the Closing Date, as to the
incumbency and signature of the officers of such Borrower or
Guarantor executing any of the Financing Agreements, reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to Agent executed by a
Responsible Officer and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary
of such Borrower or Guarantor;
(g) No material adverse change shall have occurred in the
business, operations or assets of Borrowers or Guarantors since
November 2, 2008 and no change or event shall have occurred
which would impair in any material respect the ability of any
Borrower or Guarantor to perform its payment obligations
hereunder or
R-57
under any of the other Financing Agreements to which it is a
party or of Agent to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the
Collateral for itself and for the benefit of the Secured Parties;
(h) Agent shall have completed an updated field review of
the Records (including, without limitation, current perpetual
inventory records
and/or
roll-forwards of Accounts and Inventory through the date of
closing and test counts of the Inventory), the results of which
shall be consistent in all material respects with the
information received in the prior field examinations conducted
by Agent taken as a whole or to the extent not consistent shall
be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Agent, not more than
five (5) Business Days prior to the date hereof or such
earlier date as Agent may agree;
(i) Agent shall have received all consents, waivers,
acknowledgments and other agreements (other than Collateral
Access Agreements), in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent, from third persons necessary in order to
permit, protect and perfect the Liens of Agent upon the
Collateral or to effectuate the provisions or purposes of this
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements;
(j) Borrowers and Guarantors shall have used commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain Collateral Access Agreements (it
being understood that Borrowers shall not be required to incur
any expense, provide any security or agree to any adverse term
or condition exclusively and directly required in order to
obtain such Collateral Access Agreement) and to the extent not
delivered prior to the date hereof Borrowers shall continue to
use such efforts hereafter to obtain such Collateral Access
Agreements for a reasonable period thereafter, and in any event
not more than thirty (30) days after the date hereof;
(k) Agent shall have received, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, Deposit Account Control
Agreements by and among Agent, each Borrower and Guarantor, as
the case may be and each bank where such Borrower (or Guarantor)
has a deposit account as contemplated by Section 6.6
hereof, in each case, duly authorized, executed and delivered by
such bank and Borrower or Guarantor, as the case may be, for
each of the deposit accounts of Borrowers and Guarantors,
including the Concentration Account and the deposit account(s)
used for Qualified Cash, but excluding (i) any deposit
accounts where the balance is, and is reasonably anticipated at
all times to be, less than $100,000, but only to the extent that
the aggregate amount of funds in all such deposit accounts is
less than $500,000 and (ii) any deposit account that is
specifically and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and
other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit
of any Borrowers or Guarantors employees;
(l) Agent shall have received evidence, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, that as of the date
hereof and after giving effect to the application of proceeds of
the initial Revolving Loans, the restructuring of the Term Loan
Documents, the repayment of a portion of the Convertible Notes
and the establishment of the Convertible Note Account for the
remaining balance) and the other Transactions and after
provision for payment of all fees and expenses of the
Transactions (i) the sum of Excess Availability plus
unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers (other than
Qualified Cash) shall be not less than $90,000,000 and
(ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of Loans and Letters
of Credit requested and made or outstanding as of the Closing
Date shall not exceed $20,000,000.
(m) Agent shall have received evidence, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, that Agent has valid
and perfected first priority security interests in all of the
Revolving Loan Priority Collateral and valid, perfected second
priority security interests in all of the Term Loan Priority
Collateral (to the extent provided herein), except, in each
case, as to (i) Excluded Property, (ii) priority,
subject to Permitted Liens, to the extent that such liens have
priority over the liens of Agent under applicable law or under
the terms of a written agreement to which Agent is a party,
(iii) any deposit accounts, to the extent that Agent has
not required a Deposit Account Control Agreement pursuant to the
terms hereof, (iv) Intellectual Property constituting
Collateral until the filings identified in Section 8.14 are
made and accepted, and (v) all Real Property constituting
Collateral, so long as the Mortgages have been executed and
delivered and are in the possession of a title insurance company
(and are in form acceptable) for recording on terms and
conditions acceptable to Agent;
(n) Agent shall have received and reviewed UCC, tax and
judgment lien search results for the location of each Borrower
and Guarantor (determined in accordance with the Uniform
Commercial Code of the applicable
R-58
jurisdiction and any other applicable law) and all counties and
provinces in which property or assets of Borrowers and
Guarantors are located, which search results shall not disclose
any Liens other than the Permitted Liens;
(o) Agent shall have received, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, a title search with respect to
all Real Property subject to a Mortgage and a commitment from a
title insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Agent for
title insurance with respect to the Mortgages; [Note: To
the extent not satisfied at closing, will be part of a
post-closing letter]
(p) Agent shall have received a borrowing request, if
applicable, and a Borrowing Base Certificate setting forth the
Loans and Letters of Credit available to Borrowers as of the
last day of [the most recent month ended prior to the
date
hereof]17
as completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Agent and
duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Borrowers;
(q) Agent shall have received any updates or modifications
to the projected financial statements of Borrowers and
Guarantors previously received by Agent as
of ,
2009, in each case, containing information that is reasonably
satisfactory to Agent and in a form consistent with the
information received by Agent and Lenders prior to the date
hereof, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to
Agent18;
(r) Agent shall have received evidence of insurance and
loss payee endorsements required hereunder and under the other
Financing Agreements, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent, and certificates of insurance policies
and/or
endorsements naming Agent as loss payee;
(s) Agent shall have received, each in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, the following opinion letters
of counsel(s) to Borrowers and Guarantors:
(i) the executed legal opinion of Debevoise &
Plimpton LLP, special New York counsel to CD&R;
(ii) the executed legal opinion of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A., special Delaware counsel to NCI
Systems, Inc. and Robertson-Ceco II Corporation; and
(iii) the executed legal opinion of Holland &
Hart LLP, special Nevada counsel to NCI Group, Inc.;
(t) Agents and Lenders shall have received all fees and
expenses reasonably required to be paid or delivered by
Borrowers to them in respect of the Transaction on or prior to
the Closing Date, including the fees referred to in
Section 3.2; and
(u) Agent shall have received the other Financing
Agreements to be executed and delivered on the Closing Date as
duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto to Agent.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of
Section 14.3 for purposes of determining compliance with
the conditions specified in this Section 4.1, each Lender
that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented
to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document
or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or
approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless
Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the
date hereof specifying its objection thereto.
The making of the initial Loans by Lenders hereunder shall
conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgment by Agent
and each Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth
in this Section 4.1 shall have been satisfied in accordance
with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived
by such Person.
4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans and
Letters of Credit. The obligation of Lenders
to make the Loans, including the initial Loans, or of Issuing
Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, including the initial
Letters of Credit, is subject to the further satisfaction of, or
waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making
of each such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit of
each of the following conditions precedent:
(a) each of the representations and warranties of Borrowers
and Guarantors contained herein and in the other Financing
Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects,
in each case with the same effect
17 Date
will depend upon funding date and which month would have been
required under Section 7.1 hereof.
18 Will
only apply if projections have been updated or modified.
R-59
as though such representations and warranties had been made on
and as of the date of the making of each such Loan or providing
each such Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto,
except to the extent that such representations and warranties
expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such
representations and warranties shall have been true and correct
to the extent required hereunder or under the other Financing
Agreements on and as of such earlier date);
(b) no law, regulation, order, judgment or decree of any
Governmental Authority shall exist, and no action, suit,
investigation, litigation or proceeding shall be pending or to
the best of the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any
Borrower or Guarantor, threatened in any court or before any
arbitrator or Governmental Authority, which purports to enjoin,
prohibit, restrain or otherwise affect the making of the Loans
or providing the Letters of Credit;
(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have
occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making
of such Loan or providing each such Letter of Credit and after
giving effect thereto;
(d) if, after giving effect to such Loan or the issuance of
such Letter of Credit, Excess Availability would be less than
$15,000,000, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
of Parent and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis)
determined as of the end of the fiscal month most recently ended
for which Agent has received financial statements shall be not
less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the period of the immediately preceding
twelve (12) consecutive fiscal months prior to such fiscal
month end;
(e) each Borrower is Solvent as of the making of such Loan
or issuance of such Letter of Credit and after giving effect
thereto; and
(f) with respect to any Loan, Agent shall have received a
request for such Loan as required by Section 2.4 (or such
request shall have been deemed given in accordance with
Section 2.3) and with respect to the issuance of any Letter
of Credit, each of Agent and Issuing Bank shall have received
the request and other documents required under Section 2.3.
Each borrowing of Loans by and each Letter of Credit issued on
behalf of any Borrower hereunder shall constitute a
representation and warranty by Borrowers and Guarantors as of
the date of such borrowing or such issuance that the conditions
contained in this Section 4.2 have been satisfied
(including, to the extent provided herein, with respect to the
initial Loans hereunder).
Section 5. Grant
and Perfection of Security Interest
5.1 Grant of Security
Interest. To secure payment and performance
when due of all of its Obligations, each Borrower and Guarantor
hereby grants to Agent, for itself and the benefit of the other
Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien
upon, the following items and types of personal property of each
Borrower and Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired
or existing, and wherever located (together with all other
collateral security for the Obligations at any time granted to
or held or acquired by Agent or any Lender including, but not
limited to, the Mortgage Fee Properties, collectively, the
Collateral), including all of each Borrowers
and Guarantors right, title and interest in and to the
following19:
(a) all Accounts;
(b) all general intangibles, including, without limitation,
(i) all Intellectual
Property20
and (ii) goodwill associated with the Intellectual Property
consisting of trademarks;
(c) all goods, including, without limitation, Inventory and
Equipment;
(d) all fixtures;
(e) all chattel paper, including, without limitation, all
tangible and electronic chattel paper;
(f) all instruments, including, without limitation, all
promissory notes;
19 D&P
to suggest approach to refer to Article 9 collateral.
20 Note
other places where licenses and pre-existing rights are
addressed.
R-60
(g) all documents;
(h) all deposit accounts;
(i) all letters of credit, bankers acceptances and
similar instruments and including all
letter-of-credit
rights;
(j) all Receivables and all supporting obligations and all
present and future liens, security interests, rights, remedies,
title and interest in, to and in respect of Receivables and
other Collateral, including (i) rights and remedies under
or relating to guaranties, contracts of suretyship, letters of
credit and credit and other insurance related to the Collateral,
(ii) rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, repossession,
reclamation and other rights and remedies of an unpaid vendor,
lienor or secured party, (iii) goods described in invoices,
documents, contracts or instruments with respect to, or
otherwise representing or evidencing, Receivables or other
Collateral, including returned, repossessed and reclaimed goods,
and (iv) deposits by and property of account debtors or
other persons securing the obligations of account debtors;
(k) all (i) investment property (including securities,
whether certificated or uncertificated, securities accounts,
security entitlements, commodity contracts or commodity
accounts) and (ii) monies, credit balances, deposits and
other property of any Borrower or Guarantor now or hereafter
held or received by or in transit to Agent, any Lender or its
Affiliates or at any other depository or other institution from
or for the account of any Borrower or Guarantor, whether for
safekeeping, pledge, custody, transmission, collection or
otherwise;
(l) all commercial tort claims, including, without
limitation, those identified on Schedule 5.1 hereto;
(m) all Records; and
(n) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, in any
form, including insurance proceeds and all claims against third
parties for loss or damage to or destruction of or other
involuntary conversion of any kind or nature of any or all of
the other Collateral.
5.2 Perfection of Security Interests.
(a) Each Borrower and Guarantor irrevocably and
unconditionally authorizes Agent (or its agent) to file (for
itself and the benefit of the Secured Parties) at any time and
from time to time such financing statements with respect to the
Collateral of such Borrower or Guarantor naming Agent or its
designee as the secured party and such Borrower or Guarantor as
debtor, as Agent may reasonably require to evidence the security
interest granted to the Agent under the Financing Agreements to
the extent provided therein, and including any other information
with respect to such Borrower or Guarantor or otherwise required
by part 5 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code
of such jurisdiction as Agent may reasonably determine, together
with any amendment and continuations with respect thereto, which
authorization shall apply to all financing statements filed on,
prior to or after the date hereof. Each Borrower and Guarantor
hereby ratifies and approves all financing statements naming
Agent or its designee as secured party and such Borrower or
Guarantor, as the case may be, as debtor with respect to the
Collateral of such Borrower or Guarantor (and any amendments
with respect to such financing statements) filed by or on behalf
of Agent prior to the date hereof and ratifies and confirms the
authorization of Agent to file such financing statements (and
amendments, if any). Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby
authorizes Agent to adopt on behalf of such Borrower and
Guarantor any symbol required for authenticating any electronic
filing. In the event that the description of the collateral in
any financing statement naming Agent or its designee as the
secured party and any Borrower or Guarantor as debtor includes
assets and properties of such Borrower or Guarantor that do not
at any time constitute Collateral, whether hereunder, under any
of the other Financing Agreements or otherwise, the filing of
such financing statement shall nonetheless be deemed authorized
by such Borrower or Guarantor to the extent of the Collateral
included in such description and it shall not render the
financing statement ineffective as to any of the Collateral or
otherwise affect the financing statement as it applies to any of
the Collateral. In no event shall any Borrower or Guarantor at
any time file, or permit or cause to be filed, any correction
statement or termination statement with respect to any financing
statement (or amendment or continuation with respect thereto)
naming Agent or its designee as secured party and such Borrower
or Guarantor as debtor, without the prior written consent of
Agent, except with respect to any release of any Lien in assets
or properties that do not constitute Collateral.
R-61
(b) Each Borrower and Guarantor does not have any chattel
paper (whether tangible or electronic) or instruments as of the
date hereof, except as set forth in Schedule 5.1 hereto.
Each Borrower or Guarantor shall (except as provided in the
following sentences) be entitled to retain possession of all
Collateral of such Borrower or Guarantor evidenced by any
instrument or tangible chattel paper, and shall hold all such
Collateral in trust for Agent, for the benefit of the Secured
Parties. In the event that any Borrower or Guarantor shall
receive any chattel paper or instrument having a face or
principal amount in excess of $ in
any one case or $ in the aggregate
after the date hereof, Borrowers and Guarantors shall promptly
notify Agent thereof in writing. Such Borrower or Guarantor
shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Agent (or the Term
Loan Agent or any Additional Agent or such other agent as may be
provided for under the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to
the terms thereof), all tangible chattel paper and instruments
that such Borrower or Guarantor has or may at any time acquire
(i) having a face or principal amount in excess of
$ in any one case or
$ in the aggregate, promptly upon
the receipt thereof by or on behalf of any Borrower or Guarantor
(including by any agent or representative), except as Agent may
otherwise agree and (ii) promptly upon request by Agent, in
accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, in each case accompanied
by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in
blank as Agent may from time to time reasonably specify, subject
to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. At Agents
option, and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement,
each Borrower and Guarantor shall, or Agent may at any time on
behalf of any Borrower or Guarantor, cause the original of any
such instrument or chattel paper to be conspicuously marked in a
form and manner reasonably acceptable to Agent with the
following legend referring to chattel paper or instruments as
applicable: This [chattel
paper][instrument] is subject to the security
interest
of
as Agent and any sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance of
this [chattel paper][instrument] violates
the rights of such secured party.
(c) In the event that any Borrower or Guarantor shall at
any time hold or acquire an interest in any electronic chattel
paper or any transferable record (as such term is
defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures
in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the
Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant
jurisdiction) having a face or principal amount in excess of
$ in any one case or
$ in the aggregate, such Borrower
or Guarantor shall promptly notify Agent thereof in writing.
Promptly upon Agents request, and subject to the terms of
the Intercreditor Agreement, such Borrower or Guarantor shall
take, or cause to be taken, such actions as Agent may reasonably
request to give Agent control of (i) electronic chattel
paper and transferable records in excess
of
in any one case
or
in the aggregate and (ii) all electronic chattel paper and
transferable records, if an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, in each case under
Section 9-105
of the UCC and under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic
Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case
may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions
Act, as in effect in such jurisdiction.
(d) Borrowers and Guarantors shall not, directly or
indirectly, after the date hereof open, establish or maintain
any deposit account unless each of the following conditions is
satisfied: (i) Agent shall have received notice of the
opening or establishment of such deposit account as required
pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(ii); provided,
that, at any time a Dominion Event exists, Agent shall
have received not less than five (5) Business Days prior
written notice of the intention of any Borrower or Guarantor to
open or establish such account (except that no notice shall be
required, regardless of whether any Dominion Event exists, with
respect to any deposit account where the daily balance is
expected to be at no time greater than $100,000 in such deposit
account, but only to the extent that the aggregate daily balance
of funds in all such new deposit accounts not previously
notified to Agent is not greater than $500,000 or, for a period
not to exceed three (3) Business Days, such aggregate daily
balance of funds is greater than $500,000 but less than or equal
to $2,500,000 as a result of inadvertent deposits made to such
accounts in error or in order to facilitate the issuance of
payroll checks in exigent circumstances or in order to
facilitate the issuance of payroll checks in exigent
circumstances), which notice shall specify in reasonable detail
the name of the account, the owner of the account, the name and
address of the bank at which such account is to be opened or
established, the individual at such bank with whom such Borrower
or Guarantor is dealing and the purpose of the account,
(ii) the bank where such account is opened or maintained
shall be reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (iii) on or
before the opening of such deposit account, Agent shall have
received a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to
such deposit account duly authorized, executed and delivered by
such Borrower or Guarantor and the bank at which such deposit
account is opened and maintained; except, that,
Borrowers and Guarantors shall not be required to deliver such
Deposit Account Control Agreements with respect to (A) any
deposit accounts where the balance is, and shall at all
R-62
times be, less than $100,000, unless Agent shall request such
Deposit Account Control Agreement at any time a Dominion Event
exists and only to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds
in all such deposit accounts is less than $500,000 or, for a
period not to exceed three (3) Business Days, is less than
or equal to $2,500,000 as a result of inadvertent deposits made
to such accounts in error or in order to facilitate the issuance
of payroll checks in exigent circumstances) and (B) any
deposit account that is specifically and exclusively used for
payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit
payments to or for the benefit of any Borrowers or
Guarantors employees.
(e) No Borrower or Guarantor owns or holds, directly or
indirectly, beneficially or as record owner or both, any
investment property, as of the date hereof, or have any
investment account, securities account, commodity account or
other similar account with any bank or other financial
institution or other securities intermediary or commodity
intermediary as of the date hereof, in each case except as set
forth in Schedule 5.1.
(i) In the event that any Borrower or Guarantor shall be
entitled to or shall at any time after the date hereof hold or
acquire any certificated securities representing the Equity
Interests that are part of the Collateral, such Borrower or
Guarantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to
Agent (or the Term Loan Agent or any Additional Agent or such
other agent as may be provided for under the Intercreditor
Agreement and subject to the terms thereof), accompanied by such
instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as
Agent may from time to time reasonably specify. If any
securities representing Equity Interests that are part of the
Collateral, now or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or
Guarantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Borrower or
Guarantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such
Borrower or Guarantor shall immediately notify Agent thereof and
shall use commercially reasonable efforts as Agent may
reasonably specify subject to the Intercreditor Agreement,
either (A) to cause the issuer to agree to comply with
instructions from Agent as to such securities, without further
consent of any Borrower or Guarantor or such nominee, or
(B) to arrange for Agent to become the registered owner of
the securities;
(ii) Borrowers and Guarantors shall not, directly or
indirectly, after the date hereof open, establish or maintain
any investment account, securities account, commodity account or
any other similar account (other than a deposit account in
accordance with Section 6.6 hereof) with any securities
intermediary or commodity intermediary unless each of the
following conditions is satisfied: (A) Agent shall have
received not less than five (5) Business Days prior written
notice of the intention of such Borrower or Guarantor to open or
establish such account which notice shall specify in reasonable
detail the name of the account, the owner of the account, the
name and address of the securities intermediary or commodity
intermediary at which such account is to be opened or
established, the individual at such intermediary with whom such
Borrower or Guarantor is dealing and the purpose of the account,
(B) the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary
(as the case may be) where such account is opened or maintained
shall be reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (C) on or
before the opening of such investment account, securities
account or other similar account with a securities intermediary
or commodity intermediary, such Borrower or Guarantor shall as
Agent may reasonably specify, subject to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement, either (1) execute and deliver,
and cause to be executed and delivered to Agent (or the Term
Loan Agent or any Additional Agent or such other agent as may be
provided for under the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to
the terms thereof), an Investment Property Control Agreement
with respect thereto duly authorized, executed and delivered by
such Borrower or Guarantor and such securities intermediary or
commodity intermediary or (2) arrange for Agent to become
the entitlement holder with respect to such investment property
on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent.
(f) Borrowers and Guarantors are not the beneficiary or
otherwise entitled to any
Letter-of-Credit
Rights with respect to any letter of credit, bankers
acceptance or similar instrument as of the date hereof, except
as set forth in Schedule 5.1. In the event that any
Borrower or Guarantor shall be entitled to, or shall receive,
any
letter-of-credit
rights under any letter of credit, bankers acceptance or
any similar instrument, as beneficiary thereof, having a face
value in excess of $1,000,000 in any one case or $2,500,000 in
the aggregate for all letters of credit payable in respect of
accounts due from account debtors located in the United States
or $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all letters of credit payable
in respect of accounts due from account debtors located outside
the United States (not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for
all such rights irrespective of the location of the applicable
account debtors) after the date hereof, such Borrower or
Guarantor shall promptly notify Agent thereof in writing. Such
Borrower or Guarantor shall immediately, as Agent may reasonably
specify subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, use
its commercially reasonable efforts to either (i) deliver,
or cause to be delivered to Agent (or the Term Loan
R-63
Agent or any Additional Agent or such other agent as may be
provided for under the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to
the terms thereof), with respect to any such letter of credit,
bankers acceptance or similar instrument having a face
value in excess of $1,000,000 in any one case or $2,500,000 in
the aggregate for all letters of credit payable in respect of
accounts due from account debtors located in the United States
or $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all letters of credit payable
in respect of accounts due from account debtors located outside
the United States (not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for
all such rights irrespective of the location of the applicable
account debtors), the written agreement of Issuing Bank and any
other nominated person obligated to make any payment in respect
thereof (including any confirming or negotiating bank), in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, consenting to
the assignment of the proceeds of the letter of credit to Agent
by such Borrower or Guarantor and agreeing to make all payments
thereon directly to Agent or as Agent may otherwise direct or
(ii) cause Agent to become, at Borrowers expense, the
transferee beneficiary of the letter of credit, bankers
acceptance or similar instrument (as the case may be).
(g) Borrowers and Guarantors do not have any commercial
tort claims as of the date hereof, except as set forth in
Schedule 5.1. In the event that any Borrower or Guarantor
shall at any time after the date hereof have any Commercial Tort
Claims, such Borrower or Guarantor shall promptly notify Agent
thereof in writing, which notice shall (i) set forth in
reasonable detail the basis for and nature of such Commercial
Tort Claim and (ii) include the express grant by such
Borrower or Guarantor to Agent of a security interest in such
Commercial Tort Claim (and the proceeds thereof). In the event
that such notice does not include such grant of a security
interest, the sending thereof by such Borrower or Guarantor to
Agent shall be deemed to constitute such grant to Agent. Upon
the sending of such notice, any Commercial Tort Claim described
therein shall constitute part of the Collateral and shall be
deemed included therein. Without limiting the authorization of
Agent provided in Section 5.2(a) hereof or otherwise
arising by the execution by such Borrower or Guarantor of this
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, Agent is
hereby irrevocably authorized from time to time and at any time
to file such financing statements naming Agent or its designee
as secured party and such Borrower or Guarantor as debtor, or
any amendments to any financing statements, covering any such
Commercial Tort Claim as Collateral. In addition, each Borrower
and Guarantor shall promptly upon Agents request, execute
and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Agent (or
the Term Loan Agent or any Additional Agent or such other agent
as may be provided for under the Intercreditor Agreement and
subject to the terms thereof) such other agreements, documents
and instruments as Agent may reasonably require in connection
with such Commercial Tort Claim.
(h) Borrowers and Guarantors do not have any Inventory or
documents of title relating to Inventory in the custody, control
or possession of a third party as of the date hereof, except as
set forth in Schedule 5.1 and except for Inventory or
documents of title relating to Inventory in transit in the
ordinary course of business of such Borrower or Guarantor and in
the possession of the carrier transporting such Inventory and
except for Inventory or documents of title relating to Inventory
having a value not exceeding $3,000,000 in the aggregate. In the
event that any Inventory or documents of title relating to
Inventory owned by any Borrower or Guarantor is at any time
after the date hereof in the custody, control or possession of
any other person except as provided in the foregoing sentence,
such Borrower or Guarantor (or Administrative Borrower on its
behalf) shall promptly notify Agent thereof in writing. Promptly
upon Agents request, Borrowers and Guarantors shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Agent (or the Term
Loan Agent or any Additional Agent or such other agent as may be
provided for under the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to
the terms thereof) a Collateral Access Agreement duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such person and the
Borrower or Guarantor that is the owner of such Inventory or
documents of title (it being understood that Borrowers shall not
be required to incur any expense, provide any security or agree
to any adverse term or condition required in order to obtain
such Collateral Access Agreement).
(i) Borrowers and Guarantors shall use reasonable efforts
to take any other actions reasonably requested by Agent from
time to time to cause the attachment and perfection of, in each
case, to the extent provided herein or in any other Financing
Agreement, and the ability of Agent to enforce, the security
interest of Agent in any and all of the Collateral of such
Borrower or Guarantor, to the extent reasonably required by
Agent, including, without limitation, (i) executing,
delivering and, where appropriate, filing financing statements
and amendments relating thereto under the UCC or other
applicable U.S. law, to the extent, if any, that such
Borrowers or Guarantors signature thereon is
required therefor, and (ii) complying with any provision of
any statute, regulation or treaty of the United States as to any
Collateral if compliance with such provision is a condition to
attachment, perfection or
R-64
priority of, or ability of Agent to enforce, the security
interest of Agent in such Collateral, in each case, to the
extent provided herein or in any other Financing Agreement.
5.3 Special Provisions Relating to
Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Section 5, the types or items of
Collateral described in or covered by Sections 5.1 or 5.2
hereof and the term Collateral shall not include any
rights or interest in any Excluded Property or Excluded Real
Properties.
5.4 Intercreditor
Relations. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, it is the understanding of the parties that the
Liens granted pursuant to Section 5 herein with respect to
all Term Loan Priority Collateral shall, prior to the payment in
full of the obligations under the Term Loan Documents in
accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, be subject and
subordinate to (a) the Liens granted to the Term Loan Agent
for the benefit of the holders of the Term Loan Debt to secure
the obligations pursuant to the relevant Term Loan Documents and
(b) the Liens granted to any Additional Agent for the
benefit of the holders of any Additional Indebtedness (as
defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to secure the
obligations pursuant to the relevant Additional Documents (as
defined in the Intercreditor Agreement. The Liens granted
pursuant to Section 5 herein with respect to all Revolving
Loan Priority Collateral shall, prior to the Payment in Full of
all Obligations and in accordance with the Intercreditor
Agreement, be senior and prior to (i) the Liens granted to
the Term Loan Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Term
Loan Debt to secure the obligations pursuant to the relevant
Term Loan Documents and (ii) the Liens granted to any
Additional Agent for the benefit of the holders of any
Additional Indebtedness to secure the obligations pursuant to
the relevant Additional Documents. Each Secured Party
acknowledges and agrees that the relative priority of such Liens
granted to Agent and any Additional Agent and the Term Loan
Agent may be determined solely pursuant to the Intercreditor
Agreement, and not by priority as a matter of law or otherwise.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens
granted to Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of
any right or remedy by Agent or any other Secured Party
hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, prior to the payment
in full of the obligations under the Term Loan Documents and the
obligations under any Additional Documents in accordance with
the Intercreditor Agreement, any obligation hereunder to
physically deliver to Agent any Collateral shall be satisfied by
causing such Collateral to be physically delivered to Agent or
the Term Loan Agent or any Additional Agent or such other agent
as may be provided for under the Intercreditor Agreement, as
applicable, acting as agent of Agent, to be held in accordance
with the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 6. Collection
and Administration
6.1 Borrowers Loan
Accounts. Agent shall maintain one or more
loan account(s) on its books in which shall be recorded
(a) all Loans, Letters of Credit and other Obligations and
the Collateral, (b) all payments made by or on behalf of
any Borrower or Guarantor and (c) all other appropriate
debits and credits as provided in this Agreement, including
fees, charges, costs, expenses and interest. All entries in the
loan account(s) shall be made in accordance with Agents
customary practices as in effect from time to time.
6.2 Statements. Agent shall
render to Administrative Borrower each month a statement setting
forth the balance in the Borrowers loan account(s)
maintained by Agent for Borrowers pursuant to the provisions of
this Agreement, including principal, interest, fees, costs and
expenses. Each such statement shall be subject to subsequent
adjustment by Agent but shall, absent manifest errors or
omissions, be considered correct and deemed accepted by
Borrowers and Guarantors and conclusively binding upon Borrowers
and Guarantors as an account stated except to the extent that
Agent receives a written notice from Administrative Borrower of
any specific exceptions of Administrative Borrower thereto
within thirty (30) days after the date such statement has
been received by Administrative Borrower. Until such time as
Agent shall have rendered to Administrative Borrower a written
statement as provided above, the balance in any Borrowers
loan account(s) as shown on Agents books maintained in
accordance with Section 6.1 hereof shall be prima facie
evidence of the amounts due and owing to Agent and Lenders by
Borrowers and Guarantors, absent manifest error.
6.3 Lenders Evidence of
Debt. Each Lender shall maintain in
accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing the Obligations of each Borrower to such Lender,
including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment
and prepayment in respect thereof, including the amounts of
principal and
R-65
interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time
hereunder. Any such records shall be presumptively correct,
absent manifest error; provided, that, the failure to make any
entry or any error in such records, shall not affect any
Lenders Commitments hereunder or the Obligations in
respect of any applicable Loans and in the event of any
inconsistency between the Register and any Lenders
records, the Register shall govern.
6.4 Register.
(a) Agent (or its agent or
sub-agent
appointed by it) shall maintain a register (the
Register) as an agent of Borrowers for the
recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the
Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans (the
Registered Loans) and Letter of Credit Obligations
owing to each Lender from time to time. The Register, as in
effect at the close of business on the preceding Business Day,
shall be available for inspection by Administrative Borrower or
any Lender (with respect to a Lender, solely with respect to the
Obligations owing to such Lender) at a reasonable time and from
time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Agent shall record,
or cause to be recorded, in the Register, the Commitments and
the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.7
and Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and
Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and shall modify the
Register to give effect to each Assignment and Acceptance, and
any such recording shall be presumptively correct, absent
manifest error; provided, that, the failure to make any entry or
any error in such records, shall not affect any Lenders
Commitments or Obligations in respect of any Loan. Borrowers,
Guarantors, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name
is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all
purposes of this Agreement. Borrowers hereby designate and
authorize Agent, and Agent agrees, to maintain, or cause to be
maintained as agent for Borrowers solely for purposes of
maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 6.4(a).
(b) Each Lender that grants a participation shall maintain
a register as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrowers on which it
enters the name and address of each Participant and the
principal and interest amount of each Participants
interest in the Loans and Letters of Credit held by it (the
Participant Register). The entries in the
Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error,
and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded
in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation
for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to
the contrary.
6.5 Notes. Each Lender may
at any time request that the Loans made by it be evidenced by a
promissory note. In such event, Borrowers shall execute and
deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the
form of
Exhibit
(with appropriate insertions as to payee, date and principal
amount) payable to such Lender. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced
by such promissory note and interest thereon, unless surrendered
by the holder thereof, shall at all times (including after
assignment pursuant to Section 15.7) be represented by one
or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named
therein.
6.6 Cash Management; Collection of Proceeds of
Collateral.
(a) Each Borrower and Guarantor shall establish and
maintain, at its expense, deposit accounts and cash management
services of a type and on terms, and with the banks, set forth
on Schedule 8.21 hereto and, subject to Section 5.2(d)
hereof, such other banks as such Borrower or Guarantor may
hereafter select. In addition to the Concentration Account, as
of the date hereof Schedule 8.21 hereto identifies each of
the deposit accounts at such banks that are used for receiving
receipts from particular locations of a Borrower or otherwise
describes the nature of the use of such deposit account by such
Borrower or
Guarantor21
(collectively, the Cash Management Accounts and
individually a Cash Management Account;
provided, that, the term Cash Management
Account as used herein shall not include the deposit
accounts described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this
Section 6.6(a)). Borrowers and Guarantors shall deliver, or
cause to be delivered to Agent (or the Term Loan Agent or any
Additional Agent or such other agent as may be provided for
under the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to the terms
thereof), a Deposit Account Control Agreement duly authorized,
executed and delivered by each bank where a Cash Management
Account or Concentration Account is maintained and by the
applicable Borrower or Guarantor; except that
Borrowers and Guarantors shall not be required to deliver such
Deposit Account Control Agreements with respect to (i) any
deposit accounts where the balance is, and shall at all times
be, less than $100,000 (other than with respect to the deposit
of amounts not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate for a
period not to exceed three (3) Business
21 Schedules
should disclose all accounts, so Lenders know where and what
they are.
R-66
Days as a result of inadvertent deposits made to such accounts
in error or in order to facilitate the issuance of payroll
checks in exigent circumstances); provided, that,
(A) the aggregate amount of funds in all such accounts is
less than $500,000 (other than with respect to the deposit of
amounts not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate for a period
not to exceed three (3) Business Days as a result of
inadvertent deposits made to such accounts in error or in order
to facilitate the issuance of payroll checks in exigent
circumstances)
and/or
(B) no Event of Default exists and is continuing, and then
only to the extent such Deposit Account Control Agreement is
requested by Agent in its Permitted Discretion and (ii) any
deposit account that is specifically and exclusively used for
payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit
payments to or for the benefit of any Borrowers or
Guarantors employees.
(b) Each Borrower shall, subject to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement, deposit or cause to be deposited all
proceeds of Collateral, including all proceeds from sales of
Inventory from each location of such Borrower on each Business
Day into the Cash Management Account of such Borrower used for
such purpose. All such funds deposited into the Cash Management
Accounts shall be sent by wire transfer or other electronic
funds transfer no less frequently than twice each week (or more
frequently upon Agents request at any time that a Dominion
Event exists) to the Concentration Accounts, except nominal
amounts which are required to be maintained in such Cash
Management Accounts under the terms of such Borrowers
arrangements with the bank at which such Cash Management
Accounts are maintained, which nominal amounts shall not exceed
$ as to any individual Cash
Management Account at any
time.22
(c) Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Agent
or Lenders, but subject to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement, Agent may, at its option, or shall at the request of
the Required Lenders, instruct the depository banks at which the
Concentration Accounts are maintained to transfer all available
funds received or deposited into the Concentration Accounts to
the Agent Payment Account at any time that a Dominion Event
exists (in each case after giving effect to the application of
any such amounts otherwise required to be applied pursuant to
Sections 2.5(b), (c), (d), (e) or (g)). Upon the
termination of a Dominion Event to the extent provided in the
definition of such term, Agent shall, at the written request of
Administrative Borrower, promptly instruct the depository banks
at which the Concentration Accounts are maintained to resume the
transfer of funds in the Concentration Accounts to the
disbursement accounts of Borrowers used for such purpose, to the
extent that such banks had previously been instructed to
transfer such funds to the Agent Payment Account. So long as no
Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, each Borrower and
Guarantor may direct and shall have sole control over, the
manner of the disposition of funds in each Concentration Account.
(d) For purposes of calculating the amount of the Loans
available to each Borrower, such payments will be applied
(conditional upon final collection) to the Obligations on the
Business Day of receipt by Agent of immediately available funds
in the Agent Payment Account; provided such payments are
received prior to 2:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on such
day, and if not, then on the next Business Day.
(e) Each Borrower and Guarantor shall, acting as trustee
for Agent and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement, promptly upon receipt of any monies, checks, notes,
drafts or any other payment relating to
and/or
proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral which come into their
possession or under their control and promptly upon receipt
thereof, shall deposit or cause the same to be deposited in Cash
Management Accounts or Concentration Accounts, or remit the same
or cause the same to be remitted, in kind, to Agent. In no event
shall the same be commingled with any Borrowers or
Guarantors own funds other than the commingling of amounts
not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate for not more than
three (3) Business Days as a result of inadvertent deposits
made to other accounts in error or in order to facilitate the
issuance of payroll checks in exigent circumstances. Borrowers
agree to reimburse Agent on demand for any documented amounts
owed or paid to any bank or other financial institution at which
a Concentration Account or Cash Management Account or any other
deposit account or investment account is established or any
other bank, financial institution or other person involved in
the transfer of funds to or from the Concentration Accounts
arising out of Agents payments to or indemnification of
such bank, financial institution or other person in connection
with the Credit Facility. The obligations of Borrowers to
reimburse Agent for such amounts pursuant to this
Section 6.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
22 With
regard to language not added at the end of this section,
inadvertently applied to what? Cash management should function
so that funds are deposited and swept from Cash Management
Accounts to Concentration Accounts.
R-67
6.7 Payments.
(a) All Obligations shall be payable to the Agent Payment
Account as provided in Section 6.6 or such other place as
Agent may designate to Administrative Borrower in writing from
time to time. Subject to the other terms and conditions
contained herein and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement, Agent shall apply payments received or collected from
any Borrower or Guarantor or for the account of any Borrower or
Guarantor (including the monetary proceeds of collections or of
realization upon any Collateral after giving effect to the
application of any such amounts otherwise required to be applied
pursuant to Section 2.5(b), (c), (d), (e) or (g)) as
follows: first, to pay any fees, indemnities or expense
reimbursements then due to Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank from
any Borrower or Guarantor; second, to pay interest due in
respect of any Loans (and including any Special Agent Advances)
or Letter of Credit Obligations; third, to pay or prepay
principal in respect of Special Agent Advances; fourth,
to pay principal due in respect of the Loans; fifth, to
pay or prepay any other Obligations whether or not then due, in
such order and manner as Agent determines and at any time an
Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, to
provide cash collateral for any Letter of Credit Obligations or
other contingent Obligations (but not including for purposes of
this clause any Obligations arising under or pursuant to any
Bank Products); and sixth, to pay Obligations then due
arising under or pursuant to any Hedge Agreements of a Borrower
or Guarantor with Agent or a Bank Product Provider, on a pro
rata basis and to pay or prepay any Obligations arising under or
pursuant to any Bank Products on a pro rata basis.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, unless so directed by Administrative Borrower,
or unless a Default or an Event of Default shall exist or have
occurred and be continuing, Agent shall not apply any payments
which it receives to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, except in the
event that there are no outstanding Base Rate Loans. To the
extent Agent or any Lender receives any payments or collections
in respect of the Obligations in a currency other than
US Dollars Agent may, at its option (but is not obligated
to), convert such other currency to US Dollars at the
exchange rate on such date and in such market as Agent may
select (regardless of whether such rate is the best available
rate). Borrowers shall pay the costs of such conversion (or
Agent may, at its option, charge such costs to the loan account
of any Borrower maintained by Agent). Payments and collections
received in any currency other than the currency in which any
outstanding Obligations are denominated will be accepted
and/or
applied at the discretion of Agent. Except as permitted by
Section 6.13(h), any and all payments by or on account of
the Obligations shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or
deduction.
(c) For purposes of this Section 6.7, paid in
full and payment in full and prepayment
in full means payment of all applicable amounts owing
under the Financing Agreements according to the terms thereof,
including any such amounts consisting of loan fees, service
fees, professional fees, interest (and including interest
accrued after the commencement of any case under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any similar domestic or foreign
similar statute), default interest, interest on interest, and
expense reimbursements, whether or not the same would be or is
allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any case under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or any similar statute in any
jurisdiction.
(d) At Agents option, all principal, interest, fees,
costs, expenses and other
charges23provided
for in this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements may be
charged directly to the loan account(s) of any Borrower
maintained by Agent to the extent then due and payable in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If after receipt of
any payment of, or proceeds of Collateral applied to the payment
of, any of the Obligations, Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank is
required to surrender or return such payment or proceeds to any
Person for any reason, then the Obligations intended to be
satisfied by such payment or proceeds shall be reinstated and
continue and this Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by
Agent or such Lender. Borrowers and Guarantors shall be liable
to pay to Agent, and do hereby agree to indemnify and hold Agent
and Lenders harmless for the amount of any payments or proceeds
surrendered or returned. This Section 6.7(d) shall remain
effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken
by Agent or any Lender in reliance upon such payment or
proceeds. This preceding two sentences of this
Section 6.7(d) shall survive the payment of the Obligations
and the termination of this Agreement.
23 This
is uniformly the process
at .
R-68
6.8 Taxes.
(a) Except as provided below in this Section 6.8 or as
required by law, all payments made by each Borrower and
Guarantor under this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements shall be made free and clear of, and without
deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or
future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter
imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any
Governmental Authority (Taxes), excluding Taxes
measured by or imposed upon the overall net income of Agent or
any Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or
affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes
on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the
overall capital or net worth of any Agent or such Lender or its
applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof,
in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the
laws of which Agent or such Lender, applicable lending office,
branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its
principal executive office is located, or any nation within
which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision
thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the
jurisdiction imposing such Tax and Agent or such Lender,
applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a
connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having
executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or
received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any of the
other Financing Agreements. If any such non-excluded Taxes
(Non-Excluded Taxes) are required to be withheld
from any amounts payable by any Borrower or Guarantor to Agent
or any Lender hereunder or under any of the other Financing
Agreements, the amounts payable by such Borrower or Guarantor
shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to Agent or
such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest
or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in
the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided,
however, that each of the Borrowers and Guarantors shall
be entitled to deduct and withhold, and Borrowers and Guarantors
shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes,
and any such amounts payable by any Borrower, Guarantor or Agent
to, or for the account of, Agent or any Lender shall not be
increased (i) if Agent or such Lender fails to comply with
the requirements of this Section 6.8 (provided that while
such failure shall limit the indemnity obligation of the
Borrowers and Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6.8, such
failure shall not be treated as a breach of this Agreement by
Agent or such Lender for any other purpose) or (ii) with
respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the
payment of any fees paid under this Agreement or any of the
other Financing Agreements unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are
imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation
that occurred after such Agent becomes an Agent hereunder or
such Lender becomes a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or
Lender is a non U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant
beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a
beneficiary or member, if later) (such change, at such time, a
Change in Tax Law) or (iii) with respect to any
Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or
political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes
are imposed as a result of a Change in Tax Law. Whenever any
Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by any of the Borrowers, as
promptly as possible thereafter the applicable Borrower shall
send to Agent for its own account or for the account of such
Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original
official receipt received by such Borrower showing payment
thereof. If any Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes
when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit
to Agent the required receipts or other required documentary
evidence, Borrowers (in the case of any failure by a Borrower),
on a joint and several basis, shall indemnify Agent and Lenders
for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become
payable by Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.
The agreements in this Section 6.8 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and
all other amounts payable hereunder.
(b) Agent and each Lender that is not organized under the
laws of the United States of America or a state thereof or the
District of Columbia shall:
(i) (A) on or before the date of any payment by any
Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements to, or for the account of, Agent or such Lender,
deliver to Administrative Borrower and Agent (1) two duly
completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
(certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country
within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United
States and that country) or
Form W-8ECI,
or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case
certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under
this Agreement and any of the other Financing Agreements without
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes, and (2) such other forms, documentation or
certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is
entitled to an exemption from United
R-69
States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under
this Agreement and any of the other Financing Agreements;
(B) deliver to Administrative Borrower and Agent two
further copies of any such form or certification on or before
the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes
obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a
change in the most recent form or certificate previously
delivered by it to Administrative Borrower;
(C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and
completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be
requested by any Borrower or Agent; and
(D) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon
reasonable request by any Borrower or Guarantor, to
Administrative Borrower and Agent such other forms as may be
reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement
of such Lender to an exemption from withholding with respect to
payments under this Agreement and any of the other Financing
Agreements, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a
request under this clause (D) such Lender shall be entitled
to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Borrower
or Guarantor) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying
with such request; or
(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a
bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A)
of the Code and is claiming the so-called portfolio
interest exemption,
(A) represent to Borrowers and Agent that it is not a bank
within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
(B) deliver to Administrative Borrower on or before the
date of any payment by any of Borrowers, with a copy to the
Agent, (1) two certificates substantially in the form of
Exhibit E (any such certificate a U.S. Tax
Compliance Certificate) and (2) two accurate and
complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN,
or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lenders
legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from
U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of
Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with
respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any of
the other Financing Agreements (and shall also deliver to
Administrative Borrower and Agent two further copies of such
form or certificate on or before the date it expires or becomes
obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a
change in the most recently provided form or certificate and, if
necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by
any Borrower or Agent for filing and completing such forms or
certificates); and
(C) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon
reasonable request by any Borrower, to Administrative Borrower
and Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in
order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an
exemption from withholding with respect to payments under this
Agreement and any of the other Financing Agreements, provided
that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this
clause (C) such Lender shall be entitled to consider the
cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Borrower or Guarantor)
which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such
request; or
(iii) in the case of any such Lender that is a
non-U.S. intermediary
or flow through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
(A) on or before the date of any payment by any of
Borrowers under this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements to, or for the account of, such Lender, deliver to
Administrative Borrower and Agent two accurate and complete
original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8IMY
and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the
so-called portfolio interest exemption,
(x) represent to the Borrowers and Agent that such Lender
is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
the Code and (y) also deliver to Administrative Borrower
and Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying
to such Lenders legal entitlement at the date of such
certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under
the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code
R-70
with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any
of the other Financing Agreements; and
(1) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such
Lender that is not claiming the so-called portfolio
interest exemption, also deliver to Borrower and Agent
(x) two duly completed copies of United States Internal
Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
(certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the
applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty
between the United States and that country),
Form W-8ECI
or
Form W-9,
or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case
so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive
all payments under this Agreement and any of the other Financing
Agreements without deduction or withholding of any United States
federal income taxes and (y) such other forms,
documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying
that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption
from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all
payments under this Agreement and any of the other Financing
Agreements; and
(2) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such
Lender that is claiming the so-called portfolio interest
exemption, (x) represent to Borrowers and Agent that
such beneficiary or member is not a bank within the meaning of
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and (y) also deliver
to Administrative Borrower and Agent two U.S. Tax
Compliance Certificates from each beneficiary or member and two
accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue
Service Form W 8BEN, or successor applicable form,
certifying to such beneficiarys or members legal
entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from
U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of
Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with
respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any of
the other Financing Agreements;
(B) deliver to Administrative Borrower and Agent two
further copies of any such forms, certificates or certifications
referred to above on or before the date any such form,
certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any
beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any
event requiring a change in the most recently provided form,
certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time
reasonably requested by any U.S. Borrower or Agent for
filing and completing such forms, certificates or
certifications; and
(C) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon
reasonable request by any U.S. Borrower, to Borrowers and
Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to
establish the legal entitlement of such Lender (or beneficiary
or member) to an exemption from withholding with respect to
payments under this Agreement and any of the other Financing
Agreements, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a
request under this clause (C) such Lender shall be entitled
to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Borrower
or Guarantor) which would be imposed on such Lender (or
beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;
unless in any such case any change in treaty, law or regulation
has occurred after the date such Person becomes a Lender
hereunder (or a beneficiary or member in the circumstances
described in clause (iii) above, if later) which renders
all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Lender
(or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and
delivering any such form with respect to it and such Lender so
advises the Administrative Borrower and Agent.
(c) Agent and each Lender, in each case that is organized
under the laws of the United States of America or a state
thereof or the District of Columbia, shall on or before the date
of any payment by any Borrower under this Agreement or any of
the other Financing Agreements to, or for the account of, Agent
or such Lender, deliver to Administrative Borrower and Agent two
duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-9,
or successor form, certifying that Agent or such Lender is a
United States Person (within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) and that
Agent or such Lender is entitled to a complete exemption from
United States backup withholding tax. Agent represents to the
Borrowers that it is a financial institution within the meaning
of
Section 1.1441-1(c)(5)
of the U.S. Treasury Regulations. Each such Lender shall
also deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon
reasonable request by any Borrower, to Administrative Borrower
and Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in
order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an
R-71
exemption from withholding with respect to payments under this
Agreement and any of the other Financing Agreements, provided
that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this
sentence such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to
the extent unreimbursed by any Borrower or Guarantor) which
would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request.
(d) Upon the request, and at the expense of Borrowers, each
Lender to which any Borrower or Guarantor is required to make a
payment pursuant to Section 3.5 or 6.8 shall reasonably
afford the Administrative Borrower the opportunity to contest,
and reasonably cooperate with the Administrative Borrower in
contesting, the imposition of any such Tax giving rise to such
payment; provided, that, (i) such Lender
shall not be required to afford the Administrative Borrower the
opportunity to so contest unless Borrowers shall have confirmed
in writing to such Lender their obligation to make such payment
pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) Borrowers shall
reimburse such Lender for its reasonable attorneys and
accountants fees and disbursements incurred in so
cooperating with the Administrative Borrower in contesting the
imposition of such Tax; provided, however, that
notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender shall be required to
afford the Administrative Borrower the opportunity to contest,
or cooperate with the Administrative Borrower in contesting, the
imposition of any such Taxes, if such Lender in its sole
discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an
adverse effect on it.
(e) If any Lender changes its applicable lending office
(other than (i) pursuant to Section 3.9(a) or
(ii) after an Event of Default under Section 12.1(a)
or (g) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of
such change, as of the date of such change, would result in any
Borrower or Guarantor being obligated to make any payment under
Section 3.5 or 6.8, none of Borrowers and Guarantor shall
be obligated to make any such payment.
(f) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would
upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the
payment of any amount to or on behalf of any Lender by any
Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.5 or 6.8, such
Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and
Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available
to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which
shall include efforts to rebook the Loans held by such Lender at
another lending office, or through another branch or an
affiliate, of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.9(a));
provided, that, such Lender shall not be required
to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be
materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or
would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrowers
and Guarantor agree to reimburse such Lender for the reasonable
incremental
out-of-pocket
costs thereof).
(g) If Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly
attributable to Taxes for which any Borrower or Guarantor has
made a payment under Section 3.5 or 6.8, Agent or such
Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund
(together with any interest with respect thereto received from
the relevant Governmental Authority, but net of any reasonable
out-of-pocket
cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Administrative
Borrower; provided, however, that Borrowers agree
to promptly return such refund (together with any interest with
respect thereto due to the relevant Governmental Authority) to
Agent or such Lender, as applicable, upon receipt of a notice
that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant
Governmental Authority.
(h) For purpose of this Section 6.8, any reference of
Lender in this Section 6.8 shall include the Issuing Bank.
The agreements in this Section 6.8 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and
all other amounts payable hereunder.
6.9 Use of
Proceeds. Borrowers shall use the initial
proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder only for:
(a) payments to each of the persons listed in the
disbursement direction letter furnished by Borrowers to Agent on
or about the date hereof and (b) costs, expenses and fees
in connection with the Transactions and in connection with the
preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. All other Loans
made or Letters of Credit provided to or for the benefit of any
Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be used by such
Borrower for general operating, working capital and other
corporate purposes of Parent and its Subsidiaries not otherwise
prohibited by the terms hereof.
6.10 Appointment of Administrative Borrower as
Agent for Requesting Loans and Receipts of Loans and
Statements.
(a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and
constitutes Administrative Borrower as its agent and
attorney-in-fact to request and receive Loans and Letters of
Credit pursuant to this Agreement and the other
R-72
Financing Agreements from Agent or any Lender in the name or on
behalf of such Borrower. Agent and Lenders shall disburse the
Loans to such bank account of Administrative Borrower or a
Borrower designated in writing by Administrative Borrower to
Agent on or prior to the date hereof (or such other bank account
as Administrative Borrower may specify to Agent in writing;
provided, that, such other bank account shall be
located in the United States at a depository institution that
accepts transfers of funds without the imposition of fees or
charges on the transferor) or otherwise make such Loans to a
Borrower and provide such Letters of Credit to a Borrower as
Administrative Borrower may designate or direct, without notice
to any other Borrower or Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein, Agent may at any time and from
time to time following written notice to and consultation with
Administrative Borrower, require that Loans to or for the
account of any Borrower be disbursed directly to an operating
account of such Borrower.
(b) Administrative Borrower hereby accepts the appointment
by Borrowers to act as the agent and attorney-in-fact of
Borrowers pursuant to this Section 6.10. Administrative
Borrower shall ensure that the disbursement of any Loans to each
Borrower requested by or paid to or for the account of Parent,
or the issuance of any Letter of Credit for a Borrower
hereunder, shall be paid to or for the account of such Borrower,
except as agreed among Borrowers.
(c) Each Borrower and other Guarantor hereby irrevocably
appoints and constitutes Administrative Borrower as its agent to
receive statements on account and all other notices from Agent
and Lenders with respect to the Obligations or otherwise under
or in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing
Agreements.
(d) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any
notice, election, representation, warranty, agreement or
undertaking by or on behalf of any other Borrower or any
Guarantor by Administrative Borrower shall be deemed for all
purposes to have been made by such Borrower or Guarantor, as the
case may be, and shall be binding upon and enforceable against
such Borrower or Guarantor to the same extent as if made
directly by such Borrower or Guarantor.
(e) No termination of the appointment of Administrative
Borrower as agent as aforesaid shall be effective, except after
ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to Agent.
6.11 Pro Rata
Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise
provided in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed by the
applicable Lenders and Administrative Borrower: (a) the
making and conversion of Loans shall be made among the Lenders
based on their respective Pro Rata Shares as to the Loans and
(b) each payment on account of any Obligations to or for
the account of one or more of Lenders in respect of any
Obligations due on a particular day shall be allocated among the
Lenders entitled to such payments based on their respective Pro
Rata Shares and shall be distributed accordingly.
6.12 Sharing of Payments, Etc.
(a) Each Borrower and Guarantor agrees that, in addition to
(and without limitation of) any right of setoff, bankers
lien or counterclaim Agent or any Lender may otherwise have,
each Lender shall be entitled, at its option (but subject, as
among Agent and Lenders, to the provisions of
Section 14.3(b) hereof), at any time an Event of Default
under Section 12.1(a) exists or has occurred and is
continuing, to offset balances held by it for the account of
such Borrower or Guarantor at any of its offices, in dollars or
in any other currency, against any principal of or interest on
any Loans owed to such Lender or any other amount payable to
such Lender hereunder, that is not paid when due (regardless of
whether such balances are then due to such Borrower or
Guarantor), in which case it shall promptly notify
Administrative Borrower and Agent thereof; provided,
that, such Lenders failure to give such notice
shall not affect the validity thereof.
(b) If any Lender (including Agent) shall obtain from any
Borrower or Guarantor payment of any principal of or interest on
any Loan owing to it or payment of any other amount under this
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements through the
exercise of any right of setoff, bankers lien or
counterclaim or similar right or otherwise (other than from
Agent as provided herein), and, as a result of such payment,
such Lender shall have received more than its Pro Rata Share of
the principal of the Loans or more than its share of such other
amounts then due hereunder or thereunder by any Borrower or
Guarantor to such Lender than the percentage thereof received by
any other Lender, it shall promptly pay to Agent, for the
benefit of Lenders, the amount of such excess and simultaneously
purchase from such other Lenders a participation in the Loans or
such other amounts, respectively, owing to such other Lenders
(or such interest due thereon, as the case may be) in such
amounts, and make such other
R-73
adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, to the end
that all Lenders shall share the benefit of such excess payment
(net of any expenses that may be incurred by such Lender in
obtaining or preserving such excess payment) in accordance with
their respective Pro Rata Shares or as otherwise agreed by
Lenders. To such end all Lenders shall make appropriate
adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participation
sold or otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored.
(c) Each Borrower and Guarantor agrees that any Lender
purchasing a participation (or direct interest) as provided in
this Section may exercise, in a manner consistent with this
Section, all rights of setoff, bankers lien, counterclaim
or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as
if such Lender were a direct holder of Loans or other amounts
(as the case may be) owing to such Lender in the amount of such
participation.
(d) Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to
exercise any right of setoff, bankers lien, counterclaims
or similar rights or shall affect the right of any Lender to
exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right
with respect to any other Indebtedness or obligation of any
Borrower or Guarantor. If, under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured
claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section applies, such
Lender shall, to the extent practicable, assign such rights to
Agent for the benefit of Lenders and, in any event, exercise its
rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent
with the rights of Lenders entitled under this Section to share
in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.
6.13 Settlement Procedures.
(a) In order to administer the Credit Facility in an
efficient manner and to minimize the transfer of funds between
Agent and Lenders, Agent may, at its option, subject to the
terms of this Section, make available, on behalf of Lenders,
including the Swing Line Lender, the full amount of the
Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans requested or charged to any
Borrowers loan account(s) or otherwise to be advanced by
Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof, without requirement of
prior notice to Lenders of the proposed Loans.
(b) With respect to all Loans made by Agent on behalf of
Lenders, the amount of each Lenders Pro Rata Share of the
outstanding Loans shall be computed weekly, and shall be
adjusted upward or downward on the basis of the amount of the
outstanding Loans as of 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the
Business Day immediately preceding the date of each settlement
computation; provided, that, Agent retains the
absolute right at any time or from time to time to make the
above described adjustments at intervals more frequent than
weekly, but in no event more than twice in any week. With
respect to Swing Line Loans made by Swing Line Lender (or Agent
on behalf of Swing Line Lender), Swing Line Lender (or Agent on
behalf of Swing Line Lender) may settle on the Swing Line Loans
from time to time as it determines, but not less frequently than
once each week. Agent (or Swing Line Lender as to Swing Line
Loans) shall deliver to each of the Lenders after the end of
each week, or at such period or periods as Agent (or Swing Line
Lender as to Swing Line Loans) shall determine, a summary
statement of the amount of outstanding Loans (whether Revolving
Loans, Swing Line Loans or both, as applicable) for such period
(such week or other period or periods being hereinafter referred
to as a Settlement Period). If the summary statement
is sent by Agent (or Swing Line Lender in the case of Swing Line
Loans) and received by a Lender prior to 12:00 p.m., then
such Lender shall make the settlement transfer described in this
Section by no later than 3:00 p.m. on the same Business Day
and if received by a Lender after 12:00 p.m., then such
Lender shall make the settlement transfer by not later than
3:00 p.m. on the next Business Day following the date of
receipt. If, as of the end of any Settlement Period, the amount
of a Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans is
more than such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding
Loans as of the end of the previous Settlement Period, then such
Lender shall forthwith (but in no event later than the time set
forth in the preceding sentence) transfer to Agent by wire
transfer in immediately available funds the amount of the
increase. Alternatively, if the amount of a Lenders pro
rata share of the outstanding Loans in any Settlement Period is
less than the amount of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the
outstanding Loans for the previous Settlement Period, Agent
shall forthwith transfer to such Lender by wire transfer in
immediately available funds the amount of the decrease. Each
Lender shall forthwith (but in no event later than the time set
forth in the preceding sentence) transfer to Swing Line Lender
(or upon its request to Agent) by wire transfer in immediately
available funds the amount of such Lenders Pro Rata Share
of the outstanding Swing Line Loans as set forth in the summary
statement provided to such Lender as provided above. Amounts
transferred to Swing Line Lender (or Agent as the case may be)
in respect to a settlement of Swing Line Loans shall be applied
to the payment of the Swing Line loans and shall constitute
Loans of such Lenders. The obligation of each of the
R-74
Lenders to transfer such funds and effect such settlement shall
be irrevocable and unconditional and without recourse to or
warranty by Agent and may occur at any time a Default or Event
of Default exists or has occurred and whether or not the
conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied (except
if there is an Event of Default under Section 12.1(g), in
which case the funds shall be in respect of each Lenders
participation). Agent and each Lender agrees to mark its books
and records at the end of each Settlement Period to show at all
times the dollar amount of its Pro Rata Share of the outstanding
Loans and Letters of Credit. Each Lender shall only be entitled
to receive interest on its Pro Rata Share of the Loans to the
extent such Loans have been funded by such Lender. Because the
Agent on behalf of Lenders may be advancing
and/or may
be repaid Loans prior to the time when Lenders will actually
advance
and/or be
repaid such Loans, interest with respect to Loans shall be
allocated by Agent in accordance with the amount of Loans
actually advanced by and repaid to each Lender and the Agent and
shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are so
advanced to but excluding the date such Loans are either repaid
by Borrowers or actually settled with the applicable Lender as
described in this Section.
(c) To the extent that Agent has made any such amounts
available and the settlement described above shall not yet have
occurred, upon repayment of any Loans by a Borrower, Agent may
apply such amounts repaid directly to any amounts made available
by Agent pursuant to this Section. In lieu of settlements, Agent
may, at its option, at any time require each Lender to provide
Agent with immediately available funds representing its Pro Rata
Share of each Loan, prior to Agents disbursement of such
Loan to a Borrower. In such event, Agent shall notify each
Lender promptly after Agents receipt of the request for
the Loans from a Borrower (or Administrative Borrower on behalf
of such Borrower) or any deemed request hereunder and each
Lender shall provide its Pro Rata Share of such requested Loan
to the account specified by Agent in immediately available funds
not later than 2:00 p.m. on the requested funding date, so
that all such Loans shall be made by the Lenders simultaneously
and proportionately to their Pro Rata Shares. No Lender shall be
responsible for any default by any other Lender in the other
Lenders obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder nor
shall the Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as
a result of the default by any other Lender in the other
Lenders obligation to make a Loan hereunder.
(d) Upon the making of any Loan by Agent as provided
herein, without further action by any party hereto, each Lender
shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally
purchased and received from Agent, without recourse or warranty,
an undivided interest and participation to the extent of such
Lenders Pro Rata Share in such Loan. To the extent that
there is no settlement in accordance with the terms hereof,
Agent may at any time require the Lenders to fund their
participations. From and after the date, if any, on which any
Lender has funded its participation in any such Loan, Agent
shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lenders Pro
Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest received by
Agent in respect of such Loan.
(e) As to any Loan funded by Agent on behalf of a Lender
(including Swing Line Lender) whether pursuant to
Sections 6.13(a), 6.13(b) or 6.13(c) above, Agent may
assume that each Lender will make available to Agent such
Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Loan requested or otherwise
made on such day in the case of Loans funded pursuant to
Section 6.13(c) above or otherwise on the applicable
settlement date. If Agent makes amounts available to a Borrower
and such corresponding amounts are not in fact made available to
Agent by such Lender, Agent shall be entitled to recover such
corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with
interest thereon for each day from the date such payment was due
until the date such amount is paid to Agent at the Federal Funds
Rate for each day during such period (as published by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York or at Agents option based
on the arithmetic mean determined by Agent of the rates for the
last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to
9:00 a.m. on that day by each of the three leading brokers
of Federal funds transactions in New York selected by Agent) and
if such amounts are not paid within three (3) days of
Agents demand, at the highest Interest Rate provided for
in Section 3.1 hereof applicable to Base Rate Loans. During
the period in which such Lender has not paid such corresponding
amount to Agent, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements, the amount so advanced by Agent to or for the
benefit of any Borrower shall, for all purposes hereof, be a
Loan made by Agent for its own account.
(f) Upon any failure by a Lender to pay Agent (or Swing
Line Lender) pursuant to the settlement described in
Section 6.13(b) above or to pay Agent pursuant to
Section 6.13(c), 6.13(d) or Section 6.13(e), Agent
shall promptly thereafter notify Administrative Borrower of such
failure and Borrowers shall pay such corresponding amount to
Agent for its own account within five (5) Business Days of
Administrative Borrowers receipt of such notice. The term
Defaulting Lender shall mean (i) any Lender
that has failed to fund any portion of the Revolving Loans,
R-75
participations in Letter of Credit Obligations or participations
in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within
one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by
it hereunder, or has otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or
any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it
hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due,
(ii) any Lender that has notified Agent, any Lender,
Issuing Bank, or any Borrower or Guarantor in writing that it
will not or does not intend to comply with any of its funding
obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement
to the effect that it will not or does not intend to comply with
its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other
agreements in which it has agreed to make loans or provide other
financial accommodations, (iii) any Lender that has failed,
within five (5) Business Days after request by Agent or the
Administrative Borrower to confirm that it will comply with the
terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund
prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters
of Credit and Swing Line Loans; provided that any such Lender
shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender under this
clause (iii) upon receipt of such confirmation by Agent and
the Administrative Borrower, or (iv) any Lender that
becomes or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become
or is insolvent or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding, or has a receiver, conservator, trustee
or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in
furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or
acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment and has not
obtained all required orders, approvals or consents of any court
or other Governmental Authority to continue to fulfill its
obligations hereunder, in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent and the Administrative Borrower.
(g) Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a
Defaulting Lender any payments received by Agent for the
Defaulting Lenders benefit, nor shall a Defaulting Lender
be entitled to the sharing of any payments hereunder (including
any principal, interest or fees and whether in respect of
Revolving Loans, participation interests or otherwise). For
purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to this
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including for
purposes of the Required Lenders and the Supermajority Lenders,
and determining Pro Rata Shares, such Defaulting Lender shall be
deemed not to be a Lender and such Lenders
Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed to be zero (0). So
long as there is a Defaulting Lender, the maximum amount of the
Loans and Letters of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate
amount of the Commitments of the Lenders that are not Defaulting
Lenders plus the Pro Rata Share of the Defaulting Lender
(determined immediately prior to its being a Defaulting Lender)
of the Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding as of the date
that the Defaulting Lender has become a Defaulting Lender. At
any time that there is a Defaulting Lender, payments received
for application to the Obligations payable to Lenders in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be distributed
to Lenders based on their Pro Rata Shares calculated after
giving effect to the reduction of the Defaulting Lenders
Revolving Loan Commitment to zero (0) as provided herein or
at Agents option, Agent may instead receive and retain
such amounts that would be otherwise attributable to the Pro
Rata Share of a Defaulting Lender (which for such purpose shall
be such Pro Rata Share as in effect immediately prior to its
being a Defaulting Lender). To the extent that Agent elects to
receive and retain such amounts, Agent may hold such amounts
(which shall not accrue interest) and, in its reasonable
discretion, relend such amounts to a Borrower. To the extent
that Agent exercises its option to relend such amounts, such
amounts shall be treated as Revolving Loans for the account of
Agent in addition to the Revolving Loans that are made by the
Lenders other than a Defaulting Lender based on their respective
Pro Rata Shares as calculated after giving effect to the
reduction of such Defaulting Lenders Commitment to zero
(0) as provided herein but shall be repaid in the same
order of priority as the principal amount of the Loans on a pro
rata basis for purposes of Section 6.7 hereof. Agent shall
determine whether any Revolving Loans requested shall be made
from relending such amounts or from Revolving Loans from the
Lenders (other than a Defaulting Lender) and any allocation of
requested Revolving Loans between them. The rights of a
Defaulting Lender shall be limited as provided herein until such
time as the Defaulting Lender has made all payments to Agent of
the amounts that it had failed to pay causing it to become a
Defaulting Lender and such Lender is otherwise in compliance
with the terms of this Agreement (including making any payments
as it would have been required to make as a Lender during the
period that it was a Defaulting Lender other than in respect of
the principal amount of Revolving Loans, which payments as to
the principal amount of Revolving Loans shall be made based on
the outstanding balance thereof on the date of the cure by
Defaulting Lender or at such other time thereafter as Agent may
specify) or has otherwise provided evidence in form and
substance satisfactory to Agent and Administrative Borrower that
such Defaulting Lender will be able to fund its Pro Rata Share
(as in effect immediately prior to its being a Defaulting
Lender) in accordance with the terms hereof. Upon the cure by
Defaulting Lender of the event that is the basis for it to be a
Defaulting Lender by making such payment or payments and such
Lender otherwise being in compliance with the
R-76
terms hereof, such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender
and shall only be entitled to payment of interest accrued during
the period that such Lender was a Defaulting Lender to the
extent previously received and retained by Agent from or for the
account of Borrowers on the funds constituting Loans funded by
such Lender prior to the date of it being a Defaulting Lender
(and not previously paid to such Lender) and shall otherwise, on
and after such cure, make Loans and settle in respect of the
Loans and other Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof.
The existence of a Defaulting Lender and the operation of this
Section shall not be construed to increase or otherwise affect
the Commitment of any Lender. Borrowers shall not be required to
make any payments of principal, interest or fees in respect of
Loans by a Defaulting Lender, but all payments required
hereunder shall be made in respect of the Loans and other
Obligations owing to the other Lenders, so that the payments in
respect of principal and fees received by or on behalf of Agent
or any Lender shall be made and allocated among the Lenders
other than a Defaulting Lender in respect of amounts owing to
such Lenders, and Borrowers may, except after a Dominion Event,
retain the amount of interest that would otherwise be payable in
respect of Loans by a Defaulting Lender. At any time that one or
more of the Lenders is a Defaulting Lender, payments received
for application to the Obligations shall be distributed among
Lenders based on their Pro Rata Shares calculated after giving
effect to the reduction of the Defaulting Lenders
Commitments as provided above.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, in the event there is a Defaulting Lender, upon
any issuance or amendment of any Letter of Credit by the Issuing
Bank, each Non-Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have
irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received, without
recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation to
the extent of such Non-Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share
of the liability with respect to such Letters of Credit and the
obligations of the Borrowers with respect thereto (it being
understood that the Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share is
zero), but solely to the extent that the sum of any
Non-Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding
Loans and its participations in Letters of Credit does not
exceed the Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender. So long as
there is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Bank shall not be
required to issue, renew, extend or amend any Letter of Credit
where the sum of the Non-Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of
the outstanding Loans and their participations in Letters of
Credit after giving effect to any such requested Letter of
Credit (or renewal, extension or amendment) would exceed the
aggregate Commitments of such Non-Defaulting Lenders, unless
Agent has cash collateral from Borrowers in an amount equal to
the Pro Rata Share of the Defaulting Lender (calculated as in
effect immediately prior to such Lender becoming a Defaulting
Lender) of the Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding after
giving effect to any such requested Letter of Credit (or
renewal, extension or amendment) to be held by Agent on its
behalf on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Agent
and Issuing Bank or there are other arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to Issuing Bank with respect to the participation
in Letters of Credit by such Defaulting Lender. Such cash
collateral shall be applied first to the Letter of Credit
Obligations before application to any other Obligations,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 6.7 hereof.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, in the event there is a Defaulting Lender, upon
any extension of Swing Line Loans by the Swing Line Lender, each
Non-Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and
unconditionally purchased and received, without recourse or
warranty, an undivided interest and participation to the extent
of such Non-Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the
liability with respect to such Swing Line Loan (it being
understood that the Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share is
zero), but solely to the extent that the sum of any
Non-Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding
Loans and its participations in Letters of Credit does not
exceed the Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender. So long as
there is a Defaulting Lender, Swing Line Lender shall not be
required to make any Swing Line Loans in which the Defaulting
Lender would have had a participation (but for being a
Defaulting Lender), where the sum of the Non-Defaulting Lenders
Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans and their participations
in Letters of Credit after giving effect to any such Swing Line
Loans would exceed the aggregate Commitments of such
Non-Defaulting Lenders, unless Agent has cash collateral from
Borrowers in an amount equal to the Pro Rata Share of the
Defaulting Lender (calculated as in effect immediately prior to
such Lender becoming a Defaulting Lender) of any such Swing Line
Loans to be held by Agent on its behalf on terms and conditions
reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Swing Line Lender or there
are other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Swing Line
Lender with respect to the participation in Swing Line Loans by
such Defaulting Lender. Such cash collateral shall be applied
first to the Obligations relating to the Swing Line Loans before
application to any other Obligations, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in Section 6.7 hereof.
R-77
(j) If any Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit are
outstanding at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender
then:
(i) all or any part of the interests of Lenders in such
Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit, and Obligations arising
pursuant thereto, shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting
Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (as
adjusted as provided herein, it being understood that the
Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share is zero) but only to the
extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata
Shares in respect of outstanding Loans and Letters of Credit
(calculated before giving effect to such adjustment) plus such
Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share (calculated as in effect
immediately prior to it becoming a Defaulting Lender) of such
Loans and Letters of Credit does not exceed the total of all
Non-Defaulting Lenders Commitments; and
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above
cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrowers shall
within one (1) Business Day following notice by Agent
(A) first, prepay such Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata
Share (calculated as in effect immediately prior to it becoming
a Defaulting Lender) of any Swing Line Loans (after giving
effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i)
above) and (B) second, provide to Agent cash collateral to
be held by Agent on behalf of Issuing Bank on terms and
conditions reasonably satisfactory to Agent in an amount equal
to the Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share (calculated as in
effect immediately prior to it becoming a Defaulting Lender), in
each case under clauses (A) and (B) after giving
effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to paragraph
(i) above).
(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, in the event that there is a Defaulting Lender,
Administrative Borrower and Agent shall each have the right, on
prior written notice to the other, to cause the Defaulting
Lender to, and upon the exercise by Administrative Borrower or
Agent of such right, such Defaulting Lender shall have the
obligation to, sell, assign and transfer to such Eligible
Transferee as Administrative Borrower may specify, or as Agent
may specify with the consent of the Administrative Borrower, the
Commitment of such Defaulting Lender and all rights and
interests of such Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto (without
payment of the assignment fee and with any other costs and
expenses to be paid by Borrowers in such instance); provided
that neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to
Borrowers to find a replacement Lender. Such purchase and sale
shall be pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance
(whether or not executed by the Defaulting Lender). Such
purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment
of the amounts required under such Assignment and Acceptance to
the Defaulting Lender and the Commitment of the Defaulting
Lender shall terminate on such date. Nothing in this
Section 6.13 shall impair any rights that any Borrower,
Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank may have against any Lender
that is a Defaulting Lender.
(l) Nothing in this Section or elsewhere in this Agreement
or the other Financing Agreements shall be deemed to require
Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any
Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment hereunder
or to prejudice any rights or remedies that any Borrower may
have against a Lender as a result of any default by such Lender
hereunder in fulfilling its Commitment.
6.14 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of
Lenders Rights. The obligation of each
Lender hereunder is several, and no Lender shall be responsible
for the obligation or commitment of any other Lender hereunder.
Nothing contained in this Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements and no action taken by the Lenders pursuant
hereto or thereto shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders to
be a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other
kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to
each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and
subject to Section 14.3 hereof, each Lender shall be
entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this
Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to
be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such
purpose.
6.15 Bank
Products. Borrowers and Guarantors, or any of
their Subsidiaries, may (but no such Person is required to)
request that the Bank Product Providers provide or arrange for
such Person to obtain Bank Products from Bank Product Providers,
and each Bank Product Provider may, in its sole discretion,
provide or arrange for such Person to obtain the requested Bank
Products. Borrower and its Subsidiaries acknowledge and agree
that the obtaining of Bank Products from Bank Product Providers
(a) is in the sole discretion of such Bank Product
Provider, and (b) is subject to all rules and regulations
of such Bank Product Provider. To the extent that the
obligations liabilities and indebtedness owing to any Bank
Product Provider constitute Obligations in accordance with the
R-78
definition thereof, such Bank Product Provider shall be deemed a
third party beneficiary hereto for purposes of any reference in
any of the Financing Agreements to the parties for whom Agent is
acting; provided, that, the rights of such Bank Product Provider
hereunder and under any of the other Financing Agreements shall
consist exclusively of such Bank Product Providers right
to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as
set forth herein and shall be subject in all respects to
Section 13.3 hereof. In connection with any such
distribution of payments and collections, Agent shall be
entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Bank Product
Provider unless such Bank Product Provider has notified Agent
and Administrative Borrower in writing of any such liability
owed to it as of the date of any such distribution.
Section 7. Collateral
Reporting and Covenants
7.1 Collateral Reporting.
(a) Borrowers shall provide Agent with the following
documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to Co-Collateral
Agents:
(i) [as soon as possible after the end of each fiscal month
(but in any event within twenty (20) days after the end of
any fiscal month that is not also the end of a fiscal quarter
and thirty (30) days after the end of any fiscal month that
is also the end of a fiscal quarter), or more frequently as
Administrative Borrower may elect or more frequently as Agent
may require at any time an Event of Default exists or has
occurred and is continuing or Excess Availability is less than
the greater of $25,000,000 or twenty (20%) percent of the lesser
of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing Base (but in no event
more frequently than once a week and no earlier than the fifth
(5th) Business Day following the end of the immediately
preceding period), (A) a Borrowing Base Certificate setting
forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base as of the last
Business Day of the immediately preceding period, duly completed
and executed by a Responsible Officer of Parent, together with
all schedules required pursuant to the terms of the Borrowing
Base Certificate duly completed, (B) inventory reports by
division, location and the categories of raw materials, finished
goods and
work-in-process
(and including the amounts of Inventory and the value thereof at
any leased locations and at premises of warehouses, processors
or other third parties or consignees and including reports of
standard costs, lower of cost or market and purchase price
variance), (C) reconciliation of inventory as set forth in
the perpetual inventory reports and general ledger of Borrowers
and to the most recent monthly financial statement delivered
pursuant to Section 9.1(c) hereof, (D) agings of
accounts receivable (together with a reconciliation to the
previous periods aging and the general ledger and the to
the most recent monthly financial statement delivered pursuant
to Section 9.1(c) hereof), (E) agings of outstanding
accounts payable (and including information indicating the
amounts owing to owners and lessors of leased premises,
warehouses, processors, and other third parties from time to
time in possession of any Collateral); provided,
that, in the event that Administrative Borrower elects or
Agent requires Borrowers to provide the foregoing (other than as
contemplated by clause (C) and the parenthetical in clause
(D), above) more frequently than once each month, it shall do so
for not less than twelve (12) consecutive weeks or such
shorter period as Agent may reasonably
agree;]24
(ii) as soon as possible after the end of each fiscal month
(but in any event within twenty (20) days after the end of
any fiscal month that is not also the end of a fiscal quarter
and thirty (30) days after the end of any fiscal month that
is also the end of a fiscal quarter), a certificate by a
Responsible Officer of Parent consisting of: (A) a
statement confirming the payment of rent and other amounts due
to owners and lessors of real property owned or leased by
Borrowers where Inventory was regularly located in the
immediately preceding month, subject to year-end or monthly
percentage rent payment adjustments and the payment of charges
of outside processors, except as described in such certificate,
(B) the addresses of all new locations of Inventory owned
or leased by Borrowers and Guarantors and of outside processors,
acquired, opened or engaged since the date of the most recent
certificate delivered to Agent under this clause (ii) (or in the
case of the first such certificate, the date hereof), and
(C) a report of any new deposit account established by any
Borrower or Guarantor with any bank or other financial
institution since the date of the most recent certificate
delivered to Agent under this clause (ii) (or in the case of the
first such certificate, the date hereof), except with respect to
any deposit account where the balance is expected to be less
than $100,000 in such deposit account, but only to
24 Subject
to ongoing negotiations.
R-79
the extent that the aggregate amount of funds in all deposit
accounts not previously notified to Agent is less than $500,000,
including in each case, the Borrower or Guarantor in whose name
the account is maintained, the account number, the name and
address of the financial institution at which such account is
maintained, the purpose of such account and, if any, the amount
held in such account on or about the date of such report;
(iii) upon Co-Collateral Agents reasonable request,
(A) reports of tons of steel on hand to the extent such
reports are maintained by Borrowers in tons prior to the date
hereof, (B) copies of customer statements, purchase orders,
sales invoices, credit memos, remittance advices and reports,
and copies of deposit slips and bank statements, (C) copies
of shipping and delivery documents, (D) summary reports on
sales and use tax collections, deposits and payments, including
monthly sales and use tax accruals, (E) true, correct and
complete copies of all principal agreements, documents or
instruments evidencing Indebtedness for borrowed money or
Capital Leases in excess of $1,000,000 that Agent has not
otherwise received (provided, that, the Borrowers
shall provide copies of such principal agreements, documents or
instruments to the extent such principal agreements, documents
or instruments evidence Indebtedness for borrowed money secured
by a Permitted Lien on acquired assets or property described in
clause (t) of Section [1.144] promptly after the
acquisition of such assets or property) and (F) a
certificate by a Responsible Officer of Parent stating that all
sales, use and excise taxes (that are known by a Responsible
Officer to be due and payable) have been paid when due as of the
date of the certificate, except as specifically described in
such certificate; and
(iv) such other reports as to the Collateral as
Co-Collateral Agents shall reasonably request from time to time.
(b) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each
fiscal year, the Borrowers shall provide to Agent a certificate
of a Responsible Officer of Parent listing all United States
applications or registrations of any material copyright, patent
or trademark owned by a Borrower or Guarantor (except for
trademark or service mark applications that have been filed with
the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of an
intent-to-use
with respect to such marks, unless and until a statement of use
or amendment to allege use is filed and accepted) since the date
of the prior certificate (or, in the case of the first such
certificate, the date hereof).
(c) Nothing contained in any Borrowing Base Certificate
shall be deemed to limit, impair or otherwise affect the rights
of Agent or Co-Collateral Agents contained herein and in the
event the calculation of the Borrowing Base as set forth in any
Borrowing Base Certificate is inaccurate or in any manner
conflicts with the terms hereof, Agent, Co-Collateral Agents and
Lenders shall not be bound by the terms thereof to the extent of
such inaccuracy, conflict or inconsistency. Without limiting the
foregoing, Borrowers shall furnish to Co-Collateral Agents any
information which Co-Collateral Agents may reasonably request
regarding the determination and calculation of any of the
amounts set forth in any Borrowing Base Certificate. Subject to
the limitations set forth herein, the Borrowing Base may be
adjusted based on the information received by Agent or
Co-Collateral Agents pursuant to this Agreement.
7.2 Accounts Covenants.
(a) Administrative Borrower shall notify Agent promptly of
(i) the assertion of any claims, offsets, defenses or
counterclaims by any account debtor of a Borrower, or any
disputes with any account debtor of a Borrower or any
settlement, adjustment or compromise thereof, to the extent any
of the foregoing exceeds $ in any
one case or $ in the aggregate and
(ii) any change in the financial condition of any account
debtor of a Borrower that Administrative Borrower reasonably
believes could reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any
material respect the payment of any Account owing by such
account debtor. No credit, discount, allowance or extension or
agreement for any of the foregoing shall be granted to any
account debtor of a Borrower except in the ordinary course of a
Borrowers business.
(b) With respect to each Account of a Borrower:
(i) the amounts shown on any invoice delivered to Agent or
schedule thereof delivered to Agent shall be true and complete
in all material respects, (ii) no payments shall be made
thereon except in accordance with Section 6.6, and
(iii) no credit, discount, allowance, extensions or
agreements for any of the foregoing shall be granted to any
account debtor except as are provided for in the reports
furnished to Agent in accordance with Section 7.1 of this
Agreement and except for credits, discounts, allowances,
extensions or agreements made or given in the ordinary course of
each Borrowers business.
R-80
(c) Agent shall have the right at any time or times at
reasonable intervals and based on such samples of obligors in
respect of Receivables as Agent may from time to time select, in
Agents name or in the name of a nominee of Agent, to
verify the validity, amount or any other matter affecting the
payment of any Receivables or other related Collateral, by mail,
telephone (during which a representative of Administrative
Borrower may be present), facsimile transmission or otherwise.
Prior to sending any forms to the account debtors, Agent will
consult with Administrative Borrower with respect to, and
provide to Administrative Borrower copies of, such forms of
letter and other correspondence pursuant to which Agent conducts
its account verifications in respect of the Accounts of
Borrowers.
7.3 Inventory
Covenants. With respect to the Inventory:
(a) each Borrower shall at all times maintain inventory
records that are correct and accurate in all material respects
and itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality and
quantity of Inventory, such Borrowers or Guarantors
cost therefor and daily withdrawals therefrom and additions
thereto; (b) Borrowers and Guarantors shall conduct a
physical count of the Inventory either through periodic cycle
counts or wall to wall counts, so that all Inventory is subject
to such counts at least once each year, but at any time or times
(but not more frequently than once in any fiscal quarter) as
Agent may reasonably request at any time a Default or an Event
of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, and
promptly following such physical inventory (whether through
periodic cycle counts or wall to wall counts) shall supply Agent
at least once each fiscal quarter if any such counts are
performed within such quarter, or otherwise once each fiscal
year, with a report in the form and with such specificity as may
be reasonably satisfactory to Agent concerning such physical
count; (c) Borrowers shall not remove any Inventory from
the locations set forth or permitted herein, without the prior
written consent of Agent, except for sales of Inventory in the
ordinary course of its business and except to move Inventory
directly from one location set forth or permitted herein to
another such location and except for Inventory shipped from the
manufacturer thereof to a Borrower which is in transit to the
locations set forth or permitted herein; (d) Borrowers
shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Agent, at
Borrowers expense, written appraisals as to the Inventory
in form, scope and methodology reasonably acceptable to Agent
and by an appraiser either selected from a list of
Agent-approved appraisers to be supplied by Agent to the
Administrative Borrower containing not fewer than two
appraisers, as such list may be augmented to include additional
appraisers at the reasonable request of the Administrative
Borrower or otherwise amended by Agent, from time to time,
addressed to Agent and Lenders and upon which Agent and Lenders
are expressly permitted to rely, upon Agents request up to
two (2) times in any twelve (12) consecutive month
period, or at any time or times as Excess Availability shall be
less than the greater of $25,000,000 or twenty (20%) percent of
the lesser of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing Base, up to
three (3) times in any twelve (12) consecutive month
period, or at any other time or times as Agent may request at
any time an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be
continuing or at any other time at Agents expense;
(e) as between Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and
Borrowers, on the other hand, each Borrower assumes all
responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the
use, sale or other disposition of the Inventory (but nothing
contained herein shall be construed as the basis for any
liability of any Borrower as to any third party); (f) as of
the date hereof, Borrowers do not sell Inventory to any customer
on approval, or any other basis which entitles the customer to
return or may obligate any Borrower to repurchase such Inventory
but shall give Agent prior written notice if such practice
changes together with such information with respect to the new
policy as may reasonably be requested by Agent;
(g) Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable practices
to keep the Inventory generally in good and marketable condition
in the ordinary course of business; and (h) Borrowers shall
not acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval
unless such Inventory has been identified in a report with
respect thereto provided by Administrative Borrower to Agent
pursuant to Section 7.1(a) hereof when required to be
included in such report or Agent has otherwise received prior
written notice thereof in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent.
7.4 Equipment and Real Property
Covenants. With respect to the Equipment and
Real Property: (a) Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be
delivered to Co-Collateral Agents any written appraisals as to
the Equipment and Mortgaged Fee Properties conducted by or on
behalf of Borrowers or Term Loan Agent (and provided to Term
Loan Agent or any Term Loan Lender); (b) Borrowers shall
keep all Equipment useful and necessary in the business of
Borrowers, taken as a whole, in good working order and condition
(ordinary wear and tear excepted); and (c) as between Agent
and Lenders, on the one hand, and Borrowers and Guarantors, on
the other hand, each Borrower and Guarantor assumes all
responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the
use, sale or other disposition of the
R-81
Equipment or Real Property (but nothing contained herein shall
be construed as the basis for any liability of any Borrower or
Guarantor as to any third party).
7.5 Power of Attorney. Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates and
appoints Agent (and all persons designated by Agent) as such
Borrowers and Guarantors true and lawful
attorney-in-fact, and authorizes Agent, in such Borrowers,
Guarantors or Agents name, subject to the terms of
the Intercreditor Agreement and the obligation of Agent to
comply with applicable laws, to: (a) at any time an Event
of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing
(i) demand payment on any Collateral (to the extent such
payment is due), (ii) enforce payment of any of the
Collateral by legal proceedings or otherwise,
(iii) exercise all of such Borrowers or
Guarantors rights and remedies to collect any Collateral,
(iv) sell or assign any Collateral upon such terms, for
such amount and at such time or times as the Agent deems
advisable, (v) settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew
any of the Collateral, (vi) discharge and release any
Collateral, (vii) prepare, file and sign such
Borrowers or Guarantors name on any proof of claim
in bankruptcy or other similar document against an account
debtor or other obligor in respect of any Collateral,
(viii) clear Inventory the purchase of which was financed
with a Letter of Credit through U.S. Bureau of Customs and
Border Protection or foreign export control authorities in such
Borrowers or Guarantors name, Agents name or
the name of Agents designee, and to sign and deliver to
customs officials powers of attorney in such Borrowers or
Guarantors name for such purpose, and to complete in such
Borrowers or Guarantors or Agents name, any
order, sale or transaction, obtain the necessary documents in
connection therewith and collect the proceeds thereof,
(ix) sign, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, such
Borrowers or Guarantors name on notices to account
debtors or any secondary obligors or other obligors in respect
of Collateral, and (x) do all acts and things which are
necessary, in Agents reasonable determination, to protect,
preserve or realize upon the Collateral or otherwise to exercise
any of the rights and remedies of Agent hereunder and under the
other Financing Agreements and (b) at any time a Dominion
Event exists to (i) take control in any manner of any item
of payment received in or for deposit in the Concentration
Accounts or other Cash Management Accounts in accordance with
this Agreement and any of the other Financing Agreements and
(ii) have access to any lockbox or postal box into which
remittances from account debtors or other obligors in respect of
Collateral are sent or received if a Dominion Event exists, and
(c) at any time to (i) take control of, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, any item of payment constituting
Collateral that comes into the possession of Agent or any Lender
(and remit such item to a Cash Management Account or
Concentration Account), (ii) endorse, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, such Borrowers or
Guarantors name upon any items of payment in respect of
Collateral received by Agent and any Lender and deposit the same
in Agents account for application to the Obligations,
(iii) endorse, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, such
Borrowers or Guarantors name upon any chattel paper,
document, instrument, invoice, or similar document or agreement
relating to any Receivable or any goods pertaining thereto or
any other Collateral, including any warehouse or other receipts,
or bills of lading and other negotiable or non-negotiable
documents, and (iv) sign such Borrowers or
Guarantors name on any verification of amounts owing
constituting Collateral. Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby
releases Agent and Lenders and their respective officers,
employees and designees from any liabilities arising from any
act or acts under this power of attorney and in furtherance
thereof, whether of omission or commission, except as a result
of Agents or any Lenders own, or their respective
officers, employees or designees, gross
negligence or willful misconduct as determined pursuant to a
final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
7.6 Right to Cure. Subject
to the Intercreditor Agreement, Co-Collateral Agents may, at
their option, upon prior notice to Administrative Borrower, at
any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is
continuing (a) cure any default by any Borrower or
Guarantor under any material agreement with a third party that
affects the Collateral, its value or the ability of Agent to
collect, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or the
rights and remedies of Agent or any Lender therein or the
ability of any Borrower or Guarantor to perform its obligations
hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements,
(b) pay or bond on appeal any judgment entered against any
Borrower or Guarantor, (c) discharge taxes, liens, security
interests or other encumbrances at any time levied on or
existing with respect to the Collateral and (d) pay any
amount, incur any expense or perform any act which, in
Co-Collateral Agents judgment, is necessary or appropriate
to preserve, protect, insure or maintain the Collateral and the
rights of Agent and Lenders with respect thereto. Agent may add
any amounts so expended to the Obligations and charge any
Borrowers account therefor or may demand immediate payment
thereof. Co-Collateral Agents and Lenders shall be under no
obligation to effect such cure, payment or bonding and shall
not, by doing so, be deemed to have assumed any obligation or
liability of any Borrower or Guarantor.
R-82
7.7 Access to Premises. From
time to time as reasonably requested by Agent, at the cost and
expense of Borrowers, (a) Agent or its designee shall have
reasonable access to all of each Borrowers and
Guarantors premises during normal business hours and after
reasonable prior notice to Administrative Borrower, or at any
time and without notice to Administrative Borrower if an Event
of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, for the
purposes of inspecting, verifying and auditing the Collateral
and all of each Borrowers and Guarantors books and
records, including the Records, and (b) each Borrower and
Guarantor shall promptly furnish to Agent such copies of such
books and records or extracts therefrom as Agent may reasonably
request, and Agent or Agents designee may use during
normal business hours such of any Borrowers and
Guarantors personnel, equipment, supplies and premises as
may be reasonably necessary for the foregoing and if an Event of
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, for the collection of Receivables and
realization of other Collateral. Agent may conduct, at the
expense of Borrowers, up to three (3) field examinations
(or such lesser number as Agent may determine) with respect to
the Collateral in any twelve (12) consecutive month period
or at any time or times as Excess Availability shall be less
than the greater of $25,000,000 or twenty (20%) percent of the
lesser of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing Base, up to four
(4) times in any twelve (12) consecutive month period,
or at any other time or times as Agent may request at any time
an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be
continuing or at any other time at Agents expense.
7.8 Bills of Lading and Other Documents of
Title.
(a) On and after the date of this Agreement, Borrowers
shall cause all bills of lading or other documents of title
relating to goods purchased by a Borrower included or requested
by Borrowers to be included as Eligible Inventory in the
calculation of the Borrowing Base and set forth in the
applicable Borrowing Base Certificate which are outside the
United States of America and in transit to the premises of such
Borrower or the premises of a Freight Forwarder in the United
States of America (i) to be issued in a form so as to
constitute negotiable documents as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code and (ii) other than those relating
to goods being purchased pursuant to a Letter of Credit, to be
issued either to the order of Agent or such other person as
Agent may from time to time designate for such purpose as
consignee or such Borrower as consignee, as Agent may specify.
(b) There shall be no more than three (3) originals of
any bills of lading and other documents of title relating to
goods being purchased by a Borrower which are outside the United
States of America and in transit to the premises of such
Borrower or the premises of a Freight Forwarder in the United
States of America. As to any such bills of lading or other
documents of title, unless and until Agent shall direct
otherwise, (i) two (2) originals of each of such bill
of lading or other document of title shall be delivered to such
Freight Forwarder as such Borrower may specify and that is party
to a Collateral Access Agreement and (ii) one
(1) original of each such bill of lading or other document
of title shall be delivered to Agent. To the extent that the
terms of this Section have not been satisfied as to any
Inventory, such Inventory shall not constitute Eligible
Inventory, except as Agent may otherwise agree.
Section 8. Representations
and Warranties
All representations and warranties made in this Agreement or any
of the other Financing Agreements shall survive the execution
and delivery of this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been
made again to Agent and Lenders on the date of each additional
borrowing or Letter of Credit issued hereunder, except to the
extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate
solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations
and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of
such earlier date). Each Borrower and Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants to Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank the
following:
8.1 Financial Condition.
(a) The audited consolidated balance sheets of Parent and
its consolidated Subsidiaries as
of
and
and the consolidated statements of income, shareholders
equity and cash flows for the fiscal years
ended ,
and ,
reported on by and accompanied by unqualified reports
from ,
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial condition as at such date, and the consolidated
results of operations and consolidated cash flows for the
respective fiscal years then ended, of Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries. All such financial statements,
including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout
the periods covered thereby (except as approved by a Responsible
Officer, and disclosed in any such schedules and notes). During
the period
from
R-83
to and including the Closing Date, there has been no sale,
transfer or other disposition by Parent and its consolidated
Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property of
Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and
no purchase or other acquisition by any of them of any business
or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person)
material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of
Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in
each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial
statements or in the notes thereto and has not otherwise been
disclosed in writing to Agent and Lenders on or prior to the
Closing Date.
(b) The pro forma balance sheet and statements of
operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, copies
of which have heretofore been furnished to Agent and each
Lender, are the balance sheet and statements of operations of
Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
of ,
adjusted to give effect (as if such events had occurred on such
date for purposes of the balance sheet and
on ,
for purposes of the statement of operations), to the
consummation of the Transactions, and the Loans and Letters of
Credit hereunder on the Closing Date.
8.2 No Change;
Solvent. There has not been any event,
change, circumstance or development (including any damage,
destruction or loss whether or not covered by insurance) which,
individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably
be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries. Since the Closing Date, except as and
to the extent disclosed on Schedule 8.2, there has been no
development or event relating to or affecting any Borrower or
Guarantor which has had or could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect (after giving effect to: (a) the
consummation of the Transactions, (b) the making of the
Loans and Letters of Credit to be made on the Closing Date and
the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated hereby,
and (c) the payment of actual or estimated fees, expenses,
financing costs and tax payments related to the transactions
contemplated hereby). Since
December 31, ,
except otherwise permitted under this Agreement and each of the
other Financing Agreements, no dividends or other distributions
have been declared, paid or made upon the Equity Interests of
Parent, nor have any of the Equity Interests of Parent been
redeemed, retired, purchased or otherwise acquired for value by
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date hereof, after
the creation of the Obligations, the security interests of Agent
and after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions
described in preceding clauses (a) through (c) of the
second preceding sentence, each Borrower is Solvent.
8.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with
Law. Each Borrower and Guarantor (a) is
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation,
(b) has the corporate or other organizational power and
authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property,
to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the
business in which it is currently engaged, except to the extent
that the failure to have such legal right could not be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
(c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or limited
liability company and in good standing under the laws of each
jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property
or the conduct of its business requires such qualification,
other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so
qualified and in good standing could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance
with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the
failure to comply therewith could not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
8.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable
Obligations. Each Borrower and Guarantor has
the corporate or other organizational power and authority, and
the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Financing
Agreements to which it is a party and, in the case of each
Borrower or Guarantor, to obtain Loans and Letters of Credit
hereunder, and each such Borrower or Guarantor has taken all
necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize
the execution, delivery and performance of the Financing
Agreements to which it is a party and, in the case of each
Borrower, to authorize the Loans or Letters of Credit to it, if
any, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any
requests for Letters of Credit. No consent or authorization of,
filing with, notice to or other similar act by or in respect of,
any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required to be
obtained or made by or on behalf of any Borrower or Guarantor in
connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity
or enforceability of the Financing Agreements to which it is a
party or, in the case of each Borrower, with Loans and Letters
of Credit to it, if any, hereunder, except for
(a) consents, authorizations, notices
R-84
and filings described in Schedule 8.4, all of which have
been obtained or made prior to the Closing Date,
(b) filings to perfect the security interests created
hereunder and by the other Financing Agreements (to the extent
provided herein and therein), and (c) consents,
authorizations, notices and filings which the failure to obtain
or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by each Borrower and Guarantor, and each of the other
Financing Agreements to which any Borrower or Guarantor is a
party will be duly executed and delivered on behalf of such
Borrower or Guarantor. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid
and binding obligation of each Borrower and Guarantor and each
of the other Financing Agreements to which any Borrower or
Guarantor is a party when executed and delivered will constitute
a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower or
Guarantor, enforceable against such Borrower or Guarantor in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be
limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting
the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by
general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by
proceedings in equity or at law).
8.5 No Legal Bar. The
execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Agreements
by any Borrower or Guarantor, the Loans and Letters of Credit
hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (a) will not
(i) to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any
Borrower or Guarantor, violate any of the Anti-Terrorism Laws or
(ii) violate any Requirement of Law (other than the
Anti-Terrorism Laws) or Contractual Obligation of such Borrower
or Guarantor in any respect that has or could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) will not
result in, or require the creation or imposition of any Lien
(other than Permitted Liens) on any of its properties or
revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual
Obligation.
8.6 No Material
Litigation. No litigation, investigation or
proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority
is pending or, to the best of the knowledge of any Borrower or
Guarantor, threatened by or against Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties or
revenues, (a) except as described on Schedule 8.6,
which is so pending or threatened at any time on or prior to the
Closing Date and relates to any of the Financing Agreements or
any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or
(b) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
8.7 No Default. No Default
or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
8.8 Ownership of Property;
Liens. Each of Parent and its Subsidiaries
has good title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest
in, all its Mortgaged Fee Properties, and good title to, or a
valid leasehold interest in, all its other material property and
none of such property is subject to any Lien or other
encumbrance, except for Permitted Liens. Except for the Excluded
Real Properties, the Mortgaged Fee Properties as listed on
Part I of Schedule 1.120 together constitute all the
material real properties owned in fee by Borrowers and
Guarantors as of the Closing Date.
8.9 Intellectual
Property. Parent and each of its Subsidiaries
owns, or has the legal right to use, all Intellectual Property
and Foreign Intellectual Property necessary for each of them to
conduct its business as currently conducted except for those the
failure to own or have such legal right to use could not be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as
provided on Schedule 8.9, no claim has been asserted and is
pending by any Person against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
challenging or questioning the use of any such Intellectual
Property or Foreign Intellectual Property or the validity or
effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property or Foreign
Intellectual Property, nor does any Borrower or Guarantor Party
know of any such claim, and, to the best of the knowledge of any
Borrower or Guarantor, the use of such Intellectual Property or
Foreign Intellectual Property by Parent and its Subsidiaries
does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such
claims and infringements which in the aggregate, could not be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the
best of any Borrowers or Guarantors knowledge, no
trademark, servicemark, copyright or other Intellectual Property
or Foreign Intellectual Property at any time used by any
Borrower or Guarantor which is owned by another person, or owned
by such Borrower or Guarantor subject to any security interest,
lien, collateral assignment, pledge or other encumbrance in
favor of any person other than Agent, is affixed to or
incorporated or used in any Eligible Inventory, except
(a) to the extent permitted under the terms of a license
agreement in favor of such Borrower or Guarantor that is in full
force and effect or (b) to the extent the sale of Inventory
to which such Intellectual Property or Foreign Intellectual
Property is affixed is permitted to be sold by such Borrower or
Guarantor under applicable law (including the United States
Copyright Act of 1976).
R-85
8.10 No Burdensome
Restrictions. Neither Parent nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) to the knowledge of any
Responsible Officer of any Borrower or Guarantor, any
Anti-Terrorism Law or (b) any Requirement of Law (other
than an Anti-Terrorism Law) or Contractual Obligation of or
applicable to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.11 Taxes. Except for any
taxes with respect to which the failure to pay individually or
in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and except for taxes the validity of
which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which
reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books
of Parent or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, each of
Parent and its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all
United States federal income tax returns and all other material
tax returns which are required to be filed by it and has paid
(a) all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns
and (b) all taxes shown to be due and payable on any
assessments of which it has received notice made against it or
any of its property (including the Mortgaged Fee Properties) and
all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of
its property by any Governmental Authority; and no tax lien or
other encumbrance has been filed, and no claim is being
asserted, with respect to any such tax, excluding, however, any
Lien on the Mortgaged Fee Properties existing on the Closing
Date.
8.12 Federal Regulations. No
part of the proceeds of any Loans or Letters of Credit will be
used for any purpose which violates the provisions of the
Regulations of the Board, including without limitation,
Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the
Board. If requested by any Lender or Agent, Administrative
Borrower will furnish to Agent and each Lender a statement to
the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR
Form G-3
or FR
Form U-1,
referred to in said Regulation U.
8.13 Employee Benefits.
(a) Each Pension Plan is in compliance in all respects with
the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal
or State law where the failure to comply has or could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pension Plan
which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the
Code has received a favorable determination letter from the
Internal Revenue Service and to the best of any Borrowers
or Guarantors knowledge, nothing has occurred which would
cause the loss of such qualification, which has or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each
Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates have made all required
contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the
Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of
any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code
has been made with respect to any Plan.
(b) There are no pending, or to the best of any
Borrowers or Guarantors knowledge, threatened
claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental
Authority, with respect to any Plan which has or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There
has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary
responsibility rules with respect to any Plan where it has or
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur; (ii) based on the latest valuation of
each Pension Plan and on the actuarial methods and assumptions
employed for such valuation (determined in accordance with the
assumptions used for funding such Pension Plan pursuant to
Section 412 of the Code), the aggregate current value of
accumulated benefit liabilities of such Pension Plan under
Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA does not exceed the aggregate
current value of the assets of such Pension Plan or, to the
extent that the aggregate current value of accumulated benefit
liabilities of such Pension Plan under Section 4001(a)(16)
of ERISA exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of
such Pension Plan, such underfunding could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and Borrowers and
Guarantors have complied and shall continue to comply with the
requirements of ERISA with respect to the funding of their
Pension Plans; (iii) each Borrower and Guarantor, and their
ERISA Affiliates, have not incurred and do not reasonably expect
to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with
respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent
under Section 4007 of ERISA) which has or could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) each
Borrower and Guarantor, and their ERISA Affiliates, have not
incurred and do not reasonably expect to incur, any liability
(and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice
under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such
liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect
to a Multiemployer Plan which has or could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (v) each
Borrower and Guarantor, and their ERISA Affiliates, have not
engaged in a transaction
R-86
that would be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA
that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
8.14 Collateral.
(a) Upon execution and delivery hereof and thereof by the
parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and the other
Financing Agreements that include the grant of a security
interest in or Lien or mortgage on any property or assets (other
than the Excluded Property and the Excluded Real Properties) of
any Borrower or Guarantor to secure the Obligations, will be
effective to create (to the extent described herein and therein)
in favor of Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a
valid security interest (to the extent provided herein and
therein) in the Collateral described herein and therein, except
(i) as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors rights generally, (ii) general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law), and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair
dealing, and (iv) with respect to the enforceability of
such Liens, Collateral for which the perfection of Liens thereon
require filings in or other actions under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside of the United States of America, any state,
territory or political division thereof or the District of
Columbia or the recording of an assignment or other transfer of
title to the Agent, or the recording of other applicable
documents in the United States Patent and Trademark Office of
the United States Copyright Office.
(b) Such security interests, other than those with respect
to the Specified Assets, are, or in the case of Collateral in
which any Borrower or Guarantor obtains rights after the date
hereof will be, with respect to Revolving Loan Priority
Collateral, perfected, first priority security interests,
subject as to priority only to the Permitted Liens that have
priority by operation of law or by agreement and with respect to
Term Loan Priority Collateral, perfected second priority
security interests, subject as to priority only to the Permitted
Liens that have priority by operation of law or by agreement and
upon (i) in the case of all Collateral in which a security
interests may be perfected by filing a financing statements
under the UCC, the filing of the UCC financing statement naming
such Borrower or Guarantor as debtor and Agent as
secured party and describing the Collateral in the
filing offices set forth opposite such Borrowers or
Guarantors name on Schedule 8.14 hereof (as such
schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time),
(ii) with respect to any deposit account, securities
account, commodity account, securities entitlement or commodity
contract, the execution of Control Agreements, (iii) in the
case of U.S. copyrights, trademarks and patents to the
extent that UCC financing statements may be insufficient to
establish the rights of a secured party as to certain parties,
the recording of the appropriate filings based on the form of
Copyright Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement or
Patent Security Agreement, as applicable, executed pursuant
hereto in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the
United States Copyright Office, as applicable, (iv) in the
case of
letter-of-credit
rights that are not supporting obligations (as defined in the
UCC), the execution by the issuer or any nominated person of an
agreement granting control to Agent over such
letter-of-credit
rights, (v) in the case of electronic chattel paper, the
completion of steps necessary to grant control to Agent over
such electronic chattel paper, (vi) in the case of
Commercial Tort Claims arising after the date hereof, sufficient
identification of such Commercial Tort Claims, in each case with
respect to clauses (ii) through (vi) above, such
perfection only to the extent required pursuant to
Section 5.2.
8.15 Investment Company Act; Other
Regulations. None of the Borrowers is an
investment company, or a company
controlled by an investment company,
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. None of the
Borrowers is subject to regulation under any Federal or State
statute or regulation (other than Regulation X of the
Board) which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness as
contemplated hereby.
8.16 Subsidiaries. Schedule 8.16
sets forth all the Subsidiaries of Parent at the Closing Date
(after giving effect to the Transactions), the jurisdiction of
their organization and the direct or indirect ownership interest
of Parent therein.
8.17 Purpose of Loans. The
proceeds of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of
Credit shall be used by to finance the working capital and
business requirements of, and for general corporate purposes of,
Borrowers and Guarantors.
R-87
8.18 Environmental Compliance.
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.18 hereto,
Borrowers, Guarantors and any Subsidiary of any Borrower or
Guarantor have not generated, used, stored, treated,
transported, manufactured, handled, produced or disposed of any
Hazardous Materials, on or off its premises (whether or not
owned by it) in any manner which at any time violates any
applicable Environmental Law or Permit where such violation has
or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, and the operations of Borrowers, Guarantors and any
Subsidiary of any Borrower or Guarantor complies with all
Environmental Laws and all Permits where the failure to so
comply has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.18 hereto, there
has been no investigation by any Governmental Authority or any
proceeding, complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or
notice by any Governmental Authority or any other person nor is
any pending or to the best of any Borrowers or
Guarantors knowledge threatened in writing, with respect
to any non compliance with or violation of the requirements of
any Environmental Law by any Borrower or Guarantor and any
Subsidiary or the release, spill or discharge, threatened or
actual, of any Hazardous Material or the generation, use,
storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling,
production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or any other
environmental, health or safety matter, which in each instance,
has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.18 hereto,
Borrowers, Guarantors and their Subsidiaries have no liability
(contingent or otherwise) in connection with a release, spill or
discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Materials or
the generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation,
manufacture, handling, production or disposal of any Hazardous
Materials which in any case or in the aggregate, has or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.18 hereto,
Borrowers, Guarantors and their Subsidiaries have all Permits
required to be obtained or filed in connection with the
operations of Borrowers and Guarantors under any Environmental
Law and all Permits are valid and in full force and effect where
the failure to do so has or could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
8.19 Name; State of Organization; Chief
Executive Office; Collateral Locations.
(a) As of the Closing Date, the exact legal name of each
Borrower and Guarantor is as set forth on the signature page of
this Agreement and in Schedule 8.19 hereto. No Borrower or
Guarantor has, during the five years prior to the date of this
Agreement, been known by or used any other corporate or
fictitious name or been a party to any merger or consolidation,
or acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any
Person, except as set forth in Schedule 8.19.
(b) As of the Closing Date, each Borrower and Guarantor is
an organization of the type and organized in the jurisdiction
set forth in Schedule 8.19 and Schedule 8.19
accurately sets forth the organizational identification number
of each Borrower and Guarantor or accurately states that such
Borrower or Guarantor has none and accurately sets forth the
federal employer identification number of each Borrower and
Guarantor.
(c) Schedule 8.19 identifies, subject to the following
sentence, (i) the chief executive office and mailing
address of each Borrower and Guarantor, (ii) a location
within the United States or Canada at which a copy of Records
concerning Accounts and Inventory of each Borrower and Guarantor
are maintained and (iii) any and all locations which are
not owned by a Borrower or Guarantor as of the date hereof where
Inventory is located having a value in excess of
$ at any one location, but not
exceeding $ in the aggregate, and
sets forth the owners
and/or
operators thereof, subject to the rights of any Borrower or
Guarantor to move its chief executive office, change its mailing
address, change the location at which Records are maintained or
establish new locations in accordance with Sections 9.4 and
9.8 below.
8.20 Labor Disputes.
(a) Set forth on Schedule 8.20 is a list (including
dates of termination) of all collective bargaining or similar
agreements between or applicable to each Borrower and Guarantor
and any union, labor organization or other bargaining agent in
respect of the employees of any Borrower or Guarantor on the
date hereof.
R-88
(b) Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, there is (i) no unfair labor
practice complaint pending against any Borrower or Guarantor or,
to the best of any Borrowers or Guarantors
knowledge, threatened in writing against it, before the National
Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or significant
arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective
bargaining agreement is pending on the date hereof against any
Borrower or Guarantor or, to best of any Borrowers or
Guarantors knowledge, threatened against it, and
(ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage is
pending against any Borrower or Guarantor or, to the best of any
Borrowers or Guarantors knowledge, threatened
against any Borrower or Guarantor.
8.21 Bank Accounts. All of
the deposit accounts, investment accounts or other accounts in
the name of or used by any Borrower or Guarantor (other then the
TL Deposit Account (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement))
maintained at any bank or other financial institution are set
forth on Schedule 8.21 hereto, subject to the right of each
Borrower and Guarantor to establish new accounts in accordance
with Section 5.2 hereof.
8.22 Insurance. Schedule 8.22
sets forth a complete and correct listing of all insurance that
is (a) maintained by Borrowers and Guarantors and
(b) material to the business and operations of Parent and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and maintained by Subsidiaries
other than Borrowers and Guarantors, in each case as of the
Closing Date, with the amounts insured (and any deductibles) set
forth therein.
8.23 Eligible Accounts. As
of the date of any Borrowing Base Certificate, all Accounts
included in the calculation of Eligible Accounts on such
Borrowing Base Certificate satisfy all requirements of an
Eligible Account hereunder.
8.24 Eligible Inventory. As
of the date of any Borrowing Base Certificate, all Inventory
included in the calculation of Eligible Inventory on such
Borrowing Base Certificate satisfy all requirements of an
Eligible Inventory hereunder.
8.25 Interrelated
Businesses. Borrowers and Guarantors make up
a related organization of various entities constituting an
overall economic and business enterprise. One or more of the
Borrowers and Guarantors may from time to time purchase or sell
goods from, to or for the benefit of, or render services, make
loans or advances, or provide other financial accommodations to
or for the benefit of, one or more of the other Borrowers and
Guarantors. Borrowers and Guarantors each expect to derive
substantial benefit from the Loans and other financial
accommodations hereunder.
8.26 OFAC. [No Borrower,
Guarantor or Subsidiary of any Borrower or Guarantor:
(a) is a Sanctioned Person, (b) has more than ten
(10%) percent of its assets in Sanctioned Entities, or
(c) knowingly derives more than ten (10%) percent of its
operating income from investments in, or transactions with
Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. The proceeds of any
Loan will not be used and have not been used to fund any
operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make
any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned
Entity.]25
8.27 True and Correct
Disclosure. As of the Closing Date, all
information furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or
Guarantor to Agent and Lenders for purposes of or in connection
with this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements or any
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, but excluding
projections, is, taken as a whole, true and correct in all
material respects on the date as of which such information is
dated or certified and does not omit to state any material fact
necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not
materially misleading in their presentation of Parent and its
Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) at such time in light of the
circumstances under which such information was provided. The
written information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of any
Borrower or Guarantor to Agent or any Lender in any Borrowing
Base Certificate will be true and accurate in all material
respects. No event or circumstance has occurred which has had or
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
which has not been fully and accurately disclosed to Agent in
writing prior to the date hereof. It is understood that
(a) no representation or warranty is made concerning the
forecasts, estimates, pro forma information, projections and
statements as to anticipated future performance or conditions,
and the assumptions on which they were based, contained in any
such information, reports, financial statements, exhibits or
schedules, except that as of the date such forecasts, estimates,
pro forma information, projections and statements were
generated, (i) such forecasts, estimates, pro forma
information, projections and statements were based on the good
25 Subject
to the continuing review of the prospective lenders and their
counsel.
R-89
faith assumptions of the management of Parent and its
Subsidiaries and (ii) such assumptions were believed by
such management to be reasonable and (b) such forecasts,
estimates, pro forma information and statements, and the
assumptions on which they were based, may or may not prove to be
correct.
8.28 Delivery of Investment
Documents. Borrowers have delivered to Agent
a complete copy of the Investment Documents (including all
exhibits, schedules, disclosure letters referred to therein or
delivered pursuant thereto, if any) and all amendments thereto,
waivers relating thereto and other side letters or agreements
affecting the terms thereof in any material respect.
Section 9. Affirmative
Covenants
9.1 Financial Statements.
(a) Borrowers shall furnish or cause to be furnished to
Agent for Agent to make available to each Lender (and Agent
agrees to so make available such copies):
(i) as soon as available, but in any event not later than
the fifth (5th) Business Day after the ninetieth (90th) day
following the end of each fiscal year of Parent ending on or
after ,
2009, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in common
stockholders equity and cash flows for such year, setting
forth in each case, in comparative form the figures for and as
of the end of the previous year, reported on without a
going concern or like qualification, exception,
explanation or comment, or qualification arising out of the
scope of the audit,
by
or other independent certified public accountants of nationally
recognized standing acceptable to Agent in its reasonable
judgment (it being agreed that the furnishing of Parents
annual report on
Form 10-K
for such year, as filed with the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission, will satisfy the obligation under this
Section 9.1(a)(i) with respect to such year except with
respect to the requirement that such financial statements be
reported on without a going concern or like
qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the
scope of the audit);
(ii) as soon as available, but in any event not later than
the fifth (5th) Business Day after the forty-fifth (45th) day
following the end of each of the first three (3) quarterly
periods of each fiscal year of Parent, the unaudited
consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related
unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows
of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarter and
the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter,
setting forth in each case, in comparative form the figures for
and as of the corresponding periods of the previous year,
certified by a Responsible Officer of Parent as being fairly
stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end
audit and other adjustments) (it being agreed that the
furnishing of Parents quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
for such quarter, as filed with the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission, will satisfy the obligations under this
Section 9.1(a)(ii) with respect to such quarter);
(iii) as soon as available, but in any event not later than
the fifth (5th) Business Day following the thirtieth (30th) day
following the end of each fiscal month (other than any month
that is the last month of a fiscal quarter), the unaudited
consolidated monthly management reports of Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries (and to the extent prepared by or on
behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, unaudited
consolidating monthly financial reports of Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries) as at the end of such month in form
and scope substantially consistent with prior monthly management
reports of Parent received by Agent and Lenders prior to the
date hereof (or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Agent),
including (i) an income report of Parent and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for such month, setting forth in
comparative form the figures for the immediately preceding
fiscal month and as of the end of the corresponding month during
the previous fiscal year (and to the extent otherwise prepared
by or on behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, including
a comparative form to the figures for and as of the end of the
corresponding month in the business plan previously delivered
applicable to such period under Section 9.2(a)(iii) hereof)
and (ii) , a balance sheet of Parent and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such month setting forth in comparative form
the figures for the immediately preceding fiscal month and as of
the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year (and to the
extent otherwise prepared by or on behalf of Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries, including a comparative form to
R-90
the figures for and as of the end of the corresponding month in
the business plan previously delivered applicable to such period
under Section 9.2(a)(iii) hereof); and
(b) All such financial statements delivered pursuant to
Sections 9.1(a)(i) or (a)(ii) to be (and, in the case of
any financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection
9.1(a)(ii) shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of Parent
as being) complete and correct in all material respects in
conformity with GAAP and to be (and, in the case of any
financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection 9.1(a)(ii)
shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of Parent as being)
prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with
prior periods that began on or after the Closing Date (except as
approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and
disclosed therein, and except, in the case of any financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a)(ii), for
the absence of certain notes).
9.2 Certificates; Other Information.
(a) Borrowers shall furnish or cause to be furnished to
Agent for delivery to each Lender (and Agent agrees to make and
so deliver such copies):
(i) concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements and reports referred to in Sections 9.1(a), a
certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Parent
substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, together
with a schedule thereto setting forth the calculations required
to determine compliance (whether or not such compliance is at
the time required) with the covenant set forth in subsection
11.1 and a written summary of material changes in GAAP and in
the consistent application thereof that materially affected the
financial covenant calculations for the applicable period;
(ii) concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in Section 9.1(a), the insurance
binder or other evidence of insurance for any insurance coverage
of Borrowers, Guarantors or any Subsidiary, if any, that was
renewed, replaced or modified during the period covered by such
financial statements;
(iii) as soon as available, but in any event not later than
the fifth (5th) Business Day after the ninetieth (90th) day
after the beginning of each fiscal year of Parent, beginning
with the fiscal year ending October 31, 2009, a copy of the
annual business plan by Parent of the projected operating budget
(including an annual consolidated balance sheet, income
statement and statement of cash flows of Parent and its
Subsidiaries in each case substantially in the same format and
with the same scope of information as in the projections most
recently provided to Agent prior to the date hereof) for such
fiscal year, which projected financial statements shall be
prepared on a monthly basis for such year and shall represent
the reasonable estimate by Borrowers and Guarantors of the
future financial performance of Parent and its Subsidiaries for
the periods set forth therein and shall have been prepared on
the basis of the assumptions set forth therein which Borrowers
and Guarantors believe are reasonable as of the date of
preparation in light of current and reasonably anticipated
business conditions (it being understood that actual results may
differ from those set forth in such projected financial
statements), each such business plan to be accompanied by a
certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Parent to the
effect that such Responsible Officer believes such projections
to have been prepared on the basis set forth herein;
(iv) substantially at the same time as the same are sent,
copies of all financial statements and reports which Parent
sends to its public security holders, and at substantially the
same time as the same are filed, copies of all financial
statements and periodic reports which Parent may file with the
United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor or analogous Governmental Authority;
(v) substantially at the same time as the same are filed,
copies of all registration statements and any amendments and
exhibits thereto, which Parent may file with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous
Governmental Authority, and such other documents or instruments
as may be reasonably requested by Agent in connection
therewith; and
(vi) promptly, such additional financial and other
information as Agent or any Lender may from time to time
reasonably request.
(b) Borrowers and Guarantors hereby acknowledge that,
subject to Section 15.5, Agent
and/or its
Affiliates may make available to Lenders and Issuing Bank
materials
and/or
information provided by or on behalf of
R-91
Borrowers hereunder (collectively, Borrower
Materials) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks
or another similar electronic system.
(c) Agent is hereby authorized to deliver a copy of any
financial statement or any other information relating to the
business of Borrowers and Guarantors to any court or other
Governmental Authority or to any Lender or Participant or
prospective Lender or Participant or any Affiliate of any Lender
or Participant subject to Section 15.5 hereof. Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and
requests that all accountants or auditors to deliver to Agent,
at Borrowers expense, copies of the financial statements
of any Borrower and Guarantor and any reports or management
letters prepared by such accountants or auditors on behalf of
any Borrower or Guarantor and to disclose to Agent and Lenders
such information as they may have regarding the business of any
Borrower and Guarantor with copies to Administrative Borrower.
Agent will not meet with the accountants or auditors except
after reasonable prior notice to Administrative Borrower and
with the invitation to a Responsible Officer of Parent to be
present.
9.3 Payment of
Obligations. Each Borrower and Guarantor
shall, and shall cause any Subsidiary to, pay, discharge or
otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become
delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever
nature, including taxes, except (a) where the amount or
validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and reserves in
conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on
the books of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may
be or (b) to the extent such failure to pay, discharge or
otherwise satisfy the same could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of
Existence.
(a) Each Borrower and Guarantor shall at all times
(i) preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its
corporate or other organizational existence and rights and
franchises with respect thereto and (ii) maintain in full
force and effect all licenses, approvals, authorizations and
Permits necessary to carry on its business and (iii) comply
with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except
(A) in each case as permitted under Section 10.1
hereof or otherwise permitted hereunder or under any of the
other Financing Agreements or (B) under clauses (i),
(ii) or (iii) of this Section (other than as to
Anti-Terrorism Laws), as applicable, where the failure to do so,
individually or in the aggregate, has or could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) No Borrower or Guarantor shall change its name unless
each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) Agent
shall have received not less than fifteen (15) days (or
such shorter time as Agent may agree) prior written notice from
Administrative Borrower of such proposed change in its corporate
name, which notice shall accurately set forth the new name; and
(ii) Agent shall have received a copy of the amendment to
the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation or
other organizational document of such Borrower or Guarantor, as
applicable, providing for the name change certified by the
Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization of such Borrower or Guarantor as soon as it is
available.
(c) No Borrower or Guarantor shall change its chief
executive office or its mailing address or organizational
identification number (or if it does not have one, shall not
acquire one) unless Agent shall have received not less than
fifteen (15) days (or such shorter time as Agent may
agree) prior written notice from Administrative Borrower of such
proposed change. No Borrower or Guarantor shall change its type
of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal
structure, except that a Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary may
convert (either directly or by way of merger) into a
corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership or
other form of legal entity acceptable to Agent unless Agent
shall have received prior written notice from Administrative
Borrower of such proposed change, which notice shall accurately
set forth a description of the new form, and Agent shall have
received such agreements, documents, and instruments as Agent
may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in connection
therewith and in no event will any Borrower or Guarantor change
its jurisdiction to a jurisdiction outside the United States,
without the prior written consent of Agent and Required Lenders.
(d) No Borrower or Guarantor shall change the location set
forth on Schedule 8.19 hereto at which a copy of all
Records with respect to Accounts and Inventory of each Borrower
and Guarantor are maintained, unless Agent shall have received
prior written notice of the intention to change such location,
which notice shall specify the new location in the United States
of America at which such Records are proposed to be maintained.
R-92
9.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance.
(a) Each Borrower and Guarantor shall, and shall cause any
Subsidiary to (i) at all times, keep all property useful
and necessary in the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, in good working order and condition and
maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies insurance on all property material to the business of
Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in at least such
amounts (subject to customary deductibles with respect to
policies of insurance issued by third parties and self-insured
retentions other than, as to such self-insured retentions, with
respect to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral having an
aggregate value in excess of $500,000) and against at least such
risks (but including in any event public liability, product
liability and business interruption) as are consistent with the
past practices of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and otherwise
as are usually insured against in the same general area by
companies engaged in the same or a similar business;
(ii) furnish to Agent, upon written request, information in
reasonable detail as to the insurance carried; and
(iii) ensure that at all times Agent shall be named as
additional insured with respect to liability policies (but
without any liability for any premiums) and as a loss payee as
its interests may appear with respect to casualty insurance
policies pursuant to a non-contributory lenders loss
payable endorsements in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent. Such lenders loss payable endorsements shall
specify that the proceeds of such insurance shall be payable to
Agent as its interests may appear and further specify that Agent
and Lenders shall be paid regardless of any act or omission by
any Borrower, Guarantor or any of its or their Affiliates. All
policies shall provide for at least thirty (30) days (or
ten (10) days in the case of non-payment) prior written
notice to Agent of any cancellation or reduction of coverage. At
any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is
continuing, Agent may act as attorney for each Borrower and
Guarantor in obtaining, adjusting and settling such insurance
with respect to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral. Unless and
until an Event of Default or a Dominion Event exists or has
occurred and is continuing (including after giving effect to any
event giving rise to any claim under such insurance polices,
including, but not limited to, any reduction in the Borrowing
Base as a result of any loss, damage, destruction or other
casualty with respect to any Collateral giving rise to any
insurance claim), (A) Agent shall turn over to
Administrative Borrower any amounts received by it as loss payee
under any casualty insurance maintained by Parent and its
Subsidiaries, the disposition of such amounts to be subject to
the mandatory prepayments provided for herein and
(B) Parent
and/or the
applicable Borrower or Guarantor shall have the sole right to
adjust or settle any claims under such insurance.
(b) With respect to any Real Property of Borrowers and
Guarantors subject to a Mortgage:
(i) If any portion of any such property is located in an
area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal
Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, such
Borrower or Guarantor shall maintain or cause to be maintained,
flood insurance to the extent required by law.
(ii) The applicable Borrower or Guarantor promptly shall
comply with and conform to (A) all provisions of each such
insurance policy, and (B) all requirements of the insurers
applicable to such party or to such property or to the use,
manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance,
alteration or repair of such property, except for such
non-compliance or non-conformity as could not, individually or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. The applicable Borrower or Guarantor shall not
use or permit the use of such property in any manner which could
reasonably be expected to result in the cancellation of any
insurance policy or could reasonably be expected to void
coverage required to be maintained with respect to such property
pursuant to Section 9.5(a).
(iii) If any Borrower or Guarantor is in default of its
obligations to insure or deliver any such prepaid policy or
policies, the result of which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, then Agent, at its option upon
ten (10) days written notice to Administrative
Borrower, may effect such insurance from year to year at rates
substantially similar to the rate at which such Borrower or
Guarantor had insured such property, and pay the premium or
premiums therefor, and Borrowers shall pay to Agent on demand
such premium or premiums so paid by Agent, which shall be part
of the Obligations.
(iv) If such property, or any part thereof, shall be
destroyed or damaged and the reasonably estimated cost thereof
would exceed $ , Administrative
Borrower shall give prompt notice thereof to Agent. All
insurance proceeds paid or payable in connection with any damage
or casualty to any property shall be applied in the manner
specified in Section 9.5(a).
R-93
9.6 Notices. Borrowers and
Guarantors shall promptly, but in any event within five
(5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer knows or
reasonably should know, notify Agent and each Lender of:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) any default or event of default under any Contractual
Obligation of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than as
previously disclosed in writing to Agent and Lenders which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist
at any time between Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and any
Governmental Authority, which in either case, has or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) the occurrence of any default or event of default under
the Term Loan Documents or the Convertible Notes; (e) any
litigation or proceeding involving Collateral or affecting
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that is reasonably likely to
result in an adverse determination and, if adverse, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(f) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (g) the receipt
of written notice of any material violation of any law which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(h) any release or discharge by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Hazardous Materials required to be reported
under applicable Environmental Laws to any Governmental
Authority, unless Parent reasonably determines that the total
costs arising out of such release or discharge could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(i) any condition, circumstance, occurrence or event not
previously disclosed in writing to Agent that could reasonably
be expected to result in liability or expense under applicable
Environmental Laws, unless Parent reasonably determines that the
total costs arising out of such condition, circumstance,
occurrence or event could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or could not reasonably be expected to
result in the imposition of any Lien or other material
restriction on the title, ownership or transferability of any
facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect; and any proposed action to
be taken by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that could
reasonably be expected to subject Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries to any material additional or different
requirements or liabilities under Environmental Laws, unless
Parent reasonably determines that the total costs arising out of
such proposed action could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; (j) any loss, damage, or
destruction to the Collateral in the amount of
$ or more, whether or not covered
by insurance; (k) any and all default notices received
under or with respect to any leased location or public warehouse
where Collateral, either individually or in the aggregate, in
excess of $ is located. In
addition, Borrowers and Guarantors shall notify Agent and each
Lender at any time that a Responsible Officer has actual
knowledge of, and has determined that, there has been a Material
Adverse Effect. Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be
accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Parent
(and, if applicable, the relevant Affiliate or Subsidiary)
setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and
stating what action Parent (or, if applicable, the relevant
Affiliate or Subsidiary) proposes to take with respect thereto.
Borrowers and Guarantors shall furnish to Agent notice in
writing of the details of any merger, consolidation or
amalgamation or wind up, liquidation or dissolution of any
Subsidiary of Parent as permitted
9.7 Environmental Laws. Each
Borrower and Guarantor shall, and shall cause any Subsidiary to,
(a) (i) comply substantially with, and require
substantial compliance by all tenants, subtenants, contractors,
and invitees with, all applicable Environmental Laws;
(ii) obtain, comply substantially with and maintain any and
all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations as
conducted and as planned; and (iii) require that all
tenants, subtenants, contractors, and invitees obtain, comply
substantially with and maintain any and all Environmental
Permits necessary for their operations as conducted and as
planned, with respect to any property leased or subleased from,
or operated by Parent or its Subsidiaries, in each case under
clause (i), (ii) or (iii) where the failure to do so
has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect;
(b) promptly comply, in all material respects, with all
orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding
Environmental Laws, other than such orders or directives
(i) where the failure to comply has or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as
to which: (A) appropriate reserves have been established in
accordance with GAAP; (B) an appeal or other appropriate
contest is or has been timely and properly taken and is being
diligently pursued in good faith; and (C) if the
effectiveness of such order or directive has not been stayed,
the failure to comply with such order or directive during the
pendency of such appeal or contest has could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
R-94
(c) maintain its existing program, if any, reasonably
designed to ensure that all the properties and operations of
Parent and its Subsidiaries are periodically reasonably reviewed
by competent personnel to identify and promote compliance with
and to reasonably and prudently manage any material costs
related to compliance with Environmental Laws that affect Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries, including compliance and liabilities
relating to: discharges to air and water; acquisition,
transportation, storage and use of Hazardous Materials; waste
disposal; species protection; and recordkeeping required under
Environmental Laws.
9.8 New Inventory
Locations. Each Borrower and Guarantor may
only open any new location where any Inventory may be stored so
long as (a) such locations are within the United States or
its territories or Canada, (b) if it is a warehouse or
distribution center such location is set forth in the applicable
report provided for in Section 7.1(a) to the extent
required under such Section or for any other location where
Inventory having an aggregate value in excess of
$ is stored, Agent has received
five (5) Business Days written notice within the time
of the opening of any such new location and (c) upon
Agents request, such Borrower or Guarantor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Collateral Access
Agreements with respect to such locations (it being understood
that Borrowers shall not be required to incur any expense,
provide any security or agree to any adverse term or condition
required in order to obtain such Collateral Access Agreements).
9.9 Compliance with
ERISA. Except as could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Borrower and
Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates
to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance with the
applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal and
State law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualification;
(c) not terminate any Pension Plan so as to incur any
liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;
(d) not allow or suffer to exist any prohibited transaction
involving any Plan or any trust created thereunder which would
subject such Borrower, Guarantor or such ERISA Affiliate to a
tax or other liability on prohibited transactions imposed under
Section 4975 of the Code or ERISA; (e) make all
required contributions to any Plan which it is obligated to pay
under Section 302 of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or
the terms of such Plan; (f) not allow or suffer to exist
any accumulated funding deficiency, whether or not waived, with
respect to any such Pension Plan; (g) not engage in a
transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or
4212(c) of ERISA; or (h) not allow or suffer to exist any
occurrence of a reportable event or any other event or condition
which presents a risk of termination by the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation of any Plan that is a single employer plan,
which termination could result in any liability to the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
9.10 End of Fiscal
Years. Each Borrower and Guarantor shall, for
financial reporting purposes, cause its, and each of its
Subsidiarys fiscal years to end on the Sunday closest to
October 31st in any calendar year.
9.11 Additional Guaranties and Collateral
Security; Further Assurances.
(a) In the case of the formation or acquisition by a
Borrower or Guarantor of any Subsidiary after the date hereof
(other than a Foreign Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of a Foreign
Subsidiary), as to any such Subsidiary, (i) the Borrower or
Guarantor forming such Subsidiary shall cause any such
Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Agent, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, a joinder agreement
to the Financing Agreements in order to make such Subsidiary a
party to this Agreement as a Borrower if it owns
accounts or inventory that would constitute Eligible Accounts
and Eligible Inventory or otherwise as a Guarantor,
and a party to any guarantee as a Guarantor or
pledge agreement as a Pledgor, in each case as
applicable, which joinder agreement shall include, but not be
limited to, supplements and amendments hereto and to any of the
other Financing Agreements, authorization to file UCC financing
statements, Collateral Access Agreements (to the extent required
under Section 9.8), other agreements, documents or
instruments contemplated under Section 5.2, corporate
resolutions and other organization and authorizing documents of
such Person, and, in addition, as a condition to any assets of
such Subsidiary being included the Borrowing Base, except as
Agent may otherwise agree, Agent shall have received favorable
opinions of counsel to such person with respect to the
enforceability of such joinder agreement and that as a result,
the agreements to which such Subsidiary has been joined
constitute the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of
such Subsidiary, enforceable against it in accordance with the
respective terms of such agreements and (ii) the Borrower
or Guarantor forming such Subsidiary shall comply with the terms
of Section 5.2 hereof with respect to the Equity Interests
of such Subsidiary.
R-95
(b) With respect to any owned real property or fixtures
thereon, in each case with a purchase price or a fair market
value at the time of acquisition of at least
$ , in which any Borrower or
Guarantor acquires ownership rights at any time after the
Closing Date, promptly following any request by Agent grant to
Agent a Lien of record on all such owned real property and
fixtures, upon terms reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to Agent, and in accordance with any applicable
requirements of any Governmental Authority (including any
required appraisals of such property under FIRREA);
provided, that, (i) nothing in this
Section 9.11(b) shall defer or impair the attachment or
perfection of any security interest in any Collateral covered by
any of the Financing Agreements which would attach or be
perfected pursuant to the terms thereof without action by
Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person,
(ii) no such Lien shall be required to be granted as
contemplated by this Section 9.11(b) on any owned real
property or fixtures the acquisition of which is financed, or is
to be financed within any time period permitted by
Section 10.3(b), in whole or in part through the incurrence
of Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(b), until such
Indebtedness is repaid in full (and not refinanced as permitted
by Section 10.3. In connection with any such grant to Agent
of a Lien of record on any such real property in accordance with
this subsection, Parent or such Subsidiary shall deliver or
cause to be delivered to Agent any title searches in connection
with such grant of such Lien obtained by it in connection with
the acquisition of such ownership rights in such real property
or any title search as Agent shall reasonably request (in light
of the value of such real property and the cost and availability
of such title search and whether the delivery of such title
search would be customary in connection with such grant of such
Lien in similar circumstances).
(c) At the request of Agent at any time and from time to
time, Borrowers and Guarantors shall, at their expense, duly
execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered,
such further agreements, documents and instruments, and do or
cause to be done such further acts as may be reasonably
necessary or proper to evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce
(to the extent provided herein) the security interests and the
Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral and to
otherwise effectuate the provisions of this Agreement or any of
the other Financing Agreements.
9.12 Costs and
Expenses. Borrowers and Guarantors shall pay
to Agent, promptly after demand and identification thereof by
Agent, all reasonable costs and expenses paid or payable in
connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution,
delivery, recording, syndication, administration, collection,
liquidation, enforcement and defense of the Obligations,
Agents rights in the Collateral, this Agreement, the other
Financing Agreements and all other documents related hereto or
thereto, including any amendments, supplements or consents which
may hereafter be contemplated (whether or not executed) or
entered into in respect hereof and thereof, including:
(a) all reasonable costs and expenses of filing or
recording (including UCC financing statement filing taxes and
fees, documentary taxes, intangibles taxes and mortgage
recording taxes and fees, if applicable) (and the amount of all
fees required to be paid under any law, regulation or otherwise
by any Governmental Authority shall be reasonable for purposes
of this clause (a)), (b) reasonable costs and expenses and
fees for insurance premiums, environmental audits, title
insurance premiums, surveys, assessments, engineering reports
and inspections, appraisal fees and search fees, background
checks, costs and expenses of remitting loan proceeds,
collecting checks and other items of payment, and establishing
and maintaining the Concentration Accounts, together with
Agents reasonable customary charges and fees with respect
thereto, in each case with respect to environmental audits,
title insurance premiums, surveys, engineering reports and
otherwise solely with respect to Term Loan Priority Collateral,
approved by Administrative Borrower (other than during the
continuance of an Event of Default), such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;
(c) customary charges, fees or expenses charged by any
Issuing Bank in connection with any Letter of Credit;
(d) reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Issuing Bank
and Swing Line Lender in connection with the arrangements
relating to a Defaulting Lender as provided in
Section 6.13; (e) actual costs and expenses of
preserving and protecting the Collateral; (f) actual costs
and expenses paid or incurred in connection with obtaining
payment of the Obligations, enforcing the security interests and
liens of Agent in the Collateral, selling or otherwise realizing
upon the Collateral, and otherwise enforcing the provisions of
this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements; (g) all
out-of-pocket
expenses and costs heretofore and from time to time hereafter
incurred by Agent during the course of periodic field
examinations of the Collateral and such Borrowers or
Guarantors operations, plus a per diem charge at
Agents then standard rate for Agents examiners in
the field and office (which rate as of the date hereof is $1,000
per person per day), subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 7.7 hereof; and (h) the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel (including legal assistants) to Agent
in connection with any of the foregoing and in addition, at any
time an
R-96
Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel (including
legal assistants) to Lenders in connection with matters
described in clauses (e) or (f) above. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, except for taxes described in
Section 9.12(a), none of Borrowers and Guarantor shall have
any obligation under this Section 9.12 to Agent, Issuing
Bank or any Lender with respect to any Taxes. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, except for taxes described in
Section 9.12(a), none of Borrowers and Guarantors shall
have any obligation under this Section 9.12 to Agent, any
Issuing Bank or any Lender with respect to any Taxes.
Section 10. Negative
Covenants
10.1 Limitation on Fundamental
Changes. Each Borrower and Guarantor shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly,
(a) enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation
with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into
or with or consolidate with it, except that
(i) any Subsidiary of Parent may be merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into Parent (provided that Parent shall be
the continuing or surviving entity) or with or into any one or
more wholly owned Subsidiaries of Parent (provided that the
wholly owned Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Parent shall be the
continuing or surviving entity); provided that if a party to
such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is a Borrower or
Guarantor, the continuing or surviving entity shall be a
Borrower or Guarantor, (ii) any Subsidiary of Parent may be
merged, consolidated or amalgamated pursuant to a Permitted
Acquisition, (iii) Parent may be merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into a Parent Entity, provided, that
(A) if the Parent Entity shall be the continuing or
surviving entity, such Parent Entity shall expressly assume all
of the obligations of Parent under this Agreement and the other
Financing Agreement to which Parent is a party executed and
delivering to Agent a joinder and such other agreements,
documents and instruments as Agent may reasonably request, in a
form reasonably satisfactory to Agent (and thereafter shall be
deemed to be NCI Building Systems and
Parent for all purposes under this Agreement and
such other Financing Agreements) and (B) after giving
effect thereto, no Change of Control shall occur;
(b) sell, issue, assign, lease, license, transfer, abandon
or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests or any of
its property or assets to any other Person, except for Permitted
Dispositions; provided, that, to the extent that any Disposition
of any property or assets constituting Collateral is made as
permitted by this Section 10.1(b), other than to a Borrower
or Guarantor, or to the extent that Agent and Required Lenders
may consent to any other sale or other Disposition of any
property or assets, concurrently with, and subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions to such sale or other Disposition
(including the receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds related
thereto), effective upon the transfer of the title and ownership
of such property or assets, (i) the Lien of Agent on the
property or assets for which title and ownership is transferred
shall be released and (ii) upon the written request of
Administrative Borrower, Agent shall, at Borrowers
expense, and Lenders hereby authorize Agent to, cause to be
filed a UCC financing statement amendment or other release
documents necessary or reasonably desirable for the release by
Agent of such property or assets from its security interest
granted hereunder and, if there is a Mortgage on such
Collateral, execute and deliver to Administrative Borrower a
release instrument with respect thereto; or
(c) wind up, liquidate or dissolve except that any
Guarantor (other than Parent) or Subsidiary of Parent may wind
up, liquidate and dissolve; provided, that, in
connection with any such winding up, liquidation or dissolution,
(i) any Collateral of the Person so winding up, liquidating
or dissolving that is a Borrower or Guarantor shall be duly and
validly transferred and assigned to a Borrower or Guarantor and
Agent shall maintain and have a perfected Lien upon all such
assets and properties as so transferred on the terms and with
the priority provided for in the Financing Agreements and
(ii) in the case of a Borrower, (A) such Borrower
shall not have any property or assets constituting Revolving
Loan Priority Collateral and Agent shall have received a
Borrowing Base Certificate that does not include any assets of
such Borrower as part of the calculation of the Borrowing Base,
and (B) simultaneously with the commencement of such
winding up, liquidation or dissolution, its right to borrow
hereunder shall automatically terminate and Agent and Lenders
shall have no further obligations to make any Loans to, or
provide any Letters of Credit for, such Person.
R-97
10.2 Encumbrances. Each
Borrower and Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
security interest, mortgage, pledge, Lien, charge or other
encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any of its assets or
properties, including the Collateral, except the Permitted Liens.
10.3 Indebtedness. Each
Borrower and Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, incur, create, assume, become or be liable in any
manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness, or
guarantee Indebtedness, obligations or dividends of any other
Person (other than pursuant to Permitted Guarantees), except:
(a) the Obligations;
(b) Indebtedness arising after the date hereof (including
pursuant to Capital Leases) either:
(i) incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition,
leasing, construction or improvement of Equipment or Real
Property or other fixed or capital assets, or
(ii) secured by security interests, mortgages or other
Liens on Equipment or Real Property or other fixed or capital
assets acquired after the date hereof, or
(iii) otherwise in respect of Capital Leases;
provided, that, (A) the aggregate principal
amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (b) in
any fiscal year of Parent shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the
aggregate, provided, that in the event that the aggregate
principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred during any fiscal
year commencing with the fiscal year of Parent ending on
November 2, 2009 is less than $10,000,000 for such year,
the amount by which $10,000,000 exceeds the amount of the
Indebtedness incurred in such year may be carried forward to and
incurred during the subsequent fiscal year only and in no event
shall the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness
incurred in any fiscal year after giving effect to any carry
forward of amounts from the prior fiscal year or otherwise
exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate, and (B) any security
interests, mortgages or other Liens on Equipment or Real
Property provided for above shall not apply to any property or
assets constituting Revolving Loan Priority Collateral;
(c) Indebtedness of any Borrower, Guarantor or Existing
Foreign Subsidiary to any other Borrower or Guarantor or any
other Subsidiary of Parent;
(d) Indebtedness of any Borrower or Guarantor entered into
in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a Hedge
Agreement; provided, that, (i) such
arrangements are not for speculative purposes, and (ii) are
with reputable financial institutions or vendors;
(e) Indebtedness under the Term Loan Documents;
provided, that, (i) the aggregate principal
amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $150,000,000
outstanding at any time, and (ii) such Indebtedness is, and
at all times shall be, subject to the terms and conditions of
the Intercreditor Agreement;
(f) Indebtedness evidenced by the Convertible Notes in the
aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $9,000,000;
provided, that, all such Indebtedness shall be
repaid, redeemed, defeased, discharged or otherwise acquired or
retired in full no later than November 27, 2009, with
payment therefor to be made only from the Convertible Note
Account;
(g) Indebtedness to an insurance company or Affiliate
thereof arising pursuant to financing of insurance premiums
payable on insurance policies maintained by any Borrower or
Guarantor or any Subsidiary;
(h) unsecured Indebtedness of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries incurred to finance all or a portion of the
purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition; provided, that,
(i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or substantially
contemporaneously with the consummation of such acquisition or
within three (3) months thereafter, (ii) if such
Indebtedness is owed to a Person other than the Person from whom
such acquisition is made or any Affiliate thereof, such
Indebtedness shall be on terms and conditions reasonably
satisfactory to Agent and the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness, shall not exceed fifty (50%) percent of the
purchase price of such acquisition (or such greater percentage
as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent) and (iii) as
of the date of incurring such Indebtedness and after giving
effect thereto, no Event of Default shall exist or have occurred
and be continuing;
R-98
(i) Indebtedness assumed by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition; provided that
(i) such Indebtedness shall not have been incurred by any
party in contemplation of the acquisition and
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition,
no Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be
continuing;
(j) Indebtedness evidenced by notes or other debt
securities or Subordinated Debt arising after the date hereof;
provided, that: (i) no principal payments in
respect of such Indebtedness shall be due earlier than six
(6) months after the Maturity Date, other than for
mandatory prepayments based on asset dispositions and change of
control, (ii) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the
Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness shall be paid to Agent
for application to the Obligations to the extent required under
Section 2.5(c), (iii) the aggregate principal amount
of all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
Section 10.3(j) shall not exceed $100,000,000 at any time
outstanding, and (iv) as of the date of incurring such
Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, no Event of
Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;
(k) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid
bonds, material and supply bonds, tax bonds, appeal bonds,
surety bonds, judgment bonds, replevin and similar bonds and
obligations, in each case provided or entered into in the
ordinary course of business;
(l) Indebtedness arising in connection with the endorsement
of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course
of business;
(m) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or
other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight
overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business; provided, that, (i) such Indebtedness
is extinguished within two (2) Business Days of incurrence
and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed
$ ;
(n) Indebtedness incurred in respect of Bank Products
(other than Hedge Agreements), including cash management
obligations, netting services, overdraft protection and similar
arrangements in the ordinary course of business in each case
arising under standard terms of any Bank Product Provider at
which Parent or any Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash
pooling or similar facility or agreement;
(o) Indebtedness in respect of obligations evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments issued as
payment-in-kind
interest payments in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted
under this Section 10.3;
(p) accretion of the principal amount of obligations
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments in
respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this
Section 10.3 issued at any original issue discount;
(q) Guaranty Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of a
Borrower, Guarantor or a Subsidiary to the extent that such
Indebtedness is otherwise permitted pursuant to this
Section 10.3;
(r) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a
Borrower or Guarantor);
(s) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
arising after the date hereof in connection with the issuance by
any State, county or municipal industrial development authority
or similar Governmental Authority of industrial development or
revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by Real Property or
Equipment or other fixed or capital assets leased to and
operated by Parent or such Subsidiary; provided,
that, Parent or any such Subsidiary may obtain title to
such assets free and clear of any Lien related to such
industrial development or revenue bonds or similar obligations
at any time by optionally canceling such bonds or obligations,
paying a nominal fee and terminating such financing transaction;
(t) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
arising after the date hereof in connection with the issuance by
any State, county or municipal industrial development authority
or similar Governmental Authority of industrial development or
revenue bonds or similar obligations secured by Real Property or
Equipment or other fixed or capital assets leased to and
operated by Parent or such Subsidiary that were issued in
connection with the financing of, or the renewal, extension,
replacement, refinancing or rollover of
R-99
financing with respect to, such assets; provided,
that, (i) the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed
$30,000,000, and (ii) as of the date any such Indebtedness
is incurred and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default
shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;
(u) the Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 10.3
hereto; and
(v) Indebtedness of any Borrower or Guarantor arising after
the date hereof issued in exchange for, or the proceeds of which
are used to extend, refinance, replace or substitute for, in
whole or in part, Indebtedness permitted under
Sections 10.3(b), 10.3(e), 10.3(h), 10.3(i), 10.3(j),
10.3(o), 10.3(p), 10.3(r), 10.3(t), or 10.3(u) hereof (the
Refinancing Indebtedness); provided,
that, (i) as to any such Refinancing Indebtedness
under Section 10.3(e) or 10.3(j), the Refinancing
Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity and
a final maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity and the final maturity, respectively, of the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, replaced, or
substituted for, (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness shall
rank in right of payment no more senior than, and be at least
subordinated (if subordinated) in right of payment to, the
Obligations as the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
replaced or substituted for, (iii) as of the date of
incurring such Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, no
Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing,
(iv) the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of such Refinancing Indebtedness (less any original
issue discount, if applicable) shall not exceed the principal
amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so
extended, refinanced, replaced or substituted for (plus the
amount of accrued interest and premium (including applicable
prepayment penalties) thereon, plus discounts, commissions and
other reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection
therewith), (v) the Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured
by substantially the same or all or part of the property or
assets (including after-acquired property as applicable) as the
Indebtedness so extended, refinanced replaced or substituted
for, provided, that, such security interests (if any) with
respect to the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a priority no
more senior than, and be at least as subordinated, if
subordinated (on terms and conditions substantially similar to
(or no less favorable to the Lenders than) the subordination
provisions applicable to the Indebtedness so extended,
refinanced, replaced or substituted for or as is otherwise
reasonably acceptable to Agent) as the security interests with
respect to the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, replaced or
substituted for;
(w) unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the
preceding clauses of this Section 10.3; provided,
that, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness
outstanding at any time shall not exceed $5,000,000.
For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 10.3, in the event that any Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described
in clauses (a) through (w) above, Administrative
Borrower shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may
include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more
of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in
part under another such clause).
10.4 Investments. Each
Borrower and Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, purchase, hold or acquire
(including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a
wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger) any
Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities
(including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of
the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances
to, or make or permit to exist any capital contribution or other
investment in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise
acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any
assets of any other Person constituting a business unit or all
or a substantial part of the assets or property of any other
Person (whether through purchase of assets, merger or
otherwise), or acquire any Subsidiaries, or agree to do any of
the foregoing, except subject to and conditioned upon the prior
written consent of Agent and Lenders to the extent required
hereunder (each of the foregoing an Investment),
except (a) Permitted Investments and (b) Permitted
Acquisitions. For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 10.4, in the event that any Investment meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Investments described
in the definitions of the terms Permitted Investments and
Permitted Acquisitions, Administrative Borrower shall classify
such item of Investment and may include the amount and type of
such Investment in one or more of such clauses (including in
part under one such clause and in part under another such
clause).
R-100
10.5 Restricted
Payments. Each Borrower and Guarantor shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make, or
agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted
Payment, except:
(a) any Subsidiary of Parent may make Restricted Payments
with regard to its Equity Interests to Parent or to a
wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent which owns Equity Interests
therein;
(b) any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent may make
Restricted Payments to holders of its Equity Interests so long
as Parent or its respective Subsidiary which owns the Equity
Interests in the Subsidiary making such Restricted Payments
receives at least its proportionate share thereof (based upon
its relative holding of the Equity Interests in the Subsidiary
making such Restricted Payments and taking into account the
relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Equity
Interests of such Subsidiary);
(c) Parent may pay cash dividends or distributions to any
Parent Entity that are used to reimburse or pay all reasonable
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions
and the other transactions expressly contemplated by this
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements;
(d) Parent and any of its Subsidiaries may pay cash
dividends or distributions that are used to reimburse or pay
reasonable and necessary expenses (including professional fees
and expenses) (other than taxes) incurred by any Parent Entity
in connection with (i) registration, public offerings and
exchange listing of equity or debt securities and maintenance of
the same, (ii) compliance with reporting obligations under,
or in connection with compliance with, any Requirement of Law,
any rules of any self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, or any other
agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of any
Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary, (iii) indemnification
and reimbursement of directors, officers and employees in
respect of liabilities relating to their serving in any such
capacity, or obligations in respect of director and officer
insurance (including premiums therefor) and (iv) otherwise
incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided that, in
the case of clause (i) above, if any Parent Entity shall
own any material assets other than the Equity Interests of
Parent or another Parent Entity or other assets relating to the
ownership interest of such Parent Entity in another Parent
Entity, Parent or its Subsidiaries, with respect to such Parent
Entity such cash dividends and distributions shall be limited to
the reasonable and proportional share, as determined by Parent
in its reasonable discretion, of such expenses incurred by such
Parent Entity relating or allocable to its ownership interest in
another Parent Entity, Parent and its Subsidiaries, and such
other assets;
(e) Parent and any of its Subsidiaries may pay, without
duplication, cash dividends distributions and other payments
(i) pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement and (ii) to
any Parent Entity to pay any Related Taxes;
(f) Parent may make payments to repurchase or redeem Equity
Interests and options to purchase Equity Interests of Parent or
any Parent Entity held by officers, directors or employees or
former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees,
estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of any Borrower,
Guarantor or Subsidiary, upon their death, disability,
retirement, severance or termination of employment or service;
provided, that, the aggregate cash consideration paid for all
such payments, repurchases or redemptions shall not exceed
(i) $ in any fiscal year of
Parent or (ii) $ during the
term of this Agreement;
(g) each Borrower and Guarantor, and each Subsidiary, may
declare and make dividends or make other Restricted Payments
payable solely in the Equity Interests of such Person (other
than Disqualified Equity Interests);
(h) Parent may repurchase or withhold Equity Interests of
Parent in connection with the exercise of stock options or
warrants or the vesting of restricted stock (including
restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a
portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with
respect to, such options, warrants or restricted stock;
(i) Parent may make Restricted Payments substantially
contemporaneously with, or within ninety (90) days after
the receipt of, Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance or sale of
its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests)
or from an equity capital contribution made after the Closing
Date (and not
R-101
including the equity contribution contemplated under
Section 4.1 hereof), in an amount equal to all or any
portion of such Net Cash Proceeds;
(j) Parent may pay or make distributions to any Parent
Entity that are used to reimburse or pay any of the following
(i) accounting, legal, administrative and other general
corporate and overhead expenses, franchise or similar taxes and
other fees and expenses required to maintain the existence of
such Parent Entity and to pay other operating costs and
expenses, including salary, bonus and other benefits payable to,
and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of
any such Parent Entity, in each case as to any of the foregoing
only to the extent related to, and required for, the existence
of such Parent Entity, or as are reasonably and in good faith
determined by Parent to be allocable to the operation of Parent
and its Subsidiaries or to such Parent Entitys ownership
interest therein (directly or through another Parent Entity),
and (ii) reasonable directors fees and
out-of-pocket
expenses of directors of any Parent Entity, in each case in an
amount not more than the portion of such fees and expenses as
are reasonably and in good faith determined by Parent to be
allocable to the operation of Parent and its Subsidiaries or to
such Parent Entitys ownership interest therein (directly
or through another Parent Entity);
(k) Parent and any of its Subsidiaries may pay cash
dividends and make other Restricted Payments; provided that:
(i) either:
(A) as of the date of the payment of any such dividend or
other Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, Excess
Availability shall be not less than the greater of
(1) $30,000,000 or (2) twenty-four (24%) percent of
the lesser of the Maximum Credit or the Borrowing Base, on a pro
forma basis using the Excess Availability as of the date of the
most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base immediately prior
to any such dividend or other Restricted Payment; or
(B) on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such
dividend or other Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent and its Subsidiaries for the
immediately preceding twelve (12) consecutive month period
ending on the last day of the fiscal month prior to the date of
the payment thereof for which Agent has received financial
statements shall be equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00;
provided, that, for purposes of determining the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under this
Section 10.5(k) only, Fixed Charges shall include all
prepayments of Indebtedness made in such period; and
(ii) [the aggregate amount of such dividends or
Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (k) shall
not exceed the amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of the
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period
(treated as one accounting period) beginning on [ ], 2009
to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
consolidated financial statements of Parent are
available];
(iii) no such dividends or other Restricted Payments are
made prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof, and
(iv) as of the date of such dividend or other Restricted
Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default
shall exist or have occurred and be continuing; and
(v) Agent shall have received a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of Parent certifying on behalf of Parent to
Agent and Lenders that such dividend or other Restricted Payment
complies with the terms of this clause;
(l) Parent and any of its Subsidiaries may pay other cash
dividends or other Restricted Payments; provided, that,
(i) no such dividend or other Restricted Payments are made
prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof, and
(ii) as of the date of any such dividend or other
Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, each of the
Payment Conditions is satisfied; and
R-102
(iii) Agent shall have received a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of Parent certifying on behalf of Parent to
Agent and Lenders that such dividend or other Restricted Payment
complies with the terms of this clause.
10.6 Transactions with
Affiliates. Each Borrower and Guarantor shall
not, directly or indirectly, purchase, acquire or lease any
property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any
Affiliate of such Borrower or Guarantor or pay any management,
consulting, advisory, brokerage or similar fees to any Affiliate
of such Borrower or Guarantor, except upon terms no less
favorable to such Borrower or Guarantor than such Borrower or
Guarantor would obtain in a comparable arms length
transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, provided,
that, nothing contained in this Section 10.6 shall be
deemed to prohibit:
(a) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 10.5
hereof or entering into the Tax Sharing Agreement;
(b) loans and other Investments permitted under clauses
(f), (h), (i), (j), (l) or (o) of the definition of
Permitted Investments;
(c) reasonable director, officer and employee compensation
(including bonuses and stock option programs) benefits and
indemnification arrangements, in each case approved by the Board
of Directors (or a committee thereof) of such Borrower, Parent
or Guarantor;
(d) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries from entering into or
performing an agreement with Sponsor, any CD&R Investor or
any Affiliate of Sponsor or any CD&R Investor for the
rendering of management consulting, monitoring, financial
advisory or other services for compensation not to exceed in the
aggregate $2,000,000 per year plus reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses; provided, that no payments of such compensation shall
be made (other than for reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses) if as of the date of any such payment, and after
giving effect thereto, an Event of Default shall exist or have
occurred and be continuing;
(e) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries from entering into,
making payments pursuant to and otherwise performing an
indemnification and contribution agreement in favor of any
Permitted Holder and each person who is or becomes a director,
officer, agent or employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
that has been approved by the Board of Directors (or a committee
thereof) of Parent, or of such Borrower or Guarantor, in respect
of liabilities (i) arising under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or
otherwise, in connection with any offering of securities by any
Parent Entity (provided that, if such Parent Entity shall own
any material assets other than the Capital Stock of Parent or
another Parent Entity, or other assets relating to the ownership
interest of such Parent Entity in Parent or another Parent
Entity, such liabilities shall be limited to the reasonable and
proportional share, as determined by Parent in its reasonable
discretion, of such liabilities relating or allocable to the
ownership interest of such Parent Entity in Parent or another
Parent Entity and such other related assets) or Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries, (ii) incurred to third parties for any
action or failure to act of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries,
predecessors or successors, (iii) arising out of the
performance by Sponsor, any CD&R Investor or any Affiliate
of Sponsor or any CD&R Investor of management consulting,
monitoring, financial advisory or other services provided to
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) arising out of the
fact that any indemnitee was or is a director, officer, agent or
employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or is or was
serving at the request of any such corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or enterprise or (v) to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware or other applicable state law,
arising out of any breach or alleged breach by such indemnitee
of his or her fiduciary duty as a director or officer of Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries;
(f) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries from entering into or
performing the Investment Documents, or any agreements or
commitments with or to any Affiliate existing on the Closing
Date and described on Schedule 10.6;
(g) any transaction permitted under Section 10.1;
(h) transactions between any Borrower or Guarantor and any
other Borrower or Guarantor that are not prohibited by the terms
of this Agreement;
R-103
(i) the payment of expenses incurred in connection with the
Transactions and the other transactions expressly contemplated
by this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements on or about
the Closing Date;
(j) sales or issuances of Equity Interests of a Borrower or
Guarantor to an Affiliate thereof not otherwise prohibited by
this Agreement and the granting of registration and other
customary rights in connection therewith;
(k) payments to Sponsor or any of its Affiliates of fees of
up to $8,250,000 in the aggregate, plus
out-of-pocket
expenses, in connection with the Transactions;
(l) Transactions with Existing Foreign Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of the business of Borrowers and
Guarantors; and
(m) the Transactions and all transactions relating thereto
contemplated by this Agreement.
For purposes of this Section 10.6, (A) any transaction
with any Affiliate shall be deemed to have satisfied the
standard set forth in the first sentence hereof if (i) such
transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested
Directors of the board of directors of the applicable Borrower
or Guarantor, or (ii) in the event that at the time of any
such transaction, there are no Disinterested Directors serving
on the board of directors of such Borrower or Guarantor, such
transaction shall be approved by a nationally recognized expert
with expertise in appraising the terms and conditions of the
type of transaction for which approval is required, and (B)
Disinterested Director shall mean, with
respect to any Person and transaction, a member of the board of
directors of such Person who does not have any material direct
or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such
transaction or, to the extent any such transaction involves
Sponsor, the member of the board of directors is not an officer,
director or employee of Sponsor.
10.7 Change in
Business. Each Borrower and Guarantor shall
not engage in any business other than the business of any
Borrower or Guarantor on the date hereof and any business
reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to the business
in which any Borrower or Guarantor is engaged on the date
hereof, and any other business that in the aggregate is not
material to Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
10.8 Limitation of Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries. Each Borrower and Guarantor
shall not, directly, or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction which prohibits
or limits the ability of any Subsidiary of such Borrower or
Guarantor to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions
or pay any Indebtedness owed to such Borrower or Guarantor or
any Subsidiary of such Borrower or Guarantor (other than
dividends or distributions paid or made by Parent);
(b) make loans or advances to such Borrower or Guarantor or
any Subsidiary of such Borrower or Guarantor, (c) transfer
any of its properties or assets to such Borrower or Guarantor or
any Subsidiary of such Borrower or Guarantor; or (d) in the
case of any Borrower or Guarantor, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien in favor of any of Secured Parties upon
any of its property, assets or revenues constituting Revolving
Loan Priority Collateral or affecting the rights or remedies of
Agent with respect thereto, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired (provided, that, to the extent otherwise
expressly permitted hereunder, dividend or liquidation priority
between classes of Equity Interests, or subordination of any
obligation (including the application of any remedy bars
thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to
constitute such a Lien, encumbrance or restriction);
except, for, encumbrances and restrictions arising
under, pursuant to or by reason of (i) applicable law,
rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory
authority, (ii) this Agreement, the other Financing
Agreements, the Term Loan Documents (as in effect on the date
hereof), the documents relating to Indebtedness permitted by
Section 10.3(j) or Sections 10.3(s) or 10.3(t) (and,
in the case of Indebtedness permitted under
Sections 10.3(s) or 10.3(t), any encumbrance or restriction
shall only be effective against the assets financed or acquired
thereby) hereof and the documents relating to any Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing,
(iii) customary provisions restricting subletting,
assignment or transfer of any lease governing a leasehold
interest of such Borrower or Guarantor or any Subsidiary of such
Borrower or Guarantor, (iv) customary restrictions on
dispositions of real property interests found in reciprocal
easement agreements of such Borrower or Guarantor or any
Subsidiary of such Borrower or Guarantor, (v) any agreement
relating to permitted Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary of
such Borrower or Guarantor prior to the date on which such
Subsidiary was acquired by such Borrower or such Guarantor and
outstanding on such acquisition date or any agreement or
instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital
Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or
R-104
consolidated with or into Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or
which agreement or instrument is assumed by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition of assets from
such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition,
merger or consolidation, (vi) with respect to a Subsidiary
(or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an
agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or
disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or
assets of such Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are
subject to such restriction), during an interim period prior to
the closing of such sale or disposition of such Capital Stock,
property or assets, (vii) customary restrictions on the
assignment or transfer of any licenses or other contracts, or of
any property or assets subject thereto, (viii) customary
restrictions in agreements relating to purchase money financing
arrangements (or other arrangements relating to Indebtedness
incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing,
construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or
assets) or contained in pledges, mortgages or other security
agreements with respect to such property or assets,
(ix) the extension, replacement or continuation of
contractual obligations in existence on the date hereof;
provided, that, any such encumbrances or restrictions taken as a
whole contained in such extension, replacement or continuation
are no less favorable to Agent and Lenders in any material
respect than those encumbrances and restrictions under or
pursuant to the contractual obligations so extended, replaced or
continued, (x) agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business with customers or supplier as to cash or
other deposits or net worth required by such customers or
suppliers, (xi) customary provisions in joint venture or
other agreements or instruments entered into in the ordinary
course of business of the applicable Person (xii) any other
agreement or instrument in effect at or entered into on the
Closing Date, (xiii) Hedging Agreements,
(xiv) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a
Refinancing Agreement) effecting a refinancing of
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends,
renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or
instrument referred to in clause (v) or (xii) of this
Section 10.8 or this clause (xiii) (an Initial
Agreement) or contained in any amendment, supplement or
other modification to an Initial Agreement (an
Amendment); provided, however, that
the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such
Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are no less
favorable to Agent and the Lenders in any material respect than
encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement
or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or
Amendment relates, or (xv) an agreement or instrument
relating to (A) any Indebtedness incurred after the date
hereof if such encumbrances and restrictions taken as a whole
are no less favorable to Agent and the Lenders in any material
respect either than the encumbrances and restrictions contained
in the Initial Agreements, or than is customary in comparable
financings, or (B) any sale of receivables by a Foreign
Subsidiary, and except for encumbrances and restrictions
that arise or are agreed to in the ordinary course of business
and do not detract from the value of property or assets of
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner material to
Parent or such Subsidiary.
10.9 Certain Payments of Indebtedness,
Etc. Borrowers and Guarantors shall not, and
shall not permit any Subsidiary to, make or agree to make any
optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, redemption,
retirement, defeasance, purchase or sinking fund payment or
other acquisition for value of any of the principal of its
Indebtedness prior to the stated maturity thereof other than the
Indebtedness under the Financing Agreements (including, without
limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the
trustee therefor before the date required for the purpose of
paying any portion of such Indebtedness when due), or otherwise
set aside or deposit or invest any sums for such purpose (each,
an Optional Payment); except, that:
(a) any of Borrowers and Guarantors, and any such
Subsidiary, may make Optional Payments in respect of its
Indebtedness permitted under Sections 10.3(a), 10.3(c),
10.3(d), 10.3(g),10.3(m), 10.3(n), 10.3(r), 10.3(s) and 10.3(w);
(b) any of Borrowers and Guarantors, and any such
Subsidiary, may make Optional Payments of its Indebtedness with
(i) the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness to the extent
permitted in Section 10.3(v) or (ii) in exchange for
any Equity Interests of Parent or any Parent Entity
and/or with
Net Cash Proceeds of the issuance or sale of any such Equity
Interests;
(c) Parent may establish and maintain the Convertible Note
Account and make Optional Payments in respect of the
Indebtedness evidenced by the Convertible Notes with the
proceeds of funds then held in the Convertible Note Account;
(d) Parent may make Optional Payments in respect of the
Term Loan Debt, provided, that, as to any such Optional Payment,
each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) no such
Optional Payment shall be made
R-105
prior to January 1, 2012, (ii) in no event shall the
aggregate amount of such Optional Payments in any fiscal year of
Parent exceed $15,000,000, (iii) as of the date of any such
Optional Payment and after giving effect thereto, using the most
recent calculation of the Borrowing Base prior to the date of
any such Optional Payment, on a pro forma basis, Excess
Availability shall be not less than the greater of
(A) $30,000,000 or (B) twenty-four (24%) percent of
the lesser of (1) the Maximum Credit or (2) the
Borrowing Base, and (iv) as of the date of any such
Optional Payment, and after giving effect thereto, no Event of
Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;
(e) any of Borrowers and Guarantors, and any such
Subsidiary, may make Optional Payments in respect of any of its
Indebtedness; provided, that, (i) the
aggregate amount of all such Optional Payments in any fiscal
year of Parent shall not exceed $5,000,000 and (ii) as of
the date of any such Optional Payment, no Event of Default shall
exist or have occurred and be continuing;
(f) any of Borrowers and Guarantors, and any such
Subsidiary, may make Optional Payments in respect of any of its
Indebtedness not otherwise permitted under this
Section 10.9, provided, that, as of the date
of any such Optional Payment and after giving thereto, the
Payment Conditions are satisfied and Agent shall have received a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of Parent certifying on
behalf of Parent to Agent and Lenders that such payment complies
with the terms of this clause.
10.10 Modifications of Indebtedness,
Organizational Documents and Certain Other
Agreements. Borrowers and Guarantors shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to:
(a) amend, supplement, modify or otherwise change its
certificate of incorporation, articles of association,
certificate of formation, limited liability agreement, limited
partnership agreement or other organizational documents, as
applicable, except for amendments, supplements, modifications or
other changes (i) pursuant to transactions permitted under
Section 10.1 or (ii) that do not adversely affect the
ability of a Borrower, Guarantor or such Subsidiary to borrow
hereunder or otherwise adversely affect the interests of Agent
or Lenders in any material respect;
(b) amend, supplement, modify or otherwise change, pursuant
to a waiver or otherwise (or permit the amendment, modification
or other change in any manner of) any of the provisions of any
of Term Loan Documents, the Convertible Notes, any Subordinated
Debt or any agreements related to the Indebtedness permitted
under Section 10.3 (j) hereof, in a manner that
shortens the fixed maturity or increases the principal amount
thereof, except in the case of the Term Loan Documents as
permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement; or
(c) amend, supplement, modify or otherwise change, pursuant
to a waiver or otherwise, the terms and conditions of the Tax
Sharing Agreement in any manner that would increase the amounts
payable by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder, (other
than amendments reasonably reflecting changes in law or
regulations after the date hereof), or otherwise amend,
supplement, modify or otherwise change the terms and conditions
of the Tax Sharing Agreement (except to the extent that any such
amendment, supplement or modification could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).
10.11 Sale and Leaseback
Transactions. Borrowers and Guarantors shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale
and Leaseback Transaction, provided that a Sale and Leaseback
Transaction shall be permitted so long as (a) the assets
sold or otherwise subject to any Disposition in connection with
such Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall not include any of the
Revolving Loan Priority Collateral; (b) subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale
are applied to the Obligations to the extent required under
Section 2.5(b); (c) in the event that the lease back
of such property is pursuant to a Capital Lease, the
Indebtedness arising pursuant to such Capital Lease is permitted
under Section 10.3; (d) in the event that the lease
back of such property is pursuant to an operating lease, such
lease shall be on market terms as reasonably determined by
Parent; and (e) Borrowers and Guarantors shall have used
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the purchaser or
transferee a Collateral Access Agreement with respect to the
property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction duly
executed and delivered by the purchaser or transferee to the
extent contemplated by Sections 5.2 or 9.8 (it being
understood that Borrowers and Guarantors shall not be required
to incur any expense,
R-106
provide any security or agree to any adverse term or condition
exclusively and directly required in order to obtain such
Collateral Access Agreement).
10.12 Designation of Designated Senior
Debt. Borrowers and Guarantors shall not
designate any Indebtedness, other than the Obligations, as
Designated Senior Debt, or any similar term under
and as defined in the agreements relating to the Convertible
Notes or any Subordinated Debt of any Borrower or Guarantor
which contains such designation. Borrowers and Guarantors shall
designate the Obligations as Designated Senior Debt
or any similar term under and as defined in the agreements
relating to any Subordinated Debt of any Borrower or Guarantor
which contains such designation.
Section 11. Financial
Covenant
11.1 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio. At any time that Excess Availability
is less than the greater of (a) $15,000,000 or
(b) fifteen (15%) percent of the lesser of the Maximum
Credit or the Borrowing Base (such amount, the applicable
amount), and at all times thereafter (except as otherwise
provided below), the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of
Parent and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) determined
as of the end of each fiscal month most recently ended for which
Agent has received financial statements shall be not less than
1.0 to 1.0 for the period of the immediately preceding twelve
(12) consecutive fiscal months prior to such fiscal month
end; provided, that, if, at any time after Excess
Availability shall be less than the applicable amount, then
Excess Availability shall be greater than such amount for ninety
(90) consecutive days (or ten (10) consecutive days if
Borrowers have received a cash capital contribution from
CD&R or the CD&R Investors in an amount equal to the
greater of (i) such amount so that Excess Availability is
greater than the applicable amount after the application of the
proceeds of such contribution to Qualified Cash or to prepay the
Revolving Loans and (ii) $2,500,000), Parent and its
Subsidiaries shall not thereafter be required to comply with the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as set forth above
until such time as Excess Availability shall again be less than
the applicable amount; provided, that, in the
event that Agent receives reasonably satisfactory evidence that,
within five (5) Business Days after the date that Excess
Availability is less than the applicable amount, CD&R has
requested payments from the CD&R Investors in accordance
with the terms of the agreements of CD&R with such
CD&R Investors in an amount sufficient to increase the
Excess Availability in excess of the then applicable amount,
Parent and its Subsidiaries shall not thereafter be required to
comply with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as set
forth above for a period of fifteen (15) Business Days (as
increased by the number of days, if any, necessary to permit the
passage of ten (10) consecutive days from the date of the
receipt by Borrowers of such cash capital contribution (the
Non-Test Period)) and during the Non-Test Period,
Borrowers will not request, and Agent and Lenders will not be
required to make any Loans, except in the discretion of Agent
and Required Lenders. Any subsequent increase in Excess
Availability after it has been less than the applicable amount
shall not be the basis for any cure of any Event of Default
arising prior thereto as a result of the failure to comply with
the covenant in this Section 11.1.
Section 12. Events
of Default and Remedies
12.1 Events of Default. The
occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following
events are referred to herein individually as an Event of
Default, and collectively as Events of Default:
(a) any Borrower fails to make any principal payment
hereunder when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether
at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise) or
fails to pay interest, fees or any of the other Obligations
within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or
other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof;
(b) any Borrower or Guarantor:
(i) fails to perform or observe any of the covenants or
other agreements contained in Sections 5.2(a), (d), (e),
and (h), 6.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.7, 7.8, 9.1, 9.2, 9.5 (as it
relates to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral), 9.6(a), 10 and
11 of this Agreement or the sections specified on
Schedule 12.1 hereto of the other Financing Agreements;
provided, that, in the case of a default in the
observance or performance of its obligations under
Section 9.6(a) hereof, such default shall have continued
unremedied for a period of two (2) Business Days after a
Responsible Officer of Parent shall have discovered such
default, or
R-107
(ii) fails to perform or observe any of the covenants or
other agreements contained in Sections 6.7, 7.4, 9.3, 9.4,
9.5 (as it relates to property other than Revolving Loan
Priority Collateral), 9.6(b), 9.6(d), 9.6(j), 9.6(k), 9.8, 9.9,
9.11(c), of this Agreement and such failure continues for a
period of fifteen (15) days after the earlier of:
(A) the date on which such failure is first known to any
Responsible Officer of Parent or (B) the date on which
written notice thereof is given to Administrative Borrower by
Agent;
(iii) fails to perform or observe any of the covenants or
other agreements contained in this Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements other than those described in
Sections 12.1(b)(i) and 12.1(b)(ii) above and such failure
shall continue for thirty (30) days after the earlier of:
(A) the date on which such failure is first known to any
Responsible Officer of Parent or (B) the date on which
written notice thereof is given to Administrative Borrower by
Agent; or
(c) any representation or warranty made by any Borrower or
Guarantor to Agent or any Lender in this Agreement, the other
Financing Agreements or that is contained in any certificate
furnished pursuant hereto that is qualified as to materiality or
Material Adverse Effect shall when made or deemed made be
incorrect and any other such representation or warranty made by
any Borrower or Guarantor to Agent or any Lender shall when made
or deemed made be incorrect in any material respect;
(d) any Guarantor revokes or terminates any guarantee of
such party of the Obligations in favor of Agent or any Lender,
except as a result of a transaction permitted under
Section 10.1 hereof or as otherwise permitted hereunder or
any of the other Financing Agreements;
(e) (i) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for
the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of
$ (net of any insurance or
indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to
or within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof) shall be
rendered against any Borrower or Guarantor or any combination
thereof and the same shall remain undischarged, unvacated or
unbonded for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days or
execution shall not be effectively stayed, or (ii) any
judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction,
attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against any of
the Collateral, which is for a claim in excess of
$ and either (A) is made or
rendered against any Collateral having a value in excess of
$ or (B) in the case of a
deposit account, securities account or similar account in which
the value of such deposits, securities or similar items
constituting Revolving Loan Priority Collateral is in excess of
$ , the bank or financial
intermediary maintaining such account shall refuse to remit
deposits, securities, funds or similar items in such account in
excess of such claim to any Borrower or Guarantor;
(f) any Borrower dissolves, suspends or discontinues doing
business, other than as expressly permitted under
Section 9.4 or Section 10.1 hereof, except any such
dissolution, suspension, or discontinuance that could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(g) (i) any Borrower or Guarantor shall commence any
case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or
future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors,
seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it,
or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
winding-up,
liquidation, dissolution, composition or other similar relief
with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment
of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and
manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar
official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
assets, or any Borrower or Guarantor shall make a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there
shall be commenced against any Borrower or Guarantor any case,
proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in
clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an
order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or
(B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded
for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) any Borrower
or Guarantor shall file any answer that indicates its consent
to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such action or
proceeding referred to in clause (i) above or the relief
requested is granted sooner; or (iv) any Borrower or
Guarantor shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in
writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become
due;
(h) (i) any default in (A) any payment of
principal, interest in respect of any Indebtedness (excluding
the Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations) in excess of
$ beyond the period of grace (not
to exceed thirty
R-108
(30) days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement
under which such Indebtedness was created or (B) the
observance or performance of any other agreement or condition
(including the failure to pay any amount other than principal or
interest) relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Loans and
the Letter of Credit Obligations) or with respect to any
instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating
thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the
effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause,
or to permit the holder or holders, or beneficiary or
beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee, agent or other
representative on behalf of such holder or holders or
beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of
notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become
due prior to its stated maturity or become subject to a
mandatory offer to purchase (an Acceleration) and
such notice shall have lapsed and if any notice (a Default
Notice) shall be required to commence a grace period or
declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of
Acceleration may be delivered such Default Notice shall have
been given, (ii) the subordination provisions with respect
to any Subordinated Debt shall cease to be in full force and
effect and such Subordinated Debt shall thereby cease to be
validly subordinated to the Obligations as and to the extent as
provided in such subordination provisions;
(i) (i) any material provision of any of the Financing
Agreements shall cease for any reason to be valid, binding and
enforceable with respect to any Borrower or Guarantor thereto
(other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof), or any
Borrower or Guarantor shall challenge in writing the
enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing to
Agent or any Lender, or take any action or fail to take any
action based on such assertion that any material provision
hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements has ceased to
be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in
accordance with its terms, or (ii) the Lien created by any
of the Financing Agreements shall cease to be perfected and
enforceable in accordance with its terms or of the same effect
as to perfection and priority purported to be created thereby
with respect to any of the Collateral purported to be subject
thereto having a value in excess of
$ (except as otherwise permitted
herein or therein); provided, that with respect to
any Collateral other than Revolving Loan Priority Collateral,
such default shall have continued unremedied for a period of
twenty (20) days;
(j) an ERISA Event shall occur which results in or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(k) any Borrower or Guarantor shall be prohibited or
otherwise restrained for a period of more than fifteen
(15) days from conducting the business theretofore
conducted by it in any manner that has or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect within the
immediately succeeding ninety (90) day period by virtue of
any determination, ruling, decision, decree or order of any
court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction;
(l) any Change of Control.
12.2 Remedies.
(a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred
and is continuing, Agent and Lenders shall have all rights and
remedies provided in this Agreement, the other Financing
Agreements, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which
rights and remedies may be exercised without notice to or
consent by any Borrower or Guarantor, except as such notice or
consent is expressly provided for hereunder or required by
applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent
and Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Financing
Agreements, the UCC or other applicable law, are cumulative, not
exclusive and enforceable, in Agents discretion,
alternatively, successively, or concurrently on any one or more
occasions, and shall include, without limitation, the right to
apply to a court of equity for an injunction to restrain a
breach or threatened breach by any Borrower or Guarantor of this
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements. Subject to
Section 14 hereof, at any time an Event of Default exists
or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, and at the
direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times,
proceed directly against any Borrower or Guarantor to collect
the Obligations of such Borrower or Guarantor then due and owing
without prior recourse to the Collateral.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at
any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is
continuing, Agent may, at its option and shall upon the
direction of the Required Lenders, (i) upon notice to
Administrative Borrower, accelerate the payment of all
Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to
R-109
Agent for itself and the benefit of Lenders (provided,
that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default
described in Section 12.1(g), all Obligations shall
automatically become immediately due and payable), and
(ii) terminate the Commitments whereupon the obligation of
each Lender to make any Loan and Issuing Bank to issue any
Letter of Credit shall immediately terminate (provided,
that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default
described in Section 12.1(g), the Commitments and any such
obligation of each Lender to make a Loan or Issuing Bank to
issue any Letters of Credit hereunder shall automatically
terminate).
(c) Without limiting the foregoing, at any time an Event of
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, in
its discretion, and in compliance with applicable law and the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and subject (in the case
of Term Loan Priority Collateral) to pre-existing Liens,
security interests, title imperfections and other defects and
impairments of any nature whatsoever (i) with or without
judicial process or the aid or assistance of others, enter upon
any premises on or in which any of the Collateral may be located
and take possession of the Collateral or complete processing,
manufacturing and repair of all or any portion of the
Collateral, (ii) require any Borrower or Guarantor, at
Borrowers expense, to assemble and make available to Agent
any part or all of the Collateral at any place and time
reasonably designated by Agent, (iii) collect, foreclose,
receive, appropriate, setoff and realize upon any and all
Collateral, (iv) remove any or all of the Collateral from
any premises on or in which the same may be located for the
purpose of effecting the sale, foreclosure or other disposition
thereof or for any other purpose, (v) subject to
pre-existing rights and licenses permitted hereunder with
respect to Term Loan Priority Collateral, sell, lease, transfer,
assign, deliver or otherwise dispose of any and all Collateral
(including entering into contracts with respect thereto, public
or private sales at any exchange, brokers board, at any
office of Agent or elsewhere) at such prices or terms as Agent
may deem reasonable, for cash, upon credit or for future
delivery, with the Agent having the right to purchase the whole
or any part of the Collateral at any such public sale, all of
the foregoing being free from any right or equity of redemption
of any Borrower or Guarantor, which right or equity of
redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by Borrowers
and Guarantors,
and/or
(vi) with the consent of Required Lenders (and shall at the
direction of Required Lenders), terminate this Agreement. If any
of the Collateral is sold or leased by Agent upon credit terms
or for future delivery, the Obligations shall not be reduced as
a result thereof until payment therefor is finally collected by
Agent. If notice of disposition of Collateral is required by
law, ten (10) days prior notice by Agent to
Administrative Borrower designating the time and place of any
public sale or the time after which any private sale or other
intended disposition of Collateral is to be made, shall be
deemed to be reasonable notice thereof to the fullest extent
that the consent thereto of Borrowers and Guarantors hereunder
is permitted by applicable law and Borrowers and Guarantors
waive any other notice. In the event Agent institutes an action
to recover any Collateral or seeks recovery of any Collateral by
way of prejudgment remedy, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, each Borrower and Guarantor waives the posting
of any bond which might otherwise be required. At any time an
Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, upon
Agents request, Borrowers will either, as Agent shall
specify, furnish cash collateral to Issuing Bank to be used to
secure and fund the reimbursement obligations to Issuing Bank in
connection with any Letter of Credit Obligations or furnish cash
collateral to Agent for the Letter of Credit Obligations. Such
cash collateral shall be in the amount equal to one hundred
three (103%) percent of the amount of the Letter of Credit
Obligations plus the amount of any fees and expenses payable in
connection therewith.
(d) At any time or times that an Event of Default exists or
has occurred and is continuing, Co-Collateral Agents may,
subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in their
discretion, enforce the rights of any Borrower or Guarantor
against any account debtor, secondary obligor or other obligor
in respect of any of the Accounts or other Receivables. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Co-Collateral Agents
may, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in
their discretion, at such time or times (i) notify any or
all account debtors, secondary obligors or other obligors in
respect thereof that the Receivables have been assigned to Agent
and that Agent has a security interest therein and Agent may
direct any or all account debtors, secondary obligors and other
obligors to make payment of Receivables directly to Agent,
(ii) extend the time of payment of, compromise, settle or
adjust for cash, credit, return of merchandise or otherwise, and
upon any terms or conditions, any and all Receivables or other
obligations included in the Collateral and thereby discharge or
release the account debtor or any secondary obligors or other
obligors in respect thereof without affecting any of the
Obligations, (iii) demand, collect or enforce payment of
any Receivables or such other obligations, but without any duty
to do so, and Agent and Lenders shall not be liable for any
failure to collect or enforce the payment thereof and
(iv) take whatever other action Co-Collateral Agents may
deem necessary or desirable for the protection of its interests
and
R-110
the interests of Lenders. At any time that an Event of Default
exists or has occurred and is continuing, at Co-Collateral
Agents request, all invoices and statements sent to any
account debtor shall state that the Accounts have been assigned
to Agent and are payable directly and to Agent and Borrowers and
Guarantors shall deliver to Agent such originals of documents
evidencing the sale and delivery of goods or the performance of
services giving rise to any Accounts as Agent may require. In
the event any account debtor returns Inventory when an Event of
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers
shall, upon Agents request, hold the returned Inventory in
trust for Agent, segregate all returned Inventory from all of
its other property, dispose of the returned Inventory solely
according to Agents instructions, and not issue any
credits, discounts or allowances with respect thereto without
Agents prior written consent, except as may be required by
the terms of any pre-existing agreement permitted hereunder of
any Borrower with a third-party or by applicable law.
(e) For the purpose of enabling Agent and Co-Collateral
Agents (and to the extent necessary) to exercise the rights and
remedies under this Section 12.2 and subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, each Borrower and Guarantor hereby
grants to Agent and each of Co-Collateral Agents, a
non-exclusive license (exercisable at any time an Event of
Default shall exist or have occurred and only for so long as the
same is continuing, but irrevocable so long as such Event of
Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing) without
payment of royalty or other compensation to any Borrower or
Guarantor, to use (directly or indirectly through any agent),
license or sublicense any of the trademarks, service-marks,
trade names, business names, trade styles, designs, logos and
other source of business identifiers and other Intellectual
Property and Foreign Intellectual Property and general
intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or
Guarantor, wherever the same may be located, including in such
license reasonable access to all media in which any of the
licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer
programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.
(f) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred
and is continuing, Agent may apply the cash proceeds of
Collateral actually received by Agent from any sale, lease,
foreclosure or other disposition of the Collateral to payment of
the Obligations then due and owing, in whole or in part and in
accordance with Section 6.7 hereof, subject to the terms of
the Intercreditor Agreement, or may hold such proceeds as cash
collateral for the Obligations. Borrowers and Guarantors shall
remain liable to Agent and Lenders for the payment of any
deficiency with interest at the highest rate provided for herein
and all costs and expenses of collection or enforcement,
including attorneys fees and expenses.
|
|
Section 13.
|
Jury
Trial Waiver; Other Waivers Consents; Governing
Law
|
13.1 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of
Process; Jury Trial Waiver.
(a) This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the
parties hereto under this Agreement shall be governed by the
internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to
the rules and principles of conflicts of law or other rule of
law to the extent the same are not mandatorily applicable by
statute and would cause the application of the law of any
jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York.
(b) Each of Borrowers, Guarantors, Agent, Lenders and
Issuing Bank irrevocably (i) consents and submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of
New York for New York County and the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York, and appellate
courts from either thereof, in any action instituted therein
that (x) arises out of or relates to this Agreement,
(y) arises out of or relates to any of the other Financing
Agreements or (z) in any way is connected with or related
or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect
of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or
the transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case under
this clause (z) whether now existing or hereafter arising,
and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and
(ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
waives any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with
respect to such action. Each of Borrowers, Guarantors, Agent,
Lenders and Issuing Bank agrees that any dispute with respect to
any such matters shall be heard only in the courts described
above unless such courts shall decline to exercise jurisdiction
over such dispute in whole or in part (except that Agent and
Lenders shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding
against any Borrower or Guarantor or its or their property in
the courts of any other jurisdiction which Agent deems
reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the
Collateral and which have jurisdiction over such Borrower or
Guarantor or property.
R-111
(c) Each Borrower and Guarantor (to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law) hereby waives personal service of
any and all process upon it and consents that all such service
of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt
requested) directed to its address set forth herein or otherwise
notified to Agent and service so made shall be deemed to be
completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so
deposited in the U.S. mails, or, at Agents option, by
service upon any Borrower or Guarantor (or Administrative
Borrower on behalf of such Borrower or Guarantor) in any other
manner provided under the rules of any such courts.
(d) BORROWERS, GUARANTORS, AGENT, LENDERS AND ISSUING BANK
EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM,
DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED
WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER
FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR
THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING,
AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. BORROWERS,
GUARANTORS, AGENT, LENDERS AND ISSUING BANK EACH HEREBY AGREES
AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF
ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT
ANY BORROWER, ANY GUARANTOR, AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ISSUING BANK
MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT
WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES
HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
13.2 Waiver of Notices. Each
Borrower and Guarantor hereby expressly waives (to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law) demand, presentment, protest
and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with respect to any
and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing
any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other
demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with
respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement,
except such as are expressly provided for herein or in the
Intercreditor Agreement. No notice to or demand on any Borrower
or Guarantor which Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall
entitle such Borrower or Guarantor to any other or further
notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
13.3 Amendments and Waivers.
(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Financing
Agreement (other than any Deposit Account Control Agreement or
Investment Property Control Agreement, as to which only the
consent of Agent shall be required) nor any terms hereof or
thereof may be amended, waived, modified or supplemented unless
such amendment, waiver, modification or supplement is in writing
signed by Agent and the Required Lenders or at Agents
option, by Agent with the authorization or consent of the
Required Lenders, and as to amendments to any of the Financing
Agreements (other than with respect to any provision of
Section 14 hereof), by any Borrower and such amendment,
waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding
as to all Lenders and Issuing Bank only in the specific instance
and for the specific purpose for which given; except, that, no
such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:
(i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the
scheduled date of payment of principal, interest or any fees or
reduce the principal amount of any Loan or Letters of Credit, in
each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected
thereby,
(ii) increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount
thereof then in effect or provided hereunder, in each case
without the consent of such Lender directly affected thereby (it
being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions
precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of
mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitment of all Lenders
shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender
and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment
of any Lender shall not constitute an increase in the Commitment
of such Lender),
(iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral
(except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any of the
other Financing Agreements or applicable law and except as
permitted under Section 14.11(b) hereof), without the
consent of all of Lenders,
R-112
(iv) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of
Required Lenders or otherwise amend the definition of such term
or amend the percentage specified in or otherwise amend the
definition of Supermajority Lenders, in the case of
any of the foregoing, without the consent of all of Lenders,
(v) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower
or Guarantor of any of their rights and obligations under this
Agreement (except as permitted hereunder or under any of the
other Financing Agreements), without the consent of all of
Lenders,
(vi) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 6.7
or this Section 13.3 hereof, without the consent of Agent
and all of Lenders, or
(vii) increase the advance rates constituting part of the
Borrowing Base or increase the Letter of Credit Limit, or make
any change to the definition of Borrowing Base (by
adding additional categories or components thereof),
Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory,
that would have the effect of increasing the amount of the
Borrowing Base, reduce the Dollar amount set forth in the
definition of Dominion Event, in each case, without
the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders and
Co-Collateral Agent.
(b) Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank shall not, by any act,
delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or
impliedly waived any of its or their rights, powers
and/or
remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as
provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to
the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver by Agent,
any Lender or Issuing Bank of any right, power
and/or
remedy on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or
waiver of any such right, power
and/or
remedy which Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank would otherwise
have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or
otherwise.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 13.3(a) above, in connection with any amendment,
waiver, modification or supplement, in the event that any Lender
whose consent thereto is required shall fail to consent or fail
to consent in a timely manner (such Lender being referred to
herein as a Non-Consenting Lender), but the consent
of the Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, modification
or supplement is obtained, then the Administrative Borrower
shall have the right at any time thereafter to cause the
Non-Consenting Lender to, and upon the exercise by the
Administrative Borrower of such right, such Non-Consenting
Lender shall have the obligation to, sell, assign and transfer
to such Eligible Transferee as the Administrative Borrower may
specify, the Commitment of such Non-Consenting Lender and all
rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant
thereto. The Administrative Borrower shall provide the
Non-Consenting Lender with prior written notice of its intent to
exercise its right under this Section, which notice shall
specify the date on which such purchase and sale shall occur.
Such purchase and sale shall be pursuant to the terms of an
Assignment and Acceptance (whether or not executed by the
Non-Consenting Lender); except, that, on the date of such
purchase and sale, such Eligible Transferee specified by the
Administrative Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender
(except as such Eligible Transferee and such Non-Consenting
Lender may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the
principal balance of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender
outstanding as of the close of business on the business day
immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and
sale, plus (ii) amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of
interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to the
effective date of the purchase (but in no event shall the
Non-Consenting Lender be deemed entitled to any early
termination fee). Such purchase and sale shall be effective on
the date of the payment of such amount to the Non-Consenting
Lender and the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender shall
terminate on such date.
(d) The consent of Agent shall be required for any
amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of
Agent hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements,
in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by
this Section; provided, that, the consent of Agent
shall not be required for any other amendments, waivers or
consents. The exercise by Agent of any of its rights hereunder
with respect to Reserves or Eligible Accounts or Eligible
Inventory shall not be deemed an amendment to the advance rates
provided for in this Section 13.3. The consent of Issuing
Bank shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent
affecting the rights or duties of Issuing Bank hereunder or
under any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the
consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section;
provided, that, the consent of Issuing Bank shall
not be required for any other amendments, waivers or consents.
The consent of each Co-Collateral Agent affected thereby shall
be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the
rights or duties of such Co-Collateral Agent hereunder or under
any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the
consent of the Lenders otherwise
R-113
required by this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in Section 13.3(a) above, (i) in
the event that Agent shall agree that any items otherwise
required to be delivered to Agent as a condition of the initial
Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder may be delivered after the
date hereof, Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the
date for delivery of such items or take such other action as
Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure to receive
such items as Agent may determine or may waive any Event of
Default as a result of the failure to receive such items, in
each case without the consent of any Lender and (ii) Agent
may consent to any change in the type of organization,
jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any
Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries and amend the
terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements as may
be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change to the
extent permitted hereunder, in each case without the approval of
any Lender.
(e) The consent of Agent and a Bank Product Provider that
is providing Bank Products and has outstanding any such Bank
Products at such time that are secured hereunder shall be
required for any amendment to the priority of payment of
Obligations arising under or pursuant to any Hedge Agreements of
a Borrower or Guarantor or other Bank Products as set forth in
Section 6.7(a) hereof.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Section 13 or otherwise, Agent may waive, in its
discretion, for a period not to exceed five (5) Business
Days, any Event of Default arising from the failure of Borrowers
or Guarantors (i) timely to deliver any reports
and/or other
information as and when required to be delivered under
Section 7.1 hereof, any financial statement
and/or other
information as and when required to be delivered under
Section 9.1 hereof or (ii) to maintain its Revolving
Loan Priority Collateral or provide insurance coverage for such
Revolving Loan Priority Collateral to the extent required under
Section 9.5 hereof.
(g) Notwithstanding that the consent of all Lenders is
required in certain circumstances as set forth in this
Section 13, (i) each Lender is entitled to vote as
such Lender may elect on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that
affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the
provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code
supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and
(ii) the Required Lenders may consent to allow a Borrower
or Guarantor to use cash collateral in the context of a
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
13.4 Indemnification. (a) Each
Borrower and Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, indemnify
and hold Agent, each Lender and Issuing Bank, their respective
Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents,
employees, advisors and counsel and their respective Affiliates
(each such person being an Indemnitee), harmless
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, costs or expenses (including attorneys fees
and expenses) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of
them in connection with any litigation, investigation, claim or
proceeding commenced or threatened related to the negotiation,
preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or
administration of this Agreement, any other Financing
Agreements, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of
the transactions contemplated hereby (including preparations for
and consultations concerning any such matters) or any act,
omission, event or transaction related or attendant thereto,
including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the fees
and expenses of counsel except that Borrowers and Guarantors
shall not have any obligation under this Section 13.5 to
indemnify an Indemnitee with respect to a matter covered hereby
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
such Indemnitee as determined pursuant to a final,
non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but
without limiting the obligations of Borrowers or Guarantors as
to any other Indemnitee). To the extent that the undertaking to
indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section may
be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy,
Borrowers and Guarantors shall pay the maximum portion which
they are permitted to pay under applicable law to Agent and
Lenders in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this
Section. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Borrower
or Guarantor shall assert, and each Borrower and Guarantor
hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory
of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive
damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of,
in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of
the other Financing Agreements or any undertaking or transaction
contemplated hereby. No Indemnitee referred to above shall be
liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended
recipients of any information or other materials distributed by
it through telecommunications, electronic or other information
transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of
the other Financing Agreements or the transaction contemplated
hereby or thereby.
R-114
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
Borrowers and Guarantors shall indemnify and hold Agent and
Lenders harmless from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, costs and expenses which Agent or any
Lender may suffer or incur in connection with any Letter of
Credit and any documents, drafts or acceptances relating
thereto, including any losses, claims, damages, liabilities,
costs and expenses due to any action taken by an Issuing Bank or
correspondent with respect to any Letter of Credit, except for
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses
that are a direct result of the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of Agent or any Lender as determined pursuant to a
final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Each Borrower and Guarantor assumes all risks for, and agrees to
pay, all foreign, Federal, State and local taxes, duties and
levies relating to any goods subject to any Letter of Credit or
any documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder. Each Borrower
and Guarantor hereby releases and holds Agent and Lenders
harmless from and against any acts, waivers, errors, delays or
omissions with respect to or relating to any Letter of Credit,
except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent
or any Lender as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable
order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable
thirty (30) days after written demand. The foregoing
indemnity shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section 13.5, Borrowers and Guarantors
shall not have any obligations under this Section 13.5 to
any Indemnitee with respect to any Taxes, but without limiting
any obligations of Borrowers and Guarantors to any Indemnitee
with respect to Taxes under Section 6.8.
Section 14. The
Agent
14.1 Appointment, Powers and
Immunities. Each Secured Party irrevocably
designates, appoints and
authorizes
to act as Agent hereunder and under the other Financing
Agreements with such powers as are specifically delegated to
Agent by the terms of this Agreement and of the other Financing
Agreements, together with such other powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto. Agent (a) shall have no duties or
responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this
Agreement and in the other Financing Agreements, and shall not
by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document be a
trustee or fiduciary for any Lender; (b) shall not be
responsible to Lenders for any recitals, statements,
representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in
any of the other Financing Agreements, or in any certificate or
other document referred to or provided for in, or received by
any of them under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or
for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or any other document referred to or provided for
herein or therein or for any failure by any Borrower or any
Guarantor or any other Person to perform any of its obligations
hereunder or thereunder; and (c) shall not be responsible
to Secured Parties for any action taken or omitted to be taken
by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under any
other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein
or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for
its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by
a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction. Agent may employ agents and attorneys in fact and
shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any
such agents or attorneys in fact selected by it in good faith.
Agent may deem and treat the payee of any note as the holder
thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until the assignment
thereof pursuant to an agreement (if and to the extent permitted
herein) in form and substance satisfactory to Agent shall have
been delivered to and acknowledged by Agent.
14.2 Reliance by
Agent. Agent shall be entitled to rely upon
any certification, notice or other communication (including any
thereof by telephone, telecopy, telex, telegram or cable)
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed
or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and
upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent
accountants and other experts selected by Agent. As to any
matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of
the other Financing Agreements, Agent shall in all cases be
fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions given by
the Required Lenders or all of Lenders as is required in such
circumstance, and such instructions of such Required Lenders or
of all Lenders and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding on all Lenders.
14.3 Events of Default.
(a) Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice
of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or other
failure of a condition precedent to the Loans and Letters of
Credit hereunder, unless and until Agent
R-115
has received written notice from a Lender, or Borrower
specifying such Event of Default or any unfulfilled condition
precedent, and stating that such notice is a Notice of
Default or Failure of Condition. In the event that Agent
receives such a Notice of Default or Failure of Condition, Agent
shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. Agent shall
(subject to Section 14.7 hereof) take such action with
respect to any such Event of Default or failure of condition
precedent as shall be directed by the Required Lenders to the
extent provided for herein; provided, that, unless
and until Agent shall have received such directions, Agent may
(but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain
from taking such action, with respect to or by reason of such
Event of Default or failure of condition precedent, as it shall
deem advisable in the best interest of Lenders. Without limiting
the foregoing, and notwithstanding the existence or occurrence
and continuance of an Event of Default or any other failure to
satisfy any of the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 4 of this Agreement to the contrary, unless and
until otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, Agent may, but
shall have no obligation to, continue to make Loans and Issuing
Bank may, but shall have no obligation to, issue or cause to be
issued any Letter of Credit for the ratable account and risk of
Lenders from time to time if Agent believes making such Loans or
issuing or causing to be issued such Letter of Credit is in the
best interests of Lenders.
(b) Except with the prior written consent of Agent, no
Lender or Issuing Bank may assert or exercise any enforcement
right or remedy in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit
Obligations or other Obligations, as against any Borrower or
Guarantor or any of the Collateral or other property of any
Borrower or Guarantor.
14.4 [ ]
in its Individual Capacity. With respect to
its Commitment and the Loans made and Letters of Credit issued
or caused to be issued by it (and any successor acting as
Agent), so long
as
shall be a Lender hereunder, it shall have the same rights and
powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same
as though it were not acting as Agent, and the term
Lender or Lenders shall, unless the
context otherwise indicates,
include
in its individual capacity as Lender
hereunder.
(and any successor acting as Agent) and its Affiliates may
(without having to account therefor to any Lender) lend money
to, make investments in and generally engage in any kind of
business with Borrowers (and any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates) as if it were not acting as Agent,
and
and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from
any Borrower or Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates for services in connection with this Agreement or
otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.
14.5 Indemnification. Lenders
agree to indemnify Agent and Issuing Bank (to the extent not
reimbursed by Borrowers hereunder and without limiting any
obligations of Borrowers hereunder) ratably, in accordance with
their Pro Rata Shares, for any and all claims of any kind and
nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against Agent (including by any Lender) arising out of
or by reason of any investigation in or in any way relating to
or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements or any other documents contemplated by or referred to
herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby (including the costs and expenses that Agent is
obligated to pay hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the
terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents;
provided, that, no Lender shall be liable for any
of the foregoing to the extent it arises from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified
as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction. The foregoing indemnity shall survive
the payment of the Obligations and the termination or
non-renewal of this Agreement.
14.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other
Lenders. Each Lender agrees that it has,
independently and without reliance on Agent or other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own credit analysis of Borrowers and
Guarantors and has made its own decision to enter into this
Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance
upon Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue
to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements. Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed
as to the performance or observance by any Borrower or Guarantor
of any term or provision of this Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements or any other document referred to or
provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or
books of any Borrower or Guarantor. Agent will use reasonable
efforts to provide Lenders with any information received by
Agent from any Borrower or Guarantor which is required to be
provided to Lenders or deemed to be requested by Lenders
hereunder and with a copy of any Notice of Default or Failure of
Condition received by Agent from any Borrower or any Lender;
provided, that, Agent shall not be liable to any Lender for any
failure to do so, except to the extent that such failure is
attributable to
R-116
Agents own gross negligence or willful misconduct as
determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction. Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly required to be furnished to Lenders by Agent
or deemed requested by Lenders hereunder, Agent shall not have
any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any other
credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial
condition or business of any Borrower or Guarantor that may come
into the possession of Agent.
14.7 Failure to Act. Except
for action expressly required of Agent hereunder and under the
other Financing Agreements, Agent shall in all cases be fully
justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder
unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction
from Lenders of their indemnification obligations under
Section 14.5 hereof against any and all liability and
expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action.
14.8 Additional Loans. Agent
shall not make any Revolving Loans or Issuing Bank provide any
Letter of Credit to any Borrower on behalf of Lenders
intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Revolving
Loans or Letter of Credit would cause the aggregate amount of
the total outstanding Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit to
such Borrower to exceed the Borrowing Base, without the prior
consent of all Lenders; except, that,
Co-Collateral Agents may make such additional Revolving Loans or
Issuing Bank may provide such additional Letter of Credit on
behalf of Lenders, intentionally and with actual knowledge that
such Revolving Loans or Letter of Credit will cause the total
outstanding Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit to such
Borrower to exceed the Borrowing Base, as Co-Collateral Agents
may deem necessary or advisable in their discretion;
provided, that (a) the total principal amount
of the additional Revolving Loans or additional Letters of
Credit to any Borrower which Agent may make or provide after
obtaining such actual knowledge that the aggregate principal
amount of the Revolving Loans equal or exceed the Borrowing
Base, plus the amount of Special Agent Advances made pursuant to
Section 14.11(a)(ii) hereof then outstanding, shall not
exceed the aggregate amount equal to seven and one-half (7.5%)
percent of the Maximum Credit and shall not cause the total
principal amount of the Loans and Letters of Credit to exceed
the Maximum Credit and (b) no such additional Revolving
Loan or Letter of Credit shall be outstanding more than
forty-five (45) days after the date such additional
Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit is made or issued (as the
case may be), except as the Required Lenders may otherwise
agree. Each Lender shall be obligated to pay Agent the amount of
its Pro Rata Share of any such additional Revolving Loans or
Letters of Credit.
14.9 Concerning the Collateral and the Related
Financing Agreements. Each Secured Party
authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement and
the other Financing Agreements. Each Secured Party agrees that
any action taken by Agent or Required Lenders (or such greater
percentage as may be required hereunder) in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements and
the exercise by Agent or Required Lenders (or such greater
percentage as may be required hereunder) of their respective
powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other
powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding
upon all of the Secured Parties.
14.10 Field Audit, Examination Reports and
other Information; Disclaimer by Lenders. By
signing this Agreement, each Lender:
(a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such
Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each
field audit or examination report and report with respect to the
Borrowing Base prepared or received by Agent (each field audit
or examination report and report with respect to the Borrowing
Base being referred to herein as a Report and
collectively, Reports), appraisals with respect to
the Collateral and financial statements with respect to Parent
and its Subsidiaries received by Agent;
(b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent
(i) does not make any representation or warranty as to the
accuracy of any Report, appraisal or financial statement or
(ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in
any Report, appraisal or financial statement;
(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are
not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or any
other party performing any audit or examination will inspect
only specific information regarding Borrowers and Guarantors and
will rely significantly upon Borrowers and
Guarantors books and records, as well as on
representations of Borrowers and Guarantors
personnel; and
R-117
(d) agrees to keep all Reports and appraisals confidential
and strictly for its internal use in accordance with the terms
of Section 15.5 hereof, and not to distribute or use any
Report or appraisals in any other manner.
14.11 Collateral Matters.
(a) Agent may, at the direction of Co-Collateral Agents,
from time to time, at any time on or after an Event of Default
and for so long as the same is continuing or upon any other
failure of a condition precedent to the Loans and Letters of
Credit hereunder, make such disbursements and advances
(Special Agent Advances) which Co-Collateral Agents,
in their sole discretion, (i) deem necessary or desirable
either to preserve or protect the Collateral or any portion
thereof or (ii) to enhance the likelihood or maximize the
amount of repayment by Borrowers and Guarantors of the Loans and
other Obligations; provided, that, (A) the
aggregate principal amount of the Special Agent Advances
pursuant to this clause (ii) outstanding at any time, plus
the then outstanding principal amount of the additional Loans
and Letters of Credit which Agent may make or provide as set
forth in Section 14.8 hereof, shall not exceed the amount
equal to seven and one-half (7.5%) percent of the Maximum Credit
and (B) the aggregate principal amount of the Special Agent
Advances pursuant to this clause (ii) outstanding at any
time, plus the then outstanding principal amount of the Loans,
shall not exceed the Maximum Credit, except at Co-Collateral
Agents option; provided, that, to the extent
that the aggregate principal amount of Special Agent Advances
plus the then outstanding principal amount of the Loans exceed
the Maximum Credit the Special Agent Advances that are in excess
of the Maximum Credit shall be for the sole account and risk of
Co-Collateral Agents and notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth below, no Lender shall have any obligation to
provide its share of such Special Agent Advances in excess of
the Maximum Credit, or (iii) to pay any other amount
chargeable to any Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements
consisting of (A) costs, fees and expenses and
(B) payments to Issuing Bank in respect of any Letter of
Credit Obligations. The Special Agent Advances shall be
repayable on demand and together with all interest thereon shall
constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral. Special Agent
Advances shall not constitute Loans but shall otherwise
constitute Obligations hereunder. Interest on Special Agent
Advances shall be payable at the Interest Rate then applicable
to Base Rate Loans and shall be payable within five
(5) Business Days after demand. Without limitation of its
obligations pursuant to Section 6.13, each Lender agrees
that it shall make available to Agent, upon Agents demand,
in immediately available funds, the amount equal to such
Lenders Pro Rata Share of each such Special Agent Advance.
If such funds are not made available to Agent by such Lender,
such Lender shall be deemed a Defaulting Lender and Agent shall
be entitled to recover such funds, on demand from such Lender
together with interest thereon for each day from the date such
payment was due until the date such amount is paid to Agent at
the Federal Funds Rate for each day during such period (as
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or at
Agents option based on the arithmetic mean determined by
Agent of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal
funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. on that day by each of
the three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New
York City selected by Agent) and if such amounts are not paid
within three (3) days of Agents demand, at the
highest Interest Rate provided for in Section 3.1 hereof
applicable to Base Rate Loans.
(b) Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its
option and in its discretion to release any security interest
in, mortgage or Lien upon, any of the Collateral (i) upon
termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction of
all of the Obligations and delivery of cash collateral to the
extent required under Section 15.1 below, or
(ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if
Administrative Borrower or any Borrower or Guarantor certifies
to Agent that the sale or Disposition is made in compliance with
Section 10.1 hereof (and Agent may rely conclusively on any
such certificate, without further inquiry), or
(iii) constituting property in which any Borrower or
Guarantor did not own an interest at the time the security
interest, mortgage or Lien was granted or at any time
thereafter, or (iv) for which the consideration received in
the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period is less than
$ and to the extent Agent may
release its security interest in and Lien upon any such
Collateral pursuant to the sale or other disposition thereof,
such sale or other disposition shall be deemed consented to by
Lenders, or (v) if required or permitted under the terms of
any of the other Financing Agreements, including the
Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreement,
or (vi) approved, authorized or ratified in writing by such
percentage of Lenders as required by Section 13.3(a).
Except as provided above, Agent will not release any security
interest in, mortgage or Lien upon, any of the Collateral
without the prior written authorization of such percentage of
Lenders as required by Section 13.3(a). Upon request by
Agent at any time, Lenders will promptly confirm in
R-118
writing Agents authority to release particular types or
items of Collateral pursuant to this Section. In no event shall
the consent or approval of Issuing Bank to any release of
Collateral be required.
(c) Without any manner limiting Agents authority to
act without any specific or further authorization or consent by
the Required Lenders, each Lender agrees to confirm in writing,
upon request by Agent, the authority to release Collateral
conferred upon Agent under this Section. Agent shall (and is
hereby irrevocably authorized by Lenders to) execute such
documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the
security interest, mortgage or Liens granted to Agent upon any
Collateral to the extent set forth above; provided, that, such
release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the
Obligations or any security interest, mortgage or Lien upon (or
obligations of any Borrower or Guarantor in respect of) the
Collateral retained by such Borrower or Guarantor.
(d) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any
Lender, Issuing Bank or any other Person to investigate, confirm
or assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Borrower
or Guarantor or is cared for, protected or insured or has been
encumbered, or that any particular items of Collateral meet the
eligibility criteria applicable in respect of the Loans or
Letters of Credit hereunder, or whether any particular reserves
are appropriate, or that the liens and security interests
granted to Agent pursuant hereto or any of the Financing
Agreements or otherwise have been properly or sufficiently or
lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are
entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in
any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or
fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights,
authorities and powers granted or available to Agent in this
Agreement or in any of the other Financing Agreements, it being
understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any
act, omission or event related thereto, subject to the other
terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any
manner it may deem appropriate, in its discretion, given
Agents own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that
Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to any other
Lender or Issuing Bank.
14.12 Agency for
Perfection. Each Lender and Issuing Bank
hereby appoints Agent and each other Lender and Issuing Bank as
agent and bailee for the purpose of perfecting the security
interests in and liens upon the Collateral of Agent in assets
which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be
perfected only by possession (or where the security interest of
a secured party with possession has priority over the security
interest of another secured party) and Agent and each Lender and
Issuing Bank hereby acknowledges that it holds possession of any
such Collateral for the benefit of Agent as secured party.
Should any Lender or Issuing Bank obtain possession of any such
Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and,
promptly upon Agents request therefor shall deliver such
Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agents
instructions.
14.13 Agent May File Proofs of Claim.
(a) In case of the pendency of any receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial
proceeding relative to any Borrower or Guarantor, Agent
(irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Letter of
Credit Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of
whether Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall
be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise:
(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the
principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans,
Letter of Credit Obligations and all other Obligations (other
than obligations under Bank Products to which Agent is not a
party) that are owing and unpaid and to file such other
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of Lenders, Issuing Bank and Agent (including any claim
for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of Lenders, Issuing Bank and Agent and their respective
agents and counsel and all other amounts due Lenders, Issuing
Bank and Agent allowed in such judicial proceeding); and
(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the
same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee,
liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and
Issuing Bank to make such payments to Agent and, in the event
that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly
to Lenders and Issuing Bank, to pay to Agent any amount due for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due Agent.
R-119
(b) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize
Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations
or the rights of any Lender or to authorize Agent to vote in
respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
14.14 Successor Agent. Agent
may resign as Agent upon thirty (30) days notice to
Lenders and Administrative Borrower. If Agent resigns under this
Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the
Lenders a successor agent for Lenders, which successor agent
shall be subject to the approval of Administrative Borrower
(such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed), so long as no Event of Default shall exist or have
occurred and be continuing. If no successor agent is appointed
prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent
may appoint, after consulting with Lenders and Administrative
Borrower, a successor agent from among Lenders. In the event
that no Lender accepts such designation, Agent may appoint a
commercial bank that is organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state or district thereof, has a
combined capital surplus of at least $200,000,000 and so long as
no Event of Default exists or has occurred, is acceptable to
Administrative Borrower. Upon the acceptance by the Lender so
selected of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such
successor agent shall succeed to all of the rights, powers and
duties of the retiring Agent and the term Agent as
used herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall mean
such successor agent and the retiring Agents appointment,
powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated. The fees payable
by Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those
payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between
Administrative Borrower and such successor. After any retiring
Agents resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of
this Section 14 shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted by it while it was Agent under this
Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as
Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days after the date
of a retiring Agents notice of resignation, the retiring
Agents resignation shall nonetheless thereupon become
effective and Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent
hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders
appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Any resignation
by Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its
resignation as Issuing Bank and Swing line Lender. Upon the
acceptance of a successors appointment as Agent hereunder,
(a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with
all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring
Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring
Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all
of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under
the other Financing Agreements, and (c) the successor
Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for
the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such
succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the
retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of
the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.
14.15 Other Agent
Designations. Agent may at any time and from
time to time determine that a Lender may, in addition, be a
Co-Agent, Syndication Agent,
Documentation Agent or similar designation hereunder
and enter into an agreement with such Lender to have it so
identified for purposes of this Agreement. Any such designation
shall be effective upon written notice by Agent to
Administrative Borrower of any such designation. Any Lender that
is so designated as a Co-Agent, Syndication Agent, Documentation
Agent or such similar designation by Agent shall have no right,
power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements other than
those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the
foregoing, the Lenders so identified shall not have or be deemed
to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender and no Lender
shall be deemed to have relied, nor shall any Lender rely, on a
Lender so identified as a Co-Agent, Syndication Agent,
Documentation Agent or such similar designation in deciding to
enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action
hereunder.
14.16 Co-Collateral Agent
Determinations. Each reference in this
Agreement to any action, determination, exercise of discretion
or other conduct of similar import by or with respect to
Co-Collateral Agents shall be deemed to refer to
such action, determination, exercise of discretion or other
conduct taken, made or exercised, as the case may be, by the
consenting vote of any two (2) of the three
(3) Collateral Agents; provided, however,
that if there shall be at any time only two
(2) Co-Collateral Agents, then each reference to
Co-Collateral Agents shall be deemed to refer to
such action, determination, exercise of discretion or other
conduct taken, made or exercised, as the case may be, on the
basis of the more conservative credit judgment of the two
(2) remaining Co-Collateral Agents.
R-120
14.17 Intercreditor
Arrangements. Each Lender hereby
(a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in
the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be
bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions
of the Intercreditor Agreement, (c) authorizes and
instructs Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on
behalf of such Lender and agrees that Agent may take such
actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement, and (d) acknowledges (or is deemed
to acknowledge) that a copy of the Intercreditor Agreement was
delivered, or made available, to such Lender and it has received
and reviewed the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any
conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and
any of the other Financing Agreements, the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control except as
expressly set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 15. Term
of Agreement; Miscellaneous
15.1 Term.
(a) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall
become effective as of the date set forth on the first page
hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term
ending on the Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant
to the terms hereof. In addition, Borrowers may terminate this
Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days prior written
notice to Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable) and Agent
may, at its option, and shall at the direction of Required
Lenders, terminate this Agreement at any time that an Event of
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing. Upon the
Maturity Date or any other effective date of termination of the
Financing Agreements, Borrowers shall pay to Agent all
outstanding and unpaid Obligations and shall furnish cash
collateral to Agent (or at Agents option, a letter of
credit issued for the account of Borrowers and at
Borrowers expense, in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent, by an issuer acceptable to Agent and payable to Agent as
beneficiary) in such amounts as Agent determines are reasonably
necessary to secure Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank from loss,
cost, damage or expense, including attorneys fees and
expenses, in connection with any issued and outstanding Letter
of Credit Obligations and checks or other payments provisionally
credited to the Obligations
and/or as to
which Agent or any Lender has not yet received final and
indefeasible payment and any continuing obligations of Agent or
any Lender pursuant to any Deposit Account Control Agreement and
for any of the Obligations arising under or in connection with
any Bank Products in such amounts as the Bank Product Provider
providing such Bank Products may require, unless such
Obligations arising under or in connection with any Bank
Products are paid in full in cash and terminated in a manner
satisfactory to such Bank Product Provider (for purposes of this
Section 15.1 and references hereto, such payments to Agent
and/or
delivery of letter of credit as provided above with respect to
the Obligations, together with the termination of any commitment
to make any Loans or provide any Letters of Credit is referred
to as the Payment in Full of all Obligations). The
amount of such cash collateral (or letter of credit, as Agent
may determine) as to any Letter of Credit Obligations shall be
in the amount equal to one hundred three (103%) percent of the
face amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations plus the amount
of any fees and expenses due and payable in connection
therewith. Such payments in respect of the Obligations and cash
collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer in Federal funds
to the Agent Payment Account or such other bank account of
Agent, as Agent may, in its discretion, designate in writing to
Administrative Borrower for such purpose. Interest shall be due
until and including the next Business Day, if the amounts so
paid by Borrowers to the Agent Payment Account or other bank
account designated by Agent are received in such bank account
later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.
(b) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or
any of the other Financing Agreements shall relieve or discharge
any Borrower or Guarantor of its respective duties, obligations
and covenants under this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements until Payment in Full of all Obligations and
Agents continuing security interest in the Collateral and
the rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders hereunder, under
the other Financing Agreements and applicable law, shall remain
in effect until the Payment in Full of all Obligations.
Accordingly, each Borrower and Guarantor waives any rights it
may have under the UCC to demand the filing of termination
statements with respect to the Collateral and Agent shall not be
required to send such termination statements to Borrowers or
Guarantors, or to file them with any filing office, unless and
until the Payment in Full of all Obligations.
15.2 Interpretative Provisions.
R-121
(a) All terms used herein which are defined in
Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC
shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined
in this Agreement.
(b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the
singular and to the singular shall also mean the plural unless
the context otherwise requires.
(c) All references to any Borrower, Guarantor, Agent and
Lenders pursuant to the definitions set forth in the recitals
hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their
respective successors and assigns.
(d) The words hereof, herein,
hereunder, this Agreement and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not any particular provision of this
Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be
amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or
replaced.
(e) The word including when used in this
Agreement shall mean including, without limitation
and the word will when used in this Agreement shall
be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word
shall.
(f) All references to the term good faith used
herein when applicable to Agent or any Lender shall mean,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in
the UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned.
(g) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have,
unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning given
in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations
hereunder shall be computed unless otherwise specifically
provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently
applied; provided, that if Parent or Borrowers change the method
for inventory valuation as used in the preparation of its
financial statements, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver
notice of such change to Agent thirty (30) days prior to
such change and shall provide materials to Agent to show the
effect on the financial statements and the Borrowing Base, if
applicable, of such change on a pro forma basis when and to the
extent included in the immediately subsequent financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or
Borrowing Base delivered hereunder, it being agreed that Agent
may adjust the Borrowing Base to account for the effect thereon
of any such change. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements
by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or otherwise, the
term unqualified opinion as used herein to refer to
opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an
opinion or report that is unqualified and also does not include
any explanation, supplemental comment or other comment
concerning the ability of the applicable person to continue as a
going concern or the scope of the audit.
(h) Unless otherwise indicated herein, all references to
time of day refer to Eastern Standard Time or Eastern daylight
saving time, as in effect in New York City on such day. For
purposes of the computation of a period of time from a specified
date to a later specified date, the word from means
from and including and the words to and
until each means to and including;
provided, that, with respect to a computation of
fees or interest payable to Agent or any Lender, such period
shall in any event consist of at least one full day.
(i) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
(i) references herein to any agreement, document or
instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments,
modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements
or replacements with respect thereto, but only to the extent the
same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other
Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or
regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and
regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing,
recodifying, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
regulation.
(j) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
interpretation of this Agreement.
(k) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are
the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by
counsel to Agent and the other parties, and are the products of
all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Financing
Agreements shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders
merely because of Agents or any Lenders involvement
in their preparation.
R-122
15.3 Notices.
(a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in
writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in
person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or
facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon
confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight
courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business
Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by
certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days
after mailing. Notices delivered through electronic
communications shall be effective to the extent set forth in
Section 15.3(b) below. All notices, requests and demands
upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or
to such other address as any party may designate by notice in
accordance with this Section):
|
|
|
|
|
If to any Borrower or Guarantor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NCI Building Systems, Inc.
10943 N. Sam Houston Parkway W.
Houston, Texas 77064
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
|
|
281-897-7837
|
|
|
Telecopy No.:
|
|
281-897-7658
|
|
|
Email:
|
|
mejohnson@ncilp.com
|
with copies (which copies will not
constitute notice to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[To be specified by CD&R]
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopy No.:
|
|
|
If to Agent or Issuing Bank:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopy No.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Notices and other communications to Lenders and Issuing
Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic
communication (including
e-mail and
Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved
by Agent or as otherwise determined by Agent; provided, that,
the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or
Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2 hereof if such Lender or
Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified Agent that it is
incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic
communication. Unless Agent otherwise requires, (i) notices
and other communications sent to an
e-mail
address shall be deemed received upon the senders receipt
of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by
the return receipt requested function, as available,
return
e-mail or
other written acknowledgement); provided, that, if
such notice or other communication is not given during the
normal business hours of the recipient, such notice shall be
deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next
Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or
communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall
be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended
recipient at its
e-mail
address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of
notification that such notice or communications is available and
identifying the website address therefor.
15.4 Partial Invalidity. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or
unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall
be construed as though it did not contain the particular
provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and
obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only
to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
15.5 Confidentiality.
(a) Agent, each Lender and Issuing Bank shall keep
confidential any Information (as defined below) supplied to it
by or on behalf of Parent or any Subsidiary pursuant to or in
connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements or obtained by it based on a review of the books and
records of Parent or any Subsidiary; provided, that, nothing
contained herein shall limit the disclosure of any such
information: (i) to the extent required
R-123
by statute, rule, regulation, subpoena or court order,
(ii) to bank examiners and other regulators, auditors
and/or
accountants, in connection with any litigation to which Agent,
such Lender or Issuing Bank is a party, (iii) to any Lender
or Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant) or Issuing
Bank or to any Affiliate of any Lender so long as such Lender,
Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant), Issuing Bank
or Affiliate shall have agreed in writing to treat such
information as confidential in accordance with this
Section 15.5 (which may be in the form of an electronic
recorded agreement for any prospective Lender or Participant,
including through Intralinks or similar systems, that has been
approved by Administrative Borrower, and otherwise shall be in
the form of a written manually executed
agreement),26
or (iv) to counsel for Agent, any Lender, Participant (or
prospective Lender or Participant) or Issuing Bank, provided,
that, each Agent, Lender or Participant shall inform such
counsel of the agreement under this Section 15.5 and take
reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such counsel with
such provision.
(b) In the event that Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank
receives a request or demand to disclose any confidential
information pursuant to any subpoena or court order, Agent or
such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, agrees
(i) to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, Agent
or such Lender or Issuing Bank will promptly notify
Administrative Borrower of such request so that Administrative
Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate relief
or remedy and (ii) if disclosure of such information is
required, disclose such information and, subject to
reimbursement by Borrowers of Agents or such Lenders
or Issuing Banks expenses, cooperate with Administrative
Borrower in the reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other
reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded
to such portion of the disclosed information which
Administrative Borrower so designates, to the extent not
prohibited by applicable law.
(c) In no event shall this Section 15.5 or any other
provision of this Agreement, any of the other Financing
Agreements or applicable law be deemed: (i) to apply to or
restrict disclosure of information that is or becomes generally
available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure
in violation hereof, (ii) to apply to or restrict
disclosure of information that was or becomes available to
Agent, any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) or Issuing
Bank on a non-confidential basis from a person other than a
Borrower or Guarantor, (iii) to require Agent, any Lender
or Issuing Bank to return any materials furnished by a Borrower
or Guarantor to Agent, a Lender or Issuing Bank or prevent
Agent, a Lender or Issuing Bank from responding to routine
mandatory informational requests from regulators, agencies and
Governmental Authorities in accordance with applicable industry
standards relating to the exchange of credit information, it
being agreed that Agent will endeavor when commercially
practicable to provide reasonable notice thereof to
Administrative Borrower. The obligations of Agent, Lenders and
Issuing Bank under this Section 15.5 shall supersede and
replace the obligations of Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank under
any confidentiality letter signed prior to the date hereof or
any other arrangements concerning the confidentiality of
information provided by any Borrower or Guarantor to Agent or
any Lender. In addition, Agent and Lenders may disclose the
information relating to the Credit Facility set forth on
Schedule 15.5(c) to Gold Sheets and other publications, and
that Co-Collateral Agents may otherwise use the corporate name
and logo of Borrowers and Guarantors and such information in
tombstones or other advertisements, public
statements or marketing materials.
(d) For purposes of this Section, Information
means all information received from a Borrower or Guarantor or
any Subsidiary relating to Borrowers, Guarantors or any
Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any
such information that is available to Agent, any Lender or the
Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by
such Borrower or Guarantor or any Subsidiary, and any materials
or information filed in whole or in part with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
any other Financing Agreement or any Assignment and Acceptance,
the confidentiality provisions of this Section 15.5 shall
survive with respect to each Lender and Agent until the second
(2nd)
anniversary of such Lender or Agent ceasing to be a Lender or
Agent, respectively.
15.6 Successors. This
Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document
referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent, Lenders, Issuing
Bank, Borrowers, Guarantors and their respective successors and
assigns; except, that, other than as permitted
26 Subject
to confirmation with syndications.
R-124
hereunder, Borrower may not assign its rights under this
Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document
referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent
of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment without such
express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may
assign or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations under
this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent and
Administrative Borrower (to the extent required under
Section 15.7 hereof), except as provided in such
Section 15.7. The terms and provisions of this Agreement
and the other Financing Agreements are for the purpose of
defining the relative rights and obligations of Borrowers,
Guarantors, Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank with respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby and there shall, other than to
the extent expressly provided with respect to Bank Product
Providers, be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms
and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements.
15.7 Assignments; Participations.
(a) Each Lender may make assignments of all or, if less
than all, a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 in the
aggregate for the assigning Lender (unless the Administrative
Borrower and Agent otherwise consent), of such rights and
obligations under this Agreement to other financial institutions
or other Persons in each case approved in writing by Agent,
Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank and, so long as no Event of
Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing,
Administrative Borrower, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, that,
(i) the approval of Administrative Borrower shall not be
required in connection with assignments to another Lender, to
any Affiliate of a Lender (except for assignments to any
Affiliate of a Lender in connection with or in contemplation of
the sale or other disposition of its interests in such
Affiliate) or to any Approved Fund, or with respect to any
assignment in the form of a participation, (ii) the
approval of Agent shall not be required for an assignment to a
Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender; (iii) such transfer
or assignment will not be effective until recorded by Agent on
the Register and (iv) Agent shall have received for its
sole account payment of a processing fee from the assigning
Lender or the assignee in the amount of $5,000. Upon the receipt
of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
assigning Lender and an assignee in accordance with this
Section 15.7, the processing fee referred to in this
Section 15.7(a) and any written approval of such assignment
by Agent and Administrative Borrower required by
Section 15.7, Agent shall accept such Assignment and
Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the
Register in accordance with Section 6.4(a) and give prompt
notice of such assignment and recordation to the Administrative
Borrower.
(b) Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording
as provided in this Section 15.7, from and after the
effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the
assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other
Financing Agreements and, to the extent that rights and
obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations
(including, without limitation, the obligation to participate in
Letter of Credit Obligations) of a Lender hereunder and
thereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that
rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it
pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its
rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement
(except for any obligations under Section 15.5.
(c) By execution and delivery of an Assignment and
Acceptance, the assignor and assignee thereunder confirm to and
agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
(i) other than as provided in such Assignment and
Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing
Agreements or the execution, legality, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any of
the other Financing Agreements furnished pursuant hereto,
(ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition of any Borrower, Guarantor or any of their
Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by any Borrower or
Guarantor of any of the Obligations; (iii) such assignee
confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the
other Financing Agreements, together with such other documents
and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and
Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and
without reliance upon the assigning Lender, Agent and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing
Agreements, (v) such assignee confirms its other
agreements, acknowledgments and representations as a Lender
pursuant to Section 14.6, (vi) such assignee appoints
and
R-125
authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and
to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other
Financing Agreements as are delegated to Agent by the terms
hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto, and (vii) such assignee agrees that it
will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other
Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a
Lender. Agent and Lenders may, subject to Section 15.5,
furnish any information concerning any Borrower or Guarantor in
the possession of Agent or any Lender from time to time to
assignees and Participants.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, no assignee, which as of the date of any assignment
to it pursuant to this Section 15.7 would be entitled to
any payment under Section 3.5, 3.6, 6.8 or 9.12 in an
amount greater than the assigning Lender would have been
entitled to as of such date under such Sections with respect to
the rights assigned, shall be entitled to such greater payments
unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under
Section 12.1(a) or (g) has occurred and is continuing
or Administrative Borrower has expressly consented in writing to
waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such
assignment.
(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more
banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights
and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing
Agreements (including, without limitation, all or a portion of
its Commitments and the Loans owing to it and its participation
in the Letter of Credit Obligations, without the consent of
Agent or the other Lenders); provided, that, (i) such
Lenders obligations under this Agreement (including,
without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) and the other
Financing Agreements shall remain unchanged, (ii) such
Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations, and Borrowers,
Guarantors, the other Lenders and Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such
Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement and
the other Financing Agreements, (iii) such Lender shall
remain the holder of any Loan for all purposes under this
Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, and (iv) the
Participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or
any of the other Financing Agreements (the Participants
rights against such Lender in respect of such participation to
be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender in
favor of the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts
payable by any Borrower or Guarantor under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, Sections 3.5, 3.6, 6.8 and
9.12) and the other Financing Agreements shall be determined as
if such Lender had not sold such participation. Any agreement
pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall
provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce
this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement.
(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any
Lender from pledging its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve
Bank in support of borrowings made by such Lenders from such
Federal Reserve Bank; provided, that, no such pledge shall
release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g) Any Lender that is an Issuing Bank may at any time
assign all of its Commitments pursuant to this
Section 15.7. If such Issuing Bank ceases to be a Lender,
it may, at its option, resign as Issuing Bank and such Issuing
Banks obligations to issue Letters of Credit shall
terminate but it shall retain all of the rights and obligations
of Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to Letters of Credit
outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation and all
Letter of Credit Obligations with respect thereto (including the
right to require Lenders to make Revolving Loans or fund risk
participations in outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations),
shall continue.
(h) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment
pursuant to this Section 15.7, the assigning Lender shall
surrender any outstanding notes held by it all or a portion of
which are being assigned. Any such notes surrendered by the
assigning Lender shall be returned by Agent to the
Administrative Borrower marked cancelled.
(i) No assignment or participation made or purported to be
made to any assignee Lender or Participant shall be effective
without the prior written consent of the Administrative Borrower
if it would require the Administrative Borrower to make any
filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan, or
any of the Financing Agreements under the laws of any
jurisdiction, and the Administrative Borrower shall be entitled
to request and receive such information and assurances as it may
reasonably request from any Lender or any assignee or
Participant to determine whether any such filing or
qualification is required or whether any assignment or
participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.
R-126
(j) If the Administrative Borrower wishes to replace the
Loans or Commitments under this Agreement with ones having
different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of
Agent and subject to at least three Business Days advance
notice to the Lenders, instead of prepaying the Loans or
reducing or terminating the Commitments to be replaced, to
(i) require the Lenders to assign without representation,
warranty or recourse of any kind whatsoever, such Loans or
Commitments to Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the
terms thereof in accordance with Section 13.3, which
amendment shall in any such case reflect the resignation
effective contemporaneously therewith of Agent as agent.
Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments to be
replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders
under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if
such Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments
were being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower),
accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon
and breakage costs as otherwise required hereunder. By receiving
such purchase price, the existing Lenders shall automatically be
deemed to have assigned without representation, warranty or
recourse of any kind whatsoever, the Loans or Commitments under
such Facility, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders
shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of
this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the
perfection and priority of existing security interests in the
Collateral during any such replacement.
15.8 Entire Agreement. This
Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, any supplements
hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or
to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith represents
the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject
matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and
supersede all other prior agreements, understandings,
negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties,
commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the
subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In the event of
any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any
schedule or exhibit hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall
govern.
15.9 USA Patriot Act. Each
Lender subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub.L.
107-56
(signed into law October 26, 2001) (the Act)
hereby notifies Borrowers and Guarantors that pursuant to the
requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and
record information that identifies each person or corporation
who opens an account
and/or
enters into a business relationship with it, which information
includes the name and address of Borrowers and Guarantors and
other information that will allow such Lender to identify such
person in accordance with the Act and any other applicable law.
Borrowers and Guarantors are hereby advised that any Loans or
Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to satisfactory results
of such verification.
15.10 Counterparts,
Etc. This Agreement or any of the other
Financing Agreements may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement
or any of the other Financing Agreements by telefacsimile or
other electronic method of transmission shall have the same
force and effect as the delivery of an original executed
counterpart of this Agreement or any of such other Financing
Agreements. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of any
such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of
transmission shall also deliver an original executed
counterpart, but the failure to do so shall not affect the
validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.
[REMAINDER
OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
R-127
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Agent, Lenders, Borrowers and Guarantors
have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and
year first above written.
LENDERS:
,
as Administrative and Collateral Agent and a Lender
,
as Co-Collateral Agent and a Lender
,
as Co-Collateral Agent and a Lender
[SIGNATURES
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]
[Signature
Page Loan and Security Agreement (NCI)]
R-128
[SIGNATURES
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]
BORROWERS:
NCI GROUP, INC
Name:
Title:
ROBERTSON-CECO II CORPORATION
Name:
Title:
GUARANTOR:
NCI BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC.
Name:
Title:
[Signature
Page Loan and Security Agreement (NCI)]
R-129
ALL
TENDERED NOTES AND EXECUTED LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL, AND ANY
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW.
The Exchange Agent for this Exchange Offer is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By Facsimile:
(Eligible Institutions Only):
(617)
360-6810
To Confirm Facsimile:
(Eligible Institutions Only):
(781)
575-2332
|
|
or
|
|
By Mail:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43011
Providence, RI 02940-3011
Attn: Corporate Actions Voluntary Offer
|
|
or
|
|
By Overnight Mail:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
c/o Computershare
Inc.
250 Royall Street, Suite V
Canton, MA 02021
Attn: Corporate Actions
Voluntary Offer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Requests for assistance with respect to the procedure for
tendering convertible notes pursuant to this exchange offer and
requests for additional copies of this prospectus/disclosure
statement or the letter of transmittal or the ballot should be
directed to the information agent for this exchange offer at the
address and telephone numbers set forth below.
The Information Agent for this Exchange Offer is:
MORROW & CO.,
LLC
470 West Avenue
Stamford, CT 06902
Banks and Brokerage Firms, Please Call:
(203) 658-9400
Call Toll-Free:
(800) 607-0088
The Dealer-Manager for this Exchange Offer is:
Greenhill &
Co., LLC
300 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Call Toll-Free:
(888) 504-7336
ALL
EXECUTED BALLOTS MUST BE DELIVERED
TO THE VOTING AGENT AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW.
Requests for assistance with respect to the procedure for voting
on the prepackaged plan and requests for additional copies of
this prospectus/disclosure statement or the ballot should be
directed to the information agent for the prepackaged plan at
the address and telephone numbers set forth below.
The Information Agent and Voting Agent for the Prepackaged
Plan is:
Financial Balloting Group
LLC
Call Toll-Free:
(866) 734-9393
By First Class Mail, Overnight Mail, or by Hand:
757 Third Avenue, 3rd Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attn: NCI Building Systems Ballot Tabulation